THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


PUBLISHERS'    PREFACE 


-♦♦>- 


Tins  volnmc  has  been  prepared  to  present  the  substance  of  modern  geographical  knowledge,  within 

moderate  limits  and  in  an  elegant  form.    It  is  designed  to  be  a  book  of  great  value  in  respect  to  the 

fullness  and  accuracy  of  its  information,  and  in  the  facility  with  which  information  may  be  deri 

from  it.     This  Atlas  differs  from  all  others  previously  published  in  many  respec    ,     I      maps  of  the 

Ui      continents  and  their  national  divisions  are  of  much  less  size  than  those  previously  engraved  ;  and  yet 

eo     they  are  in  every  respect  equal  in  accuracy  and  appearance.     Hence,  this  work  must  be  vastly 

x.     more  acceptable  to  the  public  than  the  a  snerally  publish  id,  which  luv.  3  been  of  large 

§o     size,  and  so  costly  as  to  be  beyond  the  means  of  the  great  mass  of  the  people.    The  price  of  this 

Atlas  is  but  a  fraction  of  the  cost  of  works  of  similar  design.     This  work  contains  much  latex 

^      information  than  any  other ;  not  only  are  its  maps  engraved  according  to  the  most  recent  surv 

m     but  its  descriptions  of  the  different  countries  comprise  facts  of  high  importance,  obtained  from  late 

CM 

o     official  returns,  which  have  not  been  published. 

The  plan  of  this  Atlas  is  at  once  both  so  perspicuous  and  so  comprehensive,  that  its  merits  arc 

manifi  st  at  a  glance — superseding  the  necessity  of  any  argument  with  those  who  give  it  even  a  hasty 

O      examination.    The  most  distinguishing  feature  of  its  maps  is,  that  though  they  are  of  small  size,  they 

q       yet  present  a  correct  and  clear  delineation  of  the  natural  features  of  the  countries,  with  accurate 

O 

oa      outlines  of  their  various  political  divisions.    In  all  those  States  in  which  the  counties  are  subdivided 

ul 

Z       into  townships,  the  names  of  the  latter  are  given  on  the  map  by  means  of  their  initial  and  final  letters. 

tj      On  the  opposite  page  the  same  letters  are  repeated,  in  imm  he  full  names  of 

the  towns  or  townships,  alphabetically  arranged.     Hence,  this  work  in  part  consists  of  a  comp' 

:  ship  Atlas  of  the  United  States  ;  the  table  just  alluded  to  instantly  points  out ''  '  >n  of 

any  town  ;  and  the  map  shows  its  position  in  its  County  and  Slate.     In  the  V.  which 

were  surveyed  under  direction  of  the  General  Government,  all  the  "  base  lines  "  and  the  "  principal 


44 


iv  rUBLlS  HERS'     PREFACE. 

meridians  "  arc  correctly  stated.,  so  that  the  minutest  locality  may  be  ascertained  in  a  moment.  The 
maps  of  other  countries  are  prepared  with  similar  accuracy.  All  of  the  maps  have  been  engraved 
by  the  cerographic  process,  discovered  by  Mr.  Morse,  and  used  only  by  us. 

The  descriptions  of  the  countries  have  been  prepared  with  the  view  of  presenting  a  succinct 
account  of  each;  in  which  all  their  important  natural  features,  their  principal  branches  of  productive 
industry,  their  population,  and  their  chief  cities  are  described,  in  articles  that  have  space  and  promi- 
nence proportioned,  as  nearly  as  can  be  conveniently  done,  to  their  real  and  comparative  importance. 
This  part  of  the  volume  includes  not  only  an  outline  of  the  facts  obtained  by  the  last  National 
Census,  but  of  those  obtained  by  the  several  State  Censuses  which  were  taken  during  1851-55  ;  and 
in  many  instances,  important  information,  derived  from  official  sources  and  relating  to  the  year  185C, 
has  been  incorporated  with  the  returns  just  mentioned.  While  particular  attention  has  been  given 
to  the  fullness  and  accuracy  of  the  statistics,  in  order  that  the  work  may  be  valuable  for  reliable 
reference,  it  has  been  the  design  of  the  author  to  present  these  facts  in  such  a  manner  that  the  book 
will  be  interesting  to  the  general  reader. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  work  there  is  an  "  Outline  of  Physical  Geography,"  illustrated 
by  many  special  maps  and  engravings,  and  comprising  a  complete  synopsis  of  this  science.  This 
subject  has  not  yet  received  general  attention,  and  ours  is  the  first  attempt  to  bring  it  within  the 

p  of  all. 


C  0  N  T  E  \  T  S. 


INTRODUCTION,      . 

OUTLINES  OF  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY, . 

11 

THE   WESTERN  HEMISPHERE, 

.       31 

NORTH    AMERICA.     . 

BRITISH    NORTH   AMERICA,      . 

37 

Canada, 

.     38 

New  Brunswick, 

50 

Canada  East,    . 

to 

Prince  Edward's  Island, 

.      51 

Canad  \  West, 

.     45 

Nov  \  Scorn 

51 

Eastern  Provinces,  . 

19 

Newfoundland, 

.       53 

(JNTTED  STATES   OF    AMERICA,  . 

M  ONE,         .... 

Gl 

.AS 

.     130 

New  1  [ampshire,  . 

.     65 

Ohio, 

138 

Vermont,  . 

69 

Michigan,        .... 

.     149 

Massachusetts, 

.      71 

Indiana 

153 

Rhode  [sland,  . 

78 

Illinois 

. 

Connecticut, 

.     80 

K in  CUCKY 

161 

New  York, 

83 

Tennessee 

. 

New  Jersey, 

.     97 

Wisconsin 

. 

Pennsylvania,  . 

100 

Iowa 

.     170 

Delaware,    . 

.111 

Missouri 

17.1 

M  LRYLAND, 

1 1 2 

Arkansas 

.    176 

District  of  Columbia,  . 

.    114 

California, 

.     177 

Virginia,  . 

116 

(  >i;i;  LNEZED  Te  IBITORIES, 

. 

North  <  'arolina,  . 

.   120 

MINNESOTA,         .... 

.    181 

SouTn  Carolina. 

\-2-i 

LAS, 

183 

Georgia, 

.   125 

Nebraska 

.    184 

Florida.    . 

128 

Washington,       .... 

1-.". 

Alabama, 

.  130 

Oregon 

. 

M     SISSTPFI, 

132 

Utah,  ...... 

1-7 

Louisiana, 

.    134 

\   •.  Mexico 

.    18* 

VI 


CONTENTS 


UNITED  STATES   OF   MEXICO,  . 

STATES   OF   CENTRAL   AMERICA,       . 

Guatemala, 198 

Honduras, 198 

San  Salvador 199 

WEST  INDIA  ISLANDS,  .... 
Spanish  West  Indies,  .  .  .  202 
British        "  "  203 

Danish        "  "  204 

Swedish,  "  ...         204 

SOUTH  AMERICA, 

COLOMBIAN    REPUBLICS,       . 
New  Granada,          ....        208 
Venezuela, 210 

COLONIAL   DIVISIONS   OF   GUIANA, 

British, 213 

French, 214 

EMPIRE  OF   BRAZIL,        .... 

OTHER  NATIONAL  DIVISIONS, 

Peru, 222 

Bolivia,    ......       225 

Chile, 228 

Argentine  Confederation,     .         .         . 

ISLANDS  OF  THE  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE, 


Nicaragua, 
Costa  Rica, 


Dominica, 

Hayti, 

French  West  Indies, 

Dutch         "  " 


Ecuador, 


Dutch, 


Paraguay,  . 

Uruguay, 
Buenos  Ayres, 


PAOB 

190 

197 
199 
200 

201 
204 
204 
204 
204 

205 

207 
212 

213 
214 

215 

222 
231 
233 
234 
235 

236 


THE 


WORLD   IN   M  I  NI  A  T  U  ft  ]■; 


INTRODUCTION 


Tue  Earth  is  the  third,  in  the  order  of  dis- 
tance from  the  sun,  of  the  planets  of  the  solar 
system.  These  planets,  the  number  of  which, 
exclusive  of  the  asteroids,  is  eight,  are  all 
great  worlds,  of  a  size  commensurate  with  the 
Earth,  and  several  of  them  are  much  greater. 
They  are  situated  at  different  distances  from  the 
sun,  around  which  they  are  constantly  revolving 
in  orbits  that  are  nearly  circular,  aud  at  regular 
periods.  Certain  remarkable  characteristics  are 
common  to  viz.  :  they  all  revolve  in  the 

same  direction  around  the  sun.  their  orbits  are 
all  nearly  circular,  the  planes  of  their  orbits  are 
but  slightly  inclined  to  each  other,  they  are  all 
nearly  globular,  and  they  all  revolve  on  axes  ;  the 
moons  of  the  planets  also  follow  the  same  general 
Astronomy  teaches  that  there  are  certain 
by  which  all  these  planets  are  most  inti- 
mately connected  with  each  other,  as  well  as  with 
the  sun,  and  hence  they  are  to  be  considered  a? 
forming  a  family  of  worlds,  united  by  insepara- 
ble bond  sof  mutual  r  hip. 

The  earth  lias  the  form  of  a  spheroid,  differing 
from  a  perfect  sphei  btly  flattened 

at  the  poles  ;  or.  which  is  the  same  thing,  by  being 
slightly  protuberant  at  the  equator.  According 
to  Prof.  Bessel,  the  greater  or  equatorial  diameter 


is  7,92.rG04  miles,  (English  statute,)  and  the  leas- 
er or  polar  diameter  is  7,899114  miles,  showing 
a  difference  of  very  nearly  26-5  miles,  which  b  the 
amount  of  the  polar  compression.  The  equatorial 
circumference  of  the  earth  is  24,899  miles. 

The  earth  has  a  twofold  motion,  diurnal  and 
annual.  Its  diurnal  motion  consists  in  its  revolu- 
tion from  west  to  east,  upon  an  imaginary  line 
passing  through  its  centre  from  north  to  sou- 
this  diameter  is  termed  the  earth's  axis,  and  its 
extremities  are  termed  the  poles.  This  motion 
causes  the  alternations  of  day  and  night.  The 
exact  period  of  this  revolu;'  L'3  hours,  56 

minutes,  and  4-09  seconds.  The  annual  motion 
of  the  earth  consists  in  its  revolution  around  the 
sun,  which  is  completed  in  3C5  days,  C  hours,  9 
minutes,  and  9-6  seconds  of  mean  solar  time.  If 
the  axis  of  the  earth  was  perpendicular  to  the 
plane  of  its  orbit,  ther.e  would  be  little  or  no  va- 
riation of  temperature  in  the  course  of  the  year. 
But  the  axis  has  a  p  rmanent  inclination,  viz. : 
the  angle  of  23-  28',  and  thus,  as  the  earth  pro- 
ceed 'inual  course,  a  slight  change  is  daily 
produced  in  the  angle  which  tin-  sun's  rays  m 
in  striking  upon  any  particular  portion  of  the 
earth's  surface.  Hence,  a  considerable  or  great 
variation  of  temperature  occurs  regularly  in  the 


8 


INTRODUCTION. 


course  of  every  year  in  the  different  latitudes,  (ex- 
cepting, however,  the  equatorial  region,  which 
steadily  receives  the  largest  amount  of  the  sun's 
influence).  This  variation,  which  produces  the 
seasons,  also  effects  a  more  general  diffusion  of 
heat  from  pole  to  pole.  The  inclination  of  the 
earth's  axis  produces,  moreover,  the  varying  dura- 


tions of  day  and  night  at  different  periods  of  the 
year.  The  path  described  by  this  motion  of  the 
earth  is  called  the  ecliptic. 

The  superficial  area  of  the  earth  is  equal  tc 
about  196,500,000  English  square  miles.  By  re- 
ferring to  the  accompanying  map  of  the  world  on 
an  equatorial  projection,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 


Map  of  the  World  on  an  Equatorial  Projection. 


Western    Hemisphere.  Eastern    Hemisphere. 

land  portion  occupies  but  little  more  than  one-    very  unequal.     The  extent  of  land  in  the  Eastern 
fourth  of  the  whole  surface,  and  its  distribution  is    Hemisphere  is  at  least  two  and   a  half  times 

Map  of  the  World  on  a  Polar  Projection. 


Southern    Hemisphere. 


Northern    Hemisphere. 


INTRODUCTION. 


iter  Khan  thai  in  the  Western  Hemisphere; 
and  the  extent  of  land  north  of  the  equal 

three  times  greater  than  that  south  of  it.  It  is  a 
remarkable  fact  that  if  we  divide  the  globe  by 
a   great   circle  passing  to  the  south  of  Africa, 


through  the  southern  extremity  of  A  I   in- 

icting  South  America,  we  thereby  bi ' 
the  northern  one  of  the  two  fa  thus 

formed,   nearly  all   of  the  land  portion  of  the 
globe,  and  the  other  is  occupied  almost  entirely 


PllOPOttTIOJT 
tcSt3Tns^or  oiLruxlSAValur         ,cst  coUocfio/, 

CX  O.HJ3 


by  water.  The  map  showing  this  feature  is  pro- 
jected upon  the  plane  of  the  horizon  of  London, 
which  thus  occupies  nearly  the  centre  of  the  Land 
Hemisphere.  This  circumstance  explains,  in  a 
great  degree,  how  it  is  that  London  has  become 
the  chief  city  and  commercial  metropolis  of  the 
earth  ;  it  occupies  the  best  position  in  the  world 
for  that  very  purpose.  In  the  Water  Hemi- 
sphere, the  most  central  point  is  New  Zealand. 

latitude  of  a  place  on  the  earth's  surface 
is  its  angular  distance  from  the  equator,  measured 
on  its  own  terrestrial  meridian  :  it  is  reckoned 
in  degrees,  minutes  and  seconds,  from  0  up  to  90°, 
and  north  or  south  according  to  the  hemispl 
the  place  is  in.  Thus,  the  Observatory  at  (Jrcen- 
wich,  Eng.,  is  situated  in  51  '  28'  40"  north  lati- 
tude. Parallels  of  latitude  are  small  circles  on 
the  earth's  surface,  parallel  to  the  equator. 


Meridians  are  great  i  ircl  3  on  the  earth's  sur- 
face passing  through  both  poles.     The  longii 
of  a  place  is  reckon  d  east  or  west  of  some 
lected  meridian.     The  meridian   of  the   Royal 
Observatory  at  Greenwich,  is  used  for  this  pur- 
pose more  than  any  other  meridian.     The  lon- 
gitude of  a  place  is,  therefore,  measured  by  the 
arc  of  the  equator  intercepted  between  the  meri- 
dian oi'  the  place  and  that  of  Greenwich,  or.  which 
is  the  same  thing,  by  the  Bphi  rical  angle  at  the 
pole  included  between  these  meridian-. 
ridian  of  the  National  Observatory  at  Washing- 
ton. D.  C,  is  77     2'  48"  west  from  Greenwich. 

The  Tropics  are  two  parallels  of  latitude,  one 

on  the  north  and  the  other  on  the  south  side  of 

the  equator,  from  which  each  is  distant  23c  28'. 

The  north  one  i-  called  the  Tropic  of  I  and 

jouth  one  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ;  the  sun 


10 


INTRODUCTION. 


passes  vertically  over  the  former  on  the  21st  of 
June,  and  over  the  latter  on  21st  of  December. 

The  Arctic  and  Antarctic  Circles  are  two  par- 
allels of  latitude,  as  distant,  respectively,  from  the 
north  and  south  poles  as  the  tropics  are  from  the 
equator,  that  is,  23-  28';  their  latitudes,  there- 
fore, are  CG    32'. 

The  Zones  of  the  earth's  surface  are  five  divis- 
ions formed  by  the  tropics  and  polar  circles. 
The  Torrid  Zone  lies  between  the  tropics,  the 
Temperate  Zones  lie  between  the  tropics  and  po- 
lar circles,  and  the  Frigid  Zones  comprise  the  re- 
gious  between  the  polar  circles  and  the  poles. 

The  extreme  elevation  of  land  does  not  exceed 


five  and  a  half  miles,  while  the  mean  elevation  of 
the  whole  continental  land  probably  falls  short  of 
1,000  feet.  The  extreme  depression  of  land,  or 
greatest  depth  of  the  sea,  has  also  been  supposed 
not  materially  to  exceed  five  or  six  miles,  with 
probably  a  mean  depth  of  ocean  corresponding 
somewhat  to  the  mean  elevation  of  the  land.  The 
irregularities  of  the  earth's  surface  give  rise  to 
mountain  ranges,  plateaux  or  table-lauds,  level 
plains,  and  long-extended  valleys,  as  also  to  the 
flow  of  springs  and  rivers,  to  the  formation  of 
lakes  and  inland  seas,  and  consecpiently,  to  the 
universal  system  of  natural  drainage  by  which  the 
land  becomes  a  fit  abode  of  plants  and  animals. 


TEAK    OF   TENERIFFE. 


OUTLINES    OF    PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 


The  extent  of  the  science,  or  sciences,  which  the 
term  Geography  comprehends,  is  so  great,  thai  it 
has  become  necessary  to  treat  of  it  in  divi.-i 
Physical  Geography  treats  of  the  earth  as  it 
ists  in  its  natural  state,  embracing  a  description 
of  its  surface,  of  the  mass  of  waters  forming  its 
oceans,  lakes  and  rivers,  of  the  atmosphere  by 
which  it  is  surrounded,  and  of  those  laws  which  re- 
gulate the  distribution  of  organic  beings  that 
cover  its  surface.  Although  a  special  subject,  it 
is  not  a  distinct  science,  but  rather  a  combination 
of  sciences  for  the  purpose  of  investigating  the  re- 
lations which  exist  between  the  various  phenome- 
na of  material  nature.  It  investigates  the  laws 
which  were  in  operation  in  the  formation  of  the 
surface  of  the  globe,  it  treats  of  the  successive 
changes  which  it  has  undergon;\  and  consii 
the  effects  of  the  influences  of  climate  and  tempe- 
rature to  which  it  is  now  subjected.  This  depart- 
ment of  study  has  but  recently  been  formed,  hav- 
ing been  developed  by  the  general  activity  and 
intellectual  character  of  this  age.  The  immense 
number  of  facts  collected  by  able  ob  ervers  in  va- 
rious parts  of  the  globe  have  been  carefully  com- 
pared and  combined  by  the  most  eminent  men  of 
science,  and  from  their  elaborate  investigations 
the  knowledge  requisite  for  describing  the  natural 
state  of  the  earth  has  been  obtained.  To  Baron 
Humboldt,  especially,  the  scientific  world  is  in- 
debted for  the  thorough  organization  of  this  de- 


partment of  knowledge.  From  his  works,  and 
from  Prof.  A.  K.  J<  '  Ph;    ical 

Geography,  the  materials  and  maps  for  this  chap- 
ter have  been  chiefly  derived.  This  branch  of 
knowledge  shows  that  the  physical  system  of  the 
earth  is  a  chain  of  harmonies  intimately  connect- 
ed together,  and  the  result  of  one  grand  and  com- 
prehensive design,  all  actiug  for  and  in  accordance 
with  the  general  good  of  the  whole.  The  solid 
earth,  with  its  diversified  surface  of  hill  and  val- 
ley, rivers  and  oceans,  is  the  frame-work  and  sup- 
port of  the  system.  The  atmosphere  forms  a  gor- 
geous canopy  for  ever-dropping  dews  and  moisture 
to  refresh  the  soil.  Under  these  influences, 
counties-  forms  live  and  flow 

myriads  of  organic  sensitive  beings,  in  size  and 
form  from  th  t  point  up  to  the  huge  ele- 

phant or  intellectual  man.  inhabit  the  surface  of 
the  earth.  Thereby  we  become  acquainted  with 
the  living  and  active  operations  of  nature,  and  the 
beautiful  and  appropriate  bearings  of  her  relative 
dependent ' 

Geology  investigates  the  crust  of  the  earth,  the 
materials  of  which  it  is  composed,  the  changes  to 
which  it  has  been  subjected,  and  tl.  a  of 

those  changes.  By  the  crust  of  the  earth  is 
meant  the  external  shell  or  covering  of  solid 
matter,  accessible  to  the  investigations  of  man. 
Since  the  time  of  its  formation,  this  crust  has 
been  the  theatre  of  great  changes,  which  are  in- 


DIAGRAMIC    VIEW  OF  THE  DIFFERENT   FORMATIONS. 


Pre  enl  Burface  ofthe  Earth 


24    Erral  ders. 

23.  Alluvial    ([matter     carried 

n  l>y  rivers). 

22.  Diluvialor  I >ri ft  t lii.-k 
of  c  lay,  containing 

,.  ■  of  various 
ing  above  the  bard  roc 


21.  Pliocene  (more  rea 


20.  Mi  i.less  rec< 


Kocene  (dawn 


L8.  Chalk. 

17.   San  !-. 

16.  Weald  beds  (>■' 


15.  White  Lias. 
14.  Brown  Lias. 
18.  Black  Lias. 


sandst 


12.  Variegate  1  Mi 

11.  Shell  Limestone. 

l  I.  Vaxiej  ;ate  1  Sandstone. 

9.  Minestone,    or    Magnesian 

Limestone. 


8.  Lower  Bed  Sandstoi 

■  'iie,  or  hard  Coal. 
6.  Carboniferous  Limestone. 


Sandstone. 

4.  Silurian. 


8.  Cambrian. 


!;■  i 


2.  Slate. 


1.  Massive,    shapeless    rocks. 
Porphyry,      etc. 
Granite  is  the  lowest  rock. 


. 

Superficial    Accumula- 
tions. 

Diluvial  i 
mal 

o 

■t. 

c 

f . 

=5 

-r 
a 
o 

e 

X 

0 

- 

y. 

■ — | 

L- 

- 

a 

O 
t> 
<D 
/. 

u. 
<o 

'■£ 

O 

mal 

New  Red  Sandstone 

Formation. 

•  larl 

erous 
Forn 

Graywai 
or  Transition 
Formation. 

Gnei 

pehi-t,  Clay 
Formation. 

Primary,  or 
Metamorphic 

1 

The  Tertiary  Fossiliferous,  or  Alluvial  I 
on  contaii  Man  and 

f  existi  imalfl 

and  plant    :  ic  birds. 


The  Secondary    I  rous,  or 

Forii! 

fishes,  ctd  plants,  etc.    The  Tertiary 

l\-riod  contains  relics  of  viz.:  (21)  Pliocene 
Period,  elephant,  ox,  Jeer,  dolphin, 
rus,  whale,  kangaroo,  pigeon,  raven,  duck, 
lark,  etc.;  poplars,  willows,  elms,  chest] 
etc.    (20)  Miocene  Period, — ape,  tapir,  rh';- 
nocer  don,  hippopotamus,  horse. 

Eocene  Period, — Man- 
fox,  raccoon,   dormouse,   squirrel,   sen 
i-water  toi  d,  owl,   q 

woodcock,   pi  Ibatross,  vulture, 

extinct  species  of  In  the  Upper 

icauim:.' 
saurian  or  lizard  tribe,  also  gigantic  bil 
Bea-T(  •  Lpines.  The  Weald  >und 

in  terrestrial  and  fresh-water  remaii    . 


The  Primary   J  >us,    or    i 

Formation,  in  which  the  lirst  forn 
animal  and  \ 

ain  marine  shell  .  crustaci  low- 

larine    p]  1    flowering   land 

plants,   i  mammalia,   traces   of  I 

and  tortoi 

In  •    rboniferoue  re- 

mains of  huge  tree  -.  ■  and, 

which  have   been  converted  into   imm 

1    •'    Graywacke  Formal 

and  land-plan  lire. 


The  Azoic  Period  or  l  n,  inwhic 

of  life  have  I 


-3 

5 


D 

c: 
o 


M 


2       — 


— 

a      * 

.2 

2      -a 


— ■ 
- 


— 
- 


3 
O 

- 
3 

— 

< 

l) 

r. 
: 

TJ 


Cfi 


I 
- 


.- 


-3 

bo 

- 


o 

-3 


;  Lrneous, 
(formed  by  fire.) 


14 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY— GEOLOGY. 


dicated  by  successive  series  of  organic  remains, 
and  have  been  termed  geological  Epochs  or  Eras. 
The  materials  of  which  the  carth"s  surface  is  com- 
posed are  arranged  under  two  great  divisions, — 
igneous  and  sedimentary  rocks. 

The  igneous  rocks  arc  formed  by  the  action  of 
heat  under  superincumbent  pressure,  and  are  com- 
posed of  an  aggregate  of  crystalline  particles,  with- 
out any  order  of  stratification.  Of  these  the  chief 
is  granite,  which  is  the  lowest  of  all  rocks,  and 
forms  the  basis  on  which  the  others  rest ;  it  aiso 
penetrates  the  overlying  strata  in  veins  of  various 
magnitude,  and  in  many  places  has  been  upheaved 
so  as  to  form  the  summits  of  the  loftiest  moun- 
tains. Greenstone  or  Trap-rocks  have  been 
thrown  up  at  different  periods,  and  pervade,  more 
or  less  all  the  secondary  strata.  Yolcanic  rocks 
are  of  the  same  material  as  the  preceding,  but 
their  forms  of  structure  are  varied  ;  they  are  the 
products  of  the  most  recent  of  the  igneous  ac- 
tions. 

Sedimentary  rocks  are  composed  of  the  frag- 
ments of  older  rocks,  worn  down  by  the  action  of 
the  elements  a:  id  deposited  in  the  ocean,  whence, 
by  pressure,  heat,  and  chemical  agency,  they  were 
re-formed  into  new  masses,  with  a  stratified  and 
more  or  less  slaty  structure.  The  lowest  of  these 
rocks  is  called  gneiss,  which  is  succeeded  by  the 
slates,  (mica,  talc,  chlorite  and  clay)  ;  these  con- 
tain no  organic  remains.  Then  follow  the  Silu- 
i,  Old   Red  oe  or  Devonian,  the  Car- 

boniferous or  Coal,  the  New  Red  Sa  (the 

.)  the  Oolite,  (the  Wealden,)  and  the  Chalk, 
or  Cretaceous  formations  or  systems  ;  and  then 
the  Tertiary,  and  Diluvial  formations.  The  Allu- 
vial formation  is  the  most  recent  of  the  Diluvial, 
and  includes  the  river  deposits  now  going  on. 
Above    these  is  the  recent  soil,   composed   of 


earthy  matter,  and  decomposed  portions  of  plants 
aud  animals. 

The  order  of  the  succession  of  the  strata  which 
compose  the  earth's  crust  is  nowhere  inverted  ; 
although  no  locality  contains  the  entire  series, 
yet  those  which  are  found  together  invariably  fol- 
low in  the  same  succession.  These  strata  were 
successively  formed  in  the  growth  or  development 
of  the  earth,  resulting  from  the  many  and  vast 
changes  which  took  place  at  very  early  periods. 
Each  stratum  marks  a  distinct  period,  and  is 
characterized  by  its  own  flora  and  fauna. 

Changes  in  the  earth's  crust  are  constantly  oc- 
curring. The  general  aspect,  or  the  great  outline 
of  the  form  of  its  surface,  has  probably  remained 
nearly  the  same  since  the  subsidence  oi  the  deluge  ; 
but  this  is  comparatively  a  brief  period.  The 
changes  that  are  now  being  made  by  natural 
agencies,  appear  to  be  of  limited  extent,  affecting 
chiefly  the  localities  in  which  they  occur.  Of 
these,  perhaps  the  most  important  are  those  pro- 
duced by  earthquakes  and  volcanoes  in  different 
parts  of  the  world  ;  the  formation  of  reefs  and 
coral  islands  in  the  Pacific  and  Indian  Oceans  ; 
and  the  results  of  the  constant  action  of  the  wa- 
ter upon  the  land.  The  atmosphere,  the  ocean 
and  rivers,  are  continually  acting  upon  the  solid 
crust,  and  wearing  it  down  into  the  beds  of  the 
seas,  and  it  is  there  reconsolidated  into  new  strata. 
An  internal  igneous  process  is  also  forcing  up,  at 
intervals  of  time,  and  also  at  different  localities, 
masses  of  crystalline  rocks  under  the  varied 
firms  of  granites,  trap-rocks,  porphyries,  and 
lavas,  which  tend  to  elevate  certain  portions  of 
the  earth's  surface,  and  thus  compensate  for  the 
levelling  agencies  of  the  ocean  and  atmosphere. 
By  these  successive  agencies  the  dry  land  of  con- 
tinents and  islands  is  slowly  but  incessantly  being 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY— OCEAN    CURRENTS, 


]■> 


removed  into  the  ocean,  while  new  lands  arc  as 
certainly  raised  from  the  ocean-depths ;  and  thus 
the  mass  of  dry  land  ou  the  earth's  surface  is  con- 
tinually changing  its  posit  inn.  as  well  as  its  bulk 
and  Bup  rficial  surface.  These  relative  changes 
of  laud  and  ocean  give  rise  to  changes  of  local 
temperatures  and  climates,  and  also  materially  in- 
fluence the  distribution  of  plants  and  animals,  not 
only  as  regards  relative  equatorial  position  or 
parallels  of  latitude,  but  also  as  regards  the  longi- 
tudinal distribution  of  organic  bei. 

rl"i:  oceanic  mass  of  waters  is  continuous 

around  the  earth,  it  inly  interrupted  par- 

tially by  the  intervention  of  the  continents, 
thus  interrupted,  it  consists  mainly  of  three  great 

as — the  Pacific,  Atlantic,  and  Indian  Oc 
To   lli    .'  may  !  I   two  other  divisi 

arctic  Oceans,  by  which  n 
listinguished  the  bodies  of  water 
situated  within  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic  Ciri 
re   are.  however,  no  natural  limits  to  these 
ie  Arctic  Ocean  seems  to 
belong  naturally  to  the  basin  of  the  Atlantic, 
the  Antarctic  is  equally  connected  with  the  wa- 
ters of  the  Pacific,  Atlantic,  and  Indian  Oceans. 
The  Pacific  Ocean  occupies  more  than  one-third 
of  tin  surface. 

The  movements  of  the  ocean  are  of  three  kinds, 
namely:  the  Currents,  which  are  produced  by  a 
variety  i  ,  which  result  from 

the  attraction  of  the  moon  and  sun  ;  and  Wa 
which  ar  ■  pn  du<  id  by  the  wind. 

The  ( '  i  of  the  ocean  perform  a  most  im- 

portant part  in  the  economy  of  nature,  and  a 
knowledge  of  their  characteri  is  of  the  ut- 
most co.  ce  to  navigation,  besides  being  in- 
:'  to  every  branch  of  |  inquiry. 
The                           d  as  constant,  periodical,  and 


ible  currents.     (  re  pro- 

duced by  the  combined  influent  e  of  an  inequality 

of  temperature  in  the  waters  of  the  oc  alt- 

from   the  unequal  i  of  the  heating 

power  of  the  sun's  rays  in  different  latitude-;,  the 
arth,  the  relativ<  '  the 

water,  and  the  trade-winds.  The  heat  of  the  tor- 
rid zone  diminishes  the  specific  gravity  of  the  sur- 
face water  near  the  equator  ;  and  the  waters  near 
the  poles  move  towards  the  equator  in  order  to 
restore  the  equilibrium.     Thi  om- 

bine  I  he  rotation  of  the  earth  (which  at- 

:t  3  the  water  in   the  m  of  that  p 

where  the   centrifugal  force  is  ■_ 
large  streams  to  descend  from  both  poles  towards 
the  equator. 

The  constant  ocean  currents  commence  near  the 
south  pole,  under  the  name  of  the  Drift 

Current,  which,  after  pouring  a  stream  of  cold 
water  along  the  shores  of  Chile  and   P  ru, 

'  (called  the  Equatorial  current)  through  the 
ific  Ocean,  where  it  occupies  the  entire  space 
between  the  tropics,  to  the  Malay  Archipelago, 
hich,  and  the  shores  of  China,  its  -s  is 

I.     It  enters  the  Indian   Ocean,   and 
flow  ■•(ween  the  parallels  of  latitude  10 

and  25°  S.,  until,  in  long.  63^  25' E.,  it   I 
:id  passing  the  north  end  of  M 
.   aters  the  Mozaml  ud  flow- 

ing  along  the  south-east  coast  of  Africa,  enters 
Atlantic  Ocean  by  tl  t.     The 

lion  of  .  am  is  now  northward,  along 

the  v.  '  '     ica,  until,  near  the  equator, 

■  by  the  main  ial  i  ir- 

rent  of  the  Atlantic,  which,  enl  Gulf 

the  GuU  This  re- 

markable current  of  ..ea' 

North  Atlantic,  and  is  then  turm 


16 


TUYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY  — THE     TIDES. 


by  the  cold  currents  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  ;  and 
in  the  southern  hemisphere,  a  stream  is  under- 
stood to  flow  from  the  Atlantic,  south  of  the 
Cape  Horn  current,  into  the  Pacific  Ocean,  in 
order  to  commence  anew  the  circuit  of  the  globe. 
The  velocity  of  these  currents  varies  ;  the  average 
in  some  of  them  is  equal  to  60  miles  in  a  day. 
These  currents  have  a  vast  influence.  While 
they  cany  the  temperature  of  one  zone  into  that 
of  another,  they  sometimes  promote,  and  some- 
times retard,  the  distribution  of  the  races  of  men, 
and  the  commercial  intercourse  of  civilized  na- 
tion  . 

The  Tides  are  regular  alternate  risings  and 
fallings  of  the  waters  of  the  ocean,  and  of  the 
bays,  rivers,  etc.,  which  communicate  freely  with 
it.  They  are  caused  by  the  attraction  of  the 
moon  and  sun,  in  connection  with  the  diurnal  ro- 
tation of  the  earth.  The  water  rises,  or  flows, 
by  degrees,  about  G  hours  ;  it  remains  stationary 
about  a  quarter  of  an  hour ;  and  it  then  falls  or 
.  daring  another  G  hours,  to  rise  again  after 
a  brief  repose.  Thus  there  are  two  seasons  of 
and  low  water,  in  every  lunar  day.  The 
heights  to  which  successive  tides  rise  differ 
greatly  in  different  portions  of  the  globe,  and  are 
everywhere  variable.  In  the  open  ocean  the  tidal 
wave  is  only  a  few  feet  in  height ;  but,  in  con- 
fined seas,  as  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  it  sometimes 
ri  a  to  60  f     . 

The  accompanying  chart  shows  the  progress  of 
the  wave  of  high  water,  and  the  hour  of  high  wa- 
ter in  Greenwich  time,  at  new  and  full  moon. 
The  figures  on  the  wave  lines  indicate  the  time,  or 
the  hour,  of  high  water.  Thus,  commencing  with 
the  tidal  wave  at  Yan  Diemen's  Land,  (the  island 
lying  near  the  south-cat  extremity  of  Australia  : 
wave  is  supposed  to  be  at  that  point,  produc- 


ing high  water  at  twelve  o'clock,  midnight ;  pro- 
ceeding westward,  it  will,  by  twelve  o'clock,  noon, 
of  the  ensuing  day,  have  nearly  reached  the  point 
of  the  Peninsula  of  Hindostan,  and  at  one  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon  it  is  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Here  it  enters  the  Atlantic,  and  proceeding  north- 
wards, brings  high  water  at  the  same  hours  to  the 
western  coasts  of  Africa  and  the  eastern  shores 
of  America.  The  southern  part  of  the  great  orig- 
inal wave,  on  reaching  Cape  Horn,  proceeds 
across  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  along  the  western 
coast  of  America.  In  the  representation  of  its 
course,  the  reader  will  notice  that  the  lines  in 
some  parts  are  crowded  together  closely,  while  in 
others  they  are  wide  apart.  This  indicates  that 
the  tide  wave  is  moving  with  various  velocity. 
Across  the  Southern  Ocean,  it  seems  to  travel 
nearly  1,000  miles  an  hour,  and  through  the  At- 
lantic scarcely  less  ;  but  near  some  of  the  shores, 
as  on  the  coast  of  India,  on  the  east  of  Cape 
Horn,  and  in  other  sections,  it  travels  very  slow- 
ly. The  high  velocities  are  invariably  found  to 
exist  where  the  water  is  deep,  while  the  low  velo- 
cities occur  in  shallow  water. 

The  tidal  influence  of  the  moon  has  been  calcu- 
lated to  be,  on  the  average,  about  two  and  a  half 
times  greater  than  that  of  the  sun,  since  the  effi- 
cacy of  the  moon  fluctuates  between  the  extremes 
43  and  59,  while  that  of  the  sun  ranges  between 
19  and  21.  These  influences  sometimes  act  in 
conjunction,  and  sometimes  in  opposition  ;  and 
this  alternate  mutual  reinforcement  and  opposi- 
tion results  in  the  formation  of  what  are  called 
the  spring  and  neap  tides.  The  spring-tide  is 
the  sum  of  the  solar  and  lunar  tides  ;  the  neap- 
tide  is  their  difference.  Hence,  the  highest 
spring-tide  will  be  to  the  lowest  neap-tide  as  59 
plus  21  to  43  minus  19,  or  80  to  24,  or  10  to  3. 


9 
—. 

2. 
•< 


P  P     H 

ffl  £,  CL 

z.  g  ^ 

2  °p 

-i  i-    < 


3     E     £ 
—     -     - 

X     J —        / 


ft 

— 


5'  " 


c  kJ    P 

~    •§      I     M 


a     |J  to  SSj 

-  0  -. 

—  :  =- 

r»    p  2.  « 


-. 
5 


■ 

c 


=:    =    = 


Gi- 
—   £  ^ 
o     _  ;=- 
c     5.  


s      ~ 

=    _.   - 


=         > 


7- 


X 


«       £4 


Ph 

c 
Ph 


© 

o 

O 

C 

© 

lO 

I— 

r3 

oo 

»o 

r-l 

o 

i— i 

of 

CM 

.- 

co 

-O 

© 

cu 

•_—• 

rt 

© 

eS 

w 

CO 

a 

© 

£* 

•  •, 

ej 

I— 1 

© 

r*5 

o 

^ 

p 

w 

«o 

o 

,P9 

" 

u 

e 
© 
© 

15 

© 

fz; 

S 

oo 

»- 

O 

CM 

of 

bn 

O 

cm 

.2 

© 
© 

r-4 

i-l 

n 

© 

C$ 

t> 

o 
© 

CD 

—  -. 

•  V. 

„ 

CD 

Mh 

cd 

CD 

B 

o 

p 

l«H 

P 
P 

H 

o 
of 

P3 

«o 

^OJ 

5h 

fc'o 

.~ 

2? 

© 

•w> 

co 

© 
© 

02 

w 

© 

rH 

Ph 

o 

CO 

-4-J 

Mi 

aT 

a 
o 

o 
1 

CD 

o 

© 

CO 

CM 

1— 1 

Ph 

p 

c3 

K 

s 

fc 

a 
o 

h 

•  M 

•  .- 

, — 1 

CO 

o 

o 

CD 

TT 

l-H 

■  *. 

cc 

© 

'(J 

3 

<J 

o 

CM 

1— 1 

o 

B 

o 
1~ 

t-H 

ec 

s 

CM 

cd~ 

CD 
Pw 

© 

© 

I— ( 

CO 

a; 

■<* 

CO 

c-j 

Ph 

£ 

a 

i— t 

CM 

© 

CD 

r, 

1—1 

W 

CO 

r-T 

c5 

C 

— 

cd 

•  .- 

o 

1*3 

o 

at 

w 

o 

p 

o 

HH 
— 

s 

o 

Si 
ei 

O 

o 
n 

Q 

H 

o 

o 

t-T 

U2 

© 
© 

— 
O 

<-. 

tn 

00 

CO 

••■ 

■<* 

© 

CM 

cd 
f-.p 

in 

R~ 

© 

^ 

tr^- 

a 

i—i 

o 

© 

00 
— 

cd 

CO 
CD 
rH 

CD 

r- 

CD 

o 

UN 
CO 

eg 

s 

-a 

d 

s 

1 

oo 

rH 

O 

P 

a 

o 

"S 

Ph 

1 

to 

H 

H 

»*i 

r^H 

K 

r— 

PS 

o 

J 

PS 

CO 

Tjl 

W 

C3 

© 

B 

53 

l—t 

Oh 

co 

P 

•>* 

CO 

C 

i 

h^ 

p 

63 

B 

.- 

o 

B 

© 

O 

m 

© 

CD 

o 

S: 

lO 

53 

PS 
B 

Eh 

00 

rH 

in 

PS 
E- 

co 

CM 

-2 

cr 

CO 

02 

CO 

is 

53 

a 

CO 
ftf 

K 
^ 

c3 

Ph 

© 

© 

cd 

03 

r 

© 

PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY-     RIVERS    AND    LAKES 


17 


Rivers  are  grouped  into  two  classes,  the  ocean- 
ic and  the  continental.    Oceanic  rivers  arethose 
which  flow  directly  into  the  ocean,  or  into 
communicating  with  it;   these  form  the  la 

an  1     |     [ally  contribute  to  the  rcial 

intercourse  and  Bocial  improvement  of  mankind. 
(  ontinental  rivers  are  those  which  discharge  their 
w.it  T-  into  lab   .  or  are  los1  in  swamps  or 
The  chief  rivers  of  this  class  are  comprised  in  the 

*   inland  ba  in  of  < '  ntral  A  lia  and  We 
Europe.     Tl  near  the  Gulf  of 

Finland    and    the  Blacl  eastward 

through  nearlj  the  whole  of  Timer  A<ia  t<» 
Yellow   S  a,  and  i  an  extent  of  more 

than  3,000,000  Bquare  miles.     It  contains  the  ba- 
sin of  11  i,  the  principal  river  of  Eui 
and  tl  the  lake  in  the 
world.  1-                            roul  rivulets  of  the  step- 
pes, and  ma                       I  '          The  term  ri 
q  signi               mtire  country  drained  b 
river  and  its  1    '                Tl      ize  of  a  river-b 
depends,  in  g  neral,  on  the  extent  of  the  continent 
or  portion  of  the  earth  to  which  it  belongs.     Eu- 
rope, which,  next  to  Australi  tallest  di- 
ion  of  the  earth,  possesses  the  smallest  river-ba- 
sins; Am  rica  and   Asia  the  largest.    The  fol- 
low!            ment  shows  tl                      in  in  each 
continent,  and   it-  estimated  area.      In    South 
America,  the  Amazon,  2,275,000  Eng.  square 
miles;  in   North    '        ica,  the   MissourirMi 
Pip])    1,350,000;   in  Asia,  the  Obi,  924,800;  in 
Africa,  the   Nile.  80                  I  in  Europe,  the 
Vol                        On  the  accom]  map,  the 
world  13  represented   as  divided   into  its  great 
river-basins,  showin             colors,    the    different 

ins,  seas,  etc.,  into  which  the  flowing  w. 
of  the  different  continents  discharge  themselves. 
From  this,  an  idea  may  at  once  be  formed  of  the 

a.  2 


ral  inclination  or  -lope  of  the  dil  inti- 

nents.     Tin!  ia,  the  li  i 

wards  the  north,  showing  th< 

'    in   that   direction  ;  while    the 
flow  toward^  the 
ti  hi  in  that  direction 
cat!  ies  are  inclined  toward  t! 

and  the  slope  toward  the  west  is  rapid,  and  compa- 
ratively very  short.     In  I,    a   lit! 
than  one-fourtn  of  all  the  runnii  car- 
ried  to  the  Black  Sea,  and  one-sixth  do.  to  the 
;.ian  Sea.     Of  all  the  important  ri 

number  reach  the  ocean 
in  an  easterly  direction  ;  th'  h  How  t>. 

south  and  north  are  next  in  importance;  while 
those  having  ourse  are  !'  w  in  nun 

and  comparati  ''leant  in 

Lakes  or  Inlai  are  commonly  grouped 

in  tv,      i  viz  :  fresh  water  and  salt  v, 

;  but  this  division  does  not  admit  of  preci- 
-i"ii  since  almost  every  degree  of  saltness  is  found 
between  those  most  fresh  and  those  most  salt. 
Their  chief  characteristics  may  be  thus  stated  : — 
1.  Those  which  have  no  apparent  affluent  ncr 
outlet ;  these  are  generally  small,  but  being 
by  subterraneous  springs  are  more  permanent 
than  larger  lakes.  2.  Those  which  have  an  out- 
let, without  a  ile  affluents.  3.  Those  which 
affluents,  without  having  any  visible  out- 
let-;. These  are  chiefly  in  Asia,  and  I  re- 
markable are  the  Caspian,  the  Aral,  and  the 
1 1  1  Sea.  4.  Those  which  have  both  affluents 
and  an  outlet ;  these,  among  fi  r  lakes, 
are  the  largesl  and  most  numerous.  The  outlet  is 
sometimes  subterraneous,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
Lake  of  Joux,  in  Switzerland.  Lakes  are  not 
subject  to  tides,  and  many  of  them  never  freeze, 
owing  to  their  great  depth. 


18 


PHYSICAL    GEOGEA PHY  —  VOLCANIC    ACTION. 


Volcanic  Action. — Earthquakes  and  volca- 
noes stand  in  intimate  connection  with  one  an- 
other ;  both  being-  produced  by  means  of  the  same 

ncy,  viz.:  the  internal  heat  existing'  within 
the  earth's  crust.  The  concussions  of  the  earth- 
quakes consist  in  more  or  less  violent  commotions 
of  particular  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  globe, 
which  are  sometimes  so  slight  as  only  to  be  per- 
ceived by  those  accustomed  to  the  phenomena, 
but  at  other  times  their  effects  are  most  destruc- 
tive, transmitting  lasting  memorials  to  successive 
generations.  These  concussions  are  of  a  three- 
fold character,  consisting  of  horizontal,  vertical, 
and  circular  oscillations,  which  follow  one  another 
n  rapid  succession ;  the  first  are  the  most  com- 
mon, the  latter  arc  the  most  rare.  The  pro; 
on  of  earthquakes  occurs  most  frequently  in  a 
r  direction,  undulating  with  a  velocity  of 
from  20  to  thirty  miles  in  a  minute,  and  occasion- 
ally in  <  'r'1'  ?  or  clli  -  f  concu  ii  i,  in  \,  tri<  h 
the  shocks  are  propagated  from  the  c  aire  to  the 
circumference,  but  with  dimii 
immense  area  over  which   '  •  ex- 

tend is  almost  incredible  ;  of  this,  the  great  ea 
.  furnishes  the  most  remarl 

triple.     That  concussion  assumed  the  form  of 


an  ellipse,  in  which  the  longest  diameter, 
characterized  by  the  destruction  which 
was  produced  on  its  course,  extended  over 
o'OO  miles ;  the  space  over  which  the 
shock  was  perceptibly  felt,  extended  to 
2.700  miles  ;  and  the  area  of  vibration,  or 
the  greatest  extent  over  which  water  was 
observed  to  oscillate  at  the  surface,  ex- 
tended to  about  4,000  miles.  The  most 
destructive  shocks  of  earthquakes  are  gen- 
erally over  in  a  moment.  The  earthquake 
of  Lisbon,  in  17.15,  during  which  60,000 
ions  perished,  lasted  only  about  6  minutes; 
and  during  the  great  eai  •  ol    Ci  rac:  s,  in 

1812,  by  which  10.000  persons  peri  hed,  tl 
terrific  shocks,  each  of  which  lasted  from  3  to  4 
seconds,  followed  each  other  within  50  seconds. 
"While  earthquakes  have  their  seat  deep  in  the  in- 
terior of  continents,  they  also  communicate  in  the 
most  remarkable  manner  with  the  sea.  During 
the  Lisbon  earthquake,  the  sea  rose  50  feet  above 
its  ordinary  level  ;  ships  at  sea  were  affected  by 
the  shocks,  as  if  they  had  struck  on  ro;-ks,  and 
their  crews  were  in  some  instances  thrown  down 
by  the  violence  of  the  concussions.  In  Scotland, 
Loch  Ness,  Loch  Lomond,  and  other  lakes,  re- 
peatedly rose  and  fell  on  that  dreadful  day.  It  is 
fully  e      '      hed  that  earthquakes  have  i 

tracts  of  land  above  their  former  level,  and 
that  daring  the  cone  ;  i  various  substances 
have  been  ejected  from  the  interior  of  the  earth. 
In  the  Old  World,  volcanic  appearances  have 
from  the  earliest  times  manifested  thl  I 
chiefly  in  a  line  extending  from  the  Azores  to  the 
i  Sea,  and  eastward  to  Lake  Baikal,  in 
Centra!  Asia,  and  this  may  be  considered  as  the 

tre    from    which    the    earthquake    procei 
This  is  probably  the  longest  and  most  regular 


m 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY-  VOLCANIC  A. CTI ON. 


19 


■  F  r,  Icanic 

on  the 

•  f  the  gl 
far  si  •'   in 

extent  the  volca- 

irdle  of  the 
An  1  '8  in  South 
Aim,  Tl, 

earthquakes     of 
(lie  New  World, 

.■■p.  are,  as 
rds   frequen- 

;1  1"  those  of 
0  I  World; 
occur  chief- 

y  along  its  west  ,  and  on  the  northern  de- 

clivity of  the  Mountains  of  Venezuela 

■  over  every  part  of  the 
:  lep  indent  of  late; 

and  by  far  the  g  ■  of  them  are  on 

islands  or  on  may  be  arrai 

and  vole 
ins ;  the  former  term  applied  to  tl 

forming  the*  centres  of  numerous  orifices  of  erup- 
tion, dis  ith  some  regularity  in  everj 
direction;  and  the  latter  term,  those  ranged  ai 

in 
ti  hi.  like  v  tensive 

exampl  •.  the  p    k   if  T<  il  volca- 

i!  i  it  is  the  cc  itre  of  a  gri  ip  to  which  the  vol- 
cani  if  Palms 

on  the  other  hand,  an  exa  tic  chain, 

-  of  linear  vol  I  on  a    i 

n  :nt  be  chain 

of  the  And  s,  thai   :  natural  rampart, 

ling  from  South  Chili  to  the  north-west  coast 
of  America,  soi  a  Bingle  range,  and 


MuU.NT   VL'l  \  tU8. 


two  or1 

allel  ranj 

ed 

by  narrow  ' 

al      art' 
I 
difficult 
to  form  a  reli 

.Ll.  the  face 

:    pe- 
'  of  time ;  for 
while  one  traveller  consid  of  them  as  ex- 

tinct, another  affirms  that  they  are  in  a  state  of 
activity.     From  the  best  authorities,  it  appi 
that  the  number  of  active  volca  270 

which  190  are  found  on  the  is  rand  the 

shores  of  th<  Ocean.     These  are  c 

as    either   continuously   active    or   intermit; 
The  latter  are  far  the  n 
ful   eruptions.      Etna,    V  and    '  ' 

have  varying  intervals  of  rest,  in 
amounting  to  centuries.     Of  the  I' 

'  i  the  Me  ! 
low  volcano,  which  1, 

!  the  dawn  of  i  ic  hi      ry. 

The  real  cause  of  vol 
in  a  '      lived  i'i  obscurity.     The 

liiin  iral  comp  lava  en.' 

the  nature  of  the  materials 
of  which  the  lava  h  ;    ■  n  d,  tl 
the  ; 

cooled  down,  and  the  am  unit 
it  ha-  ted. 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY-CLIMATE. 


Climate.— This  term  denotes  the  condition  of  a  region  or  place,  in  relation  to  the  various  phenom- 
ena of    the    atmosphere,   as    temperature, 
moisture,   etc.      As    the    average    annual 
amount  of  heat  at  the  earth's  surface  de- 
pends  on  latitude,  the  mean  temperature  of 
places  situated  at  the  same  elevation  dc- 
ases  gradually  from  the  equator  towards 
i  he  pole  >.     But  besides  the  consideration  of 
the  latitude  of  any  locality,  or  the  degree  in 
s   which  it  receives  the  rays  of  the  sun,  there 
*   are  many  other  circumstances  which  greatly 
2   aifect    its   temperature,   viz :    its   elevation 
above  the  sea-level,  its  distance  from  the 
ralent  winds,  its  annual  quantity 
of  rain,  the  character  of  its  surface  and  the 
direction  of  its  slope,  the  extent  and  course 
of  its  mountains,  the  nature  of  its  soil,  and 
of  cultivation  and  improvement 
to  which   the  country  has  been  subjected. 
The  accompanying  map  exhibits  the  dis- 
tribution of  heal    over  the  globe,  by  lines 
•  drawn  continuously  through  all  those  sec- 
tions which    have    the   same   mean  annual 
temperature.     These   lines  arc   called   iso- 
thermah,  and  their  deviation  from  parallel- 
ism with  the  equator  plainly  illustrates  the 
fact  that  the  temperature  of  any  particular 
t  plaa  isnol  determined  alone  by  its  latitude. 
|    A  remarkable  example  of  this  occurs  on  the 
a   west  coast  of  Europe,  where  the  warm  wa- 
ter el'  the  Gulf  Stream  has  the  effect  of  car- 
rying the  isothermals  many  degrees  north 
of  th  :r  normal  position.      On  the  difference 
of    temperature   between   the   eastern    and 
in  coasts  of  the  Old  and  New  Worlds, 
ami   on    its  similarity  in   the   middle    lati- 
tudes  of  the  west  coasts  of  America  and 
Europe,  Humboldt  remarks  that,  "  since  the 


W 

- 


rr; 

-     ""^  — 

>  2 

. :  -■ 


s 


- 


~         -    1 

3   —  5 

G 

s  >- 

- 

- 

- 


- 


r  ii  V  S  I  C  A  L    G  E  0  G  R  A  I'll  F-OLIMAT  E 


21 


ace  of  the  i  ceptible  of  b 

cooled  in  the  same  degree  aa  that  of  the  lurid,  it 
alts  that,  wh<  vail,  western 

coasts  should  be  warmer  than  easl  rn  coasts,  un- 
less modified  by  i  i  ."    Thii 
plified  in  the  difference  of  temperature  between 

western  coasts  of  North  America  in  middle 
latitades,  and  the  eastern  of  Europe.    Even 

in  northern  Iatil  ts  a  very  striking 

difference  between  the  annua]  mean  temperature 
of  the  eastern  and  western  coasts  of  Am 

At  Nain,  in  Labrador,  (Kit.  57  10',)  this  tem- 
pi ratup  or  6°-8 1  the  freezing 
poinl  :  ••  '  Sitka,  on  the  north-west  coast 
of  Russian  America,  it  is  II  -4,  or  12°'4  above 
point.  At  the  former  place,  the 
mean  temperature  of  summer  hardly  reaches  43  •_' 

.,  while   at    the   latter  it   is   56°'8.     Pekin. 
(hit.  39     54',)  nn  the  east  coast  of*  Asia,  has  a 

i  annual  temperature  of  52  '3,  or  more  than 
;>  lower  than  that  of  Naples,  which  is  situated  a 
little  farther  north.  The  mean  winter  tempera- 
ture of  Pekin  is  at  least  5  r  zero ;  while 
in  Western  Europe,  at  Paris,  (lat.  48°  50',)  it  is 
(i  above  it. 
A  climate  is  called  an  insular  or  sea  climate 
nee  of  nuan  temperature  is  , 
small,  or  the  winter  is  too  warm  and  the  summer 
tiiu  cool :  and  a  continental  climate  where  the  dif- 
B  r<  nee  of  mean  temperature  is  very  great,  or  the 
winter  is  too  cold  and  the  summer  too  hot.  Eu- 
has  a  true  insular  climate — a  mild  winter 
and  a  cold  summer.  Northern  and  I 
has  a  true  continental  climate  a  cold  winter 
and  a  hot  summer;  while  North  America  has 
more  of  a  continental  climate  in  winter  and  a  sea 
climate  in  summer.     The  hottest  locality  on  the 

3  is  in  Central  Africa,  where  the  temperature 


of  -!  Fahr  ;  the  c 

he  t<  mp  srature  of  January  '  i 

the  freezing  point  of  Fahr. 
V.  ■  i  Id  the  cold  com  -  from  the  north-east,  an 
the  New  World  from  the  north-west    'I 

ion  of  Siberia  has   no  i 
of  equal  cold  in  America,     [f  th  divi- 

ded at  the  meridian  of  20    W.,  .  that  the 

era  portion,  which  has  the  largest  ma 
land,  is  colder  than  tl  dif- 

ference diminishes  as  we  approach  the  equ 
The  ti  mperatur  »le  globe  inci 

Fahr.  from  January  to  July;   a  m 
thes  ■  months  gives,  as  the  mean  temperature  of  the 
globe,  5       Fahr.     The  mean  temperature  for  the 
Northern  Hemisphere  is  CO    Fahr..  and  - 
for  the  South- 
ern EL  misphere 
is    5(1      Fahr. 
The  great  quan- 
tity     of     rain 
which    falls    in 
the     Northern 
■    is 
probably     one 

e  of  its 
high  t  temp 
ture.  while,  in 
the  Southern 
the  influi  nee  of 
the  sun's  rays 
is  expen  led  to 
a  greal  degree 
in  the  melting 
of    mass  s    of 

or  in  the 
evap  iration  of 
snow. 


HI 

VCiiut  boils  at  level  of  the  Sea 


on  top 
ul  JUi  l 

Qt  I'otosi 


_9<F 


r,,.        - 


31 


to. 

1 


132° 


173* 


ct  an  rUv.afSC.OOC'fi- 


•5?HrcuiTeiirp  ai'MbtSpr.aCBagnrrr'i 


>2L  _VcLr.  Temp,  in  Darbarj 
j,      „  Springs  ul*~ 
rrmaeetti  /. 

Meat  ol  JTurntm Blood 
?r  Summer  trmjt. of  Ccr.tr\: 


Trineomale' 


it     ■ 
A5ra«  temp,  at  Summer  at  Srrr 

33' 


\n,rtrr      ,, 


ZYttMl 


HIESMOME 

lAjll.UI..' 

CfiiL      i  riitiqratJt 
It  nut. 


22 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY-WINDS. 


Winds,  or  currents  of  air,  owe  their  origin  to 
any  circumstance  which  has  a  tendency  to  disturb 
the  equilibrium  of  the  atmosphi  re,  as  a  change  in 
temperature,  or  iu  the  amount  of  aqueous  va- 
por which   it   contains.     J  bat    is   the   principal 
q1   in  diminishing  the  density  of  bodies,  and 
hence  it  is  the  chief  cause  of  the  currents  in  the 
atmosphere  ;  for  experience  proves,  that  wherever 
two  adjoining  regions  are  unequally  heated,  there 
is  produced  an  upper  current  of  air,  proceeding 
i  the  warmer  to  the  colder  region,  and  an  un- 
der current  in  an  opposite  direction.     The  mean 
difference  of  temperature   between  the  regions  of 
the  equator  and  those  of  the  poles,  exceeds  82°  ; 
and  as  this  inequality  is  nearly  permanent,  it  pro- 
duces a  constant  interchange  of  air  between  those 
ions.    Tl;     .      cold  and  dense  under  cxirrenl 
from  the  poles  replaces  the  rarified   air  of  the 
itor,  which,  ascending  and  forming  an  upper 
current,  flows  I  wards  the  north  and  south,  in  or- 
der to  restore  the  equilibrium  of  the  atmo  pi 

,"0,  if  the  earth  were  in  a  quiescent  state,  the 
winds  near  its  surface,  in  each  hemisphere,  v. 
be  uniformly  due  north  and  south,  respectively  ; 
but  the  globe  revolves  on  its  axis  from  ea 
west,  with  a  velocity  increasing  from  the  poles, 
re  it  is  nothing,  to  the  equator,  where  it  at- 
tains a  maximum  of  about  1,000  miles  an  hour; 
that,  in  ;  from  the  higher  latitudes  to- 

war. b  the  equator,  the  cold  currents  of  air  pro- 
ively  arrive  at  of  increased  rotatory 

id  as  they  cannot 
of  motion,  they  necessarily  ban;;-  back, 
and  form  cui  ing  in  a  direction  oppo 

to  that  of  the  rotation  of  the  globe,  or  from 
to  west ;  and  thus,  by  the  combined  effect    ol 
earth's  rotation,  and  the  diff!  rence  of  temperature 
at  it  he  northern  and  southern  currents 


are  deflected  and  modified,  so  as  to  become  re- 
spectively tin'  permanent  north-easterly  and  south- 
easterly currents,  forming  the  magnificent  phe- 
nomena of  the  trade  winds. 

There  are  three  classes  of  winds  :  permanent, 
pet  iodical,  and  variable 

The  Trade  Winds  prevail  within  the  tropics,  ex- 
tending generally  from  28  to  30 ?  on  each  side 
i  I  he  equator  ;  but  their  limits  vary  considerably, 
as  the  sun  is  north  or  south  of  that  line,  and  arc 
different  in  the  Atlantic  and  Indian  Oceans.  It 
is  only  over  the  wide  ocean  that  they  can  blow 
uninterruptedly.  In  the  Northern  Hemisphere, 
their  direction  is  from  the  north-east ;  and  in  the 
Southern  Hemisphere,  from  the  south-east. 

Of  the  Periodical  winds,  the  most  remarkable 
are  the  Monsoons  of  the  Indian  Ocean,  which  are 
modifications  of  the  trade  winds  ;  they  sweep  over 
the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  whole  of  Hiudostan, 
changing  their  direction  every  six  months,  as  the 
sun  moves  into  the  Northern  or  Southern  Hemi- 
spheres ;  and  their  region  includes  the  district  of 
the  Typhoons,  or  storms  peculiar  to  the  China 
Sea.  To  this  class  belong  the  laud  and  sea- 
breezes,  which  blow  daily  on  the  coasts  of  conti- 
nents and  islands  within  the  tropics,  and  in  some 
;•  localities,  are  very  regular,  and  are  believed 
to  be  caused  by  the  unequal  heating  of  the  land 

'{'he  accompanying  map  shows  the  geographical 
i   tion  of  the  winds  over  the  globe.     Near 
addle  of  the  chart  is  the  "Zone  of  variable 
winds  and  calms  and  si 'inns."  which  corresponds 
to  the  of  it  rain  shown  upon  the  next 

chart.    North  ai        ath  of  this  belt  are  tli 
of  N.E.  a  ,B.  trade  winds',  in  the  Atlai 

and  Pacific  Oceans,  and  beyond  them,  the  regions 
of  the  S.W.  and  N.W.  prevailing  winds. 


X^: 


a 

ft> 

-. 

* 

-i 

o 

~ 

ft, 

- 

o 

i 

"*4 

— 

". 

rt 

0 

— 

— 
- 

Vpnrr  llirreitt  trnt/i  Iht  P^U  .  _—. 


fwr  »  i/r»> 


"Stiritve  trrHrtitt  ni'm  i-i  t 


2 

r 

7. 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY      W I N  D  8 . 


Force  of  tin-  \\  in.: 

\,prrrr/ita>U       .00J 


l'L-asaia  briikUald 


3li  J 


'   Very  briik 


A  ten  n 


00.     -^  yre*£Storn 


•5   <-12» 


r 

ft  11300 


(-17- 713 

'- 


§ 


ffurrica.lt 


In  the  temperate  clu  f  both  Ii  5  (comprising  tl  j  of 

evailing  S.  W.  and  X.  W.  winds)  there  i-  a  a  ostanl  conflii : 
der  cnrrenta  pn  -  from  the  poles,  and  the  downwi 

currents  from  the  equator,  in  which  sti  ']■•■■  equatorial  currei 

the  ascendancy;  producing  in  the  Northern   Bemisphen 
S.  "W.,  and  in  the  Southern  Bemisphere  the  N.  W.  currei 
return  current  in  the  upper  regions  of  the  atmospl  pparenl  from  the 

movements  of  the  clouds  in  the  vicinity  of  the  tropics,  and  !  as 
tained,  by  observation,  at  elevations.    Numerous  oh  indif- 

ferent parts  of  Europe  and  Ni  rth  .'.  i  have  fullyproved  tl 

of  S.  W.  winds  in  the  N  isphere.    1  there 

is  a  great  difference  between  the  time  required  by  a  i  ailing  mip  to  p  rform 
the  voyage  ('ruin  Europe  to  the  Ui  and  the  tim  •  requin 

voyage  from  the  United  States  to  I'.urope — the  former  a s 
and  the  latter  23  da; 

Variable  winds  are  named  according  to  stimated 

per  hour,  as  \\ill  be  seen  bj  mpanying  diagram,  whicl 

the  calculated  amount  of  pressure,  in  pounds,  i        ised  1 ;  on  a    ■mar/ 

foot  of  surface.     Many  portions  of  the  globe  an  1  by 

is  of  more  or  less  violence.     Among  the 
very  frequent  occurrence,  are — the  region  of  th<  -ream  in  the  Atlantic 

of  the  variable  winds  between  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  trade  winds,  and  tl 

Cape  Born.    The  regions  of  the  trade  winds  in  the  open  sea  are  remarkably  fre  Hur- 

ricanes occur  most  frequently  within  the  tropical  regions,  and  very  seldom  beyond  the  tropics,  or.  in 

the  Indian  Ocean,  nearer  the  equator  than  the  parallel  of  10:  5'.    T 

tropics,  in  the  vicinity  of  continents  or 

islands,  and  they  appear  to  visil  ll 

latitudes  with  surprising  regulari 

currence.     In  the  Northern  Bemispl 

the  focus  of  the  m  ilating  hurrio 

on  record  has  been  the  region  of  th  ■  V 

Iud'es;  and  in  the  Southern  Bemisphere, 

that  of  the  islands  of  Rodriguez  and  the 

Mauritius.     Their  pr<  in  dif- 

ferent parts  of  their  emir-'  ;  the   Rodri-     „-jg| 

guez  Storm  was  i  stimated  at  from  22  '  1 

'I'M)  m.  a  day  at  first,  diminish]  bout 

50  in.  a  day  as  it  approached  the  tropi 


A-v.'ofrm  Rurricav-  ' 


24 


PHYSICAL    GEOGE APH Y— E AIN 


Eain  and  Snow. — The  life  of  plants  and  animals  depends  as  much  on  moist- 
ure  as  on  temperature,  and  their  development  is  greatly  modified  by  the  dryness 
or  humidity  of  the  atmosphere.  Eain  is  distributed  very  unequally  over  the 
globe.  Generally,  it  is  most  abundant  in  those  latitudes  where  evaporation  is 
carried  on  most  rapidly  ;  but  there  arc  striking  exceptions  to  this  rule,  for  in 
many  places,  even  near  the  tropics,  it  seldom  or  never  rains.  In  those  regions, 
as  Kamtz  remarks,  the  greatly  heated  atmosphere  does  not  contain  sufficient 
moisture  to  admit  of  precipitation,  even  during  the  greatest  decrement  of  tem- 
perature. These  rainless  districts  are  of  vast  extent,  and  almost  devoid  of  vege- 
tation, as  the  Great  Desert  of  Sahara,  that  of  Gobi,  and  the  arid  shores  of  Peru. 
On  the  contrary,  there  are  regions  where  it  constantly  rains  ;  these  are  chiefly 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  sea  ;  and  the  vegetation  within  them  is  exceedingly  rank 
and  abundant.  The  zone  of  greatest  precipitation  is  situated  on  the  north  of 
the  equator,  and  the  quantity  decreases  irregularly,  in  a  direction  towards  the 
poles  ;  because  heat,  which  is  the  origin  of  vapor  and  the  cause  of  rain,  decreases 
in  the  same  direction.  The  average  annual  fall  within  the  tropics  is  95  inches, 
and  within  the  temperate  zone  -mghHrntngKhTw 

3-4  inches.     The  amount  of  rain  nnn<>      so.00    „„»„  alt., 

decreases  in  ascending  from  low        20p° 


plains  to  elevated  table-lands ;  j| 


ascending 


Increase  ultiie Amount  otBain  on. Slopes  ilouin  arns 


but  it  increases    n 

from  plains  to  the  slopes  of  mountains,  especially  if  these  consist  of  steep  and 

rugged  chains.     The  quantity  of  rain  decreases  from  the  coasts  t:>  the  inte.ior 


Teet  iDn""J&"^£S 


6— 


oo  GreacJBritn.in     -Netherlands 


7t01il,,Gcrma.vy       ^ 

Bzheria. 

Decrease oiAmonm  ol  ll.tin  ixonx  tneCoasts  to  the  inlet ior  oiCoplinynrs 

of  continents,  because  a  greater  amount  of  vapor  rises  from  the  sea  than  from 
the  land,  and  because  between  sea  and  land  there  is  a  greater  interchange  of 
heat,  and  consequently  a  greater  movement  in  the  aerial  currents,  than  between 
different  parts  of  a  continent,  especially  if  it  be  not  mountainous.  This  law, 
however,  is  sometimes  modified  by  the  position  of  countries  in  relation  to  the 
regions  of  winds,  and  the  directions  of  the  mountain  chains.  In  the  temperate 
zone  of  both  hemispheres,  the  western  coasts  are  proportionally  more  moist 
than  the  eastern,  because  they  are  exposed  to  westerly  currents  of  air,  which, 


9!  W 

I    I    - 

-.    g.    M 


- 

— 

r 

-- 

^ 

s 

3 

-- 

— 

c 

Z 

_. 

- 

1 

— 

~ 

— 

— 

- 

o 

- 

- 

rr~ 

-. 

c*- 

^ 

- 
■I. 

^. 

4 

p* 

a 

- 

s+ 

7. 

a 

— 

o 

E 

fq 

o 

—5 

— 

CO 

[ 

-. 

i: 

— 

p3 

— 

~  . 

DC 

~—  t 

~ 

I 

— 

i; 

— 

X 

— 

3 

s 

W   - 


R        _ 


- 


7 


c 

—. 

c 


3 


- 


PHYSICAL    GEOCIIAI'll  V      8  N  0  W. 


passing  over  the  ocean,  are  highly  imp; 
with  moisture.     Within  the  tropics,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  eastern  coasts,  esp  cially  in  America, 

are  more  moist  than  the 
ni.  from  their  ex- 
posure to  the 
winds.  In  different  parts 
of  the  earth,  there  are 
as  within  which 
it  rains  more  at  one 
season  than  at  another. 
Thus,  there  are  seasons 
of  rains,  and  these  are 
commonly  distingui  hed 
r,  autumn, 
and  winter  rains.  The 
map  shows  the  regions 
where  these  severally 
prevail.  The  figures  al 
different  localities  show 
the  mean  annual  fall  al 
those  places;    tin 

inches  of 
rain  fall  in  one  year. 
Snow  never  falls  within  or  near  the  tropical 
regions  at  the  level  of  the  sea.  By  reference  to 
the  lines  upon  the  ma}),  it  will  he  seen  that  in  the 
Northern  Hemisphere  the  snow  limit  passes  from 
the  south-east  part  of  Niphon  across  China,  touch- 
ing the  north  part  of  India,  and  in  crossing  the 
Mediterranean  Sea.  it  nearly  coincides  with  the 
parallel  of  30°  north  latitude,  so  that  it  includes 
the  whole  of  Europe;  and  in  the  New  World  it 
follows  nearly  the  same  line,  extending  thr. 
the  southern  part  of  the  United  States.  In  the 
Southern  Hemisphere,  the  equatorial  limit  of  the 
fall  of  snow  at  the  level  of  the  sea  is  farther  re- 
moved from  the  equator,  since  it  does  not  ap- 


ii       Bain 

— 1 

330 

J. tone 

100 

1  -  Ma)u\halrsih\var(fiultfi^ 
L_  Ctuui. 

aso 

300 

5  10 

230  1 

E 

9a 

300 

| 

\ -Guinea 

DM  J 

el 

ion  ) 

l^Jiemerara 

p?s 

lll> 

1* 

do ; 

.\fiitaliar\fad^ 

2 

!  '•  iuinj 

1 

ioo  C  ('ran" 

■S 

h-Totmex3»lA]pat) 

1 

sol 

■ 

"I 

c 

soJ 

-  Kendal 

1 

40 1 

"Plymouth 
<rk 

■ 

30  C 

'•■try 

I 

0  + 

Scale  of  I 

1 — 


t 


\i-clirl    iirlr 


I'ropic  or 
Cancer 


l'i|ii:ili 


proach  nearer  than  the 
!i  of  An  '  'ape 

Colony,  and  Patagonia. 
The  fall  of  snow  inci 
es  with  the  decrease  of 
temperature,  in  proceed- 
ing from  the  equatorial 
towards  the  polar  re- 
gions. As  might  he  ex- 
pected, it  in  in  a 
northerly  direction ;  but 
it  also  increases  in  a  di- 
rection from  west  to 
east :  the  farther  we 
proceed,  in  the  Old 
World,  from  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean,  so  much  more 
abundant  is  the  fall  of 
snow.  The  number  of 
days  on  which  suow  falls 
in  Europe  at  particular 
places  is  stated  as  fol- 
lows, showing  the  re- 
markable increase  in 
proceeding  fr  m  south 
to  north  :  Palermo  has 
2  J  snowy  days  iu  each 
winter.  Pome  l\,  Flor- 
ence 1  j.  Nil  than 
.  Venice  5J,  Milan  LO, 
Paris  12.  Carlsruhe 
Copenhagen  30,  and  St 
P  .  71 . 
Th            ram    abo 

shows  the  different  elevations  at  which  BH0W  I 

he  tropical,  temperate,  and  polar   i 
The  light  shading  shows  the  actual  elevation    . 

the  line. 


Tropic  oT 
Capricorn 


\nl  ;iit(  ic  til- 


26 


PHYSICAL    G  E  0  G  II  A  T  H  Y  — V  E  G  E  T  A  T  ION. 


The  Vegetable  Kingdom. — The  object  of  the 
accompanying  map  is,  by  dividing  the  whole  earth 
according  to  its  peculiar  flora,  into  certain  cli- 
mates of  i  i;t.  at  one  view,  the 
distribution  of  the  most  useful  and  valuable  wild 
and  cultivated  plants.  Each  of  the  plant  climates 
is  characterized  by  certain  trees,  grains  and  fruits, 
the  number  and  variety  of  which  increases  in  ap- 
proaching the  equator,  and  decreases  towards  the 

r  region?,  where  their  only  representatives  are 
a  few  mosses  and  grasses.  Eice,  which  supports 
the  greatest  numbers  of  the  human  family,  is 
chiefly  confined  to  the  tropical  regions  of  Asia 
and  America.  Wheat  requires  a  mean  annual 
temperature  of  37°  or  39°  Fahr. 

The  plants  of  any  particular  region  are  the  ex- 
ponents of  its  climate ;  certain  plants  will  grow 
spontaneously  only  within  certain  districts  or 
zones,  the  boundaries  of  which  are  dependent  on 
the  amount  of  heat  and  moisture  which  such  zones 
receive  in  the  course  of  the  year.  Hence  we  find 
that  trees,  grains,  and  shrubs  range  themselves  on 
the  globe  according  to  lines  of  equal  summer  and 
equal  winter  temperature;    the  lines  of  sumn  er 

perature,  for  example,  indicate  precisely  the 
limits  of  the  possible  cultivation  of  annual  plants. 
Nor  is  a  knowledge  of  the  capabilities  of  a  coun- 
try for  producing  plants  less  important  with  refer- 
ence to  its  population.  For  example,  the  effect 
of  climate  is  such  as  to  render  the  harvest  of  Naples 
five  times  more  productive  than  that  of  Norway, 
while,  in  consequence,  the  |  lation  is  twenty- 
five  times  more  dense,  in  proportion  to  its  area,  in 
Naples  than  in  Norway. 

The  geography  of  plants,  or  an  inquiry  into 
their  distribution,  according  to  soil  and  climate, 
is  intimately  connected  with  the  general  physics 
of  the  globe,  and  is  quite  distinct  from  the  science 


of  descriptive   botany.     The  importance  of  the 
former  cannot  be  doubted,  when  we  consider  that 
the  character  of  a  country,  and  the  whole  face  of 
nature,  are  dependent  on  the  predominance  of 
certain  families  of  plants  in  particular  districts, 
and  that  the  abundance  of  the  grasses,  forming 
vast  savannahs,  or  of  palms  or  the  pine  tribe,  pro- 
duce the  most  important  effects  on  the  social  state 
of  a  people,  their  manners,  and  the  progress  of  the 
economical  arts.     In  considering  the  influence  of 
temperature,  which  is  the  chief  cause  of  variety 
in   the  distribution  #f  plants,  it  is  necessary  to 
attend  to  these  points  :  first,  the  mean  tempera- 
ture of  the  year ;  second,  the  extreme  tempera- 
ture, both  as  regards  heat  and  cold ;  and  third, 
the  distribution  of  temperature  among  the  differ- 
ent months  of  the  year.     The  last  is  most  import- 
ant, especially  in  reference  to  the  heat  and  dura- 
tion of  the  summer  months ;  since  many  plants, 
protected  from  the  action  of  the  atmosphere  by  a 
covering  of  snow,  are  enabled  to  brave  the  most 
rigorous  winters,  and  pass  through  all  the  phases 
of  flowering  and  fructification,  provided  the  sum- 
mer be  hot  enough  and   of  sufficient   duration. 
The  lines  of  equal  heat  do  not  follow  the  parallel 
of  the   equator,  but  have   convex  and  concave 
summits,  which   are   distributed   very  regularly 
over  the  globe,,  forming  different  systems  along 
the  eastern  and  western  skies  of  the   Old   and 
the  New  World,  in  the   centres  of  contim 
and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  ocean.     Temperature 
determines  the  extension  of  the 
dom, — the   forms  of  plants  generally  presenting 
the   same    relations  under  the   same   isotherms; 
and  as  these  lines  form  curves  at  unequal  dis- 
tances from  the  equator  at   different  points   in 
their  course,  so  the  vegetable  zones,  determined 
by  the  temperature,  follow  their  inflectioi 


1- 

P 

2 

~ 

2, 

T 

p 

H 

N 

H 

*— * 

^ 

0 

g~ 

p^- 

a 

: 

-*-. 

-. 

— 

-- 

? 

- 

0 

- 

■^-, 

— 1 

- 

n 

7. 

- 

-t 

— *■ 

— 

p. 

- 

O 

l 

r* 

— 

< 

Z 

ft 

P 

n 

I-. 

rn 

_.. 

- 

. 

— •- 

- 

i 

P 

(J 

F5" 

~. 

— . 

p 

H 

/- 

rf 

5s 

5' 

33 

- 

55' 

r 

fi 

- 

CB 

— h 

ft 

"Tt 

~ 

- 

c 

re 

tH 

fl 

*• 

ro 

— 

- 

%: 

O 

— . 

3- 

— 

P 

_ 

3 

*< 

_« 

— ■ 

>- 

— - 

S 

— 

/ 

— . 
— 

tt 

I 

a 

f! 

rt 

0 

'/ 

0 

It 

— » 

M 

a 

O 

- 

— 

2 

c 

y. 

~ 

- 

- 

o 

-* 

i- 

<— 

<; 

-1 

J- 

7 

S" 

- 

— 

— 

— 

= 

= 

'< 

-_ 

— 

- 

< 

a 

- 

Z- 

- 

~. 

— 

5    r  2"  r 

2     5'  — 

1' : 

—  — * 

2.  2 


c- 
1 
o 


eg    —   5, 

p'    -     s 


3       X       P 


C-     T 


x 


a 


o 

o 


!'  II  V  8  I  0  A  I.    (.  EOG  B  A  r  II  V  -  A  N  I  M  A  LB. 


Animals,  like  plants,  are  adapted  t u  special  clim 
like  them,  also,  they  arc  subjected  to  invariable  laws.    Each  zone, 
or  region  of  •  of  animals  pecul- 

iar in  itself,  beyond  the  limits  of  which  they  will  not  range  if 
to  their  natural  freedom    A  group  of  animals,  embracing  all 
ie8,  botji  terrestrial   and  c,  inhabiting   any  particular 

I  a  Fauna,  iu  th  i     the  group  of  the 

plants  of  ;!..  i  is  called  i;    i  On  the  accompan 

map,  the  faunas  of  the  two  hemispheres  are  distributed  iu  tl 
cipaJ  divisions  viz. :  the  tropical,  t<  a  \  and  arctic  fan 

each  of  which  is  characterized   by  peculiar  of  auii. 

In  E  the  distribution  of  animals  n  that  of 

s  ;  the  limits  of  both  are  circumscribed  by  the  '  ntion 

of  s  I  continuous  chains  of  mountains,  yet  both  are  chiefly 

influence  d  by  the  inequalities  of  temperature.    Animal  lii 
■  intimately  connected  with,  and  dependent  upon,  the  vegetable 
lom ;    heat  and   moisture   stimulate   the   growth  of  plants, 
i  the  greater  the  amount  o  nomena, 

much  more  luxuriant  is  v .  .        ion,  and  so  much  more  abundant 
animal  formations.     Hence,  we  find,  as  a  general  rule,  that 
tion  is  most  exuberant  and  anima  in  the 

jjjgf^L;  countries  under  the  tropics,  where  heat  is  greatest  and  moisture 
ndant.     As  these  decrease  in  a  direction  from  the  equa- 
tor towards  the  poles,  so        I  in  a  similar  pi 
animals  decrease,  not  only  in  the  size  of  individuals,  but  also  in  the 
number  of  spi  ci         (This  law  is  reversed  among  aqui  ,ials 
of  a  higher  organization,  which  are  found  to  increase  in  a  direction 
equator  I                                    The  torrid  zone    is  di    '  - 
id  not  only  by  t] 
and  beauty  of  its  animal  formations.     R< 

of  animals  .  in  tl.e 

.  all  animals  assu  rly  uniform  and  Bombre  hue. 

hi  a  comparison  of  the  accompanying  map  w 
in;,  it  will  appear  that  the  nature  of 

ing  on  the  distribution  and  the  grouping  of  anim 
liverous  kind  I 

irniverous  animals  is 
where  present,  their  range  is  much  less  confined  in  this 


\\ 


•  *    1' 


28 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY-MANKIND, 


Mankind. — The  map 
exhibits  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  leading  races 
of  man,  as  existing  at 
the  present  time,  the  lo- 
calities of  which  are  ex- 
plained by  the  reference 
figures  and  colors.  Man 
is  found  in  every  locality  over  the  globe,  under 
every  climate,  and  at  every  degree  of  altitude  to 
which  organic  life  extends.  Thus,  the  geographical 
distribution  of  man  is  different  from  that  of  all 
other  organic  beings ;  his  constitution  renders 
him  more  cosmopolite ;  while,  from  the  superior 
structure  of  his  physical  frame,  as  well  as  his 
mental  endowments,  he  is  less  subject  to  the  in- 
fluence of  external  circumstances  than  any  of  the 
inferior  animals.  The  prevailing  kinds  of  food 
nsed  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  several  zones  are 
very  different.  Thus,  within  the  tropics,  the  prin- 
cipal food  of  the  human  family  is  derived  from  the 
vegetable  kingdom  :  in  the  temperate  zones,  both 
north  and  south,  a  mixed  animal  and  vegetable 
diet  is  used  ;  while  north  of  the  arctic  circle,  the 
food  of  man  is  derived  entirely  from  the  animal 
kingdom. 

From  the  earliest  dawn  of  histoiw  and  tradition 
distinct  races  of  mankind  have  existed;  and, 
within  the  period  of  authentic  history,  many  dis- 
tinct races  have  continued  unchanged,  even  under 
all  the  influences  of  climate,  change  of  locality, 
mA  various  conditions  of  civilization.  From  the 
various  existing  races,  three  primary  varii 
may  be  selected,  viz. :  the  white  and  bearded  ; 
*he  tawny  and  beardless ;  the  black  and  woolly- 
naired.  These  correspond  to  the  Caucasian, 
Mongolian,  and  Ethiopian  of  Blumenbach, — ■ 
names  which,  though  not  unexceptionable,  are 


sufficient  to  characterize  what  may  be  assumed  as 
the  three  primary  types.  Other  races,  among 
which  are  conspicuous  the  Malay,  the  American, 
the  Papuan,  are  then  arranged  as  sub-varieties 
or  sub-races,  because  it  seems  not  improbable 
that  such  sub-varieties  have  arisen  out  of  combi- 
nations and  modifications  of  the  three  primary 
types.  Thus,  these  races,  Caucasian,  Mongolian, 
and  Ethiopian,  have  well-characterized  and  dis- 
tinctive peculiarities  of  external  form,  as  well  as 
physical  manifestations  and  peculiarities  of  lan- 
guage ;  these  primary  types  have  each  maintarni  d 
and  continue  to  maintain,  a  permanent  character 
and  focus  of  locality;  while  the  sub-varieties  are 
continually  liable  to  modifications,  changes,  and 
extractions,  and  particularly  to  a  mergence  into 
one  or  other  of  the  primary  forms  out  of  which 
they  had  originated. 

1.  The  Caucasian  type  is  divided  into  two  great 
branches :  first,  the  Indo-European,  which  com- 
prehends the  Georgians,  Persians,  Hindoos,  and 
other  nations  of  Central  and  Western  Asia,  and 
the  greater  portion  of  the  inhabitants  of  Europe, 
with  languages  allied  to  1'  :crit ;  and  second, 

the  Semitic  or  Syro-Arabian,  which  includes  the 
Syrians,  Arabs,  and  Modern  Egyptians,  etc.,  with 
languages  allied  to  the  ancient  Hebrew.  This  is 
the  most  intellectual  and  civilized  race,  and  has 
generally  ruled  the  other  races  whenever  brought 
in    contact  with    them.       Though    the   natural 


— 

re 

s- 

O 

pr 

ft 

CD 

- 

re 

-1 

^f 

» 

a 

~ 

z 

3 

H 

2. 

o 

p' 

p 

re 

-i 

i-J 

C- 

-i 

re 

~ 

;/. 

P 
re 

< 

O 

== 

u 

P 

u 

►1 

— 

Cfi 

- 

O 

c- 
- 

C 
— 

(J 

B 

pq 

p 

p 

n 

P 
— 

p 

re 
o 

00 

- 

3 

— 

a, 

p 

3 

EC 

- 

a. 

p 

rr 

o 

- 

- 

o 
p 

p. 

t 

3Q* 

re 

o 

* 

P 

/. 

~ 

-. 

< 

& 

— •- 

Q 

C 

-. 

-1 

== 

re 

rt- 

re 

/.' 

O 

c 

< 
— - 

"J 

— 
- 

P 

<r*- 

- 

< 

= 

__ 

re 

p. 

7. 

-. 

'n 

re 

>~ 

rZ* 

— * 

— 

~ 

P 

— •■ 

— » 

~ . 

- 

P 

t 

— 

— 
© 
in 

. 

3 

Z- 

-. 

<_ 

33° 

o 

- 
I 

o 

—5 

-■ 

a 

r 

P 

CD 

P_ 

- 

-" 

EC 

- 

v- 

p 

a. 

— 

— * 

re 

re 

O 

O 

re 
P* 

a 

i 

"•a 

GO 

s 

r* 

P 

liq 

5 

- 

re 

-! 

/. 

P 

O 

-r_ 

E 

— 

-. 

p 

— 

5 

— 

—  • 

z 

re 

a 

— 

—  . 

— . 

-. 

J-. 

f< 

re 

r+ 

p 

r 

rr 

D 

- 

r 

p 

* 

P 

a 

": 

— 

=n 

z 

go. 

- 

/. 

- 

p 

s 

„^ 

~. 

P 

p 

■— 

— 

. 

re 

- 

o 

r. 

2 

s 
= 

< 

- 

». 

i 

© 

~ 

2 

a 

P 

p. 
p' 

3 
It 

r 

r— 

re 
— 

c 

CO 

I 

•f-4- 


1 1|^ 


" 

-: 


a 


w 

c 

Q 


K 
► 

^ 


< 


> 

M 


>— i 

H 
>— i 

w 

i— i 

w 

M 
W 


I 


Pi 

r— i 

c 

w 


o 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAP  II  Y-  M  A  N  K  END. 


senses  and  instincts  of  this  type  are  le     promi- 
nently exercised,  in  coi  •■  of  civilization, 
they  appear  in  the  wild  Arab  and  mountain- 
eer of  Bindoo  Eoosh  as  inl 
of  other  ra 
'_'.  Th    Mongolian  type  prevails  through  North 
and  Ci  ntral  Asia,  where  ii   is  found  in  ev  iry  ex- 
treme of  climate.    Jt  includes  also  the  Esquimaux 
ica.    It  has  numerous  sub-ri 
rkable  or  distinctive  branches,  if  we 
pt   the  Malays.  Turk;,  and   Finn.-,  who 
rath            mixtures  of  othi  r  typi .-■.    Only  a  por- 
tion of  it,  viz.,  among  the  Chinese  and  Japai 
nations,  is  di  able  de- 
of  culture. 

3.  The  American  race  is  a  variety  of  the  Mon- 

:  and  t]  fines  of  both  North 

and  South  America  are.  generally  speaking 
this  one  race,  though  exhibit  able  di- 

if  form,  and  their  va  ve  a 

iblance  to  one  common  langu 

4.  The  Negro  or  Ethiopian  type  is  found  in  its 
pure  state  in  Central  and  Western  Africa. 
tribes  of  South  Africa  form  a  sub-variety  of  the 
Negro,  and  an1  probably  an  inti  mixture  (if  the 
Negro  and  Mongolian  types.    Tin-  Papuan-N 

of  Polynesia  is  a  Negro  sub-variety,  some- 
ding  that  of  the  Soul  mis. 
The  Malay  ra©                         Peni       a  of 
lands  of  the   Indian  An  hi 
and  ail                           Pacific  Ocean,  exi   pting 
thos  •  inhabited  by  the  Papuan-Negro  tribes.    B 
ttered  over  a  wide  extent  of  insular 
lity,  without  any  central  focus,  we  accordingly 
find  a  great  diversity  in  their  forms.     The  aborig- 
ines of  Australia,  New  '/.<  aland,  etc.,  are  brai 
of  this  race. 

The  whole  human  present  existing  is 


estimate  d  at  nin(  hundri  d  mi 
and  a  general  id.  a  of  the 

ading  di 
estimating   the   C  lount    to 

350,1  the  Mongolian  to 

Ethiopian    to    1 

Tl     estim  grand  conti- 

:   North  Ainer- 
ica,  44,000,000;    South  Am 
1  ,  269,000,000;    A 

to  100,000,0' 

ioo  low  an  estimate 

1)0,000  ;  Pol;  \vn. 

do  noi  admit  of  [ 
it  is  only  in  civilized  countries  that  actual 
ble  enumerations  of  their  inhabit 
but  th.-  ded  as  close  approxinia* 

to  the  real  number. 

Upon  the   accompanying  map   the    globe    is 
i  d,  by  colors,  according  to  ti  ding 

'ons  of  religious  belief,     'i 
red  brov  pretty  »un- 

yet  in ::  barbari 

In  ns  :  whil(    tie       : 

d  under  the  blue,  pink, 
n,  and  yellow  colors.  Europe,  it  will  be  ob- 
served, is  occupied  by  three  i  man 
Catholics  in  tth-west,  {  I  in 
the  east,  and  Pro  rth. 
A  compari  on  i  with  th(  map 
will  Bhow  that,  in  general,  the  Roman  < 

I  reek  the 
Slavonian,  and  the  the  Teuton 

German.    Macaulay,  in  his  History 
remarks  :  •■  It   i  anl  circui 

that  no  l.n  l  y,  of  wl 

tonic,  has  ever  turned    P 

wherever  a  language  derived  from  that  of  Ancient 


30 


PHYSICAL     GEOGRAPHY  —  MANKIND, 


Rome  is  sp  ken,  the  religion  of  Modern  Rome  to 
this  day  prevails."  The  latter  fact  is  strikingly 
exemplified  in  the  conntrii  s  of  Spanish  America. 
Among  nations,  the  respects  in  which  they  are 
most  subject  to  change  arc,  form  of  government. 
next  religion,  then  language.  This  is  exemplified 
in  the  history  of  the  different  varieties  of  the  Cau- 
casian species  for  the  last  three  thousand  years. 
The  Celtic  variety,  in  its  different  sub-varieties, 
during  this  period  has  passed  through  several 
stages  of  political  development,  the  last  being 
representative  monarchy  without  feudal  character. 
They,  from  being  Polytheists  have  become  Chris- 
tians, but  without  exception  have  remained  ad- 
herents to  that  church  which  admits  the  invoca- 
tion of  saints.  The  language  of  all  the  Celtic 
tribes  in  Italy,  Spain,  Portugal,  and  France  ba? 


i  been  Latinized  or  Romanized.  The  Teutonic' 
variety  has  u  I  ne  several  changes  in  the  form 
I  of  its  government,  the  last  Vicing  a  superior  sys- 
:  tern  of  representation ;  its  religion  has  been 
changed  from  Polytheism  to  Christianity,  and  in 
all  its  pure  branches,  has  adhered  to  Protestant- 
ism ;  but  its  language  has  undergone  no  other 
change  but  that  of  gradual  development. 

The  respects  in  which  nations  are  least  snbj<  ct 
to  change  are,  the  moral  sentiments,  next  hal 
and  then  intellectual  faculties.  Thus  the  French 
and  Germans  have  still  the  same  gen  ral  charac- 
ter which  was  ascribed  to  them  by  the  : 
eighteen  centuries  ago.  The  development  of  the 
intellectual  faculties  in  a  nation  depends  upon  a 
combination  of  many  apparently  accidental  cir- 
cumstances, and  varies  at  different  periods. 


31 


T  II  E    W  EST  K  R  N    II  E  M  I  S  P  II  E  R  E 


■  thai  vu-i  double 

rhich 

th  (land 

._)   to   I 
ll,  in  Is 

15'    wi 
ch.    It  i 

of  a! 

awn  from  Point 
i.  iu  lat.  71     24'  N.j 
Mountains  and  the  Cordillei  i 
the   Aii'!'  b,  to  the  extr  ipe  Bon 

ci  in  North   America 

and  aectcd  by  the  Isthmus  of 

at  its  narrowesl  part 
ral  width  b 
about  ■'•  I         lear  approach  to  entire 

ii  ili''  two  penii 
I 
ith  by  ti 

yond 

. 

lerably  u 

Both  taper  to- 
by uishing  chain  of  mi 


'  featun  a  the 

ale.    Bere  are  tl 
mountain-ranges,  the  louj 

-.  and  th 

uilii  dd. 

.\ 

onder  difl  .  and  with  fi 

miles,  from  the  Arctic  I 
I 

Bimalayi 
North  American  chi 
the  of   the   Mexican    I 

.  from  the  Peninsula  of  Tehnanl 
ma,  1.-JU0  ;    3.  Thi 

itending  from  the  [sthm 
Patagonia,  4,500.    On  comparin 
features  of  the  i 
i-ica,  we  find 

kin  chain  in  i 
tn  the  -  a.     In  Son 
with,  and  at  a   small   d 
while  in  North  Ami 
mountain  chain  foil 

; 
with  it.    Nor 

; 
although 


32 


T  JT  E     WESTERN     HEMISPHERE 


leys,  limited  by  the  two  branches  of  the  range. 
In  Mexico,  on  the  contrary,  the  elevated  plains 
are  of  vast  extent ;  in  that  region,  it  is  the  ridge 
of  the  mountains  which  forms  the  plateau,  and  it 
is  the  direction  of  the  plateau  which  determines 
that  of  the  entire  chain.  Again,  in  Peru,  the 
most  elevated  summits  constitute  the  crest  of 
the  Andes.  (In  a  mountain  range,  the  crest  is  its 
highest  part.)  In  Mexico,  the  same  summits,  less 
colossal  indeed,  but  still  of  an  elevation  of  from 
1G,000  to  17.260  feet,  are  either  dispersed  over 
the  plateau,  or  ranged  according  to  lines  which 
have  no  relation  in  parallelism  witb  the  direction 
of  the  Cordillera.  Peru  and  New  Granada  pre- 
sent transversal  valleys,  of  which  the  perpendicular 
depth  is  sometimes  4,47G  feet.  It  is  the  existence 
of  these  valleys  which  prevents  the  inhabitants 
from  travelling  otherwise  than  on  horseback  or  on 
foot.  In  Mexico,  on  the  contrary,  carriages  roll 
from  the  Capital  to  Santa  Fe,  or  1,500  miles  ; 
imd  throughout  all  this  route,  the  surface  is  little 
disturbed  by  lateral  valleys,  and  its  declivities  are 
uniform  and  gentle. 

America  is  especially  remarkable  for  its  vast 
plains.  In  North  America,  the  central  space 
lying  between  the  Rocky  and  Alleghany  Mount- 
ains, and  extending  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  to  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  is  mainly  one  great  plain,  the 
principal  eminence  being  only  that  low  water- 
shed near  the  northern  boundary  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  elevation  of  which  is  estimated  at 
not  more  than  1,500  feet  above  the  sea,  that 
divides  the  sources  of  the  Mackenzie  from  those 
of  the  Missouri  River.  In  South  America,  the 
central  portion  is  traversed  by  level  plains,  from 
the  Llanos  of  the  Orinoco  to  the  Steppes  of  Pata- 
gonia, a  distance  of  about  2,700  miles. 

From  the  peculiar  formation  of  its  mountain 


chains,  all  the  great  rivers  of  America  flow  to  the 
east,  south  or  north;  and  notwithstanding  the 
immense  development  of  its  western  coasts,  no 
river  of  importance  except  the  Columbia  reaches 
the  Pacific  Ocean.  Thus,  the  Amazon,  the  great 
est  river  in  South  America,  and  in  the  world 
flows  in  an  easterly  direction  to  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  ;  and  the  Missouri-Mississippi,  the  greatest 
river  in  North  America,  flows  south  (being  con 
fined  on  the  west  by  the  Rocky  Mts.  and  on  the 
east  by  the  Appalachian),  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

The  lakes  of  the  two  continents  present  a 
remarkable  contrast.  Those  of  North  America 
are  of  wonderful  extent,  comprising  considerably 
more  than  half  the  fresh  water  on  the  surface  of 
the  globe,  and  the  beds  of  the  largest  are  depress- 
ed below  the  level  of  the  ocean.  In  South  Amer- 
ica, the  lakes  are  comparatively  few  in  number, 
but  remarkable  for  their  elevation  ;  the  largest  is 
Lake  Titicaca,  which  has  an  area  of  4,000  sq.  m., 
and  its  surface  is  12,846  ft.  above  the  ocean. 

The  islands  adjoining  America  are  mainly 
upon  its  Atlantic  side.  The  "West  India  Islands 
comprise  three  distinct  and  essentially  different 
groups:  1.  The  Great  Antilles,  consisting  of 
Cuba,  Hayti,  Jamaica,  and  Porto  Rico,  are  the 
largest  and  best,  and  may  be  considered  as  the 

* 

remains  of  an  extensive  mountain  system,  bro- 
ken by  the  irruptions  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  2. 
The  Little  Antilles  consist  of  a  series  of  small  but 
elevated  volcanic  islands.  3.  The  Bahamas,  the 
most  numerous  and  least  valuable  group,  are 
chiefly  of  coral  formation. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  population  of 
America,  according  to  enumerations  in  1850-54. 
In  the  United  States,  the  Indians,  numbering 
about  400,000,  and  in  Canada,  13,976,  are  omit- 
ted, but  are  included  in  the  other  countries. 


T  li  1.     V,  E  B  T  I.  R  N     11  E  M  J  B  1'  II  E  It  E 


NOBTIJ  A.SIEB1CA. 

Countries.               A)  ,.  m. 

Danish  N.  A 384,001).  .  . 

ian    '•     578,529... 

PreDch     '•     1 77. . . 


Canada   E 209,990. 

Canada   W 147,832. 

NewBrui              ...  27,70G. 

Nova  I          18,746. 

Pr.  Ed.  I               ...  2,140. 

i 35,913. 

0,000. 


54,000 
L.500 

861 

95 

193,80 

,117 

]<i. COO 


i  366 23,191 

M   rico 7 


: 


2 

Baliz     I  1 

20.000 
.  ) 


43,380 970,450 

39,600 358,000 

94 375,1 

00 260,000 

13,590 100,174 

in 

... 


7,801,203   .  J,32(i 


B 


'Jit. 


. 


Till-:   WE8T   INI 


1 39,907 1,391 

ish             14,312 

French       "     1,012 266 

Dutch        '•     372 354 

-     120 39,614 

"     30 10,1 

tinica 18,791 200,000 

ffayti 10.01 6 700,000 


\ 


160 3,468 


SOU  T  J I  AMEBU 

/ 

1 1    oada 

znela 126  712 

Ecuador 287,870     .... 

Guiana,  British 101,89! 

Dutch ! 


tch 


Elavil 

i 

I'    "via ; . 

i '  

y i 

I 

....  Ill' 

Chile 249,! 

250,000 . 


Affsn 


Falkland  1  :..  !'  . 


■ 
1,400 

12* 

-    - 
20,! 

0,000 

52 
9,120 


The  aboriginal  tribes  of  a]     ' 
dently  of  one  common  origin.    The  frame  is  in 
■ 
to  that  of  six  feet  ami  apwai 
form  of  the  skull  ap]  '  i   in 

ie,  but  the  si 

angular.  the 

low  and  d 
linent,  :Tul, 

lips  full  :  •         bl    !; :  hair 
1  rathi  ;■  scanty.     < 
red  in  South  Ameri  color  in 

most  (  North  A  but  a  m 

swarthy  hue  in  Californians.    The  M  and 

South  A  and  part- 

ly amalgamated  with  the  i 

Am  ii  ican  a  ipidly  becoming  extinct. 


THE   CONTINENT   OF   NORTH   AMERICA 


North  America  is  nearly  surrounded  by  the  ex- 
panse  of  oceans.  Its  northern  limits  along  the 
Arctic  Ocean  have  not  been  fully  determined, 
though  land  has  been  charted  to  lat  82°  30'  N. 
At  its  N.  W.  extremity  it  is  separated  from  Asia 
by  Behring  Strait,  which  is  36  m.  wide  in  its 
uarrowi  I  part.  Its  entire  length  from  the  Arctic 
Ocean  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  may  be  estima- 
te 1  at  al  .  5,000  m. ;  and  its  greatest  breadth, 
between  Cape  Canso,  Nova  .Scotia,  and  Cape 
Lookout.  Oregon,  3,100  m.  :  or,  according  to 
another  reckoning,  between  Cape  St.  Louis.  Lab- 
rador,  and  Qu<  en  Charlotte's  Sound,  3,220  m. 
Its  aggregate  area  is  estimated  at  about  7,800,000 
sq.  m.  (Eng.  stat.),  consisting  of  7,320,000  in  the 
continent  and  the  coast  islands,  384,000  in  Green- 
land, and  85,000  in  the  West  Lilies.  The  length 
of  the  coast  on  the  Pacific  side,  including  the 
Gulf  of  California,  has  been  computed  at  10,500 
m, ;  that  on  the  Atlantic  side  at  9,350  m.  (from 
Panama  along  the  inland  sea  to  Florida  Channel, 
1.550,  and  from  the  latter  to   Hudson's   Strait, 

10)  ;  and  that  on  the  N.  E.  and  N.  shores 
may  be  assumed  at  about  3.000  m. ;  making  a 
total  coast  line  of  nearly  23,000  m.  The  outline 
of  She  continent  is  mark;"!  by  great  indent ati 
of  the  ocean.  The  largest  gulfs  or  bays  arc. — 
Baffin's  Bay,  5  0  m.  long  by  350  wide  ;  Hudson's 
Bay,  1,150  by  G00;  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  450 
by  350:  Gulf  of  Mexico,  1.000  by  800;  (with 
this  should  be  mentioned  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
1,600  m.  and  of  unequal  width;)  and  the 

If  of  Cali  brnia,  700  by  110.     Other  inlets  of 
great   extent   are, — Bay  of  Fundy,   Chesapeake 


and  Delaware  Bays,  Bay  of  San  Francisco,  and 
the  numerous  sounds  formed  by  islands. 

The  form  and  structure  of  this  continent  are 
characterized  by  simplicity,  that  is,  in  comparison 
with  the  other  grand  divisions  of  the  globe.-  Its 
outline  is  nearly  triangular,  and  the  greater  part 
of  its  surface  is  a  vast  plain,  lying  between  two 
mountain  ranges,  one  on  either  border,  viz.  :  the 
Appalachian  system  on  the  E.,  and  the  N.  A. 
Andes  system  on  the  W. 

The  Appalachian  (or  Alleghany)  system  of 
intains  consist  chiefly  of  four  separate  chains 
or  groups,  crossing  the  country  in  the  same  gene- 
ral direction,  from  N.  E-  to  S.  W.,  extending  from 
35  to  51°  N.  lat.,  from  Alabama  to  Labrador. 
The  term  "  Alleghany  "  is  frequently  applied  to 
this  whole  system,  but  is  more  commonly  used  to 
designate  that  part  of  it  lying  south  of  New 
York ;  but  as  the  system  is  a  connected  one,  it 
would  be  much  better  to  always  use  the  term 
"  Appalachian  "  in  speaking  of  it.  These  parallel 
chains  of  mountains  are  situated  on  an  extensive 
table-land ;  and,  in  fact,  since  these  chains  are 
not  lofty,  their  mean  elevation  being  about  2,500 
ft.,  it  is  more  correct  to  describe  this  system  as  a 
lengthened  plateau,  crowned  with  chains  of  hills. 
The  highest  summits  are, — Black  Mtn.,  or  Mt. 
Michel,  6,760  ft.,  situated  20  m.  N.E.  of  Asl  - 
rille,  N.  C.  ;  Mt.  Washington,  6.400  ft,  Mt.  Jef- 
ferson, 5,657  ft.,  and  several  others,  in  Coos  Co., 
N.  H. ;  Mt.  Tahawus  (or  Mt.  Marcy),  5,467  ft., 
in  Essex  Co.,  N.  Y. ;  and  Mt.  Katahdin,  5,385  ft., 
in  Piscataquis  Co.,  Me.  The  several  ridgea  are 
separated  by  wide  and  elevated  valleys,  remark- 


■ 


A..',      <%,..  t         "' 


solution  0 


for  \- 


.  '    £  v.   ^■'••"■lU    J\ 


i     N    **•»     -' 


"V 


-?■    ~~ ■-■■ "   / 


*** 


!    I    h   v. 


? 

V 

- 


K    •'   D 


i4. 


ou\»A* 


o  i 


C  0  N  'J'  I  N  i:  N  T    0  F    N  i>  RT  n 


'.ii;i;:im 


able  Cur  their  continuous  length,  though  inl 
ed  by  lateral  basins.   The  rid  lis  in     i  bed 

from  each  other  not  only  in  tli  rnal  fea- 

tiires.but  alsobythei  ry.    Their  prevailing 

rocka  if  the  primary  formation,  as  granite, 

omeiss,  and  mica 

'I'll.-  North   American  Cordillera 
osual  name  fur  the  immense  system  which  em- 
bracea  all  the  mountains  of  the  contin  lated 

to  the  west  of  the  Mississippi  and  Mackenzie 
Rivers,  extending  b  tween  lat  20°  X.  and  the 
A  iv  .n,  and  under  different  names.    The 

main  i  hain  i  Mts.  ;  th- 

in importance  is  call  ;  and  the 

third,  tii 

ra]  local  names,  their  par- 

ticular divisions.    There  are  also  several  branch 
wrsc  rid  i  iecting  th  ■  prin- 

cipal chains.    The  ture  of  this 

I  as  qoI  been  fully  made  known;  yel  ii  is 
ati  d  thai  th''  prevailing  roi  ks  in  the 
Roi  ky  Mis.  are  of  the  primary  schistose  and  silu- 
rian  strata,  and  that  the  C  iasl  Range  has  nearly 
the  same  character,  with  the  addition  of  volcanic 
rocks.  However,  it  appears  that  the  highest  parts 
of  the  Rocky  Mts.  visited  by  Fremont  were  com- 
posed of  meks  of  granite  and  loting  up 
into  sharp  and  jagged  peaks.  The  Mexican  table- 
laud  extends  from  the  Rocky  Mts.  on  the  \ .. 
commencing  in  t.  !_  .  to  the  mountain 
in  of  <  'entral  America,  with  a  mean  elevation 
of  7,000  ft.  The  sub-stratum  of  the  country  is 
formed  of  crystalline  and  silurian  rocks,  rich  in 
cious  metals.  The  ( '  atral  American  sj  stem 
extends  from  the  1  thmu  of  Tehuantepec  to  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama,  consisting  of  three  groups, 
and  containing  numerous  active  volcanoes  ;  its 
prod  minuting  i       •        granite, 


.   and  at  the  same  th:  this 

chain  ha-  hern  unheaved  by  •• 

Iu  addition  to  ' 

inection  with  the-  mounts 
it  should  1  that  over  a  wid 

ing  the  Appalachian  system,  granite,  gneiss,  and 

schist  prevail.     '1  h 
silurian  rocks,  largely  try, 

their  sometimes  ex 

ippi  contains  abund- 
ance of  coal,  rivallinj 

d  posits  of  the  Appalachian  coi  In  the 

.  the  upper  secon 
nations  pri  vail.     Iron  is  ex' 
posited  in  division  of  t  . 

iccurs  in  the  greatest  abunda  -     Lake 

Superior.     Lead  along  the  Opper  Mi  i,  iu 

adjoining  districts  of  [Hi 

sin.     The  gold  mines  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina, 
and  Georgia  have  long  been  workc  "  with 
as  well  as  those  of  Mexico,  though 

pletely  eclipsed  by  the  mini  nia. 

Mexico,  cow  as  formerly,  is  tie  ■■    of  all 

countries  in  its  silver  mi 

Rivers  of  great  length  ami  vast  mn  . 
very   numerous.     The   Missouri   River 
three   branches    on   the    declivity   of   the    Rocky 
Mts..  near  lat.  !>    X..  and  within  two  miles 
the  s  ran    5  of  th     I  lolumbia  River.     1"     _    serai 
course,  below  the   mouth  of  the  Yellow  - 
S.  I-;..-  and  throughout   its  t  is  a  rapid, 

turbid  river,  i  ly augmenting  in  magnitude. 

Its  length,  froi  to  with 

the  Mississippi  is 

tance  from  tJ  Mexic  i 

at  1,253  in.,  making  a  total  length  19  m. 

Above  the  poinl  of  conflui  nee.  • 
much  longer  and  .'pi ; 


30 


C 0 N T I N E N T    OF     NORTH     AMERICA 


but  the  united  stream  is  called  the  Mississippi  in 
consequence  of  that  river  having  been  first  ex- 
plored. At  a  distance  of  521  m.  below  the  source 
of  the  Mis  ouri  are  its  Great  Falls,  where  the 
stream  d  357  ft.  in  lGh  m. ;  there  is  no 

serious  obstacle  to  navigation  between  this  point 
and  its  mouth,  or  a  distance  of  2,755  m.,  except- 
ing perhaps  its  shallowness  during  the  season  of 
greatest  drought.     The  length  of  the  Mi   lissippi 
to   its  confluence   with   the    Missouri    is   about 
1,900  in.    This  is  navigable  950  in.,  to  St.  An- 
thony, where  there  is  a  fall  of  18  ft.,  above  whioh 
•  navigable  for  steamboats  400  m.,  with  two 
interruptions,  however,  at  Sauk  Rapids  and  Little 
Falls.     Below  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio  the  average 
width  of  the  river  varies  from  one-third  to  two- 
thirds  of  a  mile  ;  its  average  depth  varies  from 
90  to  120  ft.  ;  an  1  its  velocity  is  from  Go  to  70 
m.  a  day.     The  chief  rivers  of  the  northern  part 
of  the  continent  are, — Mackenzie,  2,450  m.  long ; 
Saskatchawan,  1,910;  Churchill,  770;   and  Al- 
bany, 050.     The  largest  flowing  into  the  Pacific 
are  the  Columbia  and  Colorado,  each  having  a 
course  of  about  1,200  m.;  and  the  Rio  Grande 
(del  Norte),  emptying  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  is 
about  the  same  length  ;  but  the  Columbia  has  far 
the  greatest  volume  of  the  three.     The  length  of 
the  St.  Lawrence  River  from  Lake  Ontario  to  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  is  about  750  m. ;  below 
Quebec  it  form  s  a  broad  estuary,  which,  at  its 
entrance  into  the  Gulf  at  Gasps  Point,  is  100  m. 
wide.     Most  of  the  streams  which  flow  into  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  rise  in  the  Appalachian  Mts. ; 
consequently,  none  of  them  have  a  very  lengthen- 
ed course ;    but  as  many  of  them  expand   into 
magnificent  bays  and  harbors,  they  are  of  the  ut- 
most importance  to  the  commerce  and  manufac- 
tures of  the  country. 


The  live  great  lakes  are  connected  with  each 
other  by  straits,  and  are  situated  in  four  terraces, 
differing  in  elevation,  of  which  Lake  Superior 
occupies  the  highest  and  Lake  Ontario  the  lowest. 
Elevation  of  the  surface  of  these  lakes  above  the 
level  of  the  sea  :  Lake  Superior,  596  ft. ;  Michi- 
gan and  Huron,  578;  Erie,  565;  Ontario,  232. 
Their  depth  varies  considerably,  but  the  meau 
depth  of  Huron  (which  is,  in  parts,  the  deepest 
of  all,)  and  Michigan  is  stated  at  1,000  ft. ;  Supe- 
rior, 900  ;  Ontario,  500  ;  Erie,  84.  Thus  their 
beds  are  the  most  remarkable  depressions  of  laud 
in  this  part  of  the  globe.  Their  areas,  in  English 
statute  square  miles,  have  been  computed  to  be  as 
follows  :  Superior,  42,000  sq.  m. ;  Michigan,  in- 
cluding Green  Bay,  32,000  ;  Huron  and  its  bays, 
25,400  ;  Erie,  12,500  ;  Ontario,  8,300  ;  making  a 
total  of  120,200  sq.  m. 

The  Niagara  Falls  are  20  m.  from  Lake  Erie, 
and  14  m.  from  Lake  Ontario.  The  river  at  its 
commencement  near  Buffalo,  is  about  three-fourths 
of  a  mile  wide,  from  20  to  40  ft.  deep,  and  flows 
with  a  rapid  current  for  about  three  miles,  and 
steadily  increases  in  width.  About  four  miles 
from  its  commencement  Grand  Island  divides  it 
into  two  channels  ;  the  western  one  is  the  lam  i 
and  deeper,  and  the  current  of  each  is  compara- 
tively slow.  After  a  course  of  three  miles  below 
the  island,  the  rapids  commence ;  these  occupy 
the  whole  river  for  half  a  mile  to  the  falls,  and 
their  descent  is  51  ft.  The  falls  are  divided  by 
Goat  Island,  £  m.  wide  and  £  m.  long.  The  great 
fall,  on  the  Canadian  side,  is  about  1,800  ft,  broad ; 
that  on  the  American  side,  900  ;  the  descent  of 
the  former  is  158  ft. ;  of  the  latter,  1G4.  Two 
miles  from  the  tails  the  river  is  spanned  by  a 
suspension  bridge,  800  ft,  long,  and  230  ft.  above 
its  surface. 


37 


B  il  LTIS  II    N  0  RT  II    A  MER  \r  \ 


B  ■  a  A  i  ■  ■  i  -\  compri  es  all  thai  part  of  the 
continent  of  North  America  thai  lies  north  of  the 
United  BtateSj  with  the  exception  of  the  Russian 
Po  -  ;  ins  a1  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  the  conti- 
nent. Its  southern  boundary  extends  from  the 
Pacific  Ocean  along  the  parallel  of  49  to  I 
95  W.,  thence  through  the  middle  of  the  - 
Lakes,  Superior,  Huron,  Erie,  and  Ontario,  down 
the  St.  Lawrence  River  to  the  parallel  of  45  . 
alon  irallel  until  it  reaches  the  W.  bound- 

ary of  Maine,  and  th<  ice  passes  around  the  X. 
and  B.  boundaries  of  thai  State,  terminating 
the  St.  Croix  River  in  the  Atlantic 
Ocean.  This  vasl  territory  comprises  about  two- 
Qfths  of  the  whole  area  of  North  America.    Its 

itical  divisions  arc, — th(    Provinces  of  Canada, 
Nov  ick,  and  Nova  Scotia,  the  < 

Iward  Island,  and  Newfoundland,  and 
Ihe  !  tudson's  Bay  Territory. 

British  North  America  is  mainly  a  level  coun- 
try. With  the  exception  of  the  Rocky  Mts.,  it 
has  bu1    few  ele  and  th       a   ■.  for  the 

most  part,  of  inconsiderable  height.  Its  Atlantic 
coast  has  several  very  great  indentations  and 
numero  r  ones  ;  and  its  Pacific  coast  is 

remarkable  for  it  ly  of  which  are  excel- 

lent harbors.  The  surface  of  the  whole  country 
is  extremely  diversified  with  rivers  and  lakes. 
Some  sections  of  it  are  very  fertile,  bul  the  great- 
er part  will  never  be  cultivated,  on  account  of  the 
climate.  Vast  forests  overspread  the  land,  and 
in  many  sections  the  lumber  bu  '  the  lead- 

ing pursuit.     Fur-clad  animals  of  many  varii 
nul  in  the  woods,  and  throughout  the  uninhab- 


it<  I  ■■'■■'  lly  in  the  in1  1  north- 

ern regi  '        ire  hunted  lo 

of  furs  for  the  markets  of  the  world. 

G         Britain's  (  aim  to  these  waa 

Inally  founded  on 

,  by  the  fortunes  of  war.  and  now  r 
upon   treaties.     In    1  197,    ;;;  ;   of  N 

A  i  rica  were  first  discover*  i  by  John  Oab  I 
and  his  son  Sebastian.     I  a  nativi 

Venice,  residing  in  England  in   '  B  ary 

\'ll.:  under  a  patent  granted  by  thai  m  narcb, 
he  sailed  from  Bristol,  Eng.,  for  purposes  of  dis- 
covery: end  on  21th. I  line.  L497,  he  came  in  sighl 
of  North  America— the  coasl  of  I       ■ador 
has  hen  conjectured.     In  the  □< 
bastian    ;  d   from    E 

ships:  and  directing  his  com 

1   Newfoundland,  which  he  called  T  i; 

calai  great  quantities  of  !;-' 

by  the  nativi  :.  by  which  the  surrounding 
were  filled.      In    1512,   Scl 
sailed  for  America,  and  visited   Hudson's  Bay, 
(now   o     11  d  from  Henry  Hudson,  who  enl 
it    in   1610.)     In    1517,    the    firsl    Briti 
comi.i  n  ■  d  taki  i  id.     in 

1524,  Ver  zano,  •  ;nt  oul  by  Francis  L  of 
France,  surveyed  over  2.U00  miles  of  the  c  ia  I  "f 
North  Am  'rica.  inc!  il  of  P>r 

Am  srica  and  he  gave  the  name  of  New  Fra 
to  th.e  entire  I 

tier,  the  celebral  ich  navig 

gc  to  t! u  i,  in  1 535,  p     ed  N 

foundland  on  St.  Lav. 
this  name  to  the  river  which  he  soon  cnt< 


B  K  I  T  i  S  H     NO  R  T  JI    A  M  E  11  I  C  A. 


reached  Montreal  and  winfo  ■  d 

in  the  vicinity.  On  Ills  return,  in  1311.  he  built 
a  fortress  near  the  present  city  of  Quebec;  this 
was  the  first  European  settlement  in  that  part  of 
Ameri  a.  but  lasted  only  two  years.  In  1G08, 
Samuel  de  Champlain,  with  other  Frenchmen, 
founded  the  present  town  of  Quebec  ;  in  1609,  he 

inded  the  Sorel  and  discovered  Lake  Chain- 
plain.  In  160-1,  the  French  had  commenced  set- 
tlements in  Nova  Scotia,  but  they  were  expelled 
by  the  English  ;  and  in  1621  James  I.  of  England 
granted  that  territory  to  Sir  Wm.  Alexander, 
who.  in  1623,  unsuccessfully  attempted  to  colonize 
it  on  an  extensive  scale.  In  1629,  the  English 
took  Quebec,  but  in  1632  they  restored  it  to  the 
French.  The  la  iter  remained  in  possession  of 
Canada,  then  called  New  France,  for  127  years, 
or  until  the  close  of  the  struggle  of  1759-60.  In 
1639,  the  French  settled  part  of  New  Brunswick. 
Cromwell,  in  1654.  sent  out  an  armed  force  and 
took  possession  of  Nova  Scotia,  then  called  Aca- 
dia, which  remained  under  Great  Britain  until 
1667,  when  it  was  ceded  to  France  by  the  treaty 
of  Breda.  In  1670,  Charles  II.  chartered  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company.    The  English  frequently 

eked  the  Acadian  settlements  ;  they  recovered 
p  sion  in  the  wars  of  1689  and  1710  ;  and  in 
1713,  by  the  treaty  of  Utrecht,  Great  Britain" 
finally  acquired  Acadia,  comprehending  Nova 
Scotia  and  New  Brunswick.  At  the  same  time, 
Newfoundland  was  declared  to  belong  wholly  to 

at  Britain,  the  French  reserving  a  right  to 
fi  -h  along  the  coast.  Some  of  the  Acadians  now 
apon  the  islands  of  Cape  Breton  and 
Prince  Edward.  The  latter  was  taken  by  the 
British  in  1745,  restored  by  the  treaty  of  Aix-la- 
Chapelle  in  L748,  and  was  retaken,  together  with 
Cape   Breton,  by  them   in   1758.     In   the  next 


year,  the  British  army  under  General  Wolfe  took 

Quebec;  in  the  ensuing  year  all  of  Canada  was 
surrendered  to  Great  Britain,  which  in  1763,  by 
the  treaty  of  Paris,  obtained  all  the  French  pos- 
sessions in  North  America.  Twenty  years  after- 
wards, by  another  fortune  of  war,  Great  Britain 
transferred  its  right  of  governing  the  best  part  of 
North  America  to  the  United  States. 


CANADA 

Extends  between  lat.  41°  47'  and  52  N..  and 
long.  64°  10'  and  90-  30'  W.,  embracing  a  wide 
and  extremely  diversified  section  of  country,  and 
comprehending  great  variety  of  climate.  In  gen- 
eral terms,  its  whole  surface  may  be  considered  as 
a  vast  plain,  sloping  southward,  as  is  shown  by 
the  courses  of  its  rivers.  The  section  along  its 
north  boundary  is  a  table-ridge  of  considerable 
height ;  and  the  streams  emanating  thence  flow 
southwardly  through  Canada,  while  those  formed 
on  the  north  side  flow  north,  through  Hudson's 
Bay  Territory,  into  Hudson's  Bay. 

After  the  British  obtained  possession  of  Cana- 
da, it  was  styled  the  Province  of  Quebec,  until 
1791,  when  it  was  divided  into  the  two  Provinces 
of  Upper  and  Lower  Canada,  with  distinct  gov- 
ernments and  separate  legislatures.  Owing  to 
various  causes,  especially  to  the  troubles  in  the 
year  1837,  they  were  re-united  by  Act  of  the  Im- 
perial Legislature,  July  23,  1840,  and  constituted 
into  one  province — The  Province  of  Canada. 

At  the  same  time  the  names  of  the  divisions 
were  changed  to  Canada  West  (Upper  Canada.), 
and  Canada  East.  Between  these  the  Ottawa 
River  forms  the  dividing  line.  These  divisions 
are,  in  many  respects,  different,  both  in  their 
natural  features  and  the  condition  of  their  inhab- 


PROVINCE    OF    C  A  N  A  1)  A 


39 


itants;  and  hence  it  will  be  found  mcsl  suitable 

ibe  them  separately.     Yd  then  ari 
ml    p  in  which   a   res  mblance  ia  <  -.  id  at. 

Both  ii:  Itural  coun- 

I  ke  <  !ana- 

ada,  and  indi   d,  all  her  North  Ami  rican  ■ 
marts  forth  mption  of  her  manufactures. 

la's  en(  rgj   has  been  1 1 
cted  to  a  ■  ii  ultui  s.    \\  I.  j  the 

Canadian  people  enjoy,  they  owe  i1  emphatii 
to  the  soil,  the  use  they  have  made  of  it,  and 
tim  found  upon  it.    It  is  true,  that  Cana- 

da has  va  i1   it  is  only 

bin  a  shi  d  thai  public  atti  ntion 

.:.  and  thai  capital  i 
applied  to  their  production.     Her  .  have 

long  n  to  be  superior  to  those  of  any 

other  Bi  lony,  but  the  products  therefrom 

Lave  been  seni  to  the  United  Kingdom  in  , 

r  manufactured  goods.     For  actually  en- 
ding in  manufacti        I    aada  has  iture 
very  gn  at  advai 
ble  thi          many  y.  ars  these  will  be  unproved. 

The  < :    .  ernmenl  of  ( lanada  i  I  to 

that  of  the  p  i.    The  Governor  General 

is  appointed  by  the  British  .Ministry,  ami  rcpre- 

and  power  of  the  crown.  I 
also  '  hief  ruler  of  the  other  British  N.  A.  colo 
lie  has  an  ve  Council  of  i<  a  m 

who  are  the  heads  of  the  public  departments  indi- 
.    The  Legislature  is  made 
up  of  two  branches.    The   L  I    oncil 

contains  44  members,  appointed  by  the  crown  for 
life;  and  by  law  of  L856,will  hen  ntain  40 

other  members  elected  by  the  people.    The  House 
of  Assembly  contains  L30  mi 
years  by  the  people,  the  franchise  being  ni  arlyuni- 
il.   The  power  of  the  !.■  gislature  is  almost  un- 


ci,.-; 

ami  the  g  di  ral 

power  to  do,  her  ass  .it  from  i 
are  requin  d  to  1'  ■  h<  Id  annually,  and 
Parliament  lasts   i  yeai  .  though  it  may  he 
red  by  tl  lor  G 

The  remarkable  advai  in 

alth,  and  in  civilization,  b 

of  its  governmi  nt.     As  a  w 

tion  of  Canada  within  a  lew  year-  has   been  of  a 
ii*  al  cha  .  1 1. ii- 

to  all  sul 
far  in  advi 
The   internal   improvements  of    Cana 
uce  of  |        .     '. 

v  ssels  can  ,  m  the  Atlantic  Oct  an  to 

Lake  Erie.    The  Welland  Canal,  between  !. 

1   Ontario,  is  28   in.  long,  with  3 
150  ft.  long  by  26J   I        '  le,  sunn  the 

ii.  \ation  of  330  ft.     It  ntly 

easing;  its  revenue  from  tolls  amounted  to 

50.137  in  1- 
in  th(   lata  r  year  the  number  of  j 
it  compi  ised  i  1,266 

steam  rs.    The  St.  Lawrence  Canals,  seven  in 
number,  and  in  all  41  m.  long,  overcome  the 
vat  ion  of  230   ft.  ;•  and  Lake 

Ontario;  their  locks  are  200  ft. 

. 
The  Etideau  Canal,  making  tl     B  River  and 

Lake  navigable,  connects  Ottawa  B 
wa  City,  with  tl  Eungsl   ;i.  a 

oi  1  12  in.,  and  has  47  The  Op 

Ottawa  is  b  ing  improved,  and  a  project  I  I  build 
a  ship-canal  from  it  to  the  <  I 
tiled.    It  has  also  been  , 


40 


BRITISH     NOR  T  If     AM  E  R  I  0  A . 


canal  from  Toronto  to  Lake  Huron,  and  another 
to  connect  the  St.  Lawrence  with  Lake  Cham- 
plain. 

The  railroads  are  rapidly  increasing  in  extent 
and  Dumber.  In  1817.  the  only  line  in  Canada 
was  that  from  Montreal  to  the  St.  John's,  22  in. ; 
in  the  fall  of  1853,  225  m.  of  road  were  in  opera- 
tion ;  and  in  the  summer  of  185G,  1,025  m.  Aid 
has  been  liberally  extended  by  the  government  to 
these  enterprises  ;  the  advances  have  been  limit 
to  one-half  the  amount  actually  expended,  and  for 
these  advances  the  whole  stock  and  resources  of 
the  railroads  are  pledged. 

The  foreign  commerce  of  Canada  has  within  a 
recent  period  increased  more  rapidly  than  its  pop- 


ulation. The  imports  are  chiefly  from  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States ;  with  the  latter 
country,  however,  the  commerce  has  been  greatly 
extended  since  the  Reciprocity  Treaty  of  1854. 
Of  the  total  commerce  more  than  half  is  conveyed 
by  the  way  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  the  import- 
ance of  this  amount  should  be  estimated  by  the 
nature  of  the  commodities  exchanged  rather  than 
by  their  intrinsic  value,  since  the  exports  consist 
sly  of  timber,  and  require  an  immense  bulk  of 
shipping. 

Canadian  lines  of  ocean  mail  steamers  to  Liver- 
'  were  recently  established  ;  ihej  run  to  Que- 
bec and  Montreal  in  summer,  and  to  Portland 
Me.,  in  winter. 


TABLE     OF     COUNTIES     AND     PARISHES     IN 

C  A  N  ADA     EAST. 


An. 

Bd. 

Bde. 

Chr. 

Hn. 

Sd. 

Tk. 


ATD  ABA.SC  A. 

Athabasca. 

Aston. 

Blanford. 
,  Balstrode. 
.    Chester. 

Horton. 

Maddington. 

Staml 

Teingwick. 


Akgkntm  IL. 
Argenteuil. 
Arundle. 
tham. 


(  I. 'Deux 
(      M-  nit 

Grenville. 

Harrington. 

Howard. 

Wentworth. 


Ae. 
Cm. 
LI) 
M. 
Ge. 
Hn. 
lid. 
\Vh. 

Bagot. 

An.  Acton. 
I). Ri/.  De  Kai 
8.  C.  St.  Charles. 

Beauce. 
Ak.     Adstock. 
Dit.    Dorset. 
Gt.      Gayhurst. 


Jy.  Jersey. 

Le.  Leniere. 

Mir.  Marlow. 

Pc.  Price. 

Rho.  Rimboro. 

Sg.  Spaulding. 

Say.  Shenly. 

/•■'.  /.  St.  Joseph. 
S.Ma.  St.  Marie. 

7'g.  Tring. 

VI.  Vaadreuil. 

Beauharnois. 
Beauharnois, 
C.       <!eorge. 
Hn.     Helen. 

LLECHASSE. 

Ali.     Armagh. 
Br.      Berthier. 
Bt.      Beaumont. 
Bd.      Buckland. 
/.  >.     Livandiere. 
s.< :.  g.St.  Gervais. 
S.M!.  it.  Michael. 
.V  Vr.  S*.  Vallier. 
Vh.     Vincenncs. 

BEKTniER. 

Berthier. 

En.      Brandon. 


Ct.       Chicot. 

D.S.or  (  Du  Salle  or 

N.  Y.  )     New  V>uk. 

Lne.    La  Naudiere. 
/.  N.    La  N..raye. 
/.  V.     La  Valtrie. 

BONEVENTURE. 

See  IS  lop  if  N.  B. 

Chambly. 

Chambly. 

I  A.       Longueil. 

Me.     Mentarville. 

Ty.     Trembly. 

CnAMPLAIN. 

Btn.    Batiscan. 
CrfetojCap   deal 
Mn.    j     Magdalin. 
Cn.     Champlain. 
Rr.      Radnor. 
S.  A.  St.  Ann. 

Chateaugitay. 

Cy.  Chateauguay 

Es.  Edward.. 

./.s-.  J  a  me?. 

III.  Russel, 

»S".  G.  St.  George. 

IVm.  William. 


Chicoctimi. 


Ak. 

Ad. 

Bd. 

By. 

Cm. 

Cin. 

Cln. 

Cn. 

In. 

En. 

E. 

I  In. 

Hd. 

Lk. 

Mn. 

Wy. 

IVn. 

IV w. 


Dm. 
Gm. 

Sn. 
Un. 
Wr. 
Wm 


COMPTON. 

Adsti  .1;. 

Auckland. 

Barfoid. 

Bury. 

Cbebham. 

Clifton. 

Clinton. 

Compton. 

Ditton. 

Eaton. 

Emberton. 

Hampden. 

Hereford. 

Lingwick. 

Marstowc 

Westbury. 

Whitton. 

Win  low. 

Drummond. 

Durham. 

Grantham. 

Kins  ey. 

Simpson. 

Upton. 

Wendover. 
.  Wickham. 


Dorchester. 

'  'rbe.  Cranbourne. 
Framptm. 


En. 

Jt. 

Lzn 

Sn. 

IV  e. 

IV  J. 

Kc. 


Jollier,. 

Lauzin. 

Sfandnn. 

Watford. 
Kennebec. 


Gaspe. 

See  MapofJV.B. 

IL'NTINGDON. 

Cs.  Catharines. 

Gr.  Godmanchester. 

///.  Hemmingford. 

He.  Hinohinbrooke. 

On.  Ormstown. 

Iberville. 

Augment  ttion. 

Blenii'-. 

Poncalt. 

Noyan. 

Sabrevois. 


An. 

Be. 

E. 

Nn. 

Ss. 


JOLIET. 

D.  A.  D'Aillibout. 
&.  II.  De  Ramsay. 


CANADA      i:  A  B  T  . 


41 


B.    I  Jean" 
V.     Jtistefc 

kildare. 


Bup 

Nouvo" 


J.B 
Kt 

KaM:U  B  I 
/.';.  I.V.V.  Itll 

Ka.     Kamouraska. 

(-V.        Ou.il.-. 
.V  .1.   St.  Anne. 
.v  l>.   I  St.  Denia 
A.      j       ' 


\: 

\      I  MPTI0N. 

L.A1 
h.Ce 

S.  .V 

.  1/  Assumption 
1. 1  i 
St.  Sulpice. 

I 

\  Pkaikie. 

La  Prairie. 
St.  Louis. 

Laval. 

Levis. 

\J  Islet. 

.  I  fd. 

He. 
/..  /. 

1'  ./, . 

Ashford. 

Beauine. 

i;  rsiet. 

Port  J 

.v.  /.*.    jSt.R 
(/'  As.  \      An; 

LOTBlNl. 

Bs.      Bonseconrs. 
D.Cs.  Dee  Chaillons. 
/.'./',-.  Des  Plains. 
Ge.      Gaspe. 
Lbe.    Lotbiniere. 
Ty.     Tilly. 
SCx.  St.  Croix. 
•v  G.  st.  Gilts. 

Maskinonge. 

(".  Carusel. 

Dr.  Dumontier. 

Ge.  Grandpre. 

Iln.  Qnnterst  iwn. 

Lne.  Lanaud  i 

M.  M  i  shiche. 

•V  .'.  St.  Jean. 

MlSSISQCI. 

Missisqni. 
Bn.      Bolton. 
I . .      Brome. 
/  m.    Dunbam. 
Fhm.  Parnham. 
Pn.     Potton. 

St.  ■ 

St  inbridge. 
Sri.     Sutton. 


Bn.     Hi- 
Ce.      Colb  m 
ilx.     II..  i 
Is.        1 1 ,  \ 
/,.'.       [rel 

Leed  , 
Nn.     Nelson. 

Somerset. 
Td.     Thetford. 

Montcalm. 
Cy.     Chertsey. 
Kilkenny. 
i;  iwdon. 

S.  Sc.  Si.  S,.];,ice. 
Wexford 

MONTMOBBKCT. 
C.    de  \  ( tote  de  Bun 

Bi  ■    \     pere. 
Gr.      Gardiner. 

I.  lit'  Orleans. 
Jy.       .I'lvr, 
St.  A 

I  u  \.;>.  v. 

An.    Ashbnrton. 
Bcs.  iiiv. 

3t.  Clair. 
s.  J.   St.  Joseph. 

St.  Thorn 

Yin 

Montreal. 

-V  '.1  ikrvili.i:. 
L.        i 
•V.        Sherrington. 

NlCOLET. 

Br.  ,r. 

Cr.     <  .■  irn  y<  r. 

Gentilly. 
....      Godefroi. 

Livran. 
Nt.  Nicolet 
.V  /'.  St.  Pran 

lwa. 
Can.  n;  t. 
.1.       Adding! 
An.     Alwyn. 

.!t.       A tni. .  i-  t. 

.    :, . 
Bt.      Beouchette. 
B.        Big<  I 
BI.      Bidwell. 

Bn.     Bowman. 
Cn      Cameron. 

.      ! 


i  y.     I  ••  i  rv. 
Ey.     Eardley. 

liar.     Hirtvyell. 

II.       Bincks. 

///.        Hall. 

I.ij.  Latbbnry. 

/..-.  Lochaber. 

I.ir.  Low. 

Mm.  Masham. 

\fi,  Maniwaki. 

Ml.  MtGill. 

.V/.  .V  rtbfleld. 
/'.  .V.  Pi  tite  N 

Py.  Ponsonby. 

I'd.  Poitlacd. 

I'd.  Preston. 

Iln.  Rippon. 

Sic.  Suffolk. 

I'n.  Templet  u. 

lid.  Wakefield 

H'r.  Wabassee. 

Ws.  Web's. 

Wt.  Wright. 

PONTIAC. 

Set  Map  ofC.  West 

A.  Alberford. 
Ad.      Aldfield. 

Aberdeen. 
Bl.      Bristol. 

Caywood. 
Cm.    Clapbam. 

( llan  ndon. 
Cr.     Chichester. 
Er.     Esber. 
Hs,      Bastii 
lid.      !  ield. 

Kii.     Kirkiby. 
/..       Laboucbi  re. 

;  d. 

he.      Leslie. 
M.      Mansfield. 
Ow.     Onslow. 
l't.      Ponterfraefe 
Sn.     Sheen. 
AV.      Stanhope. 
/  . 

I  I'm.     Willi- 

POBTNEUF. 

/;/.       B-mrd'.ouis. 

B.  A.  Bel  Air. 

Ut.      Deschambault 
Ft.      Pa  h  imbault 

Gandirville. 
ill.     Gosford. 

Grondin     . 
<:.  W.Grondines  W. 
;    .      La 


/..  7'.  I. .   i  ■ 
I'f.      Porl 

Bt.       Bi  n 
\    /  .  >.'  i  n-  Dame. 
.v.  G/.SI.G 
S.  I.    Bt  \gt  ice. 
hi. 
T  .     Tewkfil 

/.'/).     Blenrcbr-min. 

Bs. 

B   ff.BourgeMarieW 

Ru.     i.'i  ihelieu. 

SI.       Sorel. 

S.  O.   St.  Ours. 

RlHOUSKY. 
ROUTILLE. 

C.v.     Chambly. 
Mn.     Moi 

R».      Itouville. 

Saguenay. 
A'v.      Eboule  . 
Ln.     Lettringl 
/..    P.  j  La  Petite 

/'.'<.     /      liivere. 
M.  MMt.  Murray. 
.!/.  B.Mi  i 


.i/,i 
/.'». 

>.'</. 


Sheffard. 
Ely. 

Granby. 
Milton. 

.'on. 
•rd. 
Stukely. 


Shebbroi 
..'/.  Ascott 
Bm.     Bron 

Orford. 
Spn.    Shipl 

- '  ike. 
/)',-.     Windsor. 

I   .- 

V.  L.  New  L 
6's.      Soulanges. 

St.  Btacinthe. 

S.  C.  sr.  i 
...  /'.  St.  D 

St.  Hyacinthe. 

St  instead. 

Bn.      Ban 


j     l 


//>/.      Hartly 

St.  .Jmr 
I  y.     DeLery. 

Ae.      I.i  ■ 

St  J 

St.  Maub 
Cn. 
Gil 

/'.  /..  1'  it  .In  I 

ue. 
v.  ."»/. 

t a docs ac. 

Txmiscoi 

/i(i.     Beresford. 

Db.     Desplai 

G.       G  ire. 

7'e.      Terre  Bo'.ir.c 

Twp  MoDUT  \ 
L. 

dm. 

Vaudbbuil. 

Nn,    Ni-v. 

:Ud. 

17.      Vaudreuil. 
Vebcherbs. 
B.       Beli 

(Y.       i       ■  .      ur. 
('.       Cournoyi  r. 
re. 
Blain. 
->/.      St.  Mich 
Vs.      V.irrenne.-i 

/./.  Dodswell. 

' .'  .  Garl 

/■'    .  Hum. 

Sd.  Stratford. 

/f";i.     Wei-. ion. 
Wn.    Wol  est  tra. 

IV.      Wotti.n. 

^"  v .. .    v. 

Be.E.B  lorg Marie R 

CI. 

I),  a.  De  Gnir. 

he.      Lassandiere. 

Pe.      l'ienliv 

/'.  8.  si.  Prai 


Canada  E  •-.  ..  formerly  caUe  1  Lower  C 
ha.?  a  diversified  surface,  and  its  seen  :ry  is  of  a 


bold  chara  iter.    It  ha  al  mountainous  v. 

cs,  mostly  below  Quebec,  which  3tretch   N",    R. 


42 


B  R  I  T  1  S  IT     N  OETfl     AMERICA, 


and  S.  W.,  nearly  parallel  with  each  other,  and 
are  called  the  Green  Mts.,  from  the  forests  of  pine 
by  which  they  are  covered.  On  the  lower  part 
of  the  St.  Lawrence,  both  sides  of  the  river  are 
mountainous;  on  the  northern  side,  the  range 
which  extends  as  far  as  Quebec  presents  the  most 
sublime  and  picturesque  beauties;  while  on  the 
le,  the  range  called  the  AUeghanies 
commi  nee-  a1  Perce,  in  the  County  of  Gaspe,  and 
about  60  m.  below  Quebec  turns  off  and  enters 
the  United  States.  Above  Quebec,  on  the  north 
side  of  the  river  and  between  that  city  and  the 
River  St.  Maurice,  the  country  is  not  so  bold  ; 
here  the  land  rises  gradually  from  the  banks,  and 
that  which  was  bul  a  short  time  ago  a  boundless 
waste  of  forest  has  been  cleared,  and  now  presents 
don  of  towns  and  villages  and  cornfields. 
Above  the  St.  Maurice,  and  so  far  as  Montreal, 
the  shore  is  a  little  more  abrupt,  with  considerable 
table-ridges  ;  this  section  also  is  thickly  settled 
and  highly  prosj      OUS. 

On  thi  rn  side  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  com- 

mencing from  the  Gulf,  (with  the  County  of 
Gaspe,  etc.,  which  rather  seems  to  be,  geographi- 
cally, a  part  of  the  New  Brunswick  country,  than 
a  part  of  Canada  East,)  there  is  an  extensive"  re- 
gion, but  little  explored,  and  resorted  to  on 
account  of  the  valuable  fisheries  adjoining  it. 
Through  part  of  it  the  River  Restigouche  flows, 
and  in  its  vicinity  the  land  is  well  wood  d, 
watered  by  many  streams,  and  naturally  fertile. 
Westward,  the  surf;:'!'  is  said  to  be  billy,  with 
□  i  from  the  Madawaska  River 
to  Quebec  il  is  very  fertile.  Above  Que1-  • 
there  is  an  excellent  tract  which,  as  it  advances 
west  ward,  gradually  I  a  highly  cultivated 

and   luxuriant    plain,   and    through   it   flow   the 
Riv        i     tiaska  and  Richelieu,  the  latter  being 


the  outlet  of  Lake  Champlain.  The  scenery  is 
extremely  picturesque,  interspersed  with  swelling 
ridges  and  lofty  mountains. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  scenery  throughout 
Canada  East  is  of  the  most  magnificent  character. 
Along  the  St.  Lawrence  there  are  frequently 
prospects  which  open  a  view  of  from  fifty  to  one 
hundred  miles  of  river,  from  ten  to  twenty  miles 
in  breadth.  These  vast  landscapes  comprise  very 
diverse  features — lofty  summits,  bold  headlands, 
and  wide  valleys  ;  dense  forests,  and  highly  culti- 
vated fields ;  pretty  settlements  stretching  up 
along  the  mountains,  and  fertile  islands  with  rich 
pastures.  The  River  Saguenay  is  especially  not- 
ed for  the  grandeur  of  its  scenery.  This  is  a 
majestic  stream,  to  which  about  thirty  others  are 
tributary,  entering  the  St.  Lawrence  about  120 
in.  below  Quebec.  It  is  navigable  by  large  ves- 
sels for  90  m.,  and  in  some  parts  it  is  wonderfully 
deep  ;  its  banks  are  in  many  places  perpendicular 
to  the  river's  edge,  and  vary  in  height  from  200 
to  3,000  ft.  Seven  miles  below  Quebec  are  the 
F.C.]:*  of  Montmorenci,  with  a  perpendicular  de- 
e.  ill  of  230  ft.     Three  m  are  the 

Falls  of  Chaudiere,  with  a  perpendicular  pitch 
of  120  ft.  down  a  wild  chasm. 

The  climate  is  severe,  yet  eminently  salubrious. 
The  summer  is  short  and  hot,  but  its  weather  is 
steady,  and  the  rapidly-grown  crops  are  secured 
before  the  cold  season  begins  ;  during  its  contin- 
uance the  prevailing  wind  is  the  south-west,  which 
brings  with  it  part  of  the  warmth  of  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  the  Valley  of  the  Mis  i  ';  pi,  and 
sweeps  down  the  Valley  of  the  St.  Lawrence. 
The  chief  wind  in  winter  is  from  the  north-west, 
which,  coming  across  the  vast  extent  of  frozen 
country  and  the  unbroken  frost  regions,  is  very 
cold,  but  dry  and   bracing.     The   brilliant  sky, 


CANADA       E   A   B  T  . 


43 


pure,  clastic  air,  and  uain        |     d  forest  of  Cana- 
da Ea  t,  though  of  ! 
exh 

aid. .     I :  arrival  ol  ,  the  fai  i 

hi    fai  Btock,  it.  and  i  dis- 

thi   market  suggests.      In 
whit,  r  the  land  Is  <  rood  brought 

nil  produce  sold,  and  SU]  |  the 

summer  obtained. 

ion  of  <  !anada  Ea  i   in   1 85]  was 
I    to    be   890,261,  while  in  1848  it  was 
708,33 !.     iii  11.  ified  a 

iu  :    Canadian,  Freu  ;    Canadian, 

i;  ■    French,  125,580;    I  51,499;    Scotch, 

1.4,565  ;    Ei  I  British    American 

I       nial,  1,005  ;  from  \  372  : 

and  from  the  United  States,  L2.482.    The  lat- 
are  chieflj    in  the  section  of  Vermont.    In 
idian  poj  ulal  ;3. 

ation  by  celigi<  n  :   ( Jhurch  of  Rome, 
746,866;    Chun  2;    Pn 

terians    33  535  ;    M  21,183  ;   Ba] 

4,493;  all  others,  37,782  ;  total  891  ,261. 
population   i  and  \i  :y  ■  qu  I 

ally  a'aiiig  the   St.  Lawrence.    The 
traveller  passing  down  thai  river  below  Qui 
sees  no  largi  and  bul  few  villi  t,  for 

1  than  a  hundred  mil    .  1.    ol  thai  the 

es  continuously  succeed  each  othei  at  about 
tin- same  interval,  and  is  reminded  of  a  3< 
village.    Notwithstanding  this  thick  settlement 
of  the  shore,  carcely  any  way 

for  steamboats,  since  the  little  trad.-  that  the 
habitana  carry  on  with  the  city  is  done  in  sm%ll 
sailing  vessels.  Few  of  the  farmers  raise  anything 
to  sell ,  but  on  the  other  hand,  they  buy  little  to 
to  eat. 

n».   the  great   bulk  of 


Canada  East  1 

It  udal  tenure,  and  this  h;  ack 

to  their  improvement.    Th<    Provi  rlia- 

ment,  al  ion  of  1  - 

tern  and  providi  d  i  om]   d 

righ  .     '■. 

can  now  acquin  with  li1  and 

hold  it-  in  :  and  it 

pic  1  ave 

';  contented,  and  even  ha] 
same  one-story  i 
their  grand-parents,  and  cultiva 
farms,  which   they   have   nol    1 

idon  by  the  glowing  accou  more 

fertile  West.    Though  chiefly  en  in  toil- 

some pursuits,  tl  y  1 

[y  adopted   I  of 

Throughout  all   the  rural    i 
the  style  of  livic  a.     Each 

family  grows  its  <■■.-.  a  w<  "1  and 
weaves  the  d  aking  nearlj  all  the 

and  bi  dd 
The  lumber  bus;         '    very  exti 
i  ;ii' unit  of  caj  ital  aud  i 

rted  is  the  white  pine,  which 
lipped  to  Britain,  etc.  in  the 

and  squared   timber,     i 

Ot- 
tawa  country. 

Quebec   in  great  quantities,  pru  for  the 

Irish  market.     Of  the  manufactures  in  I 
most    important    '  i  building,  whic 

By  carried  on  at    •  in 

; 
;  nd  for  '  of 

idian  built  vessel 
I.      In    1-."'.';.   Lb  lilt    at    I 


44 


BRITISH     NORTH     AMERICA 


was  valued  at  $2,000,000.  The  saw  mills  of  Can- 
ada., especially  on  the  Saguenay  and  Ottawa  Riv- 
ers, are  perhaps  the  largest  in  the  world. 

For  engaging  in  manufactures,  Canada  East 
has  rare  advantages,  in  the  abundance  of  water- 
power,  and  in  the  comparative  cheapness  and 
plentifhlness  of  hands  that  are  capable  of  becom- 
ing skilled.  The  long  winter,  in  which  few  out- 
door agricultural  employments  can  be  prosecuted 
with  profit,  and  the  character  of  the  industrious 
French  Canadians,  afford  singular  opportunities 
for  the  development  of  new  pursuits. 

Mining  interests  have  not  received  general 
attention.  At  the  St.  Maurice  Forges,  3  m.  from 
the  Town  of  Three  Rivers,  smelting  works  of  bog 
iron  ore  have  been  carried  on  for  a  century. 

Quebec,  the  oldest  city  in  Canada,  and  formerly 
the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  south  bank  of  the 
St.  Lawrence,  and  is  called  the  Gibraltar  of 
Ami  rica,  from  its  great  natural  strength  and  its 
formidable  defences.  It  consists  of  two  parts. 
The  Lower  Town  is  built  on  a  narrow  space 
In 'tween  the  almost  perpendicular  rocks  and  the 
river,  along  which  it  stretches  for  nearly  a  mile, 
and  contains  the  large  commercial  and  other 
warehouses,  stores,  etc.  In  front  of  it  are  usually 
y  great  rafts  of  timber.  The  Upper  Town  is 
on  the  rocky  promontory,  ."00  ft.  above,  sur- 
rounded with  walls,  and  very  strongly  fortified. 
I  citadel,  crowning  the  summit  of  Cape  Dia- 
mond, covers,  with  its  numerous  works,  an  area 
tO  acres,  and  cost  many  mi'lions  of  dollars. 
Fop.  in  1816,  1  !  480;  in  L851,  ■12.0:12. 

Montreal,  on  the  east  side  of  the  Island  of  Mon- 

:.  in  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  180  m.  above 

Quebec,  is  the  largest  and  chief  city  in  British 

America.    Itisn  ituated  for  trade, 

being  at  the  head  of  the  ordinary  navigation  from 


the  Atlantic,  and  connected  with  the  important 
places  of  Canada,  as  well  as  with  the  United 
States,  by  several  railroads.  The  river  is  here 
3  m.  wide,  and  its  harbor  is  secure.  The  quays 
are  superior  to  those  of  any  other  American  city, 
built  of  limestone,  and  uniting  with  the  locks  and 
cut  stone  wharves  of  the  Lachine  Canal,  they  pre- 
sent a  fine  display  of  continuous  masonry.  No 
unsightly  warehouses  disfigure  the  river  side.  A 
broad  terrace,  faced  with  gray  limestone,  the  par- 
apets of  which  are  surmounted  with  an  iron  railing, 
divides  the  city  from  the  river  throughout  its 
whole  extent.  The  city  stands  mainly  on  a  low 
tract  of  land,  about  2  m.  wide,  between  the  river 
and  a  considerable  and  very  beautiful  elevation 
called  Mount  Royal.  The  houses  and  buildings 
are  generally  constructed  of  gray  limestone,  im- 
parting a  peculiarly  substantial  appearance  to  the 
whole  city.  The  Cathedral  is  a  huge  edifice  in 
!  rothic  style,  with  two  towers  220  ft.  high,  one  of 
which  contains  the  largest  bell  in  America.  Sev- 
eral other  public  edifices  are  noteworthy  for  their 
architecture  and  costliness.  The  tubular  iron 
Victoria  Bridge,  in  course  of  construction  across 
the  river  at  this  place,  will  be  the  largest  work 
of  the  kind  ever  built ;  it  will  be  in  all  about  2  m. 
long,  and  the  con  tract  for  its  construction  is  about 
$6:000,000.  It  will  rest  on  24  piers,  with  spans, 
each  220  feet  wide,  except  the  centre  span,  which 
will  be  330  ft,  wide.     Fop.  in  1851,  57,715. 

Pop.  of  other  places  in  1851  :  Three  Rivers, 
4,936;  St.  Hyacinthe,  3,313 ;  Sherbrooke,  2,99  . 
These  are  the  only  other  towns  of  any  note  for 
population  ;  but  they  are  rising  in  importance, 
and  there  are  many  minor  villages.  Three  Rivers 
is  one  of  the  oldest,  settiem*  nts  in  Canada,  but  its 
business  never  rose  to  much  importance  until 
within  a  few  years. 


TABLE    OF     COUNTIES     AND     PARISHES     IN 

C  A  N  A  1)  A      W  I  ■:  S  T . 


Adpington. 
Aa.     Anglesea. 
Cn.     Camden. 
En.     Brnestown. 
AY.     Kaladar. 
Bheffield. 

Brast. 

Bkantford. 

Bar.   Barford. 
//,/.     Daldand. 
Oa.     Ouond:; 
Ta.     Taficai 
.v.  D.    -. 

Beocb. 


An. 
et. 

Be. 

t  ■!;. 

Cs: 
Ee. 
Or. 

Un. 
A'.. 
Kg. 
Sn. 

Fy. 
Gr. 

Gn. 
Hy. 

Mi. 
M. 
.\.i. 
Od. 

Ta. 

Ma. 

Ma. 
MY. 

wg. 

CI. 

I  ,.. 
t e. 

Dr.. 
H  , 
Mx. 
S. 

An. 


Anan. 
Brant. 
Brace. 
Carrick. 

Elderslie. 
Green 
Baron. 
Kincardine. 

toss. 
Bangeen. 

Cablbton. 

Kitzroy. 
(lloster. 
Goulbourn. 
li  ntley. 
Mar  ih. 
Marlboi  '. 
Nepean. 
O3good. 

Ottawa. 
Torbolton. 

DUNDAS. 

Matilda. 
Mounl 
Winchester. 
Winsbarg. 

Dubhah. 
Cartwright 

( '.'.van. 

Clarke. 

Darlington. 

Hope. 

Manvers. 

Skugog. 

Elgin. 
Aldboro. 


Bm.    Bayham. 
Dh.     Dnnwich. 
Me.     Malabide. 
S.  D.  B.  Dorchi 
Sd.      B  ■  ithwold. 
Yh.     Yarmouth. 

Essex. 

An.  Anderdon. 

<>■.  Colchester. 

Gd.  Gosfield. 

•./  .  M  'id  tune. 

Mn.  Maiden. 
Ma. 

Jlr.  Roi  he  tor. 

Sh.  Sandwii 

Ty.  Tilbury. 

PaONTKNAC. 

Be.      Ban 
Bd.     Bedford. 
Cn.     Clarendi 
He.      LTinchinl 
Kc.     R 

Kingston. 

Lo. 

Ion. 
Oo.      Oso. 
Pa      Palmerston. 
Pg.     Pittsburgh. 
/   '.      Portland. 

GlENOABEY. 

Ca.  Chai 

AY.  Kenj 

I..  Lancaster. 

LI.  Locheil. 

C.KKSVII.I.E. 

Aa.  Angi 

Eg.  Edward; 

Ox.  Oxford. 

W.  Wi.ll'ord. 


/;/.-. 
Cd. 

Et. 
Ea 
Gg. 

Ild. 
Mn. 

«    ■ 

I'n. 


Gees  . 
Artemisia. 

Collin 
by. 
Eyrcn 
Buphi 

Glenelg. 

Holland. 

Melanctnon. 

Normandy. 

()-|irey. 
Proton. 


S.  V.   St.  ' 
Sn.      Bolli 

Sm.     Sydenham. 

II  AM   I    IANP. 

Co.      C 


Dn. 
Oa. 

Sa. 

ir.  ■ 

Eg. 
No. 

Xn. 
Tr. 

I... 

Ge. 

111. 

Un. 

I 

Mi. 

Mr. 

Rn. 

Sy. 

Ttv. 

Tr. 

Ta. 


Bh. 
Ce. 
Gh. 
Gy. 
Hy. 
:::. 
:/    . 


Catuoa. 

Dunn. 
Moul1 
i  I 

am. 

a. 
>ole. 

B ALTON. 

Esquesing. 

Nasagwe; 

- 
Trafal 

II  AST  I 

vir. 
Grimsthorpe. 
Bongerford. 
Hani 
Lake 
Mam 
Madoc. 
Rawdon. 
Sidney. 
Thutlow. 
Tud  t. 
Tyenden 

II:   BON. 

Ashfield, 
Biddulph. 
Colborne. 
rich. 
( ;  icy. 
Hay. 
Hullet. 
McGillh 


Hh. 
lid. 

(■•I. 

Ry. 
Te. 


Harwich. 

II  .ward. 

Orford. 
Rail 

'  l  v. 
Tone. 


/  I. 

En. 

\: 
Pn 


McKiilop. 
'. '  .     Morris. 

Btanley. 
Sn       Stephen. 
T.  S.  Tackey  Smith 
/  , .      l'-Oi  rne. 
111,.   Wawanosh. 

K    AT. 

C.       Camden. 
Chatham. 
/■;.  W.  (Dover  E.and 

D.     \     w. 
E.  T.  Bast  Tilbury. 


Lambto:-. 
Broi  I 

B    anq  i   . 
D    'ii. 
Bnuiskillen. 

re. 

Plymnton. 
/'.  .  .    I'l".  Sail 
Sa.      S  in 
W.     Warwick. 

La*  - 
Bt.      Bathurst. 
Bh.  Lib- 

Ns.      N.  B 
Dg-     Darling. 

Dalhousie. 
Dd.     Drummo 
,  Blmsley. 

Lk. 

1. 1.      Levant. 
Me      M  i  I  ene. 

■  ■  i-  ckenham. 

/;  .     l:  m 
.     ,   S.S     i  irooke. 

DS. 

Bd.     Bastard. 

Eh.      Blizab 

Kitl.y. 

Lanidown. 
/.  .      Le«  da. 
N.  C.  N.  Crosby. 
.v.  C.  S.  ( 

1  ,  VullgC. 

Lenox. 

A. 
Fg. 

Richm  ii 

Lin< 
(_-.      Caistor. 
Cn.     Clinton. 

ro. 
Gfm.    Grantham. 
Gi/.     Grim 
/..        Louth. 
Aa.     Nijgam. 


Mn.iu.Ksri 

1 

id*. 

1 

/■ 

/  1 

I 

1/1 

\\    NUsonri. 

y.  />. 

N  D 

ii.-. 

c 

■ 

Hn. 

.ton. 

Mi* 

' 

7d. 

l.    , 

Wal 

Wm. 

■ 

\ 

N 

)RTHTMBBRLAND. 

Cramahe. 

//■(. 

Hal  limand. 

Un. 

Hamilton. 

Mui 

Py. 

Pei 

Sr. 

iur. 

a  '. 

BU. 

Brock. 

i/. 

Mara. 

lLnna. 

A7i. 

Reach. 

ing. 

5 

-  i  ;t. 

Vxliriilge. 

Wy 

Whitby. 

KP. 

/in. 

Bd 

Blandford. 

.mi. 

>;.  .v.  i-:.  n 

Mi. 

Norwich. 

■ 

•  rJ. 

Za. 

An 

Albion. 

Tj. 

■ 

Pi  mi. 

B. 

Blanch;. 

P'. 

Easth 

r 

Ea. 

HlOA. 

I'n 

KullartoE 

lit. 

■rt. 

/  i 

1 

.Vn 

Nonnii 

Wall  ■ 

46 


B  R  I  T  I  S  ii     N  0  E  T  II     AMERICA. 


Pr.Tii: 


Al. 
Bt. 

nn. 

Dr. 

I    . 
Ee. 

li.j. 
Ma. 
M. 
Oe. 


A, I. 
(a. 
LI. 


X.  P 
S. !'. 


Asphodel. 
Belmont. 
Burleigh. 
Dumm  i. 

ii). 

lis  more. 
Harvey. 
Metbiu  en. 
Mom 
Ot  tnahee. 

Prescott. 

A  had. 
Caledonia. 

II  .u  '    - 

"E1L. 

\'.l'l:i\T.     ■ 
:-.  PI; 


Pr. Edward. 

Ag.      Arnelia.-hug. 
AL.      Athol. 
III.      Hallowell. 
/.v.     Hillier. 


.1/. 
Sg. 

An. 
Bt. 
Bd. 
By. 
it. 
•  /  .. 
Pe. 
Rs. 
Sd. 
tVn. 

Ce. 

Cla. 

Cd. 

ILL 


.in. 
Ea. 
Fs . 
I. 
M'i. 


Marysburgh. 
Soph: 

RENFREW. 

Admaston. 
\:  got. 
Blithefield. 
Bromley. 
Hurt  on. 
McN.  b. 
Pembroke. 
R     -. 
St  iflord. 
Westmeath. 

Bl'SSEL. 

Cambridge. 
Clarem  e. 
Cumberland. 
Russel. 

SlJICOE. 

A-  j  i!  (. 
Ezra. 
Flas. 
Inni-  61. 

1    di    b. 


Me. 

M>. 

Mr. 

La. 

Oo. 

Oa. 

Se. 

Ty. 

Th. 

Ty. 

T  . 

Va. 


Hedonte. 

Mono. 

Mulraur. 

Notawa&saga. 

Oro. 

Orillia. 

Sunnydale. 

Tay. 

Tecumseh. 

Tiny. 

Tossorontio. 

Vespra. 


,.-   .,   |  W.  Guillim; 
h-°-\     bury. 


CI. 
Fh. 
Ok. 
Ro. 


E,\. 
F.y. 
Fn. 

Ma. 


Stormont. 
:  wall. 
Finch. 
i  masbruek. 
Roxboro. 

Victoria. 
Bexley. 
Eldon. 

Emily. 
Fen<  Ion. 

illi'M    -■!. 


OS. 

He. 


Ops. 
Sommervi 


Waterloo. 

Us.  Dumfries. 

Wo.  Waterloo. 

Wy.  Wellesky. 

lit.  Wilmot. 

Il'h.  Woulwich. 


B. 

H.  S. 
P. 

Td. 

II  t. 
Wy. 


Welland. 

Bertie. 

Bumberstonp. 

Pelham. 

Stamford. 

Thorold. 

Wainfleet. 

Willoughby. 


Ah. 

Ar. 

E>: 

Ga. 
G;>. 

(Jh. 


Wellington. 

Amaranth. 

Arthur. 
Erin. 

Garafi 

i    .  ,..     ._ 

ph. 


Lr. 

M'i. 

Mo. 

Nl. 

PI. 

Pn. 

Ph. 


i.n. 

B. 

!,;.. 

Jo 

Gd. 

St. 


Luther. 

Maryboro'. 

Minto. 

Nichol. 

Peel. 

Pilkington. 

Puslinch. 

Wentwokth. 

A.nca«>ter. 
Barton. 

Beveily. 
Binboro. 
Flamboro. 
Glanford. 

Saltfleet. 


York. 

E.  G.E.Guillimsl      v 

King. 
Mm.    Markham. 
.\.  G  N.GuillimsbLry 
SI  >.      P.-arboro. 
Ph.     Vaughan. 
ii  h.    W  liitehiirch. 
1  k:     Yoik. 


Canada  West,  or  Upper  Canada,  is  mainly  a 
i,  champaign  country,  with  gently  undulating 
hills  and  ri<  I  .     From  the  commencement 

of  its  eastern  boundary  on  the  St.  Lawrence,  and 
following  along  the  shores  of  that  river  and  Lakes 
Ontario  and  Erie  to  the  Detroit  River,  there  is  no 
elevation  of  any  con  >,  and  throughout  this 

the  soil  is  generally  rich.  The  first  ridge 
is  that  commencing  almost  at  the  boundary  line, 
and  extending  between  the  Rivers  St.  Lawrence 
and  Ottawa.  The  ridge  commencing  at  the  Bay 
of  Quinte  extends  westerly  along  Lake  Ontario, 
joins  the  Burlington  and  Queenston  heights,  and 
beyond  Niagara  ei.t  rs  the  United  States.  A1  a 
tnce  of  from  50  to  100  m.  north  of  Lake  On- 
tario th  ridge  of  high  rocky  country,  run- 
ning towards  tawa,  behind  which  there  is  a 
wide  and  rich  valley  of  great  extent,  bounded  on 
the  north  by  a  table-land  or  mountainous  country 
of  still  1 1  ion.  There  are  some  peculiar 
features  in  tl  which  were  ascertained 
by  an  engineer  employed  on  the  Eideau  Canal.  On 


looking  at  the  north  shores  of  the  River  St.  Law- 
rence and  Lake  Ontario,  it  will  be  seen  that  ail 
the  rivers  on  that  side  of  the  ridge,  which  join 
them,  are  short  and  Unimportant,  while  those 
which  flow  into  the  Ottawa  are  long  and  broad, 
and  drain  a  large  extent  of  country  ;  the  solution 
of  this  was  found  by  ascertaining  that  the  level  of 
Lake  Ontario  is  about  130  ft.  higher  than  that  of 
the  Ottawa  River. 

Canada  West  has  three  great  natural  sections, 
the  eastern,  central,  and  western.  (1.)  The  first 
comprises  the  triangular  territory  between  the 
St.  Lawrence  and  the  Ottawa  :  it  contains  much 
llent  land  and  a  hardy  enterprizing  people, 
and  is  destined  to  afford  support  to  a  much  lai 
population,  as  it  embraces  valuable  mineral  re- 
sources, and  has  large  tracts  available  for  settle- 
ment. Its  chief  town  is  Bytown,  now  called  City 
of  Ottawa,  with  10,000  inhabitants.  (2.)  The 
central  section  extends  from  Lake  Ontario  on  the 
south  to  Lake  Nipissing  on  the  north,  and  from 
the  latter,  eastward  to  ihe  Ottawa  River.     It  is 


C  .A    N    A    i )   A        /.     i . 


•IT 


of  1;  [uare  form,  includes  a  large  territory, 

is  watered  by  several  fine  Btreams,  and  ia  destined 

ontain  a  verj  large  p  ipulation.    ii  ha 
minor    ';  .  and    its    principal    towns 

Toronto  and   Kingston,  and  with  these  ma^ 
named     •  .   Port  Hop  •.  Pel  i  b  trough, 

ig  in  importance. 
(3.)  'i'ii  compi  jular 

i  by  Lak     Ontario,] 
I  lair,  and  Huron,  and  the  channels  by  v. 

icing  with  greal 
■■  the  gr» .  im- 

migration, ;..  1  id  in  mai  arden  of 

Canada  W<  is  remarkably  ! 

a  hill  ;    and   its   into  rior  is 
traversed  b;  "Welland,  <  irand, 

Thames,  and  S3  The  ]   incipal  to 

Hamil     ..  and    Brantford ;    while 

St.  t  Paris,  G        G  elph,  and  <  '■• 

ich  are  steadily  augmenting  in  population  and 

ats   bordering  Lake 
Huron  are  raj 

The  soil  is  ry  fertile,  and  greatly 

improves   to  th  yard.     Its   quality,  when 

uncultfr  i  ly  a  certained  by  the  tin 

it  product  ger  and  heavier  kinds  growing 

on  1'  :.    In  the  district  between  the  St. 

Lawrence  and  Lhe  Ottawa,  the  predominating  soil 
lov.n  clay  and  It  am,  intermingled  with  marl: 
but  farther  and  north  of  Lakes  Ontario  and 

more  clayey  and  far  more 
productive.  The  virgin  soil  is  extremely  rich, 
and  the  deposits  of  vegetable  matter  for  ages,  im- 
proved by  the  .  the  fires  whi 

;i  the  ft  aders  it  product- 

ive fo  .-I  yt  ars  y  ithout  ej  tram  1  us  1 1  !p. 

The  climate  is  more  favorable  for  agricultural 
pur]  1    uiada  I  It      ;  the  winter  is 


shorter,  and  the  tempen  The 

in 
ameliorating  the  winti  1  the 

Bummer's  heat.    The  atm  I  hu- 

mid, though  in  a  c  n  jiderably  i 
that  of  a  ti  uly  maritime  climate,  ani 
comp  immunity   from   sp  in 

summer  droughts. 

Th  a  has  iu<  1  pidly  in 

Canada  West  than  in  a;i 

2  t  it  nui 
93;  i 
952,004.     This  inert 
to  immigration  from  the  United   Ki 
Europe.    At 

Born  in 
ida,  and  not  of  1  [re- 

land,    L76  267  :     En  and   WaJ 

,811  :  United  I 
ada.  of  French  .  1 7  :    1 I 

Holland.    9,957  ;     J 5ii t 

- :  all  other  countrit        55  2,004. 

The  numi  r  of  n:  and  is  th 

greatly  exceed  th  ther  fort  itry. 

The  inhabitants  of  Fr<  qi  h  Cam  are 

numerous  in  the  Countii  3  of  Ess 
and  Glengarry,  and  in  tl  ittawa. 

Township  of  Waterloo,  in  L851, 

G  in,  and  it  is  remarks 

for  great  prosperity  and  very  fine  farms.     In  the 
-  of  Haldimand,  Perth,  Fork,  and  WV1- 
land,  the  I  •  rman  p  pulatii  . 
and   equally   prosperous.      In   1854,  the   Indian 
population  was  10,763.     I  to  n-li- 

1  :    Church  gland,   223  I 

Methodists,   vari  p 

rians,  various  &  ■  of  which  »  hur<  b 

Scotland   71,540;    ! 


48 


15  It  I  T  I  S  Jl     NO  It  T  II     A  M  E  It  I  C  A 


Baptists,  45,353 ;  Lutherans,  12,287  ;  all  others, 
91,873. 

The  people  are  principally  employed  in  agri- 
cultural business.  For  several  years  the  great 
staples  have  been  wheat  and  oats.  A  part  of 
Canada  "West  is  now  probably  the  most  pro- 
ductive wheat-growing  district  in  America;  yet 
it  is  not  unlikely  that  the  future  production 
of  this  crop  will  be  lessened,  owing  to  the  nat- 
ural exhaustion  of  the  soil,  and  the  consequent 
change  to  other  crops.  In  1851,  the  crop  of 
wheat  was  reported  at  12,682,550  bush.,  and  that 
of  oats  at  11,391,867  bush.  ;  while  the  crop  of 
corn  was  only  1,GG2,524,  barley  625,452,  buck- 
wheat 579,935,  and  rye  318,429  bushels. 

The  products  of  the  forest  rank  next  to  those 
of  agriculture  in  importance,  and  are  equal  in  value. 
Timber  is  yet  everywhere  abundant ;  but  the  dis- 
trict most  noted  for  the  lumber  business  is  the 
Ottawa  Valley.  This  district  supplies  yearly  to 
the  European  market  above  25,000,000  cubic  feet 
of  timber,  850,000  deals  and  planks,  and  an  im- 
mense amount  of  staves,  etc.  It  is  estimated  that 
at  the  present  rate  of  consumption  the  forests 
now  in  this  region  would  continue  to  supply  their 
annual  product  for  150  years,  without  taking  into 
consideration  the  natural  Growth  during  that  pe- 
riod. The  lumber  trade  of  the  Ottawa  annually 
requires  from  25,000  to  30,000  men,  and,  owing 
to  the  increased  demand  I'm-  lumber,  is  about  to 
be  much  extended. 

Between  Kingston  and  the  River  Severn,  there 
are  extensive  and  rich  deposits  of  magnetic  and 
specular  iron  ore.  The  Marmora  mines  are  now 
worked  by  a  wealthy  company,  which  also  owns 
in  that  vicinity  ext*  nsive  beds  of  marble  and  lith- 
ographic stone.  In  the  same  district  are  galena 
and  plumbago,  besides  grindstone  and  flagging 


stone  formations,  and  abundance  of  clay,  produc- 
ing the  red  and  white  brick.  Around  Lake 
Ontario,  the  basis  rock  is  limestone  on  granite, 
real  granite  being  seldom  seen.  On  Lake  Erie 
the  strata  are  limestone,  siatc,  and  sandstone  ; 
and  at  Niagara  the  stratum  of  slate  is  nearly 
40  ft.  thick-.  On  Lake  Huron  limestone  occurs, 
with  detached  blocks  of  granite,  and  other  primi- 
tive rocks.  On  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior 
arc  vast  beds  of  granite  and  mines  of  copper. 

The  lake  fisheries  are  very  valuable  ;  the  trade 
is  comparatively  a  new  one  with  the  Canadians, 
but  is  annually  increasing. 

The  manufactories,  excepting  as  included  under 
saw  mills  and  grist  mills,  i  si  t,  as  to  number, 
chiefly  of  the  tanneries,  carding  and  fulling  mills, 
woolen  factories  and  foundries. 

The  increase  of  population  throughout  all  Can- 
ada West,  the  rapid  growth  of  its  chief  towns, 
and  the  constant  extension  of  its  railroads,  is 
resulting  in  a  great  increase  in  all  branches  of 
manufactures  as  well  as  those  of  trade. 

Population  of  the  chief  cities  and  towns  in 
1851  :  Toronto,  30,775  ;  Hamilton,  14,112  ; 
Kingston,  11,585;  By  town,  now  the  City  of 
Ottawa,  7,760  ;  London,  7,035  ;  Belleville,  4,569  ; 
Brantford,  3,877  ;  Coburg,  3,871. 

Toronto,  now  the  capital  of  Canada,  is  situated 
at  the  head  of  a  beautiful  and  commodious  bay, 
on  the  N.  W.  shore  of  Lake  Ontario.  The  bay 
is  nearly  enclosed  by  land,  being  separated  from 
the  lake  by  a  low  peninsula  about  G  m.  long. 
The  site  of  the  city  is  low,  but  rises  gradually 
from  the  wate's  edge.  It  is  regularly  laid  out, 
and  within  a  few  years  has  wonderfully  improved 
in  its  general  appearance ;  and  the  inhabitants 
are  not  a  little  proud  of  their  progress.  The 
chief  building  material  is  brick,  which  is  light 


rox 


%  kM$  m&£r&i  kid  '   w.&I$m 


*^^^^  .  s  r-'-; V  5  ^ '  ,,.„„, Ski 


|<:lr  ,VH  ftOTTT!  KV.ll-l 


^"Vv*  >W  >>-4 


.ki'rfv.^ 


A-  •  ■  ; *  ^4t^iw¥^   v  ■ 


IIKTO.V,  *        - 


T  ii  i:    i:  a  b  T  1:  B  N    r  it  o  v  I  N  ces 


49 


colored  and  of  a  pleasing  tint  The  public  build- 
ings are  c  imparatively  numerous,  and  of  excellent 
construction. 

Hamilton,  at  the  wesl  srn  extremity  of  Lake 
Ontario,  is  buill  on  an  acclivity  extending  I 
to  the  '<  sofa  mountainous  eminence.  Many 
buildings  are  constructed  of  freestone  and  lime- 
stone, supplied  from  greal  quarries  in  the  rear  of 
the  town.    Il  lerior  commercial  adranti 


and  since  the  completion  of  the  Greal  Western 
R.  IL  its  trad  di  d. 

Kingston,  near  the  outlet  i  Ontario 

the  military  and  naval  headquarters  of  the  Prov- 

ad  Halifax,  is  il. 
in  Bri  ish  America.    The  goverm 
establishments,  together  with  ipping  i 

ests  of  E  :  are  ii    principal  support  ,     It  is 

ly  buill  of  blu  i  Ii 


TABLE    OF     COUNTIES    AND     PARISHES     IN 

NEW  BRUNSWICK,  PRINCE  EDWARD'S,  NOVA  SCOTIA,  AND  CAPE  BRETOBT. 


N  E  W 

n  r  ii  x  s  w  I 

Ar.i- 

C.       Coverdale. 

//.       II. .1  ib  • 

////.       Harvey. 
Cll  \ki. hit::. 

Pd.     Penneld. 

8  A.S 

8.  I >.  St.  David. 

8.  a.  St.  G ge. 

8.  J    St.  Jame.i. 
■v.  /'.  St.  :\ 
Sn.     Si 

Carleton 
/>».     Brighton. 
.V.  //.  North  imp  ton. 
IVd.    Wukefield. 
\V.      Wo  idBtock. 

Qlo\  i •::   il ; it. 

lit.       Bathurst. 
Bi.      Beresford. 
C'c.      Oar 

New  Uuidon. 
Sz.     Sumarez. 


Cn. 

Da. 

HI. 

11. 

W. 

Wn. 

G. 

Hn. 

K. 

N. 
St. 


w  EST. 

I  ton. 
I»  mlas. 

II  in-  .art. 
Huakii 
We  Ifbrd. 
Wellington. 

Kings. 
Gr<  enwich. 
Hampton, 
ton. 
Norton. 
StuJholme. 


•V.       Springfield. 
Sc.     Sussex. 

'  ".        1  'nil. nil. 

/'./.   Westfield. 

NOKTHCMBEKLANI 

Alnwick. 
BluckwHI. 
lid.      Bli-f 

I   11  itliain. 

Y,(.    Nelson. 
Vi .     New.  astle. 
Vic.     Northesk. 

Qi  i 

IS  '■.  Brun-H  i  k. 

C'n.  Ghipman. 
Gagetown. 

//.  Hampstead. 

In.  Johnston. 

Pe.  Pet  i  ■.  il  e. 

ll'jn.  Wiokham. 

KiSTiGoncnK. 
St.  Johns. 
L.       Lancaster. 
P.       Portland. 
S.M.  St.  Martin. 
V.       Simonds. 

SlNBl'KY. 

B  irton, 
Be.      Blissville. 

1/  .       Ma  mi  ■-.  i  lie. 
Sd.      Sheffield. 


Kt. 


Victoria. 

Kent. 
Perth. 


Doj  theater. 
Mn.    Monkton. 
Sy.      Salisbury. 
Sc.      Shediac. 
Sc.      Saekville. 

YOHK. 

Cn.  Canlinan. 

Ds.  Douglass. 

]).  Dumfries. 

Kr.  Kingsclear. 

P.  Prince  William. 

Qy.  Q  leensbury. 

Sn.  Southampton. 

S.  M.  St.  Mary. 


PR. 


E. 

S.  .1 
S.  G 
S.  P. 


EL 

II  r. 

N. 

lid. 

D. 

B. 
C. 

il,. 
Ho. 

s.  ./. 


EDWARD'S 

ISLAND. 
Minos. 
Bast. 

St.  And; 

st.  George. 
St.  Patri 

Princes. 

Egmont. 

Halifax. 

North. 

Richmond. 

St.  Davids. 

Ql  BENS. 

Bedford. 
Charli 
Grenville. 
Hillsb 
St.  Johns. 


WESTMORELAND, 

lid.      Botslord. 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 
Ann  mdi.k. 
Ge.      Graudville. 


111.    Wilmot. 

COI.CIIESTEr.. 

Kn.     Carlton. 
/         I    onomy. 
'.'.       Greenfield. 
A".       K.  mpl  in. 

Ly.     Londonderry. 
Truro. 

Cumberland. 
At.      Amir 
P        Parsboro. 
We.    Wallace. 

DlOBT. 

c.  T.  Claretown. 
Dy.     Digby. 

•  ".rvsBOno. 

Guysboro. 
Mr.    Manchester. 
■V  J/,  -t.  Marj  . 

Halifax. 

I)k.     Dartmouth. 
/..  T.  I, a wreno 
Pn.     Preston. 


/). 

Ph. 

Kt. 

Md. 

V 

R. 


II  LOTS. 

Douglass. 

Falmouth. 
Kent. 
M  liUand. 
Newport. 
Bawd  n. 


Kings. 

Aylesford. 

C  .       i    .rnwallis. 
//.       Rorton. 

Shcrbrooke. 


LUNKNBUBG. 

Cr.     Chester. 

I.nnenl. 
A.  /'.  New  Dublin. 


En. 

Ml. 


Go. 

IJ. 


l'i> 
ton. 

Maxwell. 

-boro. 

Liverpool. 


Shelbubnb. 
Sn,      Shelburn. 

Sidney. 

Arisaig. 

>.  ./.  St.  A i..': 
Antigoni 

Yarmouth. 

Ae. 

Yh.      Yarmouth. 

i  AN:   BRETON 
ISLAND. 
Cape  Brbti 

Aij.  Albany. 

.1  .  Am< 

A.  Aug 

/  I    aisa. 

M  .  Matilda. 

My.  Mary. 

Ivvi  ONES. 

//  .     II  mry. 
I  I'm.  William. 

RICHMOND* 

VioTOBia. 

A.  4 


50 


15RITISH     NORTH     AMERICA. 


NEW    BRUNSWICK, 

Situated  between  Nova  Scotia  and  Canada  East 
and  bounded  west  by  Maine,  hag  an  extreme 
length,  N-  and  S.,  of  about  230  in.,  and  an  area 
of  27.700  sq.  m.  Its  surface  consists  chiefly  of  a 
series  of  bold  undulations,  agreeably  diversified 
with  hills  and  lowlands.  There  arc  many  contin- 
uous ridges  of  laud  which  are  not  of  great  height, 
but  are  so  marked  with  steep  acclivities  and 
sharp  outline  that  they  present  a  striking  contrast 
with  the  alternating  valleys  and  plaius.  The 
greater  part  of  the  country  is  covered  with  dense 
forests  of  white  pine,  spruce,  hackmatack,  etc., 
from  which  immense  quantities  of  timber  are 
annually  obtained  for  exportation  and  ship  build- 
ing. Lumbering  is  the  chief  business,  and  has 
been  steadily  increasing  for  many  years.  Hence, 
agriculture  has  made  but  slow  progress,  and  the 
manufactures,  except  as  connected  with  lumber- 
ing, are  limited  to  articles  of  primary  necessity. 
The  chief  and  most  profitable  crop  is  grass,  which 
occupies  about  four-fifths  of  every  large  farm,  hay 
being  in  great  demand  to  supply  the  teams  em- 
ployed in  lumbering.  In  1851,  there  were  584 
saw  mills  employing  4,302  persons.  In  1852, 
the  timber  floated  down  the  St.  John  River  was 
valued  at  SI, 945,000.  The  fisheries  in  the  Bay 
of  Fundy  are  very  valuable,  but  the  fishing  vesi  els 
employed  are  chiefly  from  the  United  States. 
The  St.  Andrews  and  Quebec  R.  R.  has  been 
opened  in  part,  viz.:  24*  m.  from  the  former  place  ; 
and  is  in  progress  toward-  Woodstock,  which  is 
to  be  the  terminus  of  the  first  section.  90  m.  from 
St.  Andrew's.  This  road  is  intended  to  form 
a  main  trunk  line  to  Canada,  entirely  through 
British  territory.  Other  lines  of  railroad  are  in 
progress. 


The  population  in  1851  was  193,800,  com- 
posed of  191,626  whites,  1,058  colored,  and  1,116 
Indians.  The  immigrant  population  amounted  to 
40,432  persons,  of  whom  28,776  were  Irish.  A 
great  portion  of  the  country  between  Shediac  and 
the  Miramichi  River  is  principally  settled  by  the 
descendants  of  the  Acadian  French  who  preserve 
the  habits  of  their  ancestors. 

Fredcricton,  the  capital,  on  the  St.  John  Riv- 
er, 85  m.  above  its  mouth,  is  the  chief  entre- 
joot  of  commerce  with  the  interior.  The  river  is 
naturally  navigable  to  this  place  for  small  sea- 
going vessels,  and  upon  the  removal  of  certain 
obstructions  (which  work  is  approaching  comple- 
tion) in  the  stream  above,  it  may  be  ascended  by 
steamers  of  light  draught  as  far  as  to  the  Great 
Falls.     Fop.  in  1852,  4,458. 

St.  John  is  the  chief  city  and  seaport.  It  is 
built  upon  a  rocky  declivity  projecting  from  the 
mainland  into  the  mouth  or  bay  of  the  St.  John's 
River,  2}  m.  from  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and  has  a 
fine  appearance  when  approached  from  the  sea. 
Its  harbor  is  safe,  and  since  the  water  is  very 
deep,  and  the  ordinary  rise  of  the  tide  is  about  21 
ft.,  it  is  never  obstructed  by  ice.  In  1837  the 
city  was  nearly  destroyed  by  fire,  and  it  has  suf- 
fered greatly  since  that  time  from  the  same  cause. 
The  buildings  are  now  mostly  constructed  of  brick 
or  stone,  and  many  of  the  public  structures  have 
an  elegant  appearance.  Fop.  in  1852,  22,745. 
Carleton,  a  thriving  suburb  on  the  west  side  of 
the  harbor,  is  included  within  the  city  corporation. 

Chatham,  on  the  Miramichi,  is  a  place  of  some 
business  importance  during  the  season  of  naviga- 
tion, or  about  half  the  year.     Pop.  3,000. 

St.  Stephens  is  a  flourishing  village,  on  the 
St.  Croix  River,  opposite  Calais,  Me.  Lumber- 
ing is  the  main  business,  with  some  ship  building. 


THE    EASTERN     PROVINCES 


51 


PRINCE  EDWARD'S  rSLAND 
Is  Bituated  in  a  recess  on   the  S>  W.  Bide  of 
the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and,  separated  from 
New  Brunswick  on  the  we  I   and    Nova   8 
on  the  BOnth   by   the   narrow   Strait  of  North- 
umberland.    It  has  an  irregular  crescenl  si 
Greatesl  length  on  a  line  carving  through  its 
centre,  130  m.  ;  breadth,  4  to  34  m. ;  area.  2.1  in 
sq.  in.     Its  coasl  Lin  ply  indented,  pre 

ing  a  :i  of  large   bays  and   projecting 

headlands.  The  large  bays,  by  penetrating  into 
the  land  from  opposite  directions,  form  narrow 
isthmuses,  which  thus  divide  the  island  into  three 
distinct  peninsulas;  and  these  natural  divisions 
have  been  adopted  as  the  basis  of  the  civil  divis- 
ion into  three  counties.  The  entire  surface  is 
of  a  gently  undulating  characti  p.  Originally,  the 
island  was  covered  with  a  dense  forest,  of  which  a 
considerable  part  still  remains.  The  whole  island 
Is  eminently  agricultural  and  pastoral.  The  soil  is 
chiefly  of  a  light  reddish  loam,  and  the  prevailing 
rock  is  a  reddish  sandstone.  but  a  large  part  of  the 
surface  is  alluvial,  and  is  free  from  stone  :  in  most 
part-  the  soil  is  rather  light,  but  well  adapted  I  i 
onts  and  potatoes.  Great  quantities  of  these  and 
other  products  are  raised  for  exportation  to  the 
adjoining  provinces,  and  to  the  United  E 
Some  busini  '  o  dohe  in  ship  building  and 

fishing.  The  climate  is  much  milder  than  that  of 
the  adjoining  continent.  The  population  in  1841 
was  47,033;  and  in  1848,  62,678.  Charlotte 
Town,  the  capital,  on  Hillsborough  River,  near 
the  southern  coast,  has  one  of  the  best  harbors 
in  the  adjacent  seas  ;  it  is  well  built,  on  gently 
rising  ground  ;  its  chief  edifices  arc  the  govern- 
ment buildings,  barracks,  fort,  and  churches;  its 
population,  by  lasl  census,  1.717. 


NOVA     SCOTIA. 

This    Province  P  '  i  of 

Nova  Scotia  and    the    Idand    of   Gap      B 
which  together  have  an  area  of  18,741      .  m.. 
and  a  population  of  276,1 17.  a  to  the 

as  of  1851.    Sable  Wand,  85  m.  -   3.  I 
Cape  Can  also  included  under  the  govern- 

ment of  Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotia  proper  is  a  long  and  c  mpara- 
tively  narrow  peninsula,  lying  nearly  parallel  to 
the  mainland  of  New  Brunswick,  with  which 
connected  by  the  narrow  Isthmu        I 
extreme  length,  280  m. ;  do.  breadth.   115   in. ; 
area,  L5.627  sq. m.    It-  S.  E.  coa  larkable 

for  the  number  of  its  capacious  harbors,  tl 
being  at  least  12  ports  capable  of  receiving  ships 
of  the  line,  and  1  1  of  sufficient  depth  for  mer- 
chant !ii"ii.  between  Halifax  and  Cape  CanflO,  Or 
110  m.  The  coasl  is  low  and  undulating,  in  some 
pari !  ruggi  d,  of  a  ch  red 

with  fir  forests.  A  broad  belt  of  elevated  and 
broken  land  extends  through  the  peninsula  from 
E.  to  W. ;  it  is  rugged  and  uneven,  but  has  an 
average  height  of  about  500  ft.  Throughout 
Nova  Scotia  the  surface  is  undulating,  and  i:i 
many  sections  beautifully  picturesque.  Ponds  of 
small  si/e  are  very  numerous ;  in  some  ii 
as  many  as  100  occur  within  the  8]  .         m. 

The  quality  of  the  Boil  van  itly.    The  most 

rtion  is  upon  the  upper  part  of  the 
Bay  of  Fundy,  where  deep  and  rich  alluvial 
deposits  are  thrown   down   by  t!  rdinart 

tides  of  U  n3ive  bay.     Bj  mi  ana  of  d" 

these  deposits   have  been  reclaimed  from  the  \ 
and  these  diked  mar-'  dingly  product- 

ive.    From  its  hilly  surface  and  copious  irri 
tion,  the  country  is  finely  adapted  to  gi 


BRITISH     NOETH     AMERICA, 


poses.  The  climate  is  very  temperate  considering 
its  latitude,  being  greatly  affected  by  the  proxim- 
ity of  the  Gulf  Stream. 

The  people  are  chiefly  employed  in  the  fisheries, 
in  the  lumber  business,  in  ship  building,  in  work- 
ing the  coal  mines,  and  the  various  quarries.  The 
manufactures  are  very  limited.  The  mineral  re- 
sources are  very  extensive.  The  northern  part 
of  the  peninsula  is  one  great  basin  of  bituminous 
coal,  the  strata  of  which  frequently  crop  out 
along  the  shore  and  in  other  sections.  The  inter- 
nal improvements  are  few  in  number.  The  work 
on  the  European  and  North  American  R.  R. 
was  commenced  at  Halifax,  8th  June,  1854,  and 
is  yet  progressing ;  its  main  trunk  is  to  be  con- 
structed to  the  frontier  of  New  Brunswick. 

The  population  in  1851  was  reported  to  be 
221.239  ;  it  is  now  chiefly  composed  of  a  native 
race,  sprung  from  the  three  great  families  of  the 
United  Kingdom. 

Halifax,  the  capital  and  chief  port,  was  founded 
in  1750.  Its  harbor  extends  inland  for  15  m., 
and  terminates  in  a  beautiful  and  land-locked 
basin  which  affords  anchorage  for  a  thousand 
ships.  This  is  the  chief  station  of  the  British 
navy  in  North  America,  and  is  very  strongly 
fortified.  Fort  George,  the  citadel,  which  has 
already  cost  £1,500,000,  and  is  not  yet  completed, 
is  one  of  the  strongest  single  fortresses  on  this 
continent,  and  completely  commands  the  town  and 
harbor.  It  is  surrounded  with  a  deep  moat  and 
glacis,  and  in  addition  to  immense  ramparts, 
bristling  with  thirty-two-pounders,  is  encircled  by 
a  covered  gallery  a  mile  in  length..  There  is  also 
a  small  but  heavy  battery  on  George's  Island,  a 
green  knoll  in  the  harbor.  The  town  is  of  cres- 
cent shape,  stretching  along  the  harbor  and 
around  the  foot  of  the  fortified  hill,  consisting 


mainly  of  two  long  streets  crossed  by  a  number 
of  steep  short  ones  ;  and  its  extremities  extend 
back  towards  the  country  in  lines  of  suburban 
villas.     Pop.  26,000. 

Pictou,  on  the  north-east  shore  of  Nova  Sco- 
tia, is  the  principal  port  in  the  coal  trade,  and 
also  exports  much  lumber.  The  vicinity  is  main- 
ly settled  by  Scotch.  The  town  contains  about 
3,000  inhabitants,  who,  unlike  most  of  the  people 
in  Nova  Scotia,  are  very  enterprising.  This  is 
the  port  of  the  Albion  coal  mines,  11  m.  distant. 

New  Glasgow  is  a  bustling  business  place,  two 
miles  from  the  mines,  and  contains  above  1,000 
inhabitants. 

Liverpool,  on  the  south  shore,  75  m.  S.  W.  of 
Halifax,  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mersey 
River,  (down  which  a  large  amount  of  lumber  is 
floated)  and  contains  about  2,500  inhabitants. 

Cape  Breton  Island  has  a  very  irregular  shape, 
is  greatly  indented  with  bays,  and  its  surface  is 
exceedingly  diversified.  Extreme  length,  N.  and 
S.,  120  m. ;  do.  in  breadth,  85  m. ;  area,  3,120 
sq.  m.  It  has  long  been  celebrated  for  its  fisher- 
ies, in  which  and  in  the  coal  miues,  the  people 
have  their  chief  employment.  The  population  in 
1851  was  54,878.  The  chief  port  is  Sydney, 
noted  for  its  exportation  of  the  celebrated  Sydney 
coal.  Louisburg,  on  its  S.  E.  coast,  so  famous  in 
colonial  history,  is  now  deserted,  but  the  ruins  of 
the  ancient  French  fortifications  may  still  be  seen. 

Sable  Island  is  about  25  m.  long  by  l£  wide  ; 
and  though  it  is  low  and  sandy,  it  is  generally 
covered  with  natural  grass  and  wild  peas,  sustain- 
ing several  hundred  head  of  wild  horses  and  many 
cattle.  The  few  persons  upon  it  arc  maintained 
by  the  government  for  the  purpose  of  relieving 
shipwrecked  vessels.  Mackerel  of  the  finest  qual- 
ity arc  abundant  near  its  shores. 


COLONY     OF     NEWFOUNDLAND. 


N  K  W  F  0 1    N  I »  L  A  N  D 

Is  si  ;  !  from   the   mainland  by  the  Strait 

of  B  L2   in.  wide,  and   by  the  Gulf  of 

St.  Lawrence,  and  fronts  with  ite  whole  E.  and 
S.  Bhorea  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  The  outline  of 
its  form  is  somewhat  triangular  ;  greatest  length, 
N.  and    S.,  350  m. ;  average  breadth,  130  m.  ; 

mated  area,  35,913  sq.  m.  Its  coasts  are  re- 
markably indented  by  numerous  large  bays  and 
innumerable  smaller  onesj  most  of  which  arc  com- 
modious and  well-sheltered  harbors,  having  com-! 
plete  anchorages,  with  clear  and  good  channels. 
The  sea-cliffs  are,  for  the  most  part,  bold  and 
lofty,  with  deep  water  close  to  the  shore.  The 
general  character  of  the  surface  is  wild  and  bar- 
ren. It  is  estimated  that  one-third  of  the  whole 
area  is  covered  by  lakes,  ponds,  and  marshes. 
The  largest  t  wo  lakes  are  each  about  5  m.  wide  ; 
the  one  is  60  m.  long,  the  other  is  30  m.  long; 
those  of  smaller  size  are  absolutely  countless,  and 
found  in  every  section,  not  only  in  the  valleys,  but 
em  the  highlands,  even  the  hollows  of  the  summits 
and  on  the  very  tops  of  the  hills.  There  are  few 
large  streams,  and  none  that  are  navigable :  but 
br  oka  arc  everywhere  formed  by  the  overflow  of 
the  ponds.  The  surface  of  the  interior  is  more 
rocky  than  that  of  the  coasts;  but  is  similar  to  it 
in  being  divided  into  woods,  marshes,  and  barrens, 
which  so  frequi  ntly  i  a©  eed  ach  other  that  none 
of  these  tracts  are  of  great  extent. 

The  population  in  1806  was  26,505  ;  in  1825, 
ri9 ;  and  in  1845,  90,295.  At  the  last  date, 
the  population  was  thus  cla  asified  :  Males,  52,064  ; 
females,  44,231  ;  Roman  Catholics,  46,784 ;  Epis- 
copalians, 34,281  ;  Dissenters,  15,230.  A  large 
proportion  of  the  settlers  are  natives  of  Ireland, 
of  Guernsey  and  Jersey,  and  their  descendants, 


but  many  are  from  other  parte  of  the   United 
Kingdom;    and   the  people  have  retain 
habits  of  the  old  country  to  a  greater  degree  than 

in  other  British  Ami  rican  colonii   . 

The  business  of  the  fisheries  employs,  direct 
or  indirectly,  almost   the  whole  population.     The 
term  "  fish  "  is  here  used  to  d 
that  being  the  great  staple  ;  every  other  descrip- 
tion of  fish  is  designated  by  its  particular  name 
The  cod-fishery  opens  al  the  beginning  of  Ji 
and  lasts  till  about  the  middle  of  October.    Of 
this  there  are  two  di  .  the  "  bank  fishery  " 

is  prosecuted  in  large  op  Great 

Bank,  and  chiefly  betwi  en  tat  42    and  46     N 
while   the  "shore  fishery  "  is  that  pi  1  in 

ta  or  shallops,  near  the  coast.  The  general 
state  of  the  whole  fishery,  a.s  to  product,  for  50 
years,  may  be  considered  as  stationary;  but  the 
price  obtained  for  cod  has  varied  remarkably. 
During  1845-9,  the  yearly  average  total  product 
was, — 9-19.109  quintals  of  cod-fish  exported,  val- 
ued at  $2,610,000,  and  3.990  tuns  of  cod  oil, 
worth  $525,000.  Similar  statement  of  other 
products:  0.200  tuns  of  al  oil,  $850,000; 
508,446  seal  skins.  0  ;  4,010  ti< 

salmon,   860,500;     14,475    barrels    of    hen 
$42  .">00 ;  value  of  fish  and  oil  consumed  by  the 
inhabitants,  ■'      '  "    0.     The  average  value  of  the 
total  annual  produce  of  the  Colony  during  this 
period  v  52,020  :  of  which  the  agricultural 

produce  was  $1 ,011  770. 

The  only  noteworthy  town   is   St  John's 
ital,  with   a  population  of  20,000.     It-  old- 
ioned   houses,   of  brick   and   w<  iten 

wood,  line  t!  •  for  the  distance  of  a  mile, 

climbing  a  hill  which  is  crowned  by  the  Cathe- 
dral, the  Colonial  Buildings,  the  Government 
House,  and  two  small  fortifications. 


UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


The  United  States  of  America  constitute  the 
chief  Republic  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  and 
one  of  the  greai  powers  of  the  earth.  Their  ter- 
ritory consists  of  the  middle  and  best  portions  of 
North  America,  embracing  more  than  half  the 
land  area  of  the  temperate  zone  in  this  continent. 
This  es  tween  24°  19;:  a"nd  49°  N.  lat,, 

and  betw  66  50'  and  124°  30'  W.  long.,  and 
is  bounded  north  by  British  America,  east  by  the 
North  Atlantic  Ocean,  south  by  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  the  Republic  of  Mexico,  and  west  by 
the  North  Pacific  Ocean.  This  territory  is  of 
comparatively  regular  outline,  forming  nearly  a 
parallelogram,  of  which  the  average  length  from 
east  to  west  is  about  2,400  m.,  and  the  average 
breadth  from  north  to  south  is  1,300  m.  ;  but  | 
the  extreme  length  is  about  2,700  m.,  and  the 
extreme  width  about  1,600  m.  The  whole  length 
of  its  shore  line  (exclusive  of  bays,  sounds,  islands, 
etc.,)  is  12,609  m. ;  but  if  all  these  be  followed 
and  the  rivers  entered  to  the  head  of  tide-water, 
the  total  shore  line  is  33,069  m.  The  total  area 
is  now  computed  at  2,963,666  sq.  m. 

The  surface  is  naturally  classified  in  three  chief 
divisions,  which  are  formed  by  the  two  principal 
mountain  ranges,  namely  :  the  Alleghany  Mts.  in 
the  east,  and  the  Rocky  Mts.  in  the  west.  These 
three  divisions  are  :  (1.)  The  Atlantic  or  Alle- 
ghany Slope  :  2.  The  Mississippi  Valley  ;  and,  3. 
The  Pacific  Slope.  The  first  extends  from  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  to  the  Alleghany  Mts.,  and  varies 
in  breadth  from  80  to  300  m.  ;  near  the  Ocean  it 
is  generally  bordered  by  an  alluvial  sandy  belt, 
but  as  the  surface  extends  into  the  interior  it 


continually  rises,  and  becomes  more  and  more 
hilly,  until  it  reaches  the  region  of  the  Allegha- 
nies.  (2.)  The  Mississippi  Valley,  the  largest 
of  the  three  divisions,  is  from  800  to  1,600  m. 
wide,  and  is  especially  distinguished  for  the  fertil- 
ity of  its  soil ;  its  east  part  is  considerably  diver- 
sified, but  its  west  slope  is  of  quite  uniform  char- 
acter, rising  very  gradually  to  the  base  of  the 
Rocky  Mts.  (3.)  The  Pacific  Slope  is  from  600 
to  1,000  m.  wide,  and  is  diversified  by  several  par- 
allel mountainous  ranges. 

Each   of   these  three  great  divisions   of  the 
United  States  is  veined  by  large  rivers,  naviga- 
ble from  the  ocean  by  large  vessels  ;  and  in  this 
respect  no  portion  of  the  world  is  more  favored. 
Many  of  the  comparatively  short  rivers  are  also 
navigable   for  large   ocean  steamers.      The  fiv~ 
great   lakes  are   navigated   by  steamers  of  t; 
highest  tonnage,  as  well  as  by  large  sailing  ve 
sels,  and  by  means  of  their  connections  afford 
inland  ship-navigation  of  1,600  m. 

The  richest  soils  occur  in  the  Mississippi  "\ 
ley,  especially  between  the  Rivers  Ohio  and  3 
souri.  The  least  productive  sections  are  on 
great  plains,  on  either  side  of  the  Rocky  Mts 

Timber  is  or  has  been  abundant  in  a' 
every  part ;  and  no  country  contains  a  gi 
number  of  species  of  noble  forest  trees  thai 
Some  pine  trees  in  Oregon  are  20  ft.  in  dia 
and  300  ft.  high,  and  some  red-wood  trees  in 
fornia  are  40  ft.  in  diameter. 

The  most  useful  minerals  are  widely  distribu, 
and  in  immense  deposits,  and  those  of  less  vai 
arc  found  in  sufficient  abundance. 


I     NOTED     STATES     OF     AM  Kit  10  A. 


55 


The  area  of  the  Onil  tea  at  the  present 

time  (according  to  the  computation  of  the  U.  S. 
Topographical    Bureau   in    1854)    is    2,963,666 
sq.  in. :  and  the  following  table  shows  the  pro- 
of its  increa 

Art  '.  fjq.  in. 

L783.  .  Area  of  the  Union  at  the  Peace.  .820,680 
1803. .  Purchase  of  Louisiana  Province.  .899,579 
1819..  Acquisition  of  Florida   00,900 

'45.    Admission  of  Texas 318,000 

lb46  .i  Iregon  Treaty 308,052 

isis.  .Mexican-War  Treaty 522 

1854. .  Purchase  of  M<  silla  Valley 27. 

The  great  geographical  divisions  are: 

Divisions.                        -  ■  cent. 

Atlantic  Slope  proper  . .  .    51  1,416 17-358 

Northern  Lake                 .    112,649. . . .  3-801 

Gulf  region 325,538.  .. .  10-984 

Mississippi  Valley 1 ,217,582 41-083 

Pacific  Slope 793,502.  . .  .  26-774 


.100-000 


Total 2,963,666. 

The  areas  of  the  other  general  divisions  arc  : 
Area  i  in  Sq.  miles.         Percent. 

The  States 1,464,105 49-402 

The  Territories 1,499,561 .  .  .  .50-598 

The  Free  States 612,597. . .  .20-670 

The  Slave  States 851,503 28-732 

N.  of  lat.  36    30' 1,970,077...  .66-474 

S.  oflat.  36    30' 999,589 32-526 

E.  of  the  Mississippi 865,576 29 

\Y.  of  the  Mississippi 2,098,090 70-794 

W.  of  the  Rocky  Mte 897,709 30-290 

K.  of  the  Rocky  Bits 2,065,957 69-710 

The  history  of  the  I  faited  States  is   - 1  n   ! 
known,  tl. at  in  :  tection  it  is  not  necei 

to  mention  anything  more  than  the  dates  of  the 


■  important  i  '.  1565, 
St.  A  ie  in  Florida  was  (bunded  as  a  per- 
manent  settlemenl   by  the  Spaniards,  but  this 

iy  had  but  little  or  no  share  in  I 
which  led  to  the  establi  i  Repul 

Tin-  fii  i    p  rmanenl  settlements  in  the   B 

rican    colonies    whii  qu  ntly  formed 

I  rnited  States  wi  re  b    an  in 

Virginia,  at  Jamestown,  in  1607  ;  N 

Orange,  now  Albany,  in  1614;  Massachu- 

.  at    Plymouth,   in    1620;   New    Hampshire 

and  Maine,  in  1623;  New  Jersey,  al I    1624; 

Delaware,  aboul    1627;  Connecticut,  in   1633; 
Maryland,   in   1C34;    Rhode    Island,   in    U 
North   Carolina,  in   1663;    South   Carolina,  in 
1670;   Pennsylvania,  in   1682;  and  G        ia  in 
1733.     During    1755-63.   th     s    C 
united  in  the  prosecution  of  the  i  ich  and 

Indian  "War,  as  it  is  now  called  :  and  from 

■  until  the  commencement  of  the  Revoluti 
ary  War  their  general  history  consists  of  the 
account  of  their  contention  with  the  Brit  I 
ernment.  In  1765,  after  the  passag  of  the 
"Stamp  Act,"  the  first  Colonial  Congress  was 
held,  and  this  resulted  in  the  repeal  of  thai  Act 
From  1  767,  the  colonial  troul  adily  inci 

ed,  until  1763,  when  the  Americai 

ish  tea  ships.    On  Sept.  5,  1774,  the  Conti- 
nental  Cong  d  at    Philadelphia. 

d  the  grievances  of  the  Colonies,  and  declar- 
ed their  rights.  The  first  Bkirmish  I  the 
British  troops  and  the  col  ccurred  at  ! 
ington,  Mass.,  April  19,1775,  and  the  news  of 
this  affair  was  r  throughout  tl 
as  the  signal  for  a  general  rising.  The  Continen- 
tal Congress  met  in  the  next  month  and  formed 
the  league  of  "The  United  Colonies."  En  the 
same  month,  large  reinforcement            't ish  sol- 


56 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


diors  arrived  in  Boston,  and  martial  law  was  pro- 
claimed. On  17th  of  June  the  battle  of  Bunker 
Hill  was  (ought.  During  1775,  the  Americans 
drove  out  their  colonial  governors,  and  provided 
defences  for  their  chief  towns.  In  June,  1776, 
the  Continental  Congress  considered  the  proposal 
for  declaring  the  independence  of  the  Colonies ; 
and  on  the  2d  of  July  it  adopted  the  Declaration 
of  Independence,  which  was  fully  agreed  upon 
on  the  4th  of  July,  and  was  then  publicly  read  to 
the  people  in  Philadelphia.  In  September,  fol- 
lowing, it  was  determined  that  the  title  of  the 
Union  should  be  The  United  States.  During 
the  remainder  of  the  year  there  were  several  bat- 
tles, etc.,  which  resulted  unsuccessfully  for  the 
Americans,  but  their  glorious  achievements  at 
Trenton  and  Princeton  renewed  their  courage. 
For  six  years  the  hard  struggle  was  maintained. 
The  army  of  the  Americans  was  comparatively 
small.  They  were  embarrassed  through  want  of 
arms,  and  even  sufficient  food  and  clothing.  But 
their  courage  never  flinched  ;  and  backed  by  the 
universal  patriotism  of  the  people,  they  at  length 
drove  the  British  troops  from  the  country.  The 
surrender  of  Lord  Cornwallis  at  Yorktown,  Oct. 
19,  1781,  virtually  ended  the  war.  Provisional 
articles  of  peace  were  signed  Nov.  30,  1782,  and 
the  definitive  treaty  of  peace  Sept.  3,  1783,  at 
Versailles.  Gen.  Washington  disbanded  the  army 
November,  3d,  ensuing,  and  on  the  25th  of  the 
same  month  the  British  evacuated  New  York. 

In  May,  1  TriT,  the  Convention  of  Delegates 
which  formed  tlie  present  Constitution  of  the 
United  States  assembled  at  Philadelphia.  They 
appointed  Washington  as  their  president,  and 
deliberated  for  several  months.  On  the  1  7th  of 
Septemli-r  they  adopted  the  Constitution,  and 
determined  that  nine  States  should  ratify  it  be- 


fore its  provisions  could  go  into  effect.  One  year 
afterwards  Congress  assembled,  and  determined 
that  as  eleven  States  had  then  ratified  it,  it 
should  go  into  effect  on  the  4th  of  March,  1789. 
The  two  other  States,  North  Carolina  and  Rhode 
Island,  ratified  it  shortly  afterwards.  On  the  6th 
of  April,  1789,  the  first  constitutional  Congress 
met  in  New  York,  and  on  the  30th  of  that  month 
Gen.  Washington  wa>j  inaugurated  as  the  first 
President.  The  new  government  was  everywhere 
received  by  the  people  with  the  most  enthusiastic 
demonstrations  of  delight.  Its  beneficial  effects 
were  soon  felt  in  the  increase  of  business,  in  the 
revival  of  foreign  commerce  and  domestic  trade, 
in  the  development  of  manufactures  and  other 
national  interests,  and  in  the  professions  of  regard 
from  European  governments  who  then  sent  their 
ambassadors  to  the  new  Republic. 

Succession  of  Presidents  :  Washington,  1789  ; 
Adams,  J.,  1797  ;  Jefferson,  1801 ;  Madison. 
1809  ;  Monroe,  1817  ;  Adams,  J.  Q.,  1825  ; 
Jackson,  1829  ;  Van  Buren,  1837  ;  Harrison, 
1841;  Tyler,  1841;  Polk,  1845;  Taylor,  1849; 
Fillmore,  1850  ;  Pierce,  1853. 

Dates  of  the  admission  of  the  new  States :  Ver- 
mont, March  4,  1791  ;  Kentucky,  June  1, 1792 
Tennessee,  June  1,  1796  ;   Ohio,  Nov.  29,  1802 
Louisiana,  April  8, 1812  ;  Indiana,  Dec.  11, 1816 
Mississippi,  Dec.  10, 1817  ;  Illinois,  Dec.  3, 1818 
Alabama,  Dec.  14,  1819  ;  Maine,  Mar.'  15,  1820 
Missouri,  Aug.  10,  1821  ;   Arkansas,  June  1.5 
1836  ;  Michigan,  June  26, 1837  ;  Florida,  Mar.  3 
1845 ;  Texas,  Dec.  29, 1845  ;  Iowa,  Dec.  28, 1846 
Wisconsin,  May 29, 1848;  California,  Sept,  9, 1850. 

Dates  of  organization  of  Territories  ;  Oregon, 
Aug.  14, 1848;  Minnesota, Mar. 3, 1849 ;  Utahand 
New  Mexico,  Sept.  9, 1850  ;  Washington,  Mar. 
2,  1853 ;  Nebraska,  and  Kansas,  May  30, 1854. 


UNITED     S  T  A T E  S     OP     A  M  E  R I C A 


The  following  tabic  is  a  complete  synopsis  of  the  progress  of  the  population  of  the  United  Mates 
from  1790'to  1850,  showing  particularly  the  movement  of  each  class  of  the  population  during  each 
period  of  ten  years  : 


l'i:<  ENNIAL   MOVEMENT  OF   POPULATION. 
I.      ACTUAL   POPULATION. 


Date  of 
Census. 


1790 
1800 
1810 
1820 
1830 
1840 
1850 


White 
Persons. 


I    Persons.- 


1 1  ton. 


Free.  iL 

.3,172,404 59,466 697,897 757,363 3,929,827 

.  4,304,489 108.395 893,041 1,001,436.... 

.  5,862,004 186,446 1,191,364 1,377,810 7,239,814 

.  7,861,937 238,150 1,538,038 i. 770.1!)  I 9,638,131 

.10,537,378 319.599 2,009,043 2,328,632 12 

.14,195,695 386,303 2,487,455 _-      17 

.19,553,008 434,495 3,20!. 313 ....  23,191 


II.       PROPORTION    OF    CLASSES PER    CENT. 


1790 
1800 
1810 
1820 
L830 


80- 


1-5132.... 


177590. 


,.  192722 

81-1260 20129 16-8311 18-871" 

80-9090 2-5753 16-4557 19-0310 

81-5712 2-4710 15-9578 1 

81-9009 2-4840 150151 18-0991 

1840 83-1043 2-2031 14-5726 108357 

1850 84-3100 1-8735 13-8105 15-0900 


III.   RATIO  OF  MOVEMENT — PER  CENT. 

35-6828 82-2806 27-9017 32-2135 

36-1835 72-0000 33-4053 37*5834 

34-1109 27-7345 29-0989 28-9143 33-1208 


1790-1800  

1800-1810  

1810-1820  

.1820-1830     34-0303 34-1973 30-0237.        ..    310973. 

1830-1840 34-7175 20-8712 23-8129 22-' 

1840-1850 37-7391 12-4752 28-8189 27-0041 . 


1000000 
100-0000 
100-0000 
100-0000 
100-0000 
1000000 
1000000 

350108 
36-4477 


33-4908 
320708 
35£    77 


1790-1850 510-3370 030-0012 359-1384 575 490-1500 


IV. 


W.  of 
ippi. 


1790 
1800 
1810 


PROGRESS    OF    POPULATION    IN    THE    GEOGRAPHICAL    DIVISIONS 

Atlantic  Mississippi  G         '.  of 

Slope.  Valley.  Mississippi. 

3,708.110 205.280 10,(31 

4,087,725 582.019 35.581 . 

5,824,708 1.337,940 75.582 1,578. 


1820 7,013.154 2,419,369 201,580 ■!       2 

1830 8,633,032 3,794,477 426,512 11, 

L840 10,097,785 5,983,707 904,448 23.513 

1850 12,729,859 8,641,754 1,414,598 

The  population  in  1850  of  the  Pacific  Slope  was  117,271,  and  this  is  included  in  the 


lot 

tion. 

.925 
7,239,814 
3,131 

23,191,876 


53 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


The  following  table  exhibits  the  progress  of  the  white  population,  from  1820  to  1840,  and  the 
total  population  by  classes  in  1850  : 

POPULATION  BY  STATES  AND  TEKEITOKIES. 


States.  In  1820. 

Maine 297.340.. 

N.  Hampshire  243,230.. 

Vermont 234,846 .  . 

Massachusetts  .  516,419. . 
Rhode  Island  . 


Connecticut .. 

New  York  .  . 
New  Jer 
Pennsylvania . 
1  Delaware. . . . 


79,413.. 

267.161.. 

1,332,744.. 

257,409.. 

1,017.091.. 

55,282.. 

Maryland 260,223.. 

Virginia 603,087.  . 

N.  Carolina 419,200.. 

S.Carolina....    237,440.. 

Georgia 189,566 . . 

Florida .. 

Alabama 85,451 . . 

Mississippi 42,176.  . 

Louisiana 73,383. . 

Texas .  . 

Arkansas 12,579.  . 

Tennessee 339,927.. 

Kentucky 434,644.. 

Ohio..." 576,572.. 

Indiana 145,758.. 

Michigan 8,591. . 

Wisconsin .  . 

Illinois 53,788.. 

Iowa .  . 

Missouri 55,988.. 

California .  . 

Dist.  Columbia.      22,614.  . 

Minnesota, .. 

Oregon .  . 

Utah .. 

New  Mexico. .  .    . . 


White  Population. , 

In  1830.  In  1840. 

398.263..  500,438.. 

268,721..  284,036.. 

279,771..  291,218.. 

603,359..  729,030.. 

93,621..  105,587.. 

289,603..  301,850.. 

1,873.063..  2,378,890.. 

300,255..  351,588.. 

1,309,900..  1,676,115.. 

57,601..  58,561.. 

291,108..  318,204.. 

694,300..  740,858.. 

472,843..  484,870.. 

257,863..  259,084.. 

296,806..  407,695.. 

18,385..  27,943.. 

190,406..  335,185.. 

70,443..  179,074.. 

89,441..  158,457.. 


25,671. 
535,746. 
517,787. 
928,329. 
339,399. 

31,346. 

155,061.. 
114,795.. 

27,563.. 


77,174. . 
640,627.. 
590,253.. 
1,502,122.. 
678,698.. 
211,560.. 

30,749.. 
472,254.. 

42,924.. 
323,888.. 


30,657. 


Whites 
581,813.. 
317,456.. 
313,402 . . 
985,450.. 
143,875.. 
363,099.. 
3,048,325.. 
465,509.. 
2,258,160.. 

71,169.. 
417,943.  . 
894,800.. 
553,028.. 
274,563.. 
521,571.. 

47,203.. 
426,514.. 
295,718.. 
255,491 .  . 
154,034.  . 
162,189.. 
756,836.  . 
761,413.. 
1,955,050.  . 
977,1  54. . 
395,071.. 
304,756.. 
846,034.  . 
191,881.. 
592,004.  . 

91,635.. 

37,941 .  . 
6,038 .  . 

13,087.. 

11,330.. 

61,521.. 


— Popvlat 
Free  CoVd. 

1,356. 

520. 

718. 

.  9,064 . 

.  3,670. 

.  7,693 . 

.  49,069. 

23,810. 

53,626 . 

18,073. 

74,723. 

54,333 . 


\on  in   1350.- 


27,463. 
8,960. 
2,931. 
932. 
2,265. 
930. 
17,462. 
397. 
608. 
6,422. 
10,011. 
25,279. 
11,262. 
2,583., 
635 .  . 
5,436 .  . 
333.. 
2,618.. 
962 . . 
10,059.. 
39 .  . 
207.. 
24.. 
22.. 


236 


2,290 

90,368 

472,528 

288,548 

384,984 

381,682 

39,310 

342,844 

309,878 

2-14,809 

58.161 

47,100 

239,459 

210,981 


87,422 


3,687 


26 


Total, 

583,169 

317,976 

314,120 

994,514 

147,545 

370,732 

3,097,394 

489,555 

2,311,786 

91,532 

583,034 

1,421,661 

869,039 

668,507 

906,185 

87,445 

771,623 

606,526 

517,762 

212,592 

209,897 

1,002,717 

982,405 

1,980,329 

988,416 

397,754 

305,391 

851,470 

192,214 

0*2,044 

92,597 

51,687 

6,077 

13,294 

1 1 ,380 

61,547 


Total 7,801,937.  .10,537,378.  .14,195,695.  .19,553,068.  .434,495.  .3,214,313 


23,191,876 


I    N  I  T  1.  1)     8  T  A   I   ES     u  1'     A  .M  E  1IICA, 


Agriculture  is  the  predominating  interest  of  the 
country.  The  chief  crop  is  that  of  maize  or  In- 
dian corn,  which  on  the  whole,  is  thai  best  adapt- 
ed to  most  of  the  soil  and  climate,  and  rami 
the  largest  amounl  of  nutritive  food.  The  value 
of  the  total  crop  of  this  grain  at  I]  d,  is 

mated   at    $360,000,000,   being   600,000,000 
bushels  at  60  cents  a  busht  1.     Wheat  is  the  i 
crop  in  importance,  not  only  on  account  of  the 
general  domestii    u  e  of  it  for  bread,  but  of  its 
value  fur  exportation  ;  the  total  crop  is  now  i 
mated  at  165  >  bush.,  which,  at  $T5 

r,500,000,  or  about  two-thirds  of  the  aggre- 
gate of  the  eon:  crop.  Value  of  other  crops: — 
i.oiMi;  oats,  $68,000,000;  pota- 
';  cane  sugar,  $35,350,000 ;  to- 
bacco,  $19,000,000  ;  rye,  §14,000,000  ;  and  rice. 
$10,000,000.  Vet  the  crops  which  are  raised 
eh'.  By  for  horn  consumption  are  of  still  greater 
value,  as, — hay  and  fodder.  3100,000,000;  pas- 
turage, $143,000,000;  garden  products,  §50,- 
000,000;  orchard  product-.  82o,00o,000  ;  bean 
and  peas,  Slit. 000,000.  These  estimates  were 
made  by  tin-  C.  S.  Patent  Office,  for  the  year 
1855,  and  intended  as  an  average  exhibit. 

The  manufactories,  according  to  the  census  of 
0,  then  employed  944,991  persons.  The  prin- 
cipal branch  is  the  cotton  manufacture,  which,  in 
1  )50,  i  mployed  92,286  persons;  ami  the  value  of 
the  cotton  goods  made  in  1850  was  reported  at 
$61,869,184,  while  in  1840  it  was  reported  at 
$46,350,453,  si  owing  an  increase  in  ten  years  of 

over  ."..'!  ]»t  cent.    The  value  of  the  woollen  g Is 

made  in  1850  was  slated  at  $43,207,545,  wh 
in  1840  it  was  $20,696,999;  h  nceil  appears  these 
products  mure  than  doubled  during  ten  years.    Of 
the  iron  products  in  L850,  which  amounted  in  all 
to  $60,486,153,  Pennsylvania  mad'  nearly  one- 


half  of  the  pig-iron,  about  one-fifth  of  the  iron- 
ily  one-half  of  the  wrought-iron. 
New    Fork's    iron-cat  tinj  what   t 

Pennsylvania's.    The  salt  product  in  1840 
6,179,174  bush.;  do.  in  1  350,  :».".  and  at 

eat  !i  j  eriod  N<  w  York  produced  nearly  one-half, 
and  Virginia  nearly  one-third,  of  the  wh 

The  minerals  of  the  United  £  of  im- 

mensi  .  but  it  i  ble  to  make 

;  of  their  . 

of  their  annual  product.     Iron  ores  and  c< 

::•  in  many  States,  but  Pennsylvania  is  perhaps 
.  ichesi  in  both  of  thes  s  res]  pro- 

duction is  certainly  now  much  greater  than  that 
of  any  other  section.  Details  on  this  subject  of 
minerals  will  be  found  in  the  descriptions  of  tin- 
States  severe 

Internal   improvements   have    been   multiplied 
with  most  wonderful   rapidity.     1.  The  first 

ive  turnpike  was  that  from    I  Iphia  to 

Lancaster,  62 j    in.,  and  subsequently  extended 
.sard,  with  branches,  to  Pittsburg.     "Within 
twenty  years  succeeding,  a  greal  many  turnpikes 
were  made  in  the  several  :><  the  pres- 

ent time  a  large  amount  of  mo:    y  is  yea    y  ex- 
pend' d  in  every  portion  of  the  Union,  in  imp 
ing  and  extending  the  roads  of  this  description. 
2.  The  canals  of  the  United   -  are  works  of 

much  importance,  although  their  actual  and  com- 
tive  value  has  been  greatly  less  ned  by  the 
general  introduction  of  railroads.  The  \]r^\  jm- 
uit  work  of  this  kind  was  the  Middl  x 
Canal.  27  m.  ion--,  from  Boston  to  Chelms 
completed  in  3,000.     The 

Erie  Canal.  363  m.  long,  was  completed  in  1825, 
at  a  cost  of  $7,143,790.    The  Wabash  and  I 
Canal, 467  m.  long,  was  completed  in  1853.    The 
total  length  of  the  canals  within  tli  I  States, 


60 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


in  185G,  including  a  considerable  extent  of  slack- 
water  or  improved  river  navigation,  amounted  to 
about  5.000  miles.  3.  The  railroads  of  the 
United  States  date  from  the  year  1826-27,  when 
the  Quincy  R.  R.,  3  m.  long,  and  the  Mauch 
Chunk  R.  R.,  8  m.  long,  were  brought  into  full 
operation.  Though  these  short  lines  are  now 
insignificant,  they  yet  had  a  great  influence  in 
determining  the  construction  of  our  present  great 
systems  of  railroads.  In  1856,  the  total  length 
of  railroads  within  the  Union  amounted  to  up- 
wards of  23,000  miles,  being  more  than  half  of 
all  the  railroads  in  the  world. 

The  electric  telegraph,  which  is  now  so  widely 
extended  throughout  the  United  States  and  the 
various  countries  of  Europe,  and  which  will,  ere 
long,  encircle  the  globe,  is  one  of  those  great 
inventions  for  which  the  whole  world  is  indebted 
to  a  citizen  of  the  United  States.  In  1832,  Prof. 
S.  F.  B.  Morse  invented  the  system  of  communica- 
tion known  as  Morse's  Telegraph  ;  in  May,  1844, 
its  first  line  of  40  miles,  from  Baltimore  to  Wash- 
ington, proved  its  value ;  and  now  his  system  is 
used  in  nearly  every  country  of  any  importance. 

There  are  several  other  very  important  inven- 
tions which  were  first  made  in  the  United  States, 
or  if  elsewhere  made,  were  greatly  improved  in 
this  country. 

In  the  business  of  ship  building  the  United 
States  surpass  all  other  nations.  The  total  ton- 
nage owned  in  the  Union  on  the  30th  June,  1855, 
was  5,212,001  tons,  of  which  one-eighth  was  em- 
ployed iu  steam  navigation.  And  it  is  almost 
superfluous  here  to  allude  to  the  well-known  fact 
that  the  steamboats  and  steamships  of  the  United 
States  surpass  those  of  Europe  in  their  size,  ele- 
gance and  sped. 
The  absolute  extent  of  the  foreign  commerce 


of  the  United   States  has   of  course  varied  in 
different  years,  according  to  the  amount  of  the 
products  of  the  Union,  and  the  demand  for  the 
same   in   foreign   countries.     Since  184G,  under 
the  tariff  of  that  year,  the  amount  or  value  of 
the  imports  during  the  several  years  has  frccpiently 
exceeded  that  of  the  exports,   though,   on   the 
whole,  the  balance  against  the  United  States  for 
the  entire  period  is  not  remarkably  great,  except- 
ing in  the  shipment  of  specie  and  bullion.     The 
total  exports  of  this  description  during  the  eight 
years,  1847-55,  amounted  to  $225,531,867,  while 
the  imports  of  the  same  were  only  $43,397,926  ; 
showing  that  the  enormous  sum  of  $182,133, 94J. 
of  specie  and  bullion  was  drained  from  this  coun- 
try in  that  brief  period.     The  actual  returns  for 
the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30th,  1855,  were  : — 1. 
Exports, — domestic  merchandize,  $192,751,135; 
foreign    merchandize,   $26,158,368;    specie    and 
bullion,  $56,247,343  ;  total,  $275,156,846.   2.  Im- 
ports,— merchandize  paying  duty,  $221,292,624; 
merchandize   free  of  duty,  $36,430,524  ;   specie 
and    bullion,   $3,659,812;    total,    $261,382,960, 
against  $304,562,381  in  the  year  preceding. 

In  January  J.856,  there  were  1,273  banks,  with 
aggregate  capital  of  $335,611,990,  having  depo- 
sits to  the  amount  of  $237,964,981,  circulation  of 
$177,157,412,  (considerably  less  than  during  the 
two  years  previous),  loans  and  discounts  amount- 
ing to  $696,285,779,  and  specie  amounting  to 
$60,072,830. 

The  manifested  shipment  of  gold  from  San 
Francisco  during  the  five  years,  1851-55,  was 
$232,754,458,  exclusive  of  the  amount  taken  by 
passengers.  The  total  coinage  of  the  U.  S.  Mint 
and  branches  from  1792  to  1856,  was  about 
$500,000,000,  about  half  of  which  was  in  Cali- 
fornia gold. 


<:       .1 


HJ 


^ 


11).      n       u       i>       if       ii       x 
A' 


10\10\IO 


3lE_:-,;. 


■<:) 


EXPLANATION 
Slate  Capital       ?S 
CoTitdyXown       ^ 

ltailliiiail 

/        Canal     = 
Grand. 

Us 


17 


JffVM>"'' 


.WSJ 


*WyS$ i  M$ ■>■■ )  Sy  i  % ^^ 


k 


.■""/Vie    rV. 

PIS   1  j    « 


V 


'V 


'  5     'i'-  V  V  A 

iffjf-l 


W 


i" 


l.diniifntlc  KasH'mrn   9 


II 


"^ 


Scale  of  milrs 


"VV;ts[mu£Kin. 


l'<J 


Ill  'iMIIOtllll 

■     ■       ,  I 


TABLE  OF    COUNTIES   AND   TOWNSHIPS   IN 

MAINE. 


ANDROSCOfJtilN. 

An.  Auburn. 

I).  Danville. 

E.  E.  Livermore. 
Gfe.  Greene. 

F.  Lisbon. 
Lewiston. 

Ls.      Leeds. 
F.      Livermore. 

M.  Mi  not. 

]'</.  Poland. 

T.  Turner. 

W.  Wal 

Wr.  Webster. 

Aroostook. 
Am.    Amity. 
B.       Benedicts. 
Jin.     Hodgdon. 

Honlton. 
Ls.      Linnens. 

M:irs  Hill. 
M  .     Mass  irdis. 
Nk.     Ni  w  Limerick. 
Ot.      Orient. 

CUMBERLAND. 

Bn.  Baldwin  (N.W.) 

Bn.  Bridgeton. 

B.  Brunswick. 

C.  Casco  (N  ) 

('.  Cnmberland(E) 
Eh.  Elizabeth- 
an. Falmouth. 

F.  Freeport. 

G.  Gloucester. 
Gy.  Gray. 
Chn.  Gornam. 

li.       Harrison  (X.) 

11.       Harnswell  (E.) 

rV  .      Naples, 

A   .     N'th  Yarmouth. 

(hi.     Otisfield. 
Portland. 
Pownal, 
Raymond. 

Bcarb 

Standish. 

Westbrook. 

Windham. 


P. 
R. 

S 
N. 

Sh. 

W. 

I  I'm 

Franklin. 
.  i.        Avon. 
;;.       Berlin. 
C.       Carthage. 
Ch.     Cli- 


Fn. 

iy. 
fv. 
Kd. 
Wd. 
Nd. 
Nn. 
I'. 
Ry. 

Sg. 

T. 

Wd. 

IV  n. 

At. 
Aa. 

/,"'. 

/;. 
in. 
c. 
i). 

Dm. 
En. 
I.  'Is. 

Fn. 
Go. 

(id. 
11. 

Me. 
Ml 
(hi. 
Os. 

Pi. 
Sk. 

Sn, 

Tn. 
T. 

I  I'm. 


Freeman. 
Farmington. 

Industry. 

Kingafield. 

Madrid. 

New  Vineyard 

New  Sharon. 

Phillips. 

Rangely. 

Balem. 

Strong. 

Temple. 

Wield. 

Wilton. 

Hancock. 
Amherst. 
Aurora. 
Blue  Hill. 
Brooksville. 
B  icksport. 
Castine. 
Deanfield. 
Dedham. 
Eden. 

Bast  Brook. 
Ellsworth. 
Franklin. 
i ;  tuldsboro. 
Greenfield. 
ll  incock. 
Mariaville. 
Mt.  Desert. 
Orland. 
Otis. 

Penobscot. 
Sedgwick. 
Sullivan. 
Surry. 
Tilden. 
Trenton. 
Waltham. 

Kennebec. 


Augusta. 

An.  Albion. 

Bt .  Belgrade. 

Ch.  China. 

Cn.  Clinton. 

I).  Dearborn. 

Fe.  Payette. 

(!.  Gardiner. 

///.  HallowelL 

I.iK  Litchfield. 

l\l.  Monmouth. 

Mn.  Mt.  Vernon. 


P. 

I. 

Re. 

S. 

S 

Vo. 

V. 

1 1 V. 

We. 

Wr. 

W. 

Wp. 


A. 

Pn. 

II. 

By. 

c. 

Iln. 

/■■ 

.In. 

V  . 

.V. 

Pn. 

s. 

T. 

Un. 

w. 

Wo. 
Wn. 

Wd. 


Ar. 

Arj. 
Be. 
Bd. 

lH. 

Bn. 

Cn. 

Vk. 

/>,!. 

Fg. 

a. 

ad. 

lid. 

Iln. 
11m. 

I.I. 

M. 
V 

N,j. 
O. 


Pittoton. 
Readfield. 
Rome. 
Sidney. 
Sri,  isticook. 
Vassalboro. 
Vienna. 

Waterville  (X.) 
Wayne  (V.'.) 
Wind-'  r. 
Winslow. 
Winthrop. 

Lincoln. 

Alna. 

Breeman. 

Bristol. 

Bo  ithbay. 

Cnshing. 

Dresden. 

Edgecombe. 

Friendship. 

Jefferson. 

New  Castle. 

Xoblehoro. 

Patricktown. 

St.  George. 

Thoinastown. 

l'ni  'ii. 

Warren. 

Waldoboro. 

Washington. 

Wiscasset. 

Whitefield. 

Oxford. 
And 
Albany. 
Bethel. 

Brownfield  (S.) 
[field  (E.) 
Byron. 
Canton. 
Denmark. 
Dixfield. 
Pryeburg. 
Gilead. 
(In  rii wood. 
II  in 
Hebron. 
Hiram. 
Lovell. 
Mex 

XeWl'Y   (X.) 

Norway  (S.  E.) 
Oxford. 


Pu. 
1'r. 
Ry. 
l;  . 
Rd. 
Sr. 

X. 

S 

Wd. 
W. 


Ae. 

Bd. 
By. 
Br. 

Iln. 

c. 

Cn. 
Ch. 
Ch. 
( 'll. 
Dr. 
lit. 

/:. 

Fh. 
Ed. 

I.  • 
/     . 

a  '. 
c. 

Ch. 

II. 

Iln. 

Kd. 

Fe. 

F. 

I.'. 
Pn. 
I.I. 
M. 
M  '. 
1/  '. 
Nt. 
Xh. 
(hi. 
O. 
Or.. 
I'. 
I'o. 
I'h. 

Sd. 

Sn. 

Ve. 


Paris. 

Peril. 

Porter. 

Riley. 

I!  xonry(X.E.) 

Rumford, 

Si, inner. 

StoW. 

Sweden. 
Waterford. 

Woodstock. 

Pknokscot. 

Argyle. 

Bangor. 

Bradford. 

Bradley. 

Brewer. 

Burlington. 

Carn 

i  lestown. 

f.r  (X.) 
Corinth  (.S ) 
Corinna. 
I>".\t'  r. 
Dixraont. 
Edin 

Edinburgh. 
Enfield. 
Etna. 
Exeter. 
Garland. 
Glensboro. 
Greenbush. 
Hampden. 
Hermon. 
Kirkland. 
Lee. 

Le  Orange. 
Levant. 
Lincoln. 
I.  iwell. 
M.it  i mi-  ■ 
Maxfield  (W) 
Milford  (E.) 

port. 
ire. 

:own(E.) 
Orono. 

Orrington  (S.) 
Paseatumkeag. 
Patcd. 
Plymouth. 
Springfield. 
Stetson. 
Veazie. 


i '  I    DAT  J 


At. 

Abl    ■ 

An. 

Atkinson. 

/; 

Barn  mi. 

/; .'. 

neb  nd. 

IF. 

.  erbank. 

/,. 

Brownville. 

I )  iver. 

/    . 

Ell  iots  ville. 

Ft. 

c„l. 

Guilford. 

a. 

Greenville. 

Kilmarnock. 

Ky. 

Kingsbury. 

i/ .. 

Milo. 

Mn. 

M  ii 

(le. 

Orne  ville. 

Pn. 

Park  man. 

s  . 

•■ille. 

Se. 

- 

Wn. 

Wellincton 

W.) 

W. 

Willi  in. 

U'n. 

Wilson  (X.) 

Saoapahoc. 

Bh.  Bath. 

Bn.  B  iwd  'in. 

B.  Bowdoinham. 
(/'.  Georgetown, 
P.  Phillipsbnrg. 
Rd.  Richmond. 

Topsbam. 

Wt.  Westport 

W.  Woolwich. 

So5iKR.s:.r 

An.  Anson. 

As.  A  M.i 

/?.  Bingham  fX 
/.'.  mfield  (S 

Bn.  Brigl 

C.  Cambridge(E.) 
c.  Canaan  (S ) 

Cd.  Concord. 

Ce.  *  lomville. 

I).  Detroit. 

En.  Embden. 

/'</.  Fairfield. 

//.  Ilirtland. 

//  .  H  irmony. 

/.  .  Lexington. 

Mn.  I 

.1//.  Mayfield. 

M.  Mercer. 


62 

UNITED     ST  A 

T  E  S     OF 

A  M  E  Rl  0  A. 

tow 

ow. 

Jn. 

Jackson. 

Bg. 

Baring. 

,1//. 

Machiasport. 

B. 

Buxton  (N.  E.) 

N. 

New  Portland. 

Kx. 

Knox. 

Be. 

Beddington. 

Mn 

Marion. 

C. 

Cornish. 

Norridgewock. 

L. 

Liberty. 

Cs. 

Calais. 

M. 

Meddybemas. 

E. 

Elliot. 

P.t. 

Palmj  ra. 

I.e. 

Lincolnville. 

Ce. 

('.  ntieville  (S.) 

Nd. 

Northfield. 

Hs. 

11   illis. 

Pd. 

Pittsfield. 

Me. 

M  >nroe(N.) 

Cd. 

Cherry  field  (W) 

Pe. 

Pembroke. 

A\fc. 

Kennebunk. 

n  . 

Ripley 

Me. 

Montville  (W.) 

Ce. 

Charlotte. 

P. 

Perry. 

A"t. 

Keunebunkport 

Ss. 

St.  Albans. 

\t. 

Nortbport. 

Ca. 

Columbia. 

Pn. 

Princeton. 

K. 

Kittery. 

Sn. 

Sk  twhegan  (S.) 

Po. 

Palermo. 

Cr. 

Cooper  (E.) 

Rn. 

Robbinston. 

Ln. 

Lebanon. 

Sd. 

Smithfield. 

P. 

Prospect. 

Cd. 

Crawford  (R.) 

S. 

Steuben. 

Lk. 

Limerick. 

Sn. 

Solon  (N.) 

S. 

Searsport. 

Cr. 

Cutler  (S.) 

Te. 

Talmadge. 

Ln. 

Limington. 

S. 

Starks. 

Se. 

Swanvillp. 

D( . 

Dennysville. 

Tt. 

Trescott   (T.) 

!.. 

Lyman. 

Waldo. 

Te. 

Thorndike. 

Dx. 

Devereaux. 

Td. 

Topsfield. 

Nd. 

Newlield. 

An. 

Appl<  ion. 

Ty. 

Troy. 

E. 

E  tstport. 

Va. 

Vanceboro. 

N. 

N.  Berwick. 

Belfast. 

1  '!/■ 

Unity. 

Es. 

E.  Machias  (S.) 

11',/. 

Wesley. 

Pd. 

Parsonstield. 

Bt. 

Belmont. 

Vin  Llhavtn. 

Es. 

Edmonds,  (E.) 

Wg. 

Whiting. 

So. 

Saoo. 

Bs. 

Brooks. 

w. 

Waldo. 

Hn. 

Harrington. 

Yoke.   • 

.Sri. 

Sanford. 

B. 

Burnham. 

Washington. 

Hy. 

Hickley. 

Sk. 

Shapleigh. 

Cn. 

Camden. 

Am. 

Additfi  n. 

Jo. 

JonesWoro. 

A. 

A*'ton. 

s. 

S.  Berwick. 

Ft. 

Frankfort. 

Ar. 

Alex  tnder. 

Jt. 

Jouesport. 

Alfred. 

IVo. 

Waterboro. 

Fm. 

Freedom. 

Ag. 

Anusburg. 

Lc. 

Lubec. 

Bk- 

Berwick. 

Wo 

Wells. 

He. 

Hope. 

Be. 

Baileyville. 

Machias. 

B. 

Biddeford  (E.) 

Vic. 

York. 

Maine  is  much  the  largest  of  the  New  Eng- 
land States,  comprising  about  one-half  of  their 
aggregate  area,  or  31,766  sq.  m.  out  of  (55,038. 
Its  form  is  not  regular, — its  length  in  N.  and  S. 
direction  varying  from  170  to  2f>0  m.,  and  its 
breadth  E.  and  W.  from  100  to  ISO  m.  In  1850, 
only  about  one-tenth  of  its  surface  was  improved 
for  agricultural  purposes,  etc.  The  greater  part 
is  covered  with  forests,  and  the  northern  sections 
are  thinly  populated.  The  most  prominent  phy- 
sical features  arc — the  bays,  lakes,  and  rivers. 
The  entire  coast  is  remarkably  indented  with 
deep  bays,  many  of  which  extend  far  within  the 
contineul  line,  and  thus  Maine  has  a  greater 
number  of  excellent  harbors  than  any  other  State. 
The  lakes  and  ponds  are  exceedingly  numerous, 
and  occur  in  every  section  ;  some  of  them  are 
of  considerable  magnitude,  as  Moosehead  Lake 
which  is  35  m.  long  and  10  m.  wide ;  Ohesuncook 
25  m.  long  and  3  wide,  and  many  others.  The 
great  rivers,  Penobscot,  Kennebec,  Androscoggin, 
St.  Croix,  and  St.  John,  have  an  immense  volume 
of  water,  are  navigable  for  a  considerable  distance 
from    the   ocean    by  large  vessels,  and   in   their 


upper  courses  furnish  abundance  of  water  power. 
The  combined  area  covered  by  the  various  bodies 
of  water  within  this  State  is  estimated  at  from 
one-tenth  to  one-sixth  of  the  total  surface.  The 
number  of  islands  along  the  coast  is  very  great, 
amounting,  it  is  said,  to  over  400  ;  these  are  of 
every  variety  of  form  and  size,  from  the  rocky 
islet  to  those  of  150  sq.  m.  in  extent ;  and  some 
of  them  are  fertile  and  inhabited.  On  Mt.  Desert 
Island,  there  is  a  mountain  2,000  ft.  high. 

The  surface  of  Maine  has  three  chief  divisions. 
The  first,  bordering  the  coast  from  10  to  30  m. 
inland  is  mainly  level,  and  to  considerable  extent 
has  sandy  and  marshy  soil.  The  second  portion 
combines  the  greater  part  of  the  State,  and  is 
agreeably  diversified  with  an  undulating  and  hilly 
surface.  The  third  division,  comprising  the  north- 
west and  north  sections,  is  traversed  by  a  series 
of  broken  and  detached  eminences,  which  appears 
to  be  an  irregular  continuation  of  the  White 
Mts.  The  peaks  of  this  chain,  if  it  may  be  so 
called,  are  of  diverse  height,  ranging  from  1  000 
to  4,000  ft.  ;  the  highest  is  Mt.  Katahdin,  situated 
east  of  Lake  Ohesuncook-,  5,385  ft.  above  sea-level. 


S  T  A  T  B     0  F      M  A  I   N   K  . 


The  population  in  1790  was  96,540  ;  in 
151,719  ;  in   1810,  228,705;  in   1820,  298,335; 
in   1830,   399,455;  in    1840,   501,793;    and  in 
1850,  583,169.    Thi  ication  in  L850,  as  to 

nativity,  shows  that  the  population  of  this  State 
in  that  year  was  compos  'I  in  b 
than  in  any  other  New  England  State,  of  it-  own 
natives,  viz  :    natives  of  Maine.  517,117  ;   na 
of  other   Slates,  34,012  ;    (total  natives   I".  S- 
551,129;)    foreign   borntf31,456;    of  nnkc 
origin.  584  :  total  583,169.     En  1850,  there  \ 
67,193  natives  of  .Maine  residing  in  other  States. 
Free  colored  in  L850,  L,356,  —two-thirds  born  in 

-    itc. 

Agriculture  holds  the  Br  in  the  r 

business  of  the  population;  but  a  large  propor- 
tion of  tnose  who  are  i !  ■  !  undi  r  this  chief 
employm  at  are  also  engaged  during  a  portion  of 
the  year  in  the  lumber  bu  iness,  and  other  pur- 
suits. I .  'ii,  and  especially 
S.  K.  part  of  Maine,  also  its  northern  part, 
there  are  comparatively  few  districts  in  which  the 
cleared  land  may  not  be  cultivated  with  sue 
The  chi  f  -rain  crops  now  are  oats  and  corn  ;  in 
1850,  the  former  amounted  to  2,181,037  bushels, 
the  latter  to  L,750,056  ;  while  the  wheat  crop  of 
that  year  was  only  296,259  bushels,  having  de- 
creased remarkably  since  1840,  when  it  was  re- 
ported at  8  L8.1G  i  bushels.  The  crops  of  rye  and 
barley  in  1850  were  each  about  102,000,  and 
buckwheat,  L 51, 000  bushels.  In  other  products, 
chilly  po  and  hay.  Maine  has  a  pretty 
fair  rank  ;  but,  on  the  whole,  the  agricultural 
interests  are  nol  likely  to  increase  while  more 
money  can.  as  at  present,  lie  made  from  other 
pursuits. 

Lumbi  r  is  the  great  staple  of  Maine.     If  the 
amount  ation  of  the  lumber  surveyed 


a.1  Bangor  aloue  may 

timating  the  producl  of  the  whi  •,  it 

appears   thai    I  he    produd   COl  :    of 

pine,  abo  half  or  :  ths ;  of 

about  on  -third  ;  and  the  remainder,  <>f  hemlock, 
:  but  these  proportions  vi  what  in  dif- 

ferent  year-.    The  actual  Burvey  of  lumber  at 

or   in    1855    was   211,669,193   cubic    (i 
againsl  L59,591,337  in  184  I.  and  182,942,284  in 
L853,  and  was  larger  than  iu  any 
when  it  went  up  to  213,000,000.     In  the  central 
and  north  parts  of  the  Stat  I '■  nob- 

scot  and  Kennebec,  and   the  tributaries  of  th 
great  rivers,  the  vast  forests  arc  chiefly  of  pine. 
In  the  north  central  portions,  cedar  swamps  occur. 
In  all  part-,  hemlock  and  spruce  are  quite  abun- 
dant, and  the  maple,  beech,  birch,  and  ash 
are  also  repn     nl    1  in  every  section.     The  white 
and  the  red  oak  are  confined  to  the  distri 
the    coast.     The   trees   are  felled  in   wii 
the  most    part)   and   are   then  drag    ■  1  over  the 
hard   and   deep  snow  to  the  banks  of  the  rivers, 
where  they  lie  until  the  -        /.when  they 
floated  down  to  the  mills  and  i  i  -port. 

The  manufactures  are  chiefly  in  the  bram 
of   lumber   making  and   ship   building.      A 
from  these,  the  classes  of  manufactures  ranked  in 
1850,  in  respect  to  the  amount  of  their  annual 
product,  thus:    cotton  goods,  $2,596,356;    tan- 

$1,620,636  ;    woollen    g 1-.   >T    ■ 

iron  casting.  $265,000,  etc.  ton  manufac- 

tories, 12  in  number,  employed  2,959  and 

780  males,  total  3,739;  the.  woollen,  36  in  num- 
ber, employ,  d   31  I    females  and  310  ma 
624  :  the  tann  ri<  3,  290  mal<  a :  the  iron  casting, 
■J  I  1    males  :  and  these  are  the  only  great  leadi 
branches  reported. 

Maine  is  not  remarkabli  for 


64 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


Granite  and  marble  are  very  extensively  quarried. 
Some  of  the  marble  admits  of  a  tine  polish,  espe- 
cially the  clouded  variety  found  at  Thomastou, 
and  that  on  the  west  branch  of  the  Penobscot 
River.  Between  the  Kennebec  and  St.  John 
Rivers  are  extensive  beds  of  slate,  suited  for  roof- 
ing and  other  purposes.  Iron  chiefly  occurs  in 
the  N.  E.  part  of  the  State  ;  lead  is  found  in  vari- 
ous sections,  though  in  small  quantities  ;  and  the 
same  may  be  said  of  copper  pyrites. 

The  railroads  now  have  a  total  length  of  about 
500  m.  The  longest  line  is  the  Atlantic  and  St. 
Lawrence,  149  m.,  opened  Jan.  29th,  1853. 

The  Cumberland  and  Oxford  Canal,  from  Port- 
land to  Sebago  Pond,  20£  m.  long,  was  opened 
in  1829.  By  a  lock,  navigation  is  extended  to 
Long  Pond,  30  m.  farther. 

Ship  building  is  a  leading  business  in  all  the 
large  seaport  towns.  Maine,  for  several  years 
past,  has  built  about  one-third  of  all  the  tonnage 
built  in  the  United  States.  During  the  fiscal 
year,  ending  June  30th,  1855,  this  proportion  was 
somewhat  exceeded,  the  total  tonnage  built  in  the 
United  States  having  been  593.450,  of  which 
215,905  was  produced  in  Maine. 

The  direct  foreign  commerce  of  Maine  has 
greatly  increased  within  a  few  years.  During  the 
fiscal  year  1852  its  commerce  with  foreign  coun- 
tries consisted  of  exports  valued  at  $1,717,818, 
and  the  imports  at  $1,094,977;  and  in  1855, 
the  exports  wen:  £  1,851,207,  and  the  imports, 
82,927,443. 

The  exports  to  oilier  States  consist  chiefly  of 
lumber,  granite,  marble,  lime,  and  fish. 

Maine  has  a  large  interest  in  the  fisheries-;  its 
tonnage  in  the  cod  fishery  being  about  53,000, 
and  in  the  mackerel  fishery,  1 0,000,  annually ; 
but  these  amounts  vary  in  different  years. 


Chief  cities  and  their  population  in  1850  ; 
Portland,  20,815;  Bangor,  14,432;  Augusta, 
8,225  ;  Bath,  8,020. 

Augusta,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  on  the 
Kennebec  River,  43  m.  from  its  mouth  and  at  the 
head  of  its  sloop  navigation.  The  dwellings  are 
chiefly  on  an  eminence  west  of  the  river,  and  this 
part  of  the  city  is  handsomely  built.  In  the  south 
part  is  the  State-House,  an  excellent  granite  edi- 
fice, which  fronts  a  spacious  park.  On  the  east 
side  of  the  river  is  the  U.  S.  Arsenal,  and  the 
State  Hospital  for  the  Insane.  By  means  of  a 
dam,  north  of  the  city,  great  manufacturing  facil- 
ities have  been  obtained,  and  the  navigation  of 
the  river  above  it  made  convenient  for  steam- 
boats. 

Portland  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a  peninsula, 
projecting  from  the  west  shore  of  Casco  Bay, 
about  3  m.  long,  and  of  varying  width.  At  each 
extremity  of  the  peninsula  its  width  increases 
and  its  surface  rises  into  considerable  elevations, 
giving  the  city  a  beautiful  appearance,  especially 
when  approached  from  the  sea.  The  harbor  is 
one  of  the  best  on  the  Atlantic  coast.  The  pre- 
sent prosperity  of  the  city  has  in  great  part  re- 
sulted from  the  recent  increase  and  extension  of 
its  railroad  connections. 

Bangor,  on  the  Penobscot,  is  noted  as  one  of 
the  greatest  lumber  marts  of  the  world.  Nearly 
2,000  vessels  are  employed  in  this  trade  during 
the  season  of  navigation,  which  usually  continues 
8  or  9  months  in  the  year. 

Bath,  on  the  Kennebec,  is  celebrated  for  its 
ship  building  and  the  amount  of  its  tonnage. 
The  tonnage  built  in  its  district  exceeds  that  of 
any  other  district  in  the  Union  except  New  York 
and  Boston.  In  the  ownership  of  tonnage,  this 
district  ranks  as  the  sixth  in  the  Union. 


VERMONT  St  NEW  HAMPSHIRE 


A 


A        B        C         D 


j\  "-'o.nh 


/Aviv  A>.s/j\ Kv  I  J""1     x\~ 


r  /  ^N  /  "5*jj^!?^"<.''Cvlllll,vV.\ 


TABLE  OF  COUNTIES  A\D  TOWNSHIPS  IN 


NEW     HAMPSHIRE     AND     VERMONT. 


X.  HAMPSHIRE. 


An. 
15  1 

Cr. 
On. 

Mh. 

.-ii. 

AT. 
B  i. 
Cm. 
Cy. 

Ki. 
Boo 

i  HI. 

Mi. 

Th. 

Th 

\VJ. 

Wh. 

A  I. 
CI. 

Dn. 

Km. 

a 

Be. 

Jr- 

Mo. 

Mw. 
Nn. 

Be. 

Ky. 
Ki. 
B  i. 
S. 
Br. 

is- 

v.  e. 
wa. 

Wr. 

Bt. 
Hn. 
CI. 

' 
Ce. 

a 

Ck. 

I'll. 
1)11. 

D 

Hr. 
KI. 

am. 

lis 

Jn. 
Jn. 
Ky. 

Mn. 
Md. 

Nd. 

oi. 

Rli. 

So. 
Sn. 

8(1. 


.     Al\ 

Alton 

pi. 

M  ii    d  th. 

on. 

IIV. 

B  o 

on. 

ro. 

.-:iu  Iwich. 
orth. 
'I  uf  oi 

\ 

•ii 
Hinsdale. 
Jaffr 

K  I  •  ■  ■ 

t>ro. 
Harlow, 
on. 

ion  1. 

Roxbury. 
Stoddard. 
Snllh 

Surrey. 
Bwanzey. 

de. 
\'.       moreland. 
Winchester. 

•      03. 

Bartlett. 
Berlin. 
Carroll. 
Carlisle. 

CI  irk    . 
Colelirook. 

1 1 .  ton. 

Dlxville, 

Dunn 

Brroll. 

Qorham. 

Jeffen 

nuy. 
I  -'.tr. 

Milan. 
MlllsQel  I. 
Northu 
Odell. 

ilpta. 
irne. 
BtewarU   ,Yrn 

I  ird. 


8k. 
8s. 

, 

B  . 
/.    . 
Br. 
Bl. 
On. 

Ca. 

"I'- 
Iir. 
Eh. 
Ed. 
Fa 
Gn. 
G. 
11: 

in. 

Us. 

If- 
Ln. 
Ln. 
f.n. 
Ln. 
Ly. 
Le. 

th: 
Pt. 

Ry. 

I 

Wn. 

We. 

Wh. 

Wk. 


irk. 

Sue  i 

Grafton. 

Alexandria. 
B  ali. 

ton. 
m. 
Bridgewater. 
Bri-   ■:. 
Camp  ton  (C.) 
i '  i    'in. 

i  ry. 
Don  '■■ 
Ellsworth. 
Enfield. 
Franc 
Grafl 
Groton. 

ivcr. 
Haverhiil. 
Hill. 
Hold    ■ 

I  iff. 
Le  lanon  (f:.) 
Lincoln  I 

Littleton  (N.) 
Ljma  i. 
Lyme. 
Orange. 
Orford. 
Pierm 
Plymouth. 
I!  imney. 

Warren. 
Waterville. 
Wentworth. 
Woodstock, 


I'  LI.SBOKOl 

Amherst. 

Am.  Antrim. 

Bd.  Bedford. 

If.  Benningl 

/;  .  Brookline. 

J)g.  Dee  rin  p. 

i'iwn. 

Gn.  Goffstown. 

Gd.  Greenfield. 

//.;•.  Hancock. 

.7  .  Billsboro. 

Us.  II 

Hn.  Hudson. 

/.  '.  Litchfield. 

Ia.  Lyndenboro. 


Manchester. 

Mn.  Mason, 
Me. 

Md.  Milford. 

Mn.  M> Hint  \'crnon 

Nn.  N<  v,  i 

Nh.  Ni  w  I 

P.  Pelbam. 

/'.>.  Peterboro. 

Sn.  Sharon. 

Te.  Temple. 

/;  Weare. 

Wn.  Wilton. 

;;', .  Windsor. 

KIM  LCK. 

An.  Allcnstovra. 

Ar.  Andover. 

Bn.  Boscawen. 

B  Bow. 

lid.  Bradford. 

I  Canterh 

i  ,  .  Chichi   ter. 

Cone 

Pn.  Dunb  .  ton. 

'     .  Epaom. 

Pit.  Franklin. 

He  Henniker. 

//.  Hook 

Hn.  Hopkinton. 

Ln.  Lo  id  m. 

Ny.  New  ei  ry. 

■  don. 

X  ■'.  Nbrthfield. 

/' .  Pembroke. 

Pd.  Pittsfield. 

Sn.  S-ittnn. 

/.'  . .  V\  irner. 

Ifl.  Wilmot. 

.1M1II  IM. 

An.  Atki; 

A  .  Auburn  i 

B.  Brentwi 

('a.  Candia, 

Cr.  Cheater. 

De.  Danville. 

/)</.  Deerfield. 

/'//,  Deny. 

P.n.  East  Kingston 

Eg.  Kpping. 
Exeter. 

Gd.  Greenland. 

lid.  Hump-tead. 


//;;.      Hampton. 

//  .     ll  impton  r  Us. 

A'it . 

K.        Kin1-'- ton. 
/.        Lond  md 
N\  .    Newing! 

-.    .  ■ 
N.       \- 

North     i 
i 
Nd.     Nortl 

■  I 
P 

Ph.      Pop 

Ports] 
R  '.     Raym  nd. 

■  [em. 
Sn.      Sando;    . 
Sk. 

Sn. 
St. 

in. 
.    W  indham. 

.  OBD. 

Bn  Bariingl 

Dover. 

Dm.  Durham. 

Farmii       n. 

Lr.  Lee. 

My.  M  idbnry. 

M  .  Middlefa    . 

M.  Milton. 

.  \.  iw  D    ham. 

Rr.  Rochester. 

/'.  I  rd. 

Sh.  8 

Sd.  i 


r . 
ct. 

Vn. 
G  - 
. 
L. 
L  . 

Pd. 

.s  ,'. 
Se. 
i     , 
u    . 
Sc. 


SCLLIVAN. 

rth. 

at. 

ii-h. 
. 
'  ten. 
atham. 

i   .    .'don. 
Lem    ler. 

\(\V. 

Plainfleld. 

.rid. 

snhope. 

I'nity. 

Wa 

Wen  : 


V  E  B  M  O  ' 

Addi 

An.     Addi 

iort. 
■ 
CI.      Cornwall. 

G  .     Goshen. 

H  . 

Lr.       1  •     ••  1er. 

Ln.      Lin  "In. 

M. 

n." 
Nn .      N  ■ 
Pa. 
-    ■ 

ry. 
tm. 
ro. 
Verge  nnes. 
W.     Wilt  nam. 
I ! ", .     W  .' 

Whiting. 

KINGTON. 

An.     Arlington. 

■ton. 
Pi.      Dor    •. 
. 

■ 
Se.       -  ■•••. 

Manchester. 
Pu.      Pern. 
7J/.      PownalL 
/io      Readsboro. 
S  mdir  lie. 

ry. 

S.  •.mind." 

>         So 
WL    WinhalL 
M        Woodl  ird. 

Chittenden. 

Ii  irlingl 

Or.  ter. 

Ilh.     Hii 

J  .       Jn  i  ho. 
'./  .     Milton. 
Rd.      Ri  hmond. 
Shelburne. 


66 


UNITED    STATES     OF    AMEBIC  A. 


S.       St.  George. 

Ul.      Underbill. 
Wd.    Wesfcford. 

I  In.    Williston. 

Caledonia. 


Bt. 
Be. 

ct. 

Ge. 
Gn. 

M. 
He. 
Ky. 
Ln. 

N. 

I'm. 

Re. 

Sd. 

Sn. 
Wn. 
IV d. 
Wk. 
Wy. 

Al. 
Bn. 

Bk. 
Bd. 
Cn. 
Cd. 
En. 
Fd. 
Gy. 

Ln. 

1.-.. 

r*. 

Me. 
Rn. 


Barnett. 
Burke. 
Cabot. 
Danville. 
Goshengore. 
Groton. 
Hard  wick. 
Harrisgore. 
Kirby. 
Lyndon. 
Newark. 
i  on. 
Ryegate. 
Sheffield. 
St.  Johnsbury. 

Silt! 

Walden. 
Waterford. 
Wheelnck. 
Woodbury. 

Essex. 
Averill. 

Brighton. 

Brunswick. 

Bloomfield. 

Canaan. 

Concord. 

East  Haven. 

Ferdinand. 

(Iranby. 

Guildhall. 

Lemington. 

Lewis. 

Lunenburg. 

Maidstone. 

Norton. 

Random 


Vy. 

Wk. 


Victory. 
Wenlock. 

Franklin. 


.(,-.  Avery's  Gore. 

Bd.  Bakersfield. 

Be.  Berkshire. 

Eg.  Enosburg. 

/•>.  Fairfax. 

Fd  Fairfield. 

Fr.  Fletcher. 

Fn.  Franklin. 

(la.  Georgia. 

He.  Highgate. 

Mu.  Montgomery. 

I'd.  Richford. 

Sn.  Sheldon. 

Grans  Isle. 
Ah.     Alhurgh. 
N.  Hero  Id. 
8.  Hero. 

Lamville. 

Be.  Biividere. 

En.  Eden. 

Ee.  Eimore. 

C'e,  Cambridge. 
Hyde  Parke. 

Jn.  Johnston. 

Md.  Mansfield. 

Ma.  Morriston. 

Sg.  Sterling. 

Sw.  Stow. 

We.  Waterville. 

IVt.  Walcott. 

Orange. 
Be.      Braintree. 
Bd.      Bradford. 
B.       Brookfield. 

Chelsea. 
Ch.  Corinth. 
Ft.      Fairlee. 


Ny. 

Oe. 

til,. 

Sd. 

Td. 

Tm. 

Te. 

Ve. 

IV. 

We. 

W. 


Ay. 
B. 
Bn. 
Cn. 

Cy. 
c. 
Dy. 
Gr. 

Go. 
Hd. 


LI. 

Mn. 

Nl. 

Sm. 

Til. 

Wd. 

We. 


Bn. 

Bn. 

Cn. 

C. 

Cn. 

Dy. 

Tn. 

Hn. 

fa. 


Newbury. 

Orange. 

Randolph. 

Strafford. 

Thetford. 

Topsham. 

Tunbridge. 

Verbhire. 

Washington, 

W.  Fairlee. 

Williamstown. 

Orleans. 

Albany. 

1!  irton. 

Browningtou. 

Charleston. 

Coventry. 

Craftsbury. 

Derby. 

Glover. 

Greensboro. 

Holland. 

Irasburg. 

Jay. 

Lowell. 

Morgan. 

Newport. 

Salem. 

Troy. 

Westfield. 

West  more. 

Rutland. 

Benson. 

Brandon. 

Castleton. 

Chittenden. 

Clarendon. 

Danby. 

Fair  Haven. 

Hubberton. 

Ira. 


M. 

Mn. 

My. 

Mr. 

Ol. 

PL 

P. 

Pd. 

Py. 

Se. 

Sy. 

S. 

Th. 

Wd. 

Ws. 

W. 

Be. 

Bn. 
Vs. 
Dy. 

Fn. 
Md. 

Me. 

Mn. 

Nd. 

Pd. 

Ry. 

Wn. 

Wy. 

Wd. 

Wr. 


An. 

As. 

Bo. 

Be. 

Dr. 

Dn. 


Mendon. 

Middleton. 

Mount  Holly. 

Mount  Tabor. 

Orwell. 

Pawlet. 

Pitts  lield. 

Pittaford. 

Poultney. 

Rutland. 

Sherburne. 

Shrewsbury. 

Sudbury. 

Tinmoutli. 

Wallingford. 

Welle-. 

West  Haven. 

Washington. 

Barre. 

Berlin. 

Calais. 

Duxbury. 

Payston. 

Marshfield. 

Middlesex. 

Mont  pel  ier. 

Moretown. 

Northfield. 

Plainfleld. 

Roxbury. 

Warren . 

Waterbury. 

Waitsfiehi. 

Worcester. 

Windham. 

Acton. 

Athens. 

Brattleboro. 

Brookline. 

Dover. 

Dimmer.- ton. 

Fayetville. 


Cn. 

Grafton. 

Gd. 

Guilford. 

ll.r. 

Halifax. 

Ja. 

Jamaica. 

Ly. 

Londonderry. 

Mo. 

Marlboro. 

Newfane. 

Py- 

Putney. 

Km. 

Rockingham. 

St. 

Somerset. 

Sn. 

Stratton. 

Td. 

Townshend. 

Vn. 

Vi  rnon. 

Wo. 

Wardsboro. 

IV. 

Westminster. 

w.\ 

Wbitingham. 

Wn. 

Wilmington. 

Wm 

Windham. 

Windsor. 

Ar. 

Andover. 

Be. 

Baltimore. 

Bd. 

Barnard. 

Bl. 

Bethel. 

Br. 

Bridgewater. 

Ch 

Cavendish 

Cr. 

Chester. 

H. 

Hartford. 

Hd. 

Hartland. 

Lw. 

Ludlow. 

Nh. 

Norwich. 

Ph. 

Plymouth. 

PI. 

Pomfret. 

Rg. 

Reading. 

Rr. 

Rochester. 

Rn. 

Royalton. 

Sn. 

Sharon. 

Sd. 

Springfield. 

Se. 

Stockbridge. 

Wd. 

Weatberstield 

Wn. 

Weston. 

Wr. 

Windsor. 

Woodstock. 

New  Hampshire  has  an  irregular  triangular 
shape,  with  an  extreme  length  of  about  170  and 
breadth  of  90  m.,  and  area  of  9,280  sq.  m.  Its 
surface  is  hilly  and  mountainous,  and  rises  toward 
the  north.  The  range  of  the  White  Mountains. 
situated  a  little  north  of  the  centre  of  the  State, 
is  about  20  m.  long,  and,  though  separate,  is  re- 
garded as  a  continuation  of  the  Alleghanies.  The 
highest  peak  is  Mt.  Washington,  which  is  also  the 
highest  elevation  east  of  the  Mississippi,  excepting 
Mt.  Mitchel,  N.  C. ;  and  several  other  peaks  of 
this  group  are  more  than  a  mile  high.     The  sea- 


coast  is  only  18  m.  long,  but  embraces  the  large 
and  excellent  harbor  of  Portsmouth.  The  tract 
of  land  bordering  this  sea-shore,  and  extending 
from  20  to  30  m.  inland,  is  gently  undulating  or 
level.  The  Merrimac  is  the  only  large  stream  of 
the  interior,  and  this  is  noted  for  its  water-power. 
The  population  in  1790  was  141,899  ;  in  1800, 
183,762;  in  1810,  214,360;  in  1820,  244,161; 
in  1830,  269,328  ;  in  1840,  284,574  ;  and  in 
1850,  317,976.  No.  of  natives  of  New  Hamp- 
shire, residing  in  other  States,  in  1850,  109,070. 
The  proportion  of  the  foreign-born  population  was 


STATE    OF    NEW     HAMPSHIRE 


in  L850  than  in  any  other  New  England 
Stale,  and  amounted  to  only  n  per  cent.  No.  of 
free  colored  in  I  850,  r>20. 

Fanning  and  its  branches  probably  employ  a 
iter  part  of  the  population  than  any  other 
of  the  greal  divisions  of  labor.  Except  along  the 
streams  and  in  valleys,  the  soil  cannol  be  profit- 
ably cultivated  without  considerable  effort.  The 
chief  crops,  and  their  quantities  in  L850,  were  : 
[rish  potatoes,  t,30  t,919  bush,  (being  the 
yield,  in  proportion  to  population,  in  any  Si 
excepl  Vermont) ;  corn,  1,573,670  ;  oats,  973,381  ; 
wheat,  185,658;  rye.  1.83,117 ;  etc.  i!  re,  as  in 
1 1 1 ■  •  other  New  England  States,  and  to  a  greater 
degi  farmer  i    compensated  for  the  unpro- 

ductiveness of  the  soil,  by  the  profits  derived 
from  raising  live  Btock.  The  untilled  fields  will 
generally  afford  valuable  past  r  cattle;  and 

sheep  may  fatten  brovi  ring  on  the  hill  that  is  too 
rocky  and  steep  for  the  plough. 

The  lumber  business  is  of  considerable  import- 
ance. There  is  a  dense  growth  "f  forest  trees  on 
the  lower  slopes  of  the  mountainous  sections,  con- 
sisting of  oak,  while  pine,  fir,  hemlock,  birch, 
maple,  walnut,  etc. ;  wh:K  on  the  lowlands  are  the 
elm,  birch,  poplar,  ash,  etc. 

The  manufactures  have  been  largely  incr  I 
within  a  few  years,  especially  in  the  produc- 
tion of  cotton  and  woollen  goods  by  large  fac- 
tories. In  1850,  the  total  yearly  product  of  all 
its  manufactures  was  reported  a1  $23,164,503, — 
of  which,  the  cotton  manufacture  was  more  than 
one-third,  being  $8,830,619;  the  woollen  manu- 
facture ranked  next,  its  product  amounting  to 
$2,127,745;  while  that  of  the  tanneries  was 
$900,4'2l  ;  iron  casting,  $371,700  ;  and  wrought 
iron.  $20,400,  showing  a  vast  difference  in  the 
importance  of  these  products. 


Granite  is  the  predominating  rock  in  the  White 
Mis.  In  the  BOUthern  mountain-,  particularly  in 
the  Greal  Monadnoc  and  th  iboring  nun- 

mite,  the  rocks  are  mostlj  d  of  mic  l 

Fine-grained  jrai  silent  for  building  mate- 

rial, exists  in  many  places.     Of  tl 
iron  are  the  most  abundant,  some  of  them  b 
found  in  every  county.      V  large  bed  of  magnetic 
iron  ore  occurs  in  gneiss  near  Franconia,  and  has 
mil   'I  through  a  length  of  200  ft.,  and  to  u 
depth  of  90  ft.    Other  ores  are  •  '■  ad.  tin, 

zinc,  and  plumbago;  but  their  d  have  not 

been  found  to  be  sufficiently  rich  and  ive  to 

justify  the  outlay  for  properly  working  them,  or. 

OSt,  since  the  market   i<    fully  supplied   I 
other  sources. 

With  railroads  New  Hampshire  is  now  fully 
supplied,— sine.-  every  county  except,  Carroll  is 
traversed  by  at  least  two  lines,  and  the  thickly 
settled  counties  by  four  or  more  lines.  There  are 
1(1  principal    lines  of  road,  having  a  I 

th  within   the  State   of  about  550  m„  which 
have  cost  about  $20,000,000. 

In  the  coasting  trade  about  6,000  tons  arc  em- 
ployed.   The  direct  fori  ign  e  >,ir -.  re    :-  • 
limited,  whereas   it   was   formerly  very  extensive. 
The  foreign  supplies  now  pass  chiefly  through  the 
port  of  Boston.     V  ■    Hampshire,  b 
sesses  a  considi  rable  amount  of  shippii 
builds  and  sends  forth  a  large  Dumber  of  v 
that  are  owned  elsewh  ire.    Some  of  the  best-built 
BhipS,  both   for  the  mercantile  and  naval  service, 
have  been  supplied  from  Portsmouth. 

The  vessels  belonging  to  this  State  that  arc 
regularly  or   annually  employed    in  the    cod 
mackerel    fisheries,  have  an  aggreg  >'  of 

about  3.000  tons,  being   about  oue-niuth  of  the 
State's  total  tonnage. 


68 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


Chief  towns,  ami  their  population  in  1850  : 
Manchester.  13,932  ;  Portsmouth,  9.738;  Nashua, 
including  Nashville,  8,:>{-_);  Concord,  3,576; 
Dover,  8,196  ;  Somersworth  4.943. 

I  loncord,  the  State  capital,  is  on  the  west  bank 
of  the  Merrimac,  extending  ahout  2  m.  along  and 
1  in.  west  of  the  river.  The  State  House,  built 
of  hewn  granite,  stands  within  a  fine  square.  By 
means  of  looks,  the  falls  in  the  river  here  furnish 
•'  facilities  for  manufacturing,  which  are  well 
improved.  Five  railroad.-  here  connect,  and  these 
ii  iv  atly  in  developing  the  business  of 

place,  which  is  steadily  increasing,  and  centres 
principally  in  Boston. 

Manchester  is  18  ra.  S.  S.  E.  from  Concord, 
and  situated  on  the  Merrimac,  which  has  here  a 
descent  of  54  ft.  by  the  Amoskeag  Falls.  It  has 
ii  built  up  within  20  years  by  its  factories, 
and  is  now  much  the  largest  city  in  the  State,  its 
population  in  185G  amounting  to  23,000.  The 
female  population  is  much  the  larger,  being  in  the 
proportion  of  10  to  7.  The  manufactures  are  of 
yarious  kinds,  but  the  most  extensive  branches  are 
those  of  cotton  goods.  The  city  is  laid  out  on  a 
regular  plan,  and  has  fine  public  squares ;  its 
■■■r\\  part  i<  built  of  brick,  the  western  of  wood. 

Portsmouth,  the  only  seaport,  is  situated  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Piscataqua,  which,  with  the  ocean 
inlet,  forms. a  harbor  accessible  to  the  largest  ves- 
sels.  !:  capital  is  employed  in  manufactures, 
ship  building,  and  navigation,  and  a  large  amount 
is  invested  in  other  cities.  The  U.  S.  Navy  Yard, 
on  an  island  near  the  east  side  of  the  river,  has  a 
Moating  balance-dock  that  cost  $800, 000,  three 
Inrai'ii-e  ship-houses,  etc.  The  "  North  America," 
tlii  tip  of  the  line  in  the  Western  Hemis- 

'  pher  'edit  here  during  the  Revolution.     In 

city  the  principal    buildings  are  the    State 


Arsenal,  the  market-houses,  the  churches,  and  the 
Athcneum,  which  has  a  valuable  library. 

Nashua  is  situated  17  m.  south  of  Manchester, 
on  the  Merrimac,  at  its  confluence  with  the  Na- 
shua River.  The  latter  here  falls  65  ft.  within 
two  miles,  and  has  a  volume  in  the  dryest  season 
of  180  cubic  feet  per  second.  The  canal  supply- 
ing the  water  for  the  chief  factories  is  3  m.  long, 
and  affords  a  fall  of  36  ft.  The  division  of  the 
city,  called  Nashville,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
river,  contains  about  one-third  of  the  total  popu- 
lation, and  is  also  noted  for  its  manufactures.  In 
1853,  the  cotton  works  had  49,994  spindles,  and 
employed  1,500  operatives. 

Dover  is  built  on  both  sides  of  the  Cocheco 
River  at  its  lower  falls,  where  its  sudden  descent 
of  32  a  ft.  creates  immense  hydraulic  power.  The 
principal  corporation  has  4  cotton  mills,  and  em- 
ploys 1,500  operatives,  working  1,200  looms  and 
47,000  spindles. 

The  Town  of  Somersworth  contains  the  village 
of  Great  Falls,  in  which  are  some  extensive  cot- 
ton factories,  chiefly  belonging  to  one  company. 

Claremont'is  a  flourishing  town,  situated  on  the 
Connecticut  River.  Its  manufactures  are  princi- 
pally iron  castings,  and  cotton  and  woollen  goods. 

The  Town  of  Meredith,  adjoining  Lake  Winni- 
piseogee  contains  several  villages  which  have 
important  manufactories. 

Keene,  on  Ashuelot  River,  and  by  railroad, 
92  m.  N.  W.  of  Boston,  is  generally  a  very  beau- 
tiful town,  and  the  village  is  distinguished  by  the 
extent,  width,  and  uniform  level  of  its  principal 
streets.  The  inhabitants  are  noted  for  their 
(  nterpri  .  and  are  extensively  engaged  in  various 
branches  of  industry. 

Exeter,  37  m.  S.  E.  of  Concord,  is  the  seat  of 
Phillips'  Academy,  founded  in  1781. 


A    i    E      o  P      V  i;  R  .M  0  N  T 


VK  R  M  O  N  T. 

Vermont   has  amain  length   of  aboui   L50   m.. 
but  it.-  ■  varies  from  36  to  98  ra  .  and  it : 

whole  area  is  computed  al    10,212  sq.m.    The 
main  physical  feature  of  thi  i  is  the  range 

of  the  Green  Mountains,  which  traverse  the   : 
centrally  from  north  The  high 

is   Mt.   Mansfield,   20  m.  N.  W.  of  Montpelier, 
i9  ft.  al  el,  bu1  Beveral  peaks  are 

about  4,000  it.  high.   The  mountains  are  generally 
i  with  the  ev  Br,  spruce,  and  hem- 

lock, and  hence  their  Dame,  from  whence  also 
name  of  the  •         '    fitly  il  rived.     On  - 
of   this  range   the   surface    gradually   descends, 
ugh  marked  by  hills  and  undulations,  to  the 
Connecticut    River  and    Lake   Champlain,  a 
which  it  is  but  moderately  uneven,  and  frequently 
nds  in  long  level  tracts.     Streams  of  small 
size  are  everywhere  numerous,  and  furnish  excel- 
lent water-power ;    and  the   largest,    viz..    Otter. 
Onion,  La  Moille,  ai  que,  which  are  from 

TO  to  100  m  are  navigable  only  for  Bhorl 

distances  near  their  mouths.  The  best  harbors  of 
Lake  Champlain  within  the  State  are  Burlington, 
St.  A-lban's,  and  Vergeni 

The  population  in  L 790  was  85,416  ;  in  H00, 
154,465  :  in  1    10,217,713;  in  1820,235,764;  in 
1830.    280,652  ;  in  I  540,  291,948;  and  in  1  : 
.".l  1,120.     Prom  this  it  appears  that  the  resident 
population  did  nol  much  increase  in  number  dur- 
ing 1830-50,  but  this  was  owing  to  the  emigra- 
tion.   The  number  of  natives  of  Vermont,  who, 
in  1850,  were  residing  in 
to  145,655.     Number  of  foreign-born,  in    I  - 
33,088,  or  In  3-4  per  cent.  ;  of  free  color.  ,1.  71,-. 

In  resped  to  agriculture  ami  grazing  in' 
Vermont  is.  in  proportion  to  its  population,  the 


first  of  the   N   •■.  England  • 
favorably  with  the  moi 

1 1         '■'.  The  tract-  (jf  vall.-y  land 

the   Streams    are    alluvial    a.    . 

some  of  its  mountain  va 
their  fertility,  and  on  the  an 

uerally  Ioamyand  rich.    But  mosl  of  the 
fac  •  i-  best  adapted  for  p  50,  Ver- 

mont produced  more  live  stock,  Inn;-  r,  che   e,  bay 
potatoes,  hops,  maple  sugar  and  wool,  a 
to  its   population,  than  any  otl  ■  in  thi 

Onion,    its  chief  grain  crops  are  oal  -  and 
which,  in   1    5  I,  the  amon 

2,307,734  an  I  2,032,3 
of  wheal  was  535,955,  and  of  buckwh 
bu  h.    The  value  of  the  live  of  Vermont 

greatly  exceeds  that  of  any  "other  N  gland 

Star-,     i  !reat  atti  ation  is  devol  d  I 

diich  are  exported  to  all  secti  >ns  of  the 
ry.     The  culture  of  she  p   ha 
but   the  breeds  are  generally  of   v 
quality  and  are  fine  woolled. 
In  manufactures, Vermont  ranks 

1  States  :  y< '  ..         all  brand    • 
are  p  |  to  a  g  -eater  or  i   ■  .Oft 

total  manufactures  of  L85<  -fifth  (capi- 

tal  invested,  persons  employed,  and  annual   : 
osisted  in  the  woollen  manufac 
rank  according  to  thi 
.■  —tanning,  iron  casting, 
iron,  etc.     St.  Johnsbury  is  noted  as 
most   exl  manufa 

world,    Fairbanks'.) 
Vermont's  min<  ral  resouro  i 
The  eastern  si  the  mountains   ! 

mostly  of  granit  1  horn 

!  ■  -   Falls 

1  by  a  bed  of  gr .  aear 


70 


U  N  1  T  E  1)    S  T  A  T  E  S    OF    AMERICA 


Windsor,  Mt.  Ascutney  is  formed.  Along  the 
Connecticut  is  ;t  continuous  bed  of  clay  slate,  and 
in  Caledonia  County  is  an  extensive  deposite  of 
primitive  limestone.  On  the  west  side  of  the 
mountains  the  rocks  belong  to  several  classes  of 
strata  or  formations,  but  the  body  of  the  mount- 
ains is  formed  of  the  mica-schist  strata,  compris- 
ing mica  slate,  granite  rock,  and  crystalline  lime- 
stone, or  while  marble,  etc.  Rutland  with  its 
vicinity  is  especially  noted  for  numerous  quarries 
of  the  finest  marble  of  white,  variegated  and  dark 
colors.  In  Shoreham  and  in  Swanton,  situated  at 
the  S.  and  N.  extremities  of  Lake  Champlain, 
beautiful  varieties  of  black  marble  are  extensively 
quarried.  Iron  is  quite  abundant  ;  the  bog  ore  is 
found  in  all  sections,  and  in  Strafford  an  immense 
quantity  of  copperas  is  made  from  iron  pyrites, 
or  the  sulphuret  of  iron.  The  chief  slate  quar- 
ries are  at  Castleton  and  near  Brattleboro. 

The  railroads  have  an  aggregate  length  of  about 
430  m.,  and  connect  all  the  chief  towns.  Two 
costly  railroad  bridges  extend  across  the  arms  of 
Lake  Champlain  near  the  Canada  boundary. 

The  coasting  trade  and  commerce  with  Canada 
through  Lake  Champlain  is  of  considerable  im- 
portance. In  1854  the  number  of  vessels  on  this 
Lake  belonging  to  Vermont  was  52,  with  an  ag- 
gregate capacity  of  0,141  tons. 

e  are  no  large  cities  in  Vermont.  The 
population,  in  1850,  of  the  principal  towns  was — 
Burlington,  6,110;  Bennington,  3,923;  Brattle- 
boro, 3,810  ;  Rutland,  3,715;  St.  Albans,  3,567. 
Many  other  towns  have  a  population  of  more 
than  2,000. 

Montpelier  was  mad;:  capital  of  the  State  in 
1805.  The  capitol  is  a  handsome  granite  edifice, 
that  cost  $130,000  ;  and  the  court-house  is  also  a 
fine  building-. 


Burlington,  situated  on  a  bay  of  Lake  Cham- 
plain, near  the  mouth  of  Onion  River,  is  regularly 
laid  out,  aud  handsomely  built.  From  its  rail- 
road connections,  and  the  large  number  of  mann- 
factories  in  its  vicinity,  it  has  become  the  centre 
of  a  heavy  inland  business  ami  general  trade.  The 
University  of  Vermont,  founded  in  1791,  is  lo- 
cated here,  and  occupies  a  commanding  elevation 
iu  the  east  part  of  the  city  ;  from  the  dome  of  its 
central  building  a  magnificent  view  is  obtained  of 
the  lake  and  surrounding  country. 

Brattleboro  is  noted  as  a  beautiful  town  ;  in  its 
vicinity  is  the  Slate's  Asylum  for  the  Insane,  and 
two  large  water  cure  establishments. 

Rutland  has  of  late  increased  more  rapidly  in 
population  than  any  other  town  in  the  State,  and 
its  business,  especially  in  the  quarrying  of  marble, 
is  constantly  augmenting.  The  sales  from  the 
marble  quarries  in  1855  amounted  to  at  least 
$750,000. 

Middlebury  is  situated  on  both  sides  of  Otter 
Creek,  at  its  falls,  35  m.  S.  S.-E.  of  Burlington, 
and  carries  on  an  important  manufacturing  busi- 
ness. Near  the  village,  there  is  a  quarry  of  white 
and  variegated  marble  of  very  fine  quality,  which 
is  wrought  and  exported  in  largo  quantities. 
This  is  the  seat  of  Middlebury  College,  founded 
in  1800. 

The  Town  of  Bennington  is  distinguished  for 
the  battle  fought  Aug.  Kith,  1777.  It  contains 
three  considerable  villages,  each  having  important 
manufactures. 

Woodstock,  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  Que- 
chee  River,  55  m.  S.  by  E.  of  Montpelier,  is  sur- 
rounded by  one  of  the  best  agricultural  districts 
of  the  State,  for  which  it  is  the  chief  centre  of 
trade.  The  Vermont  Medical  College  is  here 
located.     It  was  founded  in  1827. 


TO— M  ■  ■  I  Ji  —  '■ '    ■  *m 

B         C  D         t  F 


O         H         I 


-      t  y  -JJ   J«  j/-   6>  3"   ay 


ki 


LMNOPORS 


Xotig.  East  Jium  Washington        6 


Amherst , 


'■iyS&f'&'J' '  MASSACHUSETTS      /  v 


l^     |T3 


X 


Scali*ofmnes  for  "VicuiJtT'Maii. 
o  s  in  15  20         as 

'    '      ' *= 


a    n    c    "D   t.    f    c    n    I    t 


i,  i\r  jv 


Sr  5/ 


/  f 

■■V     /  : .  v'. 


•iHttii.  ;:,i<n,r,  ,. 


\&m 


JMim   @S     I 

^VV    ipi     :, 


SI   flilmkl.       ^ 


JL       T    X 


5 


.4    J    I     J     C 


0      cp     JB    Jx    J$~ 

MASSACHUSETTS 


>'■■•'.  ■  ,  l   n.licS 

ZRaiTItoad-s 


.' .  o  1 1  ■  ■ .  \\ '.  iVrun.    Greerra  i  i  b 


TABLE    OF     COUNTIES    A  M»    TOWNSHIPS    IN 

M  ASS  AC  II  I"  S  ETTS. 


Barnstable. 

/  Barnst  ible. 

Br.  BrewBter. 

I  Chatham. 

D.  Dennis. 

E.  Eastham. 
Fh.  Falmouth. 
IUi.  Harwich. 
o.  Orleans. 

P.  Provincetown. 

8k.  Sandwich. 

To.  Truro. 

IV.  Wellfleet 

\'h.  Yarmouth. 

Bekkshibb. 

As.  A  duns. 

Ad.  X.  Aahford.(N) 

Ad.  X  Asbford. 

Ad.  alford. 

Bt.  Becket 

<  , .  i  !he  hire. 

Cg.  Clarksburg. 

/  a.  Dal  ton. 

Et.  K.'toui  int. 

In.  II  rida. 

Qn.  <;t-  li.urington 

H.  Hancock. 

He.  Hinsdale. 

Lh.  Lanesboro. 

Le.  Lee. 

Lenox. 

My.  M  roterey. 

Mr.  MtWasht'n. 

.V.  X.  Marlboro'. 

tig.  Otis. 

/'  .  Peru. 

Pd.  Pittefield. 

Rd.  Richmond. 

Sd.  Sandisfield. 

Sy.  Savory. 

sh.  Sheffield. 

Se.  Btockbridge. 

'I'm.  Tyringham. 

Wn.  Washington.(E) 

/('.  West    Stock 

brid 

Wn.  W  .1  i  nil  town. 

/(';•.  Windsor. 


Bristol. 

Attleboro. 
Berkley. 


An. 

11. 

Dh.     Dartsmouth 

/;.       Dighton. 

En.     Easton. 


F. 

/V. 
/'/-. 
.1/,/. 

N. 
11. 

/.'/(. 
Sk. 

s. 

Si,. 

Tn. 

m. 


(  A. 


V  . 


Ail. 

/;. 

By. 

Bd. 

n. 

Ex. 

Gn. 

.;. 

ii. 

ji. 

i.. 

I.n. 

/.. 

Mr. 

w  . 

.1/. 
Ny. 

w. 

Ry. 

Sy. 

St 

Td. 

w. 

Wy. 

Ad. 
An. 
Rd. 

ct. 

<■<■ 

Cy. 


Fairhaven. 
Fill  River. 
In  .  l  wn. 
Man.-lii  Id. 
N.  Bedford. 
Norton. 
1!  tynbam. 

nib. 

Seekm.k. 
rs<  t. 
Swai  sey. 
Taunton. 
Westport. 

Dukes. 
Chilmark. 
Edgarton. 

i    bury. 

Essex. 
A  ml  >ver. 
ami  ■  bury. 
Bedford. 
Beverly. 
Bradford. 

I  » . 1 1 1 V «  1'-. 

K-sex. 

wn. 
Gloucester. 
II  imilton. 
Haverhill. 
Ipswich. 
Lawrence. 
Lynn. 
Lumfield. 
M  in  Chester. 
Marblehead. 
Methuen. 
Middletown. 
Newbury. 
Newbnryport. 
I  Jock  port. 
I!  avley. 
Salem. 

ary. 
Saugus. 
Topsfli  Id. 
Wenham. 
We  t  Newbury 

Franklin. 
A.ahfield. 
Bcrnardston. 
Buckland. 
Charlem 
Coleraine. 
Conway. 


hd. 

%: 

Ilk. 

i.„. 
i.t. 

M. 

Me. 

Nm. 

Sd. 

Oe. 

Re. 

Se. 

S 

Sd. 

IV. 

ivi. 

Wy. 

Bd. 

/;. 

Cr. 

Ce. 

Ge. 

II. 

Lw. 

I.if. 
1/  . 
/v. 
/.'. 

Sk. 

Td. 
W. 
Wd. 
Wd. 

Wm. 


At. 
Bit. 
Cd. 
Cn. 

/•:. 

/:„. 

G 

Gh. 

Gy. 

It  . 

//,/. 

Md. 
V. 


ield. 
Hiving. 
Gill. 

Greenfield. 
Hawley. 

Heath. 

Leyden. 
Leverelt 

Monroe. 

M  'tit    - 

New  Balem. 

Northfield. 

Orange. 

Rowe. 

Shelhurne. 

Shutesbury. 

Sunderland. 

Warwick. 

Wendell. 

Whatel  y. 

Hahp] 
Bland  ord.(W.) 
I.  (E.) 
i  Ihester. 

i  !hicko|  i   . 
i  IranviUe. 
II. .Hand. 
Long  M. 
Lndlow.  (X.) 
Montgomi  ry. 
Palmer. 

RU     ell. 

Sonthwick. 
Springfield. 
Tolland. 
Wales.  (E.) 
Westfield.  (W.) 
West      Spring- 
field. 
Wilbraham. 

II  IMPSHIBE. 

Amherst 
Belchertown. 
tterfield. 

E  isthampton. 
Enfield.  (E.) 
Goshen. 
i  Greenwich. 
Granby. 
II  idley. 
Hatfii  id. 
Middlefleld. 
Northampton. 
Norwich- 


I'm. 

I'd. 

I'. 

Sy. 

Sn  . 

We. 

Wn. 

W. 

Wn, 

An. 
Ay. 
Ad. 
Bd. 

Bo. 

Ii  ■ 
Bn. 
c. 
Ce. 

Cd. 

in. 

ii.. 

Fm. 

(in. 

Hi  . 

Hn. 
I.n. 
Lin. 
L: 

Mh. 
Mo. 
Md. 

m. 

Nn. 
PL 
Rg. 
Se. 

s. 

- 
Sm. 

ISW. 

Sy. 
ty. 

Th. 

Wm. 

W. 

Wd. 

W( 


Wd. 

Wn. 


I'clliam. 
Plainfield. 
Pri  cott 

:i  Hadley. 
Southampton. 
Waie. 
Westham] 
Williamsburg. 
Woi  I 
Midi  lesi  x. 
Acton. 
A.shby. 

:  md. 
Bedford. 
Billerica. 
Boxboro. 
Bright  m.  (-.) 
Burlington  .(N) 

Cai ! 

jn-t'ord. 
Concord. 
Dracut. 
Dunstable. 
Framingham. 

ton. 
Holli 

Hopkinton. 
Lexii  gl 
Lincoln. 
Littleton. 

I  .  well. 

Maiden. 

Marlboro'. 

Medford. 

N     ick. 

Newton. 

Pepperell. 

Reading. 

Sherbnrn< . 

Shirley. 

-    aerville. 

B.Ri 

ham. 
Stow. 

try. 
Tewksbury. 
Townsend. 
Tynsboro*. 
Waltham 
Watertown. 
Wayland. 
W e >t    C a m 

bridge. 
Westford. 
Weston.  (S.) 


Wn. 

Wilmingl  i 

Wn. 

Wul. in  ii.   i 

Nantucket 

XnUKOl.K. 

B. 

DB.(W) 

Be. 

'-  (E  ,. 

.  iiue. 

Cn. 

.in. 

Ct. 

1 

Ded 

Dr. 

Dorchester. 

h. 

•  r. 

F 

r.i". 

J 'a. 

Franklin. 

M. 

Medfitld. 

M  . 

Med  way. 

M,i. 

Mill 

Nm. 

iiam 

Qy. 

Quiiici . 

Rh. 

Randolph 

fi 

R    X' 

Sn. 

Stn. 

jlitnn. 

We. 

Wtdpole. 

Wh. 

Wej  month. 

Wm 

Wrenlham. 

Plymoutu. 

Ahin. 

Br. 

Bridge  water. 

Cr. 

I'al  . 

Da. 

ary. 

Er. 

E.  Bridgewater. 

Us. 

II  ,! 

II. 

ver. 

Hn. 

Hi:.- 

Hm. 

Hinuham 

111. 

Hull. 

Kn. 

Kingston. 

M  . 

MarshReld 

Ml,. 

Middleboro'. 

Xr. 

N  .Bi 

/'.. 

Pembroke 

Plymouth. 

/'.  . 

Plympton 

/,'  . 

l:  ►cheater. 

s 

ite. 

Wn 

Wareham. 

Wr 

W.Bridgi 

•'I. K. 

Bost  in. 

( 

North  Chi 

W. 

Win! 

UNITED     STATES     OP     AM  B  11  I  0  A . 


Am. 

A!. 

A. 

Be. 

Bn. 

B. 

B. 

Bn. 

B. 

Cn. 

Da. 


Worcester. 

Ashburnham. 
Athol. 
Auburn. 
Barre. 

Berlin. 


Ds. 
Dy. 
Fg. 

G  . 
Gn. 

Ilk. 
11  J. 


Blackstone  (S.)  Jin. 
Bolton.  (E.)        11. 

ton.  !.r. 

kfleld(W)   Lr. 
Charlton.  /,. 

Dana.  /,Lr. 


Douglas. 

Dudley. 

Pitchborg. 

Gardner. 

Grafton. 

Hard  wick. 

Harvard. 

Holden. 

Hubbardst/vn. 

1.  in  ustcr  (\r.) 

Leicester.  (-'..) 

Leominster. 

Lunenburg. 


Mn. 

M. 

My. 

N. 

No. 

X. 

Nd. 

()m. 

Od. 

P. 

Pm. 

Pa. 

Pn. 


Mendon. 

Miltord. 

MilUmry. 

N.  Braintree. 

Northboro. 

Northbridge. 

N.  Brookfield. 

Oakham. 

Ox  lord. 

Paxton. 

Petersham. 

Phillipston. 

Princeton. 


Bn. 
lid. 

Sy. 
So. 

s. 

Sr. 

sg. 

Se. 

Sn. 

Tn. 

Un. 

Uc. 

JVn. 


Royalston. 
Rutland. 

Shrewsbury. 

Southboro. 

S  inthbiidge. 

Spencer. 

Sterling. 

Sturbridge. 

Sutton. 

Templeton. 

Upton. 

Uxbridge. 

Warren. 


W. 

Wo. 

W. 

Wd. 

IVr. 

Wn. 


W«  bster. 
Westboro, 

W.  Bovlston. 
W.  BrookfieldL 

Westminster. 
Winchendon . 
Worcester. 


Not  e.— For  small 

towns  in  the  vicinity 
of  Boston,  see  Map  of 

"  Vicinity  of  Boston." 


Massachusetts,  in  proportion  to  its  area  aud 
population,  is  the  most  prosperous  and  wealthy 
State  in  the  Union.  Its  eastern  part  is  of  irregu- 
lar shape,  and  its  south-east  projects  into  the  ocean, 
by  a  narrow  sandy  peninsula,  so  as  almost  to  in- 
close Cape  Cod  Bay.  The  central  and  western 
parts  have  a  nearly  uniform  width  of  48  m.  Total 
an  a,  7,800  sq.  m.  Most  of  the  surface  is  uneven 
and  hilly,  and  in  many  sections  it  is  rugged  and 
mountainous.  The  south-eastern  division  consists 
mainly  of  a  level  sandy  plain  ;  the  central-eastern 
has  a  somewhat  uneven  surface  ;  and  the  north- 
eastern is  still  more  diversified,  and  frequently 
igh,  rocky  and  hilly.  The  central  division  is 
undulating,  with  some  hills,  and  gradually  rises 
until  it  m  with   the  mountainous  division  in 

the  west.  The  isolated  peaks — Wachusett  ML. 
2,016  ft.  high;  ML  Tom,  1,200  ft.,  and  ML 
Bolyoke,  920  ft. — are  considered  as  detached  parts 
of  the  range  of  the  White  .Mountains  in  New 
Hampshire.  Along  the  west  border  of  the  State, 
are  the  Taconic,  orTaughkanic  Mountains,  which 
arc  continuations  of  the  Green  Mountains  of  Ver- 
mont. Its  highi  rations  are,  Saddle  Mtn.. 
3,505  ft.,  and  Mt.  Washington,  2,624  ft.  A  branch- 
ridge  of  less  extent,  and  nearly  parallel,  is  called 
the  Hoosic  ridge;  il  is  about  one-half  the  height 
of  the  former.  The  1-  t  soils  are  in  the  valleys  of 
tl.  streams,  and  i  >p  cially  in  the  middle  and 
tern  division  of  the  State  ;  and  the  poorest  are 


in  the  south-eastern  counties.  Every  section  is 
supplied  with  beautiful  streams,  furnishing  excel- 
lent water-power.  But  few  of  the  large  streams 
are  serviceable  for  navigation,  and  that  chiefly 
in  their  lower  courses,  by  small  vessels.  The  sea- 
coast  is  everywhere  deeply  indented,  containing 
many  fine  bays  and  harbors,  that  of  Boston  being 
the  best.  Some  of  the  coast-sections  contain  salt- 
marshes.  The  climate  is  severe  in  winter,  and  is 
marked  by  sudden  changes  at  other  seasons. 

The  total  population  in  1790  was  378,717  ;  in 
1800,  423,245;  in  1810,  472,040;  in  1820, 
523,287  ;  in  1830,  610,408  ;  in  1840,  737,699  ; 
and  in  1850,  994,511.  The  number  of  the  free 
colored  in  1850  was  9,064,  or  about  nine-tenths  of 
one  per  cent,  of  the  total.  En  1850,  the  number 
of  those  born  in  foreign  countries  was  160.90!).  or 
nearly  one-sixth  of  the  whole  population,  being  a 
larger  proportion  than  in  any  other  of  the  New 
England  Slates.  In  the  same  year,  the  number  of 
those  born  in  Massachusetts,  and  residing  in  other 
States,  was  1  99,582  ;  the  number  of  those  born  in 
other  States,  and  residing  in  Massachusetts,  was 
134,830  :  showing  an  exci  s  of  64,752  (natives  of 
Massachusetts)  given  to  other  States.  The  ratio  of 
actual  increase  during  1790-1820,  was  about  11 
percent,  in  each  10  years  ;  but,  since  1820  this 
has  been  steadily  augmenting.  In  1855,  according 
to  State  census,  the  total  population  was  1,133,1 23. 

Agriculture  is  more  carefully  and  scientifically 


S T A T  E    OF    MA  B E    .  CHV 8 E T 


73 


conducted  than  in  any  other  State.   The  amount 
of  the  I  far  from  b 

adequate  to  supply  the  home  consumption  ;  and  it 
appears  that  many  of  the  crops  in  18.10  ■ 
than  in  I  -  in.     According  to  the  a  □ 
the  chief  crops  ami  their  I  amount 

[rish  pol  I   bush,  (in  !  185,- 

662)    ;  corn,   L' ::!.V!90;    oats.    L,165,l  I  i;   rye, 
481,02]  5;  buckwh  at.   I 

13,709;  wheat.  31,211  (in  1840, 
157,923).      Value  of 

of    produce   of  market  10,020  (this 

showing  a  large  incr  r  1840,  when  it 

$283,904).      Product  of  mi  .    f!  5,225 

lbs.;  tobacco,   1.38,246   lbs.;  hops,  121,595   lbs. 
Since  the  farm  land- .  suited  I'm-  the  rearing 

of  live     t  ick,   much  attenti  jiven   to  this 

business  ;  although  this  i 

sinee  L840.     The   dairy  products  are  relatively 
very  lar 

Massachusetts  is  pre-eminent  for  its  manufac- 
ture ially  of  cotton  and  woollen  goi 
The:  te  annual  product  was  reported  in 
L850  at  $151,137,1  15.  This  return  includes  the 
••  product  <>f  manufactaj  ling,  and  th( 
chanic  arts."  The  ling  amount  for 
New  V'  !■!.  •  17,249  si  id  ;'  r  Pennsyl- 
vania  was   $155,044,910.      If   from   these,   the 

duct  of  mining  be  separated,  it  appears  that 
the  .  .   Inn.,  proper 

in  Ma  i   is  only   second  to  th 

Bame  in  New  fork.    In  the  branches  >.:'  ci 
and  woollen   manuf;  achu- 

setl  '        Fork  and   vi . .  other 

te.    'i  he  I   tal  product   in  the  United  .-'-tales 
in  1  -  ifactures  of  cotton  was  $61,- 

.1;-!.  of  which  in  Massachus      ,$19,712,461 ; 
do.  do.,  of  -  '  207,545,  of  which  i;>  Massa- 


■  565.  Bands  i  mployi  d — in  cot- 
ton manufactur  ,9,2!  I  19,437  females; 
in  woollen,  6,167  mal 

sacht  i    manufao- 

.    The  producl  of  ■•■ 

08,952   (incluCing  nail   I  ke   and 

ly  exceeding  tl.  •  .    pro- 

•   <>f  New   York,   a:  I  than 

I  inia.     The 

i  f  it  in1.'-   manufacl 

ranking  in  this  r<  i  the  fourth  State, 

ducts  of  tanner:    .  ■  '::  E  I  9  1  J  I      in  this   .  t 

the  thi  .  T  .  rted 

-  ranking  as  the  fourth  State  in 
amount  of  capital  ei  a  distil!  . 

brew  i  ined  (  biefly  to  t ' i - •  pro- 

ion    of   rum    and    n  ctifi    !         '  its)    and    as 
eding  all  others  in   the  man:,  of  rum. 

it  producing  3,786,000   ■  out  of  G,J00,.")UU 

produced  in  the  entire  Onion. 

The  rocks  of  Massachusetts  are  chiefly  of  the 
primary   formation.     In  are 

red  with  the  and  a  belt  of 

this  kind,  lo  to  15  m.  wi  i  E  ston 

S.  W.,  to  ]  rimary  r 

!  in   the  east  and  north  to  the  short 
ocean,  and  afford  abundance  o 

ay  granite  quarri  Quinc; 

Hills  ha:  |  are 

apparently  inexhaustible.    T  tecticut  \  . 

ley  rests  on  a  bed  of  n  1   sandsh 

In  Hampshire  County,  steatite        .   -one)  is 
i  :ported   for  building  pur] 

intains  in  the  i  part   of  tl 

.  quartz   and  other 
silicious  i  1  mica  and  clay  slates,  limestone 

and  '  in  B      shire 

County   is   of  excellent  [ron 


71 


UNITED     STATES     0  F     A  M  E  R  I  C  A. 


found  most  abundantly  in  the  western  counties, 
but  in  Plymouth  and  Bristol  Cos.,  the  bog  ore  is 

also  frequently  met  with.  Lead  occurs  in  Hamp- 
shire County,  where  it  was  mined  as  early  as 
1765  ;  the  chief  deposit  is  at  Southampton,  and 
is  the  molybate  o\'  lead,  or  yellow  lead.  In  Stur- 
bridge,  in  Worcester  Co.,  is  a  large  deposit  of 
plumbago  (graphite),  where  it  forms  vfcins  in 
gneiss  about  one  foot  wide  ;  and  this  is  said  to 
be  its  only  valuable  locality  in  the  United  States. 
There  are  some  thin  seams  of  coal  in  several 
localities.  The  other  minerals  are  not  found  in 
large  or  valuable  deposits. 

Mass  is  has  more  miles  of  railroad  than 

any  other  State  in  proportion  to  its  area.     The 

road  of  this  kind  built  in  the  Union  was  the 

Qnincy  R.R.,  from  thsgranite  quarries  to  Nepon- 

i  iver  which  was  first  used  in  1827,  and  the 
Srst  passenger  railroad  in  America,  viz  :  from 
Boston  to  Worcester,  was  completed  in  July, 
1835.  In  January.  1856,  there  were  43  lines, 
which  had  a  main  length  of  1,237.,  also  106  m., 
of  branches,  and  232  m.,  of  double  track,  sidings, 

..  and  which  had  cost  to  date  $61,708,118. 
During  L855  their  net  income  was  83.436,172,  or 
5-57  per  cent  on  cost  and  §0.64  per  mile  run. 
Average  number  of  persons  brought  daily,  exclu- 
sive of  Sundays,  into  Boston,  by  the  7  lines 
entering  that  city, — 26,000. 

The  foreign  commerce  of  Massachusetts  now 
comprehends  about  one-tenth  of  the  whole  exports 
of  the  United  States,  and  about  one-sixth  of  its 
imports.  The  actual  figures  for  the  fiscal  year 
1855,  are,— exports  of  U.  S.  produce.  $24,412,- 
[)Xl  of  foreign  produce,  $3,778,002,  total  $28,- 
190,925;  total  imports.  $45,113,774.  The 
exports  comprise  comparatively  few  of  the  native 
i    oducts  of  the  State,  but  are  chiefly  goods  manu- 


factured  from   the  products   of  other  States  and 
foreign  countries. 

In  the  amount  of  its  tonnage,  Massachusetts  is 
the  second  State  in  the  Union.  The  aggregate 
amount  in  1855,  was  977.210  tons  ;  total  of  the 
United  States, 5,212,001.  The  collection  districts 
rank  thus  :  Boston,  546,268  tons  ;  New  Bedford, 
L69.986  ;  Barnstable,  80.615  ;  Gloucester  34,237  ; 
Salem,  30.236;  Nantucket,  23,135  ;  Fall  River, 
20,533;  Bristol,  16,494.  Amount  of  steam  ton- 
17.627. 

In  ship  building,  this  State  is  exceeded  only  by 
Maine  and  New  York,  and  the  whole  amount  of 
tonnage  annually  built  is  at  least  one-seventh  of 
all  built  in  the  Union.  The  total  for  1855,  was 
79,670  tons,  while  m  1854  it  was  92,570,  and  in 
1853,  83,015. 

In  the  fisheries,  Massachusetts  is  more  deeply 
engaged  than  any  other  division  of  America.  In 
January  1856,  the  tonnage  belonging  to  the  Uni- 
ted States  employed  in  the  whale  fishery  was 
199,141,  of  which  164,810  tons  were  owned  in 
Massachusetts  ;  and  the  annual  product  therefrom 
brought  into  this  State  is  in  the  same,  or  in  a 
greater  proportion.  There  is  much  irregularity  in 
the  amount  of  tonnage  employed  in  the  cod  and 
mackerel  fisheries ;  still,  more  than  half  of  these 
branches,  (from  the  United  States)  is  carried  on 
in  Massachusetts  bottoms.  A  recent  return  of 
the  assessors  gave  the  capital  invested  in  the  fish- 
eries generally  at  813,619,578,  employing  20,313 
persons,  and  yielding  89,622,611  in  fish  and  oil. 

The  banks  of  Massachusetts  give  evid  nee  of 
\\w  great  wealth,  enterprise,  and  economy  of  the 
people.  By  the  return  of  Januaryl856.it  ap- 
pears that  the  capital  of  the  Massachusetts  (dis- 
count) banks  169  in  number,  was  more  than  one- 
sixth  of  all  the  banking  capital  in  the  Union, 


STATE    OF     UASSACHD  8  E  T  T  S  . 


.  33,; 

...31 

.  .17,049.  . 

.  .22,286 

..17,216.  . 

..21.7  1-2 

.  .20,264.  . 

...20 

.  .15,215.  . 

..20,17:: 

..16.443.  . 

..  '20.389 

viz  :  $58,187,000  oul  of  1335,6]  I  990.    At  the    Beacon  Hill  :  it  was  built  in  179  a  cost  of 

10,  and  iiia  superior  style ;  and  from  its 
dome  L20  ft.  high,  is  afford  d  |  in- 

teresting  news  in  the  world,   t      I  : , 

built  of  granite  in   the  Doric  order,  cost  over 
$1,000,000  ;  each  front  has  a  portico  of  six  col- 
umns, each  of  which  is  i 
that  cost   $5,000.    The  M  i      hange  is 

lid  edifice  ;   its  front  has  four  pi 
each  of  which  is  a  single  piece  of  granil 

g  abon  Tl  e  Qui 

Market,  built  in  1836  at  a  cost  of 
500  ft.  long  and  the  best  building  of  the  kind  in 
the  Union.    Faneuil  Hall,  tl       I      Ueof  Liber- 
ty ,"  compli  ted  in  1712.  is  an  of  much  in- 
terest.   Several  of  the  hotels  are  verj  ia 
elegant.    The   Massach            General    I! 

282 lG.Osl     ja  a  very  large  building,  and  has  no  superior  in 

UVI1» ;i:!i;" '  '  -•"'" 15,713    America  ami  ng  the  institutions  i  tea    The 

Springfield 11,766 13,788    Church  tboul  LOO  in  number;  th 

Taunton 7,645 lo.-l  II 13,750    comparatively  few  are  remarkable  f<  r  their  archi- 

7,161 9,572 L3.35  I     tecture  or  adornments,  nearly  all  are  character- 

12.6 


same  time,  there   were  55  with 

l  !    '!*'•'.',  depositors,  w 

$27,296,217,  averaging  $184  to  each  depositor. 

Mi  sachusetts  has  more  large  towns  in  propor- 
tion to  its  extent  and  population  than  any  other 
State.    Statement  <>f  their  population  : 

In  I  In  I  In  . 

B        i 93,383....  136,881....  160 

•11 20,796 

Worcester 7,497, 

Charlestown L1.484. 

Salem 15,082. 

f.iinl  »rid     8,409. 

N.  w  B    Ifo   I..  .12.0 

Chelsea 2,390 6,701 19,150 

Roxbury 9.089 18,364 18,477 

Lawrence 


Fall  River 6,738 11,524.. 

Boston  i    m  linly situated  on  a  peninsula,  i 
.'1  in.  in  length  with  average  breadth  of  1  in.. 
is  connected  with  its  suburbs  by  bridges  and   I'er- 
[1  is   very  uneven,  and    in   three 

places  rises  into  hills,  one  of  which  is  138  ft. 
above  sea  level;  and  from  this  peculiar  confor- 
mation, tlu  f  .ailed  it  Tremont  or  Tri- 
mountain,  the  city  is  not  laid  out  upon  any  r 
lar  pin  .  and  its  streets  are  narrow,  but  the 
well  pai  1  and  proverbially  clean.  The  Com- 
mon is  a  magnificent  public  park,  comprising 

3,  which  is  justly  the  pride  of  the  citizens,  and 
is  nowhere  surpassed  in  America.  Themost  con- 
spicuous public  edifi  the  State  Eouse,  which 
fronts  the   Common   and  crowns   the   summit   of 


ized  by  durability  and  neat) 

and  by  proper  adaptation  to  their  pui 

1  for  public  are  as  a  class  su- 

!•   to  those    of  any  large  Am 
literary  instituti 
are  several  with  very  large  libraries,  rich  ci 
and  other  valuable  means  of  intellectual  cul:  . 
The    '  [nstitt  I  on  a  Iq 

$250,000,   provide-;   regular  coin  lec- 

tures.    The  importam  1 1  not 

y  compared  with  other  c  itit  I 

In  the  item  of  population,  il  is  not  foi  ider 

population  of  the  city  proper  by 
itself,  but  with  this  must  be  n  ckoned  that  of  the 
Lmmi  '  iburba :  Charlestown,  Bast   Boston, 

Chelsea,  Cam'    idj      1'    .'  uy   I1 


76 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA, 


Lowell,  25  m.  N.  N.  W.  from  Boston,  is  cele- 
brated for  its  cotton  manufactories,  in  which  it 
surpasses  every  place  in  the  Union.  The  Merri- 
mac  River  here  descends  30  ft.  by  the  Pawtucket 
Tails,  and  the  immense  hydraulic  power  thus  af- 
forded has  been  vastly  increased  by  tire  aid  of 
canals,  locks,  etc.  There  are  now  52  factories, 
running  371,838  spindles  and  11,407  looms,  em- 
ploying (at  these  and  other  departments  of  the 
cotton  and  woollen  manufactures)  8,723  femali  - 
and  4,542  males  ;  the  capital  invested  amounts  to 
about  815.000,000.  Nearly  one-third  of  the 
whole  population  are  foreigners,  principally  Irish  ; 
the  other  two-thirds  are  mainly  from  the  New 
England  Sta1 

Worcester,  45  m.  W.  S.  W.  from  Boston,  has 
a  delightful  situation,  and  is  surrounded  by  the 
most  productive  agricultural  section  of  the  State. 
It  has  greatly  increased  its  population  within  a 
recent  period,  and  is  now  very  prosperous,  for 
which  condition  it  is  chiefly  indebted  to  its  rail- 
road facilities.  Its  manufactures  are  various,  and 
their  aggregate  amount  is  very  large.  Among 
the  notable  institutions  are  : — the  State  Lunatic 
A  y]  im,  established  in  1832  ;  the  American  An- 
tiquarian Society,  founded  in  1812,  having  a  large 
and  extremely  valuable  library  ;  and  a  Roman 
( 'at  holic  College. 

Charlestowu  contains  the  Bunker  Hill  Monu- 
ment. This  was  erected  during  1825-43,  and 
con/  plain  granite  shaft,  220  ft.  high,  31 

ft.  sq.  at  the  base  and  15  ft.  sq.  at  the  top,  and  it 
ded  by  a  stairway  of  300  steps.  Near  it 
is  the  U.  S.  Navy  Yard,  established  in  1798,  con- 
taining a  granite  dry  dock  that  cost  ijpG70,089,  a 
granite  rope-walk  1.300  ft.  long,  four  large  ship 
houses,  very  extensive  naval  store-houses,  etc. 
The  State  Prisi  a  is  located  here. 


Salem,  1G  m.  from  Boston,  was  formerly  distin- 
guished for  its  foreign  commerce,  especially  with 
the  East  Indies,  but  its  capital  is  now  chiefly  em- 
ployed in  manufactures,  the  fisheries,  and  coasting 
trade.  Next  to  Plymouth,  it  is  the  oldest  settle- 
ment in  New  England,  having  been  settled  in 
182G.  It  has  several  literary  institutions,  and  su- 
perior public  schools. 

Cambridge  is  especially  noted  as  the  seat  of 
Harvard  University,  founded  in  1638,  the  oldest 
and  wealthiest  collegiate  institution  in  the  Union. 
Besides  the  college  proper,  there  are  departments 
of  law,  medicine,  theology,  and  practical  science. 
The  city  has  a  large  area,  and  includes  the  divis- 
ions of  East  Cambridge  and  Cambridgeport.  In 
the  former  is  a  glass  factory  producing  to  the 
value  of  8500.000  yearly,  and  in  the  latter  a 
very  extensive  ear  factory.  In  the  west  part  of 
the  city  is  (he  celebrated  Cemetery  of  Mt.  Auburn. 

New  Bedford,  55  m.  S.  from  Boston,  is  built 
on  an  acclivity  commanding  a  beautiful  prospect. 
Next  to  Boston,  it  is  probably  the  wealthiest  city 
in  the  Union  in  proportion  to  its  population.  The 
amount  of  tonnage  owned  here  and  employed  m 
the  whale  fishery  exceeds  that  of  any  other  port 
in  the  United  States.  The  principal  manufac- 
tures are  those  dependent  upon  the  whale  fishery, 
and,  though  confined  in  this  respect,  they  are  very 
extensive. 

Roxbury,  chartered  as  a  city  in  1846,  has  much 
picturesque  scenery,  contains  many  elegant  dwel- 
lings, and  is  largely  engaged  in  manufactures. 

Lawrence,  2G  m.  N.  from  Boston,  has  been 
built  up  since  1845.  It  is  situated  on  both  sides 
of  the  Merrimac  River,  which  is  crossed  by  a  dam, 
and  thus  a  fall  of  28  ft.  is  obtained.  There  are 
reat  cotton  and  five  woollen  mills  which,  with 
some  other  factories,  employ  about  8,000  persons. 


8 T A  T E    0  F     M  iSSAOHU B  ET  1   3 


TT 


Lynn,  11  m.  from  Boston,  contains  150  manu- 
factories of  ladi<  31  shoes,  employing  several  thou- 
•  annually  1.  I  pairs  of 

j,  rained  at  93,500,000  ;   besid 
toriee  of  leathi  r  etc. 

Dgfield,  on  the  < '  I 

\V.  by  8.  from  Boston,  is  a  very  flourishing  city. 
The  manufactures  arc  chiefi; 
railroad  carsj  and  wool]  The  U.  S.  Ar- 

Benal  located  here  is  the  mosl  ext  a  ive  in  the 
Union,  and  was  established  in  IT!1"':  il 
employ  from  250  to  300  hands,  who  m:  ke  aboul 
15,000  mo  kets  annually;   and  within  it   about 
!  75,000  stand  of  arms  ari 

Taunton.  35  m.  8.  from  Boston,  contains  seve- 
ral -,  particularlj 
and  other  small  nails,  of  locomotives,  and  of 
ton  goods.     Th               !  State  Lunatic   Asylum, 
1  in  1   54,  is  an  imposing  edi 
buryport,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
River,  and  36  m.  from  Boston,  is  one  of  I 

[ghtful  towns  in  New  England.    Its  manu 
tares  are  chiefly  of  cott",i,  ;  trad.-  is 

active,  and  its  interest  in  the  fisheries  la: ! 

Fall  River  possesses  an  unfailing  water  power, 
which  is  improved  by  many  extensive  establish- 
ments.    Upwards  of  50,000  spindles  are  emp 
I'd  in  the  production  of  cotton  fabrics,  of  which 

ut   20,000,000  yds.  arc    made  yearly. 
iron  factory,   using  steam   power,  employs    also 
about  500  persons. 

Gloc  built,  has  a  fine  har- 

bor, and  employs  more  tonnage  in  the  domestic 
fisheries  than  any  other  town  in  the  Stat 

Nantucket  has  always  been  ooted  fur  its  interest 
io  the  whale  fishery.  By  the  conflagration  of  July 
L3,  1846,  a  large  part  of  the  village  wa.s  destroy- 
ed, at  a  loss  of  fully  81 .000,000. 


i '    inlation  in  L855  of  72 
I  inhabitants  : — 


Abington 

Adams 

bury •' 

Andover 

Attleborough .  .  .   ' 

Barnstable 

B  

B 

Braintree 

I 

B       .Hue  

Canton 3,115 

pee ' 

Clinton i 

Danvers 

Dartmouth. 

i  •      am 

Dennis 

:• 

Fairhavei 4,693 

Fitchburg 

Fram'.  1,676 

Gloucester 

G  

Gt.  B      :' 

Harwich 

II ■■•.   rhill 7,940 

ham 



Hopkinton 

h 

I        4,226 

Leominster 3  201 

Maiden 

Marblehead 

Marlborough    ...4,286 


Medford 

Medway 

Milford 

Nantack  I 

Natick 4,138 



Northampton. 

Palmer 4,     - 

P     v.'         ' 

Pittsfield 6,501 

!'.  mouth 

i 

Ri 

l: 

i:    kport 

Iwich 

■" 

h  Dam 

tghton 1  : 

Uxb 

Waltham C..04? 

Ware 

Wareham 

Watertown....        578 
W(  1,014 

V7i 

v'        '■• 

V.  '■;■:     alh 

Woburn  . . . 
Wrentham  .  .  . 


TABLE   OF    COUNTIES   AND   TOWNSHIPS   IN 

RHODE    ISLAND     AND     CONNECTICUT. 


RHODE  ISLAND. 

Kent. 
Cy.     Coventry. 

E.  Greenwich. 
Wk.   Warwick. 
ll'li.  W    Greenwich 

Newport. 

Bn.  Barrington. 

/>'/.  Bristol. 

Ln.  Little  Compton. 

M.  Middletown. 

Newport. 

Ph  Portsmouth. 

Tn.  Tiverton. 

Providence. 

Be.      Burrellville. 
Cn.     Cranston. 
Cd.     Cumberland. 
Fr.      Foster. 
Gr.     Gloucester. 
Providence. 

Washington. 
Cn.     Charlestown. 

Er.      Exeter. 
Hh.     Hopkinton. 

Kingston. 
Nn.     N.  Kingston. 
Sn.      S.  Kingston. 
IVy.    Westerly. 


CONNECTICUT. 
Fairfield. 
Bd.      BrookQeld. 
Bt.      Briiegport. 
Ln.     Darien. 


En. 

Gh. 

/In. 

Me. 

Nn. 

N. 

Nn. 

Nk. 

Rg- 
Rd. 

Sd. 
Sd. 
Sm. 
Tl. 

in. 

IV. 
Wn. 

An. 

Bn. 

Bd. 

Bl. 

Bn. 

Cn. 

Ed. 

Er. 

Ed. 

Fn. 

Gy. 

Gy. 

Hd. 
Mr. 

Mli. 
Nn. 
Rl. 
Sy. 


Danbury. 

Easton. 

Fairfield. 

Greenwich. 

Huntington. 

Monroe. 

New  Canaan. N 

New  Fairfield. 

Newtown.  (3.) 

Norwalk. 

Reading. 

Ridgeiield. 

Stamford. 

Stratford. 

Sherman. 

Trumbull. 

Westport. 

Wilton. 

Weston. 

Hartford. 
Avon. 
Berlin. 
Bloomfield. 
Bristol. 
Burlington. 
Canton. 
East  Hartford. 
East  Windsor. 
Enfield. 
Farmington. 
Glastenbury, 
(iranby.  (N.) 
Hartford. 
Hartland. 
Manchester. 
Marlboro. 
New  Britain. 
Rocky  Hill. 
Simsbury. 


Sn. 

Southington. 

Sr. 

South  Windsor 

Sd. 

Suffield. 

Il'd. 

Wethersfield. 

Wr. 

Windsor. 

TVs. 

Windsor  Locks 

Litchfield. 

Bd. 

Barkhamsted. 

B. 

Bethlehem. 

Cn. 

Canaan. 

Ck. 

Colebrook. 

CI. 

Cornwall, 

Gn. 

Goshen. 

Hn. 

Harwinton. 

Kt. 

Kent. 

Ld. 

Litchfield. 

Nd. 

New  Hartford. 

Nd. 

New  Milford. 

Nk. 

Norfolk. 

Ph. 

Plymouth. 

Ry. 

Roxbury. 

Sy. 

Salisbury. 

Sn. 

Sharon. 

Tn. 

Torrington. 

IVn. 

Water  town. 

IV. 

Washington. 

JVn. 

Warren. 

Wy. 

Woodbnr}'. 

Middlesex. 
Cm.     Chatham. 
Cr.     Chester. 
Cn.      Clinton. 
CI.       Cromwell. 
Um.     Durham. 
Em.    East  Haddam. 
Hm.     Haddam. 
Kh,     Killingworth. 
Middletown. 


Pd.  Portland. 

Sy.  Saybrook. 

Wk.  Westbrook. 

New  Haven. 

By.  Bethany. 

Bd.  Branford. 

Ce.  Cheshire. 

Dy.  Derby. 

E.  E.  Haven. 

Gd.  Guilford. 

Ha.  Hamden. 

Mn.  Madison. 

Mn.  Meriden. 

My.  Middlebury. 

Ml.  Milford. 

N.  Naugatuck. 
New  Haven. 

Md.  North  Branford 

N.  North  Haven. 

Oe.  Orange. 

Od.  Oxford. 

Pt.  Prospect. 

>SV.  Seymour. 

Sy.  South  bury. 

JVd.  Wallingford. 

Jr.  Waterbury. 

IVt.  Walcott. 

IVe.  Woodbridge. 

New  London. 

Bh.  Bozrah. 

Cr.  Colchester. 

Ee.  East  Lyme. 

Fn.  Franklin. 

Gd.  Griswold. 

Gn.  Groton. 

Ln.  Lebanon. 

Ld.  Ledyard. 

L.  LisboD. 


I.e.  Lyme. 

Me.  Moutville. 

NIi.  Norwich. 

Nn.  North  Stoning- 

ton. 

Pn.  Preston. 

Sm.  Salem. 

Sn.  Stonington. 

IVd.  Waterford. 


Ar. 

Bn. 

( 'a. 

Cy. 

En. 

Hn. 

Md. 

Ss. 

Sd. 

Un. 
Vn. 
Wn. 


Tolland. 
Andover. 
Balton 
Columbia. 
Coventry. 
Ellington. 
Hebron. 
Mansfield. 
Somers. 
Stafford. 
Tolland. 
Union. 
Vernon. 
Williuaton. 


Windham. 

Ad. 

Ash  ford- 

Bn. 

Brooklyn. 

Cy. 

Canterbury 

Cn. 

Chaplain. 

Ed. 

East  ford. 

Un. 

Ham  pton. 

Ky. 

Killingly. 

Pd. 

Plainneld. 

Pt. 

Pom  fret. 

sg. 

Sterling. 

In. 

Thompson. 

Vn. 

Voluntown. 

Wm 

.  Windham. 

Wk. 

Woodstock. 

Hiiode  Island  is  the  smallest  State  in  the  Union, 
and  its  area  is  only  1,30G  sq.  m.  It  is  divided 
into  two  unequal  parts  by  Narragansett  Bay, 
which  extends  inland  over  30  m.,  occupying  one- 
tenth  of  the  whole  area.  The  surface  is  uneven 
and  broken,  but  the  highest  elevation  is  only  300 
ft.  obove  sea-level.  Most  of  the  soil  is  gravelly 
loam,  sometimes  slaty,  and  is  moderately  fertile. 
The  streams  arc  small,  but  afford  excellent  water- 


power,  which  is  well  improved  by  hundreds  of 
factories,  etc.  The  climate  is  much  modified  by 
the  proximity  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  the 
Gulf  Stream. 

The  total  population  of  the  State  in  1790  was 
58,825;  in  1800,  69,122;'  in  1810,  76,931;  in 
1820,  83,059  ;  in  1830,  97,212  ;  in  1840, 108,830  ■ 
and  in  1850, 147,545.  At  the  last  census,  the 
classes  were  143,875  whites,  and  3.670  colored 


~fT~  -  '  „s  to  ■ 


-n 


-J. 


CONNECTICUT 
RHODE  ISLAND 

_AXD 

XO^VG  ISLAND 


Scale  of  miles 
10  30 


Longitude  East  from  Washington 


S  T  A  T  E     U  F     R  II  o  I)  E     I  fi  !.  A  N  I) 


79 


Population  to  thosqaare  mile,  L22*9,  being  more 
than  any  Stair,  except  Massachusetts. 

Agriculture  proper  is  a  secondary  interest. 
The  lands  are  besi  adapted  for  grazing,  and, 
throughout  the  State,  the  farmer  devotes  his  at- 
tention to  this  branch  rather  than  to  tillage. 
The  island  of  Rhode  Island  is  particularly  u< 
for  its  •  p,  butter,  and  cheese.    Of 

grain  crops,  that  of  corn  is  much  the  largest,  ami 
in  1850  it  amounted  to 539,201  bush.;  while  that 
of  oats  was  215,232;  of  rye,  26,409;  barley, 
18,875;  buckwheat,  L,245  ;  and  wheat,  only  49. 

Manufactures  engross  the  greater  part  of  the 
wealth  and  daily  industry  of  the  people.  The 
first  cotton  mill  in  the  United  States  was  built  in 
this  State,  and  for  a  long  period  Rhode  Island 
has  been  the  first  State  in  the  Union  in  the  pro- 
duction of  cotton  goods,  in  proportion  to  its  pop- 
ulation. In  the  same  way  it  also  ranks  as  the 
second  Stale  in  respect  to  its  woollen  manufac- 
tures. The  first  cloth  manufactory  operated  by 
water-power  ever  established  in  this  country,  was 
commenced  at  Pawtucket  in  1  790.  Statistics  of 
1850: — The  cotton  factories.  158,  had  a  capital 
of  §6,075.000,  and  consumed  yearly  $3,484,579 
worth  of  raw  material  ;  their  annual  product  was 
§6,447.120,  and  they  employed  5,916  females  and 
4.959  males.  The  woollen  factories,  45.  had  a 
capital  of  ^1,013.000,  and  consumed  yearly 
SI. 46.1. 900.  of  raw  material:  their  annual  pro- 
duet  was  $2,381,825,  and  they  employed  987 
males  and  771  females.  The  total  number  of 
manufactories  producing  to  the  amount  of  $500 
annually,  was  853,  their  capital  $12,923,176,  and 
their  annual  product  $22,093,258. 

The  mineral  productions  are  not  of  much  ac- 
count. Coal  has  been  found  in  several  localities, 
and  as  early  as  17G3  it  was  dug  at  Newport  for 


consumption  in  tl  ion.     Thi  re  is  some  iron 

ore  within  tl 

buildii  By  limi 

The  wealth  of  capita  !  to  a  con- 

rec  in  other  States,  yet  chiefly  within 
their  own  State  :  and  in  no  more 

noticeable  than  in  regard  to  the  bans  .     J    : 
these.   Rhode   I  'and  is  espi  cially  d  died, 

return  of  Jan.  I,  L856,   tat  ■:  their  number  at 
capital  at  $19,9  15 
etc,  at   $29,186,458  ;  of  which,  in    I 
alone,    the    capital    of    38     banks    amoui 
$13,483,528. 

The    length   of    the    railroad;   within    III 
id  iv>w  amounts  to  ]  I  2  m.,  and   ;; 
the  State  with  all  the  important  cities  of 
joining  States.    The  i  easting  trade  is  active,  bnt 
the  direct  foreign  commerce 
1855  the  total  tonnage  was  51,039, and  7000  tons 
in  the  whale  fish 

Population    of  chief   cities    and   townships   in 
I:     Provid  i  ce,  41.513  ;  Smithfield,  11.500; 
Newport,    9,563  ;     North    Providence,    7,6:-  I  ; 
Warwick.  7,740;   Cumberland,  0,011. 

Providence,  situated  en  1.  ;h  Bides  of  Provi- 
dence River,  has  a  very  extensive  business,  espe- 
cially in  banking,  manufactures  and   the   <•■ 
trade.     Its    ite  isuneven  and  irregular, but  the 
municipal  improvements  l.av  1  its  natural 

aspect.     Many  of  the  public  buildings  ar 
and  costly.     The  principal  edifio  ist  of  the 

Arcade,  Stonington  R.  R.  Depot,  the  new  Cus- 
tom House,  and  the  churches.     Brown  Uni 

incorporated  in  17*'.!.  and  removed  from  Wai 
to    Providence    in    1770.    occupies    the     | 
ground  east  of  the  river,  commanding  an  exten- 
sive, varied,  and   beautiful   p  '  are 
other  institutions  devoted  to  education  and  litera- 


80 


U  X  I  T  E  I)     STATES     OF     A  M  E  RICA. 


ture  that  are  worthy  of  remark,  and  the  condition 
of  even  the  common  schools  is  highly  creditable 
to  the  city.  The  manufactures  are  of  very  varied 
character,  but  the  most  important  branches  are 
those  of  jewelry  and  iron  goods. 

Newport  is  noted  as  an  interesting  place,  and 
fashionable  resort  in  summer.  Since  1850  its 
general  appearance  bar-  been  greatly  improved. 

The  Town  of  Smithfield  contains  several  im- 
portant manufacturing  villages,  as  Woonsocket, 
Slatersville,  and  Valley  Falls ;  and  its  limestone 
quarries  are  more  profitable  tha  any  others  in 
the  State. 


CONNECTICUT. 

Connecticut  has  less  area  than  any  other  State, 
except  Rhode  Island  and  Delaware.  In  aggregate 
wealth,  and  in  many  other  important  respects,  it 
is  the  second  New  England  States.     Ex- 

clusive of  a  small  section  in  the  S.  W.  part,  it  has 
a  very  r  .  with  a  length  E.  and  TV.  of 

88  m.,  and  breadth  of  56  m. ;  area,  4,674  sq.  in. 
A  great  part  of  the  surface  is  hilly  and  rug 
and  the  remainder  is  everywhere  diversified  with 
the  valleys  of  streams  and  the  elevations  which 
form  them.  There  are  four  principal  ranges  of 
hill?,  continuations  of  the  high  mountains  north- 
ward. Th  "::e  are — the  Housatonic  range,  in  the 
N.  W. ;  the  Green  Mountain  and  Mount  Tom 
ranges,  both  extending  N.  and  S.  through  the 
centra!  re  i  .  ine  State,  and  terminating  near 
New  Haven  ;  and  a  fourth  range  from  Stafford 
to  East  Haven,  crossing  the  Connecticut  River 
near  Middletown.  There  are  other  ranges  of 
high  hills,  as  that  between  Meriden  and  Mid- 
dletown. The  principal  rivers  are  the  Con- 
necticut,  nousatonic,  and    Thames,   and    these 


are  navigable  for  some  distance  inland.  The 
Connecticut  is  navigable  for  vessels  drawing  10 
feet  of  water  to  Middletown,  34  m. ;  for  those 
drawing  8  feet  to  Hartford,  50  m. ;  and  above 
Hartford,  small  steamboats  have,  in  some  seasons, 
run  regularly  to  Springfield,  Mass.  The  Thames 
is  navigable  to  Norwich,  14  m. ;  and  the  Housa- 
tonic to  Derby,  14  m. ;  each  for  vessels  of  light 
draught.  The  coast-line  is  nowhere  deeply  in- 
dented by  large  bay.-,  though  there  are  many 
small,  bay-like  recesses,  which  are  too  open  for 
secure  harborage.  The  best  harbors  are  those  of 
New  London  and  Black  Rock  (Fairfield). 

The  total  population  in  1790  was  238,141  ;  in 
1800,  251,002;  in  1810,  262,042;  in  1820, 
275.202  ;  in  1830,  297,675  ;  in  1840,  309,978  ; 
and  in  1850,  370,792.  It  appeai'3  that  the  actual 
increase  in  the  number  of  the  resident  population 
during  the  60  years  from  1790  to  1850,  was  55-7 
per  cent;  which  was  proportionally,  the  least 
growth  of  any  State  in  the  Union  during  that 
period,  except  Delaware,  which  had  about  the 
same  growth.  This  result  is  owing  only  to  the 
ration  to  other  States.  In  1850,  the  number 
of  natives  of  Connecticut  then  residing  in  the 
State,  was  292,633  ;  do.  residing  in  other  States, 
154,891,  or  over  one-third  of  the  total,  447,544. 
The  foreign  born  population  in  1850,  was  about 
one-tenth  of  the  total ;  that  of  the  free  colored 
one- fiftieth. 

Agriculture  is  skilfully  pursued  in  every  sec- 
tion where  it  is  profitable,  as  well  as  in  many  sec- 
tions where  little  or  no  profit  is  derived.  In  the 
valleys  of  the  chief  rivers  and  other  streams,  es- 
pecially in  that  of  the  Connecticut  River,  the  soil 
is  generally  fertile.  The  grain  crop3  of  1850 
were:  corn,  1,935,043  bushels;  oats,  1,258,738, 
rye,  600,893  ;  buckwheat,  229,297  ;  wheat, 41,762. 


8 T ATE    OF     CONN  E C T ICUT. 


81 


Potato  -  and  '  y  are  Iai  raised;  of  the  for- 
mer, the  crop  in  1850,  w  2  ln-1  . 
Tobacco  is  now  extensively  cultivated ;  the  crop 
in  1840  v,  471  !  7.  and  in  L850,  1,267,624  lbs. 
The  N.  \\  .  pari  -  F  the  State  is  best  adapted  for 
grazing,  and  i                  not    '       its  i   at  cattle 

In  i:        '  ot  of  its  manufactures  Con- 

necticut to  the  census  of  1850. 

next  nil  !:.  Penn  ichu- 

sctts,  and  Ohio.  Various  branches  of  manufac- 
turing industry,  a  me  extent  in 

i. 
are  fabricated  in  small  quant  y  individu 

ishmenl  swithcom]  mall  amount 

of  capital.    Within  period,  the  number 

of  exten  '  a  greatly  in- 

New    '  ■         '  the  principal 

manufacturii  State ;  and  the  Town 

of  Waterbury  has  a  larger  amount  invested  in 
manufacturing  than  any  other  town.    The  prin- 
cipal bn  in  tl      census  of  ] 
are  cotton  and             q  manufactures.      Cotton 
factories,  128  in  nui  iyed  a  capital 

19.100,  2,708  mi 
and  their  annual  product  was  $  1,257,522.     Wool- 
len  factories.  149  in  number,  then  employed  a 
capital  c  0,  2,907  mal      2,581 

and  their  producl  annually  v  216. 

Connecticut's  resources  in  it-  mine-  and  quar- 
ries are  very  great.  The  State  is  geologically 
divided  in  ields;  t lie  first  is  com]" 

of  the  unstratified  and  metamorphic  rock-.  . 
the  other  of  those  secondary  strata  which  consti- 
tute the  new  red  sandstone  formation.  Veins  of 
the  most  import  nl  metals  haveb  en  found  in  va- 
rious sections,  and  many  of  them  are  work  d 
pecially  iron  and  copper.  In  Salisbury,  in  the 
N.  W   corner  of  (he  State,  there  is  the  most  re- 


markable and  extensive   d  pi  ri1    of   the  brown 
••  hemati  in  thi    I  ;  this 

I::      be<  I:  W(  :!-'  d    for  a    CI  <l00 

ton  ■  yeai  ly.    Throughout 

ly  abunda 
excellence,  and  compri 

Copper  occurs  fi  .  but  tl 

[  County  1 

quarries.     A\   Portland,  th(    r<  1  Bai 

con  tantly  emplo;  1.000  n  !  in 

lam,  etc..  tl  quarries  are 

The  ag  length  of  the  v.  railroads 

within  the  State  now  amounts,  according  to  tho 
report  to  the  ]  tare  in  W  5901-4 

The  total  including 

such  per''  at  the  ."  i    77'J  3-4 

m.,  and  had  cost  to  date.  $29,505 

The  c<  is  active,  and  employs  more 

than  half  own  torn  from 

that  -  in  other  States.  It  c>i  ipally 

in  the  export  of  the  manufactured  goods,  building 
stone,  and  the  products  of  the  Ssherii   , 

The  foreign  comm  the 

ports  of  i  rk  and  Boston.     Tl  how- 

:  ade  with  foreign  <■■ 
(particularly  with  the  West  Indies),  and  its  amount 
been  steadily  increasing  siuce  1850,  both  in 
its  and  imports. 
In  r  to   its  total  tonnage,  Connecticut 

ranks  fifth  of  the  Free  States.    The  actual  amount 
in  II  7.180  to:,  amount  of  Um- 

now  built  annually  is  between  9,000  and 
10,000  tons.     The  district  of  New  London  owns 
about  45  000  tons,   or  one-third    of   the  whole. 
Bridgeport  and    New    Haven,   have    each   about 
and  Middletown  district.  16,296. 
The  whale  fishery  has  of  late  years  employed 


82 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


about  25,000  tons,  chiefly  from  New  London  and 
Stonington.  The  cod  fishery  employs  about  7,000 
3.  The  more  domestic  fisheries,  particularly 
3,  etc.,  afford  regular  business  to  seve- 
ral thousand  men.  Great  quantities  of  white  fish 
are  taken  from  the  Sound  to  use  in  fertilizing  the 
land. 

Population  in  1850  of  the  chief  townships, 
tach  of  which  includes  the  city  of  the  same 
name:  New  Haven,  22,533;  Hartford,  17.966  ; 
Norwich.  10.265  ;  New  London.  8,991  :  Middle- 
town,  8,441;  Bridgeport,  7,560;  Waterbury, 
5.137. 

New  Haven  stands  on  a  beautiful  plain,  at  the 
head  of  New  Haven  Bay,  environed  by  an  amphi- 
theatre of  hills.  From  the  great  number  of  elm 
trees  which  line  the  streets,  it  is  familiarly  known 
as  the  "  City  of  Elms."  Near  its  centre  is  a 
beautiful  square,  in  which  are  the  State  House 
and  -  .i*i  b  autiful  churches;  and  adjoining  this 
is  the  square  containing  the  numerous  edifices  of 
Yale  College.  This  institution  was  originally 
founded  at  Killingworth  in  1700,  removed  to  Say- 
brook  in  1707,  and  to  New  Haven  in  1716.  For 
many  years  it  has  had,  as  now,  a  greater  number 
of  students  in  its  collegiate  department  than  any 
other  American  college ;  and  with  the  college 
proper  are  flourishing  departments  of  medicine, 
law,  theology,  and  practical  science.  The  city 
tains  some  large  factories,  especially  of  clocks 
and  carriages. 

Hartford,  on  the  west  bank  of  Connecticut 
River,  is  extensively  engaged  in  various  manufac- 
tures, has  a  larger  investment  in  merchandize  than 
any  other  town,  and  by  its  railroad  connections,  it 
is  also  a  great  thoroughfare.  This  city  contains 
several  important  institutions,  viz  :  American 
Inm  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb,  organized  in 


1817,  and  the  first  in  the  New  World  ;  Retreat 
for  the  Insane,  founded  in  1822  ;  Trinity  College, 
(Episcopal)  founded  in  1823  ;  Wadsworth  Athe- 
naeum, containing  the  valuable  library  of  the 
Connecticut  Historical  Society,  etc. 

Norwich,  at  the  head  of  Thames  River,  is 
largely  engaged  in  various  manufactures,  having 
excellent  facilities  for  this  business.  It  is  built  on 
a  steep  acclivity,  and  presi  nts  a  delightful  appear- 
ance as  approached  from  the  river. 

New  London,  near  the  mouth  of  Thames 
River  is  noted  for  its  vessels,  and  its  interest  in 
the  fisheries.  In  the  whale  fishery  it  is  more 
largely  engaged  than  any  other  port  in  the 
Union  except  New  Bedford.  Several  extensive 
manufactories  have  lately  commenced  operations. 
The  harbor  is  defended  by  Forts  Trumbull  and 
Griswold. 

Middletown,  on  the  Connecticut  River  at  its 
great  bend,  has  manufactures  of  hardware,  cast- 
ings, screws,  pumps,  etc.  It  contains  a  Methodist 
college,  the  Wesleyan  University,  founded  in  1831, 
and  an  Episcopal  Theological  Seminary,  the  Berke- 
ley Institute,  founded  in  l! 

Bridgeport,  18  m.  W.  of  New  Haven,  on  an 
arm  of  the  L.  I.  Sound,  is  a  flourishing  place, 
built  up  by  its  being  the  terminus  of  the  Housa- 
tonic  and  Naugatuck  Railroads  which  here  con- 
nect with  the  N.  T.  and  N.  II.  R.  R.  It  also 
has  extensive  manufactures  of  carriages,  saddlery, 
castings,  machinery,  etc. 

Waterbury  is  delightfully  situated  in  the  Nau- 
gatuck Valley,  21  m.  N.  W.  of  New  Haven.  It 
is  distinguished  for  the  extent  and  variety  of  its 
manufactures  which  consist  principally  of  rolled 
copper  and  brass,  tubing,  brass  ami  copper  wire, 
white  copper,  plated  brass,  gilt  and  brass  buttons, 
hooks  and  eyes,  pins,  files,  castings,  etc. 


*<K 


<     JL 


£R**. 


- 


XL 


v- 


Tv.fi  i 


S 


k-& 


jffiz 


W>& 


r 


.>- 


T'l 


:.,-■" 


& 


,  4-v- 


5  ss 


a 


H      *H 

-3    . 


Si 


sS&'i 


TABLE    OF     COUNTIES     AND     TOWNSHIPS     IN 

NEW     YORK. 


Albany. 

B.        Bethleh 
Be.      Berne. 

Cs.     ( loevm 

(ill.  Guilderl 
Kx.     Knox. 
A'.       New  Scotland 
Re.      I;  ii-  elaerville 
/('.       W'ntcrvlit  t. 

Wo.    '•'.  eaU  rloo. 

ALLEGANY. 

Ad.  Alford. 

A.  Almond. 
An.     Allen. 
.!'■.      Amity. 
Ar.      Andovi  r. 
ilica. 
Br.      Bolivar. 

B'.  Birdsall. 
Bt. 

Bs.  Burns. 

Ca.  Caneadea, 

('.  Centreville. 

Ce.  Clark  ville. 

Fp.  Friendship. 

<■'  .  Granger. 

He.  1 1  une. 

Je.  independence. 

JVn.  New  Had 

On.  Ossian. 

Jit.  Ruahford. 

So.  Bcio. 

tVg.  Willing. 

Hi.  Wirt. 

IVd.  West  Almond. 

Brooks. 

//.  Bark.  r. 

Binghamton. 

Coleav 

(-'a.  Conklin. 

I.i.  Lisle. 

Me.  Maine. 

-V'-  '  ke. 

8d.  Banford. 

Te.  Triangle. 

U.  Union. 

i  '.  Vestal. 

IVr.  Windsor. 

C  urAUAuors. 

Ad.  Ashl'onl. 

Bn.  Burton. 


Cn. 
Co. 

t-'e- 

Dn. 

F. 
Fe. 

I'm. 

II. 
Hy. 

I.n. 
I.n. 
I.n. 
)/<'. 

Ms. 

m. 

On. 

Oo. 

I',. 

Ph. 

P. 

R. 

So. 

Sy. 

)  e. 


As. 

B. 

Co. 

Ct. 

Ga. 
la. 

I.. 

I. 

Mz 

M. 

.Vs. 

(>. 

So. 

Sa. 

Sen. 

si. 

Sg. 

St. 

I',. 

Vy. 

B. 
Cn. 

Cg. 


Carrollton. 
Conner 
Coldspring. 
Dayton. 
Ellicottvil  e. 
Farmers  ville. 
Franklin  ville. 
Fn  edom. 
Great  \' alloy. 

Humphrey. 

Little  Valley. 
Lynd 

Mansfield. 
Machias. 

Ne  •    '. 

■  'li. 

n. 
• 

Part  ville. 
Perrysbnrgh. 
Persia. 

■  Iph. 

South  Valley. 

Yorkshire. 

Cayi 

Aurelius. 

Auburn. 

!US. 

Cat-. 
i  lonqne  t. 
Flem 
G  snoa, 
Ira. 
Ledyard. 

ke. 
Mentz. 
Moravia. 
Nilea. 

3C0. 

Bcipio. 

ipronius. 

net. 
Bpringport. 
Sterling. 
BammerbilL 
Venice. 
Victory. 

Chi  hung. 

Bigflats. 

Catlin. 

Chemung. 

Elmira. 


Fn.  Erin. 

st.  South 

Vn.  VanEtten. 

V.  Veteran. 


Be. 
C. 

■     - 

<;. 

(id. 
I.n. 
Mh. 
Nn. 

Nh. 
Oc. 
Od. 
Pa. 

i: 
Pre. 

I'll. 
Sn . 

As. 

Bk. 

Bn. 

C. 

Cy. 

Cn. 

Eh. 

'•/  . 

Pu. 

Se. 
S.F. 

An. 

A:. 
Cn. 

Cm. 

C  -. 

Ct. 
Ce. 

Gn. 

(it. 

G. 

II. 

Kk. 

I.n. 

N. 


Chenango. 

Bainbriil 
Col  ml 
'    rventry. 

Green.  (8.) 

Guilford. 

Linklean. 

M  [Don  i  .uh. 

N'ew  Berlin. 

Nor  v. 

N.  Norwich. 

Ot.-cli'-. 
.nl. 

Phar  alia. 
Pitcher, 
ton. 

Plymouth. 
Sherburn. 

Smitbville. 
Smyrna. 

Clintos. 
A  usable. 
Blackbrook. 

skman. 

implain. 
Chazy. 

Clinton. 

EUenburgh. 

Mooers. 

Pern. 

Pla 

Saranac. 

Schuyler  I 

COLUMBIA. 

An  cram. 

Austerlitz. 
Canaan. 

Mill. 

Claverack. 
Clarmont. 

tke. 
G  ill  .tin. 
Germantown. 

Bnt. 
Greenport 
Hillsdale. 
Kinderh  ok. 
Livingston 
New  Lebanon. 


St. 
S. 
Tc. 

Cs. 
C. 
F. 

n. 

ii  . 

L. 
M. 
Pe. 

s  . 
Sn. 

i    . 

VI. 

IV. 

As. 

Jit. 

Cr. 

lit. 

I)i. 

Fn. 

Hie. 

I  In. 

lid. 

A?. 

Me. 

Mh. 

Mn. 

St. 
Ta. 
Wn. 

I  ■. 
li. 
Cn. 

Dr. 

FL 

II. 
I,. 
Mh. 

Xt. 

''- 
Pa. 
Py. 

Rk. 

Ilk. 

sd. 
I  ■. 


Stockport. 
Btuyvesant. 

Taghkani'-. 

Cortland. 
Cincinn 
Cortlandville. 

.  n. 
Harford. 
Homer. 
Lapeer. 
Marathon. 
Preble. 
Scott. 
Solon. 
Truxton. 
Virgil. 
Willet 

Delaware. 

Andes. 
Bovina. 
Colchester. 
1 1  venport. 
Delhi. 
Franklin. 
II  incock. 
Hamden. 
II  :rpersfield. 
K  irtriirht. 
M  isonville. 
Men 
Middletown. 

Sidney. 

mf.  id. 
Tompkins. 

Walton. 

DiTcm  33. 
Amenia. 

.  ii  in. 
Clinton. 
1  lover. 

kill. 
Hyde  Park. 
La  Cr  in 
Mils 
N(  rth  1 

Pine  Plains. 
Plea>':it\ 
Pougbk. 
took. 

k. 
Stamford. 
L  uionvale. 


IV.     Waahin 

IE. 

An.  Al 

At.  Ami 

An.  Am 

B.  Black  B 

lin.  B 

Bull      . 

Bt.  Brandt. 

Co.  <  bictawa 

Ce.  Clarence. 

Cn.  (olden. 

Cd.      Concord. 
En.     Eden. 

Hx-     Hamburg. 

it  .      H 

I.r.       Car. 

id. 

Sa.      Siriinid. 
Tonawai 
IV  .    Wales. 

\:x. 

Cd.     Chesterfield. 
O.  P.  Crown  P 

Elizabethto-.vn. 
E        Essex. 
Jy.       Jay. 
Ke.      ivtine. 
/.  .      Lewis. 
M  .    Mini  iva. 
Mh.    Moriah. 
Nb.  ,:ib. 

Nh.    N.Hud 

- 
Sn. 

Ta.      I     indi  i 
lit.     West  port. 
IVii.     Willa    it    ._h. 
Wilmington. 

'.MvLlN. 

/?/•.  Pin 

Bt.  Belmont. 

By, 

Bn.  Brandon. 

ke. 

C,  Chateau - 
Ce. 

Dn,  .n. 

De.  Duane, 

/■>!.  Ft.  Covington. 

F.  Franklin. 


B4 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


//.       HarrietUtown.  i 

M  alone. 
Ma.     Moira. 
)  f  'c.    Westville. 

Fulton. 
Br.  Bleecker. 
E.       Ephratah. 

Johnstown. 
M.      MayEeld. 
N.       Northampton. 
Om.    Oppenheim. 
/'.       Perth. 
Sd.      Stratford. 

Genesee. 

Aa.  Alabama. 

\r.  Alexander. 

Batavia. 

Bn.  Bergen. 

By.  Bethany. 

B.  Byron. 

Hn.  Darien. 

Ea.  Elba. 

Ly.  Leroy. 

P.  Pavilion. 

Pe.  Pembroke. 

Sd.  Staflord. 

Greene. 

Ad.  Ashland. 

As.  Athens. 

Co.  Cairo. 

(  I.  Catskill. 

Ce.  Coxsaekie. 

Dm.  Durham. 

Ge.  Greenville. 

Hr.  Hunter. 

Jt.  Jewett. 

Ln.  Lexington. 

Ne.  New  Baltimore. 

Pe.  Prattsville. 

W.  Windham. 
Hamilton'. 

Aa.  Arietta.. 

Gn.  Oilman. 

He.  Hope. 

LakePieamnt. 

Long  Lake. 

Me.  Morehouse. 

Wi.  Wells. 

Herkimer. 

Ca.  Columbia. 

De.  Danube. 

Fd.  Fairfield. 

Ft.  Frankfort. 

Gs.  German  Flats. 

Herkimer. 

L.  Litchfield  (SW) 

L.  Little  Falls. 

M.  Mauheim. 

Nt.  Newport. 

Ny.  Norway. 

Oo.  Ohio. 


R  ■.  Russia. 

Sy.  Salisbury. 

S>.  Schuyler. 

Sk.  Stark. 

Wn.  Warren. 

J  (7.  Wilmot. 

W.  Winlield. 

Jefferson. 

A.  Adams. 

An.  Alexandria. 

Ap.  Antwerp. 

Be.  Brownsville. 

Cape  Vincent. 

Cn.  Champion. 

C.  Clayton. 

Eh.  Elhsburgh. 

Hn.  Henderson. 

H.  Houndslield. 

Ly.  Le  G  ly. 

Le.  Lorraine  (S.) 

Le.  Lyme. 

Of.  Orleans. 

Pa.  Pamelia  (W.) 

Pa.  Philadelphia. 

Rn.  Rodman. 

Rd.  Rutland. 

Watertown. 

W.  Wilna. 

Wh.  Worth. 

Kings. 

Brooklyn. 
Bk.     Bushwick. 
Fh.     Flatbush. 
Gd.     Gravesend. 
Nt.     New  Utn 

Lewis. 
Croghan. 
Denmark. 
Diana. 
Greig. 

Harrisburgh. 
Leyden. 
Lowville. 
Martinsburgh. 
New  Bremen. 
Osceola. 
Pinkney. 
Turin. 
Watson. 
West  Turin. 

Livingston. 

Avon. 

Caledonia  (N.) 

Conesus. 

Geueseo. 

Groveland. 

Leicester. 

Lima. 

Livonia. 

Mount  Morris, 

New  Dan--ville 


Cn. 
Dk. 
Da. 

«g- 
Hlu 
Ln. 
Le. 

Nn. 
On. 
Py. 
Tn. 
IV. 
Wn. 


C. 

c. 

Gd. 

Lr. 

La. 

L. 

Ms. 

D. 


Na. 

Pc. 

S. 

Sr. 

Wn. 

V. 

Bd. 

Ca. 
Dr. 
En. 
F. 

<J7l. 

I  In. 

L. 

Lx. 

Mn. 

JXv. 

Sd. 

S. 

Sn. 


B. 

Ci. 

Cn. 

G. 

Gi 

Ha. 

It. 

Mn. 

On. 

Pa. 

Pd. 

Pn. 

P. 

Ra. 

R. 

Sn. 
W. 
Wd. 


Nunda. 

Portage. 

Sparta. 

Springwater. 

West  Sparta. 

York. 

Madison. 

Brooklield. 

Cazenovia. 

DeRuyter. 

Eaton. 

Fenner. 

Georgetown. 

Hamilton. 

Lebanon. 

Lenox. 

Madison. 

Nelson. 

Smith  field. 

Stockbridge. 

Sullivan. 

Monroe. 

Brighton. 

Chili. 

Chrkson. 

Gates. 

Greece. 

Henrietta. 

Irondequoit. 

Mendon. 

Ogden, 

Parma. 

Penfield. 

Perrinton. 

Pittsford. 

Riga. 

Rochester. 

Rush. 

Sweden. 

Webster. 

Wheatland. 


Montgomery. 

A.  Amsterdam. 

Ce.  Canajoharie. 

Cn.  Charleston. 

F.  Florida. 

Gn.  Glen. 

Mn.  Minden. 

M.  Mohawk. 

Pe.  Palatine. 

Rt.  Root. 

New  York. 
New  York  City 


P. 

Pr. 

Rn. 

St. 

IVd. 

Wn. 


Pendleton. 
Porter. 

It  iy,ilton. 
Somerset. 
Wheatfield. 
Wilson. 

Oneida. 


Ca. 
Hd. 
Ln. 

Ne. 

N. 


Niagara. 
Cambria. 

Hartland. 
Lewiston. 
Lockport. 
Newf'ane. 
Niagara. 


Ae. 

Aunsville. 

An. 

Augusta  (S.W) 

Aa. 

Ava  (N.  E.) 

Be. 

Bonneville. 

Br. 

Bridgewater. 

Cn. 

Camden. 

J). 

Deersfield. 

Fe. 

Florence. 

Fd. 

Floyd. 

K. 

Kirkland. 

Le. 

Lee. 

My. 

Marcy. 

M. 

Marshall. 

N. 

New  Hartford. 

Ps. 

Paii-\ 

Rn. 

Remsen. 

Rome. 

Sd. 

Sangerfield. 

Sn. 

Steuben. 

Tn. 

Trenton. 

Utica. 

Vn. 

Vernon. 

Ve. 

Verona. 

Va. 

Vienna. 

Wn. 

Western  (N.) 

Wd. 

Westmoreland. 

Wn. 

Whitestowu. 

Onondaga. 

Cs. 

Camillus. 

Oo. 

Cicero. 

Cy. 

Clay. 

Dt. 

De'Witt. 

E. 

El  bridge. 

Fs. 

Fabius. 

G. 

Geddes. 

Le. 

La  Fayette. 

Lr. 

Lysander. 

Ms. 

Manlius. 

M. 

Marcellus. 

Oa. 

Onondaga. 

0. 

Otisco. 

P. 

Pompey. 

s. 

Salina. 

s. 

Skaneath  ?■  (\V) 

Sd. 

Spaftord. 

Syracuse. 

T. 

Tully. 

Vn. 

Van  Bnrcn. 

Ontario. 

Bl. 

Bristol. 

Bd. 

Bloomfield. 

Ce. 

Canadice. 

Canandaigua. 

Fn. 

Farmington. 

Gm. 

H. 

Mr. 

Ns. 

Ps. 

Rd. 

Set. 

SI. 

Vr. 

Be. 
Cr. 
C. 

Cd. 
Dk. 

Hg. 

ML: 
Me. 
My. 

M. 

Nr. 
Wl. 
Wk 


Be. 

Ca. 

C. 

G. 

K. 

M. 

R. 

S. 

Vs. 


An. 

Ay. 

Bn. 

Ca. 

(it/. 

HI. 

lh. 

Mo. 

N.H. 

01. 

Os. 

Po. 
Ph. 
Rd. 
R. 

Sk. 

SI. 

Sa. 

Vy. 

We. 

Wt. 


Gorham. 

Hopewell. 

Manchester. 

Naples. 

Phelps. 

Richmond. 

Senaca. 

South  Bristol. 

Victor. 

Orange. 

BloomingGri've 

Chester. 

Cornwall. 

Crawford. 

Beerpark. 

Goshen. 

Hamptonburg. 

Minisink. 

Monroe. 

Montgomery. 

Mount  Hope. 

Newburg. 

New  Windsor. 

Walkill. 

Warwick. 

Orleans. 

Albion. 

Barre. 

Carlton. 

Clarendon. 

Gaines. 

Kendall. 

Murray. 

Ridgeway. 

Shelly. 

Yates. 

Oswego. 

Albion. 

Amboy. 

Boylston. 

Constantia. 

Granby. 

Hannibal. 

Hastings. 

Mexico. 

New  Haven. 

Orwell. 

Oswego 

Oswego  City. 

Palermo. 

Parish. 

Redfield. 

Richland. 

Sandy  Creek. 

Schroepel. 

Scriba. 

Vnlney. 

West  Monroe. 

Wilhamstown. 


i 


Otsego. 
Bn.     Burlington. 


S  T  A  T  E      O  P      N   E  W      Y   0  B  K 


B6 


Ba.  Butternut*. 

Cy.  Cherry  Valley. 

D.  Dtcatur. 

En.  Bdmeston. 

E  Exeter 

Ilk.  llirtwi.k. 

I.x.  l. kuren  . 

ML  Maryland  (S  ) 

V.  Middlefield. 

u  Uilford. 

Ma.  Morris. 

V.  New  Lisbon. 

o.  Oneonta. 

Oo.  Otego. 

ots.  Otsego. 

Pd.  I'itt-ii.  Id. 

Pd.  Plainfield  (S.) 

Rl.  Richfield. 

Sd.  Bpringfleld. 

Ua.  Unadilla. 

W.  Westford. 

IV.  Worcester.  (E.) 

PcTNAM, 

Carmel. 

A7.  Kent. 

Pn.  Patterson. 

P.  Phillipstown. 

Py.  Putnam  Valley . 

St.  Southeast. 

Fg.     Flushing. 

•ad. 

Ja.      Jam 
Nn.     Newtown. 
North     I 

id. 
Oy.     Oyster  Bay. 

3ELABB. 

Bn.     Berlin. 
Bk.      Brunswick. 
G.      Grafton. 
G  .     Greenbush, 
//.       Eloosick. 
/>.       Lansingborgh. 
rVt*.     N 

Ph.      Petersburgh. 
P.       Pittstown  (X.) 
P.       Poestenkill. 
S.       Band  Lake  (S.) 
8.       Bchaghti 
Sk.     Bchodack. 
s,i.     Btephentown. 
Tro; 

Richmond. 
Cn.     Castleton. 
Nil.     Northfield. 
S.       Southfii 
IV.      Westfield. 

Rockland. 
GlarkBtown. 
H.       Baverstraw. 
O-        Or 


R.  Rama|.o. 

St.  Lawrence. 

Br.  Brash 

Cn.  Canton. 

C.  Coll 
DK.  DeKalb. 

D.  De  Peyster. 
Es.  Edwards. 
i\  Pine. 

/'.  Fowler. 

(l.  <;  tuveri  i 

lid.  Bammond. 

Jfn.  Berinon. 

//.  Bopkintown. 

Le.  Lawrenci 

/.//.  Lisbi  n. 

/,.  Louisville. 

M.  Macomb. 

Ml.  Madrid. 

Ma. 

Mn.  Morristown. 

Norfolk. 

Oe.  I  ohie. 

P.  Parrishville. 

Pi.  Pierpont. 

Pn.  Pitcairn. 

Put.  Pol  d  mi. 

R.  Rossie. 

Rl.  Russell. 

Sm.  Stockholm. 

8ar  ltog  \. 
15  illstnii. 
<  !h  niton. 
Clifton  Park. 

ith. 
Day. 

Edinburgh. 
Galway. 
Greenlleld. 
Badley. 
BalfMoon. 
Malta. 
Milton. 
Moreau. 
North    n 
Providence. 
Saratoga. 
Sar'ga  Spring  i. 
Btall  water. 
Waterford. 
Wilton. 

-'.  BENECTADY. 

Duane=burg. 

i  i  le. 
Nisk  y  una 
Princeton. 
Rotterdam. 
Schenectady. 
Schoharie. 
Bleiilifiin. 
Broome. 
.     Carlisle. 
Cubleskill. 


C. 

I 

Ch. 

Dy. 

E  . 
Gy. 

<;/. 

ilr. 

II 
1/  . 

'/ 

Mu. 
X. 

/v. 
Sa. 
Ss. 
Sr. 

Wn. 

" 
V. 

p. 

n. 


n. 
Be. 
Ca 
CI. 


t'r.  i  !on<  -ville. 

I'.a.  J0-|n  Tana. 

/'.  Pull   II. 

Ga.  Gilboa. 

In.  J 

M%.  Middleburg. 

R  .  Ri  hmondville. 

h  iharie, 

S.  Seward. 

Sn.  Sharon. 

,SV.  Summit. 

W.  Wright. 
Scui  vi.i;i:. 

Ce.  Catharine. 

/).,:  Dix. 

Hr.  Sector. 

Oe.  Orange. 

R.  Reading. 

Te.  Tyrone. 

EC  \. 
<7.       Covert. 
Fe.      Fayette. 
./.         Junius. 
Li.      Lodi. 

livid. 
R.        Romulus. 
.S'.         Seneca  Falls. 
F .      Tyre. 
!'.       Varick. 

Waterloo. 

Steuben. 
An.  Addison. 
Aa.    Avoca. 

Bath. 

B.  Bradford. 
Cn.      Cameron. 

C.  Campbell. 
Co.     Canisteo. 

Cn.  Cohocton  (N.) 

f)e.  Dansville. 

/.'.  Erwin. 

Gd.  Greenwood. 

He.  Bartsville. 

//  .  Bornby. 

//.  Bornellsville. 

Hd.  II  )  vard. 

./;•.  Jasper. 

/-.  L^ndley. 

Pd.  Painted  Post. 

Ph.  Prattsburgh. 

P.  Pnltney 

'I'n.  Thurston. 

Th.  Tronpsburgh. 

I '  Urban  l. 

/J',/.  Wayland. 

W.  Wayne. 

Wn.  Weal  Onion. 

Wr.  Wheeler. 

II'.  WoodhulL 

Suffolk. 
Bn.     Brookbaven. 
E.  II.  Bast  Bai 


11,1. 

Bnntington. 

h- 

[slip. 

Riverbead. 

Iter  [aland 

Sn. 

Sin 

Sh. 

npton. 

Sd. 

South  lid. 

.  \-.. 

Bl. 

:.e|. 

Cn. 

1 

C. 

Cochecton. 

F. 

Fallsburgh. 

F  ■ 

Fori     ' 

Ly. 

Liberty. 

/.-/. 

Lumberland. 

tfg. 

ftfamakating. 

Nk. 

Neversink. 

Rd. 

Rock!  md. 

r,i. 

Thompson. 

Bn. 

Be. 
Cr. 

Nk. 

N. 

Oo. 

lid. 

Sr. 

T. 

Ce. 
Dy. 

Iin. 

F. 

(In. 


Lg. 

Sd. 


//,. 
l.d. 

Mi. 
W. 
.V. 
Oe. 
PL 
Rr. 
/.' 
Ss. 
Sn. 
S  ■ 

w. 

.11. 
B. 

Cr. 


TiOOA. 

I!  i  it  on. 
link-hire. 
Can 

Newark. 
Nichols. 
1 1  •  .vego. 
Richford. 
.cer. 
Tin-,. 

TOHPKINB. 

-line. 
Danby. 
Dryden. 
Enfield. 
Groton. 
Ithica. 
I.  H,-incr. 
Newfield. 
Ulysses. 

I'l.STKK. 

. 

E3so| 
Burly. 
Kingston. 
Lloyd. 

Marbletown. 
Mablborongh. 
New  Paltz. 
Olive. 
PlattekilL 
Rochester, 
endale. 
-    igorties. 
Shandeki  n. 
Sha  wan  gunk. 
Wawarsing. 
Woodstock. 
\V  m;kkn. 
Athol. 
R  Hon. 
Caldwell. 


G.  ■  alls. 

He. 

Ili\. 

Jh.  Johi 
I..  int. 

V-  Q  leenabnrg. 

W.  Wan 

h. 

Ce.      I'.uxii.ri'. 
Dn.    Dresden. 
;  in. 
In.      .  'in. 

/■'.        Fort  Edward 
Ge.      Granville, 

i  h. 
//c     11  unpton. 
Hd      Hartford. 
II.       Hebron. 
J  a. 

W.       Kingsbury. 
/•".       Pntnam. 
Sm.    Bali 
W.     White  Creek. 
White  Hall. 

Wayne. 
A.       Arcadia. 
B  .       Rutler. 
I/.       Galen. 

Hn.      Huron. 

3/.      Uacedon. 

.17/1.      Mai 

Oo.  Ontario. 

Pa.  Palmyra. 

/;.  Ri 

Sh.  Savannah. 

Sodus. 

IVl.  Walcott 

IVh.  Walworth. 

Wn.  Williamson. 

W  R. 

Bedford. 

dt. 
/.'.  E  ''T. 

(ih.     Greenburgh. 

//.       Hani 

/.         Eewisborouph. 

M.  Mamaroi 

• 
V 
v.      North  Castle. 

:.     North  Salem. 
Og.      Ossining. 
p.       Pelham  (S.) 
P.       Poundridge. 
/.'.        live. 
S.        Scar-dale. 
\S.        SomersCN'.t 
W.  (■'■■ 
W.F.  Wot  Farms 


S6 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


White  Plains. 
I's.  Yonkers. 
5'.     Yorktown. 

Wyoming. 
Aa.  Atti     . 
/?«!.   Bennington. 

'   .       <'a>tilt-. 

I    .    China. 
(n    Covington. 
Ee.    Eagle. 


<<■'<-.    Gainesville. 
G.    GeneseeFalls. 
Ja.   Java. 
M.   Middlebury. 
Oe.  Orongi 
Py.  Perry. 
Pe.   Tike. 
S.     Sheldon. 
Warsaw. 
Wd.Wetherfield. 


Yates. 


B. 

Barrington 

Bn . 

Bent 

fm. 

Jerusalem. 

I. 

Italy. 

Mx 

Middlesex. 

M. 

Milo. 

Pr. 

Potter. 

S. 

Starkev. 

New  York  surpasses  every  other  State  in  ago 
gate  population  and  wealth.  The  extreme  length, 
E.  and  W.,  of  its  continental  part  is  about  335  m.  ; 
extreme  breadth.  N.  and  S.,  308  m.  Long  Island 
is  about  125  m.  in  length,  its  greatest  breadth 
is  about  20  m.,  and  its  area  is  about  1,440  sq.  m. 
Staten  Island  is  about  14  m.  long,  from  4  to  8  m. 
wide,  with  area  of  about  GO  sq.  m.  Manhattan 
Island  has  a  main  length  of  13  m.,  with  main 
1 1th  of  2  m.,  and  area  of  21  3-4  sq.  m.  Total 
a  of  the  State,  47.000  sq.  m. 
The  chief  physical  divisions  of  New  York 
differ  widely  in  their  aspect.  The  eastern  part  is 
traversed  by  ranges  of  mountains ;  the  interior 
has  an  uneven  surface,  and  contains  several  large 
and  deep  lakes ;  and  the  western  part,  though 
frequently  uneven,  is  distinguished  for  its  broad 
and  ricli  plain-.  The  Alleghany  Mts.,  enter  the 
S.  E.  part  by  two  distinct  ridges  from  New 
Jersey  and  Pennsylvania.  The  former  crosses 
the  Hudson  River  at  We  t  Point,  forming  the 
Highlands  of  the  Hudson,  celebrated  for  their 
scenery,  which  combines  grandeur  with  the  most 
picturesque  beauty.  At  this  crossing  of  the 
Hudson,  the  Highlands  are  from  15  to  20  m.  in 
breadth,  while  their  altitude  is  seldom  1,500  ft. ; 
though,  in  one  in  .  od  the  east  bank  of  the 

river,  near  Fishkill,  there  is  an  elevation  of  about 
1,700  ft.  East  of  the  Hudson,  this  range  has  a 
N.  E.  direction,  until  it  approaches  near  the  Con- 
undary  line,  and  then  extends  north, 
being  called  the  Taconic  range,  until  it  merges  in 


the  chain  of  the  Green  Mountains.  The  second 
branch  of  the  Alleghanies,  leading  from  Pennsyl- 
vania, is  the  range  of  the  Shawangunk  Mts.. 
which  also  extends  in  N.  E.  direction ;  this  ap- 
proaches the  Hudson,  but  does  not  extend  across 
it.  The  Catskill  range  also  approaches  the  Hud- 
son by  a  similar  course,  and  extends  parallel  to  the 
river  for  20  m.,  but  then  bends  off  to  the  N.  TV. 
towards  the  Mohawk  River.  The  mountains  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  State  (which  are  together 
generally  called  the  Adirondack  Mts.)  comprise 
several  ranges  which  have  distinct  local  names ; 
yet  they  together  constitute  a  branch  of  the  great 
Appalachian  System.  In  other  counties  there 
are  ranges  of  hills  and  highlands.  In  the  interior, 
as  in  the  Counties  of  Chenango,  Cortland,  Madi- 
son, and  Onondaga,  the  surface  is  generally  ele- 
vated and  moderately  uneven,  sometimes  broken 
and  hilly.  The  district  adjoining  the  south  shore 
of  Lake  Ontario  is  a  low  plateau,  gradually  rising 
to  the  south,  for  a  distance  varying  from  4  to  8 
m..  when  it  is  abruptly  terminated  by  a  terrace. 
This  terrace,  or  ridge,  forms  the  Falls  of  the 
see  at  Rochester ;  at  its  western  extremity. 
it  is  200  ft.  high,  but  as  it  slopes  eastward  it  de- 
scends gently  to  the  general  level  east  of  Cayuga 
Lake.  Commencing  with  this  terrace  at  its  north 
front,  there  is  a  broad  plateau  of  nearly  level 
country,  slightly  depressed  toward  the  centre,  but 
rising  gently  again  towards  the  south,  which  ter- 
minates at  the  base  of  a  second  terrace  having  a 
general  height  of  60  ft.  or  more  above  the  former. 
This  terrace,  at  its  front  ridge,  forms  the  Falls  of 
Portage  in  Alleghany  Co.,  and  other  interesting 
features.  Beyond  this  second  terrace,  the  country 
is  level  for  several  miles,  and  then  it  has  a  gradual 
ascent  to  higher  ground.  South  of  this  the 
country  is  hilly,  in  some  parts  rising  to  an  elevation 


0  T  A  T  E      o  F      N   E  W      V  QBE 


87 


of  2,.">00  ft.  above  the  level  of^he  ocean,  and 
from  Goo  to  1,000  ft.  above  the  deep   I  vs 
and  yel  there  are  no  ranges  of  mountains.    The 
whole  south  !  r  of  tli'-  Si  ■  be  con- 

sidered as  haying  once  been  a  high  and  I 
plateau,  and  that  from  denudations  and  breaking 
up  of  the  strata  in  i         \  together  with  the 

action  of  waves  and  currents,  this  irregular  and 
uneven  surfai  produ 

i  he  extent  of  navigable  waters  within  the 
boundaries  of  this  State  is  greater  than 
within  (In'  limits  of  any  otii  r  Sti  .  The  bay 
of  New  York  City  is  one  of  the  very  best  in  the 
world;  ii  is  aboul  8  iii.  long,  and  from  1J-  to  5J 
m.   wid  ible,  perfectly  safe,  and 

rtrongly  defended  j  and  ii  d  otered  from 

the  ocean  by  tin  I        d  Sound. 

the  Nan  |       ige  Fur  !.. 

and  Stat  1  Sound.     Lab      I        and  <  >n- 

tario  are  na.  teamers 

sailing  \         .    The  ]  [udson  Rivi  r  is  m 
for  ships  to  Hud  on,  1 17  in.,  and  for  large  steam- 
ers to  Troy,  1 L5  m.     Besides  the  River 
rence  and  Lake  Champlain  on  it-  borders,  tl 

•  lakes  within  the  State  that  are 
navigable  by  steamers,  as  Lake  George,  3G  m. 
long,   Oayu  id    S      ca,   35 :    al  o,   the 

smaller  lakes,  Oneida,  '20  m.  long,  Skan 
L6,  Crooked,  L8,  Canandaigua,  15,  Chautau 
L 8,  and  several  othei  .     Quite  alarge  number  of 
the  rivers  within  the  State  have  each  a  course  of 

150  m..  and  of  them  are  of  any  value  for 

navigation,  and  that  by  small  boats  between  their 
falls. 
The  total  population  in  L790  was  340,120;  in 
.    iii    L810,    959,049;    in    1 
L,372,812;  in  L830, 1,918,608 ;  in  1840,2,428,- 
921  ;  aud  in  1850,  3,097,394.     By  the  last  ccn- 


I 
2,129,651    i  ,  in  the 

other  Stan  -  of  th     Onion;  47,200  in 
Aim  [11    in 

land;    23,418    in    Scotland;    7,582    in  Wal 
118,398  in  Germany ;  12,515  in  I 
in  i  untries  ;  an  1   6  2 

re  unknown  ;  giving  about  21    ;    - 
u  birth.     No.  of  free  c 
16,069,  or  about  L*6  p  c  <  ■■  at. ;  b  I   in  ! 
numbered  50,027,  or  a  li 
During  the  year  1 
by  5!  f  whom  I 

at  an  expense  of  nearly  $1  ;  for  each  indivi- 
dual.    In   L850  the  nural  born  ia 
State,  but  tl 
218;  and  the  number  of  those  born  in  otl 

in   this   £ 
,100;  showing  an  excess  of  259,119  <riven  to 
Ou  the  whole,  the  increase  of  ; 
ulation  in  New  York  during  th"  00  yi 

1  790  to  1850,  wa ;  not  only  :. . 
lute  numbers  than  any  other  of  tl  -   Lies, 

but  was  also  a   more   rapid  inci  he   ratio 

been  810-68  per  cent.,  whii 
exhibits  the  next  most  rapid  growth,  incre 
population  50 1*07  \>  r  c  mt.  durin 
riod.     i : i'l   55,  according  tot) 
State  population  was  3,470, 
516,745;    naturalized    voter.    135,076;    al! 
631 .7. 

A.grii  dtun    employs  th         ater  pari  of  I 
ilation,  exclusive  of  the  inha 
and  large  villages.     In 
of  tliis  State  may  properly  h    call   i  •. 
fertile.    The  sections  thai  at 

■  (unties  traversed  by  the  mountains  :  and 
there  are  many  fruitful  valleys  in   those  pa 


88 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA, 


Great  efforts  have  been  made,  especially  by  agri- 
cultural societies,  to  introduce  everywhere  the 
best  modes  of  culture,  with  much  success.  Im- 
provements of  this  class  have  been  particularly 
made  in  the  vicinity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 
although  in  that  section  this  result  has  been 
directly  owing  to  the  great  demands  of  the  popu- 
lous city.  For  example,  the  western  part  of 
Long-  Island  has  soil  that  is  naturally  of  moderate 
fertility,  but  it  has  been  greatly  improved,  and  it 
is  now  noted  for  its  market  produce.  In  1850, 
the  amount  of  improved  land,  in  farms,  was  about 
two-iifths  of  the  whole  area  of  the  State,  and  that 
of  the  unimproved  land,  also  embraced  in  farms, 
was  somewhat  more  than  another  one-fifth  of  the 
whole.  No.  of  farms,  170,621  ;  average  no.  of 
acres  in  each,  113  ;  average  value,  $3,250.  Ac- 
cording to  census  of  1850,  New  York  ranks  as 
first  of  the  States  in  its  aggregate  production  of 
pats  (26,552,814  bush.,  out  of  146,584.179  in  the 
whole  Union),  of  buckwheat  (3,183,955,  out  of 
8,956,81 2),  of  barley  (3,585,059,  out  of  5,167.015), 
of  Irish  potatoes  (15,398,368,  out  of  05,797.896), 
of  peas  and  beans,  of  market-garden  products,  of 
orchard  products,  and  of  hay,  maple-sugar,  hi  i 
and  hops.  Also  in  the  amount  of  its  live  stock, 
(valued  at  $73,570,499,  out  of  $544,180,516  in 
the  whole  Union),  in  the  value  of  animals  slaugh- 
tered ;  in  its  products  of  butter  and  cheese.  The 
wheat  crop  was  13,121,498  bush.,  or  13  per  cent 
of  the  whole  U.  S.  crop,  and  ranking  as  the  third 
State  in  this  respect ;  that  of  Indian  corn  was 
larger,  amounting  to  17,858,400  bush.,  though 
only  3  per  cent,  of  the  U.  S.  crop.  The  product 
of  wool  was  about  one-fifth  of  all  in  the  Union, 
greatly  exceeding  that  of  every  other  State,  ex- 
cepting Ohio,  which  was  a  trifle  larger. 

In  manufactu  v  York  is  very  extensively 


engaged  ;  its  aggregate  productions  of  this  class 
of  industry  in  1850,  not  only  exceeded  the  corres- 
ponding product  of  any  other  State,  but  amount- 
ed to  nearly  one-fourth  of  all  manufactures  pro- 
duced in  the  United  States.  From  the  returns  of 
last  census,  it  appears  that  of  the  classes  of  manu- 
factures specifically  mentioned,  New  York  ranks 
as  first  of  the  States,  only  in  manufactures  of  iron 
casting  and  of  tanneries,  and  of  salt  ;  indicating 
that  its  products,  aside  from  the  great  classes,  are 
various.  The  product  of  the  tanneries  was  re- 
ported in  1850.  at  $9,804,000  ;  of  woollen  manu- 
factures at  $7,030,604  ;  iron  casting,  $5,921,980  : 
wrought  iron,  $3,758,747  ;  cotton,  $3,591,989. 
The  manufactures  of  salt  amounted  to  $998,315. 
out  of  $2,222,745  in  all  the  United  States.  Man- 
ufactures of  pig  iron,  $597,920.  In  distilleries 
and  breweries,  New  York  employed  more  capital 
than  any  other  State,  amounting  to  $2,585,900 
out  of  $8,507,574  in  the  whole  Union ;  and  ac- 
cording to  the  census,  its  product  of  beer  was 
about  four-sevenths,  of  rum  about  two-fifths,  and 
of  whiskey  and  high  wines  about  two-ninths  of 
all  made  in  the  Union. 

New  York  has  b  en  more  completely  survey,  d 
by  geologists  than  any  other  State.  In  nearly  all 
the  formations,  limestone  is  the  prevailing  basis 
rock.  The  greater  portion  of  the  district  lying 
north  of  the  Mohawk  River  and  the  east  of  Lake 
Ontario  is  of  primary  formation.  Iron  is  the 
most  abundant  mineral,  especially  in  the  district 
mentioned,  the  north  part  of  the  State.  Between 
Lakes  Champlain  and  Ontario,  the  countrv  is  rich 
in  magnetic  and  specular  iron  ores,  particularly  in 
Clinton  and  Essex  Cos.  The  deposits  of  magnetic 
iron  ore,  the  black  oxide,  in  those  counties,  on  the 
western  bank  of  Lake  Champlain,  form  beds  of 
from  1  to  20  ft,  in  thickness,  almost  withouf  mix- 


8  T  A  T  i:      0  F      N  K  W     YO  JI  K 


tare, encased  in  granite;  ami  arc  also  found  in 
(ho  mom:  ion.    Tl  ap- 

pear to  '■■     ad  without  interruption    into  New 
York  from  C  and  an  exploration  on  them 

may  '  al  Crown  Point  X.  V.;  the  ore  tl 

extri  in  much  esteem.    In  the  S.  B.  r 

of  i'  particularly  in  Columbia  and  Dutch- 

bod  of  both  i 
and  hematite  ores.    Lead  occurs  in  great  beds  in 
St  Law  Co.,  and  to  some  extent  in  other 

Bections.    Tl  I  formation  is  too  old  for 

coal,  es  r  the  Penn.  boundary,  where 

in  Steuben  Co.,  some  little  has  been  found.  In 
several  counties  there  are  small  vein.-;  of  zinc,  cop- 
per, etc.  Tl  llent  ma 
in  V.  Warren,  and  other  on 
the  Hudson  River,  and  of  lino  limestone  in  many 
parts  of  the  State,  especially  in  the-.  i  and 
central  c  in  which  this  is  the  prevailing 
formation.     Gypsum           I    over  the  centra!  and 

i,  particularly  in  Cayaga,  Y 
and  ■  '  ling  as  it  advam 

ward  in  its  belt  until  its  purity  and    '  lenl 

culminate  in  Ontario  Co.    The  mineral  springs 
of  New  York  are  numerous  and  celebrated  for 
their  medicinal  value.    The  Onondaga  salt 
are  tl;'-  most  important  in  the  Union,  and  their 
product  in  1855  was  6,082,855  b 

The  lumber  business  of  thi  is  a  source 

of  much  w  dth.    The  f  the  Sus 

hanna  and   1  !,  furnish  large  quantities  of 

pine  for  the  Philad  ilphia  and  Baltimore  marl 
Albany  i-  :       [as  one  of  the  markets 

for  lumber  in  the  world,  though  tl  ter  part 

of  it  is  not  obtained  from  New  York  but  from 
Canada.  Michigan,  and  Ohio. 

The  internal  improvements  of  Xew  York  are 
tent  and   cost,  and  have 


b       '  'ally  infln  he  prosp  rity  of  the 

and  the  Quion.     M 

ruct  d  and  an   qow  •  and 

i  rn. 
1  :iit  and 

is  owned  by  an  incor] 

its  length  is  within  N  ;   mal 

was  constructed  during  1    !  7  .md 

•10  ft.  wide,  at   a   cost  of 

iods  sections  of  it  have  been  enlargi  d,  and 
work  of  improve 

Stat  '  aveof  lat 

varied  betwe  '10,000  and  000   an- 

nually, and  about  one-third  of  thi 
for    the   care,    i  ■..  of    the  can;. 

i    built  by    ii 
companies,  and  v.  of  the  S1 

the  Xew 
:  and  Erie  R.  I!.     En    L832,  the  E 
lines  of  railroad  were  opened,  viz  :  f: 
to  Schenectady.  !.">  m.,  and  from  the  latter  pi 
to  Saral  ings.    The  Sta1  •  r  ;  orl  of  -1 

L856j    r  s  the  following  -"Length  of 

track  laid,  2,61 1  i  m. :    I  d  :th  of  double  ti 
including  sidings,  012;  m. ;  total  cost   of  r 

ipment,  and  other  expenditun  32; 

total  amount  of  funded  and  floa  578,- 

L25,821  ;   capital   stock   paid    in 
3  receipts  in  fisi 

of  main  line 
of  Erie   I!.  II..  X,u   ■  v  to   Dunkirk. 

m. ;  do.  N.  Y.  Central  R  R.,  All  'ah.. 

298  m.;   do.  Hudson  River  R.  R.,   New  York 
City  to  Albany,  144  m.     In  the  interior 
ally  in  thevicinit; 

ik-roads,  which  hai 
in  the  aggregate,  at  ! 
The  total  amoi 


90 


1'  X  IT  E  D     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


:  •  of  this  State  is  not  known  with  any  cxact- 
:  but  this  undoubtedly  is  in  a  ratio  corres- 
ponding to  the  extent  of  its  canals  ami  railn 
and  the  amount  of  its  foreign  commerce,  as  com- 
pared with  other  States.    At  Buffalo,  during  1  •'  155, 
the  vain-,-  of  prop  rty  received*  by  Erie  Canal  Mas 
.  :  and  the  corresponding  amount  de- 
red  at  the    terminus  at  Hudson    River  was 
about  the  same.     The  value  of  p    ,  iived 

Buffalo  bythe lakes  isnowat  least $50,000,000 
ii!y.     The  coasting  trade  of  New  York  City 
it  known  with  any  exactness,  excepting  in  the 
f  '1 ! owing  item.     Vessels  engaged  in  coasting  trade 
;ed  to  make  official  record  of  their 
entrance  or  clearance  unless  they  have  foreign 
[i  tilled  spirits  on  board,  the  majority  of 
vessels  arriving  from  domestic  ports  do  not  carry 
articles  ;  but  a  larger  proportion  carry  such 
articles  from  New  York  to  domestic  peris:  and 
the  custom  house  records  stale  that  the  number 
of  entrances  of   thi     '  3cription,  have  averaged 
aboi:'  L,800,  i     '       •■  number  of  clearances  about 
4,780  annually,  U>v  if"  last  five  years.     The  river 
commerce  of  Albany  alone  in  1854,  employed  849 
vessels  with  a  tonnage  of  88,266  tons. 

The  foreign  commerce  of  New  York  comprises 

about  two-fifths  of  the  exports  of  all  the  United 

States,  and  somewhat  more  than  three-fifths  of 

the  imports  ;  thus  averaging  over  one-half  of  the 

1    foreign   commerce   of  the  United   States. 

The    actual  for  the    fi  <v.l    y;     r    ! .  '  " 

:— Exports  of  New  York.  $122,534,646  ;  do. 

United   States,  $275,156,846;   imports  of  New 

k,  $164,770,511  ;  do.  United  States,  $261,- 

382  930  ;  total  fi  reign  commerce  of  New  York.. 

'1.157;  do.  United  Stat         1536,539,1 

>urce  more  than  any  other,  New  York 

derives  its  general  j         tinence.     Its  great  me- 


tropolis naturally  possesses  remarkable  advan- 
for  this  branch  of  industry,  but  its  wonder- 
ful prosperity  has  been  owing  mainly  to  the  enter- 
of  its  merchants.  New  York  City,  as  a 
commercial  mart,  is  now  surpassed  only  by  Liver- 
pool and  London,  and  if  its  prosperity  continue,! 
it  will  exceed  those  cities  before  the  close  of  this 
century. 

The  tonnage  of  this  state  is  proportionably 
:       than  its  commerce,  because  many  vessels  which 
i  mployed  in  its  carrying  built  and 

owned  in  other  States.  '  ever,  New  York 
owns  nearly  two-sevenths  of  the  total  tonnage 
and  about  one-fourth  of  the  steam  tonnage  of  the 
whole  United  States.  Statement  of  1855  :  : 
i  ge  of  New- York  State — total,  1,464,221,  steam. 
157,829  ;  tonnage  of  United  States— total,  5,212,- 
001,  steam,  655,239.  Of  the  above  amount  of 
steam  tonnage,  107,692  tons  wire  enrolled  or 
licensed  iu  the  porl  of  New  York,  and  38,262  in 
the  port  of  Buffalo,  and  the  remainder,  or  11,875 
tons,  was  distributed  in  several  porl  . 

The  budding  of  vessels  is  very  extensh 
prosecuted.  The  amount  of  tonnage  built  within 
this  State,  annually,  during  the  last  four  years, 
has  uniformly  averaged  one-fifth  of  all  built  in 
the  Union.  Nearly  all  of  the  great  American 
steamships  have  been  built  in  New  York  City. 

New  York's  interest  in  the  coast  fisheries  is 
quite  important,  but  there  are  no  official  or  reli- 
able returns  on  this  subject.  The  number  of  v.  ■ 
sels  in  the  whale  fi  hi  ry,  Jan.  1st.,  1856,  was  31, 
with  aggregate  tonnage  of  10,493  tons,  showing  a 
great  decrease  from  former  ti; 

The  capital  of  the  banks  in  New  York  Si 
(284)   is  about  one  fourth  of  the  total  in   the 
Qnion,  being  $85,589,590,  out  of  •'  335,611,990. 
No.  of  banks  in  New  York  City,  •     ;  .  mount  of 


S  T  A  T  I'.     U  F      N  E  \V      V  0  I:  K 


01 


their  cap  146,502,420.    The  savings  banks 

in  tin.'  State  have  d  posil    amounl 
L22,  from  ITr,. 121  dep  eit< 
ihaii  #200  for  <  ach. 

Nearly  one-third  of  the  v  pulation  of  the 

State  is  contained  in  th 
population  of  which  was  returned  in   I 
and  '55,  as  follows  : — 

In  1845.  In  1  In 

:   rork.... 374,323.  .  .  '.810 

oklyn 72,769.  ..  .135,357   .... 

Buffalo  29,773   .        L2.26J  ....   74,214 

Albany 41,139.  ..  .    50,763 

Rochester 25,265...     36,403....  43,877 

Troy 121.CN ...   33,269 

Syracuse ....  22,271....  25,107 

ica 12,190.  ...    L7.565 22, 

— aj  population  in  1855,  1,091,029. 

any,  the  capital  of  tl 
the  ik  of  the  Eudson  River,  144  m.  from 

New  York  City,     It-  site  gradually  ris 
ward  from  the  flal  ground  bordering  tl 
and  in  the  distance  of  a  mi) 

220  i'1  •     Upon  this  em 
State  Hall,  City  Hall,  with  other  public  buildings, 
and  the   magnificent    Cath  ilic 

;iul  is  a  handsome  and  substantial  b 
1  with  b  -own  IV.  estoue  fi  be- 

low the  Highlands,  and  with  marble  columns,  etc., 
from  Bi  rl   hii     ' 

plendid  edifii 
containing  various  government  offii 
State  Library  of  56,000  vols.    Th  ■  City  Ha 
also   coi  I   of  white   marble,  and   is 

mounted  by  a  gilded  dome.     In  th 

are  the  '  a  lii it- 

granite  building,  containing  etc., 

the   Deievan    H<  Hall,  and   other 


larg'  Tin  re  litu- 

:  the  1 
bany,  organized  in  L852,  of  which  the  A 

-  ihool,  i  Al- 

bany A'  5 

Asso 

liuaries.    The  Dudl  y  Astron 
tory,  built  at   a  cost  of  825,00  .    Mr. 

Dudley,  has  recently  i 

rith  the  CTni  A  one  of  the 

grea'  in  the  "I 

cially  noted  for  its  imrnen 
with  the  canals.    The  principal  basin,  whicl 

canal  1  msi         f  pari 

river 

is  ab(  :i  i  long  and  80  ft. 

1 
ied;  the  1 
and  iron 
The  City  i 

of  Manhattan  Island,  though  ite 
inhal  ■lion?  oci  -  inthern 

part  island.    ]     itude  of  City  Hall, 

X.:  longitude,  7!     0'  3"  W.     B 

: ! ' 
of  L.  I.  Sound,  i  'nile 

in  wi  i  the  Hudson  River  .. 

and  th     hai  bor  bel 

with  i  25  m.    Tl 

bor  i  I,  byth 

ich  with  an  outer  I 

which  open-  dir 

1  centrally  throughout  n 
whol  'I' which  the 

ground  slopes  gently  to  the  water.    The 
plan'  lar,  though  in  the  lower  pari 

city,  of  Bi      Iwav 


92 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


extend  parallel  to  the  rivers,  and  the  cross  streets 
do  not  uniformly  intersect  at  right  angles.  Broad- 
way is  the  principal  street,  especially  that  main 
portion  of  it  which  occupies  the  central  ridge  of 
island,  and  extends  in  a  perfectly  straight  line 
and  with  uniform  breadth  for  a  distance  of  2£ 
-.  from  the  Battery  to  Grace  Church.  This 
it  is  mainly  occupied  by  stores,  but  it  also 
contains  the  principal  hotels  and  theatres,  besides 
several  banks  and  other  prominent  buildings. 
Although  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  build- 
ing's in  this  street  are  of  costly  construction,  so 
that  there  is  not  a  more  elegant  business  thor- 
oughfare of  equal  extent  in  the  world,  yet  the 
general  aspect  is  impaired  by  the  diversity  of 
architecture  ;  since  almost  every  block  comprises 
several  fronts  of  marble,  saudstone,  and  brick. 
The  Bowery  is  a  wider  street,  and  is  traversed  1  >y 
some  of  the  city  railroads ;  it  is  more  plainly 
built,  but  it  is  also  a  very  important  business 
thoroughfare.  There  are  17  public  squares  and 
other  areas,  which  altogether  contain  170  acres  ; 
are  ;  rally  ornamented  with  trees,  iron 
railings,  fountains,  etc.,  affording  pleasant  prom- 
enades ;  and  are  valued,  including  the  City  Hall 
Park,  at  $8,815,000.  The  new  Central  Park 
extends  from  Fifty-ninth  to  One  hundred  and  sixth 
street,  between  Fifth  and  Eighth  Avenues,  com- 
prising 750  acres,  valued,  as  first  taken  in  its 
unimproved  state,  at  $5,109,369.  The  grandest 
and  most  important  public  work  is  the  Croton 
Aqueduct,  which  is  40 J  miles  long,  and  was  con- 
structed during  1837-42,  at  a  cost  of  89,000,000 ; 
at  Croton  River  there  is  a  dam,  40  ft.  high  and 
166  above  tide,  and  from  this  the  water  is  conveyed 
in  a  covered  canal  of  brick  and  stone  through 
numerous  tunnels  to  Harlem  River,  which  it 
cp       i  on  a  bridge  1450  ft.  long  and  114  ft.  above 


tide  ;  the  receiving  reservoir,  situated  about  5  m. 
above  the  City  Hall,  covers  38  acres,  and  has  a 
capacity  for  150,000,000  galls.;  the  distributing 
reservoir,  on  Fifth  Avenue,  includes  4  acres,  and 
has  a  capacity  for  20,000,000  galls.,  and  its  walls 
are  37  ft.  thick  at  the  base,  and  44£  ft.  above  the 
ground  ;  at  the  close  of  1855,  the  length  of  the 
large  pipes  laid  under  ground  for  the  distribution  of 
the  water  through  the  city  was  249  miles  ;  and  a 
new  reservoir  is  about  to  be  constructed  within  the 
Central  Park,  which  will  cover  97  acres,  and  cost, 
exclusive  of  the  land,  at  lea  I  1,000,000.  Gas- 
light is  supplied  by  two  companies :  the  New  York 
Co.,  chartered  in  1823,  with  a  capital  of  $1,000,- 
000,  supplies  the  district  south  of  Grand  street, 
has  about  130  miles  of  mains  of  various  sizes,  and 
lights  3,500  public  lamps ;  the  Manhattan  Co.. 
chartered  in  1853,  with  a  capital  of  $4,000,000, 
supplies  the  rest  of  the  city,  has  190  miles  of 
mains,  lights  7,300  street  lamps,  and  furnishes  gas 
to  over  17,000  stores  and  dwellings.  The  city 
government  owns  the  ground  and  buildings  used 
as  public  markets,  and  with  one  or  two  exceptions 
the  appearance  of  these  buildings  is  entirely  un- 
worthy of  a  large  and  wealthy  city.  The  total 
value  of  real  estate  and  property  owned  by  the 
city,  and  used  by  the  different  departments  of  the 
city  government,  including  the  parks,  aqueducts, 
etc.,  is  $42,684,770. 

The  following  table  presents  several  statements 
relative  to  the  city,  as  compared  with  the  rest  of 
the  State,  according  to  the  returns  of  1855  : — 


New  York  City. 

Population 629,810. 

Real  Estate $336,975,866. 

Personal  "    135,531,282. 

Total  valuation..    472,507,148. 
Taxes 5,834,823. 


Rest  of  Slate. 

2,840,2  19 

$770,234,189 

143,990,252 

914,224,441 

5,833.243 


STATE    0  P     N  K  W     FOB  R 


93 


The  personal  estate  assessed  in  New  York   City 
belonging  to  non-residents  was  $14,491,130, 
thisisnol  included  in  th    i         .    The  valuation 

of   incorporated  companies  in  New  York  I 
deriving  an  income  from  their  capital,  was  $77,- 
46  1,77  I  ;  their  tax  was  $933,222*.    Magnifi 

edifices  are  very  numerous.  The  Merchan  ■  E  - 
clumge,  occupying  an  entire  block,  is  built  of 
Quincy  granite,  and  cost  about  $1,800,000;  its 
front  has  a  recessed  portico,  with  18  columns,  each 
of  which  is  a  solid  block  of  granite,  38.  ft.  high, 
I  weighing  over  4.0  tous  ; 

ral  rotund  it  'y  constructed  of  v. 

marble,  and  which  is 

in   part  sup]  !>y  8  Corin!  lumns  of 

Italian  marble,  41  ft.  high.    The  Custom   11 
(on  of  the  old  Federal  Hall,  where  Gen. 

A\';.  ':'::      n  was  inaugurated  the  first  President,) 
is  built  of  white  marble,  in  the  Doric  ord 
the  model  of  the  Parthenon,  with  two  grand  por- 
•h  having  &  massive  columns;  its  princi- 
pal hall  i3  circular,  surmounted  by  a  dome,  sup- 
p  hi  .1  by  16   Corinthian  colum 
total  cost  31,175,000.     The  City  Hall  is  a   I 
an  1  ban  I    »m    edifice,  built  in  combined  Ionic  and 
Corinthian  orders,  of  white  marble,  cxeepr 

h  side,  and  surmounted  by  a  cupola,  which 

owned  by  a  statue  of  Justice.     The  Or; 
somewhat  octagonal  form  ;  each  i 

ft.  long,  the  dome  is  100  ft.  in 
diameter  and  123  ft.  high.  In  its  construction 
1.800  tons  of  iron,  55.000  sq.  ft.  of  glas3,  and 
750.000  sq.  ft.  of  lumber  were  used  ;  and  its  en- 
tire flooring  covers  nearly  G  acres.     The  hotels  of 

.-  York  are  generally  very  large,  and  noted  for 
their  excellence  ;  while  a  considerable  number  arc 
also  remarkable  for  their  splendor,  and  a!  of 

these   cost  fully   31,000,000.     The   most   costly 


and  conspicuous  church  edifices  :.  of  the 

f   these, 
Trinity  Church,  builtentij 
including  the  tower  am! 

the  no'  i  ■     -i.jc 

architecture  in  America;  G         Ch  rch,a 
elaborate  structure   of    white   marble   that   • 

0,000,  produces,  from  its  ad. 
tion,  a  more  marked  effect  th  ither 

edifice  in#  and  nun 

ornamen 

and  commerce, 
there  an  .nd  scientific 

e  librarl 
literary  colleges  are  :    Columbia   < ' 

in  L754,i    i :  ihly  i  ad  ■'    i,  and        a 
valuable  library ;  and  the  Us  of  the  * 

and 
occupies  one  of  the  most  in  the 

Three  flourishing  medi<  -College 

icians  and  Surgeons,  founded    in  1807; 
!cal  Department  of  the  University,  fou 
in  1S37  ;  and  New  York 
ed  in  1 E 51 — each  of  v.!  ' 

j,  library  there  ar 

minor  medical  in  Two  theological  semi- 

naries—Episcopal,  founded  in  1817,  and  1' 
terian,  founded  in  183G — each  of  which  is  richly 
endowed,  and  has  a  large  and  valuable  libi 
The  Free  A     '  my  crowns  tl  ] 

•1  education;   it   was  established  in  1 
and  has  about  GOO  students.     Some  of  the  >- 
caries  for  young  women  are  very  celebrated,  and 
have  each   several   hundred    pupils.     The    total 
number  of  volumes  in  the  various  pul  rics 

and  institutions,  amounted   i  290  ; 

of  which   in    Astor  Library.   80,000;    in  N.  Y. 
Society  do.  40,000 ;  Mercantile,  47,000,  etc. 


94 


UNIT  E  D     S  T  A  T  E-S     OF     AMERICA, 


edifice  of  the  "  Union"  devoted  "  to  Science  and 
Art,"  founded  by  Mr.  Peter  Cooper,  with  a  gift 
of  3300,000,  is  in  progress.  There  are  many 
largo  establishments  of  a  public  nature,  founded 
by  the  liberal  contributions  of  benevolent  citi- 
zens, such  as  the  seven  orphan  asylums,  six  dis- 
pensaries, five  other  asylum?,  the  various  hospitals, 
etc.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  city  are  the  Insti- 
tutions for  the  Blind,  Deaf  and  Dumb,  and  In- 
sane, each  having  large  and  elegant  buiMings  with 
beautiful  grounds.  Extensive  institution?  for  sea- 
men are  situated  on  Staten  Island,  6  m.  from  the 
Battery.  The  Alms-house,  Penitentiary,  and  seve- 
ral other  city  establishments  are  located  on  the 
islands  in  the  East  River. 

Brooklyn  is  now  the  third  city  in  the  Union  in 
point  of  population.  Its  site  is  uneven,  generally 
elevated,  and  rises  towards  the  east.  The  section 
bordering  the  East  River  is  mainly  occupied  by 
large  warehouses,  etc. ;  thence  westward  the  blocks 
on  the  principal  thoroughfares  are  in  part  occupied 
by  retail  stores  and  in  part  by  dwellings,  while  the 
ts  are  lined  entirely  by  houses.  Probably 
there  is  no  great  city  in  the  world  that  contains 
more  excellent  dwelling-  in  proportion  to  its  pop- 
ulation than  Brooklyn.  Many  of  the  citizens  are 
;,  in  daily  bu  siness  in  New  York,  aud  at  all 
hours  of  the  day  and  night,  ferry-boats  filled,  with 
lengers,  carriages,  and  cart  -,  arc  constantly  ply- 
ing between  these  cities.  The  City  Hall  is  a 
spacious  and  very  handsome  structure,  of  white 
marble,  and  cost  $200,000.  The  Packer  Institute 
has  the  best  and  most  costly  edifice  in  the 
Union  that  is  used  for  a  female  seminary.  The 
Polytechnic  Institute,  opened  in  1855,  is  <>■  '  ;;  1 
to  be  one  of  the  best  colleges  in  the  Union.  The 
churches  are  very  numerous,  and  most  of  them  are 
of  elegant   construction.     The  Atlantic  Dock  is 


the  most  extensive  work  of  the  kind  in  America, 
embracing  an  area  of  41  acres,  and  cost  over 
$1,000,000  ;  its  outer  pier,  3000  ft.  long,  is  occu- 
pied by  a  range  of  granite  store-houses  of  grain, 
flour,  etc.  The  U.  S.  Navy  Yard  occupies  about 
40  acres,  and  has  a  dry  dock  that  cost  $1,000,000. 
The  U.  S.  Naval  Hospital  has  a  magnificent 
edifice  on  a  commanding  elevation.  Greenwood 
is  the  most  extensive  and  celebrated  cemetery  in 
America  ;  its  area  comprises  about  360  acres, 
diversified  in  the  most  picturesque  manner  ;  and 
its  natural  beauty  has  been  embellished  by  the 
elaborate  adornments  of  art. 

Buffalo  is  situated  at  the  eastern  extremity  of 
Lake  Erie,  2  or  3  m.  S.  of  the  commencement  of 
Niagara  River,  and  298  m.  W.  of  Albany  by  the 
Central  R.  R.  The  site  is  partly  elevated,  and 
partly  low  and  marshy  ;  it  rises  gradually  from  the 
lake,  and  at  the  distance  of  2  m.  becomes  an  ex- 
tended plain,  50  ft.  above  the  level  of  the  harbor. 
The  streets  are  broad  and  straight ;  of  these 
Main  St.,  is  120  ft.  wide,  and  2^  m.  long.  The 
Catholic  Cathedral,  with  St.  John's,  St.  Paul's, 
and  other  churches,  are  costly  structures.  The 
Medical  College  is  the  chief  literary  institution. 
The  most  extensive  branches  of  manufacture 
are  iron  casting,  iron  working,  flouring,  and  the 
building  of  steam-boats,  and  canal-boats.  The 
trade  of  Buffalo  is  its  chief  feature,  and  in  this 
respect  it  is  one  of  the  first  cities  of  the  Union. 

Rochester  is  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  Gene- 
see River,  7  m.  S.  of  its  entrance  into  Lake  Onta- 
rio, 230  m.  W.  of  Albany.  Its  site  is  pleasant, 
its  business  streets  are  substantially  built,  and  its 
houses  generally  of  very  neat  appearance.  Within 
a  course  of  3  m.  the  river  descends  22G  ft.  with 
three  perpendicular  falls  of  95,  20,  and  75  ft. 
Excepting  in  the  dry  seasons,  these  are  grand  and 


STATE    0  K     N  E  W     FOB  K 


beautiful  falls.     Th  ■  water  power  tlms  aft" 
has  bei  □  extensively  improved,  i 
Hour  mills.    These  arc  the  [a  f  the  kind  in 

the  Unit  hi.  and  the  capital  invested  in  them  is 

iut $1,000,000.    The  othergreat  manufacl 
are  of  machinery,  iron  c  ,  edge  tools,  and 

lumber.  the  seat  of  the  R.  Uni 

and  Theological  Seminary,  (both  a    I  i  Bap- 
tist  influence,  and  founded  in  1  I  of  the 

Western  Bi 
Troy,  6  m.  N.  from  Albany,  is  al  the  head  of 
steamboat  ami  i  River. 

Bite  is  an  alluvial  plain,  terminat  id  on  the 
Bide  by  an  <  ni  [t.  Ida.     In  its  north 

part  is  a  r  unit,  200  ft.  high,  called  Mt. 

Olympus.    Exceptin  B    ise,  and  seve- 

ral church  i,  there  are  few  public  buildings  nota- 
ble for  their  archil  ;".it  the  majority 
equal  to  the                     cities  of  this  size.    The 
aer  Institute  and  Troy  Female  Seminary 
are  celebrated  institutions,  and  a  college  is  about 
tobe             ted.    For  its  manufactures  and  gene- 
ral e                  'roy  is  distinguished.    It  contains 
three  iron  rolling  mills,  one  of  which  covers  1 
acres ;    one  of  the  larg  in 
Union,  three            heel  foundries,  an  exten 
car-axle  factory,  and  two  malleable  iron  works; 
also  numerous  important  machine  shop-,  and  fac- 
tories of  various  kin  i  , 

L48  m.  W.  from  Albany,  is  situat  d 
at  the  S.  end  of  I  m  indaga  Lake.    From  its 
tral  position   in   the  State,  and  its  railroad  and 
is,  it  has  excellent  advantages  lor 
trade.    The  principal  bu  '  reets  give  evi- 

dence of  its  prosperity.    The  salt  manufactures 
of  th  iml  vicinity  are  the  m  el  ext<  nsive  in 

the  Union;   the  land  containing  the  Bprings  is 
owned  by  the  State,  but  it  is  leased,  free  of  rent, 


to  the  manufi  cturers,  v.  6)  a 

duty  of  ( 

are  400  ft.  d<   p. 

95  m.  W 
level  nth  bank   of  the    Mohawk 

River.     It  is  a  •  im- 

portant manufac  it 

contains  the  ylum.     i 

rounding  country  is  highly  produi 

;.ii  1  contains  an  unusual  number  of  good 
plank  and  turnpik 

The  followi  the  other  cit 

and  all  townships  ha\  I  355  a  population 

C,000  and  up 

Auburn 9,476    Newburg 12,1 

Barre 6,797    Newtown 9,446 

Oswegatchie 10,060 

ego 15,816 

Owego 8.: 

....  8,i 

Plattsburg 6,1 

Pomfret 9,1"  7 

Potsdam 6,631 

Poughkeepsie. .  .1L'.". 
Quccnsbury  ... 

Rome 10,720 

' 

Sangerties 

y S.- 
Seneca   

thampton  ...   6,821 

Verona  6,!  2 

Volney 6,476 

AVatertown 7. 


Bath 

Brookhaven  .... 

igua  . .  . 

(ton 252 

Champlain 0,107 

o 13,128 

Corning 6,334 



Elmira 

Fishkill .;    ' 

Flushing 

Greenburg 

:  -draw  ....    6,7-17 

Hempstead 10,477 

Hudson 6,720 

Huntington    ...   8,142 

Ithaca 

Johnstown . 


Kingston 13,974  ,  Watervliet 20,889 

Lenox 7,800  ;  Wawareing  ....   7 

Lockport 13,386    West  Farms  .  ..12 

Manlius 6,228    Yonkers 7 


96 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


Oswego  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Oswego 
River,  ou  the  S.  E.  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  and  is 
the  largest  and  most  flourishing  town  on  that  lake 
.  [ts  harbor  is  naturally  good,  and 
has  been  improved  by  the  government.  By  this 
advantage,  and  the  railroad  and  canal  to  Syracuse, 
its  I  is  become  very  extensive,  especially 

with  Canada.  This  Cana  Han  trade  is  about  one- 
half  of  the  entire  commerce  of  the  United  States 
with  Canada,  and  has  been  immensely  exten 
under  the  Re  liprocity  Treaty  of  1854  This  port 
is  now  one  of  the  greatest  wheat  markets  in 
America.  The  river  here  falls  34  ft.,  and  the 
water-power  has  been  well  improved.  Here  is 
the  largest  starch  factory  in  the  world,  working 
up  more  than  200,000  bushels  of  corn  yearly 

Ogdensburgh,  on  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  is  a 
thriving  village  (in  the  Town  of  Oswegatchie)  at 
the  terminus  of  the  Northern  R.  R.  (to  Rouse's 
Point,  118  m.),  over  which  immense  quantiti 
grain  and  other  Canadian  and  Western  produce 
are  transported  to  Boston  and  New  York,  and 
merchandise  from  those  and  other  places. 

Auburn,  174  m.  W.  of  Albany,  contains  one 
of  the  State  Prisons,  with  usually  about  500  in- 
mates, and  the  Auburn  Theological  Seminary 
(Presbyterian),  founded  in  1821. 

Geneva,  in  Town  of  Seneca,  at  N.  end  of 
Seneca  Lake,  200  m.  TV,  of  Albany,  has  an  ex- 
tremely pleasant  location.  It  is  the  seat  of  Ho- 
bart  Free  College  (Episcopal,  first  founded  in 
1 823, :     '  t  College),  with  which  is  connected 

the  Medical  College,  founded  in  1835 

Canandaigua,  22  m.  W.  of  Geneva,  at  N.  end 
of  Cana:  Lake,  is  equally  distinguished  for 

the  beauty  of  its  situation  and  the  elegance  of 
many  of  its  houses. 

Lockport,  56  m.  W.  of  Rochester,  and  25  m. 


N.  E.  of  Buffalo,  is  situated  at  the  point  on  th? 
Erie  Canal  where  it  descends  from  the  Lake  Erie 
level  to  the  Genesee  level,  60  ft,;  by  10  com- 
bined locks  of  massive  masonry.  The  abundant 
water  power  obtained  by  this  m  i  in  is  a  principal 
source  of  the  prosperity  of  the  town.  Extensive 
quarries  of  limestone  aud  of  sandstone  flagging 
are  worked  constantly,  employing  several  hundred 
men. 

In  the  southern  tier  of  counti  :,  many  of  tho 
townships  and  their  villages  have  j  atly  i  ocrcased 
in  population  within  five  years,  or  since  the  com- 
pletion of  the  New  York  and  Erie  R.  R.,  and 
the  construction  of  the  various  railr  ads  which 
connect  that  great  trunk  line  with  the  New  York 
Central  R.  R.  In  many  of  these,  the  lumber 
business  is  a  leading  employment,  and  some  of 
them  contain  large  tanneries.  The  most  populous 
townships  are  :  Chenango  (containing  the  village 
of  Biughamton),  Elmira,  Owego,  Pomfret  (con- 
taining the  village  of  Dunkirk),  Ithaca,  and 
Corning. 

Poughkeepsie  and  Ncwburg,  with  other  largo 
places  on  the  Hudson  River,  are  noted  for  their 
exportation  of  agricultural  produce,  in  supplying 
the  City  of  New  York,  and  some  of  them  also 
have  important  manufactories. 

Schenectady,  16  m.  N.  W.  of  Albany,  was 
founded  as  a  trading  post  in  1 620,  and  chartered 
as  a  city  in  1798.  The  buildings  of  Union  Col- 
lege are  pleasantly  situated  on  an  eminence  in  the 
I  part  of  the  city  ;  this  institution  was  founded 
in  1795,  and  was  recently  endowed  with  $500,000 
by  Dr.  Nott,  its  president. 

Rome,  on  the  Mohawk  River,  107  m.  from 
Albany,  is  a  flourishing  place.  This  was  the  site 
of  old  Fort  Stanwix,  built  in  1758,  rebuilt  in  the 
revolutionary  war.  and  then  called  Fort  Schuyler. 


4i; 


vs&iflm  \«"< 


.•;.. i  <■ 


!.irj)i:    />,, 


Tn   V\ 


V'-   Op, 

isIUver 
l    fcdaxf- 


■ 

7^> 


WK 


I     Co 

■  cdsPt. 


|"V.  I     :.--''i' 

v,„7,,.,, 

E&e£A   ^"x"?^ ' ■■"■   -  ' : '*■' *■' ' 

/'        '■■■■'■ 


.    ,!,.;tr,ull 


NEW  JERSEY 

ana 

EASIE1W 
PEN  SYLVANI  A 

Scale  ox  miles 

v       v.       JO 


30' 


10' 


30' 


3°  XocgitTuiLe  East  from  a'o'  Wail) 


30 


/^ 


( itt  .licach 


T  A  B  L  E     OF     C  0  U  X  T  i  E  fl     A  XI)     TOWNSHIPS     IN 

X  E  W     .1  ERS  E  V. 


Atlantic. 
Hi  i  way. 
I  Egg  M 
Hum.  II mm  .1  'uton. 
Mai.    Mill 

Weymouth. 


" 


Fn. 


Franklin. 

II  i  !.-      ick. 
lln.     Harrington. 

Il'iliokiis. 
L.       Lodi. 
.V.  B  New  Barl 
v. 
/I',;.    Washington. 

Bpri 

Bordentnwn. 

(  •;/.        I 

Cr.      I 

Em.    r.'  •  '  mi. 
/../:.//  i 
.)//.    Mansfield. 
Md.  (S.) 

//r. 

.V/i .      N 

/>!.  P 

Sh.      Soutb  m 

si. 
Wn. 
Wh.    W 

/!',..     V 

City. 
De.  re. 

Dd.     Di 
(»7.     Gl  iu  ester. 

.Vii. 

-ton. 
Il'r/    Wa 
If'ir.   Winslow. 


('  \I'K  May. 

f)s.     Dennis. 
L.       Lower. 

Me.     Middle. 

BRBLAND. 

Bridgeton. 
C.       C  iha    ley. 

I 
De.     Downe. 
Fd.     Fairfield. 
(}.       Greenwi 
III.       Hopewell. 
M.  fi.Maui 
M 
::.  C.  Stoi 

EX. 

Br.      Beileville. 
A'./.     Bloo 
C'Z.      Caldwell. 

1 

Ln.  m. 

Newark  i 
V.  7J.  X.  Provi 
Oe.      <  >  r.  i 

/v.     p        :d. 
ray. 
1J. 
D  don. 
IJ*</.    Wcstfteld. 

GlOI'CKSTER. 

Fn.      Franklin. 

ii  h. 
Hn.     Harri 
IVh.    Woolwi 

HCTDSON. 

B.         Be;, 
///l.       B 

Had 

Jersey  City. 


.V.  //.  Norl 

Hunteri 
.In.      Alexandria. 
/•:.  a.  !■:.  ■ 

Urn. 

I  '■;.       I  'lint  »n. 

A .     Delaw  ire. 
Fn.      I 

K'/.     Kin 

Ln.      ! 

Rati  tan. 

/:.  IV.  Eai1  Win 

//,/.     Hamilt 
///.      Hopewell. 
'         Lawren 

Trenton. 
M'./r.  Wr.  Wii 
MlDDl  . 

Pu. 

S.  B.   S.  Brim 
We.    Woodbrid 

Monmouth 
!<■       Atlantic. 

HI.  Howell. 
Mr. 

lib.  M  •  .cjb. 

.17.  /'.  Middle! 

1/  '.  Millstone. 

On.  Ocean. 

An.  Kim 


Sy.      8brew8bnry. 
I  'il.  Qppei  l 


Cm. 

i    . 
II  . 

.1/  . 


ter. 

■ 

R 


Brick. 

■ 
; 
. 

I  . 
Mr . 

I 

- 

/..    P.    N. 

PenuV 

P.  <;.  pi!    ' 
/'.  G.  Pitt's  G 

way 


■ 
I 

.'./  . 
Wa. 

1 

■ 
il.       II 

//  .     : 

. 

Kiiovrli 
sfield. 


The  greater  part  of  this  State  is  bounded 
liv  Iho  Atlantic  Ocean,  ami  the  entire  western 
boundary  is  formed  by  the  Delaware  Riv  p.    The 
extreme  length  of  the  State,  X.  ami  s..  i  -  1 67  m., 
tlic  breadth  va  '  i  '.'~  to  si  m.,  and   the 

ile  ana  has  been  computed  at  8.r>20  sq.  m. 
The  southern  and  middle  divisions  arc.  for  the 


pari.  I  ■  sandy  :  but  the  si 

northern  and  northw< 

oally  moun- 
tainous. The  shores  of  the  Atlanti  lat 
40°  are  continuously  I  sand 
island-.     The   fir-t   strip  of  mainland,  e: 

ll!:. 


98 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


is  likewise  low  and  marshy,  and  the  corresponding- 
section  along  the  Delaware  Bay  is  of  the  same 
character.  Further  inland  the  surface  rises, 
though  very  gradually,  and  is  mainly  of  sandy  soil. 
Below  Earitan  Bay  is  the  group  of  the  Nevi- 
sink  Hills,  which  are  from  300  to  400  ft.  high, 
and  serve  as  a  beacon  to  mariners  approaching 
New  York.  In  the  N.  E.  part,  along  the  Hud- 
son River,  are  the  Palisades,  20  m.  long,  and  from 
200  to  500  ft.  high.  A  ridge  of  the  Appalachian 
Mts.  extends  across  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  State, 
on  the  E.  side  of  the  Musconetcong  River  and  E. 
boundary  of  Sussex  Co.,  comprising  Schooler's 
Mtn.,  and  other  elevations.  The  extreme  N.  W. 
part  is  traversed  by  the  Blue  Ridge  of  the* same 
-ystcm.  The  streams  of  the  interior  are  small, 
and  those  discharging  into  the  ocean  are  navigable 
only  in  their  lower  courses. 

The  total  population  in  1790  was  184,139  ;  in 
1800,  211,949;  in  1810,  245,555;  in  1820, 
277,575  ;  in  1830.  320,823  ;  in  1840,  373,306  ; 
and  in  1850,  489,555.  Its  increase  in  each  period 
of  ten  years,  from  1790  to  1840,  was  about  15 
per  cent. ;  but  from  1840  to  1850  was  31  per 
cent.  In  1850,  the  colored  persons  numbered 
24,046,  or  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  whole  popula- 
tion ;  the  average  proportion  of  this  class  during 
1790-1820  was  about  7i  per  cent. ;  but  in  each 
ten  years  from  1820  to  1850  this  proportion 
gradually  diminished.  In  1850,  this  class  is  re- 
ported in  the  census  as  embracing  236  slaves, 
which  is  an  error :  Slavery  was  provisionally 
abolished  in  1784: — all  children  born  of  a  slave 
after  1804  were  free  in  1820  ;  and  the  class  thus 
mentioned,  though  formerly  slaves,  are  properly 
"  indented  colored  servants."  Exclusive  of  this 
small  number,  the  population  in  1850  was  thus 
dfied  as  to  nativity  : — Born   in  the   State, 


385,429 ;  born  in  other  States,  45,012 ;  total 
native  population,  430,441 ;  total  foreign,  58,304, 
or  about  12  ncr  cent. ;  of  unknown  nativity,  514. 
At  the  same  time,  the  number  of  those  born  in 
New  Jersey  but  residing  in  other  States  was 
133,381.  By  State  census  of  1855  the  population 
was  569,499. 

Agriculture  and  its  branches  employ  about 
one-fourth  of  the  male  population  over  15  years 
of  age.  The  alluvial  valleys  in  the  western  half 
of  the  State  are  the  most  fertile  and  best  improved 
agricultural  districts,  and  other  parts  of  this 
division  are  moderately  fertile  and  generally  suited 
for  tillage  and  pasturage.  Some  of  the  sandy 
sections  in  the  South  have  been  greatly  improved 
and  rendered  quite  productive.  The  products  of 
orchards  and  market  gardens  in  1850  were  rela- 
tively the  largest  of  any  State.  Of  the  grain 
crops  in  1850,  that  of  corn  exceeded  all  the  others 
combined,  amounting  to  8.759,704  bush.,  while 
that  of  oats  was  3,378,063;  wheat,  1,601,190, 
etc.  Irish  potatoes,  3,207,236  bush. ;  sweet  do., 
508,015 ;  total,  3,715,251  ;  hay,  435,950  tons. 
The  amount  and  value  of  live  stock,  and  the 
production  of  butter,  arc  relatively  large. 

The  manufactures  of  New  Jersey  have  long 
been  very  extensive,  though  mainly  owing  to  the 
nearness  of  the  great  markets  of  New  York  and 
Philadelphia.  By  the  returns  of  1850,  New 
Jersey's  aggregate  product  of  manufactures, 
mining,  and  the  mechanic  arts,  was  $39, 713,586 
annually,  from  4,108  establishments,  each  produ- 
cing to  the  value  of  $500  and  upwards.  Its  rank 
in  this  respect  was  the  sixth.  Annual  product  of 
the  chief  branches  reported  :  woollen,  $1,1 64,446  ; 
cotton,  $1,109,524;  wrought  iron,  $1,079,57(1  ; 
tanning,  $721,466  ;  iron  casting,  $G86,430  ;  pig 
iron,  $500,541.     In  Newark,  in  1855,  the  aggre- 


ST  A  TE    OF     \  B  W     J  J.  RSI 


pate  annual  product  of  manufuetu  inia- 

tedal  $15,000,000;  of  which,  $8,000,000  i 

it  equally  divided  among  four  branches— jew- 
elry, patenl  leather,  hats,  and  clothing. 

The  mineral  deposits  within  this  8  ■  very 

valuable,  especially  those  of  iron  and  zinc  The 
mines  of  zinc  in  Sussex  Co.  are  believed  to  be 
ive  in  the  world,  and  are  profita- 
bly worked.  Iron  ores  occur  abundantly — mag- 
netic and  hematite  in  the  X.,  and  bog  in  the  S. 
There  are  many  varieties  of  the  strata  of  slate, 
limestone,  and  sandstone  ;  and  these  are  exten- 
sively quarried,  <  the  brown  and  red  sand- 
Btone,  both  for  home  consumption  and  exportation. 
Beds  of  marl  are  very  abundant  in  the  central 
and  western  sections. 

The  railroads  in  Jan..  1S5G,  had  an  aggregate 
length   of   528   m.,  and   had  cost  .289. 

The  first  charter  for  a  railroad  in  this  country  was 
granted  by  the  X.  J.  Legislature  in  i  ion  of 

1  -I  i  I .")  ;  this  was  for  a  road  between  Trenton 
and  Xew  Brunswick,  but  the  enterprise  was  not 
then  prosecuted.  The  Delaware  and  Baritan 
Canal  is  43  m.  long,  and  75  ft.  wide  ;  the  Morris 
Canal  is  102  m.  long. 

The  coasting  trade  is  active,  and  employs  nearly 
all  the  to  In  1855,  the  total  tonnage  was 

121.019  is.,  of  which  20,289  were  in  steam  navi- 
gation :  and  during  that  fiscal  year  10,960  ts.  were 
built     i  « is  small,  fluctuating, 

since  1850,  between  $2  000  and  $5,000  a  year. 

Population  of  cities  and    chief  townships  in 
1855,  by  State  c  Newark,  53, !  10  :  Pater- 

.  23,960 ;  Jersey  City,  21,715  ;  Camden,  15,- 
000:  New  Brunswick,  12,401  ;  Tr<  nton,  13,250  ; 
Elizabeth  City,  8,978;  Orange,  6,578 ;  Burling- 
:    Eoboken,   5,842  ;    B<  rgen,  4,972  ; 
Hudson.  4,207. 


Trenton,  on  Delaware  River,  at  tl 
steamboat  navigation,  57  in.  S.  W.  .  .rk. 

has  been   the    Capital  of 

le    the  Stal  •  lluu-c.  H  c  intai 
Lunatic  Asylum  and  Stal  ■    I'   .' 
city  has  excellent  water-power,  and  ' 
tures.  already  of 

Newark  is  on  the   Pi     lie   Riv     9  m.  W.  of 
York.     It  ;  r  its  manu- 

factures, which  arc  for  the  most  pari  |  i  by 

establishments  of  moderate  capital,  th    igh  tl 
are  several  that  are  very  extensive.  '  the 

public  build'  me  of  the  churcl 

legant  and  costly  structui 
Paterson  is  13  m.  X.  i       ^  and  17  N. 

W.  of  Xew  York,  and  situated  on 
River,  immediately  below  its  Falls.     Tl 

ut  of  the  river  is  72  it.,  of  which  the  per] 
dicular  fall  is  50  ft.  There  are  about  twenty  i 
ton  factories  in  operation,  three  extensive  1 

ive  manufactories,  with  a  variety  of  other  im- 
portant establishments,  and  the  silk  mills  are 
among  the  most  extensive  in  the  Union. 

Camden,  is  1  directly  opposite  Philadel- 

phia, and   has   rapidly  increased   within   a 
. 
Xew  Brunswick  has  a  flourishing  trade,  and 
the  seat  of  Rutgers'  College,  founded  in  1770. 
Princeton  is  a  pleasant  place.  11  m.  N.  E. 
Trenton.     It  is  chi  the 

. .  which  was  founded  in 
i  at  Elizabethtown,  and  removed  place 

in  1757.  and  also  as  the  seal  of  the   P  rian 

Theological  Seminary,  founded  in  1-12. 

Burlington,  12  m.  S.  of  Trenton,  was  founded 
in  1678,  and  incorporated  as  a  city  in  17-: 
contains  several  seminaries  of  high  reputation. 
and  many  elegant  dwellings. 


TABLE    OF     COUNTIES    AND    TOWNS  III  PS    IN 

PENNSYLVANIA. 


Adams. 
ft.        Berwick. 
B.H.  Ban  Hamilton, 
('.       Conewago. 
Cd.     Camberland. 

Franklin. 
Fin.  Freedom. 
Gy.     Germany. 

Hn.  Hamilton. 

H.  Huntin  . 

/.-.  Lat'timore. 

/.  .  Lib 

Mi.  Menallen. 

Ma.  Mount  J 

M.  Mt.  1 

Kg.  Read 

Se.  SI 

T.  Tj  i 

Un.  Uni 

Alleghany. 


Bn. 

/•:.  />. 

Eh. 

: 

I.. 

a  i. 

ft*. 


Baldwin. 

I  leer. 
Elizabeth, 
Findley. 
Franklin. 
Indian 
Jeffer- 
Lowei 
Million. 
Mifflin. 
Moon. 

.  Payette. 
Ohio. 
Peel)1 


Pittsbui 
Pb.      Plumb.  ' 

Robinson. 
ft*.      B 

Kit.      Snowdon. 

1  S.  Upp'rSI 
!'.  v,  jaill 
(('.  /;.  \v  tD 
Ws.    WU1 

•' 
j4y.     Alleghany, 
ft.  ft. 

Franklin. 

Kiskimi 

Kittaning. 
Mn.    Madison. 

North  Buffalo. 
ft.       Pc: 


Pe.      Pine. 
ft.  C.  Plum  Creek. 
ft.  ft.  Bed  Bank. 
N  ft.  South  B  iffal  . 
S.  C.  Sugar  Creek. 
We.    Wayne. 

Be vvek. 

Beaver. 
3.  ft  Big  Beaver. 

ft.        Brighton. 

I  lippewa. 
A'/'.     Economy. 
(in.     Green. 
//•.     Hanover. 

II  >pewell. 

L.       L.  Darlington. 

M      M  irion. 
Moon. 

ZV.  &  New  Sewickly. 

iV.       Nth.  Sewickly. 

Go.      Ohio. 

ft.       Patterson. 

ft.        Perry  (N.  E.) 

ft>;.     Raccoon. 

S.  ft.  South  Beaver. 
Bedford. 

B'l.     Bedford. 
.".  Broad  Top. 

Ce.      Coleraine. 

C.    V.      Cumberland 
Valley. 

E.  ft.  E.  Providence. 

Hn.     Harrison. 

HI.      Hopewell. 

/.//.     Liberty  (N.) 

Ly.     Lon'donderry. 

M   W.  Middle  Wood- 
bury. 

Me.     Monroe. 

Nr.     Napier. 

Sn.     Southamr' 

ft.  W.  S.  Woodbmy. 

St.  C.St.  Clair. 

Un.     Union . 

W.      W.  Providence. 

Berks. 

Ay.  Albany. 

Ae.  Alsace. 

Ay.  Amity. 

7,'?i.  Berne, 

ft/.  Bethel. 

IH-.  Brecknock. 

Cn.  Caernarvon. 

Ce.  Centre. 

C.  Colebrool 


Cu.     Cumru. 

ft/.      District. 

D.       Douglass. 

ft.       Earl. 

Er.     Exeter. 

Gh.     Greenwich. 

Hg.     Heidelberg. 

H.       Hereford. 

L.  C.  Lower  Cumru. 

L.  S.  Long  Swamp. 

L.H.  Lower   Heidel- 
berg. 

M.  C.  Maiden  Creek. 

Mn.    Marion. 

M.      Maxatawny. 

N.  II.  N.  Heidelberg. 

Oy.      Oley. 

P.       Penn. 

Pe.      Pike. 

Reading. 

Rrt.     Richmond, 

ft;?.      Robeson. 

R.       Rockland. 

ft.  31.  Roscomb  Manor 

T.       Tulpehoccon. 

Un.     Union. 

U.  ft.  Upper  Bern. 

U.   T.  Upper  Tulpe- 
hoccon. 

W.     Washington. 

Wr.    Windsor. 

Blair. 

Ay.  Alleghany. 

A.  Antes. 

ft.  Blair. 

Ce.  Catherine. 

Gd.  Greenfield. 

Fn.  Frankstown. 

Hollidaysburgh. 

Hn.  Huston. 

.'■I.  .Tuuiata. 
iV.  IF.  N.  Woodbury. 

Sr.  Snyder. 

Te.  Tyrone. 

W.  Woodbury. 

Bk  A.DFORD. 

Ay.  Albany. 

Aa.  Armenia. 

Am.  Asylum. 

As.  Athens. 

Bn.  Burlington. 

Cn.  Canton. 

Ca.  Columbia. 

1)1.  Durell. 

Fn.  Franklin. 


Ge. 

11. 

L   ft. 

Ld. 

Me. 

01. 

Pe. 

ft.'/. 

Re 

Sn . 

S. 

S.  C. 

Sd. 

S.H. 

s.  s. 

T. 

Ty. 

U. 

Wn. 

Ws. 

Wm. 

W. 


Br. 

Bm. 

ft. 

ft. 

I). 

ft*. 

Hk. 
H. 
L.  M. 

M. 

Md. 

N.  ft. 

TV. 

Nn. 

Nor. 

Pd. 

ft. 

ft/. 

Sy. 

Sn. 

Sd. 

Tm. 

U.M. 

Wr. 

Wn. 

Wk. 

W. 


Granville. 

Herrick. 
Le  Roy. 

Litchfield. 

Monroe. 

Orwell. 

Pike. 

Ridgebury. 

Rome. 

Sheshequin. 

Smitbfield. 

South  Creek. 

Springfield. 

Springhill. 

Standing  Stone. 

Towanda. 

Troy. 

Ulster. 

Warren. 

Wells. 

Windham. 

Wysox. 

Buck.--. 
Bedminster. 
Bensalem. 
Bristol  (S.) 
Buckingham. 
Doyleston. 
Durham. 
Falls. 
Haycock. 
Hillstown. 
Lwr.Make 
Middletown. 
Mil  ford. 
New  Britain. 
Newtown. 
Nockamixon. 
Northampton. 
Plu'mst 
Richland. 
Rockhill. 
Solebury. 
Southampton. 
Springfield. 
Tinicum. 
Upr.  Makefield. 
Warminster. 
Warrington. 
Warwick. 
Wrightstown. 

Butler. 


Bo.      Buffalo. 
Br.      Butler. 
Ce.      Centre. 


Cy.      Cherry. 
Cd.     Clearfield. 
C.       Cranberr}'. 
1)1.      Donegal. 
E.    C.    East    Conne- 

quenessmg. 
Fir.     Fairview. 
Fn.     Franklin. 
Mr.    Mercer. 
Mr.     .Middlesex. 
M.  C.  Muddy  Creek. 
N.  B.  North  Butler. 
Pr.      Parker. 
8.  ft.  Slippery  Rock. 
Vo.     Venango. 
Wn.   Washington. 
W.C.  West     Conue- 

quenessing. 

Cambria. 

Ay.  Alleghany. 

Ca.  Cambria. 

CI.  Carroll. 

Cd.  Clearfield. 

Ch.  Conemaugh. 
Ebensburgb. 

Jn.  Jackson. 

K  '.  Richland. 

S.  11.  Summer  Hill. 

Sa.  Susquehanna. 

W.  Wash  in '/tin. 

We.  White. 

Carbon-. 
ft.        Banks. 
E.  ft.  East  Penn. 
Le.      Lausanne. 
L.   T.  Lower  Towa- 

mensing. 
M.      Mahoning. 
31.  C.  Mauch  Chunk. 
P.  ft.  Penn  Forest. 
U.  T.  Up.  Towamen- 

sing. 

Centre. 

Bellefonte. 
ft* .      Boggs. 
Fn.     Ferguson. 
.  ■ .     (J regg. 
H.      Haines. 
II.  31.  Hali  Moon. 
lis.     Harris. 
Hd.     Howard. 
Hs.     Huston. 
Ly.     Liberty. 
Mn.    Marion. 
Ms.     Miles. 


T 


r       ''- 


IS 


itei 


_)-_-._^  ?  \ 


:4_-;_.. 


- 


«- 


L*<n==     =       « 


"*"•*  <^ 


r? 


n 


<■  /\  -■       / 


---■■'  1 


. 


: 


S  T  A  T  E     OF      P  E  N  N  S  Y   L  V   A   N  J   A 


/'  Penn. 

Pn.  Patton. 

Pr.  Potter. 

IVt.  Rush. 

S.  8,  Bno«  -I 

J»g.  Bpri 

7V.  Taylor. 

/'  Onion. 

Wr.  Walker. 

.  Worth. 

I'm.   i'u:. 

/?.  ham. 

own. 

o.  Bast  Brandy- 
wine. 

C.       Bast  Cain. 

/•;.       Ea  t  i   iventry. 

/■:.  p.  l :  r 

A'..U.  Kit  Marlboro'. 

E.  .V.  East  Nantmeal. 

A'.  2Vo.  Bast  Notting- 
ham. 

En      !'    i town. 

A.  V.  East  Vi 

a;.  ;r.  B.whi 
G.  Bast  Go 
7/.  /;.    I  Irook. 

A7.  Ken  * 
L.  B.  L.  Britain. 

/..  G.  London 

A.  (A  Lower  1 1 

N.  G.  Nev  ■ 

A"».     Newlin. 

.V.  A.  New  London. 

N.      North  Coventry 

P.        rum. 

Py.     Pennsbury. 

P.       Ba  t  Pikeland. 
dsbury. 
bjrylkill. 

S.       B  roth  « !i  . 

7'.       Thornbury. 

IVi.      rreayffrin. 

U.  <>.  Cppi  r  Oxford 

LA       Owehland. 
ck. 

jr./;  idford 

/!'.     W.  Brand]  wine 

/['.  C.    West  C 

West  Chester. 

/('.  P.  W. Pallowfield. 

W.  G.  West  G 
/.  W.Marl 

M'.  .V.  W.  Nantmeal. 

W.  No.  W.  Notting- 
ham. 

rr.  p.  w.  Pik 

W.  T.   West  Town. 

M\  I'.  We  t  \ 

M".  W.   We  t  White- 
I. 


Il'«.    Willistown. 
Clarion. 

Br.  Beaver. 

<".  Clarion. 

EL  Elk 

/',!.  Farming!  n. 

I 
Mn. 

M  .  Monri  e. 

/'/.  Pa 

I'u.  Perry. 

/'.  Pine. 

/v.  Porter. 

/,'.  B.  Red  Bank 

A'.  Richland. 

by. 
ll'ii.   Washington. 


/;. 
Bd. 

ct. 

Dr. 

Fa. 

Par. 

Gd. 

G. 

Hn. 

.1,,. 

k's. 

Le. 

Ms. 
Pn. 

.: 


i. 

Ck. 
C. 

1). 
tin. 
Ge. 
If.  E 

Kg. 

I.. 

l.n. 

Lr. 

P.  c 

Pr. 

W. 

Wy 

n  . 
B. 


Becai'ui. 

I '.  ' 

ord. 
Brady. 
Bnrnside. 
Chi 

ci.-,  ttu  Id. 
Covinj 

t  or. 

.son. 

i,l. 
1 

ion. 

hi. 

Lawn 

ris. 
Pcnn. 

v.-  d. 
Clinti 

A   lii-.Mll. 

Chapman. 
Colebroi  k. 
ford. 

Gn  ive. 
Elating. 

IT. 

Porl 
>nc 

' 

Columbia. 

Be  iv.  r. 

'ii. 


/;.  <  ■. 

c. 

C. 

r.c 

Gd. 

II:. 

Jn. 
Mi. 

!/. 

o. 

i:  c. 

S.  L. 


k. 

( '.it  I-,.. 

tre. 
Pishing  < 
nwo  id. 

Ih  m' 

Mifflin. 

Montour. 

Mounl 

' 
u-  Loaf. 


S   .'/.  B.  Middl 


Crawford. 

Atlii  ii-. 
ver. 
Bd.      Bloomfield. 
(  /.      i 

. 
E.  P.E.F 
P. 

od. 
H.       Hayfield. 

Mead  vi  lie. 
M.      Mead. 
.V.      N.  Chenango. 
().  C.  Oil  <  . 
Pe.      Pine. 

Randolph. 
Rd.     Richmond. 
R.       Rockdale. 
/.'  .       I:  me. 
S.       Sadshnry. 
S.C.  S.  Ch(  .c.'ngo. 
Sa.      Sparta. 
Sg.      Spring. 
ST.       Sammerhill. 
St. 
Ty.     Troy. 

]'o.     y 

V.  Vernon. 

We.  Wayne. 

W.  W.  Pallowfield. 

ii'..  Woodcock. 

Cumberland. 


i    • 
Jn. 

I 

I    . 
M. 
M.  I 
M. 

II. 


am. 

I>i  ii  y. 

I! 

Harrisburgb. 

.  on. 
Jeffei 

Matam  . 
'.  Midd 
Mifflin. 


.'.ii. 
n.  s. 

fin. 
p. 

F. 
If. 
III. 

Me. 

Y. 
TV.  M. 

TO. 

Sn.     Soul 


ring. 

Dickinson- 
East  Pe 
rough. 
Prankford. 
Hampden. 
.11. 
Mifflin. 

Newton. 
N.  Middl 


.v.        -  ana. 

/ '.  P 

I '.  s.  Opper  - 
W.      Washing) 
W.H.    v 

.    Wiconisco. 


Delaware. 


J. 

J! I,!  . 

Cr. 
Cd. 

]). 
Et. 

I    . 
/..  C. 

Mn. 
A.  P. 
Nn. 
Rr. 

Tin. 

. 
/ '.  1). 
'  .  P. 


■1. 

■       ter. 
Concord. 

V. 

Lr.  i 

' 

Middli 

l.r.  Piw  idence 

Newtown. 

y. 
'J. 

1:1. 
'I'll' 

Or. ' 
0.  Provi 


Elk. 

lit.      Henezett. 

u. 
Jy. 

1!  V 

v.  C. 

v.. 

Ct.      Conneant. 
A.  C.  Elk  Creek. 

Erie. 
/•'.        Pain 

I'n.  ii. 


G. 

' .'. . 

'„/. 

//.  c. 

I..  /:.  I.'  I. 

.V.  K.  11 

' 
/  . 

i 

■id. 

F.».  ■. 
B. 

■AT. 

fn. 

■ 
-  ■ 

•it. 

::.      i 

.V.   II 

T. 

!      .       ' 
ll'n. 

I 

Y.        Y 

• 
Antrim. 

' 


Am. 

Ft. 

If. 

I.   /.' 

l.n. 

M. 


/;  i. 

i 

/:.  a  .  e.  : 


102 


UNITED    STATES    OF    AMERICA, 


Ce. 

Cd. 

Dd. 

F. 

G. 

Jn. 

J. 

M. 

Mn. 

M. 

Py. 

11.  H 

IVn. 

We. 

Wy. 


re . 
lerland. 

.  rd. 
Franklin. 
Greene. 

.I.i  ;ks  in. 

Jeffer 

Monongahela. 

i  i. 
Morris  (X.) 
Perry. 
Rich  Mill. 
Washington. 
Wayne. 
Winteley. 


Hcntingdon. 

Be.  Barre. 

B.  Brady. 

Cs.  Cass. 

.  Clay. 

CI.  Cromwell. 

;;.  Dublin. 

Fit.  Franklin. 

II.  Henderson. 

HI.  Hopewell. 

Huntingdon. 

Jn.  Jack~  in. 

Ms,  .Morris. 

Pa.  Penn. 

Pr.  Porter. 

Si/.  Shirley. 

Sd.  Springfield. 

TL  Tell. 

Td.  Todd. 

I'n.  Union. 

Wr.  Walker. 
W.M.  Warrior's  Mart 

Wt.  West. 

Indiana. 

Ag.     Armstr 
B.  L.  Blacklick. 
B.  V.  Brush  Valley. 

Centre. 
Ch.     Conemaugh. 
E.  M.  East  Mahoning. 

(Ireene, 

Indiana. 

Montgomery. 
N.M.  N.  Mahon 

i:  tin. 
s.        Baltsburg. 
S.M.  -    ith  Mab  ming 
W.M,  '■'<■-'•  Mih  >ning 
Wd.    Wheatfield. 
IV.      White. 
Yg.     Young. 


Pr. 

r* 

Re. 

S. 

w. 

if* 

I  Vic. 


.  Pine  Creek. 
Porter. 
Young. 
Hose. 
Snyder. 
W  trsaw. 
Washington. 
Winslow. 

Juniata. 


Jeff*:  ISO   . 

Brook  vi  11 'j 

Cr. 

Clover. 

Ed 

Eldred. 

Gl. 

Kill. 

P. 

Perry. 

n. 

Beall. 

De. 

Delaware. 

Fe. 

Fayette. 

F. 

Fermanagh. 

Gd. 

Greenwood. 

Lk. 

Lack. 

Mitliintown. 

M. 

Mil  lord. 

Tt. 

Turbett. 

Ta. 

Toscarora. 

Wr. 

Walker. 

Lancaster. 

Bainbridge, 

Bt. 

Bart, 

Bk. 

Brecknock. 

Cn. 

Caei  narvon. 

Co. 

Coleraine. 

Ca. 

Columbia. 

C. 

Conoy. 

De. 

Drumore. 

E.E. 

East  Earl. 

E.  C 

.  East  Cocalic  >. 

E.D 

.  East  Donegal. 

E.  H.  East  Hemofield 

E. 

Eist  Lampeter. 

E.S. 

E  ist  Strasburg. 

Eh. 

Elizabeth. 

Ei. 

Ephrata. 

Fn. 

Fulton. 

L. 

Lauca-iter. 

L.B. 

Little  Britain. 

Lk. 

Lower  Leacook. 

M. 

Manheim. 

Mr. 

Manor. 

ML 

Mastick. 

My. 

M  >ant  Joy. 

I'. 

Penn. 

Re. 

ihoe. 

S. 

Sadsbury. 

Sy. 

S  ilisbury. 

Sg. 

Strasburg 

( 'a. 

Conestoga  (S.) 

U.  L 

.Upper  Leacock 

Wk. 

Warwick. 

Washington. 

w.c 

West '  'ocalico. 

W.D.West  Donegal. 

JV.E 

We3t  EirL 

IV. 

WestHempfield 

W.  L.  VV.  Lampeter. 

Lawkence. 
/?.  P..  Big  Beaver. 
L.       Little  Beaver. 


M.      Mahoning. 
ZV.      Neshann  »ck. 
New  Castle. 
.V.  B  North  Beaver. 
N.  S.  North  Slippery 

Rock. 
Pi/.     Perry. 
P.       Pulaski. 
S.       Shenango. 
iS.  S.  S.  Slippery  Rock. 
IV.      Wayne. 
IV  n.    Wilmington. 

Lebanon. 
Bl.      Bethel. 
E.  H.  East  Hanover. 
//.       Heidelburg. 
Jn.      Jackson. 

Lebanon. 
Ly.      Londonderry. 
M.       Mill  Creek. 
N.  A.  North  Anville. 
N.  L.  North  Leb  mon. 
S.  A.  S.  Anville. 
S.        Swatara. 
S.  L.  South  Lebanon. 
Un.     Union. 

Lehigu. 

Allcntown. 
H.        Heidelburg. 
L.  M.  Lwr.  Maouugie. 
L.        Low  Hill. 
Ln.      Lynn. 
N.  IV.  N.  Whitehall. 
S.         Salisburgh. 
»S'.  H  South  H  mover. 
U.  M.  Up.  Macungie. 
U.  AM.  Up'rMiltbrd. 
U.  S.  Upper  Saucon. 
Wg.    Weisenburg. 
JV.      Whitehall. 


An. 

Bn. 

By. 

Bk. 

Br. 

Ce. 

Cn. 

Ds. 

Dn. 

Dr. 

Er. 

F.  M. 

F. 

Gd. 

II,-. 

HI. 

H. 

Il„. 

J. 

K. 

L. 


Luzerne. 
Abingdon. 
Benton. 
Blakeley. 
Buck. 
Butler. 
Carbondale. 
Covington. 
Dallas. 
Denison. 
Dorrance. 
E  Keter. 
Fair  Mount. 
Franklin. 
Greenfield. 
Hanover. 
Hazle. 
Hollenbich. 
ILintingdon. 
.J.i  kson. 
Kingston. 
Lackawana. 


Le. 

Ln. 

Nc. 

Nt. 

Nn. 

P 

Pn. 

P. 

Pe. 

Rs. 

Sdi  . 

St. 

S  L. 

Cn. 

IV.  B 


Lake, 
Lehman. 
Nescopeck. 
Newport. 
Newton. 
Pell. 
Pittston. 
Plymouth. 
Providence. 
Ross. 
Salem. 
Scott. 
Sagarloaf. 
Union. 
Wilkesbirre. 


Lycoming. 
Ay.  Anthony. 
Ag. 
Un. 
Cr. 
Cn. 
C. 
Cs. 
Fd. 
Fn. 
Ha. 
Jn. 
Ls. 
Le. 
L. 
Ls;. 
Mi. 
Ml. 
My. 


Armstrong. 

Brown. 

Cascade. 

Clinton. 

Coganhouse. 

Cimmings. 

Fairfield. 

Franklin. 

Hepburn. 

Jackson. 

Lewi3. 

Limestone. 

Loyalsock. 

Lvcoming, 

Mifflin. 

Moreland. 

Money. 


TV.  N.  Xippenose. 

Pn.     Penn. 

P.  C.  Plunket  Creek. 

P.      Porter. 

S.       Shrewsbury. 

Sa.     Susquehanna. 

IVn.   Washingt  -n. 

IV.      Watson. 

Williamsport. 
JVf.    Wolf. 

McKean. 

B'l.  Bradford. 

Cs.  Oeres. 

Cn.  Cory  don. 

Ed.  Eld  red. 

Hn.  Hamilton. 

Hn.  Hamilin. 

Kg.  Keating. 
L.  F.  Lafayette. 

Lt/.  Liberty, 

Nh.  Norwich. 

Sn.  Shippen. 

St.  Sergeant. 

Mercer. 

C.  S.   Cool  Spring. 
He.      Delaware. 
L.       Lackawannock. 
F.  C.  French  Creek. 


Ge.      Greene. 
Hy.      Hickory. 

Mercer. 

Pymatuning. 

Salem. 

Sandy  Creek 

Sandy  Lake. 

Sharon. 

Springfield. 
I V.  S.  West  Salem. 
IVn.    Wilmington. 
IV.  C.  Wolf  Creek. 


Pg- 

Sm. 

Sc. 
S.L. 

Sn. 

Sd. 


Ah. 
Bn. 
Dr. 
I)i/. 
Ge. 

Mo. 
Or. 
Un. 
IVc. 


Mifflin. 

Armagh. 

Brown. 

Decatur. 

Derry. 

Granville. 

Le  Wigtown. 

Menno. 

Oliver. 

Union. 

Wayne. 

Monroe. 


CH.  Chestnut  Hill. 
Ch.      Coolboughs. 
Hn.     Hamilton. 
Jn.      Jackson. 
M.  S.  Mid.  Smithfield. 
Pe.      Paradise. 
Po.     Pocono. 
Pk.     Polk. 
P.       Price. 
Rs.     Ross. 
Sd.     Smith  field. 

Stroud  sburg. 
Sd.      Stroud. 
Ta.     Tobyhanna. 
Montgomery. 


An. 

C. 

Ds. 

Fa. 

Fk. 

Gd. 

Hd. 

Hm. 

Lk. 

L.  M. 

Pe. 

I.I. 

Mo. 

Md. 

Nr. 

Pk. 
Ph. 
Pe. 
Sd. 
T". 
Ur. 
Un. 


Abingt  on. 

Cheltenham. 

Douglass. 

Franconia 

Frederick. 

(iroynedd, 

Hatfield. 

Horsham. 

Limerick. 

Lower  Merion. 

Lr.  Providence. 

Lower  Silford. 

Marlboro. 

Moreland. 

New  Hanover. 

Norrist  own. 

Perkiomen. 

Plymouth. 

Pottsgrove. 

Springfield. 

TowarficiiHing. 

Upper  Ilanove- 

Up.  Dublin  (N) 


ST  A  T  B     OF      P  E  N  N  8  V  I.  V  A  N  I  A. 


L07 


For  example :  in  1854,  the  Reading  R.  R.  trans- 
ported 1  989,854  tons  of  coal  and  328,392  toi 
other  freight  ;  in  the  same  year,  the  Schuylkill 
( 'anal  transported  907,35 1  tonsofeoal  and  .'!! !  .1  1 1 
tons  of  other  freight. 

Tin'  coa  ting,  lake,  ami  river  trade  i 
responding  extent.    Tin-  value  of  the  raercha 
arriving  at  and  departing  from   Pittsburg  by  (lie 
Ohio  River  is  estimated  to  amv  1,000 

annually.  At  Erie,  the  value  of  i  sports  ami  im- 
ports in  1851,  was  ^4,206,483.  The  coasting 
trade  of  Philadelphia  is  annually  incrcasiug.  Of 
this,  the  largest  branch  is  the  exportation  of  coal, 
which  engages  about  one-third  <4'  the  ton 
tering  a1  thai  port  The  actual  shipment  of  i 
inl854,from   Philadelphia,  was   1,982,812   I 

isting  of  1,411,731  from  Porl  Richmond,  and 
571,081  from  the  Schuylkill  wharves ;  and  about 
470,000  tons  remained  in  Philadelphia  for  h 
consump 

The  direct  I  commerce  of  Pennsylvania 

at  this  period  be  -:  proportion  to  thi 

the  entire  country  than  formerly.  For  several 
3  the  annual  amount  of  the  imports  from  for- 
eign countries  lias  been  from  two  to  three  times 
greater  than  the  amount  of  exports.  Tn  the  fiscal 
"  !.  th  •  total  exports  were  $10,104,416,  and 
the  impoi      -      359,306. 

In  respect  to  its  tonnage,  Pennsylvania  ranks 
as  the  fourth  State  in  the  Union,  and  about  three- 
fourths  of  thi  is  owned  in  the  district  of  Phila- 
delphia. 'Ire  total  amount  of  tonnage  owned  in 
ties  State,  in  1-  397,767  tons,  of  which  ill 

distrid  of  Philadelphia,  294,806;  do.   Pi 

91  ;  do.  I  li    9,270.    Of  the 

tonnage  employed  in  steam  navigation  in  1855, 
81,19'*'  tonswere  enrolled  orli  '  arg, 

and  26,252  at  Philadelphia. 


Tl  !  th.-  fourth  in  regard  to 

building  of  vessels ;  amount  of  tonnage  built 

in  1855,  44,4  r  about  one-thirteenth  of  all 

built  in  the  Union.      Pittsburg  i     particularly 

i  {or  the  building  of 
many  years  past,  there  have  been   al 
senger  steamboats  built  at  th 

year,  al  a  COSl  of  ab  sally 

freight  and  towbi 

The  rep  irted  condition  of  1  in    Penn- 

sylvania shows  that   there  is  ;  □  of 

the  wealth  of  the  people  titu- 

than  is  usual  in 
A   cording  to  th"  return  of  Jan..  L856 
('. !  bi   iks,  with  a  capital  of  si  | 
as  in  Jan  .  and  their  di 

I  793,336,  a  -  164  in  Jan., 

1855. 
Pennsylvania   contains  five 

with  population  of  from  10,' 
many  lar  I  lurishing  boroughs,  and  a  la  . 

number  of  popul  osor  townships.     Phila- 

'  la  was  formerly  the  first  city  in    '  .  in 

point  of  population,  and   is  now  1  id.     In 

.the  city  proper  waa  consolidated  with  its 
immediate  suburbs  within  the  County  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  thus  the  boundaries  of  the  city  are 
now  co-extensive  with  those  of  the  county.  The 
following  statement  exhibits  the  population  of 
Philadelphia  City  and  County  from  1 830  to  1-50  : 

Philadelphia.  Ir.  1  Jul  In  1 

City  Proper 93,665.  . . .   93,665. . .  .121  i 

of  County..  73,660....!  .287 


te  ...  .167,325, 
Pittsburg  and  its  suburb  v.  ire  reported  in  Jan., 
ling  to  a  local  census  of  that  date,  to 
contain  110.211,  inhabitants.    1  of 


108 


U  X  I  T  E  D     STATES     OF    AMERICA, 


that  city  daring  1830-50  and  of  its  large  suburbs 
is  thus  stated  : 

Pittsburg 12,568.  . .  .21,115. . .  .46,001 

Alleghany  City 2,801.. .  .10,089. . .  .21.201 

Birmingham 1,554 3,742 


;gregate 15,369         32,758         71,004 

The  next  statement  exhibits  the  population  of 
the  other  cities  at  the  corresponding  periods  : 

Reading 5,856 8,410. . .  .15,743 

Lancaster 7,704 8,417. . .  .12,309 

Harrisbnrg 5,980   ....  7,834 

Population  of  the  principal  boroughs  in  1850  : 
1  ~  tsville,  7,515  ;  Easton,  7,250  ;  York,  6,803  ; 
Norristown,  0,024;  Erie,  5,858;  Carbondale, 
4,945 ;  Carlisle,  4,581  ;  Columbia,,  4,140. 

llurrisburg  has  an  excellent  situation  on  the 
'  the  Susquehanna,  100  m.  W.  from 
Philadelphia.  It  was  founded  in  1785,  and  made 
Capital  of  the  State  iri  1812.  The  Capitol  and 
other  government  buildings  are  located  on  an 
eminence  in  the  north  part  of  the  city  ;  and  I : 
are  built  of  brick  in  handsome  style. 

Philadelphia  occupies  the  neck  of  land  between 
the  Delaware  and  Schuylkill  Rivers ;  but  its 
densely  inhabited  portion  is  about  6  m.  above 
-  confluence.  Latitude  of  High  School  Ob- 
servatory, 39°  57'  9"  N. ;  longitude  75°  10' 
37"  W.  The  site  of  the  city  is  generally  level, 
but  rises  to  the  north,  where  it  becomes  un 
and  hilly.   Itspla  cially  in  the  old  part,  is  as 

liar  as  ]■  '1  the  principal  streets  cross- 

ing at  right  angles,  and  this  plan  prevail',  with 
some  variations,  throughout  the  more  recently- 
settled  suburbs.  There  are  five  public  squares  or 
parks  within  the  city,  each  containing  from  5  to 
7  a  ttly  enclo     I,  b   lutifully  laid  out,  and 

planted  with  a  great  variety  of  trees.     The  Dela- 


ware is  the  larger  of  the  bordering  rivers,  and  it 
is  near  or  towards  that  side  of  the  city  that  the 
greater  part  of  The  business  quarter  is  located. 
The  main  focus  of  the  mercantile  business  is  at 
the  Merchants'  Exchange,  which  is  situatedat  the 
intersection  of  Walnut,  Third,  and  Dock  stre 
The  fashionable  quarter  is  south  of  Market  St., 
and  west  of  Seventh  St.,  and  this  region,  especi- 
ally Walnut  St.,  is  filled  with  elegant  and  costly 
residences,  which  are  indicative   of  wealth   and 
refinement.     Many  of  the   public  buildings   are 
remarkable  for  their  beautiful  architecture.   Mosl 
of  these  are  constructed  of   white  marble,  and 
this  material  is  also  extensively  used  for  banks, 
stores,  churches,  etc.,  and  in  the  fronts  of  houses 
Freestone  has  been  used  to  a  considerable  extent 
within  a  few  years  in  the  construction  of  splendid 
building':    as    in    the    Girard    House,  Catholic 
Cathedral,  St.  Mark's  Church,  and  several  banks, 
houses,  etc.     The  most  interesting  edifice  is  the 
State  House,  erected  in  1729-34,  containing  In- 
dependence  Hall,  where    Congress    adopted  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  ;  it  is  a  brick  build- 
ing of  venerable  aspect,  plain  exterior,  and  solid 
construction.     Long  may  it  stand  !     The  Custom 
House,  formerly  the  United  States  Lank,  cost 
about  §500,000  ;  it  is  built  on  a  raised  platform, 
161  ft.  long,  by  87  wide,  in  the  Doric  order  of 
architecture,  after  the  model  of   the  Parthenon, 
and  its  principal  fronts  have  8  fluted  columns,  27 
ft.  high  and  41  in  diameter.     The  edifice  of  the 
United  States  Mint  cost  about  $200,000  ;  it  has 
a  front  of  120  ft.,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a 
grand  portico,  02  ft.  long,  supported  by  6  Ionic 
columns.     The  Merchants'  Exchange,  Pennsylva- 
nia Bank,  and  ( rirard  Bank,  are  elegant  and  \ 
costly  structures,  and  there  are  many  other  build- 
ings noteworthy  for  their  architecture.     There 


B  T  A  T  E     O  F      J'  E  N  N  I    \    I.  \    ANIA. 


1 09 


are  four  regular  theatres  other  establish- 

ments devoted  to  public  entertainments.    The 
Musical  Fund  Ball,  which  seal    2,500  pi 
one  of  the  be  i  concert  rooms  in  America.    The 
first-cla  b  ive  Ion  ■■  been  celebrated  fur  the 

ice  of  fare,  and  generally  more  i 
is  given  to  internal  comfort  than  to  external  dis- 
play in  <  abli  hments ;  but  those  recently 
;   will  compare  with  any  in  the  Union  in 
the  spl  endor  of  their  appointments.     Many  of  the 
warehouse?,  stores,  etc.,  arc  remarkable  for  their 
size  and    raamental  front-,  a  large  proportion  of 
whicl           ;' marble,  saiii  iron,  and  granite, 
i.i  (1                  I  a  of  architecture.    The  nun 
of  ]                worship  is  about  285,  and  the  ma- 
re nf  plain  and  neat  construe 
and   most    costly   is    the    Catholic 
lilt  of  red  ■■,  in  the  form  of 
a   cross ;    its  principal   front  has  4  Corinthian 
columns.  60  ft.  high,  and  6  ft.  in  diameter  ;  with 
a  tower  at  each  angle  110  ft.  high,  the  whole  to 
be  crowned  with  a  dome  210  ft.  from  the  ground. 
Shurch  (Episcopal)  is  built  of  a  light 
red  sandstone,  150  ft.  long  by  91  wide,  with  lofty 
stone  tower  and  steeple  of  exquisite  propori ' 

•volent  and  charitable  institutions  arc  very 
numerous,  and  ]  no  city  in  the  world  ex- 

Is  Philadelphia   in  this] 
literary,  and  scientific  institution  lingly 

numerous.     In  the  promotion  of  ■ 
Philadelphia 

tools  are  yearly  attende  I 
it  1,450  students.     I 
are  very  extensive,  as  the  Philadelphia  (and  I. 
niau)  Library  with  65,000  \ 

ioty,  20,000  ;  Mercantile,  15,000  ;  Atheni 
12,500;  Apprentic  -.  15,000;  Historical, 2,000 ; 
make   an  aggregal     of  i 


1,000  volume-!.     Tli,    piil.  gen- 

erally of  high  cl  graded,  and 

dieted  on  an  uniform  plan.    The  I 
i  asylum  and  BChool  for  orpli 
admitted  between  tli    .  6  and  1".  and  sup- 

ported until  between  1  !  and  ! 

they  are  bound  out  to  some  useful    occupal 

from  the  city,  while  the  rem 

•  f  the  State.    The  entii 
:  $1,933,8211 

the  direction  of  the  city  authorities,  at 

j  of  the  funds  beq  phen  Girard. 

The  principal  buildii  in  the 

Union,  except  the  U.  S.  I  bington. 

The  old  city  proper  and  di  Lth  of  it  are 

plied  with  wa  lylkill  River,  by 

immense  works  at  Fairmount  ;  the  northern 
tricts  of  Spring  Garden  and  Northern  Li 
by  work  about  a  mile  above 

the  former;  and  the  district  of  Kensington  by 
works  on  the  Delaware  River.  The  manufacturing 
statistics  of  Philadelphia,  according  to  tb    i 
of  1850,  were:  capital  invested,   •  911; 

persi        emplo;  and   15,803  fe- 

male— 59,099  ;  annual  produc  1.1 1  -  :  and 

no  particular  stal  are  given.     It 

.  well  known  thai   every  1  fac- 

1  at  so  cheap  a  rate,  thai 
appli 

and  this  generally  used.      1'  the 

most  important  manuf  dne- 

ry,  locomotives,  hard 

refined  sugar,  and  in  :  with 

printing.  Th  ofthecitr  .  lily  increas- 

any  of  th  suburban  villages,  without  the 

limits  of  tli  ■  c  onty,  are  large  and  Horn  and 


110 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


contain  extensive  factories  that  are  owned  in  the 
city.  On  the  Delaware  River,  about  lj  m.  S.  E. 
of  the  State  House,  is  the  U.  S.  Navy-Yard, 
occupying  an  area  of  12  acres,  and  containing 
very  large  ship-houses,  in  which  some  of  the  finest 
vessels  in  the  navy  have  been  built ;  among  others, 
the  "  Pennsylvania,"  the  largest  man-of-war,  mount- 
ing 120  guns.  At  this  yard  is  a  sectional  float- 
ing dock  that  cost  $813,742.  Nearly  opposite, 
on  the  Schuylkill  River,  is  the  U.  S.  Naval  Asy- 
lum, a  large  establishment)  built  of  white  marble, 
surrounded  by  beautiful  grounds,  having  an  area 
of  25  acres  ;  it  contains  about  150  pensioners. 

Pittsburg  is  situated  at  the  confluence  of  the 
Alleghany  and  Monongahela  Rivers,  which  here 
form  the  Ohio,  353  m.  W.  from  Philadelphia  by 
railroad,  and  303  N.  E.  from  Cincinnati.  It  occu- 
pies the  triangular  plain  enclosed  by  these  rivers, 
and  several  elevations  which  terminate  the  plain 
on  the  east.  This  area,  however,  has  not  been 
sufficient  for  the  rapidly-increasing  population, 
and  several  large  and  flourishing  suburbs  have 
been  formed  on  the  opposite  shores.  The  main 
plan  of  the  city  is  regular  ;  along  both  rivers  the 
streets  cross  at  right  angles.  The  buildngs 
throughout  the  city  are  mainly  of  brick,  many  of 
the  private  houses  are  very  elegant,  and  some  of 
the  public  edifices  are  deserving  of  remark.  The 
Court  House  is  a  massive  stone  structure  that 
cost  8200,000  ;  it  is  165  ft.  long  by  100  deep. 
with  ornamental  portico,  and  dome  148  ft.  from 
the  ground.  The  Custom  House  is  a  large  build- 
ing of  freestone  that  cost  $115,000,  and  contains 
the  post  office.  The  Monongahela  House  is  a 
mammoth  hotel,  six  stories  high,  and  covering  one 
square.  The  chief  place  of  amusement  is  the 
Pittsburg  Theatre,  which  has  a  very  handsome 
front,     Several  of  the  churches  are  notable  for 


their  cost  and  architecture.  The  manufactures 
of  Pittsburg  are  already  of  vast  extent,  and  there 
is  no  apparent  limit  to  their  increase.  The  entire 
vicinity  abounds  with  coal,  iron,  limestone,  wood, 
etc.,  and  is  very  rich  in  agricultural  resources. 
Coal  is  easily  mined  in  the  hills,  directly  adjoining 
and  opposite  the  city,  and  is  sent  down  at  very 
little  cost.  The  most  extensive  manufactories  are 
the  iron  foundries  and  iron  works,  and  these  are 
so  numerous  that  Pittsburg  has  been  called  the 
"  Birmingham  of  America."  There  are  three 
bridges  on  piers,  and  one  wire  suspension  bridge, 
extending  between  Pittsburg  audits  chief  suburb, 
Alleghany  City.  The  latter  contains  the  State's 
Western  Penitentiary,  and  the  Presb.  Western 
Theol.  Seminary,  established  in  1828. 

Reading  is  on  the  Schuylkill  River,  58  miles 
N.  W.  from  Philadelphia.  It  is  compactly  built, 
contains  numerous  steam  factories,  foundries,  etc., 
and  carries  on  an  active  trade.  The  machine 
shops  of  the  •  railroad  company  alone  employ 
several  hundred  men. 

Lancaster  is  by  railroad  68  m.  W.  from  Phila- 
delphia, and  is  surrounded  by  the  most  populous 
and  wealthy  agricultural  district  of  the  State.  It 
was  the  seat  of  the  State  Government  from  1799 
to  1812.  Within  a  recent  period  its  business  has 
been  much  increased  and  its  appearance  greatly 
improved.  It  is  the  scat  of  Franklin  and 
Marshall  College,  organized  in  1853  on  the  basis 
of  Franklin  College,  which  was  founded  in  this 
place  in  1787. 

Pottsville  is  93  m.  N.  W.  of  Philadelphia  on 
the  Schuylkill  River,  just  above  its  passage 
through  Sharp  Mtn.  It  is  noted  for  its  pictur- 
esque situation,  its  rapid  growth,  and  its  immense 
trade  in  coal.  The  coal  is  conveyed  to  this  place 
from  the    numerous  mines  in  this  vicinity  by 


ST  A  T  B     0  P     I)  !■:  L  A  W  A  RE. 


Ill 


branch  railroads— the  greater  part  of  it  is6ent 
tomarke  itfoad,  and  the  other  pari  by  the 

Schuylkill  Navigation.    The   town  is  well  ! 
and  chiefly  ol  brick. 

in  is  on  the  Delaware  River,  50  m.  N.  of 
Philadelphia  and  7">  m.  W.  of  New  Fork.    The 
Delaware  here  receives  Lehigh  River  and  B 
kill  Creek,  which  afford  much  water-power.    The 
Delaware,  Lehigh,  and  Morri  ;  i  here  ni 


by  which,  with  therailroi  '  are 

ample  facilities  for   tra  le.      L 
founded  in   I  ipal  orn 

town. 

York,  26  m.  S.  -:.  E.  of  I  rarrisbnj 
borough,  surrounded  by  a  populous  and   highly 
cultivated  fai    ling       ion ;  it  i  iit.  and 

conta  legant  houses  and  public  build- 


STATE   0  F    DE  LAW  A  II  E 


Delaware  is  the  least  of  the  3 
except  Rhode  Island  ;  is  lea  I  in  p  ipulation,  except 
Florida ;  and  is  the  least  inwealth.  Itsterritory 
is  92  m.  .  »m  10  to  36  miles,  wide,  and  con- 
tains '-'.120  sq.  miles.  Its  north  part  lias  an 
undulating  surface,  good  soil,  and  attractive  ap- 
pearance ;  the  south  part  is  low  and  level,  with 
light  soil.  The  total  population  in  1790  was 
59,096;  in  1820  it  was  72,749;  and  in  1850, 
91,532,  showing  less  increase  than  any  S  ate  during 
1790-1850.  The  colored  population  in  1850  was 
20,263,  (of  which  the  slaves  were  2,290,)  and 
from  1790  to  1850  this  class  amounted  to  between 
fifth  and  one  of  the  total  population. 

The  chief  crop  is  corn,  (in  1850,  3,1  15,542  hush.) 
and  more  of  this  is  produced  than  of  all  other 
crops.    The  manufactures  arc  chiefly  in  the  north 
part;  in   lv'eii  there  were  531,  with  aggregate 
capital  of    ■  145.      The  Chesapeake  and 

D  laware    Canal   is    13 J  in.   long.     The   rail:-. -ad 
from  Philadelphia  to  Baltimore  through 

the  north  part  of  the  State,  and  besides  this  there 
areshort  om Newcastle  to  Wilmington  and 

French!  wn.   Ml.    The  tonnage  of  the  State  is 


mainly   in   the   coasting   trade,   and   in  185")    it 
amounted  to  18,555  tons  ;  but  the  I 
merce  is  of  no  account.  The  Delawar  rm- 

ing  the  Eastern  boundary  of  the  £  wral 

65  miles  long,  and  is  L8  wide  betwe  n  the  Cap  - 
May  ami  Benlopen.    As  th  re  are  qo  safe  natu- 
ral harbors  on  its  coast,  an   artificial  on 
the  Delaware  Breakwater,  has  been  built  within 

■   llenlopen  by  the   Uni 
ment  ;  it  consists  of  a  stone  dyke.  3. GOO  ft.  Ii 
and  another,  1,500  ft  long. 

Dover  is  the  capital  of  the  :  rod  contains 

an  elegant   State    Bouse,  with  other  buildin 
P  >p.  of  the  hundred  in  L850,  1,207.    Wilmington 
IS  the  chief  town  :  it  is    situated  betwi 
wine   and  Christiana  Creeks,  and  presents  a  pic- 
turesque appearance;    it  has  'it  facilities 
for  manufacturing,  and  is  noted  for  its  floui 
and  gun-powder  mills.     Pop.  in  1853,  16,153. 

Newcastle    Bltuat  'd    on  the   Delaware  River. 

;')  miles   S.  S.    W.    Of  Wflmingti  ins    an 

snal,  Court  House,  Jail,  a  public  library,  an 

Acadcinv  and  a  large 

factory.     Pop.  of  the  hundred  in  1850  l.- 


112 


UNITED     STATES     UF     AMERICA. 


STATE     OF     MARYLAND 


:yi. axi>  has  a  very  irregular  outline  ;  its  length 
E.  and  W.  varies  from  100  to  230  m. ;  its 
br   with   N.  and  S.  from  10  to  175  m.  ;  and  its 

le  area  is  computed  at  11.124  sq.  m.  Its 
surface  is  naturally  divided  into  three  distinct 
regions.    The  first  comprises  the  east  part  of  the 

e,  and   is  divided   by  Chespeake  Bay  into 

raal  sections,  called   the  Eastern  Shore  and 
Western  Shi       -     '  a  are  much  a  like  in  their  gen- 
eral features  of  low  and  level  surface   and  sandy 
The  second  extends  between  the  head  of 

-/.•.iter  and  the  mountainous  district,  and  is 
characterized    by  hills    of  moderate    elevation, 
of  stratified  rocks,  from  20  to  30  ra. 
bird  division  consists  of  the  mountain- 
ous district,  which  comprises  the  N.W.  part  of  the 
State.     '  ake  Bay  extends  about  156  m. 

iin  the  State,  with  main  breadth  of  15  m. ; 
and  is  throughout  navigable  for  large  ships.  Its 
branch  bays  are  very  numerous,  and  of  various 
dimensions,  though  many  of  them  arc  very  spa- 
cious. The  streams  of  the  interior  are  numerous 
and  of  small  size. 

The  total  population  of  Maryland  in  1790  was 
319,728;  in  1800  it  was  341,548;  in  1810, 
380,546;  in  1820,  407,350;  in  1830,  447,040; 
in  1840,  470,019  ;  and  in  1850,  583.034.  At  the 
s,  the  classes  were — whites,  417,943,  or 
71  2-3  per  cent. :  free  colored,  74,723,  or  12  4-5  per 
cent. ;  and  slaves,  90,368,  or  15 1  per  cent.  The  rela- 
tive proportion  of  the  free  colored  has  constantly 
increased  from  1790,  and  that  of  the  slaves  as  con- 
stantly decreased;  but  the  proportion  of  tl 
classes  combined  has  not  changed  to  any  great 


extent ;  although  it  has  slowly  decreased  since 
1810.  The  increase  of  the  i  white  population 

between  each  census  has  been  irregular ;  'during 
1840-50  it  was  much  larger  than  during  any 
previous  decade,  amounting  to  31 1-3  per  cent.  The 
increase  of  the  total  population  has  been  corres- 
pondingly irregular.  Classification  in  1850,  as  to 
uativity  of  the  whites  : — Born  in  the  State, 
326,040,  or  78  per  cent. ;  in  other  portions  of  the 
Union,  40,610,  or  9  3-1-  per  cent.  ;  in  foreign  coun- 
tries, 51,011,  or  12 1-5  per  cent. ;  of  unknown  nativ- 
ity, 282.  Of  the  free  colored,  98  1-6  per  cent,  were 
born  in  the  State.  Of  the  foreign-born,  27.124 
were  from  Germany  and  Prussia  ;  19,557  from 
Ireland;  3,467  from  England;  1.093  from  Scot- 
land ;  507  from  France,  etc. 

In  agriculture,  the  chief  product  is  corn  :  its 
crop  in  1850  was  10,749,858  bush.,  while  that  of 
wheat  was  :  nd    that   of   oats    was 

2,242,151.  In  the  cultivation  of  tobacco,  Mary- 
land ranks  as  tl  ond  of  the  Stales  in  propor- 
tion to  its  population,  and  third  in  the  absolute 
amount  of  product.  The  crop  reported  in  1840 
was  24,816,012  lbs.;  that  in  1850  was  21,407,497, 
and  at  the  latter  census  there  were  1,726  planta- 
tions that  raised  each  3,000  lbs.  and  over. 

In  its  annual  product  of  manufactures  Maryland 
is  first  of  the  Southern  States,  though  the  amount 
capital  therein  is  reported  as  less  than  that 
of  Virginia.  The  chief  branch  returned  in  1850 
was  the  cotton  manufacture,  which  comprised  24 
establishments,  with  $2,236,000  capital,  and  an 
annual  product  of  $2,120,504.  Th  rics,  116, 

had  yearly  product  of  $1 .1 03,1 39.  The  production 


S  T  A  T  E      OF      MA  II  V  L  A  N  I>. 


113 


ufiron  is  very  extensive  :  that  of  pig  iron  in  1850 
was    returned    at    81,056,400;    wrought  iron, 

771,431  ;  ami  iron  casting,  10.      Woolen 

manufactun  ,1  10. 

The  mineral  wealth  ofthi  ;   m  unly  in  its 

rich  deposits  of  iron  ore  ami  almost  inexhaustible 
beds  of  coal.  Both  of  these  are  mainly  in  the 
mountainous  *  1 1- 1 1- 1 1- 1 .  There  are  several  quarries 
of  excellent  marble,  and  many  of  limestone  and 
red  sands!  »ne.  Valuabl  •  d  posits  of  copper  occur 
in  Frederick  and  Carroll  Counties. 

The  interna]  improvements  within  this  State  arc 
highly  creditable  to  the  enterprise  of ,  the  people. 
These  were  begun  by  the  State  government  at  an 
early  period,  and  on  a  inure  extensive  scale  than 
the  public  in  demanded, and  thus  thepublic 

treasury  has  been  burdened  with  a  very  heavy 
debt    The  I  ake  and  Ohio  Canal  was  i 

ineneed  in  1828  ;  I    39  upward--  of! 

OOO  had  b  I   upon   it  :  but  n*>i   until 

185]  was  il  completed  as  far  as  Cumberland, 
191  m.    Th"  B:  and  Ohio  Railroad 

also  commenced  in  1  is  one  of  the  first 

railroads  brought  into  use  in  the  Union;  it  was 
completed  in  1853  to  Wheeling,  .*!79  in.,  at  a  i 
of  about  818,000.000.  a  large  proportion  of  which 
was  expended  in  overcoming  great  natural  obstruc- 
tions. In  January.  L856,  the  total  length  of  the 
railroads  within  Maryland  was  580  m. 

The   coasting  trade   of  Baltimore   and   other 
Marylan  ;  »f  much  importance,  and 

though  its  condition  is  not  accurately  known,  it  is 
believed  to  exceed  the  interest  in  foreign  cmi- 
merce.  The  latter  ha  i  much  increas  d  i  ince  1850, 
especially  in  the  amount  of  exports  ;  in  fiscal  year 
1855  the  exports  were  $10,395,984,  and  the  im- 
ports were  •~:7.7-  -.'.M9.  In  il  gate  tonnage, 
Maryland  ranks  as  first  of  the  Southern  States  ; 


total  in  L855  734  305  tons,of  which  183,108 tons 
;  to  the  district  of  Baltimore.    In  ship- 
building, Maryland  hole. 
steam-toi  if  Baltimore  in  1  10,340 

tons. 

The  are    val  :  since 

Chesapeake  Bay  and  its  inlet 
l<  ul  6sh,  oysters,  terra;  ' 

Population  of  the  chief  cities  and  towns  in 
1850:  Baltimore,  169,054;  '  ind,  6,073; 

!  I  19  ;   Annapo- 

011. 
Annapolis  w  in 

16  .'.     It  is  situated  on  t  side  of  Severn 

River,  3  m.  from  CI       peak    Bay;  it  is  regularly 
laid  out, and!  :it  appearance  from 

ublic  bui  end  elegant  dwelling  .     The 

most  interesting  edifi      is  ti      -         Bouse,  in 
whicli  W(  u  to  the 

Continental    Congress.     Thi  seat  of  E 

John's  College,  founded  in  \~r  '..  and  of  the  Unite.! 
States  Naval  Academy,  founded  in  1845. 

Baltimore  has  a  larger  population  than  any 
other  city  in  the  Southern  States.  It  is  built 
around  an  expanse  or  bay  of  Patapsco  Inlet, 
about  13  m.  from  Chesapeake  Bay,  and  its  site 
includes  several  hills,  which  give  it  a  picturesque 
appearance.  The  are  regular  and  8] 

and  the  buildings  chiefly  of  brick.     The   Court 
House   is    a    handsome   brick   edifice  thai    i 
$150,000.    The  Exchange,  occupied  in  part  by 
the  Custom   H  Post  Office,  etc.,  is  a   \ 

building,  surmounted  by  a  great  dome,  and 
•.villi  in  lol  about  $600,000.     The  Maryland 
Institute  and  two  railroad  d  her 

buildings,  are  notable  fur  I 

Of  the  churches,  the  most  imposing  edifice  is  the 
Catholic   Cathedral,  which   is  a  mas-nve  granite 


114 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


structure  ;  but  there  are  several  others  remarkable 
for  their  architecture.  The  chief  scientific  and 
literary  institutions  are  the  Medical  Department 
of  the  University  of  Maryland,  Washington  Medi- 
'•al  College,  St.  Mary's  Theological  Seminary, 
Athenaeum,  Baltimore  Library,  and  Maryland 
Historical  Society.  There  are  several  extensive 
hotels,  unsurpassed  in  accommodations.  The 
Washington  Monument,  212^  ft.  high,  is  con- 
Lcted  of  white  marble,  and  cost  $200,000.  Bat- 
'•  Monument,  52  h  ft.  high,  commemorates  those 
who  fell  in  defending  the  city  against  the  British, 
September  12th,  1814.  This  is  a  very  important 
commercial  city,  resulting  from  its  natural  position 
and  the  advantages  acquired  by  the  railroads 
which  connect  it  with  the  interior.  The  great 
staples  of  trade  are  flour  and  tobacco,  and  next  to 
these  are  the  articles  of  corn,  oats,  coal,  leather, 
rotton,  etc.  The  amount  of  manufacturing  busi- 
ness corresponds  to  the  wealth  and  population  of 


the  city ;  aud  the  capital  thus  invested  in  1850 
was  $ 6,5 11,922,  or  nearly  one-half  of  the  manufac- 
turing capital  of  the  State.  Jones'  Falls  and 
Patapsco  River  afford  great  water-power,  which 
is  extensively  employed  in  flouring  mills  ;  and 
there  are  over  GO  of  these  mills  within  20  m.  of 
the  city.  The  Winans'  locomotive  manufactory 
is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  Union. 

Cumberland,  on  the  Potomac  River,  and  by 
railroad  179  m.  from  Baltimore,  is  the  business 
centre  of  the  immense  mining  region  of  Alleghany 
County.  From  its  centre  several  short  railroads 
extend  to  the  coal  mines. 

Frederick,  62  m.  W.  of  Baltimore,  is  the  second 
city  in  the  State  in  point  of  wealth,  is  handsomely 
built,  and  contains  flourishing  manufactories. 

Hagerstown,  88  m.  W.  of  Baltimore,  is  a  place 
of  considerable  trade.  Havre  de  Grace,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Susquehanna  River,  35  m.  N.  E.  of 
Baltimore,  is  a  flourishing  village. 


DISTRICT    OF    COLUMBIA. 


The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  provided 
for  a  seat  of  the  General  Government,  and  that 
Congress  might  exercise  exclusive  legislation  over 
such  district.  In  1790  Congress  accepted  the 
cessions  made  by  Maryland  and  Yirginia,  and 
established  the  District  of  Columbia,  locating  it 
upon  the  banks  of  the  Potomac  River.  The 
corner-stone  of  the  Capitol  was  laid  by  General 
Washington  on  the  18th  September,  1793.  Con- 
gress began  its  first  session  in  the  District  on  the 
17th  November,  1800.  In  August,  1814,  during 
the  second  war  with  Great  Britain,  some  British 
forces  burned  the  Capitol,  President's  House,  and 


many  other  buildings.  In  1828,  the  rebuilding  of 
the  Capitol  was  completed.  In  1846,  that  portion 
of  the  District  lying  south  of  the  Potomac  was 
retroceded  to  Virginia. 

The  area  of  the  District  is  60  square  miles.  Its 
population  in  1850  was  51,687,  consisting  of 
40,001  in  the  City  of  Washington,  8,366  in  the 
City  of  Georgetown,  and  3,320  in  the  rest  of  the 
District.  Population  by  classes — whites,  37,941 ; 
free  colored,  10,059  ;  slaves,  3,687. 

The  City  of  Washington  is  situated  on  the  left 
bank  of  the  Potomac  River,  between  two  small 
tributaries.     Its  site   is   diversified   and  in  part 


DISTRICT    OF     OOLUM  B  I  A 


15 


bordered  by  hills  of  moderate  elevation.    The 
its  run  from  north  to  south  and  from  ea  ri  to 

!,  and  are  from  70  to  110  ft.  wid  ••  The  i  are 
crossed  diagonally  by  avenues,  which  are  from  L30 
to  l  60  ft.  wid:'.  ami  are  nam  id  fr  'in  th  •  1">  States 
existing  when  the  city  was  laid  out.  Mo  I  of  the 
national  edifices  are  constructed  of  white  marble 
in  elegant  and  costly  style.  The  Capitol,  com- 
pleted in  1828,  <•  >00,  ami  is  now  being 
enlarged  to  more  than  double  its  original 
involving  an  outlay  of  three  or  four  millions  of 
dollars.  There  are  many  magnificent  painti 
ami  sculptures,  illustrating  the  national  history,  in 
ami  about  this  grand  edifice;  ami  the  surrounding 

handsom  I;  laid 
out  and  ornamented.  The  building  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  tli^'  Enti  Uy  called  the  Pat  nl 
Office,  covers  an  entire  square,  and  rank-  next  to 
the  Capitol  in  extent  ami  eleganc  ■.  'i'li  ■  Treasury 
Department  occupies  a  noble  structure.  340  feet 
long  ami  L70  will-',  anil  this  is  to  be  enlarged  by 
wings;  its  entire  front  is  an  imposing  colonn 
after  the  architecture  of  the  temple  of  Minerva 
Polias  at  Athens.  The  General  Post  Office  is 
a  very  large  aiul  beautiful  edifice  in  the  Corinthian 
order.  The  President's  ETo  lated  in  the 
western  part  of  the  city,  is  built  of  freestone, 
painted  white.  170  ft.  front  by  86  ft.  deep.  The 
National  Observatory,  situated  on  Camp  Hill. 
rat  two  miles  from  the  Capitol,  was  foun  led  in 
1842,  ami  with  comparatively  small  means  it  has 
become  one  of  tin-  m  tsl  celebrated  institutions  of 


tin'  kind  in  the  world.    The 

'in   1  •  16  "'i  '! 
1  Sraithson,  of  I 

1  r.  3.  <  lovernment,  in  trust,theam 
••  for  the   in-  and   diffu 

am  i  mi.--  i-   150  ft.  I  •  »  by 

wiili'.  built  of  red  -  indsl in  tl 

mair    qu         I  I 

'l'h  •  W;  i  filomuu  ruc- 

ture,  ii"'  iplel    i  :  its  d  of  a 

grand   circular  colonnaded  buildi  i   ft.  in 

diameter,  and  100  ft.  high,  froi 
shaft  To  ft.  square  at  the  base  and  500  ft.  high 
making  a  total  i  levation  of  600  ft.    In  Lafayette 
Square  there  is  a  bronze  eqm  rtri  q  -•  itue  of 
Gen.  Jackson,  one-third  larger  than  life,     i 
C  S.  Xavy  Yard,  on  th  i  Hranch  of  tin- 

rot'  about    20  "l   em]/ 

tl  hundred  persons.    Th  •  0".  ital  for 

the  Insane  has  a  large  anil  very 
with    extensive    grounds.      The     C  ioual 

Cemetery  contain^   the  mortal  remains  of  many 
members  of  I  and  of  officers  of  the  Army. 

Xavy.  and  other  Departments. 

The  City  of  Georgetown  is  beautifully  situat 
en  a  range  of  hills.    In  former  days  it  was  a  pi 
of  great  commercial  enterprise,  hut  at  present  the 
business  is  limit'''!  and  is  chiefly  in  manufacture-. 
The  Georgetown   College  and  the  Academy  of 
Visitation  (both  Roman  Catholic)  are  celebra 
institutions,   and   there   are   several   other  Bemi- 
naries  of  high  reputation. 


116 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


STATE    OF    VIRGINIA 


Virginia  is  the  largest  of  the  States  bordering 
the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Compared  with  the  other 
Southern  States,  it  is  the  first  in  aggregate  popu- 
lation and  in  aggregate  wealth.  Average  length 
of  the  State,  E.  and  W.,  352  m.  ;  breadth,  215  m. ; 
area,  61,352  sq.  m.  There  are  four  great  natural 
divisions.  The  Tide-Water  district,  bordering 
the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Chesapeake  Bay,  is 
generally  level,  its  highest  elevations  being  not 
more  than  60  ft.  above  the  tide-level.  The  Pied- 
mont (foot  of  the  mountain)  district  is  a  more 
elevated  tract  than  the  former  and  more  varied  in 
Surface.  The  Valley  district  is  crossed  by  the 
several  ridges  of  the  great  Appalachian  system  of 
mountains,  is  distinguished  by  bold  scenery  and 
several  grand  natural  works,  and  includes  exten- 
sive valleys  of  fertile  land.  The  Trans- Alleghany 
district,  lying  west  of  the  mountains,  is  mostly 
hilly  and  broken,  or  occupied  with  outlying  spurs 
of  the  mountains  ;  it  is  a  productive  agricultural 
section,  and  rich  in  minerals.  The  belt  of  the 
mountain  ridges  is  from  80  to  100  m.  in  width. 
The  chief  elevations  are  not  so  high  as  in  New 
Hampshire  or  North  Carolina  ;  the  highest  is 
White  Top.  in  Grayson  County,  about  6,000  ft, 
above  sea-level ;  and  next  to  this  are  the  Peaks 
of  Otter,  between  Bedford  and  Botetourt  Counties, 
about  4,260  ft.  The  principal  navigable  rivers, 
b  sides  the  Potomac  and  Ohio,  which  border  the 
State,  are  James,  York,  Rappahannock,  and 
Great  Kanawha  ;  and  there  are  other  streams 
navigable  for  a  considerable  distance  by  small 
.  The  sea-coast  proper  is  of  short  extent, 
but  this  is  compensated  for  by  the  great  advan- 


tages of  Chesapeake  Bay  and  its  inlets,  which  in 
receiving  rivers  from  the  interior  are  long  bays. 
The  Hampton  Roads  and  Norfolk  Harbor  are 
exceedingly  spacious  and  deep.  There  are  many 
localities  of  great  interest  on  account  of  their 
grand  scenery  and  natural  wonders.  Mineral 
springs  of  great  medicinal  value  are  very  numerous 
in  the  Valley  district,  and  copious  salt  springs  in 
Kanawha  and  adjoining  counties.  The  White 
Sulphur  Springs  in  Greenbrier  County  are  among 
the  most  celebrated.  Nine  miles  from  these  is 
Hawk's  Nest,  on  New  River,  where  there  is  a 
perpendicular  cliff  of  ]  ,000  ft.  above  the  stream. 
The  Natural  Bridge  over  Cedar  Creek,  in  Rock- 
bridge County,  is  a  fissure  about  90  ft.  wide  ;  the 
height  of  the  under  side  of  the  arch  above  the 
water  is  200  ft,,  and  of  the  upper  side  240.  Wier's 
Cave,  17  m.  N.  E.  of  Staunton,  extends  about 
half  a  mile  beneath  the  earth,  and  is  arched  with 
sparkling  stalactites.  There  are  other  caves  of 
similar  character,  though  of  less  extent. 

In  respect  to  its  total  population,  Virginia 
ranked  as  first  of  the  United  States  until  1820; 
by  census  of  1850  it  is  the  fourth.  In  1790  the 
total  of  all  classes  amounted  to  748,308  ;  in  1800, 
880,200;  in  1810,  974,622  ;  in  1820, 1,065,379  ; 
in  1830,  1.211,405  ;  in  1840,  1,239,797;  and  in 
1850,  1,421,661.  The  classes  in  1850  were— 
whites,  894,800  ;  free  colored,  54,333 ;  slaves, 
472,528.  At  each  census,  from  1790  to  1810,  the 
proportion  of  the  whites  was  about  the  same, 
varying  only  from  56^  to  59  3-4  per  cent,,  but  in 
1 850  it  had  increased  to  nearly  63  per  cent.  The 
proportion  of  the  free  colored  in  1850  was  about 


'it 


pi 


' 


I 


\  & 


I 


4 


;   -  -  \  '-  ■»' 5 

- 

p 

'    -    .      - 


I  "% 


rl 


la 

H 

M 


*■*  ij>SS  ■ 


II 


•</, 


- 


*»■? 


i 


\ ;>»',  i 


(I 


els.     The  sea-coast  proper  is  of  short  extent, 
but  this  is  compensated  for  by  the  great  advan- 


1  OiJU     It    HCIU     lli> 


proportion  of  the  free  colored  in  1850  was  about 


s  T  A  T  K    <)F     VI  EG]  N  l  A 


117 


3-8  per  cent,,  and  that  of  tin'  slaves,  3.1J  per  cent. 
Of  the  whites,  in  1850,  813,81]  were  natives  of  the 

te,  or  abonl  !)1  per  cent,  ;  57,582  were  born  in 
other  Slates,  or  6  2-9  per  cent. ;  and  the  foreign- 
born  were  only  22,953,  or  abonl  2}  per  rent,  of 
all  the  whites.  The  total  number  of  the  white 
and  free  colored  persons  who  were  born  in  Vir- 
ginia, and  in  L850  were  living  in  other  States, 
was  388,059,  Bhowing  an  excess  of  334,828  (white 
and  free  colored)  given  to  other  States. 

For  agricultural  purposes,  the  soil  ami  climate 
of  Virginia  are  naturally  favorable  to  the  hi  - ' 
success,  but  owing  to  an  injudicious  system  of 
culture,  a  greal  portion  of  the  land  h:  well- 

nigh  destroys  1.  T  to  icco  has  long  been  the  "Teat 
staple,  and  in  its  production  this  State  has  always 
exceeded  every  other;  in  1850  its  crop 
56,803.227  lbs.,  or  2S  2-9  per  cent,  of  the  total 
crop  of  the  Union  ;  and  in  1840  the  crop  was 
still  larger,  having  amounted  to  75,347,106  lbs. 
In  1850  there  were  5,817  tobacco  plantations. 
each  of  which  raised  .1,000  lbs.  and  upwards.  The 
light,  rich  mould,  resting  on  the  sandy  soils  of 
Eastern  Virginia,  is,  or  was,  exactly  suited  to  the 
cultivation  of  tobacco,  and  the  climate  is  equally 
adapted  to  its  successful  growth.  This  plant  is 
not  now  considered  to  be  excessively  exhaustive, 
but  should  be  cultivated  in  judicious  rotation. 

great  grain  crops  are  corn,  wheat,  and  oats. 
The  corn  crop  reported  in  1850  was  35,254,319 
bush.,  (slightly  exce  ding  the  same  crop  of  1840,) 
ranting  to  aboul  6  p  ar  cent,  of  all  raised  in  the 
Union.  The  wheat  crop  was  proportionally  much 
larger,  amounting  to  11,212,616  bush.,  or  about 

ninth  of  all  raised  in  the  Union.    The  potato 

crop  consisted  of  1,813,634   bush,  of  sweet  pota- 

and    L.316,933   Irish— total,  3,130,567,  (in 

L8 10,  2,9  14.660).    In  producing  flax,  Virginia  is 


the  second  of  the  and  the  am. mat  returned 

in  L850  was  1,000  150  lbs.    The  cotton  crop 
I   50  was  about  one-six-1  b  of  all  rate  <1  in 

the  Union,  and  a  :  of  400 

lbs.  ginned,  while  thai  of  1  -  i<>  n  I  lbs. 

gatb 
In  its  manufactui       Vi  jinia  employ 

eater  amount  of  capital  ($18,11  than 

any  other  Southern    Sta1   .      .  ac- 

cording to  the  census,  was  the  cotton  manufacl 
which  embraced  27  establishments,  with  a  capital 
of  $1,908,900,   emp  2,963  and 

have  irly  product  of  $1,486,384.     The  salt 

manufactories  were  reported  to  have  a  capital  of 
•ly  product  o  the 

amount    of  salt  mad  •  was  3,479, 
fully   one-third   of  all  produced   in   the    Union. 
Otherproducts  were  thus  stated  :     Wrought  iron, 
$1,098,252;    iron  casting,   $674,416;   pig  iron, 
$521,924  ;    tanni  77    woolen    goo 

841,013.  Since  1850,  there  has  been  a  large 
increase  in  the  manufacturing  industry  of  this 
State. 

The   mineral   wealth  ofVi 
especially  in  iron  and  coal,  of  which  there  are  in- 
exhaustible quantities.     The  hematite  ores  of  iron 
are  found  in  abundance  throe 
districts,  as  well  cular  and  magnetic  o 

Tl  e  Appalachian  Bits.,  throughout  their  extent 
from  New  York   to  Alabama,  are  cl  'ml 

by  a  d-field,  and  hence  a  large  share  ol' 

this  is  within    Virginia.  :i  Virginia, 

lially  around  Richmond,  there  are  la-_ 
of  bituminous  coal.     Gold  has  1  I  for 

a  Ion  1   from   various  mountain  distri  I 

particularly   from    Fluvanna,    Buckingham,   and 
Spottsylvania  Counties.     The  amount  from  tfa 
mines  coined  by  the  U.  S.  Mint  and  branches, 


118 


UNITED     S  T  A  T  E  S     OF     AMERICA 


from  1792  to  the  present  time,  is  about 
$1,500,000.  The  deposits  of  copper  ores  have 
not  until  lately  received  much  attention,  but  I 
are  several  sections  in  Fauquier,  Carroll,  and 
Floyd  Counties,  where  this  branch  of  mining  has 
been  found  very  profitable. 

The  first  internal  improvements  of  Virginia 
wore  commenced  with  the  expectation  of  securing 
the  trade  of  the  Ohio  Valley.  The  James  River 
and  Kanawha  Canal  was  begun  in  1831.  was 
completed  from  Richmond  to  Buchanan,  19GJ  m., 
in  1851,  at  a  cost  of  $10,714,306,  and  is  yet  in 
progress.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  this  canal 
will  not  be  carried  over  the  crest  of  the  Allegha- 
nies,  but  that  railroads  will  accomplish  the  same 
general  object.  The  total  length  of  the  various 
railroads  within  Virginia  is  now  about  1,000  m., 
and  nearly  an  equal  extent  is  under  construction. 

The  coasting  trade  of  this  State  is  much  more 
extensive  than  its  foreign  commerce.  The  chief 
articles  of  export  are  tobacco,  corn,  wheat,  flour, 
coal,  wood,  oysters,  etc.  At  Richmond  the 
amount  of  property  delivered  annually  is  about 
§10.000,000,  of  which  about  three-fourths  are  by 
the  James  River  and  Kanawha  Canal.  The 
amount  of  tobacco  inspected  is  about  50,000 
hogsheads  annually. 

The  direct  foreign  commerce  is  comparatively 
small,  since  the  greater  part  is  carried  on  through 
the  ports  of  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and 
Baltimore.  The  real  foreign  commerce  of  the 
State,  during  the  fiscal  year  1.854-5,  consisted  of 
$4,379,928  of  exports,  and  §805,445  of  imports. 

In  its  aggregate  tonnage.  Virginia  is  the  third 
of  the  Southern  States.  About  one-twelfth  is 
employed  in  steam  navigation.  The  amount  of 
tonnage  built  in  1855,  was  4,603  tons. 

The  domestic  fisheries  are  of  considerable  im- 


portance, though  of  more  limited  amount,  than  ia 
generally  supposed.  The  chief  export  of  this  pro- 
duction consists  of  oysters. 

Considering  the  size  and  population  of  this 
State,  there  are  comparatively  few  large  towns. 
The  people  are  chiefly  devoted  to  agriculture. 
The  great  seats  of  commerce  of  the  Union  lie 
further  north,  and  the  seaports  of  Virginia,  instead 
of  being  depots  from  which  are  distributed  to 
the  consumers  the  products  of  the  State,  are 
merely  points  en  route  to  the  great  northern 
markets.  If  this  state  of  affairs  was  changed, 
Norfolk  could  not  fail  to  become  an  important 
commercial  town,  and  other  seaboard  towns 
would  soon  be  noted  not  only  for  their  trade,  but 
as  places  where  the  products  of  the  State  wen; 
consumed  by  their  own  inhabitants. 

Population  of  the  cities  and  chief  towns  in 
1850:  Richmond,  32.238;  Norfolk,  14,326; 
Portsmouth,  8,122;  Petersburg,  14,010;  Alex- 
andria, 8,734;  Wheeling,  11,391;  Lynchburg, 
8,071  ;  Fredericksburg,  4,861. 

Richmond  has  been  the  capital  of  the  State 
since  1780.  It  is  situated  at  the  lower  falls  of 
James  River,  and  is  built  on  several  hills,  present- 
ing a  commanding  and  beautiful  appearance. 
The  Capitol  is  the  most  conspicuous  edifice  ;  it 
stands  alone,  and  is  firmly  placed  on  open  and 
elevated  ground,  in  the  centre  of  the  town  ;  it 
was  built  soon  after  the  Revolution,  is  a  cheap, 
though  a  handsome  stuccoed  building,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  grounds  improved  with  much  taste  ; 
it  contains  Houdon's  statue  of  "Washington,  and 
its  public  square  has  lately  been  adorned  with 
statues  of  Jefferson  and  Henry.  The  other  prin- 
cipal buildings  are  the  City  Hall,  State  Peni- 
tentiary, Court  House,  Armory,  Custom  House, 
and  the  churches.     Few  cities  in  the  Union  have 


■STATE      OF     VIRGINIA 


tier  facilities  for  manufaeturin  A  "  ' 
water-power  is  derived  from  the  Falls  of  James 
River,  which,  from  the  commencement  of  the 
rapids,  a  few  miles  above  the  city .  d  ids  abont 
loo  ft.  to  the  tide  level.  There  are  several  very 
osive  flour  mills,  cotton  factories,  and  rolling 
mills,  besid  -  m  iny  tobacco  factories. 

Norfolk  is  the  chief  naval  station  of  the  United 
States,  and  has  a  harbor  of  unsurpi       i      Ivan- 

ss.  It  has  a  level  site,  and 
larly  laid  out.    It  ha^  a  number  of  fine  pri 

and  the  polite  soci  hi  lily  culti- 

vated, receiving  a  character  from  the  famili 
the  resident  naval  officers.     En  1855  thi    pi 
with  its  suburbs,  suffered  mosl  awful  ra 
the  yellow  fever. 

Portsmouth,  opposite  Norfolk,  is  a  place  of 
consid  trade.    li-  suburb,  G-ospi  rt,  contains 

a  large  an  I  costly  dry-dock,  and  from  500  to  1,000 
ually  employed  in  its  navy-yard. 

Petersburg,  22  m.  S.  from  Richmond,  on  the 
Appomattox   River,  is  noted  for  its  bu 
tobacco  and  Hour.     The  falls  of  the  river  afford 
extensive  water-power;  around  these  a  canal 
been  constructed,  by  which  small  boats  may  as< 
the  river  for  about  100  m. 

Alexandria,  on  the  Potomac  River.  7  m.  from 
Washington,  is  pleasantly  situated,  has  a  com- 
modious harbor,  and  carries  on  an  important 
trade.  Within  a  few  years  the  whole  business  of 
this  place  ha  ready  increased  by  the  com- 

pletion of  into  rnal  improvements  connecting  with 
the  interior,  and  by  the  establishment  of  Is 
manufactori 

Wheeling  is  the  chief  town  in  Western  Vir- 
ginia, and  the  most  important  place  on  the  Ohio 
River,  between    Pitt  burg  and  Cincinnati.     [1 
is  a  narrow  alluvial  tract,  extending  along  the 


river   for   about   two   miles,  and  is  overlook, •«]  |,\ 
iipitous  hill  .    Th     ■  hil  beds 

of  coal,  -  for 

th  ■  Qum 

for  other  purp  •     .The  i :  i<  f  mann 
iron  -  and  otb  f  iron,  b 

the  products  are  vai  ied.     <  »le  buai- 

!i  ■    is  don     in  buildi 

to  a  <  in  1     5,  the  p  then 

1  1,136. 
Lynchbi  a   flourishing   town,  on  Jai 

•.  L20  m.  from  Richmond  by  railroad,  c 
for  it  '1  :     3 

River  and   K  Rich- 

1  to  this  pla  !..  and  tl  B         nan. 

50  m.  farth  r.    Railroads,  construct  '1  and  in  pro- 
.  also  afford  ready  commui  ' 
board  and  the  .Southern   -  '.        lanl 

water-power  is  obtained  by  m 
the  town.    River-water  ig  supplied  to  the  inhabit- 
by  the  same  met 
pleted   i1  1 

factoi  !  6  extensive  tob  -.  in 

I  '),000  hogsheads  of  t  in- 

d  annually. 
Fredericksburg,  on  the  Rappahan      k  River, 
65  m.  X.  of  Richni  ited  in  a  fei 

valley.  The  river  affords  <  J  for 

manufactures,  but  th  not  b    in  impro- 

In   the  vicinity  there  is  an  abundance  of  G 
granite  anil  free  tone. 

Charlottesville.'.)?  m.  from  Richmond  by  rail- 
road, contains  the  University  of  Virginia,  which 
was  founded  in  1819  by  ThOD  .  and  is 

the  chief   literary   institution   in   the   Southern 

who  was  a  native  of  ill'-'  county,  AJbemarli 
:!  miles  distant. 


120 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


STATE    OF    NORTH    CAROLINA 


North  Carolina  has  a  main  length  E.  and  W. 
of  450  m.,  with  breadth  of  from  90  to  180  m., 
and  a  total  area  of  50.704  sq.  ra.  Its  surface  is 
naturally  divided  into  three  principal  parts.  The 
first  borders  the  ocean,  and  extends  inward  about 
60  m.  ;  this  is  mainly  a  low,  sandy  section,  but  con- 
tains many  extensive  marshes  and  swamps,  and  is 
generally  covered  with  forests  of  pitch-pine.  The 
area  covered  by  the  swamps  is  estimated  at  about 
5,000  sq.  m.,  or  nearly  one-tenth  of  the  whole  area 
of  the  State  ;  probably  a  large  part  of  this  might 
be  drained,  as  some  of  the  smaller  marshes  have 
been,  and  thus  rendered  very  productive.  The 
second  division  embraces  the  central  part  of  the 
State,  and  is  an  undulating  or  hilly  country.  The 
third  section  comprises  the  table-land  and  mount- 
ainous region,  which  includes  extensive  tracts 
suited  for  pasturage  and  culture.  The  mountain 
rid:  re  more  elevated  than  is  usual  in  so 

great  an  of  the  Appalachian  system;  the 

highest  summits  are  Mount  Mitchel  or  Black 
Mountain.  6.470  ft.,  Roan  Mountain,  G,038,  and 
Grandfather  Mountain,  5,556  ft.  above  the  sea. 
Most  of  the  large  rivers  flow  in  S.  E.  direction 
through  '  ite,  in  courses  of  from  200  to  400 
m.  in  length,  and  empty  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
through  its  inlets;  these  are  generally  of  large 
volume,  but  are  navigable  only  for  small  ves  '  . 
The  most  important  is  Cape  Fear  River,  the  natu- 
ral advantages  of  which  have  been  improved  under 
appropriations  from  the  State  and  Federal  Gov- 
ernments, The  whole  coast  is  lined  by  a  chain  of 
sand-banks  or  low  islands,  forming  on  their  inside 
:ow  Bounds,  and  on  their   seaward   side   are 


bounded  by  numerous  shoals.  Albemarle  Sound 
is  from  5  to  15  m.  wide,  extends  inland  about  60 
in.,  and  has  several  arm?  or  bays.  Pamlico  Sound 
is  wider  and  deeper  than  Albemarle,  and  extends 
parallel  with  the  coast  for  about  85  m. 

The  total  population  of  North  Carolina  in  1T90 
was  393,751  ;  in  1800  it  amounted  to  478,103 ; 
in  1810,  555,500  ;  in  1820,  638,829  ;  in  1830, 
737,987  ;  in  1840,  753,419  ;  and  in  1850,  869,039. 
At  the  last  census  the  classes  were — whit-. 
553,028  ;  free  colored,  27.463 ;  and  slaves,  288.- 
548.  The  proportion  of  the  white  population 
gradually  decreased  from  1790  to  1850,  or  from 
73  1-5  to  63  2-3  per  cent.  During  the  same  period 
the  proportion  of  the  free  colored  increased  from 
1  1-4  to  3  1-8  per  cent.,  and  that  of  the  slaves 
from  25  1-2  to  33  1-5  per  cent.  Nearly  all  of  the 
white  inhabitants  in  1850  were  born  in  the  Stair, 
comprising  95  34  per  cent.,  and  the  most  of  the 
remainder  were  born  in  other  States.  In  fact, 
the  number  of  the  whites  born  in  foreign  countries 
was  in  less  ratio  to  the  total  white  population 
than  in  any  other  State  in  the  Union,  amounting 
only  to  2,565  persons,  or  less  than  half  of  one  per 
cent.  ;  and  this  real  number  of  foreign-born  whites 
was  also  less  than  that  of  the  corresponding  popu- 
lation in  any  other  State,  excepting  Arkansas, 
where,  however,  the  ratio  was  larger.  Of  the  free 
colored  population,  about  97  2-3  per  cent,  were 
born  in  the  State.  The  combined  number  of  the 
whites  and  free  colored  who  were  born  in  the 
Stale,  but  were  living  in  other  States  in  1850,  was 
283,077,  while  the  number  of  the  same  classes 
born  in  other  States,  and  then  living  in   North 


STAT  G    o  F    N  0  II  T  II      CAROL]  N  A  . 


L21 


Carolina,  was  21,502  ;  which  numbers  are  in  the 
proportion  of  L3  L-5  to  1. 

The  agricultural  staples  are  corn,  sweet  pota- 
i  1  the  former  two  are  exten- 
sively raised  in  i  rery  county.    The  crop  of  corn 
rep  irted  in  1850  was  27,941,051  bu  h.,  while  thai 
of  oats  i  1,052,078 ;  of  wheat,  2,130,102  j 

rye,  229  "  63  ;  and  th       of  barley  and  buckvi  I 
wore  insignificant.    In  the  a  e  growth  of 

sweet  potatoes  North  Carolina  is  only  exceed  1 
by  Georgia  an  1  Alabama.  The  tobacco  crop  re- 
ported in  1850  amounted  to  11,984,786  lbs.,  or  6 
per  cent,  of  the  whole  U.  S.  crop,  and  the  crop  of 
<>  was  much  larger,  viz :  16,772,359  lbs.  In 
parts  of  the  low,  sandy,  section  along  the  coast 
c  itton  and  rice  are  extensively  raised.     In  1850 

plantations,  each  ra: 
5  bales  and  over  ;  the  crop  then  reported  was 
50,845  '  100  lbs.,  ginned  ;  and  the  crop  of 

1840  was  51,926,190  lbs.,  gathered.     The  rice 
crop  of  1850  wa  G8  lbs.,  (in  1810,  2,820,- 

i  and  there  were  25  rice  plantations,  each 
raising  20,000  lbs.  and  over.  This  State  exceeds 
all  others  in  its  crops  of  peas  and  beans. 

In  the  region  of  the  pine  forests  the  leading 

business  is  in  gathering  turpentine  and  distilling 

it.    Turpentine  is  the  crude  sap  of  the  pine  trees ; 

it  varii  s  somewhat  in  character  and  in  freedom  of 

flow  with  the  differenl  varieties,  and  it  is  more  freely 

long-leafed  pine  than  any  oth    \ 

The  principal  belt  of  the  turpentine  forest  is  from 

to  80  m.  wide,  and  extendi  across  the  State, 

a  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.     The  larger  part  of 

the  turpentii  'tilled  before  it  is  shipped  to 

northern  port  i. 

In  ri  i  manufactures,  it  is  probable  that 

the  amount  I  yearly  from  making  turpen- 

tine, resin,  tar.  and  pitch,  exceeds  the  product  from 


other  branch  of  i  In  1850,  the  an- 

nual  product   of  the   cotton   manufactories  was 
returned  at  8831,312  ;    of   tunn 

ight  iron,  $331,91 1  ;  iro  12      : 

i-on, :  and  woolen  goo<!  :.">0. 

The  most  valuable  of  the  mines  are  those  of 

'.  copper,  and  gold,    Th  I  bituminous  coal-field 

on  Deep  l::  uls  for  at  least  30  miles,  and 

the  Dan  River  field  is  also  of  great  importance. 

Th  •  ores  of  copper  in  the  Mc<  lulloch  mine,  i 

■nsborough,  are  wry  rich.,  and  contain  a  Is 

>rtiou  of  gold.  The  gold  mines  in  the  vicinity 
of  <  'harlotte  in  Mecklenburg  County  have  been 
worked  with  great  profit,  and  a  branch  of  the 
U.  S.  Mint  is  there  established.  Iron  is  found  in 
many  places.  Vast  quantities  of  limestone  and 
freestone  occur  along  both  Dan  and  Deep  Rh 
and  grindstone  and  millstone  of  superior  quality 
near  the  latter  stream.  Marl  exists  in  abundance 
in  the  coast  comities  from  Virginia  to  South 
I  ilina,  and  as  far  from  the  coast  as  Nash 
County. 

The  railroads  now  have  a  total  length  of  about 
620  m.,  and  more  than  half  of  this  extent  has  b 
completed  during  the  last  three  years.    The  chief 

are  X.  Car.  Central  R.  R.  from  Goldsboro  to 
Charlotte,  223  m. ;  Wilmington  and  Weldon, 
162  ;  Wilmington  and  Mam-1  •  2,  and 

-cater  part  in  South  Carolina  :  and  Raleigh 
and  Gaston,  97  m.  The  State  contributed  $2,000,- 
000   towards   the   construction   of  the  N.    Car. 

ral  R.  II..  by  ig  its  stock,  and  has  a 

aided  other  roads  in  the  same  way. 

The  coasting  trade  is  carried  on  by  small  \    - 
sels,  since  the  rivers  ami  inlets  are  so  obstructed  at 
their  mouths  by  sand-bars  that  large  v.  ssela  ca» 
not  enter.     The  exports   consist   mainly  of  the 
products  of  North  Carolina.     The  foreign  com- 


122 


U  X  I T  E  D     S  T ATEB     OF     AMERICA 


merce  seldom  exceeds  the  amount  of  §700,000  in 
a  year,  and  the  exports  constitute  more  than  half 
of  the  amount.  The  aggregate  tonnage  has  been 
lually  increasing  since  1850,  and  in  1855  it 
was  60,077  tons,  of  which  one-third  belonged  to 
Wilmington. 

The  shad  and  herring  fisheries  up  n  the  sounds 
and  inlets  of  the  North  Carolina  coast  arc  an  im- 
portant branch  of  industry  and  a  source  of  con- 
able  w  alth.  The  sweep-seines  used  are  the 
largest  in  the  world — some  of  them  are  over  2  m. 
long,  and  manned  by  a  force  of  forty  men.  In 
favorable  years  the  profits  are  ver; 

Population  of  the  chief  towns  in  1850 :  Wil- 
mington. 7,264;  Newbern,  4,681;  Fayetteville, 
4.646  ;  Raleigh,  4,518.  Besides  the  foregoing, 
there  were  seven  villages  with  a  population  of  from 
1.000  to  2,000,  viz  :  Washington.  2,015  ;  Oxford, 
1 .978  ;  Beaufort.  1,661 ;  Edenton.  1,607  ;  Smith- 
ville.  1404  :  Warrenton,  1242  ;  Greenville,  1.053. 

Raleigh  occupies  an  elevated  and  healthy  situa- 
tion, a  few  miles  west  of  Neuse  River,  132  m.  by 
railroad  from  Wilmington.  It  is  a  pleasing  town, 
the  streets  are  wide  and  lined  with  trees,  and  the 
numerous  white  wooJen  mansions  are  generally  sur- 
rounded by  little  court-yards  of  flowers  and  shrub- 
bery.    In  its  centre  is  a  square  of  ten  acres,  con- 


taining the  State  House,  which  is  a  noble  edifice, 
of  brownish-gray  granite,  in  Grecian  style,  and 
c  i  I  over  $500,000.  There  are  s  sveral  institutions 
of  charity  and  education,  honorable  to  the  State. 
The  surrounding  counti'y  is  nearly  all  pine  forest. 

Wilmington  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  Cape 
Fear  River,  34  m.  from  the  ocean.  Its  position  is 
v  iry  favorable  for  a  large  trade,  and  its  business 
in  this  respect  has  been  greatly  multiplied  within 
ten  years  by  the  construction  of  the  railroads 
which  now  connect  it  with  northern  and  southern 
cities,  and  with  the  interior  of  the  State.  The 
population  has  be  i  doubled  within  the  same 
period.  Vessels  of  medium  size  can  come  up  to 
the  wharves,  and  there  is  a  constant  steaml 
communication  with  Charleston  and  other  ports. 
The  chief  exports  are  lumber,  turpentine,  rosin. 
tar,  rice,  and  peanut-,  and  the  agg  exporta- 

tion is  now  about  $4,000,000  annually.  Turpen- 
tine distilleries  and  saw-mills  are  n  im  irons. 

Newbern,  on  Neuse  River,  has  considerable 
trade,  and  was  formerly  the  capital  of  the  State. 

Fayetteville  is  at  the  head  of  natural  navigation, 
on  Cape  Fear  River,  95  m.  above  Wilmington. 
It  is  now  a  flourishing  town,  and  its  prospects  are 
excellent.  Its  vicinity  is  noted  for  numerous  plank 
roads. 


STATE     OF     SOUTH     CAR'OLIN  A . 


3  tit  Carolina  has  an  irregular  triangular  shape. 
with  extreme  length  and  breadth  of  about  210  m.. 
and  total  area  of  29.395  sq.  m.  Tts  entire  ter- 
ritory is  a  portion  of  the  greai  Atlantic  Slope, 
it-;  north-west  boundary  being  formed  by  the  Blue 
Ridge.     The  surface  is  hence  naturally  divided 


into  parallel  sections,  according  to  their  elevation 
as  parts  of  the  slope.  These  divisions  are  princi- 
pally three.  The  tract  bordering  the  ocean  is 
very  low,  occupied  in  part  by  flat  cypress  swamps 
and  reedy  marshes,  traversed  by  sluggish  streams. 
and  to  a  great  extent  covered  with  forests  of  pitch 


STATE      OF      SOUTH     CAROLINA 


1  23 


pine.    The  w  \  item  part  of  thi-  tract,  as  Ll  becomes 
morn  elevated,  is  of  coarse  more  dry,  but  the 
is  still  Dearly  level,  and  consists  mainly  oft] 
pine  barrens.     In  the  second,  middle,  or  "wave" 
region,  the  surface  is  extremely  undulating 
full]  a.i  1  dipping  in  bluffs  and  dells,  yet 

.'I  i.r  pin  ■  wo  id  ;  the  a  lil  is  a  mel- 
low, brown  loam,  and  fertile  in  the  valley  .    Thi 
ruptly  in  joining  the  third 

.  called  the  Ridgi  ;  the  surface  sudd  uly  ri 
i  1 1  continues  to  ris  •.  with  I  chi  r 

until  it  ends  with  ths  Blue  Ridge.     In  thi 
there  ich  the  hig] 

is  Table  Mountain  which  is   I  00  •  ft.  above  the 
in  on  •  dir  iction  a  p  sular 

li-  mt  of  1,100  ft.  ah  ive 
The  chief  navigable  rivers  are,  the  Savannah, 
i  ie,  Great  P  Edisto.    The  coast  is  in- 

dented by  several   large   bays,  which  are  deep 
mgh  for  coasting  navigation ;  the  best  harbor 
h  that  of  Beaufort,  which  admits  ]. 
that  of  I  I  by  a  dang 

!  bar.    The  climate  is  varied  according  to  the 
elevation  of  the  surface.    Throughoul  the  c 

m  it  is  excessively  1  d  in  summer,  and  il  i- 
fetal  to  white  people  to  remain  in  thai  vicinity 

1  larked  by  irregu- 
,  larity  in  i  mal  chan 

The  total  population  of  South  Carolina  in  1790 
was  249,073  :  in  1800,  345,591  :  in  1810.415.11:)  ; 
in  1820,  502,74]  :  in  1830,  581,185  ;  in  1840, 
594  3  07.    A1  the  last  cen- 

sus the  classes  were  —whites,  27  1 ,563  ;  free  colored. 
8,960  :  1,984.    The  relative  proportion 

of  the  da  -  s  has  been  gradually  changing  from 
1790;  at  that  time,  the  whites  comprised  about 
."'•; ;    per  cent,   of    t]  I   population,  but   in 

1850.  they  were  -11  per  cent.    The  actual  incr 


of  each  irregular,  and  was  much 

iter  from  L790  to  1820  thi  I 

either  class,  and  that  of  the  entire  p  pulation  was 
about  2 

t0  to  l   50,  the  increase  of  the  whites 

•ly  'I  p  ■]•  cent.  ;  of  thi  !.  8};  of 

the  -I:.-,  s,  1  7  3-4.    The  slave  population  of  South 

Care''  in  proportion  to 

total  population  tl 
and  its  actual  numb 

1  every  State,  excepl  Virginia,  which,  1 

ever,  has  more  than  twi  In 

1850  the  number  of  whil  ss  born  in  foreign  coun- 

~>08,  or  about  one-thirty-second  part 

of  all  t!i"  white  population.    The  coi  inm- 

of  the  white  and  free  colo 
of  South  Carolina,  who  in  1 850  wi  in  other 

States,  was   186,479;  of  these,  52,154   were   in 
Georgia,  48,603  in  Alabama.   27,908  in  Mi 
sippi,  15,107  in  Tennessee,  etc. 

In  agriculture,  the  greal  arc  cotton,  corn, 

rice,  and  sweet  potatoes.     There  are  six  vari 
of  soil,  viz  :  1.  Tide  swamp,  devoted  to  the  cul- 
ture of  rice  ;  2.  Inland  swamp,  to  rice,  cotton, 

i,  peas,  etc.  ;  3.  Salt  marsh,  to  long  cot1 
4.  Oak  and  pine,  to  long  cotton,  corn,  potatoes. 

:  5.  Oak  and  hickory,  to  short  cotton,  corn, 
etc.;  and  6.  Pine  barren,  to  fruits,  vegetables, 
etc.     Cotton  is  the  chief  ,  and  grows  in  all 

the  divisions,  with  different  d  '  productive- 

In  the  amount  of  it  a  crop,  thi    - 

ranks  as  the  first  in  the  Union,  in  proportion  to 

rea,  end  as  the  fourth  in  the  actual  amount 

'iced.  Tn  1S50.  there  were  11 ..  JJ  cotton 
plantations,  each  raising  5  bales  and  over;  the 
crop  then  reported  was  301,901  bales  of  400  lbs., 
ginned,  and   that    in   1840   was   61,710,274   lb-.. 


1 24 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMEEICA. 


gathered.  Com  is  raised  everywhere,  except  in  a 
very  small  part  of  the  mountainous  district ;  the 
crop  of  1850  was  16,271,454  bush.,  and  in  1840, 
14,722,805.  The  crop  of  rice  in  this  State  in 
1850  was  three-fourths  of  the  total  raised  in  the 
Union,  or  159,930.613  lbs.  out  of  215,313^497  ; 
and  this  vastly  exceeded  the  crop  reported  in  1840, 
which  was  60,590,861  lbs.  No.  of  rice  plantations 
in  1850,  each  raising  20,000  lbs.  and  over,  annu- 
ally, 4-16.  Sweet  potato  crop  of  1850,  4,337,469 
bush.;  oats  do.  2,322,155;  wheat,  1,066,277; 
peas  and  beans,  1.026,900.  The  best  land  in  the 
State  is  in  the  elevated  and  hilly  country,  though 
the  alluvial  section  in  the  lower  region  is  of  more 
rank  richness.  The  rice  district  is  narrow,  bor- 
dering the  sea-coast ;  the  plantations  are  chiefly 
formed  in  such  parts  of  the  tidal  swamps,  adjoin- 
ing the  main-land  or  the  sandy  islands,  as  are  left 
nearly  dry  at  the  ebb  of  the  water.  On  the  islands 
is  produced  the  largest  quantity  of  the  best  variety 
of  cotton,  called  sea  island. 

The  capital  employed  in  manufactures,  etc.,  in 

1850  was  reportel  at  $6,056,865,  anl  the  annual 

[product  at  $7,063,513.     Particulars  are  given  of 

.    four  branches.     The  cotton  manufactories, 

18,  had  capital  of  $357,200,  employed  399  males 

and  620  females,  and  their  annual  product  was 

$747,338.     The  tanneries,  91,  employed  264  per- 

.  and  their  product  was  $261,332.     Six  iron 

blishments  employed  155  persons,  and 

produced  $87,683. 

In  the  north-west  and  central  parts  of  the  State 
a  large  part  of  the  geological  formation  is  primi- 
tive, and  this  affords  much  and  excellent  building 
material.  The  principal  metals  found  here  com- 
prise  gold,  iron  and  lead.  The  gold  is  found  in 
the  same  belt  in  which  this  metal  exists  in  the  ad- 
joining States,  and  the  portion  lying  within  South 


Carolina  is  believed  to  be  as  valuable  as  any  other 
portion.  The  product  during  the  last  25  years 
has  been  computed  at  about  $600,000.  Iron  ore  of 
fine  quality  is  particularly  abundant  in  Spartan- 
burg District. 

The  railroads  of  South  Carolina  are  more  nu- 
merous and  extensive  than  in  auy  of  the  Southern 
.States,  excepting  Virginia  and  Georgia,  which 
have  each  twice  as  large  an  area.  The  chief  line 
is  the  South  Carolina  R.  R.,  which  extends  from 
Charleston  to  Hamburg,  136  m.,  with  a  branch 
to  Columbia,  68  m.,  and  another  to  Camden,  37 
m.,  making  its  aggregate  length  241  m.  This 
road  was  one  of  the  first  large  projects  of  the  kind 
undertaken  in  this  country,  having  been  com- 
menced in  1830.  The  total  length  of  the  railroads 
now  in  operation  is  about  850  miles. 

The  direct  foreign  commerce  of  South  Carolina 
consists  chiefly  in  its  exports.  The  value  of  the 
exports  is  usually  from  six  to  eight  times  greater 
than  that  of  the  imports.  During  the  fiscal  year 
1855,  the  former  amounted  to  $12,700,250,  and 
the  latter  to  $1,588,542. 

The  aggregate  tonnage  owned  in  this  State 
amounted  in  1855  to  60,935  tons,  of  which  56,419 
belonged  to  Charleston.  More  than  half  is  en- 
gaged in  the  coasting  trade,  aud  about  one-fourth 
is  propelled  by  steam.  Charleston  formerly  was 
extensively  engaged  in  ship-building,  but  of  late 
years  this  business  has  very  much  declined. 

Population  of  the  cities  and  chief  towns  in  1850  : 
Charleston,  42,985  ;  Columbia,  6,060  ;  Abbeville. 
2,252  ;  Georgetown,  1,628  ;  Sumterville,  1,356  : 
Greenville,  1,305 ;  Spartanburg,  1,176  ;  Ham- 
burg, 1.070. 

Columbia,  capital  of  the  State,  is  built  on  a 
plain  along  the  east  bank  of  the  Congaree  River. 
at  the  head  of  its  steamboat  navigation.     It  has 


B  T  A  i  i:    o  P     G  hOBOIA. 


125 


throughout  a  remarkably  elegant  appearance;  its 
streets  are  regular,  wide  ami  lirn  d  with  ornament- 
al trees;   and  most  of  the  dwellings  arc  buill  of 

1.     'I  he  chief  public  building-  arc  the  £ 
Bouse,  State  Asylum  for  thel  C        I ! 

churches,  and  market.  It  Is  the  scat  of  South 
Carolina  College,  founded  by  the  State  in  1804; 
of  a  Presbyterian  Theological  Seminary,  founded 
in  1831  ;  and  of  the  Arsenal  Academy,  which  is 
one  of  the  State  .Military  Schools. 

Charleston  is  Bituated  at  a  distance  of  seven 
miles  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  on  a  tongue  of 
land  between  Ashley  and  Cooper  Rivers,  which 
unite  immediately  below  thecity,  and  form  a 
cious  harbor.  The  former  river  is  6,300  ft.  wide, 
the  latter  -1.200  ft.,  and  cadi  is  from  30  to  40  ft. 
d    p.     The  city  covers  an  area  of  about  3  sq. 


miles,  on  a  Bite  some  8  or  9  ft.  above  the  level  of 
the  harbor  at  high  tid  .1  I  form  a  arly 
square  blocks,  and  are  lined  with  mag 

and  other  beautiful  Orna- 

mental gardens  are  numerous,  and  the  dwefli 
are  surrounded  by  an  abundance  of  folii 
of  the  public  buildings  are  of  handsome  archil 
ture.     'I  are — College  of 

on,  founded  in  1785  :  M  C  liege  of 

the  State  of  S.  O.,  founded  in  1833;    Citadel 

y,  which  is  one  of  ate  Biili 

Schools;  City  Library,  with  2 
tices'  A    ociation,  with  10,01      i  c.     Charleston 
iw  less  engaged  in   forei  roe  than 

formerly,  especially  in  the  matter  of  importation; 
but  this  foreign  trade,  as  well  as  the  dome- 
still  involves  a  large  capital. 


S T  A  T  E    OF      GEORGIA 


BGIA  is  the  most  southern  of  the  Original 
Thirteen  States.  The  length  of  its  territory,  N\ 
and  S.,  is  about  310  m.  ;  the  greatest  breadth 
about  245  in.:  and  the  area  is  computed  at  58,000 
sq.  m.  Its  surface  is  much  diversified  in  elevation 
and  character,  and  its  soil,  climate,  and  produc- 
tions are  correspondingly  varied.  In  general 
terms,  the  surface  is  characterized  by  a  regular 
slope  in  southerly  direction,  as  is  apparent  from 
the  course  of  all  its  great  rivers.  The  seel  inn 
bordering  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  for  fifty  I 
inland,  is  very  marshy.  Some  of  the  swamps  arc 
very  extrusive,  of  which,  the  Okefinoke  is  the 
largest,  and  this  is  180  m.  in  circuit.  This  sec- 
tion forms  about  one-third  part  of  the  plain  of 
tertiary  formation,  which  is  from  100  to  150  m. 
broad,  and  swells  up  to  a  line  passing  near  the 


I  of  navigation  of  the  Savannah,  Ogeechee. 
Oconee,  and  Ocmulgee  Rivers,  where  it  meet-  a 
primary  formation.  The  western  part  of  this  di- 
vision abounds  with  pine  forests.  The  primarv 
formation  crosses  the  State  in  S.  W.  direction. 
above  the  falls  of  the  rivers  just  mentioned,  with 
a  breadth  of  100  m.  at  the  northern,  and  of  100  m. 
at  the  southern  limit  :  the  principal  plain  or  pla- 
teau above  the   falls  is  from   60  t.>  70  in.  wide. 

ond  this,  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  primary 
belt,  the  surface  risi  -  by  a  series  of  parallel  and 
undulating  ri  Blue  Ridge  Mountains, 

which  are  fn  m  I  1,000  I''.  high.     Farther 

north  and  north-west  the  surface  is  I  .ken 

and  mountainous.     The  principal  ri\  the 

Savannah,  navigable  forships  to  Savannah,  and  for 
steamboats    to    Augusta:     AJtamaha,    and    its 


126 


UNITED     S  T  A  TES     OF     AM  E  11  I  C  A 


branches,  Oconee  and  Ocmulgee  ;  Chattahoochee, 
and  itrf  main  branch,  the  Flint ;  Ogeechee  and 
Cannotichee;  all  of  which  are  navigable  by  vos- 
-  sis  of  light  draught  throughout  a  considerable 
share  of  their  courses.  The  sea  coast  is  about  100 
m.  long,  and  is  completely  lined  with  a  large  num- 
ber of  low  islands,  between  which  and  the  main- 
land are  navigable  channels,  or  sounds.  Much  of 
the  scenery  in  the  northern  half  of  the  State  is 
highly  picturesque.  Many  of  the  streams  are  re- 
markable for  their  grc.it  falls,  and  several  of  these 
are  cataracts  of  more  than  100  ft.  in  height. 

The  relative  increase  of  the  population  of 
Georgia,  from  1790  to  1850,  was  greater  than  that 
of  any  other  of  the  Original  States,  its  ratio  having 
been  very  nearly  1000  per  cent.,  while  that  of  New 
York  was  about  81 1 .  The  total  population  in  1 790 
was  82.548  ;  in  1800. 102,101  ;  in  1810, 252,433  ; 
in  1820,  340,987  ;  in  1830,  51G.823  ;  in  1840, 
691,392  ;  and  in  1850,  906.185.  At  the  last  cen- 
sus the  classes  were — whites,  521,572  ;  free  col- 
ored, 2,931  ;  slaves,  381,682  :  giving  the  follow- 
ing proportion — whites.  57|  per  cent.  ;  free  col- 
ored, ^  of  1  per  cent. ;  and  slaves,  nearly  42 i  per 
cent.  ;  and  there  was  very  nearly  the  same  pro- 
portion in  1810,  excepting  a  small  change  in  re- 
spect to  the  free  colored.  The  ratio  of  increase 
of  each  class,  and  of  the  total  population,  has  varied 
greatly  during  the  several  census  intervals.  The 
white  population  in  1850  was  thus  classified  as  to 
nativity :  Born  in  the  State,  396,298,  or  76  per 
cent.  ;  in  other  States,  118,268,  or  22 <}  per  cent. ; 
in  foreign  countries,  6,452,  or  l£  per  cent.  Of  the 
foreign-born,  there  were  3,202  Irish,  972  Germans, 
679  English,  357  Scotch,  etc.  The  excess  of  the 
combined  number  of  whites  and  free  colored  per- 
sons, natives  of  Georgia,  given  to  other  States, 
(122,954)  over  the  corresponding  number  of  those 


received  from  other  States  (115,413)  was  only 
7,541,  which  was  by  far  the  least  inequality  pro- 
duced in  any  State  by  the  interchange  of  citizens. 

The  soils  of  Georgia  are  of  very  varied  charac- 
ter, and  in  the  many  counties  good  and  bad  lands 
lie  near  together.  The  light  sandy,  soils  in  the 
southern  counties  are  particularly  productive  in 
cotton,  while  the  marshy  tracts  in  that  section 
yield  rice  in  abundance.  In  Middle  Georgia  the 
native  soil  is  a  red  loamy  soil,  resting  on  a  firm 
clay  foundation,  and  originally  rich,  but  has  been 
generally  worn  out  by  exhaustive  culture.  The 
northern  valleys  now  comprise  the  most  valuable 
lands  for  grain  and  other  food  crops.  Cotton  and 
corn  are  the  great  staples,  and  the  yearly  product 
of  cither  is  vastly  more  valuable  than  any  other 
crop.  The  crop  of  cotton  reported  nn  1850  was 
499,091  bales  of  400  lbs.,  ginned,  or  one-fifth  of 
all  produced  in  the  Union  ;  the  crop  in  1840  was 
163,392  of  396  lbs.,  gathered,  and  in  1850  there 
were  14,578  plantations,  each  raising  5  bales  and 
over.  The  crop  of  corn  Avas  30.080,099  bush.,  or 
one-twentieth  of  total  U.  S.  product ;  of  sweet 
potatoes,  6,986,428,  or  two-ninths  of  U.  S.  pro- 
duct ;  and  of  rice,  more  than  one-sixth  of  U.  S. 
product. 

Considerable  attention  has  been  given  to  manu- 
factures, particularly  to  the  production  of  cotton 
goods.  According  to  the  last  census,  the  annual 
product  of  all  the  manufactories,  1,527,  was 
$7,086,525  ;  and  the  whole  number  of  persons 
employed  was  8,318  ;  the  cotton  establishments. 
35,  produced  $2,135,044,  and  employed  2,272  per- 
sons ;  and  no  other  class  of  manufactures  was  re- 
ported to  have  a  product  of  even  $90,000,  except 
that  of  tanneries,  $361,586.  The  greater  part  of 
Georgia  is  abundantly  provided  with  streams, 
and  these  frequently  afford  excellent  water-powe.r 


8  T  A  T  E      O  1       UK  ORG  I    \ 


IL'T 


Columbo  i,  at  the  we  i  boundary  of  I '  •.  has 

an  immense  power  from  the  Falls  of  the  Chatta- 
hoochee, and  promises  to  1"'  the  chief  manufac- 
turing (nun,  south  "I'  Richmond,  \  '  .'a,  in  the 
Southern  Stat<  .     I  from   1 5,000  to 

20,0  running,  and  th  -powi  r  i 

safficienl  for  ai  leasl  t<  □  times  as  many. 

p(  ■  ■>.  ,]  by 

-  to  be  very  great,  but  is  at  pr 
almost  entirely  und  v<  Loped,  excepl  in  gold,  which 
is  somewhat  exu  mi  i  d.    1 

is  chiefly  in  Lumpkin  County,  and  its  hills  have 
been  completely  riddled  with  shafts  and  tunnels, 
the  shire-town  of  that  county,  there 
is  an  U.  S.  Branch  Mint,  which  cuius  from  $300,- 
000  to  ••$500,000  yearly. 

In  January,  L856,  the  railroads  of  Georgia  had 
an  aggregate  length  of  1,011  m.,  and  most  of  the 
lines  are  noted  for  their  excellent  construction  and 
successful  management.  The  two  principal  lines 
were  completed  throughout  in  1843.  The  first  of 
these  is  the  I  lentral  B.  R.  from  Savannah  to  .Ma- 
con, 191  m.,  and  this  connects  ai  Macon  with  other 
very  important  lines.  The  second  is  the  Georgia 
R.  R.  from  Augusta  to  Atlanta,  171  m.,  and  this 
also  has  important  connections.  The  first  is  tribu- 
tary only  to  Savannah  ;  the  second,  mainly  to 
Charleston. 

By  mean-  of  these  railroads  and  by  the  navi- 
gable rivers,  the  trade  of  Savannah  (and  Charles- 
ton) with  the  interior  of  the  State  and  with  Ala- 
bama has  been  greatly  increased  within  a  few 
years, — having  been  diverted  from  its  former 
channels. 

The  coasting  trade  is  active,  supporting  regular 
liucs  of  Bailing  vessels  to  Beveral  port-;,  and  of 
steamship-  to  New  York  and  Philadelphia. 

The  direct  foreign  commerce  consists  chiefly  in 


the  exportation  of  the  greal  staple,*  with 

COnsid      ibl    amounts  of 

British  and  Fr<  rich  port  -.     Dura 

due  of  the  i  >ig 

which  v.  te  amount  as  in  the  y<  ar 

1853  ;  while  in  each  of  I  and 

1  35  1.  th(  10,000.    The  im- 

port 5  aim. un!  [16. 

The  total  tonnj  <1  in  th<    S        "n  30th 

June,  18£  29,505  f  which.  JT 

belonged  to  the  puit  of  Savannah.     The  ami 
employed  in  .-team  navigation  is  1 
T.i II  10  tons. 

AH  the  cities  and  chief  towns  have  greatly  in- 
ed  their  population  and  bu-'  '  ice  they 

obtained  railroad  advanl         ;  and  many  p] 
which  some  ten  or  twelve  years  ago  were  only 
cross-roads,  with  a  tavern  and  blacksmith's 

sin  .J),  have  become  villages  of  considerable  im- 
portance. 

Population  of  Savannah  in  1850,  1"..'U2:  in 
1853,  23,458  :  of  Augusta   in  185l  ;    in 

1852.  12,553  :  i  'olumbus  in  1850,  5,942  ;  in  1  B52 
7,140.  and  with  Wynntown  Suburb,  8,860 :  Ma 
in  1850,  5.720,  and  1855.  about  9.000:  and  of 
Atlanta.  Griffin,  and  Athens,  in  1855,  each  about 
5,000  :  MiDedgeville,  3,500. 

Mflledgeville,  the  capital  of  the  State,  i-  situated 
on  the  west  bank  of  the  Oconee  River,  and  is 
rounded  by  a  beautiful  country,  productive  in  cot- 
ton. The  State  House  is  a  handsome  building,  in 
Gothic  architecture.  The  State  Penitentiary  and 
one  of  the  St; i1      \      oals  are  here 

Savannah  is  situated  on  the  Savannah  River. 
18  m.  from,  it*  mouth,  upon  a  Bandy  plain,  about 
10  ft.  above  low-water  mark.  It  is  regularly  laid 
nut  with  wide,  unpaved  streets,  at  the  intersections 
of  which  are   small  area-,  shaded  like  the  str 


128 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


with  the  Pride  of  India  trees.  The  general  aspect 
of  the  city  is  curiously  rural  and  modest  for  a 
place  of  its  population  and  commerce.     A  very 
large  proportion  of  the  buildings  stand  detached 
from  each  other,  and  are  surrounded  by  gardens 
or  courts,  filled  with  tree-  and  shrubbery.     Two 
principal  streets  have  in  their  middle  rows  of  trees 
and  a  grassy  promenade.     Two  of  the  principal 
buildings  are  the  Custom  House,  constructed  of 
granite,  at  a  cost  of  $175,000,  and  Independent 
Presbyterian  Church,  also  built  of  granite,  at  a 
cost  of  $120,000.     There  are  two  public  monu- 
ments of  much  interest — one  to  the  memory  of 
Gen.  Greene,  and  the  other  to  the  memory  of 
Pulaski.  ^ 

Augusta  is  on  the  Savannah  River,  231  miles 
from  its  mouth,  and  at  the  head  of  its  natural 
navigation.  By  means  of  a  canal,  constructed  in 
1845,  vessels  may  pass  around  the  falls,  and  navi- 
gate the  river  for  150  m.  above  Augusta.  By  the 
same  means  water  is  brought  into  the  city,  and  a 
fall  of  40  ft.  above  obtained,  furnishing  immense 
power  to  numerous  manufactories.     The  city  is 


well  built,  and  contains  a  Medical  College,  a  City 
Hall  that  cost  over  $100,000,  besides  several  other 
notable  edifices. 

Columbus,  at  the  W.  boundary  of  the  State, 
has  already  been  alluded  to  on  account  of  its 
manufactures,  for  which  it  is  distinguished. 

Macon  is  built  on  both  sides  of  the  Ocmulgee 
River,  at  the  head  of  its  steamboat  navigation, 
and  is  the  centre  of  an  active  trade,  which  is  con- 
stantly increasing.  The  two  divisions  of  the  town 
are  connected  by  a  bridge,  380  ft.  long.  Georgia 
Female  College,  located  at  this  place,  is  one  of 
the  most  flourishing  seminaries  in  the  Southern 
States. 

Atlanta  is  now  the  chief  town  in  N.  W. 
Georgia,  and  has  been  entirely  built  up  since 
1845,  (when  it  was  first  laid  out,)  by  the  business 
of  the  railroads  which  here  connect. 

Griffin,  58  m.  from  Macon  by  railroad,  has  a 
very  active  business  in  exporting  cotton. 

Athens,  in  the  N.  E.  part  of  the  State,  has  a 
fine  situation  and  delightful  climate,  and  is  the 
scat  of  Franklin  College,  founded  in  1785. 


STATE    OF     FLORIDA. 


Florida  consists  of  the  great  peninsula  separating 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and 
a  narrow  strip  of  land  extending  westward  along 
the  Gulf  to  the  Perdido  River.  Its  entire  area  is 
computed  at  59,268  sq.  m.  The  western  section, 
lying  south  of  Alabama,  is  generally  level,  sloping 
gradually  to  the  Gulf.  Eastward,  between  the 
Appalachicola  and  Suwanee  Rivers,  the  surface  is 
more  elevated,  and  occasionally  undulating.  The 
central  ridge  of  the  peninsula  is  but  little  elevated, 


the  highest  point  being  about  171  ft.  above  the 
ocean,  and  the  whole  southern  part  of  the  penin- 
sula is  marshy.  There  are  26  rivers  of  importance, 
besides  many  others  of  smaller  size,  and  several 
capacious  and  secure  harbors.  The  climate  has  a 
warm  and  remarkably  uniform  temperature,  and 
some  places  are  noted  for  their  salubrity. 

The  total  population  in  1830  was  34,730 ,  in 
1840,  54,477  ;  and  in  1850,  87,445.  At  the  last 
date,  the    classes    were — whites,    47,203 ;    free 


■         w 


•i  - 1 


Tl 


w 


- 

^ 


■ 


■    i.   i 


1       ,,  "■'•■' 


/ 


:.i 


.-1 


- 

i  s    P     KIM     I 


flN 


_ 

!— — ■ 


l     " 


j 


/',,;•    /; 


r..\v<-fuicj'f 

>  V   I     I-     Kl  f;|.   . 


•\r  rtXajiruii  '  '", 


yt.7'.71^Wa»/ct< 


V   saf" 


- 


!«f    jn.J.H.AUuinxt   '  .. 


■ 


*FtJU»?r* 


t't.Krais 
Trap/iris!: 


Th 


PU  Ju. 
>   Mtiunit 

\      ' 

••X 


I  ..  v  ii,il..is    !',.iv 
( .    tit i  - 
c.iillhnns    H  -/,t 


tfrs 

il 

Mkuih 


_  __n  / 

v     r.mi'-itnilr      Weil       ii      from     Washington     s  Panic iIi1a«ui 


I     i 


S  T A  T E    OF      F  L  0  R I  1 1  A 


.red,  932;  slaves,  39,310.     The  foreign-born 
numbered  2,815,  or  5  3-1  p  sr  cent,  of  total  popu- 
lation. 
The  chief  agricultural  "staples  arc  cotton,  cane- 
,i-n.  sweet  potato  mil  tobacco.   In 

proportion  to  the  population  and  to  the  quan 
of  improved  lands,   more  cotton  i-  produced  in 
Florida    than   in  any  other  State.    So  ale 
reaped  to  the  product  of  sweet  potatoes,  and  of 
sugar  from  cane,  with  ih  ition  of  Louisiana 

and  Texas.    Most  of  the  soil  of  Florida  is  Bandy, 

j.t  in  the  hummocks,  where  it   is  mixed  with 
■-.    All  of  the  peninsula  is  of  diluvial  formation, 
and  its  central  portion  is  the  most  productive. 
The  classes  of  land  are  usually  d<  :      high 

hummock,  low  hummock,  savannah,  swamp,  aud 
tlie  different  qualities  of  pine  land.  The  hum- 
mocks are  cat!  1  throughout  the  country,  and 
vary  much  in  their  extent  :  these  are  covered  with 
woods,  and  afford  excellent  land,  when  cleared. 
High  hummock  is  usually  timbered  with  live  and 
other  oaks,  magnolia,  laurel,  etc.,  and  i-  considered 
the  I  ription  of  land  for  general  purposes. 

Low  hummock,  timbered  with  live  and  water  oak, 
overflow,  hut  is  preferred  for  sugar 
when  drained.     Savannahs,   on    tlie   margins   of 

in,-  and  in  detached  bodies,  are  usually  very 
rich  alii  and  yield  largely  in  dry  seasons, 

liiti  need  ditching  and  dyking  in  ordinary  seasons. 
Marsh  savannahs,  on  the  borders  of  tide  streams, 
when  reclaimed,  are  very  valuable  for  rice  or 
sugar-cane. 

■  'ire.  the  most   important   busi- 


ipment  of  the  products  of  thi 
and  of  the  products  of  the  southern  portion 
Alabama  and  1 1  soi  gia.     X1     I  of  thi 
foreign  count  '  A.ppa1a< 

■  of  domestic  produ 
chit  fly  of  cotton.      The  ] 
St.  John's  River.    More  than  half  tli"  torn 
belongs  to  Key  West.    The  1  St. 

Mark's  R.  R.,  23  m.  long,  was 
1834.  Other  short  railroads  were  formerly  in  i 
but  their  companies  having  failed,  tl  en- 

taken  up. 

Tallahassee,  the  seat  of  governmt  nt.  i-  !.;iilt  on 
an  elevated  site,  is  regularly  laid  out.  reral 

public  squares,  and  contains  the  public  buildings 
of  the  State  and  County.    Number  of  inhabit) 
in  1850,  1,391.  The  vicinity  is  the  mi  lous 

part  of  the  S I 

Pensacola  is  built  on  a  sandy  plain.  50  ft.  ab 
sea  level.    Population  in  1850.  1,073  whites,  and 
1,091  blacks.     Six  mile  it  is  the  U.  E 

Navy-Yard,   covering  about  80  acres,  and  con- 
taining a  dry-dock  ;  near  it  is  the  '  aval 
ital. 

Key  West  City  is  the  largest  sett]  menl  in 
Florida,  and  in  1850  it  contained  2.3G7  inhabit- 
ants, of  whom  1,825  were  whit<  9.  The  principal 
business  is  wrecking,  which  1  under 

equitable  rules  for  the  mutual  I 
interested.     Many   persons  are    al-o   engaged   in 
fishing;  procuring  -.  making  salt  by  evapo- 

ie.    The  harbor  i  ible  for  ships  of 

22  ft.  draught 


130 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


STATE    OF     ALABAMA 


Alabama  has  a  nearly  regular  outline  ;  itsdimen- 
'  >ns,  exclusive  of  the  section  below  lat.  31°, 
which  is  some  sixty  miles  square,  arc — length, 
X.  and  S.,  about  270  m.,and  breadth,  150  to  210  ; 
and  its  area  is  50,122  sq.  m.  In  the  N.  and  N.  E. 
:'aco  is  broken  by  the  low  mount- 
ainous riuges  which  are  the  S.  W.  terminations 
of  the  Appalachian  system.  A  range  of  hills 
crosses  the  State  westward  to  the  border  of  Mis- 

:ppi,  dividing  the  tributaries  of  Tennessee 
J?.iver  from  the  other  streams  of  that  region. 
Thence  the  surface  gradually  descends  towards 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  until  it  merges  in  the  low 

in  which  borders  the  Gulf  coast.  A  large  pro- 
ion  of  the  surface,  particularly  in  the  central 
and  north  divisions  of  the  State,  is  covered  with 
forests ;  these  contain  oak  of  several  varieties, 
poplar,  hickory,  chestnut,  pine,  and  mulberry 
woods ;  and  throughout  the  south  division  there 
is  everywhere  abun  lance  of  pine,  with  patches  of 
other  timber.  The  northern  division  is  chiefly 
suited  for  grazing  purposes,  while  parts  of  it  may 
be  more  profitably  cultivated  with  grain  and  a 
rsity  of  other  crops  than  any  other  sections. 
The  cleared  tracts  of  the  central  region  comprise 
much  and  ing  prairie-land  with  naturally  fertile 
soil.  Throughout  the  south  half  there  is  a  great 
extent  of  the  sandy  pine-barrens,  interspersed  with 
very  rich  alluvial  soils.  All  of  the  rivers,  except 
the  Tennessee,  flow  southward,  and  most  of  these 
are  navigable  for  light-draught  steamboats.  The 
Tennessee  is  obstructed  in  part  of  its  course 
(which  is  130  m.  long  within  Alabama)  by  the 
Muscle  Shoals,  but  above  them  it  is  again  navi- 


gable. The  sea-coast  is  of  short  extent,  but  it 
contains  Mobile  Bay,  which  is  one  of  the  largest 
and  deepest  inlets  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Before  the  year  1810  Alabama  contained  but 
very  few  white  inhabitants,  but  after  that  time 
the  population  steadily  increased.  In  1820,  the 
total  population  amounted  to  127,901,  consisting 
of  85,451  whites,  571  free  colored,  and  41,879 
slaves.  In  1830  the  population  had  increased  to 
309,527  ;  in  1840,  to  590,756 ;  and  in  1850,  to 
771,623.  At  the  last  census,  the  classes  were — 
whites,  426,514  ;  free  colored,  2,265;  and  slaves, 
342,844.  From  1820  to  1850  the  slave  population 
increased  more  rapidly  than  the  other  classes — 
hence  its  relative  proportion  to  the  total  popu- 
lation has  been  constantly  increasing.  The 
change  has  been  from  32  3-4  per  cent,  in  1820  to 
44J  per  cent  in  1850.  The  whites  in  1850  were 
thus  classified  as  to  nativity  :  Born  in  Alabama. 
234,691,  or  55  per  cent,  ;  in  other  States,  183,324, 
or  43  per  cent.  ;  and  in  foreign  countries,  including 
unknown,  8,499,  or  2  per  cent.  The  free  colored 
class  consisted  of  567  blacks  and  1,698  mulattees, 
the  proportion  of  the  latter  being  much  larger 
than  in  any  States,  except  Louisiana  and  Florida. 
The  excess  of  white  and  free  colored  persons 
received  from  other  States  was  99,102.  For 
several  years  past  there  has  been  a  constant  and 
extensive  emigration  from  the  State,  as  well  as 
immigration  to  it.  According  to  the  State  census 
of  1855  the  total  population  was  then  835,192, 
isting  of  460,979  whites,  2,449  free  colored, 
and  371,290  slaves  ;  the  total,  including  474  insane 
persons. 


.    - 
Vlea.SiLri  'Ton  .--'      I- 


Xong.      'y^esr i  m 


s         ' 


/ 


.— a 


.      T  .    .- 


J 

■ 


■ 

- 


^ 

-    V  /~* 

h . . 
r  ,     \l.    .       .:in.   iCrcenY. 
V        *.  f 


* 


■ 

'    *xaQ 

E 


- 1 


)  J  lih 

V 


- 


ALABAMA" 


■— 


13C 


I 


e 


TBrougav- 

extent  of  the  sandy  pine-barren?;,  ni^._1 
very  rich  alluvial  soils.     All  of  the  rivers,  except 
the  Ten:  ilow  southward,  and  most  of  tl 

are  navigable  for  light-draught  steamboats.    The 
Tenn  ':    obstructed   in   part   of  its  course 

(which  is   L30  in.  long  within  Alabama)  by  the 
Muscle  •  I  rat  above  them  it  is  again  navi- 


immigration  to  it.  Accoi-um. 

of  1855  the  total  population  was  then  83d, i '92, 

consisting  of  460,979  whites,  2,449  free  colored. 

and  371,290  slaves  ;  the  total,  including  474  insane 

persons. 


1 


STATE      OF      ALA  I:  AM  A. 


131 


The  land  improved  in  agriculture  in  1850 
about  on  th  of  the  whole  area  of  the  E 

Cotton  is  the  great  staple,  and  in  1850  Alabama 
produced  23-08  per  cent.,  or  not  quite  one-fourth 
of  all  the  cotton  rai   sd  in  th  •  Union  ;  the  figi 

..ginned; 
Unit   1  2,445,793  do. ;  and  at  that  period 

there  were  Hi. Kin  plantations,  each  raising  5  bales 
and   upwards.    The  usual  crop  of  corn  is  very 
great — in  1850  it  amounted  to  28,754,048  bush. 
That  of  oats  was  2,965,696  ;  of  wheal.  294,0  1  !. 
Other    crops    of    1850     were — sweet    potatoes, 
5,475,204   bush.;  Irish  do.,  246,001;  peas  and 
beans,  892,701  bush. ;  rough  rice,  2,312,252 
Some  cane-sugar  is  raised,  though  in  a  very  few 
counties;    product  of  1850,  87  hhds.  of  1,000 
pounds,  of  which,  in   Clarke  County,  35  hi 
Montgomery,  20,  and  Greene,  18.      Tobacco   i- 
rai  ed  in  almost  every  county,  but  the  pn  du  I   : 
not  mounting  in  1830  to  161.990  lbs.  in 

the  entire  Si. 

Manufactures  have  never  received  deci 
attention.  The  while  number  of  establishm 
in  1850  producing  to  the  value  of  $500  was  1,020, 
employing  4,938  persons,  and  having  an  aggregate 
product  of  $-1,528,878  yearly.  Of  this  product 
the  amount  of  $1,261,450  was  in  Mobile  County. 
The  products  of  the  chief  classes  reported  were  : 
2,2  ID,  by  12  establishments  with  715 
hands  and  $651,900  capital;  tannin  .  •  .911; 
iron  casting,  $271,126.  The  amount  of  home- 
made manufactures  was  $1,934,120 — proportion- 
ally, a  very  large  production. 

Alabama  is  said  to  have  considerable  miri 
wealth,  parti  :ularly  in  iron  ore,  stone  coal,  car- 
boniferous limestone.    \  .,1    marbles,    and 
Lead.   It  docs  not  appear,  however,  that  any  large 
amount  of  capital  has  yet  been  employed  in  mining 


ii  they  have  been  used  by  the  in- 
habitants of  ••  vicinities. 

The  total  I  if  the  railroads  within  Ala- 

bama that  were  in  operation  at  the  commence- 
I  was  about  350  mill--,  and  about  100 
i  in  active  construction.  The  chief 
completed  line  is  that  from  Montgomery  to  V. 
Poiut,  Ga.,  88  m.,  with  a  branch  line  from  Opelika 
to  Columbus,  Ga.,  28  m. ;  this  occupies  an  im- 
portant position  in  the  great  through  line  of  travel 
between  the  North  and  South,  and  also  has  a 
large  local  business. 

The  export  trade  of  Alabama  in  cotton,  both 
coastwise  and  to  foreign  countries,  is  very  large. 
•lie  is  the  natural  outlet  of  the  greatest  cotton- 
growing  region  in  the  South,  and  thus  it  becomes 
the  greatest  cotton-market  in  the  Union.  The 
total  shipment  of  cotton  from  that  port  in  1854 
was  538,084  bales,  of  which  201,721  to  doni< 
ports,  and  330.903  to  foreign  ports.  The  latter 
were  thus  distributed  :  To  Great  Britain,  231,280 
bales ;  to  France,  70,752  ;  to  northern  ports  of 
Europe,  14,466  ;  and  to  other  ports,  14,515.  The 
value  of  the  total  exports  to  foreign  countries  in 
the  fiscal  year  1855  was  $14,270,565,  which  was 
considerably  less  than  in  preceding  years ;  and 
the  imports  do.  \.  i  9.964. 

Population  of  the  cities  and  large  towns  in 
1850:  Mobile,  20,515;  Montgomery,  -1,935: 
Huntsville,  2,863;  Selma,  1,728;  Marion,  1,544 ; 
Athens,  991. 

M"  ry,  capital  of  the  State  since  Novem- 

ber, 1-17.  is  on  the  Alabama  River,  331  m.  by 
its  course  above   Mobile.     This  is  a  prosperous 
i,  with  very  pleasant  suburbs  and  a  remark- 
ably enterprising  population,  and  it  now  has  a 

■  inland  trade,  promoted  by  its  railroad  fia 
ties.     The  Capitol  was  completed  iu  1851,  and 


132 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


replaced  a  former  building-,  burned  in  Dec,  1849. 
The  houses  generally  and  their  gardens  are  notable 
Cor  their  neatness  and  tasteful  character. 
Mobile  is  situated  on  the  Mobile  River,  just 
ive  its  entrance  into  Mobile  Bay,  30  m.  from 
the  Gulf,  upon  a  sandy  plain,  elevated  about  15 
It.  above  the  bay.  The  central  and  business  part 
is  very  compactly  built,  with  little  or  no  elegance. 
Out  of  this  quarter  the  city  has  a  pleasant  appear- 
ance, almost  all  the   dwellings  having  plots  of 


ground  enclosed  around  them,  planted  with  trees 
and  shrubs.  The  finest  trees  are  the  magnolia 
and  live-oak,  and  the  most  valuable  shrub  is  the 
evergreen  Cherokee  rose,  which  is  much  used  for 
hedges  and  screens.  The  great  business  of  the 
city  is  the  transfer  of  cotton  from  the  producer  to 
the  manufacturer,  from  the  wagon  and  the  steam- 
boat to  the  sea-going  ship.  Since  the  harbor  is 
shallow,  the  large  ships  lie  at  the  foot  of  the  bay, 
and  their  freights  are  transhipped  in  lighters. 


STATE     OF     MISSISSIPPI 


Mississippi  extends  from  the  State  of  Alabama, 
on  the  east,  to  the  Mississippi  River  on  the  west, 
with  epiite  uniform  breadth,  between  the  parallels 
of  31 c  and  35°  N.  lat. ;  but  below  the  latter  par- 
allel, there  is  a  strip  of  land  bordering  the  Gulf 
'  [exico,  only  two-fifths  of  the  width  of  the  main 
part.  The  entire  area  is  computed  at  47,156  sq. 
ra.  The  surface  has  a  general  slope  in  south  and 
h-west  directions,  but  is  considerably  diversi- 
fied. In  the  north-east,  and  along  part  of  the 
Alabama  boundary,  the  country  is  in  part  level 
and  open,  and  in  part  rolling  and  timbered.  The 
central  region  has  the  character  of  a  table-land, 
and  is  traversed  by  ranges  of  moderately-elevated 
hills,  some  of  which  are  called  bluffs,  since  they 
terminate  abruptly  upon  plains,  or  the  banks  of 
rivers.  Along  the  Mississippi  River,  there  are 
level  alluvial  tracts  that  are  annually  inundated. 
In  the  south-east,  the  surface  is  low,  but  undula- 
ting and  abounding  in  pine.  The  principal  river 
interior  is  the  Yazoo,  which  is  navigable  by 
steamboats  at  all  seasons  of  the  year  :  and  its  main 
bra:  dratchie,  is  also  navigable  for  100 

miles.     Ii;  >  Black  River  is  a  long  stream,  though 


not  of  large  volume,  and  is  navigable  for  50  miles. 
Pearl  River  drains  the  southern-central  region  ;  it 
is  sometimes  ascended  to  Jackson,  but  its  naviga- 
tion is  impeded  by  sand-bars  and  drift-wood.  Pasca- 
goula  River,  which  drains  the  south-east  sections, 
has  numerous  tributaries,  and  is  navigable  by 
small  vessels.  The  Gulf  coast  is  about  65  miles 
long,  and  affords  no  good  harbor  for  large  vessels. 

The  total  population  in  1800,  was  8,850 ;  in 
1810, 40,352  ;  in  1820,  75,448  ;  in  1830, 136,621; 
in  1840,  375,651;  and  in  1850,  606,526.  At  the 
last  census,  the  classes  were — whites,  295,718  ; 
free  colored,  930  ;  slaves,  309,878.  The  relative 
proportion  of  the  slave  population  constantly  in- 
creased from  1800  to  1840,  but  slightly  decreased 
from  1840  to  1850.  The  ratio  of  the  increase  of 
each  class,  and  of  the  total  population,  during  the 
ten  years,  1840-50,  was  less  than  during  any  pre- 
vious ten  years.  The  State  Census  of  1853  reported 
288,718  whites,  and  303,000  taxable  slaves. 

In  agriculture,  the  great  staples  are  cotton  and 
corn.  The  crop  of  cotton  reported  in  1850,  was 
484,292  bales  of  400  lbs.,  ginned  ;  while  in  1840 
the  amount  was  193,401,577  lbs.,  gathered. 


ll  F 


♦ 


u 


1 


: 


S  r  A  T  E    0  P    M  LSSIS  8]  PPI. 


L850  1k  15,110  cotton  plantations,  rai 

5  bales  i » r it  1  upwards.  The  above-named  crop  was 
very  nearly  one-fifth  of  the  total  cotton  crop  of 
the  United  States,  as  reported  in  L850.  Corn 
crop  in  L850,  22,446,552  bnshels;  in  I-!". 
L3  L61,237.  Sweei  potatoes,  L741,795  :  Irish 
|i  itato  i,  2  11,482— total  5,003,277  bush.,  against 
one-third  of  thai  quantity  in  1840.  Oats,  I. •■"••{,228 
bush.;  peas  and  beans,  L,072,757.  The  cultiva- 
tion of  rice  is  increasing;  the  crop  <>f  L850,  was 
2,709,856  lbs.,  being  three  and  a  hall  limes  the 
amount  raised  in  L840.     All  nth  are  com- 

paratively small.    Therewasa  largeii  from 

1840  to  1850  in  the  number  of  n  !  •. -keep, 

;unl  swine. 

Th  ■  manufactories,  in  1850,  were  877  in  num- 
ber, with  capital  of  $1,833,420,  employing  3,173 
persons, and  producing  to  the  value  of  $2,972,038 
yearly.     Product  oftannerii  1229,407  ;  of 

iron  foundries  (8),  $117,400  ;  of  cotton  works  (2). 
$30,500.  Value  of  home-made  manufactures  in 
1850,  $1,164,020. 

The  mineral  resources  of  Mississippi,  so  far  as 
developed,  are  nut  extensive.  There  are  several 
springs  of  much  reputation;  Cooper's  Well,  in 
Hinds  Co.,  12  m.  W.  of  Jackson,  has  waters  im- 
pregnated with  sulphur  and  iron  ;  Lauderdale 
Springs,  in  Lauderdale  Co.,  contain  white  sulphur 
and  chalybeate  waters. 

The  first  important  railroad  constructed  was  the 
line  from  Vicksburg  to  Jackson,  46  m.,  and  th 
to  Brandon,  14  m., — or  total.  GO  m.    The  Mobile 


and  ( Ihio  R.  R  tra 
State,  and  in  duly.  1 
temper  <  !o.,  1  67  m.  from  Mobile.    'I 

i  and  Tennessee  R.  R.,  was  then  open  from 
Memphis  to  Bernando;  a'  o,  the  Centra]  R.  B 
Bolly  Springs ;  and  both  were  in  pro 

The  tonnage  eii  in  the  river  and  c 

trade  is  chiefly  owned  in  New  I  Orleans  and  Mol 
The  commerce  with  foreign  countries  is  m< 
carried  on  through  New  < 
amount  is  unknown. 

Jackson,  the  capital  of  the  State,  OCCupie 
I  vel  site  on  I  hi  bank  of  Pearl  River.    Tt 

contains  the  State  House,  ] 
State    Hospital    for    the    Insani      Penitent'. 
U.S.  Land  Office,  and  City  Hall.     Population  in 
L.881  whites  :  blacks,  not  staled. 

Natchez,  on  the  Mississippi,  is  situated  mainly 
on  a  bluff,  200  ft.  above  the  river,  but  the  b 
ness  portion  is  along  the  river-side  below.    This 
is  the  largest  city  in  the  State  ;  in  1850  its  p 
lation  was  4,434,  and  in  Feb..  1856,  w 

Vicksburg,  on  the  Mississippi,  is  noted  for  ' 
shipment  of  cotton,  most  of  which  is  received  by 

railroad  extending  westward.    Population 
L850,  3,678;  in  Feb.,  1856,  4.043. 

Columbus,  ou  the  Tombigbee   River,    is   sur- 
rounded by  a   fertile  district,  and  has  an  active 
Population  in  1850,  2,611. 

Yazoo  City  is  situated  on  a  low  bluff  along 
■  i  River,  and  is  the  centre  of  business  of  a  \ 
rick  cotton-growing  district.    Pop.  in  1850, 1,910 


134 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


STATE   OF    LOUISIANA 


Louisiana  comprises  the  great  Delta  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi River,  and  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
lower  part  of  its  Valley.  Its  outline  is  irregular, 
and  its  length  E.  and  W.  varies  from  180  to 
300  m.,  and  its  breadth  from  120  to  240.  Its  area 
is  computed  at  41,255  sq.  m.,  of  which  between 
one-fourth  and  one-third  consists  of  the  great 
Delta.  This  is  the  region  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  composed  entirely  of  alluvium  ;  its  western 
boundary  is  firmed  by  the  Atchafalaya.  The 
depth  of  the  alluvium  is  estimated  to  be  fully 
1.000  ft.  The  greater  part  of  this  region  is  not 
more  than  10  ft.  above  the  sea,  and  is  annually 
overflowed  by  the  floods  of  the  river.  The  debris 
brought  down  by  the  current  is  principally  depos- 
ited near  the  borders  of  the  stream,  and  thus 
these  portions  have  been  raised  much  higher  than 
the  adjoining  lands;  in  some  places  the  slope  is 
as  much  as  18  ft.  in  a  few  miles.  The  length  of 
the  Mississippi  within  the  State  is  350  m.,  and 
within  its  general  limits,  800.  The  channels  of 
the  passes,  or  mouths,  of  the  river  near  the  Gulf, 
are  constantly  changing,  and  are  often  so  shallow 
that  large  ships  bound  to  New  Orleans  are  drag- 
ged over  an:l  through  their  sandy  beds  by  power- 
fid  steamtugs.  The  section  bordering  the  Gulf 
ea  marsh,  and  generally  destitute 
of  t  irabcr.  Above  this  is  an  extensive  tract  of  low 
prairie-land,  which  is  not  very  fertile:,  and  occa- 
sionally barren.  In  the  central  and  northern  sec- 
tioi  irface  rises,  and  becomes  uneven  and 

In  the  N.  W.  part,  the  surface  is  quite 
low.  i  lly  throughout  the  whole  Valley  of  the 

I  '         '     ■■'  Natchitoches,  which  is  generally 


marshy,  and  contains  numerous  lakes.  Large 
lakes  occur  also  in  other  sections.  Lake  Pont- 
chartrain  is  40  m.  long  by  24  wide,  and  though 
generally  shallow,  is  navigable  by  steamboats. 
The  sea-coast  affords  very  few  good  harbors. 

The  total  population  of  Louisiana  in  1810  was 
76,586  ;  in  1820,  153,407  ;  in  1830,  215,739  ;  in 
1840,352,411;  and  in  1850,  517,762  At  the 
last  census,  the  classes  were — whites,  255,491; 
free  colored,  17,462  ;  and  slaves,  262,271.  During 
the  ten  years,  1840-50,  there  was  considerable 
change  in  the  relative  proportion  of  the  whites 
and  free  colored,  while  the  proportion  of  the  slaves 
remained  about  the  same.  The  white  population 
increased  from  45  per  cent,  of  the  total  population 
to  49  J  per  cent. ;  but  the  free  colored  decreased 
from  7i  to  3j  per  cent,  (from  25,502  persons  to 
17,462).  As  to  nativity,  the  population  of  this 
State  is  characterized  by  a  greater  number  of  for- 
eign-born whites  than  any  other  in  the  Union, 
except  Wisconsin.  In  1850,  the  number  of 
white  inhabitants  born  in  the  State  was  126,917, 
or  49|  per  cent,  of  all  the  whites  ;  do.  born  in 
other  parts  of  the  Union,  60,641,  or  23  34  per 
cent.  ;  do.  born  in  foreign  countries,  67,308  or 
26£  per  cent.  ;  of  unknown  nativity,  625.  Of  the 
free  colored,  seven-eighths  were  born  in  the  State. 
The  foreign-born  comprised  24,266  from  Ireland. 
18,000  from  Germany,  11,552  from  France,  3.550 
from  England,  1,417  from  Spain,  1,337  from  the 
West  Indies,  1,196  from  Scotland,  915  from  Italy, 
etc.,  making  altogether  the  most  diversified  com- 
munity in  the  Southern  States,  and  perhaps  ex- 
ceeding New  York  in  proportion  to  population. 


a:t      Long        West 


K     l'l-ina     <".  I  iiir.vir  h      ft  I 


.1 


i  i  \ 


Dm 


<o6 


v 


',        ; 


OcihaBr 

i 

TordznCU  ~>J 


. 


■  iiia 


!  M OU G  t  V, 


1 


" 


/ 


Rail    !:"...!;, 

i  i   iposeO  R.~R. 
State  Capil  :i  I 
i  louaty  loi  as 


© 


^ 


*n 


LOUISIANA 


*'7t 


*<o, 


Srnlp    in    \Iilr> 

1 ' ir- 


^T 


'**»»* 


It   \t  l     n  i> 


510         20        To 


: — 1— 


I  i.     ^nug.injde      "West       1,5     from  TVashingtim.       J4 


£    a 

—  !  1 


^r 


X3 


. 


STATE      OF      LOUISIANA 


135 


According  to  the  State  censn  of  L853,  the  popu- 
lation in  that  year  had  inci  d  to  578,189,  con- 
risting  of  301,102  whites,  23,272  -  red,  and 

253,815    vr 

The  agricultural  staples  are  cane-sugar,  cotton, 
and  corn.    The  fonnd  in  the 

south  part,  bul  il  i    planl  d  a    far  norl 
head  of  the  Delta.    The  prodm  I   n  ported  in  I 
was  226,001  hhds.  of  1.000  lbs.,  or  95}  pi  p  cent. 
of  tli<'   total  I  .  number  of  sugar- 

plaul  rs  wa     I  558.    The  State  census  of  I 
reported  thai  31        2  ■  I  were  culti- 

vated with   cane,  and   that   the  products  w 
272,719  hhds.  of  sugar,  and  431,913  bbls.  of  mo- 

s.    The  cotton-]  cultivated  chic!: 

the  Red  River  and  in  the  \.  E.  part  of  the  S1 
l       I;  d  River  bottoms  are  nearly  the  best  cotton 
lands  in  the  world;  but, in  a  wel  season, tl 
suffer  uj  ometimes  are  entirely  de- 

stroyed I  rot"  or  "  the  worm."    The  pro- 

duction  on  the  old  plantation?  is  much  less  now 
than  formerly,  b  i  ploughing  will  at  once 

>re  fertility,  since  the  soil  is  of  unknown  depth. 

In   1830.   there  were  4,205   cotton  plantati 

raising  5  ball  »ver  ;  the  crop  then  reported 

1.78,737   bal      of  400  1  ined — a  small 

crop.    In  1  were  about  000,000  acres 

ivated  with   cotton,  and   the  crop  exec 
100,000  bal    .     Corn  is  raised  everywhere :  the 
1850  was  10,266,373  bush.,  and  of  1 

11,6! 

The  prod  manufactures  in    L850,  in  the 

entire  State,  w;  .  two-thirds  of  which 

were  produced  in  N 

vicinity.     'I'll    •  ■   '-■  business  done  in 

the    manufacture  of  coarse  i 

but  the  refining  of  these  articles  is  mostly  don  •  in 
ites. 


The  mining  interests  are  of  litt !  jnt. 

Since  th  Of  the  area  C  ..Knvial 

and  diluvial  form  fifths  of 

the  tertiary.     T!  rth   and 

north-west  .-'•■•'ions ;  it  c   -  lire, 

am,  and  marl. 
Th  partly 

opened,  and  tl  inder  in  pi 

been  commenced   within    a  very  n 
Four  short    li  ring  a  i  ngth  of 

63  m..  had  b       |  ilt. 

ma 
ailed   faciliti 
trade.  The  value  ^l'  tl  ived 

at  New  Orleans  from  the  i  i  in 

1855  to  upwards  of  $125, 
The  foreign  commerce  • 
greater  part  of  all  that  of  the  '  'ppi 

Valley.     In  respect  to  foreign  c.\  the 

second   State   in    the   Union,   and    the    amount 
averages  at  ! 

The  in 
like  other  Southern  S  are  of  mu 

than  the  exp         '  return 

chiefly  brought  to  north  An  of 

•n  import    in  L855,  812,900,821. 
■re  tonni        is  owned  i  i 

Southern  I;  whicl 

Louisiana  in  this  respect  th 
Union  ;  the 
The  amount  of  tonni 
L855  the  st<  amboal  fa  a 

was  62,632  ton      m 
poi!  w  York 

1 '. 

1    t9.     It  is  situated  np 
on  tl  b  ink  of  the  Mississippi,  l.'io  u 

Nem  0  the  State  I  [out  .  it  - 


136 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


ate  Penitentiary,  the  State  Asylum  for 
;  Dumb,  and  Blind,  U.  S.  Arsenal,  the 
public  buildings  of  the  parish,  and   a    College, 
founded  in  1838.     Population  in  1850,  3,91)5. 

The  City  of  New  Orleans  contains  one-fourth 
of  the  total  population  of  the  State.  It  is  built 
on  the  easl  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  105  miles 
above  its  mouth.  Its  site  is  low,  and  is  protected 
from  the  river  by  an  embankment,  which  is  4  or  5 
m.  long,  100  ft.  wide,  and  15  ft.  above  low-water 
mark.  It  has  but  few  excellent  public  buildings, 
les  the  hotels  "and  churches,  though  many  sub- 
stantial blocks  of  stores  and  warehouses.  The 
Custom  House  is  one  of  the  largest  buildings  in 
the  Union,  and  is  constructed  of  Quincy  granite. 
The  Branch  Mint  is  a  massive  structure,  and  the 
Municipal  Hall  is  an  elegant  marble  edifice.  There 
is  probably  no  large  city  in  the  world  where  the 
resident  population  has  been  so  divided  in  its  origin, 


or  where  there  is  such  a  variety  in  the  habits,  man- 
ners, and  moral  codes  of  the  citizens.  In  the  win- 
ter months  there  is  a  great  influx  of  temporary 
residents.  Number  of  inhabitants  in  1840, 105,400, 
(including  Lafayette,  which  was  consolidated  with 
the  other  municipalities,  April  12, 1852);  in  1850, 
130,565  ;  and  in  1853, 145,449.  Algiers,  opposite 
the  city,  is  noted  for  its  work-shops. 

Donaldsonville  was  formerly  the  State  capital ; 
it  is  pleasantly  situated,  has  considerable  trade, 
and  some  fine  buildings.  Population  in  1850, 
1,948.  Opelousas  is  the  chief  inland  town  in  the 
State,  and  the  seat  of  Franklin  College,  founded 
in  1839.  Jackson  contains  the  State  Lunatic 
Hospital,  and  is  the  seat  of  Centenary  College, 
founded  in  1839.  Population,  1,000.  Population 
of  other  towns  in  1850  :  Shreveport,  1,728  ;  Car- 
rollton,  1,470  ;  Natchitoches,  1,261  ;  Thibodeaux- 
ville,  1,242  ;  Barataria,  1,176. 


STATE    OF    TEXAS 


Texas  is  far  the  largest  of  the  States,  and  its  area, 
which  amounts  to  237,504  sq.  m.,  comprises  about 
one-twelfth  of  the  entire  Union.  Its  surface  is 
naturally  divided  into  three  sections.  The  first 
comprises  the  entire  coast  region,  extending  from 
40  to  60  miles  into  the  interior  ;  it  is  quite  level, 
and  embraces  the  most  fertile  of  the  alluvial  lands. 
The  second  consists  of  the  interior  and  northern 
counties.  The  third  includes  the  west  and  north- 
west counties,  which  arc  diversified  in  respect  to 
surface,  but  are  generally  fertile.  Texas  has  many 
long  rivers,  and  very  many  of  less  importance, 
■ral  of  the  longest  are  navigable  for  steam- 
boats a  considerable  distance,  but  all  the  streams 
are  greatly  affected  by  the  wetness  or  dryness  of 


the  season,  and  many  are  navigable  during  only  a 
very  small  part  of  the  year.  Some  streams  afford 
valuable  water-power.  The  coast  is  continuously 
bordered  by  long  sand  islands,  and  the  inlefe  to 
the  bays  or  lagoons  within  are  few  in  number,  and 
much  obstructed  by  bars. 

The  total  population,  in  1847,  was  143,205,  and 
in  1850,  212,592.  By  the  last  census,  the  classes 
were — whites,  154,034  ;  free  colored,  397  ;  slaves. 
58,161.  The  whites  were  thus  classified  as  to 
nativity  :  Born  in  the  State,  48,997  ;  in  other 
parts  of  the  Union,  87,722,  or  three-fifths  of  total 
whites  ;  in  foreign  countries,  16,713,  and  unknown, 
602.  The  combined  white  and  free  colored,  born 
in  other  States,  consisted  of  77,897  born  in  the 


8  T  A  T  E    0  F    T  !•:  X  A   - 


137 


.  and  9,996  born  in  the  free 
States.     Number  from  T  ■  L  7,692  ;  from 

Alabama,   1 2,0  10;  <  7,639  ;   Mi  si    ippi, 

6,545 ;  Kentucky,  5,478,  etc.  From  Illinois, 
2,855;  [ndiana,  1,799;  Ne«  York,  L ,589,  etc. 
Oft!  '  Q-born,  about  one-naif  were  from  I 

man;  turth  from  Mexico.  4,459  ; 

and  of  the  remainder,  1,403  were  from  Ireland, 
1,002  fro  ; 

The  great  agricultural  staple  are,  corn,  cotton, 
potatoes,  and  can  .    In  1850,  the  com  crop 

was  6,028,876  bush.,  and  all  other  grain  crops  were 
of  little  account  in  comparison,  since  that  of  ■ 

bul   199,017,  and  that  of  v, 
bush.    The  cotton  crop  was  returned  at  5  - 
bales  of  .  or  aboul  2',  per  cent,  of 

total  U.  S.  crop  ;  and  there  were  2,262  plantations 
ad  upwards.    The  potato  crops 
bush,  of  sweet,  and  94,645  of  Irish 
—total,  1  V-  Prodi  ci  of  cam  7.351 

hhd  :  of  molasses,  441,918  galls.; 

number  of  sugar-planters,  L65.  Immense  herds 
of  cattl  ■  are  raised  on  the  large  plantations;  and 
both  wild  cattle  and  wild  horses  arc  abundant  on 
the  open  | 

The  manufactures  in   1850   were  reported  to 
have  an  annual  product  of  $1,]  of  which 

the   chief  cl  '.   were   iron  casting, 

000,  and  tanneries,  $52,050. 

The  ■  xti  a;  of  the  mineral  d<  posits  has  not  been 

Iron  ores  have  been  found  in  various 

locality  i,  and  probably  this  i  i  bundant 

d.  An  immense  belt  of  gypsum  extends  a> 
the  north-wesl  part  of  tb 

There  are  three  lines  of  railroad,  partly  opened 
and  completion.     In 

the  Bummei  i  each  was  in  operation  for  a 

disti  about  20  m.    Tl 


Harrisburg,  and   is  call  d   the    Bufl     i    Ba; 
:      08,  and  '  lolorado  B.  B. :  i!  ■  1  is  the 

Galveston  and  Bi  d  Bivi  r  B,  B. ;  and  tl  e  third 
is  the  Galveston,  Houston,  and  Bend  B.  It. 

The  direct  foreign  a  mmerce,  duri 
year  1855,  was  8916,961  in  e; 
in  in         .     Aj  gregate  tonnagi  !  in  the 

State,  8,801  b 

[f  tl  ral  incri  ase  of  this  State  dn 

oi   ten  years  1 
increase  of  its  valuation,  or  taxi  th,  then 

it  has  made  more  rapid  | 

n  State.    In  1855  the  valuation  a: 
521,451,  whili  2 

showing  an  increase  of  808,707,357  in  thj 
This  increase  consisted  of  $25,554,354   in   real 
property,  and  $43,213,003  in  personal  : 
and  the  greater  part  of  the  latti  r  d  in  the 

inert ;  .  which  amounted  to  $24,744 

The  principal  towns  and  settlements  have  much 
increased  in  population  since  1850.  In  that  year 
the  population  of  the  chief  place-  follows  : 

Galveston,  4,177;    San  Antonii  :  Sous- 

2,396  ;   New  Braunfels,    1,298  :    Marshall, 
1,189  ;  Victoria,  806  ;  Fredericksburg,  754  :  A 
tin,  G29. 

Austin  has  been  the  capital  of  the  -  :nce 

1844.     It  is  situated  on  the  Colorado,  about  230 
miles  AY.  X.  W.  of  Galveston  by  land,  or  about 
300  m.  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  by  it 
The  rivi  r  is  navigable  at  higl 
by  ligl  The  vicinity  is  noted  for 

picturesque  scenery. 

Galveston  is  situated  on  an  island  at  the  mouth 
of  Galveston  Bay.  The  island  is  30  m.  long  by 
3  m.  wide;  its  surface  is  quite  level  and  low. 
Here  is  the  beat  harbor  on  the  Stat. '  and 

;  .  ;i  enjoys  an  active  trade. 


T  ABLE     OF     COUNTIES     AND    TOWNSHIPS     IN 

OHIO. 


Fn. 

Ge. 
Jn. 

Ly. 

Ms. 

Me. 

St. 

S. 

Tn. 

We. 

IV  r. 


A  a. 

Ae. 

B. 

Gn. 

Jn. 

Mn. 

Me. 

Py. 

Rd. 

Se. 

Sk. 


Ck. 

Gn. 

II. 

Jn. 

M  . 

M. 

(>. 

Py- 

R. 

Sn. 

T. 

V. 


Ar. 
A  a. 
As. 
Ck. 

Cu. 

ct. 

D. 

Dt. 
Ga. 
III. 
He. 

Ke. 
L. 

Me. 

M 


Adam;. 

Franklin. 
Greene. 

rson. 
Liberty. 
Meigs. 
Monroe. 
S  iott. 
igg. 
Bin. 
Wayne. 
Winchester. 

Allen. 

Amand  i. 
Angl 

Kith. 
Germ  in. 
.1  -  kson. 
M  irion. 
Monroe. 
Perry. 
Ki  -bland. 
Khawanee. 
S  igar  Creek. 

Ashland. 

Clear  Creek. 
Green. 
Hanover. 
Jaokson. 

Mohecan. 
Montgomery. 
ii   rage. 
Perry. 

■Io-'. 

ran. 
Troy. 
V. /million. 

PABULA. 

Andiver. 

! 

Austinburg. 
c  ilebr 

( '  i  irryvalley. 
i '  m  leant. 
Denmark. 

I  >  >r.-et. 

■va. 
Harpersfteld. 

II  irtsgrove. 

i  -  .n. 
Kingsville. 

IX. 

•  ie. 

',1     :•  -l'l. 


N. 
01. 

PL 

Ph. 

Rd. 

R. 

SI. 

Sk. 

Tl. 

We. 

Wd. 

W. 

Ar. 
A. 

B,i. 

C. 

Ce. 

Dr. 

Le. 

Li. 

Re. 

Ty. 

W. 

Y. 


Dt. 

(rd. 

G. 

Ln. 

Mn. 

.Vc. 

Pa. 

Sm. 

Si/. 

Un. 

We. 

Wn. 


New  Lyme. 

Orwell' 

Pierpont. 

Plymouth. 

Ri'hmoud. 

Rome 

Sheffi  '1.1. 

S  1  \  >  ■!'■      l]    . 

Trumbull. 
Wayne. 
WilliamsQcld. 
Windsor. 

Athens. 

Alexander. 

Amies. 

Athens. 

Born. 

Canaan. 

Carthage. 

Dover. 

Lee. 

Lodi. 

Rome. 

Troy. 

Waterloo. 

York. 


Auglaize. 

Clay. 

Duehouquet. 

German. 

Goshen. 

L  >gan. 

Moilton. 

Noble. 

Posheta. 

Salem. 

St.  Mary. 

Union. 

Wayne. 

Washi  no-ton. 

Belmont. 


c. 

Colrain. 

pg- 

Pin 

G. 

Go  lien. 

Kd. 

Kirk  wood. 

Ml. 

Mead. 

Pe. 

Pease. 

Py. 

Pillney. 

Rd. 

Richland. 

Sh. 

Smith. 

So. 

S  imerset. 

Un. 

Union. 

Wn. 

W  tshington. 

Wn. 

Warren  (W.) 

We. 

Wayne. 

IVg. 

Wheeling. 

Mr. 

Mad  River. 

M. 

Madison. 

Y. 

York. 

Rli. 

Rash. 

Py- 

Perry. 

Sm. 

Salem. 

Sm. 

Salem. 

Brown. 

Un. 

Union. 

S-. 

St.  (Hair. 

Bd. 

Byrd. 

Urbani. 

Uy. 

Unity. 

Ck. 
Ee. 

Clark. 
Eagle. 

We. 

Wayne. 

W. 

Washington. 

Fn. 

Franklin. 

Clarke. 

We. 

Wayne. 

Gn. 
Hn. 

Green. 

11  mtiugton. 

B. 

Gn. 

Bethel. 
German. 

IV. 

Yk. 

West  (W.) 
Yellow  Creek. 

Jn. 

Jaeksun. 

Ge. 

Greene. 

Coshocton. 

Ls. 

Lewis. 

Hi/. 

Harmony, 

As. 

Adams. 

Pe. 

Pike. 

M  !. 

Madison. 

Bd. 

Bedford. 

Py- 

Perry. 

M. 

Mad  River. 

B. 

Bethlehem. 

p. 

Pleasant. 

Md. 

Moorcfield. 

Ce. 

Clarke. 

Sg. 

Sterling. 

Pe. 

Pike. 

Cd. 

Crawford. 

s. 

Scott. 

PL 

Pleasant. 

F. 

Franklin. 

Un. 

Union. 

Springfield. 

Jn. 

Jackson. 

IV. 

Washington. 

Clermont. 

J. 

Jefferson. 

Fd. 

BUTLER. 

Fairfield. 

Fn. 

Bit  a  via. 

Franklin. 

Ke. 
Le. 
Ln. 

Keeue. 

Lafayette. 

Linton. 

Hr. 

Hanover. 

Gn. 

O'ishen. 

J^n. 

Lemon. 

Jn. 

J  ickson. 

Mk. 
M. 

Ne. 

Mill  Creek. 
Momoe. 
Ne  wc  i.  -tie. 
Oxford. 
Perry. 

Ly. 

Liberty. 

Mi. 

Miami. 

Mn. 

Madison. 

Me. 

Monroe. 

Md. 

Milford. 

Oo. 

Ohio. 

O. 

Mn. 

Morgan  (W.) 

Sk. 

Stonelick. 

Py- 
p. 

Od. 

Oxford. 

Te. 

Tate. 

i  iKe. 

Ry. 

Ryley. 

Un. 

Union. 

Tn. 
Ts. 

Tiverton. 
Tuscarawas. 

Rs. 

Ross. 

Wn. 

Washing' 

S. 

St   Clair. 

We. 

Wayne. 

Va. 

Virginia. 

Un. 

Union. 

Ws. 

Williamsburg. 
Clinton. 

IV. 

Washington. 

We. 

Wayne. 

'  '    o 

I  Vs. 

White  Eyes. 

Carroll. 

As. 

Adams. 

Crawford. 

A  a. 

Aug  ist  i. 

Cr. 

Chester. 

A. 

Auburn. 

Bn. 

Brown. 

( 'k. 

Clark. 

Bs. 

Bucyrus. 

Carrollton. 

Gn. 

Green. 

Cd. 

Chatfield. 

FA. 

East. 

Ly. 

Liberty. 

C. 

Cranbury. 

F. 

Pox. 

M. 

Marion. 

Hs. 

Holmes. 

Hn. 

Harrison. 

Rd. 

Richland. 

LV. 

Liberty. 

L. 

Lee. 

U. 

Union. 

Ls. 

Lykens. 

Ln. 

London. 

Vn. 

Vernon. 

Sn. 

S  mdusky. 

M. 

Monroe. 

W. 

Washingl 

Vn. 

Vernon. 

Oe. 

Orange. 

We. 

Wayne. 

We. 

Whetstone. 

Py- 

Perry. 

Wn. 

Wilson. 

<;k. 

Re. 
U. 

Rose. 

Union. 

Columbiana. 

Bd. 

Bedford. 

W. 

Washington. 

Br. 

Butler. 

Br. 

Brooklyn. 

CHAMPAIGN. 

C. 
En. 

( '.'litre. 
Elkrun. 

B. 

Briekville. 
Cleveland. 

Ax. 

Adam-:. 

Fd. 

Fair  kid. 

I)  . 

1)  iver. 

Cd. 

Concord. 

Fn. 

I'V  .ok. in. 

F,  '. 

did. 

Gn. 

Goshen. 

Hr. 

Hanover. 

le. 

i    lependence 

11. 

11  irri  'in. 

Kx. 

Knox. 

Ml. 

ield. 

Jn. 

Jackson  (8.) 

LI. 

Liverpool. 

M. 

Middlebnrg. 

Jn. 

Johnson. 

Mn. 

MidJlet  in. 

Newburg. 

I  !■       i        i       k I      m.     n      »i      p      1} 


OHIO 


I 


6         jo        20        iii 

J£  I    C    11  I 


I  _ T--*- 

\h     '  Mai        f?rte^j 


I 


J 


,,,     r.._._.Lrf  x         f.  -■-, -^^..-o-'  fl-.iA     I"        '      3- 


"i 


- 


Imi  U   I'roiuWasliiii'itoix      c 


STA  T  E      OF      0  il  I  0  . 


Od. 

0!m>tead. 

Erie. 

D. 

1)  ■ 

// 

(> 

Oreo 

Bn. 

lin. 

In. 

Franklin. 

Od. 

<;„. 

1 

Parma. 

1 ',. 

Plon 

Fn. 

ton  (E.) 

Rd. 

. 

a. 

. 

lit. 

[port. 

i,    . 

'  • 

Gen 

8r. 

M  . 

Hn. 

1  ton. 

Hn. 

1 1  .ron. 

• 

im. 

. 

Md. 

Mooredeld. 

^ 

M<t. 

M  irgaretta. 
Milan. 

Pe. 

Pike. 

W. 

West  land. 

.\h. 

rtb. 

8e. 

1   i 

Hn. 

'.ton. 

fVg. 

WIji  <!ing. 

Xm. 

We. 

. 

<>. 

Oxford. 

Sk. 

n  Creek. 

Wills. 

Bn. 

Br. 
/'. 

Daj 

Alle 
Brown. 
B  itler. 

Ph. 

Pi  rkiiw. 
mihon. 

Yk. 

An. 

Fork. 

<;  ai.i.ia. 

Ad  lison. 

An. 

IIamii 

AT!  ' 

innati. 

•- 

w. 

■ 

Wa     . 

Aa. 

Fairfield. 
Amanda. 

c. 

Ce. 

1        hire. 

i   i. 

•..in. 
,ibia. 

I»  ■ 

II 

■  lin. 

B. 

ne. 

I       by. 

1;. 

(/';.. 

(  t  f*  I"  " 

im. 

G  . 

en. 

Dc 

F. 

■nville. 

(   '. 

.r  Creek. 

Gd. 

.  '-nlitld. 

(iieene. 

Hn. 

Hn. 

1 

Gd. 

Id. 

Gn. 

Gnj 

Mi. 

Miami. 

Jn. 

Jack 

11. 

ling. 

Hn. 

ison. 

ML 

Mill  Cn.. 

Mn. 

. 

Ma. 

Mis.-i 

I 

Liberty. 

Hn. 

Huntingdon. 

.    re. 

' 

M. 

M    :roe. 

1/  . 

M  . 

Moi 

8 

iTlC. 

/'. . 

P 

0. 

Ohio. 

s. 

Bl      :      '-  ) 

I't. 

' 

1'n. 

R. 

/'  ■ 

Perry. 

S. 

11 .. 

H. 

Rii'hleHi'J. 

!i  Creek. 

Rn. 

Racoon. 

If'r. 

Whitewater. 

Rr. 

..e. 

7Vi. 

in. 

17. 

Violet. 

Sd. 

Springfield. 

Wn. 

ion. 

Ph. 

V.i:i  B  -rc-n. 

W. 

Walnut. 

Wt. 

Walnut. 

An. 

Wh. 

ista. 

P  \  V  1 

Geaug  \. 

A. 

Amanda. 

Bk. 

Brnsb  C 

I). 

. 

An. 

. 

C. 

We. 

\V;r. 

c. 

Concord. 

Be. 

ridge. 

B. 

•rd. 

Y. 

rk. 

<;. 

Greene. 

Bn. 

Burton. 

C. 

• 

Ii  >d 

Jr 

.1  i-per. 

Char  don. 

De. 

.■.-arc. 

Fd. 

Fairfield 

Defia 

Jn. 

JeflVi 

Cr. 

Che.-ter. 

:e. 

11. 

Ham 

As. 

Cn. 

Claridon. 

lay. 

Jn. 

on. 

ice. 

M. 

Marion. 

Hn. 

H  lrnpden. 

' 

/.. 

ty. 

1    . 

I't. 

Paint, 

II*. 

II  .ntsburg. 

1.  . 

Madi 

Fr. 

Parmer. 

Pi/. 

ry. 

Md. 

Middlefi 

N. 

•  Market. 

He. 

Hick-vi! 

1     I. 

ion. 

Me. 

Montville. 

M. 

Mali   u. 

P. 

'it. 

111. 

Highland. 

We. 

Wa; 

Mn. 

Mnnson. 

Oe. 

Orange. 

8. 

1U. 

M  ■ 

Milford. 

Franklin. 

Newbury. 

I't. 

Pleas 

' 

I'ni 

.Y. 

ISlendon. 

Pn. 

Park' 

P  . 

W  . 

■>  ik. 

Rd. 

and. 

B. 

Blown. 

HI. 

i:     3C1L 

Un. 

ID. 

NO'. 

Tn. 
Wn. 

Tiffin. 

Cn. 

Clinton. 

Tn. 
T. 

Thomi 
Tr  y. 

1     . 
Wn, 

Van  Bnn 

F. 

' 

Pal 

I  *!.I.A  WARE. 

Franklin. 

KL. 

Hn. 

Bh. 

Bath. 

Bd. 

Blam 

' .    d  B 

I!  . 

rfcshire. 

Jn. 

J. i  k-< >u  (S.) 

];. 

Benver  Creek. 

Ca. 

. 

en. 

Bn. 

Berlin. 

Jn. 

. 

i 

U. 

rel. 

r>. 

Br  wn. 

Mn. 

(■-'  ) 

Mi. 

Miami. 

'.. 

M. 

n. 

c. 

i 

Mn. 

R  . 

: 

He. 

i: 

ry. 

.'are. 

Mont 

s. 

■ 

by. 

ty. 

S  . 

Sk. 

S 

Mn. 

m. 

Sr. 

r. 

lllli. 

Harl 

Py. 

Perry. 

Xe 

'./  !. 

. 

II W. 

rd. 

h'u. 

rty. 

PL 

Pla 

v. 

I't. 

t  n. 

Wasbington. 

M. 

Mil 

/'  . 

A. 

1:    mdl  ■ 

Oe. 

Sn . 

bridge . 

1 

T.iyl 

/:. 

.n. 

<  >■■/. 

axL 

Trnro. 

Ce. 

re. 

Pr. 

!'    •' 

Wn. 

W.k 

J. 

Jack 

n. 

R. 

Jn. 

son. 

Harbi 

So. 

-     •  'to. 

Ppltos. 

Kx. 

Ki. 

Ar. 

Ar.  ' 

/,-.•. 

T. 

■  mp^on. 

/.. 

•  ty. 

A   . 

Atliens. 

AV. 

X. 

Tn. 

sterfield. 

Lon  ' 

Ii£. 

Ty. 

Clint 

. 

' 

rn. 

Franklin. 

Me. 

. 

140 


UNITED    STATES    OF    AMERICA. 


P. 

Paint. 

Jn. 

Jefferson. 

Pe. 

Prai 

Ly. 

Liberty. 

Rd. 

1  .ml. 

My. 

Middlebury. 

Ry. 

■  >'• 

Ml. 

Milford. 

S. 

Creek. 

Mr. 

Miller.   , 

JR. 

Walnut  Creek. 

Me. 

Monroe. 

J  Fa. 

Washington. 

Mn. 

Morgan. 

Huron. 

Ms. 
Pe. 

Morris. 
Pike. 

£n. 

Bronson. 

Pt. 

Pieasant. 

C</. 

ClarkBfield. 

Un. 

Union. 

Fd. 

Fe. 

Fairfield. 

Fitchville. 

We. 

Wayne. 
Lake. 

<;. 

Greenfield. 

Gh. 

Greenwich. 

Cd. 

Concord. 

Lid. 

Hartland. 

Kd. 

Kirtland. 

/.,. 

Lyme. 

Ly. 

Leroy. 

N. 

New  Haven. 

M. 

Madison. 

Nn. 

New  London. 

Mr. 

Mentor. 

Norwalk. 

Pafaesville. 

Nh. 

Norwich. 

Py. 

Perry. 

P. 

Peru. 

IV. 

Willoughby. 

R. 

Richmond. 

Lawrence. 

R. 

Richfield  (N.) 

Ad. 

Aid. 

Ry- 

Ripley. 

Dr. 

Decatur. 

Sn. 

Sherman. 

Eh. 

Elizabeth. 

Td. 

Townsend. 

Fc. 

Fayette. 

Wn. 

Wakeman. 

Le. 

Lawrence. 

Jackson. 

Mn. 

Mason. 

Bd. 

Bloomfield. 

Py. 

Perry. 

F. 

Franklin. 

Re. 

Rome. 

Hn. 

Hi  mil  ton. 

Ss. 

Symes. 

J. 

Jackson. 

Un. 

Union. 

Jn. 

Jefferson. 

Ur. 

Upper. 

Ll\ 

Lick. 

W. 

Washington. 

Mn. 

Milton. 

Wr. 

Windsor. 

So. 

Scioto. 

Licking. 

Wn. 

Washington. 

Bn. 

Bennington(N) 

Jefferson. 

Bn. 

Bowling  Green 

Bk. 

Brush  Creek. 

B. 

Burlington. 

Ck. 

Cross  Creek. 

En. 

Eden. 

Ik. 

Island  Creek. 

Ea. 

Etna. 

Kx. 

Knox. 

Fy- 

Fallsbury. 

M, 

Mount  Pleasant 

Fn. 

Franklin. 

R. 

Ge. 

Granville. 

Sm. 

Salem. 

llr. 

Hanover. 

Se. 

Saline. 

Hn. 

Harrison. 

Sd. 

dthfield. 

Hd. 

Hartford. 

Steuben  ville. 

H 

Hopewell. 

IV. 

Warren. 

Jy. 

Jersey. 

w. 

Ws. 

Wayne  (S.) 
Wells. 

Ly. 

Liberty. 
Licking:. 

La. 

Lima. 

Knox. 

M. 

can. 

B. 

Berlin. 

Mn. 

Madison. 

Bn. 

Brown. 

Ma. 

Mary  Ann 

Br. 

Butler. 

Me. 

Monroe. 

<■>>■ 

Clay. 

Nk. 

Newark. 

Cn. 

Clinton. 

Nn. 

Newton. 

11  n. 

Harrison. 

Py. 

Perry. 

llr. 

Ilillier. 

Ss. 

St.  Albans. 

Hd. 

Howard. 

Un. 

Union. 

Jn. 

Jackson  (S.) 

IVn 

Washington. 

Ba. 
Bk. 

Hn. 
J. 

L. 

M. 
Mi. 

Me. 

Py- 
p. 

R. 

Rk. 
Ss. 
U. 
W. 

Ze. 

At. 

An. 

Br. 

B. 

B. 

Cn. 

C. 

Ca. 

En. 

E. 

Gn. 

H. 

Hn. 

Le. 

P. 

Pd. 

Re. 

Rr. 

Ra. 

S. 

w. 


On. 

P. 

Rd. 

Sd. 

Sa. 

We. 

W. 

Wg. 


Cn. 

1). 

I). 

Fd. 

Jn. 

Me. 

Pe. 

Pt. 

Re. 

Sd. 


Logan. 

Bloomfield. 

Pokes  Creek. 

Harris,  n. 

Jefferson. 

Bellefontaine. 

Liberty. 

McArthur. 

Miami. 

Monroe. 

Perry. 

Pleasant. 

Richland. 

Rush  Creek. 

Stokes. 

Union. 

Washington. 

Zane. 

LORAIX. 

Amherst. 

Avon. 

Black  River. 

Brighton  (S.) 

Brownhelm. 

Camden . 

Carlisle. 

Columbia. 

Eaton. 

Elyria. 

Grafton. 

Henrietta. 

Huntingdon. 

La  Grange. 

Penfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Ridgeville. 

Rochester. 

Russia. 

Sheffield. 

Wellington. 

Lucas. 
Oregon. 
Providence. 
Richfield. 
Springfield. 
Sylvania. 
Waterville. 
Waynefield. 
Maumee  City. 
Wing. 

Madison. 

Canaan. 

Darby  (N.) 

Deer  Creek. 

Fairfield. 

Jefferson. 

Monroe. 

Pike. 

Pleasant. 

Range. 

Somerford. 


SS.      Stokes. 
Un.     Union. 
London. 

Mahoning. 


An. 
Br. 
Bn. 
B. 

Ce. 

Eh. 

Gn. 

G. 

Jn. 

Mn. 

Pd. 

Sh. 

Sd. 

I'm. 

Bd. 

Bn. 

C. 

G,l. 

Ge. 

Gp. 

Mn. 

My. 

Pt. 

Pt. 

Rd. 

Sk. 

St. 

Wo. 

Bk. 

Cm. 

Gr. 

Gd. 

He. 

Hy. 

Hr. 

Le. 

Ld. 

LI. 

Ma. 

Me. 

Sn. 

S. 

w. 

Wd. 
Yk. 


Bd. 

Or. 

Ca. 

Ln. 

L. 

O. 

Oe. 

Rd. 


Austin. 

Beaver. 

Berlin. 

Boardman. 

Canfield. 

Coits  ville. 

Ellsworth. 

Goshen. 

Green. 

Jackson. 

Milton. 

Poland. 

Smith. 

Springfield. 

Youngstown. 

Marion. 

Big  Island. 

Bowling  Green 

Claridon. 

Grand. 

Grand  Prairie. 

Green  Camp. 

Marion. 

Montgomery. 

Pleasant. 

Prospect  (S.) 

Richland. 

Salt  Rock. 

Scott. 

Waldo. 

Medina. 

Brunswick. 

Chatham. 

Grainger. 

Guilford. 

Harrisonville. 

Hinckley. 

Homer. 

La  Fayette. 

Lichfield. 

Liverpool. 

Medina. 

Monteville. 

Sharon. 

Spencer. 

Wadsworth. 

Westfield. 

York. 

Meigs. 
lied  ford. 
Chester. 
Columbia. 
Lebanon. 
Letart. 
Olive. 
Orange. 
Rutland. 


S. 

Sm. 

So. 

Sn. 

Bk. 

Br. 

Ce. 

Dn. 

Fn. 

G. 

Ge. 

HI. 

Ly. 
Mn. 
Un. 
Wn. 

Bl. 

Bn. 
C. 

Eh. 
Lk. 

Me. 

Nn. 

Ny. 

Sk. 

S. 

Un. 

Wn. 


A. 
Bl. 
C. 

Fn. 
Ge. 
Jn. 
Ma. 

(hi. 

Py- 

s. 

s. 

Sy. 
Sd. 
Wn. 
We. 


Salisbury. 

Pomeroy- 
Salem. 
Scipio. 
Sutton. 

Mercer. 

Black  Creek. 

Butler. 

Centre. 

Dublin. 

Franklin. 

Gibson. 

Granville. 

Hopewell. 

Celina. 

Liberty. 

Marion. 

Union. 

Washington. 

Miami. 
Bethel. 
Brown. 
Concord. 
Troy. 
Elizabeth. 
Lost  Creek. 
Monroe. 
Newton. 
Newbury. 
Spring  Creek. 
Staunton. 
Union. 
Washington. 

Monroe. 

Adams. 

Bethel. 

Centre. 

Woodsfield. 

Franklin. 

Greene. 

Jackson. 

Malaga. 

Ohio. 

Perry. 

Salem  (E.) 

Seneca. 

Sunbury. 

Switzerland. 

Washington. 

Wayne. 


Br. 
C. 

Gn. 

H. 

Jn. 

J. 

M. 

Mi. 

Py- 


Montgomery. 
Butler. 
Clay. 
Dayton. 
German. 
Harrison. 
Jackson. 
Jefferson. 
Mad  River. 
Miami. 
Perry. 


T  a  T  K     OF      (i  II  10 


141 


R. 
Vn. 

IVn. 

We. 

B. 

BL 
Ce. 

J>d. 

llr. 
M    . 
Mn. 
Me. 
M. 

P. 

R„. 

i  ,  . 
IV. 
Yk. 


B. 

Bd. 

Bn. 

Cn. 

Cr. 

Cs. 

a. 

11 ',,. 

L. 
Mn. 

J'n. 

T. 

IV. 
IV. 


Randolph. 

Van  Buren. 

shington. 
Wayne. 

MO    LG    \N- 

III. 

Centra. 

Eomer. 
Malta, 

Mil! 

Meigsville. 
Morgan. 
McConneUsville 
Penn. 
Roxbory. 
Union. 
Windsor. 
York. 

Miiituow. 
s.  Bloomfleld. 
Bloomfield(N.) 

limnington. 

ter. 

Franklin. 
Gilead. 

.  Gilead. 
Harmony. 
Lincoln." 
ven. 
Pern. 
Tilly. 

Washington. 
Westfield. 

MUSKINGUM. 


As. 

BL 

C. 

F. 

Hn. 

lid. 

HI. 

J. 

Je. 

Lg. 

M. 

Ms. 

Me. 

M    , 

Nn. 

P. 

BL 

Sm. 

Sk. 

Sd. 

U>  ■ 

IVn. 

IV. 


Adams. 

Blue  Rock. 

Clay. 

Palls. 

Harrison. 

Highland. 

Hopewell. 

Jarkson. 

JefVerson. 

I. i.king. 
Madison, 

Meigs. 

Monroe. 

Mu.-kingum. 

Newton. 

Perry. 

Rich  Hill. 

Salem. 

Creek. 

Bpringfleld. 

Union. 

Washington. 

Waj  i 

Zanesville. 


B. 

Bo. 

Br. 

< 

Eh. 
Fk. 
J. 

.1,1. 

M. 
N. 
Oe. 
8a. 

Sk. 
Sn. 
We. 

B. 
Bn. 

CI. 

c. 

I), I. 

E. 
He. 

Pe. 

Sm. 

IV. 

Ac. 

Bn. 

Bn. 

C. 

Ce. 

Hn. 

Jn. 

IVn. 

B. 
Cn. 

If. 

Ho. 

Jn. 

M. 
Mk. 
M  . 
Pe. 

/.'.. 

Tn. 


C. 

D%. 
Hn. 

Jn. 
M. 

M  . 


Me 


Xi.r.i.i;. 

Brookfleld. 
Bufla 
Beavi  i. 
tre. 

ii. 

Jefferson. 

-on 
Marion. 
Noble. 
c!'ve. 
Seneca. 

ihsville. 

ok. 
Sharon. 
Way  no. 

Ottau  \. 

Bay. 

Benton. 

Carroll. 

Clay. 

Danb 

Erie. 

Harris. 

Port 

Port  Clinton. 

[i  m. 
Van  Rensselaer. 

Paulding. 

Auglaize. 
Benton. 

vn  (E.) 
<   myall. 
Crane. 

Harrison. 
Jackson. 
Washington. 

Pf.kuy. 

BearGeld. 

Clayton. 

Harrison. 

Hopewell. 

Jackson. 

Madison. 

Monday  Creek 

Monroe. 

Pike. 

'ing. 
Somerset. 
Salt  Lick. 
Thorn. 

Pickaway. 

Circleville. 
Darby. 
Deer  Creek. 
Harrison. 

Jackson. 
Madison. 

Monroe. 
,    Muhlenburg. 


P  • 

8o. 

If  . 

If. 

We. 

B. 
Bn. 

Jii. 
Mn. 
\ 
Pe. 

i    ■ 
SI. 


Ar. 

Aa. 

Bd. 

Cn. 

Dd. 

Eg. 

Fn. 

Fm. 

Hot. 

Ma. 

Nn. 

Ps. 

Pa. 

Rh. 

Rn. 

So. 
Sd. 
IVm. 

Dl. 
Gr. 
Gs. 
H. 

n. 
j. 

Jn. 
Lr. 
Me. 

Ss. 
Tn. 
IVn. 


Bd. 

Og. 

.Is. 

/.;/. 

.1/. 

On. 

Py. 


Perry  (W.) 
Pickaway. 

Salt  Creek. 
I  i. 
ant  Creek. 

Wayne. 
Pike. 

Bean  r. 
Benton. 
Camp  ''reek. 
J  i.  kson. 
Mifflin. 

ton. 
Preble. 
Pi  rry. 

ton. 
Sunfiah. 

At  water. 
A.nror  i. 
Brimlield. 

in. 
Deerfield. 
Edinburg. 

klin. 
Freedom. 
Hiram. 
Mantaa. 
N'  Ison. 
Paris. 
Palmyra. 
Randolph. 
Ravenna. 
Rootstown. 

Uersrille. 
Streetsboro. 
Suffield. 
Windham. 

Preble. 

Dixon. 

Casper. 

Gra* 

Harrison. 

1  reel. 

Jackson. 

Jefferson. 

Lanier. 

Monroe. 

Bomers. 

Twin. 

Washington. 

Eaton. 

Putnam. 

Blanchard. 
Greensborg. 

Jenii 

Liberty. 

Monterey. 

Ottawa.' 
Perry. 


/.'. 

.s 

Ur. 

Vn. 

I'.. 

Cn. 
Cd. 
lid. 

r„. 
ii. 

I  In. 

./. 

/.. 

I't. 

J>,i. 

Tn. 
Un. 

Qk. 

Jn. 
M. 
R  . 

St. 

7". 
IV. 
IV. 
V. 

Bm. 
Bk. 
C. 

(in. 

I!. 

J. 

Mn. 

Mn. 

Ne. 

Pr. 

Un. 

Vn. 

IV. 

IV. 


As. 

c. 

Fn . 

111. 

J 

I 

l.n. 

Pt. 


Riley. 

Un.      . 
Kali  da. 
Buren. 

Ross. 

k-kin. 

Di  erfleld. 

Franklin. 

■n. 
Harrison. 
II    .tingdon. 

:son. 
Liberty, 
at. 

ton. 
Chilicothe. 

aciield. 
Twin. 
Union. 

Sandusky. 
Ballsville. 

Green  Creek. 

Madison. 

Riley. 

ky. 

Fremont. 

■tt. 
Town  send. 
Washington. 

mile  (W.) 
J  irk. 
Scioto. 
Bloom. 
Brash  Creek. 
Clay. 

cn. 
Harrison. 
Jeffei 
Madison. 

;an  (W.) 
Nile. 
Porter. 
Union. 
Vernon. 
Washingl 
Wayne  (B.) 

-mouth. 

Adams. 
Bloom. 
Clinton. 
Eden. 
Hopewell. 
Jackson. 
Liberty. 
Ion. 
Pleasant. 


/.' 
8a. 

So. 
Tn. 

I 

c. 

Dr. 

F 

Gn, 

Jn. 
I... 
M. 

(),. 
Sm. 

!  . 
I  . 
IV. 

Bm. 

Jn. 
I    . 
L. 
Ln. 
Mli. 
Nn . 
Og. 
i    . 

P'J- 

I',. 

Pn. 

S. 

Su. 

IVn. 

Bh. 

Bn. 

Cy. 

Cn. 

Fn. 

Gn. 

Hn. 

N. 

Nd. 

Nn. 

R. 

S. 

T  . 
T. 

Bn. 
Bd. 
Be. 

111. 
Bd. 


, 

iO. 

Thompson. 
Ven. 

Shelby. 
Clinton. 
S}  dney. 
tthiana. 

LillMi 

i        klin. 
en. 

niie. 
McLt 
Oral 

Turtle  Creek. 

Buren. 
Washh  -ton. 

<:K. 
dehem. 

Jack 
Lake. 
Lawrence. 
\.>  xington. 
Marlborough. 

,-hilien. 
Osnaborg. 
Paris. 
Perrv. 
Pike. 
Plain. 
Sandy. 
Sugar  Creek. 

Washington. 

Summit. 

Bath. 
Boston, 
ley. 

ventry. 
klin. 

en. 
Hudson. 
Northampton- 
\  rth field. 

•on. 
Portage. 
Akron. 
Richfield. 
Bpringfleld. 

StoW. 

Tallmadge. 
Twins!) 
Tbumbulx. 
tta. 

■mfield. 
Brace ville. 
Bristol. 

l'.iooklield. 


112 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA, 


Cn. 
Pn. 
Fr. 
Ge. 
Us. 

/:./. 
Hd. 

Jn. 
Kn. 

Ln. 

M. 

Mi 

Nn. 

Sn. 

Vn. 

Va. 

Ifri. 

Wd, 


Champion. 

Farmington. 

Fowler. 

,ie. 
Gostavus. 
Hartford  (E.) 
iud. 

tard  (3.) 
Johnson. 
Kinsman. 
Liberty. 
Lordstown. 
Meci 

Mesopotamia. 
Newton. 
Southington. 
Vernon. 

ina. 
Warren. 
Weathersfield. 


Ti  SCARAWAS. 

An.  Auburn. 

Bs.  Backs. 

/  r.  Dover. 

Fd.  Fairfield. 

N.Philadelphia. 

Jn.  Jefferson. 

Le.  Lawrence. 

Od.  Oxford. 

Pi/.  Perry. 

lih.  Rush. 

Sm.  Salem. 

Sy.  Sandy. 

Sk.  Sugar  Creek. 

Ul.  Union. 

Wn.  Warren. 


Wife.  Warwick. 

Wn.  Washington. 

We.  Wayne. 

Y.  York. 


An. 
Ce. 
Dy. 

Jn. 

Jr. 

Lg. 

Ly. 

Mk. 

Ps. 

Tr. 
Un. 

IV. 

Yk. 


H. 

lid. 
J. 

Ly. 
PL 

Re. 

T. 

Un. 
Wn. 
We. 

Yk. 


Cn. 


Uniok. 

Allen. 

Chdborne. 

Darby. 

Jackson. 

Jerome. 

Leesburg. 

Liberty. 

Mill  Creek. 

Paris. 

Marysville. 

Taylor. 

Union. 

Washington. 

York. 

Van  Wert. 
Harrison. 
Hoagland. 
Jennings. 
Liberty. 
Pleasant. 
Van  Wert. 
Ridge. 
T  alley. 
Union. 
Washington. 
Willshire. 
York." 

Vinton. 
Clinton. 


Ee.  Eagle. 

E.  Elk. 

Mc  Arthur. 

Hn.  Harrison. 

Jn.  Jackson. 

Nn.  N^rth  Brown. 

Rd.  Richland. 

S.  South  Brown. 

Sn.  Swan. 

Vn.  Vinton. 

IVc  Wilkesville. 

Wakrex. 

Ck.  Clear  Creek. 

Dd.  Deerfield. 

Fn.  Franklin. 

Hn.  Hamilton. 

Sm.  Salem. 

27.-.  Turtle  Creek. 

Lebanon. 

Wn.  Washington. 

We.  Wayne. 

Washington. 

As.  Adams. 

A.  Anrelius. 

B.  Barlow. 
Be.  Belpre. 
Dr.  Decatur. 
Fg.  Fearing. 

G.  Grand  View. 

Le.  Lawrence. 

L/y.  Liberty. 

L.  Ludlow. 
Marietta. 

Nt.  New; 


Sm. 

Un. 

Wn. 

Wd. 

Wn. 

Wy. 


Bn. 

Cn. 

Cr. 

Ca. 

Cn. 

Cs. 

En. 

Fn. 

G. 

Mn. 

PI. 

Pn. 

Sc. 

Sk. 

We. 

Wr. 


Salem. 

Union. 

Warren. 

Waterford. 

Watertown. 

Wesley. 

Wayne. 

Baughman. 

Canaan. 

Chester. 

Chippewa. 

Clinton  (8.) 

Congress. 

East  Union. 

Franklin. 

Green. 

Milton. 

Paint. 

Plain. 

Salt  Creek. 

Sugar  Creek. 

Wayne. 

Wooster. 

Williams. 


Br.  Bridgewater. 

B.  Brady. 

Ce.  Centre. 

Fe.  Florence. 

Jn.  Jefferson. 

Mn.  Madison. 

M.  Mill  Creek. 

Nt.  North  West. 

Pi.  Pulaski. 

Jh.  Joseph. 


Sd. 
Sr. 


Springfi  Id. 

Superior. 

Wood. 


Bm. 

Bloom. 

Ce. 

Centre. 

F. 

Freedom. 

By. 

Henry. 

Jn. 

Jackson. 

Le. 

Lake. 

Ly. 

Liberty. 

Mn. 

Middletown. 

Mn. 

Milton  (W.) 

My. 

Montgomery 

Py. 

Perry. 

P%- 

Perrysburg. 

Pn. 

Plain. 

Pe. 

Portage. 

Wn. 

Washington. 

Wr. 

Webster. 

Wn. 

Weston  (W  ) 

Wyandott. 

Am. 

Antrim. 

C. 

Crane. 

U.  Sandusky. 

Cd. 

Crawford. 

E. 

Eden. 

J. 

Jackson. 

Ms. 

Marseilles. 

Mn. 

Mifflin. 

PL 

Pitt. 

Rd. 

Richland. 

R. 

Ridge. 

Sm. 

Salem. 

Se. 

Sycamore. 

T. 

Tyemochtee. 

Ohio  ranks  as  the  third  state  of  the  Union  in 
population,  wealth,  and  general  importance.  Its 
territory  has  a  general  length  E.  and  W.  of  about 
200  m.,  with  an  average  breadth  of  145  m.,  and 
a  total  area  of  39,964  sq.  m.  Most  of  the  surface 
consists  of  elevated  table-land  ;  this  is  somewhat 
diversified,  though  it  contains  only  a  few  sections 
raised  above  the  general  level.  The  elevation 
above  sea-level  of  the  central  section  is  about 
1000  ft.,  while  that  of  other  portions  is  from  600 
to  800  ft.  There  are  two  great  natural  divisions, 
consisting  of  the  slope  towards  the  Ohio  River 
and  the  slope  towards  Lake  Erie.  These  are  of 
unequal  size  or  extent,  the  former  being  consider- 
ably the  largest ;  and  they  are  formed  by  a  ridge 


of  highlands,  extending  through  the  north-east  part 
of  the  State  in  W.  S.  W.  direction.  The  northern 
part  of  the  Ohio  slope  is  mainly  an  elevated  plain, 
but  it  is  terminated  on  the  south  side  (near  the 
middle  of  the  State)  by  a  low  ridge,  and  south  of 
this  the  surface  is  diversified.  There  is  a  range 
of  hills  near  the  Ohio  River,  following  its  course, 
which  are  in  some  places  200  or  300  ft.  high.  In 
the  N.  and  X.  W.  parts  there  are  several  exten- 
sive tracts  of  marshy  land.  The  principal  rivers 
flowing  into  the  Ohio  not  only  have  much  longer 
courses  than  those  flowing  into  Lake  Erie,  but 
they  have  a  much  larger  volume;  these  are  the 
Muskingum,  Scioto,  Little  Miami,  and  Mi 
The  largest  flowing  into  Lake  Erie  are,  Cuyah 


STATE      OF      OHIO 


143 


Sandusky,  and  Maumee.  Some  of  the  .-mall  streams 
of  the  iin  'rior  have  rapid  courses,  affording  much 
available  water-powi  r.  The  Lake  Erie  coasl  cora- 
pria  ■  !  harbors  at  the  mouth-;  of  the  rivers. 

The  I  of  tli"  country  was  originally 

covered  with  i  'cent  forests  of  beeel 

maple,  hi  ik,  and  whitewood.    The  natural 

meadows  are  m  rous  in  the  central  por- 

tions. The  river  bottoms  are  of  unusual  width, 
and  are  of  the  most  productive  character. 

The  iir  i  permanent  tent  was  commenced 

7th  April,  17SS,  in  Marietta,  by  a  company  of 

1  of  Gen.  Rufus 
Putnam.     According  to  the  census  of  1800,  the 
!   45,3  !5   inhabitants,  of  whom 
337  were  free  color  1  p  rsons.    The  State  was 
1  '  :   '     ■  .  :        I  its  total  population  in 
1810  was  2  0,  581,434 ;  in  1830, 

937,903;  in  L840,  1,519,467;  and  in  1850, 
L,9  0,329.  At  the  last  census,  the  classes  were — 
whit.  .  55,050;  free  colored,  25,279.  The 
relative  proportion  of  the  free  colored  has  been 
Bteadily  inci  rom  1790,  and  amounted  in 

1850  to  a  little  more  than  l£  per  cent.  In  respect 
to  nativity,  the  whole  population  was  classified 
this:    Horn  in   I  fce,  1,219,432;    in   other 

Stat  vigil  countries,  218,512  ; 

and  of  unkno  in,  4,261.     The  number  from 

other  State:         isted  of— 2  from  Pensyl- 

vania  ;  ram  Virginia  ;  83,979  from  New 

York;  36  I  ;  23,532  from  New 

Jersey;  22,855  from  Connecticut;  l^,7(i.'}  from 
Mas  14,320  from   Vermont;    13 

from  Kentucky  ;  7,377  from  Indiana,  etc.  The 
foreign-born  amounted  to  one-ninth  of  the  total 
population  :  their  number  consisted  of  112,051 
from  Germany;  51,562  from  Ireland;  25,GG0 
from  England;  7.D73  from  France;  5,880  from 


Briti-h  American  count:  19  from  Wa 

About  one-half  of  the 
free  c  rere  born  in  1 

consisted  of  I  t,265  mula  II  1.01  1  bla 

The  ratio  of  the  increase  of  I  pulatiou 

i    1810  to    L850   was  30J  per  cent;    while 
during  each  of  the  two  periods  of  -  imme- 

diately pi       lin;,',  it  was  over  61    |  it.     This 

result  is  attributable  to  the  emigration  of 

ward.     In  1 350,  the  -  of  per- 

sons who  were  born  in  Ohio,  but  were  then  living 
in  other  States,  was  2.  !  20,193 

in   Indiana,  64,219    in    Illinois,  30,713   in  1 
14,677  in  Michigan,  12,737  in  Missouri,  11,402  in 
Wisconsin,  etc. 

Agriculture   has   been,  and   is   now,  the  main 
source  of  the  general  prosperity  of  Ohio.     M 
than  nine-tenths  of  the  surface  may  be  profit 
cultivated,  and  the  greater  portion  of  th; 
fertile.     Previous  to  the  opening  of  the  Erie  canal 
(in  1825),  and  the  construction  of  the  principal 
Ohio  canals  (during  1825-32),  the  3S  of  the 

inhabitants  was  almost  exclusively  agricultural  : 
and  since  there  were  no  good  means  of  transport- 
ing produce  to  the  eastern  markets,  it  was  w  im- 
paratively  useless  to  raise  more  of  the  several 
crop-  than  was  required  at  home. 

Upon  the  completion  of  these  great  channels 
of  trade  with  the  Eastern  Stal  -.  the  vast  produc- 
tive capacity  of  Ohio  was  rendered  immediately 
available.  According  to  the  census  of  18o0.  the 
crops  of  Ohio,  in  the  3  impared  with  the 

totals  of  the  same  in  the  entire  Union,  were  nearly 
as  follows  :  Corn,  one-tenth  :  wheat,  one-seventh  : 
hay.  one-ninth  :  buckwheat,  one-fourteenth  ;  oats, 
one-eleventh  ;  barley,  one-fourteenth  :  pot;: 
Irish,  one-thirteenth  ;  tobacco,  one-nineteenth,  etc. 
Since  the  last  census,  there  has  been  a  gc 


144 


UNITED     STATES     OP    AMERICA. 


increase  of  the  principal  crops,  except  as  affected 
by  droughts.  The  relative  rank  of  Ohio  in  respect 
to  its  live-stock  is  somewhat  higher.  It  has  about 
-fifth  of  all  the  sheep  in  the  Union,  producing 
also  one-fifth  of  all  the  wool  clipped  ;  one-ninth 
of  the  horses;  one-fourteenth  of  the  neat  cattle, 
exceeding  every  State  except  New  York  ;  one- 
fifteenth  of  the  swine  ;  and  the  product  realized 
from  animals  slaughtered,  and  from  butter,  cheese, 
etc.,  are  of  correspondingly  great  amounts.  In 
1850,  the  number  of  firms  reported  was  143.807, 
containing  9,851,493  acres  of  improved,  and 
8,146,100  of  unimproved  land,  all  valued  at 
'!.  averaging  to  each  farm  125  acres. 
worth  $2,195.  In  the  vicinity  of  Cincinnati, 
more  attention  ha?  been  given  to  the  cultivation 
of  vineyards  than  in  any  other  part  of  America. 

The  annual  product  from  "  manufactures,  mining, 
and  the  mechanic  arts,"  in  this  State,  in  1850,  was 
than  that  of  all  the  States  situated  west 
and  north-west  of  it,  exclusive  of  Missouri.  In 
that  year  there  were  10.022  establishments,  each 
producing  to  the  value  of  $500  or  over  yearly, 
employing  a  capital  of  $29,019,538  and  51,489 
persons,  and  producing  annually  $62,647,259. 
The  product  from  the  branch  of  iron  casting  was 
$3,069,350  ;  pig  iron.  $1,255,850  ;  wrought  iron, 
Si, 27,849 — aggregate  of  these  productions  of  iron, 
$1,453,049.  From  tanneries.  $1,964,591  ;  woolen 
manufactories,  $1,111,027  ;  cotton  do.,  $394,700. 
The  distilleries  and  breweries,  58  in  number,  had  a 
capital  of  $1,262,794,  and  employed  1,033  hands  ; 
and  it  appears  that  their  product  of  whiskey  and 
high  wines  amounted  to  11,865,150  galls.,  being 
much  more  than  was  produced  of  these  articles  in 
any  other  State,  and  more  than  one-fourth  of  all 
produced  in  the  Union  ;  while  the  product  of  ale 
etc,,  amounted  to  96.9 13  bbls.     Hamilton  Countv- 


containing  Cincinnati,  etc.,  had  one-fourth  of  the 
capital  in  the  total  manufactures,  employed  nearly 
one-third  of  all  the  persons  thus  engaged,  and  pro- 
duced two-fifths  of  the  total  product  of  the  State. 
Ohio  possesses  abundant  facilities  for  manufac- 
turing ;  coal  is  so  abundant  that  steam  may  be 
cheaply  substituted  for  water-power,  and  besides 
its  reliable  and  extensive  home-market,  it  can  now 
readily  transport  its  productions  to  every  part  of 
the  Union  and  to  foreign  countries. 

Ohio  contains  no  large  variety  of  minerals,  but 
is  rich  in  the  most  important  ones — coal  and  iron. 
The  coal  fields  are  estimated  to  underlie  one-third 
of  the  surface  of  the  State,  but  the  principal 
deposits  appear  to  lie  in  a  belt  extending  from  the 
Ohio,  between  the  Scioto  and  Muskingum  Rivers, 
in  N  N.  E.  direction,  nearly  to  Lake  Erie.  The 
coal  is  bituminous,  and  lies  so  near  the  surface 
that  in  many  places  it  is  easier  to  dig  for  fuel 
than  to  chop  for  it.  The  principal  points  where 
the  coal  mines  have  been  worked  are  in  Summit 
Co.  in  the  N.  part  of  the  State,  and  in  Athens 
and  Meigs  Cos.  in  the  S.  S.  E.  part.  The  amount 
dug  in  1854  in  seventeen  principal  coal-producing 
counties  was  estimated  at  about  24,000,000  bush. 
The  principal  bed  of  iron  ore  extends  through  the 
Counties  of  Lawrence,  Gallia,  Jackson,  Meigs, 
Vinton,  Athens,  and  Hocking,  in  a  belt  12  miles 
wide  and  over  100  m.  long ;  this  iron  is  of  the 
best  quality  for  fine  castings.  The  salt  springs 
are  very  valuable  ;  the  principal  wells  are — on 
Yellow  Creek,  above  Steubenville ;  on  Will's 
Creek ;  on  Muskingum  River,  from  the  Coshoc- 
ton to  its  mouth  ;  on  the  Hockhocking,  and  on 
Leading  Creek.  At  the  lower  wells,  on  the  Mus- 
kingum, a  pound  of  salt  is  obtained  from  a  gallon 
of  brine.  Limestone,  sandstone,  and  other  building 
material,  are  found  in  many  counties. 


STATE     OF      OHIO 


:\: 


The  internal  improvements  of  Ohio  arc  very 
nnmerou  i  of  the  canals  were  constructed 

at  the  expense  of  the  State,  and  at  an  early  period, 
or  before  the  introduction  of  railroads.  The  two 
principal  canals  were  commenced  in  L825  and 
completed  in  L832,  each  being  40  ft.  wide  and  4 
ft.  deep.  The  Ohio  Canal  is  307  m.  long,  extend- 
ing from  Portsmouth,  Ohio  River,  to  Cleveland) 
on  Lake  Erie,  and  has  1  IT  locks  ;  it  has  also  five 
branches,  with  aggregate  length  of  1  M  m.,  making 
the  total  length  of  121  m.  The  Miami  Canal 
extends  from  Cincinnati  to  Toledo,  is  270  m. long, 
has  102  lucks,  and  its  branch  lines  are  45  m.  long. 
These,  with  the  other  canals,  and  the  Muskingum 
Improvement,  have  a  total  length  of  827  m.,  which 
cosl  $15,359,995.  Two  other  canals,  owned  by 
companies,  arc  each  aboul  77  m.  long  (part  in 
Pennsylvania),  and  each  cost  al  :. 000,000. 

None  of  the  canals  arc  first-class  works,  and  their 
improvement  has  hen  prevented  by  the  general 
introduction  of  railroads. 

Railroads  extend  through  every  section  of  Ohio, 
so  that  all  of  the  cities  and  large  villages  enjoy 
their  advantages.  The  total  length  of  the  line- 
now  in  operation  is  nearly  3.000  in.  These  routes 
are  quite  uniformly  distributed,  and  none  of  them 
are  remarkably  pre-eminenl  the  rest,  because 

travel  and  commerce  are  not,  as  in  some  other 
States,  forced  into  particular  channels  by  the 
natural  configuration  of  the  country.  Four  of  the 
railroads  were  commenced  in  ls:5t;.  but  their  con- 
struction was  retard  id  by  the  prostration  of  busi- 
ness which  soon  followed,  and  they  were  finally 
completed  about  the  same  time — L845-6,  viz: 
Mad  River  and  Lake  Erie  R.  If.,  from  Sandusky 
to  Springfield,  L34  m.  ;  Little  Miami  R.  R.,  from 
Springfield  to  Cincinnati,  84  m. ;  Lake  Erie  and 
Kalamazoo  \l.  K..  from  Toledo  to  Adrian,  Mich.. 
10 


33  m.,  and  th"  Mansfield  and  Sandu  ky  R.  R. 
miles.    The  more  recently  constructed  lines,  a 
of  which  have  been  completed  since  L850,  hi 
been  built  mainly  to  supply  the  actual  local  wants 
of  their  respective  ■  but  they  combine  in 

the  formation  of  great  lines  of  through  travel  and 

at  traffic.    There  are  five  continuous  ro 
across  the  State  in  east  and  v. 
many  from  north  to  south. 

In   1851,   the  of  the  agricultural  or 

strictly  domestic  produce  of  Ohio  were  estimated, 
from  reliable  data,  to  amount,  in  market  vain 
$30, 000,000,  and  the  exports  of  manufactured 
articles  to  -SIO.OOO^OO.  At  that  time  three- 
fourths  of  the  flour  and  grain  were  exported 
through  the  ports  on  Lake  Erie,  while  more  than 
three-fourths  of  the  live-stock,  pork,  provisions, 
and  whiskey  were  exported  through  the  ports  of 
the  Ohio  River.  The  products  of  Louisiana,  etc.. 
are  distributed  through  Cincinnati,  even  to  the 
shores  of  the  lakes.  During  1855  the  total  exp 
from  Cincinnati  amounted  to  SG0,000,000.  and  it 
is  believed  that  the  corresponding  trade  of  the 
Lake  Erie  ports  had  increased  at  about  the  same 
ratio  over  the  amount  <  of  1  B51 . 

The  amount  of  tonnage  owned  in  Ohio  has 
increased  very  rapidly  within  three  years  ;  in  1  - 
it  consisted  of  G  1,333  tons  ;  in  1854,  80,860  ;  and 
in  1855,  94,606.  Of  the  amount  in  the  last  year. 
."> l.i)78  tons  were  owned  in  the  District  of  Cuya- 
hoga, (Cleveland.)  and  28,713  tons  in  Cincinnati, 
the  remainder  being  divided  with  Toledo  and  San- 
dusky. All  of  the  Cincinnati  tonnage  is  employed 
in  steam  navigation,  and  about  one-third  of  the 
Cleveland  tonnage.  In  each  of  the  last  two  years 
the  amount  of  tonnage  built  was  somewhat  more 
than  17,000  tons. 

The  direct  commerce  with  Canada,  and  other- 


UG 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


wise  with  foreign  countries,  amounted  during  1855 
to  the  value  of  $847,143  in  exports,  and  §000,656 
in  imports — total,  81,447,799.  This  branch  of 
trade  fluctuates,  but  was  about  the  same  during 
the  preceding  year. 

Cities  and  populous  villages  are  more  numerous 
in  Ohio  than  in  any  other  of  the  Western  States. 
The  following  table  shows  the  population  of  the 
largest  places  (exclusive  of  Cincinnati),  as  definitely 
it  the  time  of  each  census,  from  1830 
to  1850,  followed  by  an  estimate  of  their  popula- 
tion in  1856.  The  population  given  for  Cleve- 
land includes  that  of  its  former  suburb,  Ohio  City. 
The  results  of  some  special  enumerations  are  men- 
tioned with  the  descriptions  of  these  cities. 

1830      1840      1850      1856. 

Cleveland 1,076 . .  6,071 . .  23,409 . .  50,000 

Dayton 2,965.  .6,067.  .10,977.  .27,500 

Columbus 2,438.  .6,048.  .17,882.  .25,000 

Toledo .  .1,222. .  .3,829.  .12,800 

ZanesviUe 3,094.  .4,766. .  .7,929.  .11,750 

Chilicothe 2,846.  .3,977.  .  .7,100.  .10,500 

Steubenville 2,937.  .5,203.  .  .7,224.  .10,000 

Sandusky 351.  .1,200.  .. 5,087.  .10,000 

Portsmouth 1,064. . . .  .4,011. .  .6,500 

Piqua 1,481.  .  .3,277. .  .5,000 

Columbus,  on  the  Scioto  River,  120  m.  from 
Cincinnati,  was  laid  out  in  1812,  and  shortly  after- 
ward was  selected  as  the  capital  of  the  State.  The 
city  has  a  level  site,  and  its  plan  is  regular,  com- 
prising very  wide  and  uniform  streets.  The  State 
House  is  the  largest  and  most  costly  edifice  of  the 
kind  in  the  United  States ;  it  is  304  ft.  long  by 
184  wide,  covering  an  area  of  55,936  sq.  ft.,  and 
the  height  of  the  top  of  its  rotunda  is  157  ft.  The 
principal  State  institutions  are  established  at  this 
place.      The  Ohio  Lunatic  Asylum,  founded  in 

t6,  occupies  a  brick  building  of  great  size,  that 


cost  §150,000,  and  usually  contains  about  300 
patients.  The  Institution  for  the  Blind,  estab- 
lished in  1834,  has  a  handsome  brick  edifice,  with 
some  70  pupils.  The  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and 
Dumb,  established  in  1824,  possesses  a  fine  build- 
ing, and  usually  contains  130  pupils.  The  Ohio 
Penitentiary  is  a  massive  edifice,  and,  with  its 
workshops  and  grounds,  has  an  area  of  six  acres. 
The  city  contains  several  other  public  buildings 
of  note,  among  which  is  the  edifice  of  Starling 
Medical  College,  which  institution  was  founded 
upon  a  legacy  of  850,000. 

The  City  of  Cincinnati  is  situated  in  a  beauti- 
ful valley,  three  miles  in  diameter,  intersected 
from  east  to  west  by  the  Ohio  River,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  range  of  circular  hills,  which  rise  by 
gentle  slopes  about  400  ft.  above  the  river.  Dis- 
tance from  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio,  by  the  river's 
course,  497  m. ;  from  Louisville,  138  ;  from  Pitts- 
burg, 459.  Latitude  39o  6'  30"  N. ;  longitude, 
84°  26'  1"  W. ;  elevation  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  540  ft.  The  width  of  the  river  in  front  of  the 
city  is  about  one-third  of  a  mile,  its  mean  annual 
range  from  low  to  high  water  is  about  50  ft.,  and 
its  depth  in  summer  is  sometimes  insufficient  for 
navigation  to  places  above.  The  city  is  now 
about  four  miles  in  length,  and  of  unequal  width  ; 
it  is  mainly  built  upon  two  terraces,  respectively 
50  and  108  ft.  above  low-water  mark  ;  the  margin 
of  the  first  was  originally  steep,  but  has  been 
graded  to  a  gentle  declivity  ;  the  second  ascends 
gradually  northward,  terminating  at  the  base  of 
the  hills.  The  central  portions  are  compactly  and 
handsomely  built,  with  streets  about  66  ft.  wide. 
The  public  landing  or  leveg  is  a  large  area  with 
1000  ft.  front.  The  shore  is  furnished  with  floats 
ing  wharves,  adapted  to  the  great  variation  in  the 
height  of  the  river.     The  portions  of  the  city  that 


-  T  ATE      OF      OHIO. 


l  r 


are  mainly  occupied  by  private  dwellings,  are  gen- 
erally laid  out  in  handsome  manner,  and  lined  with 
shade-trees.  There  are  many  elegant  residences 
on  the  hill-sides,  interspersed  among  the  gardens 
and  vineyards.  Upon  the  eminence,  called  Mt. 
Adam-,  is  the  edifice  of  the  Cincinnati  Observa- 
tory, which  contains  one  of  the  largest  and  best 
telescopes  in  the  world.  Several  of  the  principal 
public  buildings  are  of  great  size  and  costly  con- 
struction. The  Burnet  I  [ouse.which  cost  $300,000, 
is  one  of  the  largest  hotels  in  the  United  States, 
and  there  are  other  very  large  hotels.  The  Cath- 
olic Cathedral  cost  $100.00(1,  and  has  a  spire  250 
ft.  high.  Other  buildings  are.  the  City  Hall. 
Melode.m.  Masonic  Hall,  and  Cincinnati  College. 
The  city  is  supplied  with  water  raised  from  the 
river  with  a  reservoir  which  holds  5,000,000  galls. 
The  manufactures  are  varied,  and  correspond  in 
extent  to  the  population  and  trade  of  the  city. 
The  settlement  was  first  begun  on  26th  Dec,  1788  ; 
the  first  newspaper  was  published,  9th  Nov.,  1793  ; 
and  in  1795  the  number  of  inhabitants  was  about 
650.     Progress  in  population  : 

1800 750     1830...  24.831     1850.  .115,435 

1810....  2,540  1840... 46,338  1853.  .160,186 
1820....  9,642     1845...  74,699     1856.. 

If  the  population  of  the  suburbs  (embracing  not 

only  the  adjacent  villages,  but  also  Covington  and 

Newport  on  the  Kentucky  side)  be  included,  the 

regate  pop.  at  the  present  time  is  about  200,000. 

Cleveland  is  Bituated  on  both  sides  of  Cuya- 
hoga River,  at  its  entrance  into  Lake  Erie,  and 
mainly  upon  an  elevated  plain.  Its  general 
appearance  is  very  agreeable  ;  it  is  planted  with 
groves  of  forest-trees,  and  contains  several  eleganl 
squares  and  public  places.  The  amount  of  trade 
has  wonderfully  increased  within  ten  years,  owing 
to  the   extension   of  the  railroads  through    the 


interior  of  Ohio,  by  which  immense  quantitii 
agricultural  and  other  products  have  been  brought 

to  its  wharves  for  shipment.     The  harbor 
enough  for  the  largest  vessels  on  the  lake,  but 

atrance  there  is  a  bar,  which  is  only  kept  down 
by  continual  dredging.     In    1854,   the    fon 
suburb  of  Ohio  (  it  v.  on  the  wesl  side  of  the  r. 
was  consolidated  with  Cleveland  ;  at  which  time 
the  population  consisted  of  34,500  in  Cleveland, 
and  10,982  in  Ohio  City— total.  45,482. 

Dayton,  on  the  Miami  River.  Go  m.  \.  X.  E. 
of  Cincinnati,  is  noted  for  the  variety  and  extent 
of  its  manufacture-,  its  railroad  connections,  and 
its  business  generally.  Abundance  of  water-power 
is  obtained  by  the  hydraulic  canal,  constructed  in 
1845,  by  which  the  water  of  Mad  River  is  broughl 
through  the  city.  In  its  vicinity  there  are  quarries 
of  excellent  limestone,  great  quantities  of  which 
are  sent  to  Cincinnati.  Population  in  1853.  in  " 

Toledo  has  a  beautiful  location  on  the  Maumee 
River,  3  m.  from  its  mouth,  near  the  W  extremity 
of  Lake  Erie.  Its  harbor  is  naturally  the  best  of 
all  on  the  Great  Lakes,  and  from  its  position  it 
becomes  the  natural  outlet  for  an  immense  section 
of  country,  unsurpassed  in  fertility  of  soil  and  the 
rapid  growth  of  its  population.  The  great  feature 
of  the  city  is  its  trade,  and  this  is  increa- 
yearly.     Population  in  1854,  11,473. 

ZanesviDe,  on  Muskingum  River,  80  m.  from 
its  mouth  and  59  m.  E.  of  Columbus,  is  a  flourish- 
ing city  with  important  manufactories.     Coal  of 
first-rate   quality   is    easily    obtained    from    the 
vicinity.     The  city  has  three  suburbs  on  the  v. 
bank  of  the  river,  and  it  is  connected  with  t! 
by  ^ridges.     There  is  also  an  iron  railroad  br: 
across  the  river,  538  ft.  long.    Population  in  L8£ 
of  the  city  proper.  7.929  :  of  the  suburbs,  2. 126— 
aggregate.  10.355. 


us 


UNITED  STATER  OF  AMERICA. 


Chilicothe,  on  Scioto  River,  96  m.  from  Cin- 
cinnati, is  an  important  centre  of  business.  It  was 
founded  in  179f>,  and  was  the  capital  of  Ohio  from 
1  -00  to  1810. 

Steubenville,  on  the  Ohio  River,  22  m.  above 
Wheeling,  Va.,  is  noted  both  for  its  trade  and 
manufactories.  The  latter  arc  readily  supplied 
with  fuel  from  the  vast  coal  mines  in  the  vicinity. 

Sandusky  City  is  situated  on  the  bay  of  the 
same  name,  3  m.  from  Lake  Erie,  and  possesses 
remarkable  advantages  for  trade.  The  bay  is  20 
miles  long  by  5  or  6  miles  wide,  into  which  vessels 
can  readily  enter  and  anchor  in  safety.  The  city 
is  built  on  a  site  rising  gradually  from  the  bay, 
and  beneath  it  is  an  inexhaustible  bed  of  limestone. 

Springfield,  84  m.  N.  N.  E.  of  Cincinnati,  and 
4.r!  W.  of  Columbus,  is  a  flourishing  place,  with 
numerous  manufactories.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
pleasant  cities  in  the  State,  and  is  surrounded  by 
a  populous  and  highly-cultivated  district.  Wit- 
tenberg College  and  Theological  Seminary,  both 
founded  in  1845,  and  under  the  direction  of  the 
Lutheran  Church,  are  here  located. 

Portsmouth,  on  the  Ohio  River,  just  above  the 
mouth  of  the  Scioto,  is  a  place  of  active  business. 
It  stands  upon  a  plain  of  moderate  extent,  partly 
enclosed  by  hills,  which  abound  in  iron  ore,  coal, 
and  building  material. 

Population  in  1850  of  other  places,  chiefly  in- 


corporated villages,  separate  from  the  population 
of  their  township  :  Mount  Vernon,  3,711  ;  New- 
ark, 3,654 ;  Mansfield,  3,557  ;  Massillon,  3,450 
Circleville,  3,411 ;  Piqua,  3,277  ;  Akron,  3,266 
Marietta,  3,175  ;  Xeuia,  3,024  ;  Wooster,  2,797 
Tiffin,  2,718  ;    Canton,  2,603  ;  Delaware,  2,074 
Urbana,  2,020  ;    Gallipolis,  1,686  ;    McConnels- 
ville,  1,643;  Elyria,  1,482. 

Mount  Vernon,  40  m.  N.  E.  of  Columbus,  is 
the  centre  of  business  of  a  rich  agricultural  section, 
and  carries  on  some  manufactures.  Permanent 
wati .  -power  is  obtained  from  the  Vernon  River. 
Five  miles  east  of  this  place  is  the  village  of 
Gambier,  which  is  the  seat  of  Kenyon  College 
(Episcopal),  founded  in  1826,  with  funds  obtained 
in  England. 

Newark  is  situated  at  the  confluence  of  the  forks 
of  Licking  River,  33  m.  E.  by  N.  of  Columbus. 
The  Ohio  Canal  and  two  railroads  pass  through  it, 
affording  ample  facilities  for  trade.  The  appear- 
ance of  the  place  is  very  agreeable,  though  located 
on  a  level  plain.  About  a  mile  west  from  it  there 
is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  and  best  preserved 
of  those  ancient  earth-works  that  are  seen  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  West.  It  consists  mainly  of  an 
embankment  10  ft.  high,  formed  in  an  exact  circle, 
enclosing  an  area  of  28  acres,  which  is  entered  by 
one  passage  50  feet  wide.  Its  top  and  sides  are 
covered  with  the  heaviest  timber 


-  '/    J.nneituae 


AWst 


r 


~¥ 


Ji  •  , 


.  ^/"V.iJm.s  Hlalnc  I. 


tawajmi 


/7 Sps.| 


from     Grccrnrirli     gta 


«        i  ^Wl     '  l'.  'l \ 'i 1 1        .  I    : 


» 


- 


2Ll      S   I  .V 


. :,  \  [C:  H^^H^kl^Sg 


sJuKJBEJS^J   j» 


t?A 


J  Ni" 


L 


r; 


ta 


I     PH 
oal-' 


ggg"!* 


'■,l!/,M'i     '  ■     '   ■ 


'CnWa 


r|c# 


ffoilj/t  •'   *fe 


s 


■ 


i-;.\'. 


.<»" 


■Vt~-"'\A-^ — ' '"~        ->        1  ■■  ■> —  - ~^M  .  r ,^_       f  y  X  »  .>      /"y.__       


TABLE    OF     COUNTIES    AND    TOWNSHIPS     IN 

STATE    0  F    M  I  C  BIG  A  X. 


Co. 

<Y. 

Dr. 

Fe. 

(Is. 

Hh. 

il. 

/.>,. 

Ms. 

Mn. 

My. 

Oo. 

OL 

P.P. 

Sm . 

Te. 

II '/.. 
I  I'd. 


Aa. 

He. 

By. 

Cn. 

Cn. 

Hs. 

/g. 

J.T. 

M.6. 

Oe. 

lid. 

T.A. 

ird. 
v.s. 


At. 

B. 

Bl. 

Bn. 

Br. 

Ca. 

(id. 

Gd. 

Kk. 

Mn. 

Ne. 

Od. 

sd. 
Un. 


Alleg  ln. 

Allegan. 

<  las 

Cheshire. 

Door. 

Fillmore. 

■ 
( runplain. 

llcatll. 

Hopkins. 

Leighton. 

Manilas. 

Martin. 

M'Hiterey. 

Otsego. 

reel. 
Pine  Plains. 

Salem. 

Trowbridge. 
Watson. 

Wayland. 

Barky. 

Assyria. 

Baltimore. 

B  irry. 

Carlto%(N.) 

Castleton. 

Eastings. 

Irving. 

Johns  Town. 

Maple  Grove. 

Orangeville. 

Rutland. 

Thorn  Apple. 

Woodland. 

Yankees, 

Branch. 

Algansee. 

.  i.i. 
BetheL 
Brown. 
Butler. 
California. 
Coldwater. 
Gilead  (S.) 
Guard. 
Kinderhook. 
Mattison. 
Noble. 
Ovid. 
Quincy. 

1. 

Union. 


An. 

A-. 

B. <  ■• 
Bd. 
Bn. 
Cn. 

<  <8. 

Ed. 

El. 

la. 

Ho. 

Li. 

L.R. 

M. 

Nn, 
Pd. 
P  . 
8. 
To. 


Cn. 

lid. 

.hi. 

I.  G. 

Ms. 

Mn. 

M. 

Ng. 

Oa. 

1'n. 

Pi  . 

I'r. 

8.C. 

Va. 

We. 


BL 

Bm. 

Ds. 

m. 

De. 

/.',. 

Ex. 

Gh. 

La. 

Oe. 

Od. 

/.'.. 

IV. 

ir,t. 

If  a. 


(  'A1.II.IIN. 

Albion. 

Athens. 

Battle  Creek. 

Bedford. 

Burlington. 

Clarendon. 

( !on\  is. 

I.  kford. 

Emmet. 

Fredonia. 

Homer. 

I.e  Uoy. 
Marengo. 

Marshall. 

Newton. 

Peafield. 

I'inkney. 
Sheridan. 
Tekonsha. 

Cass. 
Calvin. 
Boward. 
Jefferson. 
1. 1  Grange. 
Marcellns. 
Mason. 
Milton. 
Newburg. 
Ontwa. 
Penn. 
Pokagon. 
Porter. 
Silver  Creek. 
Voliua. 
Wayne. 

Clinton. 

Bengal. 

Bingham. 

Dall 

Dew  it t. 
Duplaine. 

Je. 
Essex. 

■  enbnsh. 
turn. 

Ovid. 
v. 
Victor. 
Watertown. 
Westphalia. 


Be. 
Bn. 
Bd. 

a. 

Cr. 

Da. 

/../.'. 

Ko. 

Oa. 

Ra. 

sd. 

Ve. 

Wh. 

Wr. 


Ae. 

As. 

Bn. 

Cn. 

Dn. 

Fn. 

Fg. 

Ft. 

Gs. 

Gd. 

Ge. 

G.B. 

M.M. 

M  . 

My. 

lid. 

■id. 


Baton. 

Bellevue. 
\\>  aton. 

lii'ookfield. 
<  uinel. 

Charlotte. 

Chester. 

Delta. 

Baton  Rapid-;. 
K  alamo. 
■  la. 
Etozana. 
Bunfield. 
Vermontville. 
Walton. 
Windsor. 

Genbseb. 
Argentine. 

Atlas, 
li'ii  ton. 
Clayton. 
1  lavison. 
Ft  uton. 
Flushing. 
Forest. 
Gaines. 
Garland. 

il  e. 

Grand  Blanc. 

Montmse. 
Mundy. 
Richfield. 
Thetford. 


A   . 
An. 

Ca. 
Cn. 

Fe. 

J  a. 

/.■/. 
Mir. 
P    . 

Fn. 
Rg. 

So. 

St. 

Wd. 

We. 

IF. 


An. 


Hillsdale. 
A. lams. 
Allen. 
ii  iy. 
ibria. 
Camden. 
Paj  i 

reon. 

Ield. 

>w. 

Pittsford. 

R  msom. 

Reading. 

3 

Wheatland. 
Woodbridge. 
Wright. 

[no  hah. 
Alaiedon. 


As. 

B  II. 

Jii. 

Im. 
Lit. 

Li. 
I.,. 

Mn. 
Oa. 

I'n. 

Se. 
Vy. 
Wd. 
W.O, 


Hi  ,  . 

Bn. 

By. 

En. 

Ke. 

I.  . 
X.  I>, 
Oa. 
Oe. 

OS. 

Oo. 

I'd. 

Rd. 
Sa. 

Ca. 

G.L. 

Hr. 

Ha. 

Li. 

Nn. 
Pa. 
Pi. 

lis. 

S 

s      /. 

S.P. 

Ts. 

Wo. 


Ann  lius. 

Hill. 
Delhi. 
Ingham. 

I.e  Hoy. 
Lest 

(N.) 
Mi-ndan. 
Onond 
Phelpstown. 
Stockbridge. 

Ve\ 

Wheatfleld. 

White  Oak. 

I"MA. 

Berlin. 
Bosfc  • 
Dan 

ton. 
Ionia. 
!•;•  ene. 
Lyi 
X".rth  Plain. 

ige. 

Oti 

Portland. 
.Id. 

AH. 

Jackson-. 
Columbia. 

I.  ike. 
Hanover. 
Henriett  i. 
Jackson. 

i 

ty. 

■ 

Parm  u 
PulaakL 

te. 

■ 

I        ikins. 
Waterloo. 

Kala 


(  p. 

Oft 

/'  . 
/'.. 
I'll. 
lid. 

lis. 

St. 

I  . 
H'u. 


I  er. 

Kalain... 

mo. 
Pavilion. 

Port 

raft. 
Tea 
Wakeehma. 

Klnt. 


Ao. 
By. 
C.T. 

Cr. 

c. 


Al  mi  I. 

les  T  iwn. 

iX. 

Com  I 


./'/. 

Ada. 

Aa. 

Algoma  (.N 

Ae. 

Alpine. 

Bn. 

Byron. 

ia  (S.) 

Cn. 

Cannon. 

Ca. 

Cd. 

'      ut  laud. 

G  . 

Gn. 

Gratl 

LI. 

Lowell. 

Od. 

eld. 

Ps. 

is.. 

Pd. 

ield. 

v   . 

Ve. 

■  ane. 

Wr. 

Walker. 

Wg. 

ling. 

L.vi  . 

An. 

in. 

At. 

Almont. 

Att. 

Bn. 

lington. 

Dd. 

ield. 

ten. 

En. 

!l   . 

Hadley. 

iy- 

Iml 

Lap 

iion. 

.eld 

M   - 

Metamora. 

v  /;. 

Branch. 

On. 

■ 

lWBB. 

Adrian. 

B. 

Seld. 

i    . 

. 

1 '  iver. 

ield. 

.     . 

Franklin. 

150 


UNITED     STATES     OF    AMERICA. 


Jin. 

Mn. 

Mn. 

Ma. 

On. 

P. 

Rn. 

Ry. 

Ra. 

Rn. 

Re. 

Sa. 

Th. 

111:. 


Bn. 
Cy. 
Dd. 

Ga. 

<;.o. 
j/h. 

lly. 
Hd. 

To. 
Mn. 

Oa. 
Pm. 
Ta. 
Te. 

I 'a. 


Aa. 

Be. 

Cd. 

C. 

En. 

H. 

Lx. 

Mb. 

Rn. 
Rd. 

Sy. 


Hudson. 

Macon  (N.) 

Madison. 

M(  dina. 

itu'den. 

Palmyra. 

Raisin. 

Ridgeway. 

Risra. 

Roilin  (W.) 

Rome. 

Seneca. 

Tecumseh. 

Woodstock. 

Livingston. 

Brighton. 

Conway. 

Deerfield. 

Genoa. 

Green  Oak. 

Hamburgh. 

Handy. 

Hartland. 

Howell. 

Iosco. 

Marion. 

Osceola. 

Putnam 

Tuscola 

Tyrone. 

Unadilla. 

Macomb. 

Armada. 

Bruce. 

Chesterfield. 

Clinton. 

Erin. 

Harrison. 

Lenox. 

Macomb. 

Mt.  Clemens. 

I!  ly. 

Richmond. 

Shelby 


5.  Sterling. 
IVn.  Warren. 
Was.  Washington. 

Monroe. 


Ah. 

Bd. 

Ih. 

Ee. 

Er. 

F.  T. 

la. 

Le. 

Ln. 

Mn. 

Re. 

Sd. 

Wd. 


Ash. 

Bedford. 

Dundee. 

Erie. 

Exeter. 

French  Town. 

Ida. 

La  Salle. 

London. 

Milan. 

Monroe. 

Raisinville. 

Summerfield. 

Whitford. 


Montcalm. 
Br.      Bloomer. 
Bl.      Bushnell. 
Ea.     Eureka. 
F.        Fair  Plain. 
Mn.    Montcalm. 

Oakland. 


An. 
;  An. 
\Bd. 

Bn. 
\  Ce. 

Fn. 
<  Gd. 

Hi. 

Hy. 

Jr. 

Ln. 

Md. 

\m. 

Od. 

On. 

Od. 

P. 

Re. 

RO. 


Addison. 

Avon. 

Bloomfield. 

Brandon. 

Commerce. 

Farmington. 

Groveland. 

Highland. 

Holly. 

Independence. 

Lyon . 

Milford. 

Novi. 

Oakland. 

Orion. 

Oxford  (N.) 

Pontiac. 

Rose. 

Royal  Oak. 


Sd.      Southfield  (S.) 
Sd.      Springfield. 
Ty.      Troy. 
Wd-    Waterford. 
ll'.B.  W.  Bloomfield. 
IV.  L.  White  Lake. 


Ae. 

Ca. 

Cr. 

Gn. 

Hd. 

Jn. 

Mn. 

Oa. 

Pn. 

Ra. 

S.L. 

Te. 

m. 


Ottawa. 

Allendale. 
Cazenovia. 

Chester. 

Georgetown. 

Holland. 

Jamestown. 

Muskegon. 

Ottawa. 

Polkton. 

Ravenna. 

Spring  Lake. 

Tallmadge. 

Wright. 


Saginaw. 

Bridgeport. 
B.V.   Buena  Vista. 
Th.     Taymouth. 
Te.     Titibiwassee. 

St.  Clair. 

Bn.      Berlin. 
By.     Brockway. 
Ca.     China. 
Co.     Casco. 
Ce.      Clyde  (N.) 
C.       Clay. 
Cs.      Columbus. 
Ce.      Cotrellville. 
Ja.       Ira. 

Pt.  Huron. 
Ry.     Riley. 

St.  Clair. 
IV.S.  Wales. 

St.  Joseph. 
B.O.  Burr  Oak. 
Cn.     Colon. 


Ce. 
Fs. 
F.R. 
Fd. 
Ls. 
Lt. 
Mn. 
Me. 
Na. 
Ph. 
Sn. 
Ss 
IV.  P. 


Constantine. 

Fabius. 

Fawn  River. 

Flowerfield. 

Leonidas. 

Lockport. 

Mindon. 

Mottville. 

Nottawa. 

Park. 

Sherman. 

Stnrgis. 

White  Pigeon. 

Samilac. 


Lx 


Lexington. 
Samilac. 
Wh.    Worth. 

Shiawassee. 


Am. 

Antrim. 

Bn. 
Bs. 

Bennington. 
Burns. 

Caledonia. 

Corunna. 

Hn. 

Hazleton. 

.1///. 
N.H 

Middlebury. 
.  New  Haven. 

Oo. 

Owasso. 

Py- 

Rh. 

Perry. 
Rush. 

Sa. 

Sciota. 

Se. 

Shiawassee. 

Vn. 

Vernon. 

Ve. 

Venice. 

Wl. 

Woodhull. 

Van  Buhen. 

Aa. 

Almena. 

A  p. 
An. 

Antwerp. 
Arlington. 

Be. 

Bloomingdale 

Dr. 

Decatur. 

Hn. 

Hamilton. 

Hd. 

Hartford. 

Kr. 

J..F. 

Le. 

P.G. 

Pr. 

S.H. 

Wy. 


Keeler. 
La  Fayette. 
Lawrence. 
Pine  Grove. 
Porter. 
S.  Haven. 
Waverly. 


Washtenaw. 
Ann  Arbor. 

Aa.  Augusta. 

Br.  Bridgewater. 

Fm.  Freedom. 

La.  Lima. 

Li.  Lodi. 

Ln.  Lyndon. 

Mr.  Manchester. 

Nd.  Northfield. 

Pd.  Pittsfield. 

Sm.  Salem. 

iSe.  Saline. 

So.  Soio. 

Sn.  Sharon. 

Sr.  Superior. 

Sy.  Sylvan. 

Wr.  Webster. 

Yk.  York 

Yi.  Ypsilauti. 


B.T. 

Cn. 

Bn. 

Gd. 

GP. 

///,-. 

Hn. 

La. 

Nn. 

Ph. 

Rd. 

Rs. 

S. 

Tr. 

V.B. 


Wayne. 

Brown's  Town 

Canton. 

Dearborn. 

Detroit. 

Greenfield. 

$rosse  Point. 

Hamtramck. 

Huron. 

Livonia. 

Nankin. 

Plymouth. 

Red  ford. 

Romulus. 

Sumpter. 

Taylor. 

Van  Buren. 


Michigan  consists  of  two  peninsular  divisions, 
with  an  aggregate  area  of  56,243  sq.  m.  These 
divisions  are  of  widely  different  character  ;  the 
;  hern  is  notable  for  its  timber  and  its  agricul- 
tural capabilities,  and  the  northern  is  celebrated 
for  its  immense  mineral  wealth,  especially  in  iron 
and  copper. 

1.  Michigan  Proper,  or  the  Southern  Peninsula. 
— This  region  has  for  the  most  part  a  gently- 
rolling   surfac?,  which   in  some  places  becomes 


hilly  to  a  small  extent.  The  ridge  which  divides 
the  streams  flowing  into  Lake  Michigan  from 
those  flowing  into  Lakes  Huron  and  Erie  has  an 
elevation  of  about  300  ft.  above  their  level,  and  is 
much  nearer  to  the  lakes  last  mentioned  than  to 
Lake  Michigan.  Most  of  the  lake-coast  is  elevated, 
and  extensive  sections  of  it  consist  of  steep  bluffs, 
from  100  to  300  ft.  high.  It  is  skirted  by  a  belt 
of  heavily-timbered  land,  about  25  m.  wide,  and 
usually  lying  several  feet  below  the  level  of  the 


S T  A  T  l :      OF      M I C  H  I  • ;  A  \ 


L51 


adjoining  openinga  The  principal  river-  are  the 
St.  Joseph,  Kalamazoo,  Grand,  and  Muskegon, 
which  have  courses  of  between  200  and  300  miles, 
and  are  each  navigable  about  -10  m.  for  71  -els  of 
at. 
While  Michigan  was  a  Territory  its  population 
increased  Bteadily,  though  not  very  rapidly.  In 
1810  tin'  inhabitants  numbered  4,762;  in  1820, 

16;  and  in  L830,  31,639.    In  January,  1837, 
Michigan  was  admitted  into  the  Union  ;  in  1840  \ 
its  population  had  increased  to  212,267,  and  in 

I   to   397,654.     At   the  latter  date,  the  free 
colored  people  numbered  2,583.    Including  t! 
the  native  population  (341,591]  was  thus  classified 
in  r<  origin  :  Born  in  the  State.  1  in.r>48; 

in  New  York,  133,750;  in  Ohio.  14,677;  in 
Vermont.  11,113;  in  Pennsylvania,  9,452;  in 
Massachi  L67  ;  in  I  'onnecticut,  6,751  ;  in 

New  Jersey,  5,752,  etc.  The  foreign-born  num- 
bered 54,852,  comprising  14,008  from  British 
America;     13,430    from    Ireland;    10,620   from 

land;  1.0,28]  from  Germany ;  2,542  from 
Holland  :  2,361  from  Scotland,  etc.  According 
to  the  State  census  in  1854  the  total  population 
was  then  509,374. 

Agriculture  is  the  leading  business.  The  soil  is 
of  great  depth,  and  distinguished  for  its  fertility. 
That  of  the  openings  and  the  pine-land  is  a  sandy 
loam,  easily  worked  ;  that  of  the  timbered  lands 

mewhat  heavier. but  is  still  sandy,  rather  than 
clayey.  The  prairies  arc  small,  and  divided  into 
the  wet  and  dry.  according  to  elevations.  The 
shore  of  Lake  Huron,  near  Saginaw  Bay,  is  a 
marshy  district.  The  staple  grain  crop-;  in  I 
were  corn,  5,641,420  bush.;  wheat.  4,925,? 
and  1  66,056.    Irish  potatoes  and  garden 

thrive  in  great  vigor  and  product 
as  well  as  all  i'mits  adapted  to  the  climate. 


Value  of  the  live-stock  in  1850.  :  ..f 

animal.-  slaughtered  iii  the  year  preceding,  si. 328,- 
327.    The  pastun  rerywhere  luxuriant 

The  lumber-trade  ha-  been  immensely  in 
within  a  few  years.    Aboul  $4,500,000  were  ob- 
tained in  L855  from  the  3al<  -  of  lumber  prodi 

during  that  year.     The  lumber  c 

inaw.  Lapeer,  St.  Clair,  Flint,  and  Grand  River. 
In  Saginaw  and  vicinity  the  cut  is  larger  than  in 
any  other  one  section,  as  the  mill  are  more  numer- 
ous and  the  facili'  f  the  lumber 
is  yellow  pine,  but  the  diflfi  renl  \  f  timber 
are  scattered  throughout  the 

The  rod.:-  of  Southern  Michigan  consist  of  ! 
zontal  strata  of  limestom 
The  limestone  is.  for  the  mosl  part,  quite  com] 
and  produce- a  valuable  lime  upon  burning.     - 
of  the  sandstone  is  used  for  grindstoni       1 1     sum 
has  been  found  in  several  locality 

The  manufacti  ide  from  lumber,  are  not 

of  great  importance.  In  1850,  the  annual  product 
of  the  tanneries  (GO),  was  report..]  :  -11  : 

Of  the  iron  foundries  (63),  at     V         7  :  of  v 
en  factories  (15),  at  890,242. 

Two  lines  of  railroad  extend  across  tl.     - 
forming  very   important   part-  of  the 
routes  of  travel  and  trade  in  the  Union. 

In  1855  the  tonnage  belonging  to  Michigan  • 
69,490  tons,  of  which  34,478  tons  were  empli 
in  steam  navigation.     In  that  year  27 
built — tonnag  ,7,844     In  1  B51,  the  "  Lake  , 

e"   of   Detroit    district   was  estimated    at 
827,591,382. 

Lansing,  capital  of  the  State,  is  plea  situ- 

ated on  Grand  Liver,  and  was  first  settled  in  l 
!'    ulation  in   1850,  1,239  ;  in  1854,  1  ■" 

D  troil  '    the  chief  city  in  the  State,  and 
founded  by  the  French  aboul  1670.    It  exl 


152 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


alone  the  bank  of  the  Detroit  R.  for  over  3  m.  ;  its 
business  part  is  about  7  m.  below  L.  St.  Clair, 
and  18  above  L.  Erie.  The  river  is  half  a  mile 
wide,  with  average  depth  of  32  ft.,  forming  the 
best  harbor  in  the  "West.  Its  streets  are  spacious, 
and  near  the  river  cross  at  right  angles,  but  in  the 
rear  they  are  arranged  in  a  triangular  plan. 
Water  is  supplied  from  the  river  by  extensive 
works,  owned  by  the  city.  Pop.  in  1854, 40,373. 
Ann  Arbor,  37  m.  from  Detroit,  has  an  import- 
ant trade,  and  is  the  seat  of  the  State  University, 


established  in  1837.  Its  observatory  contains  one 
of  the  largest  telescopes  in  the  world.  Pop.  in 
1850,  4,868. 

Monroe  is  finely  located  on  the  Raisin  R.,  2£  m. 
from  L.  Erie,  and,  from  its  railroad  and  steamboat 
connections,  is  a  great  thoroughfare.  Pop.  in 
1850,  3,650. 

Grand  Rapids,  on  Grand  R.,  40  m.  from  its 
mouth,  is  the  chief  town  in  that  part  of  the  State. 
The  river  affords  extensive  water-power.  Pop.  in 
1854,  4,244. 


ligan. — The  upper  peninsula  has 
a  diversified  surface  :  most  of  it  is  a  wilderness 
of  dense  forests,  while  some  parts  are  rocky,  and 
others  are  open  meadows.  The  mountains  are  not 
of  great  elevation,  though  their  declivities  are 
frequently  precipitous;  they  are  chiefly  arranged 
in  groups,  or  in  parallel  ridges,  but  occasionally 
occur   isolated.     The   rivers  are  numerous,  and 


changes  in  the  temperature  are  sudden  and 
great.  By  the  middle  of  September,  frosts 
occur,  sufficient  to  entirely  destroy  vegetation, 
and  the  snow  remains  on  the  ground  to  the  last 
of  May. 

The  minerals  are  chiefly  iron  and  copper,  with 
some  silver ;  and  these  are  very  extensively  de 
posited.     The  most  remarkable  mine  is  the  Cliff 


abound  with  rapids.    The  climate  is  cold,  and  the  |  Mine,  on  Eagle  River,  where  there  are  immen- 


■■ 


Longitude   We  si  mwicb 


>'f 


......... 

-  ' 


\ 


. 


h 


JSlooin- 

On 

ifcaJcl. 


u 

■ 


! 


,..>c  /A-.-..,. 


.1/ 


' 


■.  ■       . 


.   I 


<$< 


:; 


0  •  ^"^laS 


Via 


V 


• 


• 


JUt.Va 


.     _\!l.' 


. 


■  i:  ]<  li  -V     j-'.>ft.  •  i  , 


>•    i  i 


''*, 


.  Ftrirrii 

0;-l'-„/.    ..' 


".  I'fiijil 


■'.., 


INDIANA 


)tii!  RoacLs  ..„ 
Proposed  .!!.!!.= 
Canals 


'\u^V>- 


:  ""/(■ks\':-_ 


:    IT> iJ.-s 

_ii 32. 


,!.'• 


W 


pfc'»yorf6/Cr,<im;itnrtr»     "West 


Si     iYrrai     "WilshlllSltOIL 


S  T  A  T  B      OF      INDIANA. 


1 1 1 : i  -  ee  of  native  copper,  nearly  pure.  The  .silver 
of  Northern  Michigan  is  associated  with  the  vein-; 
of  copper  ;  for  the  most  part  it  forms  only  a  small 
fraction  of  the  lode,  but  in  many  instances  an  hun- 
dred weight  of  rock  has  contained  an  amount  of 
silver  IV  to  8100,  and  one  ma   :  of  silver 

obtain  hing    G    pound.-,  and    worth 

$130.      D  jregate  yield  of  copper  dn 

1855  was  computed  at  4,790J  tons,  worth  over 
81,600,000. 

The  Ship  Canal  around  the  Falls  of  St.  Mary 
was  completed  in  April  1855,  after  two  y< 
labor,  at  a  cost  of  nearly  $1,000,000.     It  accom- 
moda  of  2,000  tons  burden,  ami  is 

built  in  the  most  massive  manner.     Its  ten 
from  extremity  of  lower  pier  to  upper  pier,  is 
l  ft.,  and  each  strongly  walled  with 

stone,    'i  a  are  in  the  clear  350  ft.  long  by 

70  wide,  the  largest  in  the  world. 


The  island  of  Mackinaw  is  rituated  in  th  •  -trait 
of  the  same  name,  between  Lakes  Huron  and 
Michigan,  and  is  only  about  3  m.  in  diam 
it-  importance  arises  from  its  position  in  command- 
ing the  Strait,  and  having  been  made  a  military 
post.     It  ally  elevated,  rising  to  the  height 

of  315  ft.,  ami  is  walled  on  ev<  are  cliffs 

of  limestone.    The  village  is  situated  ai 
small  bay,  contains  about  1,200  inhal 
■ted  for  its  business  in  the  lake-fi- 

St.  Mary's,  or  Sunt  Sainte  Marie,  is  a  gi\*v. 
village,  at  the  rapids  in  the  St.  M  ait, 

around  which  the  ship  canal  has  been  con- 
The  population  iu  1850  was  898,  and  has  since 
greatly  increi' 

Eagle  Harbor  is  the  principal  landing-place 
Keweenaw  Point.     The  village  is  small,  but  thriv- 
ing, and  has  a  fine  location.    Its  harbor  is  a  mile 
with  depth  of  10  ft.  on  the  bar. 


S  T  A  T  [•      0  F     I  N  I)  I  A  N  A  . 


Indiana  has  an  unusually  regular  ou  lino, 
greater  part  of  it  being  a  parallelogram  ;  its  aver- 
age length.  N.  and  S..  is  21  1  m.,  and  its  breadth, 
150;  and  its  entire  area  includes  33,809  square 
miles.  The  whole  surface  of  Indiana,  except  a 
strip  along  its  north  boundary,  has  a  general  slope- 
in  S.  W.  direction.  This  general  slope  has  three 
principal  divisions,  consisting  of  the  Ohio.  White 
River,  and  Wabash  Valleys,  which  have  quite 
different  features.  1.  The  Ohio  Valley  with  that 
of  the  White  Water,  comprising  about  .r>. 
square  miles,  is  a  limestone  region,  of  somewhat 
UDeven  surface,  heavily  timbered,  with  soil  of  great 
depth  and  fertility;  about  two-thirds  of  this 
division  consists  of  choice  farming  land,  and  the 


remainder  is  generally  too  broken  for  profitable 
cultivation.   2.  The  White  River  (East  and  W 
Forks)  Valley  extends  centrally  across  th    S 
from  the  Wabash  River  Valley  to  the  Ohio  bound- 
ary, containing  about  9,000  Bq.  m. :  its  surf 
pt  in  the  west  part,  is  uniformly  level,  d 
of  rock]  and  was  originally  covered   with 
heavy  forests;   it    is   supplied  with  never-failing 
streams  and  much  water-power,  and   ii<  soil  is 
everywhere   fertile,   comprising  the   best  land  in 
the   State.     3.   The  Wabash   Valley   is   a   still 
■  in.   containing   upwards   of    12,0nn 
square  miles:  it  has  a  diversified  and  broken 
face,  but  very  fertile  its  central  portion  id 

we  11  '.  with  good  streams,  but  the  upper  an  1 


154 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA, 


lower  portions  are  less  fortunate  in  this  respect. 
4.  The  northern  part  of  the  State,  drained  by 
Kankakee   River   and   the   St.  Joseph's  and  its 
tributaries,   has   a   general   resemblance   to    the 
Wabash  country,  except  that  its  surface  is  lower 
and  its  soil  is  less   fertile ;  in   some  parts  it  is 
swampy,  and  near  the  lake  quite  sandy  ;  and  its 
extreme  northern  portion  contains  extensive  ranges 
of  sand-hills,  covered  only  with  shriveled  pines  and 
burr-oaks.     Two-thirds  of  the  forests  consist  of 
beech  trees  and  the  varieties  of  oak,  yet  many 
other  kinds — as  sugar-maple,  hickory,  ash,  poplar, 
elm.etc. — are  found  with  them:  the  heaviest  timber 
is  in  the  Ohio  and  White  River  Valleys.     The 
Wabash  River  is  COO  m.  long,  and  for  more  than 
half  that  distance  it  is  navigable  ;  but  the  naviga- 
tion of  this  river  and  of  the  White  (which  joins 
the  Wabash  100  m.  above  its  mouth)  is  rendered 
difficult  by  the  frequent  shallows.      The  principal 
harbor   of   Lake  Michigan   within  this   State's 
limits  is  that  of  Michigan  City. 

The  total  population  of  Indiana  Territory  in 
1800  was  t,875,  and  in  1810, 24,520.  That  of  the 
State  in  1820  was  147,178  ;  in  1830,  343,031;  in 
1840,  685,8G6  ;  in  1850,  988,416.  At  the  last 
census  the  classes  were — whites,  977,154  ;  free 
colored,  11,262.  (Under  the  present  State  Con- 
si  itution,  negroes  and  mulattoes  arc  not  allowed  to 
come  into  or  settle  in  the  State,  etc).  In  respect 
to  nativity,  the  whole  population  was  classified  as 
follows  :  Born  in  the  State,  541,079  ;  in  other 
parts  of  the  Union,  390,313  ;  (total  native  popu- 
lation, 931,392  ;)  in  foreign  countries,  54,420  ;  of 
unknown  origin,  2,598.  The  number  from  other 
States  consisted  of  120,193  from  Ohio  ;  68,05] 
from  Kentucky;  44,245  from  Pennsylvania; 
41,819  from  Virginia;  33,175  from  North  Caro- 
lina;  24,310    from    New  York;    10,177   from 


Maryland,  etc.     The  number  from  foreign  coun 
tries  consisted  of  29,341  from  Germany  ;  12,787 
from  Ireland ;  5,550  from  England  ;  2,279  from 
France  ;  1,878  from  Brit.  Am.  Colonies ;  1,341 
from  Scotland,  etc.    Ratio  of  foreign-born,  5  J-  per 
cent.,  or  about  one-eighteenth  of  total  population. 
Agricultural  pursuits  employed  in  1850  two- 
thirds  of  the  free  male  population  over  15  years 
of  age.     Indian  corn  is  the  great  staple,  and  the 
product  of  Indiana  in  1850  was  52,964,363  bush., 
which  was  not  far  from  double  the  crop  of  1840, 
and  was  nearly  one-eleventh  of  all  raised  in  the 
Union  in  1850.     The  crop  of  wheat  in  1850  was 
6,214,458  bush.,  against  4,049,375  in  1840  ;  that 
of  oats  was  somewhat  less  in  amount  than  wheat. 
Product  of  hay,  403,230  tons;  of  potatoes,  Irish, 
2,083,337  bush. ;  potatoes,  sweet,  201,711 — total, 
2,285,048,   against   1,525,794  in  1840.    In  the 
product  of  maple-sugar  Indiana  exceeds  all  but 
three  States.     The   geological  formation  of  this 
State  has  resulted  in  producing  a  soil  composed 
of  a  great  variety  of  materials,  and  that  is  the 
best   kind  of  soil  which  comprises,  as  that   of 
Indiana  does,  a  due  mixture  of  gravel,  sand,  clay, 
limestone,  etc.     The  grazing  interests  are  exten- 
sive, the  dairy  products  are  comparatively  large, 
and  the  value  of  the  animals  slaughtered  yearly 
forms  an  important  item  in  the  accounts  of  the 
farmers. 

The  manufactories,  etc.,  in  1850,  were  reported 
to  have  a  capital  of  $7,941,602,  to  use  §10,214,336 
raw  material,  to  employ  14,342  persons,  and  to 
produce  §18,922.651  yearly.  Principal  classes 
mentioned  in  the  census:  Breweries  and  distil- 
leries, 59  in  number,  capital  §359,450,  product 
;  woolen  manufactories,  33  in  number,  capi- 
tal §171,515,  product  §205,802  ;  iron  casting  do., 
14  in  number,  capital  §82,900,  product  §149,430  ; 


STATE    OF     I  N  1 1  I  A  N  A 


L55 


pig  iron  do.,  2  in  camber,  capital  $72,000,  pro- 
due  i  ton  do.,  2  in  Dumber,  *-i»j»Itiil 
$43.oui).  product  $44,200;  wrought  iron  do., 
4  in  in;  ipital  si 7,000,  product  $11,760. 
Home-made  manufactures  were  prodaced  in 
to  the  value  of  $1,631,039. 

The  chief  minerals  are  bituminous  coal  and  : 
iron  ore.  The  coal  formation  is  estimated  to 
extend  over  an  area  of  nearly  8,000  sq.  in.,  and 
new  deposits  arc  frequently  discovered.  The 
of  iron  ore  arc  apparently  very  rich  and  exten- 
sive; the  best  occur  along  the  east  margin  of  the 
coal  formation.  Cod  ile  quantities  of  beau- 
tiful marble  have  b  en  found  at ig  the  limes 

At  French  Lick  th  ne  of 

very  fine  grain,  which  is  extensively  manufact 
into   whet-ston  ■:    from   a  coarser    grain  good 
grindstones  arc  formed.   The  clay  slates  and  other 
claj  11  adapted  for  use  in  their  respective 

classes  of  manufactui 

In  respect  to  its  internal  improvements,  Indiana 
has  a  xrey  high  rank,  considering  its  wealth, 
population,  and  the  natural  condition  of  its  sur- 
face. In  1836  the  State  Government  commenced 
the  construction  of  several  canals  and  railroad.-, 
hut  was  unable  to  complete  the  proposed  plan. 
The  Wabash  and  Eric  Canal  was  completed  to 
Evansville  in  1853,  forming  (from  Toledo.  4G0 
miles,  of  which  378  are  in  In  liana)  one  of  the 
Longest  lines  of  canal  in  the  world.  Th 
of  railroads  is  mere  symmetrical  than  in  any  other 
State.  Nearly  ail  the  great  lines  radiate  from  the 
geographical  centre  and  the  political  capital  of 
the  Si  By  this  mean-  they  are  brought  into 

intimate  business  relation-  with  each  other,  an 
arrangement  which  must  promote  to  a  greal 
degree  the  advantages  of*  ach  and  all.  Indianap- 
olis ii  the  point  of  intersection  of  eight  important 


road-,  which  are  carried   in  their  req  iirec- 

tions  to  the  boundary  lines  of  thi   3ta1 

length  of  railroad-  in  I-  16,  30  m. :   in    1  - 
in  1852,  538;  in  L854,  I  id  in  IE 

L,789. 

The  amount  of  produce  exported  from  Indiana 
cann  1.  but  it  undoubt 

correspond-  with  the  other  great 
State 

Population  in  ls."»i|  oftheel  ' 
Indianapolis,  8,091 ;  Xcw  Albany.  8,181  ;  M 
son,    8,012;    Lai  6,129;    Fort    Wa; 

4,282  :  Terre  I  hen--.  4,051;    E 
Manchester,  2. T48 ;  Laurenceburg    5        ;  Jeflfer- 
sonvill  ■.  2.122:  Vincennes,  2,070. 

Indianapolis  has  been  the  capital  of  th   St 
Bince  1825,  and  was  selected  for  that  purpose  in 
L820,  when  it-  site  v.  red  with  forests.     It 

now  presents  an  Unusually  pleasing  and  thriving 
appearance;  its  -'  arc  broad  and  lined  with 

handsome  -tore-,  and,  owing  to  the  number  of 
railroads  (eight)  here  connecting,  it  is  the  centre 
of  an  immense  business.     Th  B  'an 

elegaut  building,  with  column-,  dom  and 

cost  360,000.    Here  are  the  £  '     lumsfor 

the  Insane,  Blind,  and  Deaf  and  Dumb,  which 
have  Large  and  costly  edifio  -  The  Indiana  Cen- 
tral Medical  C(  onded  in  1  -  the 
chief  literary  institution.  The  hotels  and  chun 
are  very  numerous  and  of  handsome  architecture. 
.v  Albany,  on  the  Ohio  River,  1  m.  N.  W. 
of  I.  inisville,  was  laid  oul  in  L813;  it  cat 

at  trade,  does  a  heavy  business  in  bufldi  _ 

and    repairing   steamboats,   ai  ral 

large  iron  foundries  and  other  extensive  manui 
torii 

Madison,  also  on  the  Ohio  River,  in  the  S.  R 
part  of  th     -  an  important  pli    -        us:- 


156 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


H053 ;  it  is  well  connected  by  railroad  with 
the  back  country,  and  is  the  chief  port  of  that 
section. 

Lafayette,  on  the  Wabash  River  and  Canal, 
64  in.  from  Indianapolis,  and  intersected  by  three 
railroads,  is  the  principal  grain  market  in  the 
State,  and  carries  on  a  great  flouring  business  ;  it 
also  contains  some  large  iron  foundries,  paper 
mills,  pork-packing  establishments,  etc. 

Terre  Haute,  near  the  W.  boundary  line  of 


Indiana,  is  finely  situated  on  the  east  bank  of 
Wabash  River,  upon  an  eminence  60  ft.  above  the 
level  of  the  river.  It  is  a  great  centre  of  business, 
especially  in  exporting  the  produce  of  the  vicinity. 
Fort  Wayne  is  the  chief  town  in  the  N.  E. 
part  of  the  State,  and  has  had  a  rapid  growth. 
This  place  is  of  much  celebrity  in  the  history  of 
the  West.  Here  "  Fort  Wayne  "  was  erected  in 
1794,  and  it  continued  to  be  a  military  post 
until  1819. 


STATE     OF     ILLINOIS 


Illinois  has  an  extreme  length,  on  the  meridian 
of  Cairo,  of  378  m.  ;  its  breadth  averages  140  m. ; 
and  its  entire  area  is  computed  at  55,405  sq.  m. 
Its  surface  is  almost  uniformly  level,  or  gently  un- 
dulating, and  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  entire 
State  consists  of  open  prairie-land.  The  general 
term  prairie  is  applied  to  an  extended  area  of  land 
that  is  destitute  of  timber  or  brush.  This  absence 
of  timber  has  resulted  from  the  burning  of  the 
grass  of  the  prairies,  which  formerly  occurred 
every  year  ;  for  it  is  found  in  the  settled  section .-■, 
where  the  annual  burning  has  been  stopped,  that 
timber  springs  up  spontaneously.  The  sward  of 
the  prairie-  is  exceedingly  tough,  composed  of  the 
fibrous  grass-roots  ;  and  in  turning  it  over,  five  or 
six  yoke  of  cattle  are  required  to  draw  the  plough. 
The  surface  and  soil  are  remarkably  free  from 
stone.  The  section  called  Grand  Prairie  extends 
on  the  east  side  of  Kaskaskia  River  N.  N.  E.  to 
the  Indiana  boundary ;  this,  however,  is  properly 
:.  combination  of  prairies,  separated  by  long  and 
•ow  tracts  of  timbered  land.  The  peculiar 
levelness  and  deep  alluvion  of  the  prairie-land  are 
believed  to  have  been  formed  from  sediment  held 


in  a  vast  lake,  once  covering  this  whole  region 
In  the  north-west  part  of  the  State,  the  surface  is 
broken  and  uneven  ;  along  the  Illinois  River  and 
other  streams  are  some  considerable  elevations ; 
along  the  Mississippi  River  are  many  steep  bluffs, 
from  100  to  400  ft.  high  ;  and  in  the  south  part 
of  the  State  is  a  small  section  that  is  somewhat 
hilly.  The  heavy  timber  is  almost  exclusively  on 
the  river-bottoms,  and  the  sycamore  and  cotton- 
wood  there  grow  to  a  wonderful  size.  On  the  up- 
lands are  the  varieties  of  oak,  walnut,  and  other 
forest-trees.  The  soil  of  the  oak  openings  is  light- 
er and  thinner  than  that  of  the  prairies.  The 
Illinois  is  the  principal  river  of  the  interior,  and 
crosses  the  State  centrally  in  southerly  course.  The 
climate  is  marked  by  the  prevalence  of  high  winds, 
and  consequently  of  sudden  changes  in  temperture. 
The  total  population  in  1810  was  12,282  ;  in 
1820,  55,211  ;  in  1830, 157,445  ;  in  1840, 476,183  ; 
and  in  L850,  851,470.  Number  of  free  colored  in 
1850,  5,436.  Including  these,  the  classification  of 
the  total  population,  in  respect  to  nativity,  Mas 
as  follows  :  Born  in  the  State,  343,618  ;  in  other 
parts  of  the  Union,  393,313  ;  (total  native  popula- 


Y^ 


ijsT.ong.Wfeit  from      tiW'jshlngion     ^  &'$',*         J1      ~"~-4.        1.2               ^„r  >n 

»        ■  -   *~^~   -fc-  ~i'  r         /     ,1       <t    -w      .,        71J" ,     rif 'T» 


L»> 


K>> 


^***B 


Parti 


Ml'  Ml 


Ifj'-^         - 


I  S   ■.    .  j   '- 


i£ '; 


1 


u 


J/y* 


;'•'./. 


rule. 


engp 


;h  2 


.*y  .1—   't*...    I  'i«      • 


Iov  -»  C 


*m 


>J£M 


■ 


*£       Coupon 


\Vasli 


I'd+ou 


Ciiitisliii. 

Qeuasl 


■:n.'„  i 


HIM 


lo]H    t:     \     li     M' 


-.i^iil  ,» 


■ 


s 


' 


■:■: 


'II 


I\,'C 


*,-'&^.B'nili 


t  K  » 


5* 


>  '.^^"'J.'t    'U' 


=f 


!■!  S'.'ulM'  s 


iioi/. 


jia;ni:cick 


\\. 


JMunft 


»pp  ! 


%" 


rl'b»i\. 


:  f^AVirt. 


Vu'Lu 


. 1  T...1.    ." 


'  t0rs7. 


£:;»!>, 


"•    Jill,'  '■■■•■ 


Jsilavniina). 

V   M  .1  s  i.  .-, 


^r-iTW,- 


i  v  s  r 


I      »  I  T  ■ 


Slll'lliM 


Palis." 


***£ 


»"&p 


•I  ..  i. 


- 

i 


*!fcAi}    "-   \  M    M 


p 


\ 


ifetic 


1 


JowliugUr.1 


,   S   R   j 


0S. 


~" N7f-i  ... 


w. 


"■ii- 


3!» 


:v,ui* 


.rVnlllf, 


Bli 


riffle 


K&t 


to*/* 


•  r« 


inrirt/ 


DniLT 


Fait  on 


r2/-/;Rsav, 


II 


>\ 


asH 


!;.r;n  ■■>=•,; ;  i»i  VCC>"  • 


TOS43? 


v, 


Cxiiou  j 


(§i  i*b 


fr\  \  ■ i  s  o  I 

lit  o  :../Tr 

j   n. 


v? 


.r'"' 
:• 


,  ..  ii  n 


9     I  ■      ", 


■ 
.'.•lll'lll 

,  1 .-. . 


v  i.    IIIW1 


•    ■ 


4P^ 

Kaw^ribToTT 


;tou 


• 


''-.r,:. 


i& 


EXPLANATIOK 
Itaflltoails    _ 
1'roposcdJlJl. 

I' (I  U.i  Is      — 


C«l)u 


1<;.  V 


:F.ih:-.i.'!  Ic 
►riioii  ..     i  . 


®P« 


',■',,    Mf  I 


'"J 


i\!i> 


IIIWKI  l'i\lll.lMM 


l,7,>TJ».!  V> 


S*« 


v 


(Pa 


County  luwui     a  1U>»- '.  .      ~~*\ 

IJLI.INOIS      Treae^TuAIii;;fy:: 

Uallaie    7„;.j'trt 


■ 


ii<riii>'^'^>     ps 


Scale  of  miles 


■ 
—  i  — r 

»  ! j  n  ii. \ 


ok 


^•»«r%. 


B«»tkp<) 


u 


**n,  b. 


t  I  id    ii    ia    io     :=J« 


y^ 


ifamb:l 


llTij 


Th.'tieS 
B    atop 


'v,\ 


IlftllC 
/Mr 


X 

rf«tir'  " 


^ 


5)'2     Ions.    "Wi-st        fn  irniu  Cripnwiili    ■,,, 


•!"ni 


:-■>. 


■F>k* 


-  T 


S  T  A  T  i:     OF       ILLIMH  S 


157 


11(111,730,931);  in  foreign  countries,  1.10,593;  of 
unknown  nativity,  3,946  total,  851,470.  Ofthose 
from  other  State-  there  were  67,180  from  New 
York;  i;  1.21!)  IV.  .in  Ohio;  49,588  from  Kentucky; 
37,979  from  P<  on  ylvania  ;  32,303  fromTenne 
30,9">.'!  from  [ndiana  ;  24,697  from  Virginia  ;  1 3,851 
fromNorth  Carolina;  11,3  si  I'romYcrmonl  ;  9,230 
from  Massachusetts  ;  l:s2^  from  Missouri  ;  6 
from  Connecticut;  6,898  from  Maryland,  etc.  Of 
the  foreign-born,  38,511  were  born  in  Germany ; 
27,7  land  ;  18,628  in  England  ;  1.0,699  in 

British  America;  4, CGI  in  Scotland;  3,396  in 
France;  2,415  in  Norway;  1,635  in  Switzerland, 
etc.  The  foreign-bom  constituted  13  per  cent, 
of  the  total  population.  In  1855,  according  to 
the  State  (••  osus,  the  total  population  was  then 
1,295,41  7,  showing  that  it  had  doubled  in  L0y 
In  agricultural  capabilities  Illinois  is  not  sur- 
■d  by  any  State.  There  are  but  very  few  dis- 
tricts that  are  not  fertile,  and  these  are  chiefly  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  lead  mine-.  Tin- 
sections  most  celebrated  for  fertility  are  the  bot- 
toms, or  alluvial  borders  of  the  rivers,  the  soil  of 
which  has  been  formed  from  the  deposits  of  the 
streams  during  their  floods.  On  some  of  these  the 
surface-mould  is  more  than  30  ft.  deep,  and  is  in- 
exhaustibly fertile.  The  "  American  Bottom," 
Qg  the  Mississippi,  between  ^he  ELas- 
kaskia  and  Missouri  Rivers,  90  m.,  with  average 
width  of  5  m.,  and  has  been  cultivated  sine-  its 
settlement,  without  apparent  deterioration.  The 
prairie-lands,  however,  are  generally  preferred,  on 
account  of  their  greater  salubrity.  The  crop  of 
corn  reported  in  1850  was  57,646,984  bush.,  or 
nearly  one-tenth  of  all  raised  iu  the  United  States, 
and  was  a  larger  crop  than  thai  of  any  other  State. 
considering  the  population  and  the  Dumber  ofacres- 
under  cultivation.  The  crop  ofwheat  was  9,41  I 


bush.,  or  9J  per  cent,  of  all  raised  in  the  Union. 
The  crop  of  oate  was  10,087,241  bush.;  of] 
potatoes,  2,51  1,861  ;  of  sweel  potatoes,  157, 133; 
and  thai  of  hay  was  601,952  tons.  The  crops  "f 
buckwheat,  barley,  and  rye  appear  to  hi 
quite  small,  but  Bince  L850  these  have  been  much 
increased.  Tobacco  has  been  cultivated  to  some 
extent  :  the  crop  reported  in  18  10  i 

and  in  1650.  841,394  The  prairies  are  highly 
favorable  to  the  raising  of  In  and  the  pro- 

ductions of  the  dairy.     In  Southern   Illinois  the 
winter  has  sometimes  been  so  mild  as  to  render 
unnecessary  the  housing  of  cattle,  though  this  is 
rath'  r  the  exception  than  the  rule.    In  1840  the 
neat  cattle  numbered  626,274  ;   in  1850,  912  I 
Number  of  sheep   in  1840,  395,672;  in  1850 
894,043.     The  clip  of  wool  in  1850  in  this  State 
2,150,1 13  lbs.,  or  4  per  cent,  of  the  total  in 
the  Union.    Number  of  swine  in  1850, 1,915, 907 
The  value  of  all   the   live-stock,   in   1850, 
$2  1,209,258  :  value  of  animals  slaughtered  during 
a  year  preceding  was  $4,972,286.    Butter  pro- 
duced, 12,526,543  lbs. :  cheese,  1,278,225.    Value 
of  orchard  prod n  6,049;  maple-sugar  pro- 

duced. 248,904  lbs.  :  b  leswax  and  honey.  t-C[i 
lbs.    With  each  succeeding  year  increased  atten- 
tion has  been  given  to  the  planting  aud  care  of 
orchard-,  and  this  has  generally  been  rewarded. 
The  manufacturing   inl  f  Qlinois  have 

been  rapidly  developed  and  extended,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  general  progress  of  the  State.  In 
the  large  citi  ially  in  Chicago,  this  fad  is 

at  once  evident.  In  that  city,  and  in  BOme  other 
places,  then/ are  some  establishments  founded  on 
capital;  lmt  for  the  mosl  part  the  manufac- 
tures are  produced  by  individuals,  or  b 
of  limited  means.  The  returns  of  the  census  of 
1850  on  this  subject,  which  are  now  of  importance 


158 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


only  as  mutters  of  history,  stated  the  product  of 
particular  branches  as  follows :  Iron  casting, 
$441,185  ;  pig  iron,  $70,200  ;  tanning,  $244,028 ; 
woolen  manufactures,  8206.572.  In  Chicago, 
during  the  year  1855,  the  total  product  of  manu- 
factures was  reported  at  §11,031,491,  being  an 
increase  of  more  than  one-third  over  the  preceding 
year,  with  corresponding  increase  in  the  amount 
of  capital  and  number  of  persons  employed. 

The  chief  minerals  are  lead,  coal,  and  iron.  The 
lead  district  around  Galena  is  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  in  the  world.  Most  of  this  lies  within 
the  boundaries  of  Wisconsin,  though  the  business 
of  the  district  centres  at  Galena,  and  three-fourths 
of  the  lead  produced  is  shipped  from  that  place. 
The  total  product  of  the  district  during  1855  was 
valued  at  the  mines  at  $1, 732,219,  which  was 
about  8100,000  more  than  the  corresponding  pro- 
duct and  value  in  either  of  the  two  years  pre- 
ceding. A  bituminous  coal-field  extends  across 
the  State  from  Central  Iowa  to  Northern  Ken- 
tucky. It  lies  near  the  surface,  and  in  some  places 
crops  out,  so  that  great  quantities  may  be  readily 
obtained.  In  the  whole  northern  portion  of  the 
S  i  ate  secondary  limestone  forms  the  base  of  the 
rocks.  At  Athens,  in  Dupage  Co.,  there  are  ex- 
ive  quarries  of  fine  white  limestone,  closely 
resembling  marble  ;  and  nearly  every  county  con- 
tains a  variety  of  excellent  building  material. 

Railroads  have  been  constructed  with  most 
wonderful  rapidity  during  the  la3t  six  years.  In 
1850  there  were  only  22  miles  of  railroad  in  oper- 
ation ;  but,  at  the  commencement  of  1856,  there 
were  more  than  2,200.  The  principal  lines  cross- 
ing the  State  have  been  completed,  or  soon  will  be, 
and  these,  with  their  branches,  are  so  numerous, 
that  nearly  every  county  is  traversed  by  one  or 
more  of  them.     Distances  by  railroad  from  Chica- 


go— to  Galena,  171  m. ;  St.  Louis,  268  ;  Cairo, 
365  :  Milwaukee,  85  ;  Detroit,  243.  From  Alton 
to  Terre  Haute,  173  in. ;  Cairo  to  Dubuque,  454. 
All  of  the  great  lines  in  the  north  radiate  from 
Chicago,  and  thus  that  city  has  become,  and  will 
always  remain,  the  emporium  of  the  State.  The 
Illinois  Central  R.  R.  is  the  longest  road  in  the 
Union  belonging  to  one  company,  and  its  construc- 
tion was  mainly  owing  to  the  Act  of  Congress, 
approved  20th  September,  1850,  which  granted 
to  the  State  an  extent  of  land  bordering  the  road 
equal  to  2,595,000  acres.  The  State,  by  Act  of 
10th  Feb.,  1851,  incorporated  the  Illinois  Central 
Railroad  Company,  and  conferred  upon  it  the 
right  of  way,  with  all  the  lands,  etc.,  granted  by 
Congress. 

The  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal  is  100  miles 
long,  extending  from  Chicago  to  Peru,  at  the  head 
of  navigation,  on  Illinois  River.  It  was  com- 
menced in  1836,  and  completed  in  1848,  since 
which  time  it  has  done  a  large  business.  It  is  60 
ft.  wide,  and  6  deep  ;  its  locks,  17  in  number,  are 
110  ft.  long,  and  18  wide ;  and  it  cost  86,600,000. 

The  trade  of  Illinois  with  the  adjoining  States 
cannot  readily  be  ascertained.  During  1854,  the 
grain  of  all  kinds  exported  from  Chicago  amount- 
ed to  12,902,320  bush.;  and  during  1855  to 
16,638,813  bush. ;  which  facts  have  proved  that 
Chicago  is  now  the  largest  primary  grain  port  in 
the  world.  The  number  of  the  arrivals  of  vessels 
at  Chicago  during  1855  was  5,410 ;  and  their 
aggregate  tonnage,  1,608,845.  The  amount  of 
lumber  received  was  326,553,  467  ft.,  against 
252,330,200  ft.  in  1854  ;  and  there  was  a  corres- 
ponding increase  in  other  receipts.  On  June 
30th,  1855,  the  tonnage  of  Illinois  was  53,796 
tons,  of  which  50,972  were  enrolled  at  Chicago, 
2,515  at  Galena,  and  309  at  Alton.     Steam  ton- 


B  T  A  T  E     OF      [LLINOIfi 


159 


uage   of   01  3,208;  of  Galena,  2,515;  of 

Alton.  200— total,  5,923. 

The  increase  of  population  in  <  'hicago  and  other 
cities  and  hu  ras  has  been  even  more  rapid 

than  tin'  genera]  pro  the  State.    In  1840, 

i 'hicago  contained    t,479  inhabitants;  in  1843, 

l  ;    in     1  346,    I  t,169;     in     L850,    28,269  ;    in 

185:!,  60,652  :  in  June,  L854,  65,872;  in  An 
1855,  80,02h.    Quincy  ami    Galena  have  each 
about   L3,000  inhabitants;  Peoria,  Rock  Island, 
Alton,  ami  Springfield,  about  lo,000;  and  several 
other  plai  es  from  3,000  to  5,000. 

Springfield  has  been  the  capital  of  the  State 
since  July  4th,  1839.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  and 
has  been  neatly  built  ;  Borne  of  the  dwellings  are 
very  elegant,  and  -  vera!  of  the  churches  are  supe- 
rior edifices.  The  State  Capitol  stands  in  a  large 
square,  in  the  centre  of  the  town,  ami  is  a  hand- 
some edifice  of  stoue.  The  County  Court  House 
is  a  commodious  granite  building. 

Chicago  is  .situated  on  the  western  shore  of 
Lake  Michigan,  on  both  sides  ofthe  Chicago  River, 
and  on  its  north  and  south  branches.  Its  site  is  a 
very  level  plain,  though  susceptible  of  good  drain- 
age, and  sufficiently  elevated  to  prevent  inunda- 
tion. The  surrounding  country  is  nearly  flat, 
rising  very  gradually  towards  the  west.  The 
river  is  from  1  50  to  225  ft.  wide.  20  to  30  ft.  deep, 
and  extends  wesl  for  half  a  mile,  when  it  branches 
to  the  north  and  south'.  The  southern  branch  ad- 
mits vessels  of  heavy  burden  for  a  distance  of  5 
miles.  The  city  extends  about  GJ  m.  from  north 
to  south,  and  .T  from  east  to  west,  and  consists  of 
three  divisions,  formed  by  the  river  and  branches. 
'1'h  ire  are  live  public  park-,  besides  a  public 
square,  occcupied  by  the  Court  House, and  on  the 
north  side  an  open  lake  beach.  Piers  have  ; 
built  into  the  lake,  and  the  bar  at   the  mouth  of  , 


the  river  ha-  been  reduced,  so  a-  t..  admit  1 
stcan  Th"  number  of  elegant  public  build- 

churches,  etc.,   i-   increasing  yearly.    The 

Central  It.  i:.  Di  pot  U  a  band  "in"  edifice,  built 
of  white    linn -tone.    500   ft,    long   by    1' 
ral  of  th"  hotels  are  very  large  and 
The  condition  of  the  public  scho  i  red- 

itable,  and  forms  one  of  the  mosf  ini  fea- 

of  the  city.     Water   is  supplied  from  the 
lake  by  means  of  steam  water-worl  •  an 

expe;  1360,000.    The  general  appi  arance  of 

the  city  is  constantly  improving;  the  amount  ex- 
pended during  185  1  in  building  and  improvi  t 
(of  dwellings,  stores,  hot.  |  ted  at 

82,438,910,  and  the  corresponding  amount  during 
1855  at  $3,735,254.    The  largest  manufacturing 

blishments  are  the  locomotive  air 
railroad  machine-shops,  and  th-  factories  of  agri- 
cultural implements.  The  slaughtering  and  beef- 
packing  busine  -  is  very  extensive.  The  climate 
is  variable,  subject  to  extremes  of  temperature, 
and  much  affected  by  the  lake. 

Galena,  is  situated  on  IY\  re  River,  about  G  in. 
from  its  entrance  into  the  Mississippi,  [2{  m.  in 
direct  line.)  which  is  navigable  for  large  steam- 
3.  It  is  built  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  though 
mainly  on  the  west  side,  and  upon  ver  ■  luff 

hills.  This  place  early  became  the  focus  of  the 
lead-mining  district  of  the  Upper  Hi  dssippi,  and 
has  so   continued   to  the  '   time. 

still  dug  from  the  steep  hills  which  nearly  i  ovirou 
it.  even  within  the  chartered  limits  of  the   i 
The  mini  '    is   mure  solidly  prosperous 

than  formerly;  more  capital    is  embarked  in 
business,  ami  the  labor  employed  i-  rend<  red  more 

effective.     The    trade    of   Galena   with    the   river 

towns  has  long  been  very  large,  and  more  steam- 
boat   tonnage   is   owned  here   than  at  any  other 


100 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


point  on  the  Mississippi,  excepting  New  Orleans 
and  St.  Louis.  The  traffic  with  the  east  has  been 
wonderfully  increased  since  the  opening  of  the 
railroad  to  Chicago. 

Quincy  is  finely  situated  on  the  Mississippi 
River,  00  m.  west  of  Springfield,  and,  by  the 
river's  course,  172  m.  above  St.  Louis.  Its  site 
is  125  ft.  above  the  river,  commanding  an  exten- 
sive view.  The  vicinity  is  a  rolling  prairie,  of 
great  fertility,  and  is  one  of  the  best-cultivated 
parts  of  the  State.  Manufacturing  and  trading 
interests  are  already  very  extensive  and  constant- 
ly increasing. 

Peoria  is  the  largest  town  on  the  Illinois  River, 
and  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  the  expanse  called 
Peoria  Lake,  which  forms  a  beautiful  feature  in 
the  scenery.  It  is  located  on  an  elevated  slope,  laid 
out  in  rectangular  blocks,  and  well  built.  This  is 
the  place  of  shipment  of  the  products  of  the  sur- 
rounding country. 

Rock  Island  City  is  situated  on  the  Mississippi 
River,  2  m.  above  the  mouth  of  Rock  River,  and 
derives  its  name  from  an  island,  3  m.  long,  of 
which  the  south  extremity  is  opposite  the  city. 
This  island  has  an  average  width  of  half  a  mile, 
and  in  some  parts  presents  a  perpendicular  front 
of  limestone,  20  or  30  ft,  high.  Nearly  all  of  it  be- 
longs to  the  U.  S.  Government ;  at  its  foot  are  the 
ruins  of  old  Fort  Armstrong,  built  in  1816,  aban- 
doned in  1835,  and  burned  in  1855.  Over  this 
island  and  the  channels  of  the  Mississippi  is  the 
great  railroad  viaduct  and  bridge,  5,832  ft.  long, 


'opened  April  22,  1856.  The  rapids  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi commence  some  12  m.  above  the  island, 
and  terminate  at  its  foot.  The  city  promises  to 
become  one  of  the  most  important  on  the  river, 
and  its  manufactures  are  already  in  a  very  flour- 
ishing condition. 

Alton  is  25  m.  above  St.  Louis,  and  5  m.  above 
the  mouth  of  Missouri  River.  It  has  a  favorable 
position  for  trade,  and  its  landing  and  site  are 
among  the  best  on  the  Illinois  side  of  the  Missis- 
sippi. The  State  Penitentiary  was  located  here  in 
1832.  The  surrounding  country  is  rich  in  bitu- 
minous coal,  good  limestone,  and  considerable  tim- 
ber. Upper  Alton  is  a  flourishing  village,  and 
the  seat  of  Shurtleff  College  (Baptist),  founded  in 
1835. 

Ottawa  is  located  on  both  sides  of  the  Illinois 
River,  84  m.  from  Chicago.  It  carries  on  a  large 
business  in  the  exportation  of  grain,  etc.,  and  pos- 
sesses very  superior  advantages  of  water-power  in 
the  Falls  of  Fox  River,  which  have  a  descent  of 
29  ft.  within  a  short  distance.  Rich  beds  of  coal 
are  found  in  the  vicinity. 

La  Salle,  14  m.  W.  of  Ottawa,  is  also  noted  for 
its  trade,  which  is  constantly  extending. 

Jacksonville,  32  m.  W.  of  Springfield,  contains 
the  State's  Institutions  for  the  Insane,  Blind,  and 
Deaf  and  Dumb ;  Illinois  College,  founded  in  1830, 
and  two  flourishing  seminaries. 

Along  the  different  lines  of  railroad  arc  numer- 
ous villages,  which  have  sprung  into  existence 
within  the  last  few  years. 


; 


s 


\ 


4Jk 


■a  C<>„\5  - : 


~  -- 


t 


■ 


to  Q    W    < 

w      h      ps  fi  a  <j 


:     - 


'I 


:i 


1G0 


UNITED    STATES    OF    AMERICA. 


STATE      OF      GEORGIA. 


161 


STATE    OF     K E X  T  UCKY 


Kentucky  extends  between  Tennessee  and  the 
Ohio  River,  with  irregular  breadth,  and  has  an 
area  of  37,680  sq.  m.  The  S.  E.  boundary  is 
formed  by  the  Cumberland  Mts.,  and  several  out- 
lying ridg<  -  traverse  the  S.  E.countii  ;  but  none 
nl  their  elevations  exceed  2,000  ft  More  than 
half  of  all  the  rest  of  the  Slate  is  characterized 
by  a  surface  that  is  generally  undulating  and  in 
parts  hilly.  The  Ohio  Hills  are  a  range  of  hills 
\vn  the  Ohio  Valley  at  a  distance  of 
pome  10  or  20  m.  from  the  river.  West  of  Cum- 
berland River,  the  surface  is  more  level,  though 
in    parts    it   is    i  ly   hilly   or   nod 

B    id  great  rivers  which  border  it,   Ken- 

tucky has  several  large  stream-,  in  parts  navi- 
gable by  Bteamboats,  viz :  Cumberland,  Tennessee, 
Green,  Salt,  Kentucky,  Licking,  and  Big  Sandy, 
all  of  which  flow  in  northwest  direction,  < 
into  the  Ohio.  This  State  was  formerly  noted 
for  the  extent  of  its  heavy  for  .  and  good 
timber  is  still  abundant,  I  .  ive  tracts  of  the 
limestone  formation  are  remarkable  for  thi  ir  d 

caverns  and  sinks.    The  Mammoth  Cave  has  1 

explon  d  at  I  a  -i  1  5  miles,  and  it  has  several  great 
branches;  its  features  vary  in  different  i 
and  it  is  impessible  to  fully  describe  them  in  our 
limited  space.  The  firs i  orgreal  chamber  averages 
about  f>(>  ft.  in  height,  and  80  ft.  in  breadth  (in 
places  i  cpanding  to  L50  ft.)  and  is  3  or  4 
m.  in  length.  There  is  a  deep  river,  in  which 
there   are   many   whit  >   and  fish.     The 

"bottomless  pit"  is  17f>  ft.  deep,  and  is  covered 
by  a  pointed  dime,  40  or  f>0  ft.  high.     The  tem- 
perature of  t]  59     throughout  the  year; 
its  air  is  nitron-  an  1  exhilarating.    In  other  | 
11 


of  Kentucky  there  are  w  ry  many  objects  of  great 
interest,  and  numerous  mineral  and  medicinal 
springs  of  much  celebrity. 

The  population  of  Kentucky  is  greater,  in  pro- 
ion  i"  its  area,  than  that  of  any  other  of  the 
interior  Southern  .    The  total  number  of 

inhabitants  in  1  71)0  was 73,077;  in  181 
in  1810,  406,511  ;   in  1820.  564,317  ;    in  1 

7,917  ;     in    1840,    779,828  ;    and    in     1- 
982,405.     At  the  last  census,  the  class  i  were — 
whites,    7G1.413:   free   colored,   10,011;   slaves, 
21  0,981 .    The  relative  proportion  of  the  whin  •  to 
the  total  population  in  1790  v  2-3  per  cent., 

and  then  de<  .  gradually  to  75;  per  cent  in 

1830,  but  from  that  time  slowly  increased,  and  in 
7  i  r  cent.  The  proportion  of  th" 
colored  has  increased  very  steadily  from 
1790.  The  proportion  of  the  si 
in  1830,  then  amounting  to  2!  per  cent.,  and 
thence  decreased  to  21  j  per  o  nt  in  1850.  The 
whites  and  free   colored  were  1    in 

1850  as  to  nativity  :  Born  in  the  State.  C01 .704  ; 
in  other  States,  139.117:  (total  of  natives  of 
U.  S..  740,881)  ;  in  foreign  countries,  29.1-9  ;  of 
unknown  origin,  1,354 — aggregate,  771.124.  Tho 
number  from   otl  ics   (139.117)    c 

of  54,694  from  Virginia  ;  23,623  from  T 
14,279  from  North  Carolina  ;  from  Ohio; 

7,491  from  Pennsylvania ;  6,470  from  Maryland, 
etc.  The  foreign-born  consisted  of  13,617  fn>m 
Germany;  9,466  from  belaud;  2,805  from  1 
land:  1,116  from  France,  etc.  One-seventh  of 
-  are  mulattoes,  being  a  larger  proper- 
than  in  any  other  slave-holding  State.  Dur- 
ing 1  340  50,  the  increase  of  the  total  population 


162 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


was  more   than  in  either  of  the  census  periods 
.  e  1810-20.  and  this  was  chiefly  owing  to  the 

the  whil 
The  chief  agricultural  produci  is  Indian  corn, 
and  the  crop  reported  in  1850  was  nearly  one- 
tenth  of  all  produced  in  the  United  States.     The 
jhout  all  Kentuck;  dly  very 

tie  and  are  quite  uniform  in  respect  to  their 
■  position,  though  they  vary  in  depth  and  rich- 
;.     After  corn,  there  are  several  products  that 
vi  ry   extensively   cultivated.     The    crop  of 
oats  reported  in  1850  was  8,201,311  bush.,  do.  in 
1810,   7,155,974;  wheat,  in  1850,  2,142,822,  in 
803,152.     More  than  one-fourth  of  the 
U.  S.  crop  of  tobacco   is    rai  led  in  Kentucky, 
irly  as  much  as  in    Virginia;)  in  1850  the 
crop   was  55,501,196  lbs.,    and   the    number  of 
ceo  plantations,  each  raising  3,000  lbs.  and 
upwards,  was  5,987.     More  than  one-half  of  the 
U.   S.   crop  of  hemp  is  raised  in  this  State ;  in 
50,  the  n  of  hemp-planters  was   3,520, 

and  their  products  were  stated  at  16,432  tons  of 
dew-rotted,  and  !  qs  of  water-rotted  hemp. 

Flax  raised  in  1850,  2,100,116  lbs.,  and  flax-seed, 
1  h.     Potatoes  raised — Irish,  1,492,487 

t.  998,179;    total,   2,490,466  bush., 
being  more  than  twice  the  amount  produced  in 
and  value  of  the  live-stock 
are  relatively  large. 

The  ;  of  the  various  classes  of  manufac- 

tures amount  to  a  sum  which  is  proportionally 
very  la:  i  Qsidering  that  the  industry  of  the 
Sta*  rally  employed  in  agriculture.    In 

L850,  the  total  capital  employed  was  stated  at 
'  ;  raw  material  used  at  $12,170,225  ; 
;  nd  tl  ■  annual  produci  at  $24,588,483,  showing  a 
ut.  Product  of  the  chief  branches  : 
tanning,  567  ;  iron  casting,  $744,316  ;  pig 


iron,  $604,037  ;  wrought  iron.  $299,700  ;  (aggre- 
of  these  three  branches  of  iron  manufacture, 
$1,648,053;)  woolen,  $318,819;  cotton  \ '273,439 
salt,  $57,825.  Great  quantities  of  coarse  bagging 
are  made  and  sent  to  the  South  for  packing  cot- 
ton.  The  home-made  manufactures  in  1850  were 
valued  at  $2,459,128,  exceeding  those  of  every 
other  State,  except  Team 

The  mineral  wealth  of  Kentucky  lies  mainly  in 
its  varieties  of  limestone,  its  bituminous  coal,  and 
its  ores  of  iron,  but  there  are  other  deposits  of 
considerable  importance.  The  bituminous  coal- 
fields are  continuous  oi  in  Illinois  and  Ohio, 
and  have  an  area  of  10,000  or  12,000  square  miles. 
The  Breckenridge  cannel  mined  near  the 
Ohio  River,  is  remarkable  for  its  yield  of  coal-oil. 
Below  this  cannel  coal,  at  a  depth  of  about  100 
feet,  is  a  part  of  the  great  bituminous  coal-field, 
which  yields  a  dense  coke,  and  is  of  superior  value 
for  blacksmithing.  Stone-coal  occurs  in  some  of 
the  eastern  counties,  and  in  both  the  E.  and  N.  E. 
sections  the  coal  crops  out  of  the  rives  banks  and 
hill  sides.  Ores  of  iron  are  found  in  many  portions 
of  Kentucky,  but  chiefly  in  its  eastern  division. 
Marble  is  found  on  the  cliffs  of  Kentucky  River, 
and  fine  sandstone  in  the  valley  of  Triplett 
Creek. 

The  railroads,  in  the  summer  of  1856,  had  an 
aggregate  length  of  about  230  miles  in  operation, 
and  fully  an  equal  extent  was  in  progress.  The 
line  first  completed  was  that  from  Lexington  to 
Frankfort,  28  m.,  in  1840  ;  and  this  was  finished 
to  Louisville,  (65  m.  from  Frankfort,)  in  1851, 
making  a  total  of  93  miles.  Both  divisions  of  this 
line  were  commenced  and  partly  constructed  some 
twenty  years  ago,  but  their  projectors  wire  unable 
to  complete  them.  The  Covington  and  Lexington 
R.  R.,  98  m.,  was  opened  N  ;  30th,  1854. 


S  T  A  T  E    O  F    K  E  N  TUCKY. 


163 


Several  other  lengthy  and  important  lines  will 
soon  ied. 

The   trade  of    Kentucky    with   other  States 
>i  the  chi  "ii  the  I 

River     Louisa  il  a,  and  Maysville  ;  but 

opon  ili  ion  of  the  railr  ding  into 

of  it  will  pass  south- 
war.;  bese  lines  of  communicati 

.  rce   with   f 
coun  ■.  bul  tl' 

New 
id  <         i         and  i  I  in 

t  the  prin  ipal 
.  and  its  manufa 
The  torn  ied  in  this  State  is  all  in 

navigati  trict  of  Louisville 

1855  ti  0  tons,  against  20,122  in  1 

tonnage  built  in  r  27 

\ 

ipulation    in    1850   ■'■'  tb !  < ':':  -  and  cl 
towns:  Louisville,  13,194  (in  18£  !.  51,726)  ;  Lox- 
ingt<  l :  t  !ovington,  9,408  ;  Newport,  5.895 ; 

I;    Frankfort,   .1.308;    P 
2,428;   I  mi.  1 .77.1  :   Harrodsburg,  1,481. 

Frankfort,  the  capital  of  the  State  is  situated 
bank  of  Kentucky  River,  GO  in.  from 
its  mouth.     •  impactly  built,  on  an 

plain,  b  the  river  and  a  bluff  which,  at  a 

■  behind  the  town,  rises  to  the  h 
of  150  ft.  '         is  a  handsome  edifice, 

buill  in  the  vicinity.      I ' 

.  Frankf  rl  is  distin- 
guished for  its  principal  i  contains 
lid  monui                   1  by  the  State,  to  the 
uory  of   the    K              as   who   feU   in  the 
national  war                   -  of  Daniel  Boone  and  his 
ad  of  many  eminent  public  men. 


Louisville  is  133  m.  b 

if  tl     I  >hio,  and  i-   b  autifully 

id  I      F 
of  the  city  i 

mainly  to  th  falls,  wl 

arresl  the  natun  q.    p,  ! 

cut 

<i00; 

but  these  dim  are  now  insufficii  ol  for  large 

■1. 
Lexington  is  situated  in  an  y  fertile 

and  delightful  and  was  formerly  the  capi- 

tal of  the  State.    It  contains  the  edifices  of  Tran- 
sylvania  University,  founded   in   IT. 
Lun^  i •;!   academies,  and  many 

land,  the  former  homestead 
a.  from  • 
Covin  imiati, 

are  mainly  si:'  •  s-.-par- 

River,  and  i     b   contains 
numerous  manufa 

Maysvi  <-n  the  Ohio  an 

irtant    trad',   and.    <  iderable 

manufacturin  ;  ;it  is  pi 

as  the  frn 

Paducah,  j  the  moir 

River,  and  340  miles  below  Louisville,        -acts 
most  of  ih"  trade  of  tha    ;      '  d  of  K  nti 
Hendi  r  place. 

Harro  '  I     S.  of  Fi  de- 

brate  1  ;  It  is  said  to  be  the 

having 
i  built  in  1774.     This  is  the  i  donable 

summer  resort  in  tl  :>art 

of  the  Union,  and  ve  ave 

been  expended  in  i.  etc.,  al 

the   Spri  \  located  h 

founded  in  1^36. 


104 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


STATE    OF    TENNESSEE 


Tennessee  has  a  mean  breadth,  N.  and  S.,  of  about 
112  miles,  while  its  length  varies  from  300  to  410 
miles.  Its  area  is  computed  at  45.600  square 
miles.  There  are  three  natural  divisions  of  the 
State,  viz  :  East,  Middle,  and  West,  which  arc 
formed  by  the  Cumberland  Mts.  and  Tennessee 
River.  East  Tennessee  has  a  somewhat  mount- 
ainous surface,  being  traversed  by  several  parallel 
ridges  of  the  Appalachian  Chain,  of  which  the 
Cumberland  Mts.,  in  its  west  part,  are  the  chief; 
these  are  continuous,  about  50  m.  broad,  and  fre- 
quently 2,000  feet  high.  The  surface  of  Middle 
Tennessee  in  its  east  part,  near  the  Cumberland 
Mts.,  is  diversified  and  hilly ;  but  towards  the 
west  this  aspect  is  gradually  changed,  until  it 
becomes  an  undulating  surface,  which  slopes  in 
N.  W.  direction  towards  the  confluence  of  the 
Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers.  In  West  Tennessee, 
between  the  Tennessee  and  Mississippi  Rivers,  the 
surface  is  generally  level,  or  slopes  gradually 
towards  the  latter  river,  and  is  somewhat  marked 
by  the  valleys  of  its  tributaries.  The  length  of 
the  Mississippi's  channel  along  the  west  border  is 
about  1G0  m.,  in  which  are  several  tine  sites  for 
commercial  towns.  Tennessee  River  is  navigable 
for  steamboats  throughout  its  course  of  200  miles 
across  the  State.  Cumberland  River  flows  within 
the  State  for  some  250  m.,  and  is  also  navigable 
for  light  steamboats.  Excepting  the  sources  of 
the  Tennessee,  the  affluents  of  these  two  rivers  are 
small,  though  numerous,  and  frequently  afford 
water-power.  The  climate  is  marked  by  freedom 
from  those  great  extremes,  at  opposite  seasons  of 
the  year,  which  are  common  in  most  northern  and 
central  States. 


The  total  population  in  1790  was  35,791 ;  in 
1800,  105,602;  in  1810,  261,727;  in  1820, 
422,813;  in  1830,  681,904;  in  1840,  829,210; 
and  in  1850,  1,002,717.  At  the  last  census  the 
classes  were — whites,  756,836  ;  free  colored,  6,422  ; 
slaves,  239,459.  In  1790,  the  relative  proportion 
of  the  whites  to  the  total  population  was  89  2-9 
per  cent.  ;  since  that  time  it  has  gradually  de- 
creased, and  in  1850  it  was  about  75  £  per  cent. 
Though  the  actual  number  of  the  free  colored 
increased  greatly  from  1820  to  1850,  its  relative 
proportion  was  the  same  at  each  period.  The 
proportion  of  the  slaves  in  1790  was  about  10J- 
per  cent. ;  it  steadily  increased  from  that  time  to 
1850;  and  in  the  latter  year  was  24|  per  cent. 
The  increase  of  each  class  from  1840  to  1850  was 
about  the  same  as  from  1830  to  1840 ;  that  of  the 
total  population  during  1830-40  was  21  3-5  per 
cent.,  and  during  1840-50,  about  21  per  cent. 
The  whites  in  1850  were  thus  classified  as  to 
nativity  :  Born  in  the  State,  580,695  ;  in  other 
parts  of  the  Union,  168,966;  in  foreign  countries, 
5,638;  of  unknown  origin,  1.537.  Three-fourths 
of  the  free  colored  were  born  in  the  State.  Of  the 
combined  number  of  whites  and  free  colored  from 
other  States,  there  were  72,027  from  North  Caro- 
lina;  46,631  from  Virginia  ;  15,197  from  South 
Carolina  ;  and  12,609  from  Kentucky  ;  or  about 
86  per  cent,  (of  those  from  other  States)  from 
these  four  States.  Of  the  foreign-born,  there  were 
2,640  from  Ireland ;  1,210  from  Germany  ;  706 
from  England,  etc. 

The  chief  agricultural  staple  is  corn  ;  the  crop 
reported  in  1840  was  44.986.188  bush.,  and  that 
reported  in  1850  was  52,276,223,  or  nearly  one- 


S  T  A  T  E      0  F    T  I •;  N  N  E  8  8  E  E 


1C5 


tleventh  of  all  produced  in  the  Union.  Cotton  is 
chiefly  raised  in  the  wesi  and  southern  sections ; 
in  1850  there  n  '■•  cotton  plantations,  each 

raising  5  bales  and  npwards,  and  the  crop  then 
reported  was  L 94,532  bales  of  loo  lbs.,  ginned,  or 
about  8  per  cent,  of  the  total  U.  8.  product;  the 
crop  in  1840  was  27,701,227  lbs.,  gathered.  The 
potato  crop  of  1850  was  2,777,116  bush,  of  sweet, 
and  1.067,844  of  [risb  -total.  3,845,560;  total 
in  1840,  1,904,370.  The  wheat  crop  reported  in 
1850  was  1,619,386,  showing  a  remarkable  de- 
crease since  18-40,  when  it  was  4,569,692.  The 
oat  crop  of]  850  was  7,703,086  bush.,  being  about 
One-tenth  more  than  the  same  in  18-to.  Tobacco  ; 
a  generally  cultivated,  ami  in  1850  the  product 
was  one-tenth  of  the  total  United  States  product, 
or  20,1  18,932  lbs.;  yel  this  was  much  less  than 
that  of  1 8 10.  which  was  29,550,4.12.  Number  of 
cotton  plantations,  each  raising  3,000  lbs.  and 
over,  2.215.  The  raisins  of  live-stock  receives 
considerable  attention,  though  less  than  formerly, 
and  great  herds  of  them  are  exported  to  the 
Atlantic  States. 

The  animal  product  of  the  manufactories  in 
operation  in  1850  was  stated  at  $9, *728 ,438,  of 
which  one  sixth  si  is  produced  by  three  branches 
of  (he  iron  business,  viz:  pig  iron.  S67G,100; 
wrought  iron,  $670,618 ;  iron  casting,  $264,325 
— oi  aggregate,  $1,611,043.  Product  of  tanner- 
ies, $746,484  ;  of  cottonworks,  $510,624.  East 
Ten;  ed  of  great  abundance  of  wa- 

ter-power, of  coal,  iron,  etc,  and  has  good  facilities 
for  obtaining  cotton,  wool,  and  hemp.  The  home- 
made manufactures  in  1850  much  exceeded  those 
of  any  other  State,  and  amounted  in  value  lo 
$3,137,790. 

The  mineral  resources  of  Tennessee  are  of  great 
value.     The  principal  deposits  arc  in  the  counties 


ining  the  Cumberland  Mountain-.    Iron  ores 
of  rich  quality  are  found  in  abundance,  and  ex- 
ively  produced  in  the  vicinity  of  Cumberland 
River,  and  in  othi  r  Mictions.     Copper  is  fonnd  in 
rich  beds  in  the  8.  E.  corner  of  the  State,  in  ]\,]k 
and  Monroe  Cos.,  and  a  large  amount   of  capital 
has  been   raised  for  working  them.     The  main 
coal-field,  according  to  Taylor,  cover-  over  -1.300 
sq.  m.     Marbles,  limestone,  slate,  and  other  build- 
ing materials  are  abundant.     There   are  several 
valuable  mineral  Bprings  ;  and  among  the  Cum- 
berland Mountains  are  deep  caves  of  great  length. 
Two  railroads  of  great  importance  were  opened 
in  part  in  1852,  with  combined  length  of  134  m. 
The  first  was  soon  opened  throughout,  from  Nash- 
ville   to    Chattanooira,    151    m.     The   second    is 
nearly  completed,  viz  :  from  Dalton,  6a.,  to  Knox- 
ville,  110  m.     Several  other  lines  have  been  open- 
ed in  part,  and  are  in  progress  ;  and  the  aggregate 
length  of  the  roads  open  in  the  summer  of  1856 
was  about  -100  m.,  while  a  still  greater  length  was 
in  construction.     The  State  aids  the  progress  of 
some  of  the  lines  by  endorsing  the  bonds  of  their 
companies;  and  the  amount  of  such  endorsement, 
up  to  Oct.  1st.  1855,  was  $4,717,000. 

The  valuation  of  taxable  property  in  1852  was 

36,620,119  :  and  in  1855,  $219,011,04  , 

Population  of  the  chief  towns  in  1850:  N 

ville,  10,165;  Memphis,  8,841;  Columbia.  2,977; 

Knoxville,  2,076  ;  Murfreesborough,  1,917  ;  Shel- 

byville,  1,615;  Lebanon,  1,554;  Pulaski,  1,137; 

Jackson,  1,000  ;  Brownsville,  971 ;   Franklin,  891, 

and  no  others  with  a<  many  as  800  inhabitants. 

Nashville,  the  capital  of  the  Si  I         situated 

on   Cumberland    River,   aboul  200  m.  from  its 

mouth,  upon  an  el  svated  limestone  bluff,  and  thus 

snts  a  '•  immanding  appearance  as  seen  from 

every  direction.    The  manufacturing  business  and 


U  N  1  T  E  1)     6  T  A  T  E  S     OF     AMERICA. 


trade  arc  quite  active,  and  have  been  built 
up  by  th  ■  enterprise  of  the  citizens.    The  new 
.  s  of  the  most  extensive  structures  of 
of  the  kind  in  the  Union  ;  it  is  built  of  tine  lime- 
stone, was  commenced  in  1845,  and  its  estim  i 
cost  is  $1,000,000.     The  buildings  of  the  Univer- 
and  several  public  edifices  are  of  excellent 
construction.    The  State  Hospital  for  the  Insane, 
6  m.  from  the  city,  is  a  splendid  structure  in  the 
yle.     Since  1850,  the  population  of 
N.,  and  of  its  suburbs,  has  greatly  increased.     In 
the    vicinity   (13  miles   to    the    N.   E.)   is  the 
Hermitage,   or   homestead  of  Andrew  Jackson, 
:-e  that   illustrious    General    and   President 
of  the  United  States  died  on  8th  June,  1 
79. 
Memphis  has  one  of  the  best  on  tl     Mis- 

ing  built  upon  a  bluff,  30  ft.  above 
highest  [loud-.     The  landing  is  convenient, 
and  is  formed  on  abed  of  sa  i ■!  tone  jutting  ' 
stream.    One  of  the  chief  features  of  the 
■-Yard.  by    the    Uni 

I  to  the  city  in  1854 
•  'olumbia,   on   Dui '  r,  has  co  isiderable 


trade  is  noted  i\>v  its  excellent  Academies,  and  is 
the  seat  of  Jackson  College,  founded  in  1833. 

Kuoxville,  on  the  Holston  River,  was  laid  out 
in  1794,  and  from  that  year  until  1817  was  the 
(  apital  of  the  State.  It  contains  the  University 
of  East  Tennessee,  founded  in  1807,  and  the  State 
Asylum  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb. 

Chattanooga.,  was  laid  out  in  1839,  but  was 
only  a  small  settlement  until  1850,  when  the 
Western  and  Atlantic  R.  R.  was  completed.  It 
is  now  one  of  the  most  flourishing  and  importanl 
towns  in  the  State. 

Murfreesborough,  situated  30  m.  :4.  E.  of  Nash- 
ville, is  well  built,  and  surrounded  by  a  very  pro- 
ductive country.     It  was  the  capital  of  Tenne 
from  1817  to  1827.     It  contains  the  Union  Uni- 
versity (Baptist),  founded  in  1841. 

Lebanon,  30  m.  E.  of  Nashville,  is  the  seat  of 
Cumberland  University  (Presbyterian),  founded  in 
]  844, to  which  a  nourishing  law-schoi  4  is  attached. 
Considerable  business  is  done  in  manufacturing. 

Jackson  and  Brownsville  are  centres  of  trade 
for  their  sections,  and  Pulaski  and  Franklin  are 
ofmor    q       for  their  manufactures. 


STATE     OF     WISCONSIN. 


Wi  an  area  of  5.'!, 92  1  square  miles.  Its 

surface   consists  of  rolling  or  g  ritly  undulating 
I  land,  and  th  ter  part  of 

it   )•  wards  th 

Rivi  elevation   of  the   surface   is   i 

uniform.     T  ction  is  comprised  in  the 

■  of  hills  we  -1  of  the  Wisconsin  River,  v  I 

'  :n.     Tli"  south- 
is  of  one  continu- 


ous table-land,  marked  by  ravines  along  the 
streams,  which  are  depressed  but  little  below  the 
surround!  ;  its   principal  features  are, 

tlv  prairies,  the  oat  openings,  the  timbered  bor- 
of   the  streams,  and   small  lakes,  and    the 
lows.     Pi  Fox 

and  Wisconsin  Rivers,  and  Green  Bay — the  tim- 
ber incr  ■ '  ses,  the  soil  gradually  changes  from  the 
tiould  of  th    pi   irie  to  a  sandy  loam 


-  I  A  T E     OF      WIS CO  N  S  1  N 


161 


and  the  :;uri'  tewhat  depn  BS  id  and 

uneven,  <liv  with  timb  .-.  rolling  prairie, 

,     -th'er 
north  an  I  »f  '    in- 

affording 
tl     m 
lumt  I"  the  Bouth- 

.  iral  district,  ilie  country 
mewhai  I 

the  mound  ." 

into  Lake 
Michigan  fn  into  the  .Mi  sissippi 

i,  ike  than  to  the  ri 

W'i  11  of 

the  i  to  tin' 

..  h 
tribu  ]         i  may 

;--.  at  times  of  high-w: 
fi.r  within  \]  .     ri  he  Bad 

iix  are  I 

i  i  i  ii- 
ket,  and  . 
. 

.Lake  Winne- 
1 1-  about  l!^  ni.  long  and  10 

i  • 
eralb 

in  pulation    of  Wis 

5  ;  in    I  J36,    I  1,686  ;    and   in    L838,    L8 

if  land  was  extin- 
ued  in  183"         1  from  that  timi 

i     i         nd   in  a  remarkable  mai 
In  1  pulation  was  reported  at  30,9  l."> ; 

in  1842,  16,67£  ;  in  1  irns), 

i,277 ;  in  105,391  ;  an  i  in 

.  L09.    Numb  r  of  free  colon  d  in   1 
in  1855,  78s.     The  proportion  of  the 


in  L85< 

inali-  to  I';  i'  m  '  fthe  poj 

tion  in  1  to  nativity  :  Born  in  the 

State,  63,015  :  in  other    - 
eign  countries,  L06, 

upo  ifromK 

10,157  from  Vernionl  ;  9  "'71  fn 

:>  from 
t,l  35    fi        I  icut,  etc.     ] 

comprised  35 

Their  number  (!' 
from   Germany;    21,043   fro 
from  .  !    from  N 

British  .'. 

two-thirds  of  all 
gians  in  the  Union  in  ,  re  in  this 

Agricultural   p 

In-  popul  ttion. 
natural  condition  of  the  country, 
part  of  the  State,  is  hi 
1  farming.    The  prai 

surrounded  and  intersected  by  timber,  tl 
adapted  to  immediate  and  pi 

'Fir.-  -oil   of  tl 

aid,  dark-brown 

: 

.mi.     T' 
-wheal  ;. 

: 

an]  I.  have  i 


108 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


killed  the  growth.  Other  products  reported  in 
1S50  were — Irish  potatoes,  1,402,956  bushels; 
peas  and  beans,  20,657  bush. ;  hay,  275,662  tons; 
flax,  68,393  lbs.;  maple-sugar,  610,976  lbs.; 
beeswax  and  honey,  131,005  lbs.;  hops,  15,930 
lbs.  In  1850  the  value  of  the  live-stock  was 
$  1,897,385  :  and  the  value  of  the  animals  slaugh- 
tered during  the  year  previous  was  8920,178. 

The  manufactures  arc  of  limited  extent,  owing 
to  the  youth  of  the  State  and  the  thinness  of  the 
population.  In  this  respect,  however,  Milwaukee 
and  other  cities  are  rapidly  increasing.  The 
census  of  1850  reported  the  product  of  manufac- 
tures in  Milwaukee  County  at  31,871,661.  The 
Board  of  Trade  in  Milwaukee  has  reported  that 
the  product  of  manufactures  in  the  city  during 
1854  was  84,633,712,  and  during  1855  was 
§5,500,412. 

Northern  Wisconsin  is  covered  with  immense 
forests  of  pine,  and  its  lumber  business  has  become 
very  extensive.  The  following  is  an  estimate  of 
the  amount  of  pine  lumber  sawed  in  Wisconsin 
during  1854,  specifying  the  different  sections: — 
St.  Croix  River,  25,000,000  feet;  Chippewa, 
40,000,000  ;  Black,  or  Sappah,  18,000,000  ;  Wis- 
consin,  95,000,000;  Wolf,  30,000,000;  Green 
Bay.  35.(10(1,000;  Manitowoc,  22,000,000;  total, 
265,000,000.  Owing  to  the  great  demand  for 
lumber  upon  the  prairies,  to  the  south  and  south- 
west, the  lumbering  business  of  Wisconsin  is  said 
t  i  be  increasing  more  rapidly  than  any  other 
business  in  (he  State. 

Most  of  the  "  Lead  district  of  the  Upper  Mis- 
si  ippi"  iscompris"'!  in  the  south-western  part  of 
this  State,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  lead  pro- 
duced is  shipped  from  Galena,  Illinois.  The  ore 
is  found  throughout  Grant,  Fafayette,  and  Iowa 
and  to  some  extent  in  the  adjoining  coun- 


ties. Iron  ore  of  great  purity  is  abundant  at 
the  Iron  Ridge  in  Dodge  and  Washington  Cos., 
and  extensive  arrangements  have  been  made  in 
that  vicinity  for  the  manufacture  of  railroad  iron 
and  other  articles  Copper — the  yellow  sulphuret 
or  iron  pyrites — occurs  in  vast  quantities  at 
Mineral  Point,  where  upwards  of  1,500,000  lbs. 
were  obtained  before  the  year  1840.  West  of 
the  Menomonee  River  there  is  an  immense  bed  of 
iron,  continuous  from  Upper  Michigan.  The 
same  region  is  said  to  contain  excellent  marble. 

The  railroads  in  Wisconsin  in  January,  1856, 
had  an  atrsrregate  length  of  432  miles  constructed, 
and  263  miles  in  process  of  construction.  The 
Milwaukee  and  Mississippi  R.  R.  was  opened  to 
Madison,  98  m.,  in  May,  1854,  and  is  under  con- 
tract to  be  finished  to  Prairie  du  Chien  by  Nov. 
1,  1856.  The  Milwaukee  and  La  Crosse  R.  R. 
was  opened  to  Beaver  Dam,  61  m.,  in  Sept.,  1855. 
The  Milwaukee  and  Watertowu  R.  R.  is  45  miles 
long  ;  the  Chicago  and  Milwaukee,  85  miles. 

The  Fox  and  AYisconsin  Rivers  Improvement 
was  commenced  in  1852  by  a  company  chartered 
by  the  State,  to  which  was  transferred  the  public 
land,  305,040  acres,  granted  by  Congress  for  the 
purpose  of  this  improvement.  In  the  fall  of  1855 
the  canals  and  locks  on  the  Lower  Fox  River 
were  completed,  and  on  the  28th  of  November 
steamboats  passed  from  Green  Bay  to  Lake  Win- 
nebago. On  the  completion  of  the  improvements 
and  canal  between  the  Upper  Fox  and  Wisconsin 
Rivers,  steamboats  can  pass  from  the  lakes  to  the 
Mississippi  River. 

The  following  estimate  of  the  value  of  tin  ex- 
ports of  the  principal  places  during  1854  was 
made  up  from  reliable  authorities  :  Value  of  ship- 
ments from  Milwaukce,85,785,000 ;  from  Kenosha, 
81,710,237;    Racine,    81,381,691;     Sheboygan, 


ST  A  T  E    O  F     W  I  8  0  o  N  B  I  \. 


1C9 


$663,168;  Green  Bay,  8374,435;  Ozaukee, 
$16  1,000    aggregate,  L0,074,531. 

On  June  30th,  l -■">:>,  the  tonnage  belonging  to 
the  District  of  Milwaukee  was  15,624  tons,  of 
which  288  tons  were  in  steam  navigation.  During 
til-  yc  ii-  then  en  ling,  1 .  L52  tons  were  built,  against 
2,!)  16  in  the  year  previous. 

Population  of  chii  I'  cities  ami  townships  in 
June,  L 855,  according  to  State  ccusus :  Milwau- 
kee, 30,448;  Madison,  8,658;  Racine,  8,044; 
Janesville,  7,788;  Beloit,  4,247;  Fond  du  Lac, 
4,230;  Oshkosh,  4,118;  Kenosha,  :J,S97  ;  She- 
boygan, :!.i;:]0. 

Madison,  capital  of  the  State,  is  noted  for  tin' 
beauty  of  its  situation.  It  stands  on  an  isthmus, 
ab  >u1  thr  ^fourths  of  a  mile  wide,  between  Lakes 
M  ndola  and  Menona.  Each  of  these  lak 
about  G  ra.  long,  and  navigable  for  small  steam- 
ooats.  The  public  buildings  and  some  of  the  houses 
arc  i  I  of  a  ;>  ratiful  cream-colored  stone, 

obtained  in  the  vicinity.  The  State  House  stands 
in  the  centre  of  a  handsome  square  of  fourteen 
acres,  up  in  the  summit  of  the  principal  elevation 
in  the  town.     The  Univi  I  tnds  on  the  sum- 

mit of  a  hill  or  mound,  of  about  equal  height,  and 
one  mile  west  from  the  State  House.  The  State 
Lunatic  Asylum  has  recently  been  organized. 
This  plac  ■  was  I  as  the  scat  of  government 

in  1836,  and  it  then  contained  no  building,  excepl 
one  !" :  cabin. 

Milwaukee  i;  situated  near  the  mouth  of  Mil- 
waukee River,  which  empties  into  Milwaukee 
Bay  of  Lake  M  ichigan.  Along  either  side  of  the 
river  the  surface  is  low  and  level,  but  at  a  short 
distance  it  rises  to  the  Hull's,  which  surround  the 
city  and  form  a  sort  of  amphitheatre.  Tin'  low 
part  is  altogether  occupied  by  stores,  offices, 
hotels,  and  other   places   of  business,  while  the 


higher  parts  are   occupied    by    :•  The 

buildings  arc  mostly  constructed  of  brick  made  in 
the  vicinity,  which  is  ofa  lighl 
quantities  of  th  ■■■  bricks  are  exported  to  other 
places,  and  the  busini  38  of  brick-making  is  one  of 
the  mo  t  imp  u tanl  branch  of  industry  in  the  city. 
Many  of  the  churches  are  handsome  buildings,  of 
which  the  Catholic  G    :   dral  is  the  mosl   plendid. 

V.  .  and  ha-   had  a 

steady  growth.     It  is  finely  situated  on  both 
of  Rock  River,  at  the  foot  of  Johnson's  Rapids, 
which,  by  means  of  a  dam,  afford  the  best  and  i 
extensive  water-power  in  that  part  of  t!.    - 

Racine  now  ra  ond  city  in  the 

State.  It  has  a  b  sautiful  and  healthy  location  at 
the  mouth  of  Root  Rivt  r,  23  m.  S.  of  Milwaukee, 
upon  a  plain  elevated  about  40  ft.  above  the  !.. 
It  is  well  situated  for  trade,  having  a  good  harbor, 
and  surrounded  by  a  very  fertile  district,  through 
which  plank-road  lescat  of  Racine 

College  (Episcopal),  founded  in  1852. 

Janesville.  70  m.  by  railroad  from  Milwam 
is  built  on  both  sides  of  Rock  River.    Dams  have 
li     ii  constructed   across  the  river,   and  valuable 
water-power  has  thus  been  obtained.     The  State 
Institution  for  the  Blind  i-  here  locate  I. 

Beloit  is  14  m.  S.  of  Janesville,  adjoining  the 
Illinois  boundary.    It  has  a  very  picturesque 
and  is  the  seat  of  Beloit  ('"liege. 

Fond   du   Lac  is  situated  at  the  BOUthern  ex- 
tremity of   Lake  Winnebago,  has  an  extei. 
trade,  and  pr  to  be  the  best  business  point 

in  thai  pari  <^'  Wisconsin. 

Oshkosh,  on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Winneb 
at  the  mouth  of  Fox  River,  is  the  largi  -'  place 
north  of  Pi  nd  du    I  am  saw-milN  are  lo- 

cated here  and  along  the  Lake  Shore,  which  manu- 
acture  lumber  from  logs  float  Wolf. 


1.0 


U  N  I  T  ED     S  T  A  TES     O  P     A  M  ERIC  A 


S  TATE    OF     10  \Y  A 


Iowa  exteni  the  Missouri  ami  Big  Sioux 

Rivers  on  tb  ,  eastward,  be!        i  the  paral- 

lels of  40    30'and43    30'N.latitud  Mis- 

-  ippi  River  ;  and  it  also  includes  the  small  I 
between  the  Mississippi  and  Des  Moines  Rivers, 
south  of  40    30'.     The  entire  area  is  computed  at 
50,914  sq.  m.     About  three-fourths  of  the  whole 
area  has  a  general  slope  in  south-eastern  dire 
and  d  by  large  streams,  which  mail 

a  remarkable  parallelism  in  their  courses  to  the 
Mi  -'  r.   About  one-fourth  of  the  ai 

d.-ui  ibutaries  of  the  Missouri  River,  ^ 

are  separated   from   the   tributaries  of  the  Des 
ines  by   a  ridge  of  only  moderate  elevation. 
>st  of  the  surface  of  Iowa  is  high  and  rolling 
prairie-land,  and  is  divided  into  sections  In 
tracts  of  timber.   The  natural  timber  offull  growth 
is   mainly  along  the  streams.      On  many  of  the 
prairies,  where  the  fires  arc  not  now  allowed,  a 
'irous  young  growth  has  sprung  up,  and  in 
som  i  >nsid  rable  has  been  dpne  in  culti- 

vating timber.  The  valleys  of  the  Des  Moines, 
Iowa,  and  Red  Cedar  Rivers  are  generally  level, 
with  some  gentle  swells  and  moderate  undulations. 
;  lands  along  the  Missouri  River  are 
frequently  eighl  miles  wide,  very  levi  '  i  '  ntly 
elevated  to  escape  inundation  in   th  as  of 

flo  ids,  and  durin  rdant. 

The  climate  is  highly  salubri  -  rally 

exempt  from  ■  ad  !  a  chan  ire. 

The  population  ■   I 

1836  was  lo.:.:,  1  ;  in  1838 it  v.  i;  in]    Hi. 

43,1  L2;  and  in  1844,  81,921.     [a  L850  the  p  ipu- 
lationof  the  State  was  192,214;  in  1852  it 
230,000;   and    in   1  554,  326,01  1.      Numbi  r  of 


voters   in    1S52,   43,01!);  and    in    1854,  ... 
Number  of  aliens  in   1852,  7,211  ;  and  in  1854, 
10,378.  Number  of  militia  in  1 854, 50,284.  Num- 
ber of  free  colored  in  1850,333;  and  in  li 
480.     In  1854,   the  number  of  whit     i 
of  170302   males,  and   154,900    fcmaL 
325,202.     In  1850,  the  classification  a 
was  :  Born  in  the  State.  50,380  ;  in  otl 
120,240;i  ign  countries,  21,232  ;  of  unkn 

nativity,  362— total,  152,214.     The  n  i  ul 

consisted  of  30,713  from  01 
19,023  from  Indiana;  14,744  from  Pennsylvau 
8,944  from  Kentucky ;  8,134  from  New  To 
7,861  from  Virginia ;  7,247  from  Illinois ;  4 
from  Tennessee  ;  3,807  from  Missouri,  etc.  1 
foreign-born  consisted  of  7,253  Germans; 
Irish  ;  3,785  English ;  1,756  British- Ami 

Iowa  is  indebted  to  its  agricultural  rcsourc 
nearly  all  of  its  pn         ity.     The  soil  is  na1 
very  fertile,  and  may  be  readily  brought 
profitable  cultivation.     According  to  Owen's  geo- 
;<    I  rep     1 .  the  prairie  country,  based  on  rocks 
belonging  to  the  Devonian   and    Carboniferous 
in,  extending  up  the  valleys  of  the  Red  Cedar, 
Iowa,  and  Des  Moiii'     a    high  as  latitude  42°  31', 
presents  a  bsdy  of  arable  land,  which,  taken  as  a 
whole,  for  richness    and   organic   elements,   for 
amount  of  saline  matter,  and  due  admixture  of 
earthly  silicates,  affords  a  combination   that 
longs  only  to  the  most  fertile  upland  plains.     On 
some  of  the  higher  grounds  of  the  carboi 
region  the  soil  is  occasionally  gravelly,  and  0C 

!ly  siliceous.      The  grain  crops  reported  in 
L850     wer<    -corn,     8,656,799    bush.;     wheat, 

'-.  ;    bur!  "2,316; 


Li- I 


- 


O 


a 


WISCONSIN 


EXPLANATION 

is .- 

i       n/n.~— — —   j 

. u  j-Touns            ^  ... 
V  . 

75 


"I/- 


_XpjJK: We  it     :» 'I  I       -nwir-h     91 


i  I 


'Or,.        y/"S  W.       ' ff,,i  V       \    *' I--  K'  ..  .'  1'.  _ 


-. 


STATE     OF     I  o  \V  A 


171 


barley,  ;    rye,   L9,916.     From  the  E 

lation  returns  of  1854,  i'    appears   that  the 
quantity  of  land  taxed,  and  the  number  of 

w     al  lea  it  twice  the  c 
amouul    in    [850,   and   it    is   prol 
agricultural  products  have  similar]]  I. 

The  manufactures  are  very  limited.    The 
returns  of  It.  5  I  report*  d  tl 
the    capital    employed    in    manufacturing    was 
81,639,411,  againsl   ■  in  the  | 

largi  t  ai  in  Des  Mi 

County  I ;  Van  Buren  I 

County,  34,891. 
Prom  tl:     same  returns   it   app  I    t  the 

!   in   m  in  1854  was 

1,231,704    in    1853,)  of 
which,  in  1  n  ;  in  Des  W 

County,!  97. 

The  mosl  important  mineral  of  Iowa  is  coal. 
The  great  [owa  or  D 
an  area  of  al 
oftheSl  central  and  southern 

!       '         :  '■'-.•  a  half-ellipse 

width  E.  and  W.  is  i       it  200  m..  and  X.  and  -. 
140  in.  :  estimated  to  be,  on 

the  avera  .■"<■.  I  ;':'>  Ft.  di  ep  ;  and  i1  :  cen- 

trally and  diagonally  by  the  Des  Moines  River. 
Th  ■  lead  di  nding  Dubuque   is   con- 

tinuous fri  :n  thai  on  th  •  opp 
... 

h  of  the  entire  1 

;  .:  on  tl     other  sid 

th  !  v\\   I-,  and  vary  considerably  in  depth  and  i 
bipmenl  of  lea  1  !'        D  buque  du 
1854  v 

0.     Lii  i  pur- 

found  in  various  ]>!.:        i       dally  in 
bed  of  th?  D       '  The  beds  of  gy 


Fell  County  and  th< 
to  -be  the  mosl  extensive  in  tl     Ohi  >n. 
Th:e 

:tion  by  theMissi  "   I:. 

I  in  D  1852.    The  first 

line  i  D  to  [owa 

55  m.,  in  ; 

( '  >uncil  Blu         I  will 

the  Mis  -r  opp 

of  the  Platte  or  NT<  ' 

icil  Bluffs.    The  third  lin  i  will 
■  up  the  Cedar  '• 
to   Ce  lar   R     id       13  in.,  will  s 
Other  lines  of  les 
r  contra     . 
The  Des  Moines  River  [mprovement  h 
in  pr  irs.      B;     \ 

8th,  1 v- 16,  '  longr  in  lands  to  aid 

in  this  ii snt,  viz  :    the  a 

of  land  in  a  strip  live  mil 

1  liver,  amou 
.    A  ■■■■  a  contract  mad  i  in  1 

entire  work  will  be  completed  Jul 

The  import 
chan  I  try  for  th 

country,  and  the  1  p  srtyof  immi 

>f  the   im 

p  >v:  ■  !    ! 

'    •  .     [8{ 
Dubi  i;  durin 

Population      the 

5,272  :    Keokuk, 

570;  Fort  M    li 
Oskal  I  . 

L.013. 


172 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


capital  of  the  State  by  the  Legislature  in  the  year 
1854.  It  is  situated  a  little  to  the  south  of  the 
centre  of  the  State,  on  the  Des  Moines  River,  at 
the  confluence  of  Racoon  River,  and  174  miles  W. 
of  Davenport  by  railroad.  In  July,  1816,  the 
garrison  was  removed  and  the  present  town  was 
laid  out.  The  population  has  steadily  increased, 
and  the  place  will  ultimately  be  noted  for  its 
manufactures  and  other  branches  of  business. 

Iowa  City  is  situated  on  the  Iowa  River,  80 
miles  from  its  mouth,  and  55  miles  W.  by  N.  from 
Davenport.  This  place  was  selected  as  the  capi- 
tal in  May,  1839,  before  any  settlement  had  been 
made,  and  in  a  year  afterwards  it  had  about  550 
inhabitants.  The  surface  of  the  city  is  comprised 
on  three  successive  plateaux,  rising  like  terraces. 
The  former  State  House  is  an  elegant  edifice, 
and,  with  its  extensive  grounds,  was  granted  to 
the  State  University.  The  State  Institutions  for 
the  Blind  and  Deaf  and  Dumb  are  here  located. 

Burlington,  on  the  Mississippi,  is  a  flourishing 
town,  being  well  located  and  having  much  trade. 
Its  first  white  inhabitants  arrived  in  1832,  it  was 
laid  out  in  183-1,  and  it  was  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment during  1836-39.  Its  manufactories  are 
numerous.  The  Burlington  University  (Baptist) 
was  established  in  1852. 

Dubuque  is  beautifully  situated  on  an  elevated 
plain,  about  two  miles  long  by  half  a  mile  wide, 
bounded  on  the  west  by  high  bluffs.  The  view 
of  the  surrounding  country  obtained  from  these 
bluffs  is  excoedingly  delightful.  The  city  is 
compactly  built,  contains  many  handsome  build- 
ings, ami  appears  to  possess  every  element  of 
growth  and  thrift.  The  trade  is  mostly  with  the 
interior. 

Davenport,  on  the  Mississippi  and  opposite 
Rock  Island,  has  become  a  point  of  great  busi- 1 


ness.  The  railroad  bridge  over  the  Mississippi  at 
this  place  was  opened  April  22,  1856,  and  has 
greatly  advanced  the  prosperity  of  the  city  and 
vicinity.  The  city  contains  three  flourishing 
seminaries  of  high  grade. 

Keokuk  is  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  Des 
Moines  or  Lower  Rapids,  at  the  extreme  S.  PI 
corner  of  the  State,  upon  a  bluff  150  feet  above 
high-water  mark  in  the  Mississippi.  It  is  the 
natural  outlet  of  the  fertile  valley  of  the  Des 
Moines,  and  is  thus  possessed  of  great  advantages 
for  business.  It  contains  the  Iowa  Medical  Col- 
lege, founded  in  1848,  several  academies,  and  the 
btst  public  school-house  in  the  State. 

Muscatine  is  favorably  located  to  command  the 
trade  of  a  large  section  of  country.  Its  chief 
branch  of  business  is  in  the  manufacture  of  pine 
lumber,  etc.,  from  logs  obtained  in  Wisconsin  and 
Minnesota. 

Fort  Madison,  on  the  Mississippi,  22  in.  above 
Keokuk,  has  an  active  trade,  and  its  manufactures 
are  rapidly  increasing.  It  contains  the  State 
Penitentiary. 

Oskaloosa,  95  m.  W.  by  S.  of  Muscatine,  is  b. 
handsome  place,  and  growing  as  rapidly  as  any 
inland  town  of  similar  position.  It  contains  one 
of  the  State  Normal  Schools. 

Cedar  Rapids,  25  m.  N.  of  Iowa  City,  is  a 
thriv'n  j  village,  in  one  of  the  best  portions  of  the 
State.  The  water-power  is  very  good,  and  there 
is  a  large  amount  of  timber  in  the  vicinity.  Mount 
Vernon,  14  m.  distant,  contains  the  Iowa  Con- 
ference Seminary. 

Fairfield,  53  m.  W.  N.  W.  of  Burlington,  is  an 
important  town  of  the  interior,  and  contains  an 
II.  S.  Land  Office  and  branch  of  the  State  Uni- 
versity. There  are  several  thriving  villages  in 
different  sections  of  the  same  county. 


18 


17 


16  X.ong.'West   lis  framWashiiigtQn.    ill 


STATE      OF     MISSOURI 


IT:; 


STATE    OF    MISSOURI 


Missouri  comprises  an  area  of  67,380  sq.  m.,  and 
is  the  largest  of  the  States,  excepting  Texas  and 
California.     The  portion  lying  north  of  the  Mis- 
souri River  baa  generally  an  undulating  or  level 
surface  and  fertile  soil,  although  there  are  some 
sandy  tracts.    South  of  the  Missouri  River  the 
surface  is  more  diversified,  the  sods  are  of  varied 
fertility,  and  extensive  tracts  are  heavily  timbered. 
In  the  S.  E.  part  there  is  a  great  marsh,  reaching 
into  Arkansas,  and  occupying  an  area  of  about 
3,000  sq.  m.    In  the  S.  W.  section  the  surface  is, 
in  parts,  very  hilly,  forming  the  outskirts  of  the 
Ozark  Mountains.    The  central-western  section  is  ' 
somewhat  uneven,  and  is  the  first  part  of  the 
plain  which  stretches  away  to  the  Rocky  Mount- 
ains ;  its  soils  are  of  varied  formation,  but  gen- 
erally fertile".  The  Mississippi  River,  in  its  winding 
course,  borders  the  State  for  a  distance  of  470  m. 
The  Missouri  River  is  larger  and  more  rapid,  and 
its  waters  are  of  a  yellowish  color,  from  contain- 
ing great  quantities  of  sand.     The  Osage.  Grand, 
Chariton,  Salt,  Gascouade,  and  Maramec  are  im- 
portant rivers,  navigable  at  high  water  to  a  con- 
siderable distance.      The  climate  of  Missouri  is 
variable,  and  marked  by  great  extremes  of  tem- 
perature at  opposite  seasons  of  the  year. 

The  total  population  of  Missouri  in  1810  was 
20,8-15 ;  in  1820,  66,580  ;  in  1830,  140.455 ;  in 
1840,  383,702  ;  and  in  1850,  682,044.  At  the 
last  date  the  classes  were — whites.  592,004  ;  free 
colored,  2,618;  slaves.  90,040.  During  each 
census  interval  the  actual  number  of  slaves  has 
greatly  increased,  yet  the  relative  proportion  of 
this  class  in  1850  (or  12-83  per  cent.)  was  less 
than  at  any  former  census,  owing  to  the  more 


rapid  increase  of  the  whit'         CI      ification   in 
1850  of  the  whit.-  and  free  colored  in  respect  to 
place  of  birth:  Born  in   the   Si  ■••  .  277,604  :  in 
other  parts  of  the  Union,  2  13,222  :  in  foreign  , 
tries,  72,474;  of  unknown  origin,  1,322  ;   i  g 
gate,  594,622.    Of  those  from  ot  there 

were  69,694  from  Kentucky:  -11.970  from  Ten- 
uessee;  40,777  from  Virginia  ;  L7,009  from  North 
Carolina;  12,752  from  Indiana  •  12.737  from  Ohio  ; 
10,917  from  Illinois  ;  8,291  nnsylvania  ; 

5.0  10  from  New  York;  4,25  from  Maryland, 
j  etc.  Of  the  foreign-born,  15.'  were  from  G 
many  ;  14,734  from  Ireland  ;  ....  ,79  from  England  ; 
2,138  from  France,  etc.  According  to  the  State 
census  in  1852,  the  total  population  was  then 
713,017,  consisting  of  623,319  whites.  2,526  free 
colored,  and  87,172  slav 

The  agricultural  capabilities  of  Missouri  are 
very  great.  The  most  fertile  alluvial  lands  are 
the  river-bottoms,  especially  those  on  the  north 
side  of  the  Missouri  River.  In  1850  more  than 
one-half  of  the  free  male  population  over  1 5  y 
of  age  were  employed  in  farming,  etc.  Corn  is 
the  most  important  grain  crop,  and  the  main  stay 
of  the  farmers.     The  soil,  climate,  and  -  are 

more  favorable  to  the  production  of  corn  than  any 
other  crop.  The  crop  reported  in  1850  was 
36,214,537  bush.,  against  17,332,524  in  1840. 
Other   crops   reported  in   185  5,278,079 

bush.;  wheat,  2,981,652 ;  Irish  potatoes  939,01 
sweet  do.  335,505.  The  hemp  crop  of  1850  was 
r  cent,  of  the  total  raised  in  the  Union.  The 
amount  reported  was  L5,968  tons  of  dew-rotted, 
and  60  tons  of  water-rotted.  The  culture  is  on 
the  increase.     The  tobacco  rais  'd  in  1840  was 


174 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


9,067,913  lbs. ;  and  in  1800, 17,113,784,  of  which 
about  one-half  was  raised  in  Howard,  Chariton, 
and  Randolph  Counties.  Orchard  fruits,  espe- 
cially the  varieties  of  the  apple,  flourish  in  this 
region,  and  are  am  '■    most  profitable   pro- 

duets.  Peach  and  plum  trees  generally  bear  well, 
but  the  pear  and  cherry  do  not.  Wine  is  pro- 
duced in  this  State,  particularly  by  the  German 
population,  in  very  cons  iderable  quantities.     It  is 

of  the  Rhenish  wines,  and  is 
erally  made  from  the   Catawba  grape,  which  is 
.i  hill-sides. 
I  i  1  150,  the  annual  product  from  "  manufac- 
tures, mining-,  and  the  mechanic  arts"  was  report- 
29,749,265,  produced  by  3,029  establish- 
ments.    In  St.  Louis  Co.,  $16,046,521  ;  in  Platte, 
t  ;  in  Buchanan,  8748,237  ;    and  in  few 
other  counties,  more  than  $300,000.     Product  of 
principal  branches  mentioned — tanning',  $466,241 : 
iron  casting^  $336,495;  pig-iron,  8314,600;  and 
on,  §142,900.      The  chief  manufactures  car- 
.  on    in  St.  Louis  are  those  of  flour,  refined 
ar,  oils,  chemicals,  stoves,  iron-ware,  machinery, 
clothing,  and  furniture;  but  almost  every  branch 
known  in  the  largest  eastern  cities  is  here  prose- 
cuted to  some  extent.     In  the  interior  counties,  the 
manufactures  are  those  usually  found  in  agricul- 
tural  di      i      .  and   supplying  immediate  wants. 
home-made   manufactures,  produced  during 
the  year  ended  1st  June,  1850,  were  valued  at 
174,705. 
Missouri  contains  immense  deposits  of  iron  and 
coal  at  quantities  of  lead  and  copper. 

The  deposits  of  specular  iron  ore  in  this  State  are 
among  the  largest  on  the  globe.     Iron  .Mountain 
ly  composed  of  this  ore.  and  Pilot  Knob 
ed  of  it.    These         '    ited  sum- 
mits are  about  6  miles  apart,  and  40  miles  from 


Ste.  Genevieve,  on  the  Mississippi.    Other  ores  of 

iron  are  found  in  different  parts  of  the  State.  Tbe 
principal  lead-mines  are  surrounding  Potosi,  in 
Washington  County,  and  immediately  north  of 
the  Iron  Mountain  ;  and  there  are  mines  of  less 
extent  situated  farther  to  the  north.  Copper  is 
most  abundant  near  the  La  Motte  Mines,  but  it  is 
found  throughout  the  mineral  region.  Bituminous 
coal  exists  in  vast  beds  on  both  sides  of  the  Mis- 
souri River,  below  the  mouth  of  the  Osage,  and 
40  miles  up  that  river.  In  Callaway  County 
there  is  a  bed  of  cannel  coal,  which  consist-:  in 
part  of  a  solid  stratum,  24  ft.  thick.  The  lime- 
stone formation,  extending  from  St.  Louis  to  the 
north  part  of  the  State,  affords  abundance  of  good 
building  material. 

In  1851,  the  Legislature  agreed  to  lend  its 
credit  to  two  great  lines  of  railroad,  viz  :  the  Pa- 
cific R.  R.,  commencing  at  St.  Louis,  and  extend- 
ing on  the  south  side  of  Missouri  River  to  the 
I  line  of  the  State,  and  the  Hannibal  and  St. 
Joseph's  R.  R..  extending  from  the  Mississippi  to 
the  Missouri,  on  the  north  side  of  the  latter,  and 
connecting  the  places  named.  Subsequently,  the 
State  increased  its  grant  of  aid  to  these  lines,  and 
extended  its  aid  to  other  lines.  The  City  of  St. 
Louis  subscribed  8500,000  to  each  of  four  lines. 
The  Pacific  R.  R.  was  opened  to  Jefferson  City, 
1 25  m.  from  St.  Louis,  in  the  autumn  of  1855,  and 
is  steadily  pro  stward.     The  other  lines 

have  not  advanced  with  as  great  rapidity. 

The  tonnage  belonging  to  St.  Louis  on  June 

30th,  1855,  was  60.592  tons,  of  which  52,478  tons 

ployed  in  steam  navigation.     During  the 

year  preceding  25  vessels  were  built,  with  aggre- 

I     tonnage  of  5,084  tons. 

The  ( !ity  of  St.  Louis  is  the  only  large  city  in 
the  State,  and  it  contains,  with  the  remainder  of 


S  T  A  T  E     o  F     M  I  8  8  <)  C  Et  I. 


IT 


I  ixth  of  the 

population  s.    It  i  I  on  the 

i  bank  of  tl  ■'  "  m.  below 

the  mouth  of  the  Missouri  River,  175  m.  above 

the  moi  I  ■  and  I  201  i  i.  above 

irse  of  the  river.     lis  Bite 
[  p]  20  ft. 

r  mark,  and    it 
I  i 

■  I  it  spreads  out 
into  an 

pari  of  the  city,  where  i:  mission 

wholesaling  '  is  cl         is  very  comp 

built.      The   Court    Boi  an  enti 

squar  ing  about 

•  are  adorned  with  porticoes, 
and  in  i  otunda.     A  new 

Custom  '  I  City  1  fall  arc  in  construction, 

and  will 

of  the  1 1  0.    The 

if  th    i     tei         '     is  a 

I  will  contain 
.     There  fire  two  floi 
ges — the  first  is  a  department  of  the 
Tiii-.  Loui     and  the  second  is  a  de- 

partment of  the  '  i  University.     The  Mer- 

tile  Library    !        iation  i     one  of  the  most 
if  the  kind  In  tl     Cni 
a  splen  iryof  12.000 

ii  1u  the  im- 
provi  According  to  tlic 

muni  of  Jan..  he  population  of 

the  ci  n  amounted  to  122.1" 

119,05  !    whi  es,    1,5  !  1  lored,   and  1 ,539 

slaves.      About   •!.">, 000   are  of  German   or' 
and  23,000  of  Iri  in.    The  Americans  are 

from  of  tl  Population 

at  forn  Is— in  ]  '  :     in    1 


if  169  j   in    I -II.  34,140;    in    1  :    in 

I'.  pulation  of  the  principal  towns  in  1852,  ac- 

L02; 

ington,  2,882  ;   Eannibal,  2,704  ;  St.  •!•     ph, 
7  :    Boonville,  2.1  39;    Weston,  2,01 
Charles,  1,637;   Louisiana,  1,349;   I  irar- 

1.177 :    Palmyra    1,168;    C 
ty,  1  100;  Jel 
■•.  1 ,027  :    and  nn  other  tow  ■ 
than  1 ,000 
•  i  !      on  ( !ity,  the  capital  of  the  S  ata- 

ri River,  and 
125  m.  W.  of  St.  Louis  by  railroad.     ! 

ited,  and  commands  a  fine  view  of  tl 
It  contai'  House,  Executive  Mansion 

State  Penitentiary,  County  0  tc. 

Independence,  like  several  oilier  towns  on  the  v. 

brated  rendezvous  lor 
companiesemigratingbytheoverland  r  tol  rtah 
and  tl  ' 

1  tly  declined  duric 

Lexington    is  one    of  the  on 

the    Missouri    River,    and   is    157  m.    W.  from 
Jefferson  City  by  the  ri  .    It  has  an 

active  ti  :  various  manufi 

in  the  vicinity,  and  th 
several  r.  town.     Bedsofcoal 

nk  of  the  rrv 
St.  12  m.  N.  W.  of  St.  T 

handsom  althful  1 

Columl  '  o.  N.  N.  W.  I  " 

ia1  of  the  Shite  i  ity,  which  has  a  large 

and  i  leganl  building,  erei  I 
of  the  citizens  of  the  county. 
Full  m,  20  m.  N.  E.  of  -; 

Insane,) 
Dumb,  and  V.' 


175 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


STATE    OF     ARKANSAS 


Arkansas  occupies  a  central  position  in  the 
Lower  Mississippi  Valley.  Length,  N.  and  S., 
243  m. ;  breadth,  170  to  260  ;  area,  52,198  sq.m. 
The  surface  of  the  State  slopes  in  S.E.  and  S.  di- 
rection, though  the  tract  bordering  the  Mississippi 
River  is  a  low  marshy  plain,  and  is  annually  over- 
flowed. Westward  from  Little  Rock,  and  extend- 
ing to  the  west  boundary,  are  the  Washita  Hills, 
between  which  and  Louisiana  the  surface  is  level 
or  undulating.  The  Valley  of  the  Upper  Arkan- 
sas is  of  similar  character.  In  the  X.  W.  section 
arc  the  Ozark  Mountains,  which  arc  disposed  in 
broken  ranges.  North  of  these  the  country  is 
hilly  or  rolling,  and  interspersed  with  very  fertile 
prairies.  Nearly  every  section  contains  heavy 
timber  ;  the  different  kinds  of  trees  are  very  nu- 
merous, but  the  white-oak  is  the  most  valuable 
and  abundant.  The  principal  rivers  are  naviga- 
ble for  steamboats,  except  during  the  summer 
droughts.  The  climate  is  variable,  and  is  affected 
in  winter  by  the  strong  prairie  winds. 

The  total  population  in  1820  was  14,273  ;  in 
1830,  30,388  ;  in  1840,  97,574  ;  in  1850,  209,897. 
At  the  last  census,  the  classes  were — whites, 
1  02.189  ;  free  colored,  608  ;  slaves,  47,100.  The 
foroign-born  amounted  to  1,628,  comprising  540 
from  Germany,  514  from  Ireland,  278  from  Great 
Britain,  etc.  About  one-third  of  all  the  whites 
were  natives  of  the  State.  According  to  the 
State  Census  in  1K54  the  population  had  then  in- 
creased to  253.117  (20 J  per  cent,  in  4  years),  con- 
sisting of  199,224  whites,  614  free  colored,  and 
60,279  slaves. 

The  great  staples  are  corn  and  cotton.  The  crop 
of  corn  in  1 850  was  reported  at  8,893,939  bush., 


and  in  1854,  11,536,969.  Bales  of  cotton  pro- 
duced—in  1850,  65,344;  in  1854,  160,779.  Oats 
—in  1850,  656.183  ;  in  1854,  1,040,206.  There 
are  many  varieties  of  soil  in  Arkansas,  though 
there  are  comparatively  few  sections  that  are  un- 
productive, excepting  the  marshy  tracts. 

The  annual  product  of  the  manufactories  in 
1850  was  f607,436  (being  less  than  in  any  other 
State) ;  of  which,  from  tanneries,  $78,774,  and 
from  cotton  manufacture.  $16,637. 

The  minerals  comprise  coal,  iron,  zinc,  lead, 
manganese,  gypsum,  and  salt.  The  principal  coal- 
field commences  40  miles  above  Little  Rock,  and 
extends  on  both  sides  of  the  river  beyond  the 
western  boundary  of  the  State. 

No  railroads  have  yet  been  constructed. 

Population  of  chief  towns  in  1850 :  Little 
Bock,  2,167  ;  El  Dorado,  1,925  ;  Van  Buren, 
1,242  ;  Smith,  1,690 ;  Fort  Smith,  964 ;  St. 
Francis,  1.276. 

Little  Rock  is  situated  on  Arkansas  River, 
about  300  m.  from  its  mouth,  upon  a  rocky  bluff, 
50  ft.  high,  and  the  first  that  occurs  on  ascending 
the  river.  Two  miles  above  this  is  another  rocky 
bluff,  about  200  feet  high,  called  "Big  Rock." 
The  town  contains  the  State  House,  United  States 
Arsenal,  State  Penitentiary,  and  six  churches,  all 
substantially  built  of  brick. 

Van  Buren  is  situated  on  the  Arkansas  River, 
5  miles  from  the  western  boundary.  Its  trade  is 
probably  larger  than  that  of  any  other  placs 
in  the  State,  and  the  annual  sales  amount  to 
more  than  $1,000,000.  The  village  contains  a 
steam  cotton-factory,  steam  flouring-mill,  four 
churches,  etc. 


!l    I 


-.  l.-ii.l.il 


93     I.e..    iM!i      West  !»'*      CcOin      Hlvi'llMlj  li 

: 


11l-.IIihi.iM 


'"-Tur.v.ili 


T.J ! ,.-_:•-_ 


:v 


i    -  n  i  o  i. 


i  ' 


77/./, 


I  : 


S(T.    K    M     K    \ 


1 


I'l 


Rt 


</> 


I — 


. 


.- 


'  #  ■" 


sj: 


jllaiiti 


i  r  -• 


_^j 


-Z 


• —  — '  ': 


; 


IT       J<1 


Scale  in  Miles 


0  ID         JU         30         JU        50 


ARKANSAS 


"•' 


ion.     West         ir.       IKini     \.  .  ttiiigta  >     i  I 


I 


STATE    OF     CALIFORNIA 


177 


STATE    OF    CALIFORNIA 


California,  admitted  into  the  Union  in  1850, 
and  the  first  State  organized  on  the  Pacific  coast, 
lias  a  larger  area  than  any  other  State  except 
Texas.  1 1  ■  outline  is  irregular,  though  the  western 
boundary  has  a  general  parallelism  with  the  coast- 

?  line.  The  entire  area  has  been  computed  at 
1  55,980  sq.  m.  The  most  notable  features  in  the 
general  view  of  the  surface  of  California  are  the 
two  great  ranges  of  mountains,  extending  X. 
ami  S.,  and  enclosing  the  vast  valley,  which  com- 
pri  I  luilf  the  area  of  the  State.     T  ■ 

I  ranges  appear  to  be  divisions  of  the  continuous 
.•hain  which  extends  along  a  great  part  of  the 
rth  America.  Near  the  north  bound- 
ary of  the  State  they  arc  united,  though  not  in 
the  usual  manner,  by  a  mountain-knot,  but  by 
trail  U  the  southern  point  of  union 

each  range  curves  elliptically  to  the  common 
junction,  and  the  range  then  extends  through  the 
Peninsula  of  Lo.  ifornia.   The  Coast  Range 

extends  almost  parallel  to  the  Pacific  coast,  and 
comparatively  near  to  it,  the  distance  varying 
from  30  to  100  miles.  The  divisions  of  this  range 
bear  various  local  names.  The  elevation  of  this 
range  varies  considerably.  Mt.  Shasta  is  a  re- 
markable peak  in  the  north  part  of  the  State,  in 
a  branch  extending  to  the  Sierra  Nevada,  is  about 
1  l.iioo  and  covered  with  perpetual  snow. 

Not  far  from  it  is  Mt.  St.  Joseph,  12.000  ft.  high. 
In  lat.  40  is  Mt.  Linn,  and  in  hit.  38°  40'  is  Mt 
St.  Helen,  both  very  lofty  summits.  In  the 
BOuthern  part,  in  lat  III  .  is  Mt.  San  Bernardino, 
17,000  ft.  high.  The  Sierra  Nevada  range  has  a 
more  uniform  aspect.  It  rises  from  a  base  of  about 

500  ft.  above  the  sea,  and  its  highest  summits  reach 
12 


an  elevation  of  about  lG.ooo  ft.    The  acclivities 
are  wooded,  to  about  half  the  height  of  the  range, 

with  oak,  succeeded  by  a  for'  pines, 

cedar,  and  cypress;  then  follows  the  bare  granite, 
and  lastly,  the  summits  crowned  with  -now.     The 

ern  slope  of  this  ran  ia'Iy  the  section 

between  lat.  37°  and  40'-,  is  disti  1  as  the 

principal  gold  region.  The  ■ 
480  m.  long,  with  average  breadth  of  CO  m.  Its 
north  half  is  traversed  by  the  Sacramento  River, 
and  the  south  half  by  the  San  Joaquin,  each 
having  large  tributaries.  These  streams  unite 
near  lat.  38°,  about  15  m.  above  Suisun  Bay, 
which  is  connected  by  a  strait  with  the  San 
Pablo  or  north  arm  of  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco. 

h  is  from  250  to  300  m.  long,  and  always 
navigable  for  steamboats  through  a  large  part  of 
its  course.  On  their  margins  the  surface  is  com- 
posed of  level  plains,  gradually  changing  into 
undulatin  rolling   toward   the   mountains. 

All  of  their  important  tributaries  descend  the 
Siera  Nevada  slope.  Hence,  the  soil  on  their 
west  side  is  comparatively  dry  and  unproductive, 
while  on  the  east  side  the  river-bottoms  are  very 
fertile,  and  contain  much  timber.  At  the  north 
end  of  the  Sacramento  Yalli;  an  elevated 

plateau,  heavily  timbered,  with  tracts  of  arable 
land  along  the  streams.  Throughout  the  north 
part  of  tli  and  in  some  other  -  the 

forests  are  extensive,  and  a  large  proportion  of  the 
trees  are  of  huge  dimensions.  The  tract  bordering 
the  ocean,  west  of  the  Coast  B  almost 

the  only  portion  that,  before  the  discovery  of  gold, 
contain  d  any  ci\  I  dements,  and  these  were 

missionary  stations,  which  were  generally  formed 


178 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


on  the  fertile  tracts  at  the  mouths  of  the  streams. 
In  those  lovely  vales  the  Jesuits  influenced  many 
of  the  Indians  to  profess  the  faith,  and  organized 
them  into  civilized  communities.  Much  of  the 
coast  is  uneven  and  rugged,  and  portions  are 
precipitous.  The  harbors  are  not  numerous  in 
proportion  to  the  extent  of  the  coast,  and  the  best 
are  the  Bays  of  San  Francisco,  San  Diego,  and 
Monterey.  Lake  Tulare  is  the  only  large  lake  in 
California,  but  there  are  several  small  ones.  The 
climate  is  remarkable  for  its  periodical  changes 
and  for  the  long  continuance  of  the  wet  and  dry 
seasons,  which  divide  the  year  about  equally. 
During  the  dry  season  the  weather  is  warmer  in 
the  great  valley  than  on  the  coast.  The  rainy 
season  is  longer  in  the  north  than  in  the  middle 
and  south  part  of  the  State,  and  a  greater  quan- 
tity of  rain  falls  in  a  given  time. 

The  total  population  in  1850  was  reported  at 
117,821.  According  to  the  State  census  in  1852 
the  total  population  was  reported  at  264,435,  but 
as  all  the  census  agents  set  forth  the  fact  of  their 
inability  to  obtain  the  whole  population  of  their 
respective  counties,  the  Secretary  of  State,  in 
publishing  his  report,  stated  his  belief  that  it 
would  be  correct  to  add  one-sixth  to  the  popula- 
tion returned,  making  the  total  to  amount  to 
308,507. 

According  to  the  manifested  reports  of  passen- 
gers  arriving  at  and  departing  from  San  Francisco, 
by  vessels,  it  appears  that  the  excess  of  arrivals 
in  1852  was  41,444;  in  1853,  5,395;  in  1854, 
26,629;  and  in  1855, 8,958— aggregate,  82,426; 
but  it  is  probable  that  the  actual  number  was 
fully  90,000.  No  State  contains  a  more  diversi- 
fied population.  The  classification  of  1S52  em- 
braced the  following  :  White  inhabitants,  210,856, 
consisting  of  176,115  males  and  34,741  females; 


negroes,  2,090  ;  mulattoes,  572 ;  domesticated 
Indians,  33,539  ;  foreign  residents,  59,991.  Of 
the  latter  class  about  25,000  were  Chinese. 

In  agriculture,  remarkable  progress  has  been 
made  since  1852,  and  especially  during  the  last 
two  years.     Enough   has  been  done  to  show  a 
marvelous  fertility  in  the  soil,  in  respect  to  vari- 
ety, quantity,  and  size  of  the  products.     The  fol- 
lowing estimate  of  the  agricultural  productions 
during  1855  accompanied  Gov.  Bigler's  message 
to  the  Legislature  in  1856  :    Wheat,  3,740,000 
bush.,  valued  at  $4,675,000;  barley,  3,181,500, 
valued  at  $2,545,200  ;  oats,  914,000  bush.;  corn, 
450,000 ;  potatoes,  3,000,000,  valued  at  $2,250,- 
000  ;  which,  with  the  lesser  products  of  onions, 
hay,  buckwheat,  and  sweet  potatoes,   made  the 
aggregate  value  of  $12,897,128.     Irish  potatoes, 
onions,  turnips,  and  all  the  edible  roots  cultivated 
in  the  Atlantic  States,  are  here  raised,  of  unusual 
size  and  superior  quality.      Oats  grow  wild  in 
great  quantities  on  the  plains  and  hills  along  the 
coast,  and  as  far  inland  as  the  sea-breeze  has  a 
marked  influence  on  the  climate.     The  southern 
region  is  highly  favorable  to  the  grape.      The 
grasses  are  very  luxuriant  and   nutritious,  and, 
with  the  oats,  are  fully  cured  in  and  by  the  dry 
season,  so  that  they  remain  in  excellent  preserva- 
tion  during  the   summer  and  autumn,  affording 
excellent  fodder.     In  1855  the  value  of  the  live 
stock  in  the  State  was  estimated  at  $15,744,692. 
The  agricultural  products  exported  during  1855 
were  valued  at  fully  $1,000,000  ;  of  which,  the 
flour  amounted  to  $G71,384,  and  the  wheat  to 
$85,776.     Number  of  flouring  mills,  84 ;  value, 
$420,000. 

The  great  gold  diggings  arc  comprised  in  the 
ranges  of  hills  which  border  the  western  slope  of 
the  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.,  principally  between  lat. 


8  T  AT  E     OF     CALIF  O  L$  N  I  A  . 


37n  and  40c;  but  gold  is  found  in  considerable 
quantitii  in  other  sections,  particularly  in  the 
north-west.  The  gold  first  discovered  consisted  of 
the  washing  from  the  upper  regions.  The  super- 
stratum of  these  hills  ie  quartz,  which  Bom  itimes 
penetrates  to  a  great  depth,  and  extends  m  large 
in  various  directions,  though  frequently  it 
occurs  in  small  fragments,  and  thus  dues  qoI  cover 
the  entire  lace  of  the  country.  It  is  evident  that 
the  gold  was  created  in  combination  with  the 
quartz.     The   ••  dry  •  "  are    places   where 

quart/,  containing  gold  veins  has  cropped  out,  and 
been  disintegrated  by  the  action  of  water  and  the 
atmosphere.     In  '  the  miners  were  formerly 

compelled  to  abandon  their  labors  during  the 
summer  months;  but  by  the  recent  construction 
of  extensive  canal-  and  ditches,  they  can  now 
prosecute  their  business  throughout  the  ye  u\  and 
thus  the  amount  of  gold  obtained  by  regular  labor 
is  yearly  increased.  Gold  is  combined  with  the 
quartz  in  a  great  variety  of  forms  and  in  wry 
diff  renl  -  of  richness.     The  business  of 

quartz-mining  is  steadily  increasing.  This-  can 
only  be  carried  on  with  Buccess  by  well-organized 
companii  eh      tablishment  requires  a 

large  capital  and  heavy  outlay.  At  the  close  of 
1855  returns  were  received  from  59  quartz-mills, 
which  had  cm  '  I  222,000  tons  of  quartz-rock 
during  the  year,  and  realized  the  amount  of 
J2,100.  The  ••  wet  diggings"  are  in  the  beds 
of  the  rivers  and  creeks  during  the  dry  season. 
The  aggregate  amount  of  gold  obtained  down  to 
thecloseof  L855  was  about  8375,000,000.  The 
manifested  shipment  of  gold  from  San  Franci 
during  the  years  L851  '55  was  $232,754,458. 
Quicksilver  mines  exist  in  several  places,  and  that 
at  New  Almaden  is  exceedingly  rich.  Platina 
and  copper  arc  widely  distributed.     Ores  of  iron, 


I,  Bilver,  and  other  minerals,  occur  in  many 
localities,  but  their  extent  and  value  are  not  fully 
known.  White  marble  of  fine  grain  and  other 
varieties  are  found  in  different  count! 

The  first  of  the   Sacrami  nto  \\.' 

R.H.,  viz :  from  Sacrai  I  ity  to  Folsom,  22  n 

was  formally  opened  Feb.  22d,  1856.  [1  istob 
uded  to  Marysville,  and  thence  to  other  towns 
in  the  mining  region.  En  1855  measures  wen- 
taken  for  surveying  the  routes  of  oth<-r  prop 
railroads,  viz:  from  Sacramento  to  Benicia,  from 
San  Francisco  to  Stockton,  and  from  San  Diego 
westward  to  the  head  of  the  San  Diego  River. 

The  amount  of  the  trade  between  California  and 
the  Atlantic  !  is  not  officially  recorded.  The 

shipping  entered  at  San  Fran  co  during  the  six 
years  ending  1854  has  been  stated  as  follows: 
From  American  ports,  1.966  vessels  of  99.">,296 
:  from  foreign  ports.  .';.  1!  t  of  992,805 
tonnage:  total,  5,380  vessels,  of  1,988,101  too 
Probably  these  figures  do  not  include  the 
arrivals  of  the  small  vessels  and  steamers  from  the 
home  coast  ports.  The  tonnage  owned  in  the 
State  on  June  30th,  1  855,  was  92,263  tons,  agai  I 
101,258  in  1854,  and  104,209  in  1853.  Of  this 
amount  in  L855  there  were  1  l.'JTD  tons  employed 
in  steam  navigation.  During  the  fiscal  year 
Is."  I  J  the  direct  commerce  with  foreign  coun- 
isted  of  J.224,066  as  the  value  of  the 
exports,  and  $5, 'J .">  1 .: 379  as  the  value  of  the  im- 
ports; showing  a  great  incn  the  preced- 
ing  fiscal  year,  when  the  expo;'  ;uted  to 
$1,101,680,  and  the  imp  7. 

Bt  ■'  I      9  in  Fn  •     -    ■.  there  are  several  large 
•  and  populous  town-,  and  in  each  the  num- 
ber  of  inhabitants   has   been   greatly   increased 
since  the  last  census.   In  San  Francisco  and  other 
places  there  is  always  a  large  mass  of  floating 


180 


UNITED     STATES     OP     AMERICA. 


population.  In  the  fore  part  of  1856  the  esti- 
mated population  of  San  Francisco  was  about 
55,000  (in  the  Fall  of  1852  it  was  3-1.876,  accord- 
ing to  the  census);  of  Sacramento.  16.000 ;  Stock- 
ton, 10,500  ;  Marysville,  9,000  ;  Nevada,  7,500  ; 
Placerville,  Sonora  and  San  Jose,  each  4,000. 

Sacramento  City,  the  political  capital  of  the 
State,  is  situated  on  the  left  bank  of  Sacramento 
River,  a  little  below  the  mouth  of  the  American 
River,  in  the  midst  of  a  level  and  extremely  fertile 
country,  about  140  m.,  by  water,  N.  E.  from  San 
Francisco.  It  is  accessible  at  all  seasons  for  steam- 
boats and  sailing  vessels,  and  smaller  craft  can 
ascend  far  above  it.  These  advantages,  with  the 
railroad,  have  rendered  this  place  the  principal  en- 
trepot of  the  supplies  for  the  northern  mines.  Sut- 
ter's Fort  is  about  one  mile  above  the  central  part 
of  the  town. 

San  Francisco  is  situated  upon  a  plain,  which 
rises  gently  from  the  west  shore  of  the  magnificent 
Bay  of  San  Francisco.  The  entrance  to  the  city 
from  the  ocean  is  through  a  strait,  called  the  Golden 
Gate,  which  is  about  6  m.  long  and  l£  m.  wide  at 
its  narrowest  point,  with  high  hills  on  each  side. 
The  city  is  laid  out  according  to  a  regular  plan, 
and  the  streets  generally  cross  at  right  angles. 
The  principal  streets  are  planked,  but  they  are  not 
paved,  and  are  in  wretched  condition  in  wet 
weather,  since  the  soil  is  very  sandy.  It  was 
originally  built  around  a  semi-circular  inlet  of  the 
bay,  between  Clark's  Point  on  the  north  and 
Rincon  Point  on  the  south,  these  points  being 
about  a  mile  apart.  All  the  space  between  is  now 
built  upon,  the  shore  having  been  filled  in  with 
sand  from  the  hills  in  the  vicinity,  and  the  wharves, 
streets,  and  warehouses  having  been  constructed 
upon  piles.  In  the  principal  streets  many  of  the 
u  lildings  are  expensive,  and  a  large  proportion  of 


the  stores,  etc.,  are  substantially  built  of  brick. 
But  few  of  the  new  buildings  in  the  city  proper  are 
constructed  of  wood,  but  in  the  outskirts  and  on  the 
surrounding  hills  there  are  many  handsome  houses 
of  this  material.  The  principal  public  edifices  arc 
the  Custom  House,  Marine  Hospital,  Mint,  Ex- 
change, and  Metropolitan  Theatre.  In  Jan.  1856, 
there  were  30  churches,  which  had  an  aggregate 
attendance  on  Sunday  of  9,565,  or  of  about  one- 
fifth  of  the  civilized  population.  The  water-works, 
supplying  the  city  with  water  from  Mountain 
Lake,  situated  3^  m.  W.  of  the  city,  are  estimated 
to  cost  about  $800,000. 

Stockton  ranks  in  size  and  importance  next  to 
Sacramento,  and  bears  about  the  same  relation 
to  the  southern  part  of  the  State  as  that  city 
sustains  to  the  northern  part,  since  it  is  the 
point  where  most  of  the  goods  are  landed,  and 
trade  is  carried  on  for  the  southern  mines.  The 
city  is  situated  on  Stockton  channel,  3  m.  from 
its  confluence  with  the  San  Joaquin  River.  The 
channel  is  always  navigable  for  steamboats  and 
vessels  of  400  tons  burden.  The  State  Asylum 
for  the  Insane  is  located  here. 

Marysville  is  a  flourishing  city,  situated  on  the 
north  bank  of  the  Yuba  River,  a  mile  above  its 
confluence  with  Feather  River.  Steamboats  ply 
regularly  between  this  place  and  San  Francisco. 
The  main  road  from  Sacramento  city  passes 
through  it,  and  it  will  probably  be  soon  con- 
nected with  that  city  by  railroad. 

Nevada  City,  situated  to  the  N.  E.  of  Marys- 
ville, on  a  branch  of  the  Yuba  River,  is  one  of 
the  most  prosperous  towns  in  the  mining  region. 
Gold  is  abundant  in  the  vicinity,  both  in  quartz 
veins  aud  in  placers. 

San  Jose,  50  m.  S.  E.  of  San  Francisco,  i> 
noted  for  its  delightful  climate. 


Xau/Uest       J  9  from  W;isti- 


SJf         JQDEJiTcJh  . 


AXni?. 3!T£sf        9 


T  HE    OB  G  A  N  1  Z  B  D    T  E  B  B  [TOE]  R  S 


181 


T  II  E     0  RG  AN  I  ZED     T  E  R  R  I  To  RIES 


The  Act-  of  Congress  by  which  the  Territoi 
aow  existing  as  such,  were  organized,  contain  gen- 
erally llif  Bame provisions  fur  each  Territory,  which 
i-  regarded  as  an  incipient  State,  since  it  is  expect- 
ed thai  Congress  will  admit  each  into  the  Union 
as  a  State  when  it  contains  sufficient  population. 
However,  Congress  has  the  right  to  divide  a  Ter- 
ritory, or  to  annex  any  portion  of  it  to  another 
Territory  or  State.  The  Act  of  Organization  of 
each  Territory  established  the  qualifications  for 
voting  (very  liberal)  at  the  fust  election  :  the  form 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly,  the  number  ami  quali- 
fications of  its  members,  etc  ;  the  terms  of  office 
of  the  (Juvernor  ami  Secretary  I  1  or  5  years),  ami 
their  duties;  the  number  of  the  courts,  and  their 
powers;  and  granted  lands  for  educational  pur- 
poses. Each  Territory  sends  to  Congress  a  Dele- 
gate, who  is  elected  by  a  plurality  of  votes. 


MINNESOTA. 

MlNHESOTA  occupies  the  most  elevated  tract  of 
land  between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Hudson's 
Bay.  It  extends  from  the  Mississippi  and  St. 
Croix  Rivers,  and  Lake  Superior  on  the  east, 
tween  Iowa  ami  British  America,  to  the  Missouri 
River,  and  its  tributary  White-Earth  River,  on 
the  west.  Its  entire  area  has  Keen  computed  at 
160,02:")  sq.  m.  The  general  features  of  Minnesota 
are  those  of  a  high  rolling  prairie  or  elevated  table- 
land, about  equally  divid  1  betwi  en  oak-openings 
and  prairies.  There  are  no  mountainous  rai 
Near  I.uke  Superior  there  is  an  elevation  of  land, 

that  may  be  called  mountainous;  butelBewhere  the 
nearest  approach  t"  mountains  is  in  the  towering 


Mulls  along  the  Bhores  of  the  '  I  pi,  and  B 

Dubuque  to  St.  Paul  these  bluffs  form  th 

e  t  feature  of  western    cenery.    The  I  "f 

■  bluffs  descend  from  their  i  (evation  on  the 
river'.-  bank  by  a  gradual  slope  :  the  inte- 

rior.    In  the  country  between  '.!.  I      >ix  and 

Mississippi,  the  lakes  and  pon  Is  Beem  to  he  innu- 
merable,  am]  tiny  are  al-o  frequenl  west  of  the 
Mississippi.    This  region  also  contaii  isive 

f  1  pine,  though    not  of  the  larj 

growth.     West  of  the    Missi    ippi,  commencing 

the  Crow-wing,  its  tributary,  is  the  range  of 

its  known  as  the  Coteau  da  Grand  Boia,  or 
Wooded  Heights,  which  extends  southward  and 

llel  to  the  Mississippi's  course  for  150  mi! 
this  ridge  is  mostly  covered  with  a  dense  forest  of 
hard-wood.      There  is  another  elevated  section. 
west  of  the  former,  and  nearly  parallel  to  it  ;  ' 
a  plateau,  called  the  <  loteau  d  is  Prairies,  or  1' 
rie  Heights,  about  200  m.  long,  and  from  15  I 
wide,  extending  through  the  middle  of  the  south- 
ern part  of  Minnesota  into  Iowa.     The  char:; 
of  the  soil  varies  greatly.     In  the  valleys  of  the 
river  tally  iii  those  >■(  the  ML  and 

in  th  •  o  • 
part    of  the  Territory,  it    is  gen  nt. 

The  healthfulne  s  of  the  climate  i-;  very  n  marka- 
ble,  and  the  changes  of  temperature  are  a' 
entirely  st  asonable.    The  winl  r  :;  •  bar 
by  i:  ac  dryness,  there  being  an  almost  total 

nceof  rain  or  moisture.  The  spring  is  usually 
boisterous  and  cold;  the  summer  i<  short  and 
pi  asanl  :   th.''  autumn  is  long,  warm,  and  the  I 

htful  portion  of  the  year. 
In  L850  the  Territory  contained  6,077   inha' - 


UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA. 


itants,  and  in  1855,  56.122.  No.  of  free  colored  in 
1850,  39.  The  Indian  population  in  1852  was 
estimated  by  Gov.  Ramsey  at  25,000. 

Minnesota  is  destined  to  become  a  great  agricul- 
tural and  grazing  region.  All  the  principal  grains 
and  roots  thrive  in  great  vigor,  as  far  north  as 
Pembina,  or  to  the  northern  boundary.  There  is 
less  available  grain-land  in  Minnesota,  in  propor- 
tion to  its  extent,  than  in  Wisconsin  or  Iowa  ;  but 
for  grazing  purposes,  this  Territory  is  superior  to 
those  States.  The  prairies  are  not  large,  as  in 
Illinois  and  other  States,  but  groves  of  timber  are 
thickly  interspersed  over  them,  and  clear  streams 
everywhere  abound.  According  to  Gov.  Ramsey, 
wherever  the  test  has  been  made,  Minnesota  pro- 
duces com,  wheat,  oats,  and  potatoes,  equal  in 
quality  to  the  corresponding  product  in  any  State, 
and  in  remarkable  abundance. 
'  From  the  geological  surveys  of  Minnesota  it 
does  not  appear  that  there  is  any  great  amount 
of  mineral  wealth  within  its  borders.  Near  Lake 
Superior  there  is  probably  a  considerable  quantity 
of  iron  and  copper.  The  most  remarkable  mineral 
in  the  Territory  is  the  red  pipestone,  of  which  the 
Indian?  make  their  pipes,  and  which  is  said  to  lie 
peculiar  to  the  region  of  the  Coteau  des  Prairies. 
East  of  the  Red  River  of  the  North,  Minnesota  is 
mostly  covered  with  drift,  lying  on  crystaline  and 
metamorphic  rocks,  which  occasionally  protrude  to 
the  surface  in  the  valleys  of  the  rivers  and  on  the 
shores  of  lakes. 

The  steamboat  business  of  the  Upper  Missis- 
sippi has  grown  within  a  few  years  from  actual  ' 
insignificance  to  great  importance.  The  number 
of  boats  engaged  in  the  trade  of  St.  Paul  in  1853 
wag  23,  and  the  number  of  arrivals  was  235  ;  in 
1354,  38  boats  and  310  arrivals;  in  1855,  C8 
boats  and  5G3  arrivals.   The  growth  of  the  steam- 


boat interest  is  a  pretty  fair  index  of  the  genera! 
advancement  of  the  country. 

St.  Paul,  the  capital  and  chief  town,  is  situated 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  five  miles 
below  the  confluence  of  the  Minnesota  River.  Its 
site  consists  of  a  hilly  terrace,  sloping  to  the  river, 
and  is  surrounded  in  the  rear  by  a  semi-circular 
plateau,  elevated  about  forty  feet  above  the  town. 
The  main  street  is  a  mile  long,  and  is  lined  with 
buildings  of  all  descriptions.  There  are  ten 
churches  and  thirteen  taverns.  The  State  House 
is  a  very  spacious  brick  building  with  large  dome. 
The  Court  House  and  Public  Market  are  large 
brick  buildings.  The  population  in  1850  was 
1,112  (township,  1,338)  ;  in  1855,  5,454. 

Eight  miles  above  St.  Paul  are  the  thriving 
places  of  St.  Anthony  and  Minneapolis,  which 
were  recently  united,  under  the  name  of  the  latter, 
by  an  Act  of  the  Legislature.  St.  Anthony  is  on 
the  east  side  of  the  river,  and  Minneapolis  is 
directly  opposite,  and  they  are  connected  by  a 
handsome  wire  suspension  bridge.  The  Falls  of 
St.  Anthony,  at  this  point,  afford  great  facilities 
for  manufacturing ;  the  perpendicular  fall  at  the 
highest  point  is  20  ft,,  but  the  whole  descent 
within  a  mile  from  the  head  of  the  rapids  is  near 
GO  ft.  A  large  capital  is  invested  in  the  lum- 
bering business.  The  University  of  Minnesota 
was  founded  at  St.  Anthony  in  1851.  Pop.  of 
St.  Anthony  in  1855,  3,500  ;  of  Minneapolis,  1,000. 

Stillwater,  on  the  St.  Croix,  is  noted  for  its 
lumber  business,  and  is  the  point  from  which  the 
greater  portion  of  the  supplies  for  the  vast  pine 
region  on  the  St.  Croix  and  its  tributaries  are 
drawn  by  teams  or  carried  by  boats.  The  Peni- 
tentiary of  the  Territory  is  here  located.  Popu- 
lation in  1850,  G21  ;  in  1855,  2,500. 

Fort  Snelling,  at  the  confluence  cf  the  Missis- 


/    Xan.    W.  1 
.nalia. 


9    from.    "VVashlnsitniu 


KANSAS 

_A_JTD 

NEBRASKA 


30 — io 


XiW v  west     ate  xi 


irrrm.      Greenwich. 


-Tg-n — TlTL 

— i — iJvJ— -l — i — <— V--^: 
r       0\JL     3T- 


T  II  E    0  li  G  A  N  I  Z  B  I)    T  E  B  B  [TO  R  J  I.  3 


183 


aippi  and  Minnesota  Bivi  re,  is  rapidly  increasing 
in  population.  The  U.  S.  fort  is  a  large  and  very 
costly  structure. 

Itasca,  25  m.  X.  of  St  Anthony,  nearly  oppo- 
site the  mouth  of  Crow  River,  carries  on  at 
present  a  large  Indian  trade. 


K  A  NSAS 

Extends  between  the  37th  ami  40th  parallels  of 
latitude,  from  the  State  of  Missouri  ou  the  east  to 

long.  1(1.'?  W.,  ami  from  that  point  between  the 
38th  and  loth  parallels  to  the  Rocky  Mts.  ou  the 
west.  Its  area  is  computed  at  114,798  sq.  m. 
From  the  eastern  boundary  of  Mi-  ouri  to  the 
base  of  the  Rocky  Mts.,  the  face  of  the  country 
is  a  continual  succession  of  undulating  ridges  and 
valleys.  The  eastern  portion  of  Kansas,  extending 
from  80  to  200  m.  W.  of  the  Missouri  boundary, 
is  the   m  ■  !  !  for  agricultural   purposes. 

The  land  lies  in  large  and  gentle  roll-  and  ridges, 
seldom  so  abrupt  as  to  unfit  it  for  the  plough. 
Timber  is  nol  abundant,  but  is  found  along  the 
streams,  and  consists  mainly  of  oak  of  all  kinds, 
walnut,  huckberry,  cotton-wood,  and  elm.  This 
region  has  a  limestone  basis,  and  always  presents, 
even  on  I  of  the  ridges,  a  soil  ,.f  remarkable 

fertility,  while  in  the  valleys  and  on  the  creek- 
bottoms  the  fertility  surpas  -  description.  The 
surface-soil  varies  from  2  to  G  ft.  in  depth — much 
of  it  a  black  vegetable  mould,  superior  to  ordinary 
prairie  soil.  Limestone  is  everywhere  abundant, 
sandston  ally  occurs,  and  both  are  easily 

accessible  on  the  edges  of  the  bluffs.  Bituminous 
coal  of  good  quality  is  met  with  around  Council 
City,  where  the  veins  are  several  feet  thick;  and 
it  is  also  found  in  other  localities.  Springs  occur 
ou  the  surface,  but  good  water  is  chiefly  procured 


by  digging  from  10  to  40  ft.     The  cl 
Eastern  Kan  generally  healthy,  though  the 

iges  of   temperature  are  often  Budden  and 

extreme.  It  is  warm  in  summer,  a1 
very  hot,  but  the  heat  is  rendered  endurable  by 
the  constant  breezes  from  the  south-west  The 
winter  begins  in  December  and  lasts  until  March, 
and  usually  is  marked  by  a  few  day-  and  ni 
of  severely  frosty  and  stormy  characl  '_'.  Be- 
yond this  district  thei  gradual  deterioration 
ward,  and  beyond  Council  Grovi  3  indy 
Crock  the  soil  presents  a  sandy  appearance,  but 
is  covered  with  vines,  rushes,  etc.  The  only  trees 
in  this  portion  of  the  country  i  ■  in  the 
Kansas  River  Valley,  and  are  chi  n-wood 
and  willow.    In  short,  this  is  a  vast  expanse  of 

\\ Hess  prairie,  forming  part  of  the  Great  PL 

The  basis  rock  is  sandstone.   This  section  extends 
westward  for  about  350  miles.     3.  Farther  v.     \ 
there  is  a  narrow  tract,  in  which  the  soil  i 
part   composed   of  marl   and    earthy   lii 
There  are  many  small  tracts, called  "  buttes,"  ele- 
vated from  15  to  :  i  ft.  al   tve  the  ordinary  li 
with  perpendicular  sides;  these  have  a  Hat  sur- 
ae  of  them  are  covered  with  mountain 
cherry  and  other  shrubs.     -1.  Along  th< 
the  Black  Hills  there  is  a  line  tract  ol  .tile 

soil,  with  plenty  ol  r;  the  so  aery  is  hL 

able,  and  there  is  an  abundance  of  wild 
fruits  and  Qowcrs.  5.  The  space  b  tween  the 
Black  Hills  and  1L  '.;   M  ■  variety 

of  hill    and    dale,    mount  .   and   is 

traversed  by  stream-  of  varied  size. 

Th  ■  population  in  March,  . 
at  B,52]  (exclusive  of  Indians  and  ]  »ng- 

ing  to  the  Q.  S.   ' 

and  3,383    females.     No.   of  v<  !  -77;   of 

natives,  7,101  ;  of  foreigners,  403 ;  ofalai 


184 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA. 


Only  a  portion  of  the  Territory  has  yet  been  sur- 
veyed, but  numerous  settlements  have  been  com- 
menced. The  -whole  Indian  population  has  been 
estimated  at  about  25,000. 

Leavenworth  is  now  the  largest  town,  and  its 
position  is  favorable  for  rapid  growth.  It  is  situ- 
ated on  the  Missouri,  2  in.  below  Fort  Leaven- 
worth, and  31  m.  above  the  mouth  of  the  Kansas 
River.  The  M  issouri  flows  by  it  with  a  swift  and 
deep  current,  and  good  landing  facilities  are 
afforded  by  a  natural  levee  of  rock.  At  the  close 
of  1855  the  population  was  about  1,500. 

Lawrence,  on  the  Kansas,  about  45  m.  from  its 
mouth,  is  located  in  a  delightful  region.  In  its 
vicinity  the  lands  have  been  taken  up  by  claims 
in  every  direction.  Its  inhabitants  are  not  sur- 
passed by  those  of  any  other  town  for  enterprise 
and  intelligence.  Topeka  and  Pawnee  are  promis- 
ing villages. 


NEBRASKA. 

Nebraska,  as  now  organized,  embraces  all  the 
country  between  40°  and  49°  N.  lat.,  and  between 
the  Missouri  River  and  Rocky  Mts.,  or  an  area, 
as  estimated,  of  335,882  sq.  m.  The  settlements 
are  as  yet  confined  to  a  small  section  bordering 
the  Missouri  River,  just  above  and  below  the 
mouth  of  the  Nebraska,  or  Platte,  River.  This 
Bection  is  very  similar  in  respect  to  soil,  vegeta- 
tion, and  climate  to  Western  Iowa,  and  its  fertil- 
ity is  perhaps  more  remarkable.  Immediately 
adjacent  to  the  .Missouri  River,  the  surface  is  oc- 
casionally low  and  marshy,  but  such  sections  are 
narrow,  being  soon  terminated  by  bluffs.  Their 
soil  is  a  deep  and  rich  loam,  and  shaded  by  a 
heavy  growth  of  trees  ;  the  highlands  are  open 
prairie  grounds,  covered  with  grasses.   The  prairie 


through  which  the  Nebraska  River  flows  is 
adapted  to  profitable  cultivation,  the  soil  being 
easy  to  till,  and  yielding  heavy  crops.  Where  the 
prairie  region  is  not  suited  for  tillage,  it  mainly 
consists  of  rich  pastures.  This  is  more  particu- 
larly the  character  of  the  country  extending  north 
and  north-west  of  the  fertile  and  inhabited  section 
just  mentioned,  since  it  is  one  boundless  expanse 
of  rolling  prairie,  so  largely  intermingled  with 
sand  as  to  be  unfit  for  agriculture,  but  carpeted 
with  succulent  grasses.  Timber  is  almost  entirely 
confined  to  the  banks  of  the  streams,  and  is  said 
to  be  most  abundant  in  the  Nebraska  Valley. 
The  range  of  highlands,  which  commence  from  the 
Rocky  Mts.  in  lat.  43°  and  sweep  around  to  the 
Missouri  River  at  its  great  bend,  divides  the  ter- 
ritory into  about  equal  portions.  The  north-west 
portion  forms  a  great  basin,  drained  by  the  Yel- 
low Stone  and  Upper  Missouri  and  their  numer- 
ous tributaries ;  it  has  not  been  thoroughly  ex- 
plored, because  of  its  being  occupied  by  tribes  of 
Indians  notoriously  hostile  to  the  whites.  The 
Nebraska  River  is  broad,  and  so  shallow  that  it 
can  be  navigated  only  at  high  water,  and  even 
then  the  navigation  is  difficult;  during  the  dry 
season  it  is,  in  part,  only  a  series  of  pools.  Th  i 
interior  and  western  parts  of  Southern  Nebraska 
are  said  to  be  quite  barren,  almost  entirely  desti- 
tute of  timber,  and  of  little  or  no  value  except 
for  grazing.  Owing  to  the  vast  extent  of  prairie 
surface,  the  winds  from  the  north  and  west  have  a 
wide  sweep  over  the  plains,  and  the  changes  of 
temperature  are  frequently  very  sudden  and  very 
great. 

In  October,  1855,  the  white  population  was 
4,505,  consisting  of  3,102  persons  south  of  Ne- 
braska River,  and  1,403  north  of  it;  and  divided 
thus  :  white  males  over  21  years  of  age,  1,517  ; 


THE    ORG  A  N  I  Z  E  I>    T  K  B  B  I  T  0  B  I  E  S 


186 


all  others,  3,048.     No.  ot'  legal  voters,  1,405  ;  of 
slaves,  1 1 . 

The  chief  settlements  arc  :  Omaha  City,  the 
capita!,  oppo  ite  Council  Blnflfe,  and  finely  situ- 
utcd  on  a  commanding  elevation  ;  Bellevue,  9  m. 
below,  containing  the  chief  Indian  agency  and  a 
missionary  i  rtablishment  for  the  Omahas;  Mount 
v  .nun.  at  the  month  of  the  Weeping  Wat 
and  Nebraska  City,  which  is  8  ni.  below  Mt.  V., 
on  the  site  of  Old  Fort  Kearney,  ami  a  place  of 
growing  importance  Fort  Laramie  and  Fort 
Kearney,  are  important  military  posts  of  the 
United  States  on  the  route  to  the  pass  of  the 
Rocky  Mts. 


W  A  S  II  1  XGTON. 

Washington  Territory  extends  from  the  Rocky 
Mts.  to  the  Pacific  <  tcean,  between  the  49th  paral- 
lel of  latitude  on  the  north,  and  the  46th  parallel 
and  the  Columbia  Biver  on  the  south.  Its  area 
is  computed  at  12.'!, 022  sq.  m.  The  Cascade  Mts. 
cross  the  Territory  in  continuation  of  the  range  in 
I  Iregon,  etc.,  at  a  distance  of  from  70  to  110  m. 
from  the  Pacific,  its  highest  peaks  in  this  divi- 
sion arc  St.  Helens,  Rainier,  and  Baker,  which  are 
crowned  with  perpetual  snow.  The  elevation  of 
the  first  has  been  estimated  at  1:5,300  ft. ;  that  of 
the  second,  12,000.  Mt.  Olympus  is  the  chief 
summit  of  the  somewhat  isolated  mountain.-'  south 
of  the  Strait  of  Juan  dc  Fuea,  and  is  8,197  ft. 
high.  The  .-trait  just  mentioned  conn* 
Pacific  Ocean  with  Admiralty  Inlet,  I*u_ 
Sound,  and  Hood's  Canal  ;  these  arc  arms  of  a 
great  bay,  extending  about  GO  or  70  m.  S.  from 
the  Gulf  of  Georgia,  and  all  na  for  the 

largest  Bhips,  which  may  a!s.>  approach  close  to 
the  shores.     The  Columbia  I  liver  is  obstructed  at 


its  mouth  by  sand-bars,  above  which   it   is  navi- 
gable for  lai  I-  to  the  I  Ml 
about  130  m.    At  this  point  the  river's  chano 
narrowed  to  L50  yd-.,  and  the  water  is  40 
ft.  in  the  course  of    two   mil'-.      Aim'. 
rapids  the  river  i-  navigable  by  boats,  for  40  in- 
to the  Dalles, where  it-  channel  is  narrowed  to 
100  yds.,  between  basaltic  rocks  for  the  distance 
of  half  a  mile,  through  which  the  river  rushes 
with  great  violence,  d                   50  ft.  within  two 
miles.     The  ether  parts  of  this  riv.-r.  as  well  afi 
the  other  rivers  in  Washington, are  only  navigable 
by  boats  and  canoes,  being  much  obstructed  by 
rapids  and  falls.     Since  nearly  all  the  rivers  of 
Washington  have  their  sources  inelev; 
covered  in  part  with  snow,  they  are  liable  at  cer- 
tain seasons  to  sudden  floods,  which  inundate  the 
lowlands  on  their  shores.     At  the  Dalles  the  Co- 
lumbia River  sometimes  rises  CO  ft.  during 
freshets.     As  yet  the  settlements  are  confined  u< 
the  portion  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  I 
cade  Mts.     This  portion,  (according  to  Gov.  E 

)  although  equaling  the  best  part  of  On 
in  richness  of  soil  and  ease  of  transportation,  is 
heavily  timbered,  and  time  and  labor  are  required 
for  clearing  its  forests  and  opening  the  earth  to 
the  production  of  its  fruits.  The  great  body  of 
the  country,  ont1  e  other  hand,  stretching  eastward 
from  the  Cascade  Mts.  to  the  Rocky  Mts.,  while 
it  contains  many  fertile  valleys  and  much  good 
land  suited  to  the  farmer,  is  yet  more  especially 
azing  country,  which  pro  is  its  popu- 

lation inc  to  open  a  new  and  vast   field  to 

American  enterprise,  in  its  cattle,  in  its  hors 
and,  above  all,  iii  its  wool.     But  in  the  meanti 
the  staple  of  the  laud  must  continue  to  be  the  one 
which  nature   herself   has  planted,   in  the  in 
haustible  forests  of  fir,  of  spruce,  and  of  cc 


186 


UNITED     STATES     OF     AMERICA 


In  furnishing  lumber,  spars  for  vessels, etc.,  Wash- 
ington is  unsurpassed  by  any  portion  of  the  Pa- 
cific coast.  The  timber  is  of  enormous  size, 
generally,  and  that  species  of  gigantic  fir,  which 
is  also  found  in  Oregon  and  California,  frequently 
attains  a  height  of  300  ft.,  and  is  from  8  to  12  ft. 
in  diameter.  It  is  evident  that  there  is  sufficient 
of  fertile  land  in  the  coast  section  to  sustain  a 
dense  population.  The  soil  is  remarkably  favor- 
able to  the  culture  of  potatoes,  turnips,  onions, 
and  other  vegetables,  which  grow  to  a  much  larger 
size  than  in  the  Atlantic  States.  /Wheat  and  oats 
are  the  principal  grain  crops  that  have  so  far  been 
cultivated.  The  pasturage  generally  is  excellent, 
but  the  stock  cattle  are  not  yet  numerous.  The 
climate  is  very  healthy,  warm,  and  mild.  The 
winter  is  a  rainy  season,  but  there  is  seldom  much 
rain,  and  but  very  little  snow. 

The  white  population  in  1850  amounted  to 
1,201  ;  in  the  fall  of  1853  to  5,200.  The  settlers 
are  chiefly  located  between  Columbia  River  and 
the  head  of  Puget's  Sound,  along  the  shores  of  the 
Sound  and  in  the  valleys  of  the  rivers.  Olympia, 
the  capital  and  oldest  town,  is  built  on  an  inlet  of 
the  Sound,  at  its  south  end,  or  head.  The  princi- 
pal settlements  on  the  east  side  of  the  Sound,  are, 
Steilacoom.  Seattle,  and  Alki.  Port  Townsend 
is  at  the  junction  of  the  Sound  with  the  Strait  of 
Juan  de  Fuca.  Whidby's  bland, situated  east  of 
Vancouver's  Island,  is  near  50  m.  long,  and  from 
3  to  1 0  wide.  It  is  being  settled  rapidly,  and 
Penn's  Cove  near  its  centre  is  a  thriving  village. 
On  the  Columbia  River  are  the  settlements  of 
Pacific  City,  Cathlamet,  Monticello,  Port  Van- 
couver, and  Cascade  City.  The  increase  of  the 
Territory  in  population  has  been  somewhat 
retarded  of  late  by  the  disturbances  with  the 
Indians. 


OREGON 

Extends  south  from  "Washington  Territory  to  tho 
42d  parallel  of  latitude,  comprising  an  area  of 
185,0o0  sq.  m.  It  is  usually  described  as  consist- 
ing of  three  portions,  viz  :  the  Lower  Country,  or 
portion  between  the  ocean  and  the  Cascade  Mts. ; 
the  Middle  Country,  or  that  part  between  the 
Cascade  Mts.  and  Blue  Mts.;  and  the  Upper 
Country,  or  the  portion  between  the  Blue  Mts. 
and  Rocky  M  ts.  The  last  is-  traversed,  E.  and  W., 
by  the  Salmon  River  Mts.,  is  drained  by  Snako 
River  or  Lewis  Fork  of  tho  Columbia,  and  is  de- 
scribed as  being  a  sterile  and  dreary  region.  Tho 
Middle  Country  is  mostly  an  elevated  plateau,  in 
which  timber  is  scarce,  and  consists  mainly  of  soft 
wood  ;  it  is  not  generally  cultivable,  but  contains 
many  tracts  of  excellent  pasturage.  The  Lower 
Country  as  yet  contains  nearly  all  of  the  settle- 
ments, and  these  are  chiefly  in  the  Willamette 
Valley.  The  surface  of  the  latter  is  somewhat 
diversified  and  its  soil  is  remarkably  fertile.  Po- 
tatoes and  other  vegetables  are  raised  in  immense 
quantities  with  little  attention,  the  yield  being 
500  bush,  and  upwards  to  the  acre.  Wheat  is  the 
principal  grain  crop,  and  oats  grow  very  well. 
Corn  cannot  be  grown  in  sufficient  quantities  to 
make  its  cultivation  any  object,  since  the  summers 
are  too  cool  for  the  ordinary  varieties,  and  there 
are  frequently  droughts  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
summer.  The  interior  and  southern  parts  of  the 
Territory  are  adapted  to  the  perfect  development 
of  fruits,  especially  peaches,  apples,  pears,  and 
grapes.  Cattle-  are  l'aiscd  with  little  more  care 
than  to  keep  them  from  straying,  and  they  keep 
fat  during  the  whole  year  upon  grass.  The  grass 
(of  which  there  are  several  varieties,  but  all  very 
nutritious  and  durable)  grows  all  winter,  spring 


4 


T  11  K    0  R  G  A  N  J  Z  B  I)    T  E  RBIT0RIE8. 


187 


and  in  summer  until  August,  when  the  dews  fail, 
and  the  ground  becomes  dry ;  then  it  dries  up,  and 
is  cut  for  hay,  at  which  time  it  is  as  valuable  as 
at  any  other  period,  because  no  decomposition 
takes  place,  as  is  common  els  iwhere,  by  dews  and 
rain.  As  soon  as  the  rains  in  the  fall  come,  it 
begins  to  revive  and  to  throw  out  the  fringes  of 
the  blades.  The  m  »sl  prominent  feature  in  the 
appearance  of   the   country   is  the  magnificent 

-  sry  of  the  forests  of  tall  pines,  majestic  oaks, 
and  the  unrivalled  redwood.  The  species  of  fir 
called  Lambert's  pine  sometimes  attains  a  heighl 
of  300  ft.  and  circumference  of  40  ft. ;  this  is  the 
great  timber  of  the  country,  and  is  extensively  ex- 
ported. White  cedar,  the  most  valuable  wood,  is 
abundant  round  Port  Orford,  but  scarce  in  other 

ions.     The  climate  is  much  milder  than  in  the 
same  latitude  on  the  Atlantic  coast.    The  win 
are  somewhat  irregular,  though  seldom  rigorous. 
The  number  of  white  inhabitants  in  1850  was 
12,093;  and  in  1853,  26,124 

Portland,  15  m.  from  the  mouth  of  the  Willa- 
mett  ■.  i-  the  chief  town  and  commercial  point  of 
the  Territory,  as  nearly  all  of  the  wholesale  busi- 
ness is  there  transacted.  It  is  practically  at  the 
head  of  navigation  for  sailing  vessels.  It  is  on  a 
level   plateau,  some  00   ft.  above  the  river  ;  has 

ral  church  s,  2  academies,  3  n  iwspapers,  and 
ovi  r  3,000  inhabitants,  (in  1850,  821). 

Oregon  City  is  at  the  Palls  of  the  Willamel 
L2  in.  above  or  south  of  Portland.  Milwaukie  is 
situated  midway  b  a  Oregon  City  and  Port- 
land, and  manufactures  <  .ble  lumber. 
Other  chief  town  on  the  Willamette  are  Salem, 
50  m.  ab  Ubany,  75  m. ;  and  Cor- 
vallis,  which  was  selected  as  the  capital  in  1 
1  id  in.  Astoria,  on  the  Columbia.  5j  m.  from 
its  mouth,  is  now  of  little  importance. 


UT  A  II 

..\ns  from  tb  u  boundary  of  Califoi 

between  the  parallels  of  37  and  42  N.  lat.,  to 
the  Rocky  Bits.     I' -  area  b  i  at 

269,170  Bq.  m.   This  extensi  rally 

an  elevated  and  barren  table-land,  traversed  by 
sral  ranges  of  mountains  and  highlands.     The 
principal  range  appears  to  be  that  of  the  Wah- 
satch  Mts.,  which  extends  ac  intry,  in 

nearly  N.  and  S.  direction,  on  the  ■•  of 

River,  and  eastward  of  Great  Salt  Lake; 

rest  usually  varies  in  elevation  from  1,000  to 
7,000  ft.  above  the  neighboring  valleys,  but  the 
highest  summits  arc  from  8.000  to  11,000  ft. hi 
and  their  tops  are  covered  with  p  rpetual  snow. 
be  country  into  unequal  parts  : 
1.  The  eastern  and  smaller  division,  or  the  region 
between  the  Wahsatch  and  Rocky  Mts.,  is  exceed- 
ingly sterile,  and  scarcely  any  portion  of  it  is 
habitable,  excepting  perhaps  the  Uintah  and 
some  other  river  valleys.  This  division  isdrai  d 
by  Green  and  Grand  Rivers  an  1  tb  ir  tributa 

.i  River  is  the  larg  r  of  the  two,  and  has  its 
sources  in  the  north-v  ner  of  th<   '1 

Grand  River  rise    in  the  Rocky  Bits.,  and' the 
iter  part  of  its  course  is  remarkably  parallel 
to  that  of  the  formi  r.    Th  rs  unite  i\i  N     • 

Mexico,  in  lat.  36c .  and  form  the  principal  brunch 
of  the   Colorado.     2.  T  I  rn  and   larger 

division  is  called  thi    G  B   -'n  :  this  has  an 

extent  of  about  500  m.  from  E.  to  W..  by  .".."0  in. 
from  N.  to  S.,  and  a  general  elevation  of  from 
•1,000  to  5.000  ft.  ab-  vel.     ftsbounda 

on  all  sides  i  d  by  mountains.     Near  its 

centre  there  is  a  small  system  of  mountains,  called 
the  Humboldt  River  Mts.,  which  extend  N.  and  - 
having  an  elevation  of  from  2,000  to  5,000  ft. 


188 


UNITED     STATES     OP     AMERICA. 


above  the  surrounding  country  ;  and  the  principal 
range  is  flanked  by  several  parallel  ranges.  The 
basin  is  remarkable  for  its  many  peculiarities.  Its 
rivers  originate  and  terminate  within  its  own 
limits ;  all  of  them  either  discharge  themselves 
into  the  interior  lakes,  or  are  absorbed  by  the 
sands  of  the  desert.  The  Humboldt  is  the  largest 
river ;  this  rises  in  the  Humboldt  Mts.,  and  flows 
S.  W.  about  300  miles  into  Humboldt's  Lake. 
One  of  the  overland  routes  to  California  is  along 
this  river,  the  banks  of  which  afford  but  little 
pasturage.  The  Nicollet  River  rises  in  the  S.  E. 
part  of  the  basin,  flows  N.  and  W.  for  about  the 
same  distance  as  the  Humboldt,  and  empties  itself 
into  Nicollet  Lake.  In  the  N.  E.  part  of  the 
basin,  Bear  River  enters  the  Territory  from  Ore- 
gon, and  is  the  principal  tributary  of  Great  Salt 
Lake.  This  lake  is  probably  the  most  remarkable 
object  of  interest  in  Utah.  It  is  about  70  m. 
long  by  30  to  35  broad,  and  has  no  visible  outlet. 
The  water  is  so  highly  saline  that  no  living  thing 
can  continue  to  exist  in  it,  and,  by  the  evaporation. 
in  hot  weather,  leaves  on  its  shores  a  thick  deposit 
of  common  salt.  It  is  in  part  fed  by  the  water 
of  Utah  Lake,  which  is  a  body  of  fresh  water, 
about  35  m.  long,  situated  about  25  m.  S.  of  the 
former.  It  contains  abundance  of  fish  of  various 
species,  and  empties  into  the  great  lake  by  the 
Jordan  River.  Most  of  the  other  lakes  have  do 
outlet  but  by  evaporation,  which  sometimes  re- 
duces them  to  mere  marshes.  Some  of  the  small 
lakes  arc  onlv  sinks  or  sloughs.  Near  the  Sierra 
Nevada  Mts.  are  several  lakes,  which  receive  the 
waters  of  the  eastern  slope  of  those  mountains  ; 
the  largest  are  Pyramid,  Mud.  Carson's,  Walker's 
and  Bigler's  Lakes.  The  first  is  distinguished  for 
containing  a  pyramidal  mountain,  rising  from  its 
waters  some  GOO  ft.  above  the  surface,  and  by 


being  in  part  surrounded  by  precipitous  banks, 
which  in  some  places  are  about  3,000  ft.  high. 
Only  a  very  small  proportion  of  the  surface  of 
Utah  can  ever  be  made  available  in  producing 
food  for  man  or  beast.  The  few  fertile  and  inhab- 
itable tracts  occur  along  the  bases  of  the  mount- 
ains and  in  the  adjoining  valleys,  watered  by  the 
mountain  streams.  The  hardy  grains  and  plants 
of  the  Atlantic  States  are  raised  with  success, 
but  other  plants  are  liable  to  pe  blighted  by 
early  and  late  frosts.  The  variation  between  the 
temperature  of  day  and  night,  in  midsummer,  at 
Great  Salt  Lake  City,  is  from  20°  to  40°  F. 

The  population  in  1850  was  11,380  ;  in  1853, 
it  had  increased  to  18,206.  The  settlements  are 
near  the  western  base  of  the  Wahsatch  Mts.,  in 
the  valleys  extending  north  and  south.  The  popu- 
lation is  almost  entirely  composed  of  Mormons, 
who  first  settled  here  in  1847,  after  their  expul- 
sion from  Illinois  and  Missouri.  About  half  of 
the  whole  is  contained  in  Great  Salt  Lake  City. 
This  and  the  other  towns,  which  are  generally 
small,  are  mostly  built  of  adobes,  or  unburut 
bricks.  The  Indians  are  not  numerous,  and  are  in 
a  miserable  condition. 


NEW    MEXICO. 

New  Mexico  has  a  much  more  irregular  outline 
than  the  other  Territories.  It  is  bounded  N.  by 
Kansas  and  Utah;  W.  by  California;  S.  by 
Mexico  and  Texas  ;  and  the  eastern  boundary  is 
formed  by  the  meridian  of  103°  W.  long.,  sepa- 
rating it  from  Texas,  etc.  It  formed  a  Mexican 
province  or  department,  until  Feb.,  1848,  or  the 
close  of  the  war  of  the  United  States  with  Mex- 
ico ;  and  in  Sept.,  1850,  it  was  constituted,  with 
a  portion  of  Upper  California  and  Texas,  a  Ter- 


THE     ORGANIZE  D     T  E  It  R  I  TORI  B  S 


189 


ritory  of  the  United  States,  under   its  present 
title.     In  1854  its  area  was  increased  by  tl 
dition  of  a  tract  of  Northern  Mexico,  27.f>00  sq. 
m.,  purchased  l>y  the  United  States,  making  its 
present  area,  234,507  8q.  m.     The  country  ''in- 
sists for  the  most  part  of  a  high  table-land,  cro 
by  the  various  ranges  of  mountain;  which  com- 
pose  part  of  the  Rocky  Mtn.  system,  and  by  sev- 
eral detached  ranges.    The  western  part  of  the 
Territory  has  a  general  character  somewhat  re- 
sembling that  of  the  Great  Basin  of  Utah,  espe- 
cially in  its  hopeless  sterility.    The  best  portion 
of  New  .Mexico  consists  of  the  Valley  of  the  Rio 
Grande,  including  its  tributaries,  which  are  numer- 
ous among  the  different  ranges  of  the  Rocky Mts. 
This  region  is  very  productive  when  subjected  to 
culture  and  irrigation.     The  latter  treatment  is 
frequently  indispensable,  owing  to  the  dryness  of 
the  summer.    Under  favorable  circumstances,  fine 
crops  of  wheat  and  corn  are  raised,  besides  beans 
and  vegetables.    Cultivated  fruits  are  grown  with 
success,  but  not  extensively.     Although  the  high 
lands  are  not  useful  for  agricultural  purposes,  yet 
these  are  valuable  for  pasturage,  and  their  grass 
cures  itself  in  the  dry  season,  retaining  its  nutri- 
tious qualities.    On  this,  cattle,  sheep,  horses,  and 
mules  feed  all  the  winter,  and  keep  themselves  in 
good  condition.     The  Rio  Grande  is  a  very  long 
stream,  but  is  very  shallow,  and  cannot  be  navi- 
gated within  New  Mexico,  except  by  very  light 
canoes.     The  principal  western  rivers  have  long 
courses,  but  they  are  of  very  little  importance  for 
navigat  ion.    The  Gila  rises  near  the  bed  of  the  Rio 
Grande,  and,  receiving  several  large  tributaries, 
runs  almost  directly  west  to  its  mouth  in  the  Colo- 
rado, near  the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  California. 
The  Colorado  is  formed  by  Green   and   Grand 
Rivers,  which   unite   in   about  30°   N.  hit.,  and, 


flowing  S.  W.  for  about  150  miles,  receives  the 
Rio  Virgcn,  turns  south,  and  forms  the  west 
boundary,  from  35     X.  hit.  to  20  mil  .  the 

mouth  of  the  <;i!a.    The  mountainous  ridge  on 
north  side  of  the  Bio  Gila,  is  irregular  and 
broken,  bul  contains  some  1  .at ions,  and 

much  of  th"  along  this  river  is  highly 

picturesque.  '1  he  mineral  resources  of  New  Mex- 
ico arc  believed,  on  imperfect  data,  to  be  v.  ry 
great.  Silver  and  gold  are  found  in  various  locali- 
ties, besides  considerable  copper,  and  great  depos- 
its of  iron  or    . 

According  to  the  census  of  1850,  New  Mexico 
then  contained  61,523  white,  and  22  free  colored 
persons.    This  number  is  said  to  have  embraced 
about  10,0.  0  half-breed  races,  (from  the  mixture 
of  whites  and  Indians.)  who  had  been  brought 
under  civilization.  This  would  leave  about  51.000 
of  Spanish-Ameri  ;an  origin.     Of  the  whole  num- 
ber, 58,415  were  born  in   the   Territory.     The 
Indian  population  in  1853,  according  to  the  i 
mates  of  the  Indian  Bureau  at  Washington,  was 
about  -15,000.     Exclusive  of  the  latter,  the  num- 
ber of  inhabitants  in  the  principal  settlements  in 
1850  was  as  follows  :  In  Santa  Fe,  4,S-4G  ;  La 
Cuesta,  2,196;   S  ,  Miguel,  2,008;  Las   V 
1,550;  Zuni,  1,292.     Santa  Fe,  the  capital,  is 
situated  about  25  m.  E.  of  the  Rio  Grande,  on 
one  of  its  tributaries.     It  stands  upon  a  plateau. 
a    short   distance    south-east    of  the  base    of  a 
snow-capped  mountain,  which  rises  5.000  ft.  above 
the  town.     It  has  for  many  years  been  noted  as 
the  head-quarters  of  the  overland  trade  with  St. 
Louis.       The  houses  are  usually  built    of  dark- 
colored  adobe-,  or  unburnt  brick,  in  the  form  of 
a  square,  with  a  court  in  the  centre;  there  is 
generally  but  one  entrance,  which  is  sufficiently 
Bpacious  to  admit  animals  with  their  packs. 


190 


UNITED     STATES     OF     MEXICO. 


UNITED  STATES  OF  MEXICO 


Mexico  is  bounded  on  the  N.  by  the  United 
States  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico;  on  the  E.  by  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea;  S.F.  by 
Guatemala;  and  S.,  S.W.,  and  W.  by  the  Pacific 
Ocean.    Length  of  sea-coast..  6.248  m.     Irregular 
in  form,  the  greatest  length  (from  the  point  of 
junction  with  the  United  States  on  the  Pacific 
coast  to  Cape  Catoche,  in  the  Caribbean  Sea,)  is 
about  1,925  m.,  and  the  greatest  breadth  is  about 
1,500  m.     Average  length,  about  1,100  m. ;  ave- 
rage  breadth,    about    GOO  m.      Area   in   1850, 
10G,0G7£  Mex.  sq.  leagues.     Mexico  is  traversed 
by  the  great  North  American  Cordillera,  whi(  h  is 
a  continuation  of  the  Andes"  of  South  America. 
From  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  it  extends  W.  to 
the  shores  of  the  Pacific,  sending  off  in  Guatemala 
a  branch  to  the  N.  E.  through  the  Peninsula  of 
Yucatan.     On  entering  Yucatan,  the  chain  takes 
a  N.W.  direction,  and  widens  to  such  an  extent 
that  the  State  of  Oajaca  may  properly  be  said  to 
occupy  the  summit  of  a  single  ridge,  150  m.  wide, 
falling  rapidly  on  one  side  to  the  shores  of  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  and  on  the  other  to  Tabasco  and 
Vera  Cruz.     To  this  succeeds  the  great  Mexican 
table-land,   beginning   with   the  elevated   plains 
(llanos)    of   Puebla,  Mexico,  Querctaro,  Mieho- 
acan,  and  San  Luis  Potosi,  which  have  an  absolute 
height  of  from  G.000  to  8,500  ft.    The  most  nota- 
ble of  these  are  the  plains  of  Apam,  which  lie 
east  of  the  capital  and  the   plains  of  Cazadcro, 
between  Mexico  and  the  City  of  Querctaro.    From 
this  last-named  city,  the  chain  takes  a  northerly 
direction  through  the  State  of  Guanajuato,  where 
it  divides  itself  into  three  branches,  of  which  the 
middle  one  extends  through  the  State  of  San  Luis 


Potosi  in  N.W.  and  N.  course,  until  it  joins  the 
Rocky  Mts.  The  E.  branch  also  crosses  through 
the  same  State,  and  descends  gradually  towards 
the  Rio  Grande.  The  west  branch,  commonly 
known  by  the  name  of  the  Comanca  Range, 
spreads  over  the  State  of  Jalisco,  and  passes 
through  the  States  of  Sinaloa  and  Sonora.  The 
highest  mountains  are  the  following:  Popocate- 
petl, 17,735  ft.;  Pico  de  Orizava,  17,338  ;  Yxtae- 
cihuatl,  15,700;  Ajusco,  14,390;  and  several 
others  of  from  11,000  to  13,000  ft,  A  majority 
of  these  are  volcanoes,  but  extinct,  no  eruption 
having  taken  place  since  that  of  Popocatepetl  in 
1786.  As  a  general  thing,  the  table-lands  are 
remarkably  level,  but  the  descent  from  them  to 
the  coast  is  rugged  and  abrupt,  Mexico  possesses 
no  navigable  rivers  leading  into  the  interior.  The 
largest  river  is  the  Rio  Grande,  which  forms  a 
part  of  the  N.  boundary  between  Mexico  and  the 
United  States.  It  is  1,800  m.  long,  and  only 
navigable  for  small  vessels  several  hundred  miles. 
The  Tampico  or  Panuco  River  is  but  about  200  m, 
long,  and  is  navigable  only  during  the  rainy  sea- 
son, about  50  m.:  during  the  dry  season  it  can  be 
forded  with  little  difficulty.  The  Zacatula  is  navi- 
gable for  some  distance  from  its  mouth.  The 
Mescala  River,  which  has  its  source  in  the  mount- 
ains of  Puebla,  empties  into  the  Zacatula,  and  is 
noted  for  its  cataracts  and  water-falls :  gold  is 
found  in  abundance  in  the  bed  of  this  river.  The 
Rio  Grande  de  Santiago  is  extremely  winding  in 
its  course  :  its  length  is  about  655  miles,  but 
during  the  dry  season  it  is  fordable  24  miles  from 
its  month.  The  Gila  is  3  m.  wide  at  its  junction 
with  the  Colorado,  and  is  navigable  for  large  ves- 


J   '"I  


U  N  I  T  B  D    S  T  A  T  E  8    0  P    M  E  X  I  0  0 


191 


scls.    There  arc  numerous  other  stream?!,  bat  they 
are  of  little  commercial  import  1  might 

more  properly  be  Btyled  torrents  than  rivers.  'I  he 
lakes  ami  lagoons  are  very  abundant,  but  compar- 
atively d  tant.  The  largest  is  Lake  Chap- 
ula,  which  covers  an  area  of  about  1,500  sq.  m. 
There  are  two  others,  situated  oast  of  the  City  of 
Mexico,  and  known  by  the  names  of  Lagnna  de 
Tezcoco  and  the  Lagnna  de  Chalco :  this  last  has 
latch  b  i  navigated  by  steamboats  on  pleasure 
excursions.  The  coast  from  Cape  Catochc  to 
Texas  contains  no  good  harbor  or  scarcely  any 
sheltered  an  .  Lake  Terminns,  45  m.  long 
and  30  m.  wide,  is  connected  with  the  sea  by  two 
separate  channels,  the  de  pe  t  of  which  i>  but 
12  ft.  Tli;'  Lagunas  of  Santa  Anna,  Madero, 
Tamiahua  and  Tampico  are  inaccessible,  owing  to 
the  shoals  and  narrow  passages  leading  to  them. 
Northward  of  Tampico  rims  a  long  succession  of 
sandbanks,  '  j  the  shore,  by  which  eventu- 
ally lagoons  will  be  formed.  The  Pacific  coast 
contains  e  veral  capacious  and  excellent  harbors, 
the  principal  of  which  is  that  of  Aeapulco.  There 
are  several  others  along  the  coast  towards  the 
WW.,  the  principal  of  which  are  Mazatlan,  Han 
BIaz,  and  Guamas,  but  they  are  all  inferior  to 
Aeapulco,  b  ':  in  size  aud  security.  Mexico  has 
great  diversities  of  climate,  owing  principally  to 
the  great  irregularity  in  the  conformation  of  its 
surface.  The  mean  temperature  of  the  c 
between  the  L5th  and  20th  parallels,  is  76°  Fahr., 
while  the  elevated  plains,  within  the  same  limits, 
have  only  64°.  The  climate  on  the  coast  is  ex- 
tremely hot  and  noxious,  while  that  on  the  plains 
of  the  interior  is  temperate  and  perfectly  healthy. 
As  resp  late,  the  country  is  justly  divided 
into  Tierras  Calientes  (hot  lands),  the  elevation 
of  which  seldom  exceeds  900  ft.;  the  Tierras  Tcm- 


pladas  (temperate),  from  1,000  to  5,000  ft.,  and 
Tierras  Prias  (cold),  above  7,000  ft.  The  first 
embraces  the  low  and  adjacent  lands, espe- 
cially tl on  ili-  Gulf;  the  second,  the  slopes 

of  the  mountains,  and  the  third — which   is  the 
"T  at  t — the  summit  of  the  plateau  and 

all  other  districts  higher  than  5,000  ft.  above 
jea-li 

The  history  of  Mexico,  since  its  existence  as  an 
independent  nation,  is  only  a  continuous  record  of 
hitions  and  counter-revolutions.  The  number 
of  persons  who  have  exercised  the  executive 
authority  since  its  independence  has  exceeded  in 
number  the  years  of  its  nationality.  a\ 
about  ten  months  for  the  duration  of  each  admin- 
istration. In  1821.  Mexico,  by  a  successful 
struggle   for    its    5  adence,   separated    from 

Spain,  and  became  a  Republic,  the  first  1\ 
being  General  Don  Guadalupe  Victoria.  The 
number  of  Federal  States  was  then  29,  with 
five  Territories.  The  Government  established  at 
that  time  was  similar  to  that  of  the  United  States, 
d:P  ring  from  it  only  in  two  or  three  important 
points,  the  principal  of  which  was  the  establishing 
of  the  Catholic  Church,  prohibiting  the  free 
exercise  of  any  other  religion.  In  1835  the  Gov- 
ernment was  changed  by  General  Santa  Anna  to 
a  Central  Republic,  which  turned  several  States 
l  !  his  administration,  and  ultimately  brought 
about  an  open  rebellion  in  Texas  and  Yucatan. 
The  first  declared  its  independence,  and,  after  a 
le,  was  annexed  to  the  United  States, 
together  with  Upper  California  and  New  Mexico, 
by  the  treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo  in  1848,  at 
the  close  of  the  war  of  the  United  States  with 
Mexico.  Although  the  country  is  still  in  an 
unsettled  state  (1856),  the  form  of  a  Federal 
Government   is  still    maintained,  and    President 


192 


U  XITED     S  T  A  'J'  E  S     OF     MEXICO 


• '  mionfort's  administration  bids  fair  to  secure  the 
prosperity  and  peace  of  the  country. 

The  population  has  not  been  recently  ascer- 
tained by  a  regular  census,  as  the  last  that  was 
taken  is  dated  as  far  back  as  the  days  of  the 
famous  Viceroy  Revillagigedo,  but  in  1850  the 
Mexican  Government  prepared,  from  the  most 
authentic  and  accessible  sources,  the  account  of 
the  population,  as  given  in  the  following  table  : 

yamc<  of  Area  in  Jle.vican  Population 

States,  etc-  sq.  leagues.  in  1850. 

Chiapas 2,385-00 144,070 

Chihuahua 12,860-50 147,600 

Coahnila 7,947-00 75,340 

Durango 6,184-50 162,618 

Guanajuato 1,556-00 713,583 

Guerrero 3,650-00 270,000 

Jalisco 6,288-55 774,461 

Mexico 1,987-50 973,697 

Michoacan 3,279-35 491,679 

Nuevo  Leon 2,203-25 133,361 

Oajaca 4,150-00 525,101 

Puebla 1,756-15 580,000 

Queretaro 304-90 184,161 

San  I..  Potosi. . . .     3,997-40 368,1 20 

Sinaloa 4,260-00 160,000 

Sonora 16,427-50 139,374 

Tabasco 2,111-35 63,580 

Tamaulipas 3,806-85 100,064 

Vera  Cruz 3,199-50 264,725 

Yucatan 5,740-95 680,948 

Zacatecas 3,998-65 356,024 

Federal  District. .         12-57 200,000 

Colima  Territory..       414-25 61,243 

Tlascala        "               228-50 80,171 

California     "             7,311-25 12,000 


Tota1 106,007-50 


7,66.1-919 


The  above  population  includes  all  colors  and 
castes— Spanish,  Indian,  and  negro.  It  is  estima- 
ted that  about  1,000,000  arc  white,  4,000,000  In- 
dians, 6,000  negroes,  and  2,555,919  persons  of  the 
mixed  races.  The  latter  classes  comprise  the  mes- 
tizoes (the  progeny  of  a  white  father  and  an  Indian 
mother),  the  mulattocs  (from  a  union  of  the  white 
and  the  negro  races),  zamboes  (from  the  mixture 
of  the  Indian  and  negro  races)  ;  besides  pintoes, 
quadroons,  quinteroons,  etc. 

The  statements  of  the  area  of  the  States  and 
their  population,  is  translated  from  El  Universal 
(Government  newspaper)  of  March  9th,  1853. 
The  purchase  of  the  Mesilla  Valley  by  the  United 
States,  in  1854,  comprised  27,500  sq.  m.  from  the 
States  of  Sonora  and  Chihuahua. 

In  February,  1856,  the  new  State  of  Iturbide, 
on  the  Gulf,  beyond  Tampico,  was  organized  ;  and 
some  time  previously  the  departments  of  Aguasca- 
lientes,  and  of  the  Island  of  Carmen,  were  formed. 
In  Sept.,  1855,  the  State  of  Tamaulipas  resumed 
its  former  name,  Tampico,  which  had  been  changed 
to  Santa  Anna.  In  March,  1856,  by  a  political 
movement  of  Gen.  Don  Santiago  Vidaurri,  who 
was  then  Governor  of  the  State  of  Nuevo  Leon, 
the  State  of  Coahuila  was  united  with  that  of 
Nuevo  Leon. 

The  best  cultivated  parts  of  Mexico  are  those 
situated  near  the  richest  mines  in  the  plains. 
Maize  is  the  most  important  article  of  food,  and  is 
cultivated  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  but  most 
extensively  in  the  States  of  Mexico,  Puebla, 
Queretaro,  San  Luis  Potosi,  Oajaca,  and  the 
neighborhood  of  Aguascalientes,  in  Zacatecas. 
Wheat  and  barley  are  cultivate.!  most  successfully 
at  an  elevation  of  7,000  ft.  There  is  another 
important  article  produced  in  Mexico,  which  is 
original  to  that  country  and  unknown  in  any  other 


U  N  I  T  E  D    S  T  A  1  E  8    0  P     .M  EX  I  C  0 


193 


part  of  tlie  globe;    it  is  the  maguey  (Agave 
Americana),  from  the  Bap  of  which  is  manufac- 
tured that  healthy  beverage  called  by  the  Span- 
iards pulgue,  and  by  the  [ndians  octli.    From  the 
leaves  of  this  plant  is  also  manufactured  thread, 
twine,  cordage,  hemp,  and  paper.   Chile  is  another 
production  of  importance  in  Mexico,  and   I 
tracts  ef  land  are  used  in  its  cultivation.    Grapes 
grow  in  abundance  in  several  sections  of  the  coun- 
try, especially  alo  Pacific  coast  and  in  the 
F  Parras  near  Saltillo ;  bul  the  manufacture 
nf  wine  is  but  poorly  attended  to :  consequently 
this  branch  of  industry  is  still  only  in  its  infancy. 
Sugar  is  produced  in  large  quantities  in  Mexico, 
greal  portion  of  the  country  is  adapted  to  the 
growth  of  the  sugar-cane;  and.  from  the  genial 
character  of  the  soil,  a  plantation  in  any  part  of 
Mexico  product  a  double  that  of  any  plantation  in 
South  America  or  Cuba.     The  consumption  of 
y   the  M  ixicans  is  comparatively  small. 
and   the  exportation  far  from  being  great,  but 
within  the  last  few  years  it  has  rapidly  increased. 
Tobacco,  cocoa,  vanilla,  and  cotton  are  also  sue- 
fully  cultivated.    The  latter  was  extensively 
raised  in  different  parts   of  Mexico   before   the 
conquest,   and   lately    several    large   estate's   have 
aed  ii  •  culture,  and  it  is  expected  soon  to 
become   an    important  product.     The   cochineal 
t,  so  valuable  for  its  dye,  is  also  peculiar  to 
ico. 
For    its   manufactures    Mexico   is   not   distin- 
ii  d  .  in  fact,  there  are  but  few  brandies  that 
are  carried  on  to  a  sufficient  extent  to  supply  the 
actual  demands  of  the  people,  and  these  only  pro- 
duce articles  that   are  cheaply  and  readily  made, 
such  as  earthenware,  glass,  paper,  etc.     In  1850 
there  were  in  Mexico  4  glass  factories,  8  paper- 
mills.  72  cotton  factories,  6  large  woolen  factories, 
13 


and  upwards  of  70  machines  worked  by  hand  in 
the  manufacture  of  silk.     In  1-17.  th    value  of 
manufactured  goods  was  $66,441,869 ;  in  the; 
I  it  was  estimated  a1  from  $90,000,000 
$100,000,000. 

The  mineral  productions  of  Mexico  are  numer- 
ous.   Granite  forms  tl 

mountains  of   Oajaca.     I  and 

sienite  extend  down  from  the  central  ridge  to  the 
sea  on  both  sides.  Gold  is  found  in  all  these  rocks. 
( >n  the  borders  of  the  Guatemala  the  prevalent 
rocks  are  porphyry,  clay-slat  ■.  and  lim  stone.  In 
Puebla  enormous  masses  of  calcareous  tuff  o 
the  primitive  rocks.  The  table-land  rests  upon  a 
mass  of  porphyry,  and  this  is  also  rich  in  the 
precious  metals.  Iron  is  found  in  great  abund; 
in  the  States  of  Jalisco,  Michoacan,  and  Zaca- 
tecas:  and  copper  in  Michoacan,  Guanajuato,  and 
Guerrero.  Old  sand-tune,  lime-tune,  clay-elate, 
sienite,  serpentine, amygdaloid,  dolerite  ami  l>a-al- 
tic  lavas  accompany  the  predominating  rocks. 
Gold,  similar  to  that  found  in  California,  has  b 
recently  discovered  in  several  parts  of  Guerr 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Mescala  and  Papagallo 
Rivers.  The  abundance  and  richness  of  the  silver 
mines  of  Sonora  surpass  those  of  any  other  por- 
tion of  Mexico  in  the  richness  and  abundance  -  f 
the  ore.  The  chief  mining  districts  of  Mexico,  in 
the  order  of  their  importance,  are:  Guanajuato, 
San  Luis  Potosi.  Zacateeas.  DurangO,  Chihua- 
hua. Cartorce,  Sombrerete,  (in  the  State  of  Zaca- 
teeas), Tasco,  (Guerrero),  Oajaca,  Real  del  Monte, 
(Mexico),  and  Bostotipaquillo,  (.Tali-' 

According  to  a  document  published  in  Mexico, 
entitled  "  Foreign  Commerce  of  Mexico  since  the 
Conquest,"  the  entire  worth  of  gold  and  silver 
stamped  by  the  different  mint-  from  1521  to  1852, 
together  with  the  manufactures  from  the  precious 


194 


UNITED     STATES     OP     MEXICO 


metals,  amounted  to  $3,562,205,000,  viz. :  1. 
Coined  i:i  the  City  of  Mexico,  silver,  $2,248,165,- 
000  ;  go1  !,  $111,806,000:  aggregate  $2,359,971.- 
000.  2.  Coined  iu  other  Mexican  cities  and  towns, 
silver.  $359,621,000:  gold,  $15,113,000;  aggre- 
gate. $374,734,000.  3.  Total  gold  and  silver 
manufactures,  $827,500,000.  Grand  total,  $3,- 
562,205,000.  The  whole  of  this  sum,  with  the 
exception  of  about  $100,000,000,  is  believed  to 
have  been  exported.  In  1690,  the  amount  of  sil- 
ver coined  in  the  city  of  Mexico  was  $5,286,000  ; 
in  the  following  year,  $6,214,000.  From  1691 
till  1700,  it  decreased  until  it  amounted  to  only 
$3,379,000.  From  that  year  it  steadily  increased, 
until  1809,  when  it  reached  $24,708,000,  its 
highest  point.  In  1837,  only  $T)16,000  were 
coined  ;  in  '38,  $1,089,000  ;  in  '52,  $2,770,000. 

In  1844  there  were  25  quicksilver  mines  in 
Mexico.  Eich  mines  were  discovered  in  1850  in 
the  State  of  Sonora,  near  Pitie  ;  but  the  annual 
product  of  all  that  are  worked  is  insufficient  for 
the  mining  operations  of  the  country. 

The  internal  improvements  are  few  and  com- 
paratively unimportant.  The  construction  of  a 
railroad  from  the  City  of  Mexico  to  the  port  of 
Vera  Cruz,  has  for  some  time  been  proposed,  and 
even  commenced,  but  the  rails  have  only  been 
laid  to  the  town  of  San  Juan,  a  distance  of  18  m. 
The  total  distance  from  Mexico  to  Vera  Cruz 
is  about  300  m.,  and  the  estimated  cost  of  the 
railroad  $12,000,000. 

After  considerable  difficulty,  the  electric  tele- 
graph has  been  completed  from  Vera  Cruz  to  the 
City  of  Mexico,  from  which  it  branches  off  to 
Queretaro  and  Guanajuato  on  the  north,  Iolueaon 
the  west,  and  Quernavaca  on  the  south,  making  a 
total  distance  of  about  700  miles. 

Of  the   foreign  commerce,   about  one-half  is 


carried   on   with   the   United   States ;    but   the 
amount  varies  in  different  years.     The  exports  of 
the  United  States  during  the  fiscal  year  1854-5  to 
Mexico  were  valued  at  $2,922,804,  and  the  im- 
ports of  the  United  States  from  Mexico  were 
valued  at  $2,882,830.     The  foreign  trade  is  prin- 
cipally confined  to  the  importation  of  linens,  wool- 
ens, silks,  brandies,  wines,  oil,  wax,  iron-ware,  and 
salt  fish.  The  latter  commodity  is  furnished  mainly 
by  the  United  States.    All  the  finer  articles,  such 
as  linen,  silk,  etc.,  come  from  Europe.    More  than 
half  of  the  linen  manufactures  come  from  Ger- 
many, and  the  remainder  from  Ireland,  France  and 
America.     The  best  qualities  of  silks  are  from 
France   and   Germany,   and    amount    to    about 
$1,500,000,   three-fourths    of    which    are    from 
France.     A  new  general  tariff,  of  liberal  charac- 
ter, was  made  by  Prest.  Comonfort,  Jan.  31, 1856, 
and  10  new  ports  opened.     The  benefits  of  com- 
merce are  chiefly  enjoyed  by  the  wealthier  classes. 
The  chief  cities  are  :  Mexico,  with  a  population 
of  190,000  ;  Puebla,  71,000  ;  Guadalajara,  63,000 ; 
Guanajuato,  48,000  ;  Merida,  40,000  ;  Queretaro, 
39,000  ;  San  Luis  Potosi,  36,000  ;  Colima,  31,000; 
Zacatecas,    25,000 ;    Oajaca,    25,000 ;    Durango, 
22,000*   Jalapa,  20,000;   Saltillo,  19,000;  Mo- 
relia,  18,000  ;  Monterey,  13,000  ;  Villa  del  Fuerte, 
12,000  ;    Chihuahua,   12,000  ;    Toluca,    12,000  ; 
Vera  Cruz,  8,228  ;  Ures,  7,000 ;  Ciudad  Eeal, 
6,500  ;  Victoria,  5,500  ;  Tixtla,  4,500 ;  Tlascala, 
3,463  ;  S.  J.  Bautista,  3,400. 

The  City  of  Mexico,  the  capital,  is  situated  in 
the  Federal  District,  on  a  plain  7,400  ft.  above 
the  sea,  enclosed  by  lofty  mountains,  and  covered 
with  meadows  and  lakes.  Lat.  19°  25'  45"  N. ; 
long.  103°  45'  53"  W.  It  is  regularly  laid  out, 
with  wide  streets  leading  to  the  central  square, 
which  contains  an  area  of  from  12  to  15  acres. 


U  N  1  T  J':  D    8  T  A  T  E  S    0  P    M  E  X  1  (J  O  . 


196 


Among  the  most  remarkable  edifices,  are  the  Ca- 
thcdral,  the  National   Tula''',  and   the   Mil 
College  (Mineria).     It  also  contains  many  beauti- 
ful churches  and  convents,  the  most  notable  of 

which  are  San  Francisco.  Santo  Domingo  and 
LaProfi  a.  The  Plaza  de  Armas,  or  the  public 
Bquare,  is  the  largesl  of  any  in  the  world;  in  its 
center  3tanda  the  base  of  tfa  ■  unfinished  monument 
proposed  to  be  erected  in  honor  of  Glen.  Santa 
Anna;  this  was  abandoned,  after  an  expenditure 
of  aboul  $300,000.  Upon  the  site  where  its 
base  now  stands,  formerly  stood  the  celebrated 
equestrian  statue  of  Carlo-  l\'..  which  is  without 
a  rival  for  colossal  size  and  perfection.  This  greal 
specimen  of  Mexican  ingenuity  was  removed  in 
L852  to  the  public  walk  of  Paseo  Nuevo,  wh<  re 
it  now  stands.  The  Plaza  de  Toros,  a  large  cir- 
cular enclosure  for  bull-fights,  which  is  capable  of 
accommodating  from  .'5.000  to  4,000  spectators, 
is  also  worthy  of  notice  ;  it  stands  near  the  mag- 
nificent Paseo.  or  Park,  which  lies  at  the  western 
extremity  of  the  city.  This  park  consists  of 
several  broad  avenues,  shaded  by  stately  trees, 
among  which  are  numerous  fountains.  The  manu- 
factures of  the  city  are  limited;  they  include  gold 
and  silver  lace,  jewelry,  and  silversmiths'  work, 
woolen  cloths,  carpets,  blankets,  cotton  goods, 
carriages,  and  tobacco.  The  trade  is  also  very 
limited— the  exports  being  confined  exclusively  to 
the  product- of  the  mines,  while  the  imports  are 
chiefly  manufactured  goods  from  Europe,  and 
silk  goods  and  hosiery  from  China.  The  city 
originally  bore  the  name  of  Tenochtitlan,  and  it  is 
supposed  to  have  been  founded  in  L325.  Eta  site 
is  based  on  several  islands  of  Lake  Tezcuco, 
which  were  united  bv  means  of  wide  causeways. 
In  the  hands  of  the  Spaniards  the  city  was  almost 
entirely  rebuilt,  and  iu  order  to  free  it  from  fear- 


ful inundations,  (the  site  being  marly  on  a  level 
with  the  surrounding  lakes)  an  immense  cut  was 
made  in  the  solid  rock  to  discharge  ti. 
I  commenced  in  1609,  and  compl 

in  1789  ;  it  is  L2  m.  long,  300  ft.  wide,  and  150 
ft.  deep      Prom  the  termination  of  this  cut  the 
water  passes  through  ravii.es-,  etc.,  for  a  disi 
of  about  200  mil  I  ,  which 

emptii  -  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexi 

The  City  of  Puebla,  the  capital  of  the  State  of 
the  same  ii,;.  ,\  for  its  numerous  and  richly 

decorated  reli  lifio  -.  for  th 

liness  of  its  Btreets,  and  for  its  manufactures  of 
Is,  and  earthen  w. 

Guadalajara,  or  Ja  it  is  more  generally 

known,  is  a  place  of  considi  n  from 

its  proximity  to  the  ports  of  Mazatlan  and  E 
Blaz,  with  which  places  it  carries  on  a  lively  trade. 
Ii  contains  many  cotton  and  woolen  factories,  and 
is  remarkable  for  osive  manufacture  of  fine 

earthenware,  which  is  carried  to  all  parts  of  the 
country.  This  city  has  always  been  the  cradle  of 
rebellion  against  the  general  government,  and  has 
suffered  much  of  late  years  by  interna!  dissensions, 
resulting  in  civil  wars. 

Guanajuato  is  situated  in  a  ravine,  surrounded 
by  high,  craggy  mountains, and  is  the  first  mil 
city  in  .Mexico.  Its  most  flourishing  silver  mi 
are  La  Luz  and  San  Jose,  which  yield  on  an  avcr- 
84,000,000  yearly.  It  has  many  beautiful 
building-,  and  it-  Btreets  are  noted  for  their  irreg- 
ularity and  steepness,  only  two  ,,('  which  can  be 
traversed  by  \.  hides.  It  has  no  manufactures, as 
the  inhabitants  are  chiefly  mil 

Merida,  the   capital  of  Yucatan,  i-   a  place  of 
seme  commerce,  and  lately  .-everal  cotton  and  other 

factories  have  been  established, the  most  of  which 
are  owned  by  foreigners,  principally  Englishmen. 


19G 


UNITED     STATES     OF     MEXICO. 


It  has  several  beautiful  churches,  the  fronts  and 
interiors  of  which  are  ornamentally  carved. 

Qucretaro  has  within  the  last  few  years  been 
noted  for  its  factories,  especially  those  of  cotton 
goods  and  carpets,  which  employ  more  than  7,000 
workmen.  It  is  situated  on  a  slope  of  a  range  of 
mountains,  and  is  one  of  the  most  healthy  cities 
in  the  country. 

San  Luis  Potosi  is  an  extreme  inland  city, 
and  hence  has  little  or  no  commerce.  It  is  sur- 
rounded on  all  sides  by  dense  forests  of  oak  and 
cypress.  The  Cathedral  and  the  Palace  are  the 
only  buildings  worthy  of  notice. 

Colima,  as  a  port  on  the  Pacific,  has  consider- 
able trade,  which  has  been  greatly  increased  since 
the  discovery  of  gold  in  California.  It  is  very 
healthy  during  the  winter,  but  in  the  spring  and 
summer  it  is  sickly. 

Zacatecas  stands  next  to  Guanajuato  in  the 
miuing  department,  but  it  has  few  manufactures. 
Its  streets  are  narrow  and  crooked,  as  in  most  of 
the  mining  towns  built  on  the  slopes  of  rugged 
mountains. 

Oajaca  may  be  justly  considered  the  most  beau- 
tiful city  south  of  Mexico,  and  it  was  once  noted 
for  the  richness  of  its  silver  mines.  All  of  these 
have  been  abandoned  for  a  number  of  years,  yet 
this  precious  metal  is  obtained  by  the  poorer 
classes  with  little  labor,  by  the  simple  process  of 
crushing  the  ore  brought  from  the  mountains  that 
surround  the  city.  Its  inhabitants  are  principally 
engaged  in  agricultural  pursuits. 

The  City  of  Duraugo  has  also  several  silver  and 
copper  mines.  It  possesses  a  number  of  beautiful 
edifices,  erected  by  the  first  Spanish  settlers.  For 
a  long  period  this  place  has  made  no  advancement, 
owing  to  the  very  frequent  incursions  of  the 
savages,  who  have  often  advanced  to  the  very 


outskirts  of  the  city,  keeping  the  inhabitants  in 
one  continual  alarm. 

The  city  of  Jalapa  is  deservedly  styled  the 
Paradise  of  Mexico.  It  is  situated  about  75  m. 
from  Yera  Cruz,  and  the  beauty  and  fragrance  of 
its  vegetation  form  a  theme  of  admiration  for 
travelers.  Its  inhabitants  are  extremely  hospi- 
table to  foreigners,  and  the  women  are  celebrated 
for  their  beauty. 

Saltillo,  the  capital  of  Coahuila,  is  memorable 
for  being  the  place  where  the  battle  of  Buena 
Yista  was  fought  on  the  22d  of  Feb.,  1847,  when 
the  American  army  under  Gen.  Taylor  defeated 
the  Mexican  forces  under  Gen.  Santa  Anna.  This 
city  contains  6  or  7  large  cotton  factories,  tho 
majority  of  which  are  owned  and  worked  by  the 
natives.  It  has  no  beautiful  edifices,  but  its  build- 
dings  are  finely  painted  on  the  exterior. 

Morelia  or  Yalladolid  is  noted  for  the  richness 
of  its  temples,  many  of  which  are  ornamented 
with  massive  gold  and  silver.  This  city  supplies 
all  the  central  portion  of  Mexico  with  hogs,  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  which  are  annually  taken  to 
the  city  of  Mexico.  In  1855,  220.000  were  sent 
from  this  city  to  different  parts  of  the  country  for 
slaughter. 

Chihuahua,  the  capital  of  the  State  of  the  same 
name,  is  very  regularly  laid  out,  and  for  the  most 
part  well  built,  the  streets  being  broad,  clean,  and 
generally  well  paved.  In  the  centre  is  a  large 
square,  called  La  Plaza  Mayor,  on  one  side  of 
which  stands  the  Cathedral.  This  is  a  large  and 
imposing  structure  of  hewn  stone,  erected  at  a 
cost  of  $800,000  ;  it  has  a  lofty  dome  and  two 
towers,  with  a  facade  containing  the  statues  of  the 
twelve  Apostles.  The  city  is  surrounded  by 
silver  mines,  and  contains  many  furnaces  for  smelt- 
ing the  ores. 


t ') 


sm 


4:'"""''"'!?--        :?.'.V-t  -;    ";  -■  ■  |  %     '-.  m-\  M  5.^  .'^"J<N"  \c""  -    '/> 


'5        -j    • 


1-  k! 


*&s 


5 


*    2 


iTISS 


Til 


.> 


* 


\ eL  I  d  Sg 


■ 


■ 


■  ■  i 


7 


■L':'.'-, 


m  \ 


"* 


Or- 


-V 


s 


y 


m 


•^ 


- 

I 


STATES    OF     C  E  N  T  E  A  L    A  .M  E  E  I  C  A. 


191 


ST  A  T  ES     0  F     0  B  X  Til  A  L     A  M  E  R  [C  A 


Central  America  is  the  nunc  of  tlio  region  be- 
tween tin'  Isthmu  of  Panama  and  the  Isthmu-  of 
Tehuanlepcc,  but  this  name  in  more  generally 
1  to  designate  the  country  south  <>i'  Mexico, 
ami  this  use  has  of  late  greatly  increased,  owing 
in  the  political  relations  of  the  States  within  i'. 
Its  west  part  is  traversed  by  a  range  of  mount- 
ains, which  in  fact  is  only  a  part  of  the  great. 
American  Chain.  The  elevations  of  this  range 
arc  generally  from  3,000  to  5,000  ft.;  but  some 
parts  towards  the  south  are  9,000  ft.,  and  the  vol- 
cano of  [rasn  is  11,500  ft.  The  Guatemala 
group  contains  more  active  volcanoes  within  simi- 
lar limits  than  any  other  part  of  the  world,  except 
Java.  That  of  Agua  has  twice  destroyed  the 
Old  City  of  Guatemala,  and  occasionally  pours 
forth  torrents  of  boiling  water  and  stones  ;  it  is 
one  of  three  volcanoes  lying  close  t  .  pre- 

senting a  scene  of  great  magnificence.  Earth- 
quakes are  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  as  late 
as  1855  the  City  of  San  Salvador  was  almost 
totally  destroyed.  The  country  is  divided  into 
two  distinct  parts,  the  distinction  depending  not 
on  difference  of  latitude,  but  on  difference  of  level. 
The  low  i    i  is,  perhaps,  half  of  the  \ 

area,  and.  lying  chiefly  on  the  east,  or  gulf 
has  a  pur  ily  tropical  climate  and  vegetation.  The 
high  table-lands,  in  climate  and  production,  nearly 
approach  the  warm  regions  of  the  temperate  zone. 
Generally,  the  climate  and  productions  are  simi- 
lar to  those  of  M  xico.  The  grains,  vegetables, 
and  fruits  of  Eur  >w  on  the  higher  portions 

of  the  table-lands,  while  in  the  lower  and  warmer 
districts   Indian  i  potatoes,  suirat'-cane. 

tobacco,  indi  and  nearly  every  species 


of  tropical  fruit  flourish.   The  chief  export 

"i  Salvador  and  cochineal  of  Guate- 
mala.   Tli  ■  oth  t  products  are  mahogany,  n  , 

ous  dye-wood-.   I  agar,   toba 

ther  with   various    drug       I  Lica   is 

ially  noted  for  i  crop,  to  wl 

indebted  for  its  wealth  and  genera]  advancement. 

ultivation,  though  only  introduced  about  the 
year  1830,  has  increased  so  rapidly,  that  from 
3,000  t  >  4,000  tons  of  this  article  are  now 
port;  d  annually. 

Central  America  is  divided  into  G  'act 

•  a,  viz  :  Guatemala.  Honduras,  San  Salvi 
Nil  Lragua,  and  Costa  Eica,  besides  the  Bfosq 
Territory,   and   the   Belize  belonging  to   O 
Britain.     Their  i  _         ite  area  comprises  about 
180,000   Eng.   square   miles.     The    States   were 
formerly,  like  Mexico,  provinces  in  the  pos 
of  the    Spanish    Crown,   and    formed    the   V 
Royalty  of  Guatemala.     Tn  1823,  these  pr 
succeeded  in  i  independence  of 

Spain,  and  formed  themselves  into  the  "  1!'  public 
of  Central  America,"  with  a  President,  - 
and  Federal  C  ;.     In  the  institutioi 

they  adopted,  distinctions  of  color  were  disn 
and  the  privileges  of  '  thrown  i 

to  all   classes.     The   Constitution  of  Cni 
maintained  until   1838,  when,  in  i  f 

dissei   '       '  i  and  b  tween  th     : 

an  indi 

rnment.     Attempts  were  subsequently  made 

establish  the  confederacy.    In  1849  a  com- 
pact for  this  purpose  was  made  by  II  nduras, 
Nicaragua,  and  San  Salvador.    The  concurrei 
of  Guatemala  and  < '  was  invited,  but  not 


198 


STATES     OF     CENTRAL     AMERICA 


obtained.  The  compact  went  into  effect  January 
1,  1S51,  but  it  was  subsequently  given  up.  In  a 
short  time,  owing  to  various  events,  a  conservative 
administration  was  brought  about  in  all  the  States, 
except  Honduras.  However,  the  democratic 
parties  in  the  other  States  continued  to  strive  for 
the  ascendancy,  and  in  1855  that  of  Nicaragua 
triumphed. 

The  population  is  estimated,  by  the  most  reliable 
authorities,  to  be  about  2,000,000  or  2,100,000, 
of  which  fully  one-half  are  Indians,  about  800,000 
are  mixed  races,  10,000  are  negroes,  and  100,000 
are  whites.  In  each  country  the  best  inhabited 
portions  are  towards  the  Pacific  side.  San  Sal- 
vador  is  the  most  densely  populated  State.  The 
mixed  races,  mestizoes,  are  said  to  be  fairer  in 
complexion  than  the  same  classes  in  other  parts 
of  America.  The  Indians  (except  in  Guatemala) 
generally  speak  the  Spanish  tongue,  or  corrupted 
form  of  it,  and  are  ill  part  blended  with  the  rest 
of  the  people.  Ignorance  and  superstition  pervade 
nearly  all  clas.es.  and  the  whites  are  not  much 
advanced  in  civilization. 


GUATEMALA 

Is  the  largest  of  the  Central  American  States,  and 
its  area  comprises  about  43,380  sq.  m.  It  is 
situated  immediately  between  Mexico  on  the 
N.  W.  and  Honduras  and  San  Salvador  on  the 
S.  E.  It  lias  also  a  greater  total  population  than 
the  other  State-,  containing  about  1,000,000  in- 
habitants. The  Indians  preserve  to  a  great  degree 
their  aboriginal  customs  and  language.  The 
chief  outlets  for  the  foreign  trade  arc  the  ports  of 
Iztapa,  on  the  Pacific  coast,  and  St.  Thomas,  on 
the  Atlantic  side,  near  the  head  of  the  Gulf  of 
Honduras.     This  gulf  is  connected  by  the  River 


Dulce  with  the  Gulf  of  Dulce,  a  fine  and  navigable 
inlet.  The  capital  is  the  City  of  New  Guatemala, 
situated  on  a  high  plain,  4,370  ft.  above  the  sea, 
and  at  a  distance  of  45  miles  from  the  Pacific 
coast.  It  is  a  well-built  place,  with  40,000  in- 
habitants. Old  Guatemala,  which  lies  in  a  beau- 
tiful valley,  21  m.  S.  W.  of  the  new  capital,  was 
abandoned  as  the  capital,  owing  to  the  numerous 
earthquakes  and  volcanic  eruptions  by  which  it 
had  suffered,  but  still  has  a  population  of  about 
10,000.  To  the  south  of  it  is  the  volcano  d'Agua, 
13,758  ft.  high,  which  has  derived  its  name  from  the 
water  which  it  emits  during  periods  of  eruption. 


HONDURAS 

Comprises  the  country  oetweeu  Guatemala  a  nd 
Nicaragua,  excepting  the  small  territory  occupied 
by  San  Salvador.  Its  northern  sea-coast  is  very 
extensive,  but  on  the  Pacific  side  it  has  only  the 
advantages  of  the  Bay  of  Couchagua,  or  Fonseca. 
Its  area  is  estimated  at  39,G00  sq.  m.  Its  surface 
is  irregular,  being  traversed  by  numerous  mount- 
ain ranges  in  all  directions,  but  generally  of 
moderate  elevations.  The  intervening  valleys  are 
generally  fertile.  Honduras  is  naturally  the  prin- 
cipal mining  district  of  Central  America,  but  the 
product  from  the  mines  is  now  much  less  than 
formerly,  and  is  in  fact  of  trifling  amount.  The 
country  abounds  in  stock  cattle,  of  fine  breed,  and 
is  adapted  to  them.  The  population  is  about 
350,000.  The  principal  ports  are  Truxillo  and 
Omoa,  both  on  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  the  latter 
is  an  extremely  hot  place.  Comayagua,  the  capi- 
tal, (formerly  called  Valladolid,)  contains  about 
12,000  inhabitants.  Its  chief  edifices  are  the 
Cathedral,  College,  and  a  richly-endowed  Hospital. 


STATES    OF     C  K  N  T  R  A  L    A  M  E  B  I  C  A  . 


lj'j 


SAN     SALVADOR 

Is   the   least    in  size   of  the    Central    American 
States,  but  is  (he  most  densely   inhabited.     Its 

itoryha  a  rerj  regular  outline,  stretching  for 
1  ."id  mil  I  with  a  quite 

aniform  breadth  of  50  miles.    Entire  ana  9,594 
-i.  in.    The  stremely  fertile,  and  the  whole 

ace  is  more  gen<  rally  cultivated  than  the  other 
parts  ui"  Central  America.  The  most  important 
crop  is  indigo,  which  is  of  excellent  quality;  but 
maize,  sugar,   i<  on,  etc.,  thrive  well. 

The  trad  of  coast  which  lies  between  Acajutla 
and  Libertad  is  remarkable  as  the  onlydistrict 
which  furnishes  the  so-called  "  Balsam  of  Peru," 
of  which  from  15,000  to  20,000  lbs.  are  annually 
obtained.  That  section  is  inhabited  by  a  few 
Indian  families,  who  extract  the  balsam  by  making 
incisions  in  the  treeswhich  yield  it.  Another  I 
of  almosl  i  qual  value,  is  the  cedar,  and  imm  □ 
quantities, of  it  are  annually  cul  for  timber.  The 
mineral  resources  of  this  state  are  reported  to 
have  been  exhausted.  The  population  is  estimated 
at  375,000.  For  a  long  time  the  inhabitants  have 
been  repui  d  to  bi  the  most  industrious  in  Cen- 
tral America,  and  the  most  advanced  in  civiliza- 
tion. The  capital  of  the  State  is  the  I  !ity  of  San 
Salvador,  which  was  for  a  time  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment of  the  Federal  Union.  It  is  situated  at  a 
distance  of    22    miles  from   the    coast,  and   stands 

between  w led  heights,  in  a  well-watered  vale, 

I  '   »ve  the  Pacific, and  al 

:;  m.  S.  B.  "i' '.he  Volcano  of  San  Salvador.  '1 '  is 
lire -mountain  rises  about  1.000  ft.  above  the  t; 
land  on  which  it  stands,  forming  a  beautiful  cone- 
shaped  summit,  crowned  to  the  highest  point  with 
thick  forests.  The  city  has,  ai  different  periods, 
suffered  greatly  by  earthquak    .  iy  in  the 


years  If.  1854,   when   it    was  nearly 

Btroyed.      The  State   has   three  port-,  those  of 
A    jutla,   (near  the  western  limit  of  it-  cos 
Libertad,  and  La  Union,  the  Iast-nami  1  of  v.:. 
nn  the  Gulf  of  Conchagua. 


XI  CAR  A  <:  I    A 

Is  the  most  widely-known  of  the  Central  Ameri- 
can States,  on  account  of  its  containing  one 
the  chief  routes  between  the  Atlantic  and  I'.. 
ns,  and  on  account  of  its  political  relati 
It  extends  along  the   Pacific,  from  the  Gulf  of 
Nicoya  to  the  Gulf  of  Fonseca,  hut  on  the  Carib- 
bean Sea  has  only  a  small  extent  of  c  slud- 
ing  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  San  Juan  del  >"■ 
On  the  north  it  is  bounded  by  Honduras,  en  the 
by  the  undefined  Mosquito  Territory,     i' 
ipal  importance  is  derived  from  its  position 
the  greal  o<              1  its  containing  two 
large  lakes,  viz  :    Nicaragua  and  Managua, 
Leon.)  which,  with  the  Rio  San  Juan,  naturally 
afford  navigable  communication  ai              greater 
of  the  country.     Lake   \  >aragua  is  90  m 
and   averages  30  m.   in  width,  and  is  con- 
nected with  Lake  Managua  by  the  River  Pena- 
.     Near  the  shores,  to  a  di  tance  of  100. 
i lie  beach,  it  has  generally  a  depth  of  about 
hom   :  in  other  parts  the  soundings  vary  be- 
u  5  and  15  fathom-.     It  contain;  numerous 
some  of  them  of 
Paci              is  bordi  red.  a:  the  di 

Illile:'   from    ti.  .   le     ;.     r,i.;^.e    of   hi'.is.   wl 

attain  no  great  height  until  they  approa  h  the 
i  onfines  of  Costa  Rica,  u  '  to  a 

vat  ion  of  from  .'.000  to  11,000  ft.     Beta 

and  the  lakes,  the  land  is  mi 
but  along  the  border-  of  Honduras  and  ! 


200 


STATES     OF     CENTRAL    AMERICA. 


vador,  lofty  ridges  again  occur,  extending  in  vari- 
ous directions.     There  are  several  volcanoes,  aud 
all  towards  the  sea.  standing  alone,  or  but  slightly 
connected  with  the  main  ridge  ;  but  none  of  them 
are  of  any  great  elevation,  the  highest  probably 
not  much  exceeding  5,000  ft.    The  streams  are 
numerous,  but  none  are  of  much  importance,  ex- 
cept the  San  Juan.     The  greater  portion  of  the 
surface  consists  of  plains  and  slopes,  which  have 
a  rich  loamy  soil  of  dark  color.     The  staple  arti- 
cles of  food  are  raised  with  little  attention,  and 
agriculture  is  in  a  low  condition.     Fruits  of  vari- 
ous kinds  are  very  plentiful.     One  of  the  princi- 
pal sources  of  wealth  consists  in  the  cattle  and 
live  stock,  which   are  generally  numerous,  and 
particularly  so  in  the  districts  on  the  east  side  of 
the  lake?,  where  there  is  extensive  and  excellent 
;       arage.     The  mineral  resources  of  the  couutry 
not  definitely  known.     On  the  coasts  the  cli- 
mate is  hot  aud  humid,  but  in  the  interior  it  is 
more  agreeable  and  healthy.     The  population  is 
about  200,000,  who  are  chiefly  located  along  the 
Pacific  coast,  and  in  the  country  adjacent  to  the 
lake-.     Nicaragua  contains  two  principal  cities — 
Leon,  not  far  from  the  Pacific  port  of  Realejo, 
aud  Granada,  on  the  N.  W.  shore  of  Lake  Nic- 
aragua.    Both  have  become  noted  as  centres  of 
political  struggles,  which  have  resulted  in  severe 
and  lasting  injury  to  their  prosperity.     Leon  was 
for  a  long  time  the  capital,  distinguished  for  its 
nl  magnificent  public  edifices  ;  its 
trade  and  manufactures  are  now  limited,  and  its 
.lation  does  tiol  exceed  20,000.    Granada,  the 
present  seat  of  government,  is  more  advantage- 
ously situated  for  trade;  but,  although  it  is  one 
of  the  oldest  cities  in  Central  America,  its  popu- 
lation is  not  now  more  than  10,000. 


COSTA.    RICA 

Extends  from  Nicaragua  to  the  western  bound- 
ary of  Panama,  and  comprises  an  area  of  13,590 
sq.  m.  The  country  is  intersected  diagonally  by 
the  primary  range  of  the  isthmus,  which  throws 
off  numerous  spurs  on  either  side,  giving  to  the 
surface  an  abruptly  diversified  aspect.  In  the 
principal  range  there  are  several  volcanic  mount- 
ains. Along  the  coast  of  the  Pacific,  especially 
around  the  Gulf  of  Nicoya,  the  country  has  a 
most  beautiful  appearance,  being  diversified  by 
valleys  and  intersected  by  numerous  streams. 
Excepting  the  sea-coasts,  the  climate  is  unusually 
mild  and  temperate  for  the  latitude,  and  hence  it 
is  extremely  favorable  to  agricultural  pursuits. 
The  soil  is  remarkably  fertile,  especially  on  the 
table-lands  and  in  valleys  between  the  mountains. 
Coffee  is  the  most  important  product,  and  this  was 
not  introduced  until  about  the  year  1830 ;  its  cul- 
ture has  been  rapidly  extended,  and  with  the 
greatest  success.  Tobacco  of  excellent  quality  is 
raised,  besides  the  usual  crops  of  corn,  sugar, 
cacao,  etc.  Mines  of  gold,  silver,  aud  copper 
exist,  but  these  are  not  worked.  The  name  of 
the  country,  signifying  "  rich  coast,"  originated 
from  the  gold  mines.  Costa  Rica  is  thinly  in- 
habited, except  in  one  particular  district,  towards 
its  northern  limits,  and  contains  but  few  towns. 
San  Jose,  the  capital,  is  situated  about  midway 
between  the  coasts  in  the  north  part  of  the  State. 
It  has  about  18,000  inhabitants,  and  has  suc- 
ceeded to  the  importance  and  commercial  activity 
of  Cartago,  the  former  capital.  The  latter  town 
is  18  m.  E.  S.  E.  of  San  Jose.  By  an  earthquake 
in  1841,  it  was  almost  entirely  destroyed.  N 
it  is  Mt.  Cartago,  11,480  ft.  above  sea-level,  from 
the  summit  of  which  both  oceans  can  be  seen. 


- 


m 


m   h 


/ 


-.    r.    _ 

■'    ~ 
-     -  " 


H 


> 


-         c    -{-■'■r—  ■  S~ 

^r       ■  ■   - . 


ca 


<v 


4 


r. 
- 

"      * 


4 


■r- 


- 

>  jfigi  -         -    T 
*  fa  \  v 

■    \ p 

12 a »— 


V 


.^ 


.it" 


¥ 


,<?v 


i 


-^r 


\*1 


- 


. 


T  11  E    W  E  ST    I  X  J >  I  A    1  8  LA  N  D  8. 


201 


T  II  E    W  EST    INDIA    J  S  LA  X  OS. 


Tin:  Wbst  [ndies  coDsisI  of  asi  extensive  system 
of  islands,  situated  in  a  somewhat  curved  line  be- 
tween tin'  Peninsula  of  Florida,  in  North  Ame- 
rica, and  ill''  N.E.  coasl  "!'  Venezuela,  in  South 
America.  The  total  areaof  all  the  islands  has 
nol  been  definitely  ascertained,  but  is  reckoned  at 
from  si;,000  to  95,000  sq.  m.  They  are  naturally 
divided  into  three  distinct  groups.  1.  The  Great 
Antilles  consist  of  Cuba,  Eayti,  (or  San  Domin- 
go,) Jamaica,  and  Porto  Rico,  which  are  the 
largest  anil  lust  islands, and  comprise  about  seven- 
eighths  of  the  whole  area  of  the  Archipelago. 
All  of  them  are  mountainous,  aud  the  highest  ele- 
vations are  about  8,000  ft.  above  the  sea.  2.  The 
Little  Antilles  c  insisl  of  a  -Ties  of  small  but  ele- 
vated  volcanic  islands,  comprising  all  lying  E.and 
S.E.  of  Porto  Rico,  which  are  subdivided  into  the 
groups  of  the  Leeward  and  the  Windward  Islands. 
ie  are  sometimes  called  the  Caribbe  Islands.) 
and  the  group  extending  along  the  coast  of  Vene- 
zuela. These  also  have  great  diversities  of  sur- 
face. Many  of  the  elevations  throughout  the 
Little  Antilles  rise  to  between  4,000  and  f>.000  ft. 
Nearly  all  of  these  islands  exhibit  signs  of  vol- 
canic action,  and  several  of  them  contain  active 
volcanoes.  En  Guadeloupe  and  St.  Vincent  de- 
rive eruptions  have  occurred  within  the  pre- 
century.  3.  The  Bahama-,  (or  Lucayos 
! -lands.)  I'unn  the  mosl  numerous  bul  least  v 
lili  group, and  comprise  all  the  islands  lying  north 
of  i  !uba  and  Eayti.     Ti  -ally  low  and 

1  are  chiefly  composed  of  coral  roc!;-. 
The   total    population  of   the   West    Indies  is 
about  3,500,000.    The  whites  an-  probably  nol 
more  than  one-fourth  of  the  whole,  and  they  are 


chiefly  in  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  and  Jamaica.     Two- 
thirds  arc   !:•  ;,<1  the  ivii ia hid' -r  miliar 
The  native  Indian  race,  by  whom  the  islands  were 
occupied  prior  to  their  discovery  by   Europ 
have  been  altogether  exterminated,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  a  few  families  in  some  of  the  smaller 
island-.     Excepting  Eayti,  all  the  islands  of  the 
West  [ndies  are  in  the  possession  of  Euro] 
nations,  and  the  white  population  of  each  i 
principally  of  settlers  from  the  country  to  which 
it  belongs. 

On  page  33  there  is  a  statement  of  the  area 
and  population  of  the  political  divisions  of  the 
West  Indies. 

All  of  the  Wesl  [ndies  arc  noted  for  their 
natural  fertility  and  actual  product]  Agri- 

culture and  the  business  connected  with  the  ex- 
portation of  produce,  constitute  the  chief  employ- 
ment of  the  people.  The  field  work  is  done 
almost  entirely  by  the  negroes.  The  chief  pro- 
ductions and  exports  are,  sugar,  fruits,  rum, 
tobacco,  coffee,  molasses,  etc.  Wesl  [ndia  sugar 
was  first  cultivated  in  Eayti,  where  in  1518  the 

• 

Spaniards  had  28  sugar  presses  in  operation:  this 
island  was  also  for  many  years  the  principal  pur- 
veyor of  sugar  for  the  European  market.     The 
quantity  of  sugar  produced  in  Cuba.,  per  act 
estimated  at  a  little  more  than  2,000  Lbs 

what  more  than  in  • Jamaica.,  bul  less  than  in 
Barl  The  export  of  sugar  from  Cuba  ex- 

Is  in  value  all  its  other  exports,     [ndian  corn, 
which  is  the  principal  cereal,  is  everywhere  rai 
and  yields  greal  crop  a-year.     Plantations 

of  the  banana  and  plantain  are  extensive  in  most 
of  the  islands. 


202 


WEST     INDIA     ISLANDS. 


The  manufactures  are  limited,  since  most  of  the 
exports  to  foreign  countries  are  exchanged   for 

manufactured  goods,  provisions,  etc. 

Foreign  commerce  is  carried  on  more  exten- 
sively than  from  any  other  portion  of  the  world 
of  the  same  urea,  wealth,  and  population.  Most 
of  tliis  is  with  the  countries  of  Western  Europe 
and  with  the  United  States.  Of  the  total  exports 
from  Cuba  in  1850,  nearly  one-third  or  32-61  per 
cent.,  was  sent  to  the  United  States.  27-55  per 
c  !:'.  to  England,  11-9S  per  cent,  to  Spain,  7-30 
per  cent,  to  Germany,  7-27  per  cent,  to  France, 
etc.  The  exports  of  the  United  States  to  all  the 
West  Indies  during  the  fiscal  year  1854-5 
amounted  in  value  to  $18,061, 9(!3,  and  the  im- 
ports to  S2."..976,344. 

The  smaller  islands  contain  no  minerals  in  suf- 
ficient quantity  to  repay  the  labor  of  working, 
but  Cuba  and  Hayti  contain  a  variety  of  mines 
that  may  be  worked  with  profit. 


The  Spanish  possessions  are  Cuba  and  Porto 
Rico,  with  their  few  small  dependencies.  Cuba  is 
about  650  m.  long,  with  average  breadth  of  from 
50  to  60  m.,  and  aggregate  area  (including  the 
!-'  ■  of  Pines,  600  sq.  m.,  etc.)  of  35,757  sq.  m. 
A  chain  of  mountains  stretches  through  the  in- 
terior of  the  island,  and  in  the  eastern  part — 
where  it  bears  the  name  of  Sierra  del  Cobre  (or 
Copper  Mts.) — attains  a  height  of  about  8,000 
ft.  above  the  sea.  From  the  base  of  these  mount- 
ains the  country  spreads  out  into  extensive  plains 
and  savannahs,  most  of  which  are  well  watered 
and  covered  with  luxuriant  vegetation.  The 
rivers  are  few  in  number,  and  none  of  them  are 
navigable  except  by  small  boats.  The  coast  is, 
for  the  most  part,  thickly  beset  with  rocks,  coral 
reefs,  and  small  islets,  and  only  a  third  part  of  its 


extent  is  accessible  to  vessels  ;  but  within   this 
portion  are  several  excellent  harbors. 

The  population  of  Cuba  in  1853  was  1,009,060, 
consisting  of  510,988  whites,  176,647  free  colored, 
and  330,425  slaves.  The  white  population  was 
thus  classified  as  to  origin :  Natives  of  Spain, 
90,000  ;  Canary  Islands,  25,000  ;  France,  3,000  ; 
England,  1,000  ;  North  America  and  other  coun- 
tries, 3,000  ;  and  389,000  natives  of  the  island. 

The  most  important  object  of  cultivation  on 
the  island  is  sugar,  and  next  to  it  are  garden 
fruits,  esculents,  tobacco,  and  coffee.  Of  late 
years  the  quantities  of  tobacco  and  cigars  exported 
have  varied  greatly  with  successive  seasons.  The 
best  tobacco  is  produced  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Havana,  in  the  district  of  Yuclta  de  Abajo, 
which  is  about  84  m.  long  and  21  wide. 

Population  in  1853  of  the  chief  towns  :  Havana, 
125,905,  (exlusive  of  the  suburbs  Regla  and  Casa 
Blanca,  8,310)  ;  Matanzas,  26,000;  Puerto  Prin- 
cipe, 26,684  ;  Santiago  de  Cuba,  24,253  ;  Trinidad, 
14,119  ;  Espiritu  Santo,  9,982. 

Havana,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  and  the  largest 
city  in  the  West  Indies,  is  situated  on  the  north 
coast  of  the  island,  upon  the  western  side  of  a  bay, 
which  forms  a  safe  and  excellent  harbor.  The 
entrance  to  the  bay  is  a  short  and  narrow  channel, 
which  is  defended  by  three  strong  castles.  The 
city  is  further  defended  by  fortifications,  and  is 
surrounded  by  walls  and  ditches.  When  viewed 
from  the  sea,  it  presents  a  picturesque  appearance, 
with  its  numerous  spires  and  back-ground  of  hills. 
Its  streets  are  regularly  laid  out,  but  are  so  narrow 
and  so  closely  lined  with  massive  stone  buildings 
that  they  have  a  heavy  and  gloomy  appearance. 
Its  best  part  is  near  the  great  square  called  Plaza 
de  Armas,  a  beautiful  enclosure,  adorned  with 
fountains,   flowers,   etc.,   around   which    are   the 


T  II  !•:     W  EST     I  N  D  I  A     I  S  L  A  N  \)  8  . 


203 


palaces  of  the  govenor  and  high  officers,  and  the 
f  many  ol  the  nobility.  The  public 
buildings  are  numerous,  and  though  nol  erected  in 
the  i;  yle  of  architecture,  are  generally  sub- 
stantial, neat,  and  commodious.  The  churches  are 
all  richly  ornam  snted.  The  houses  an'  of  stone, 
not  very  high,  aud  plainly  built ;  but,  in  the  in- 
terior, they  a  ious  and  w  11  arranged,  with 
court-yards  and  piazzas,  to  which  the  apartm 
open  ;  many  of  them  are  splendidly  furnished,  and 
present  an  appearance  of  wealth  and  comfort  doI 
rally  realized  in  Spanish  coloni  -.  The  upper 
classes  are  distinguished  for  the  liveliness  and 
gaiety  of  their  manners. 

Matanzas  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  Cuba, 
except  Havana.  It  is  situated  52  m.  E.  of 
Havana,  on  a  flat  on  both  sides  of  the  San  Juan, 
at  the  head  of  a  spacious  and  well-sheltered  hay. 
nncr.-;  ply  daily  to  Havana,  and  railroads  ex- 
tend to  Havana.  Cardenas,  and  other  places. 

Puerto  Principe  is  a  large  inland  city,  in  the 
eastern  half  of  the  island,  situated  W.  S.  W.  of 
its  port,  Las  Nuevitas,  with  which  it  is  connected 
by  a  railroad,  45  m.  long,  and  opened  in  1-  10. 

Porto  Rico  is  situated  considerably  to  the  ea  t- 
ward  of  Cuba,  the  large  island  of  llayti  interven- 
ing betw  i  n  them.  Its  length  is  about  90  m.,  its 
breadth  40,  and  its  area  nearly  40,000  sq.  m.  The 
interior  is  traversed  by  a  broad  range  of  mount- 
ains, which  have  an  average  height  of  1,500  ft., 
though  the  highest  summit  rises  to  3,678  ft. 
Between  the  hills  there  are  watered  and  wooded 
valleys,  and  alluvial  plains,  the  soil  of  which  is 
very  fertile.  The  population  is  3S0,000,  and 
about  one-hall'  are  whites.  The  capital  is  San 
Juan  de  Porto  Rico,  which  is  also  the  largest 
chief  seaport,  and  altogether  one  of  the  best  towns 
iu  the  West  Indies. 


Tm:  British  possessions  in  the  West  [ndiesrank 
in  importance, also  in  ana  and  populati 
to  the'  Spani  as.    Theirag 

imput    1  al  I  1,312  aq.  m.,  of  which  Jamaica 
has  6,250  and  Trinidad  2,020.    The  entire  popula- 
tion in  1 851 .  according  U>  lh(  of  that  j 
of  which  Jamaica  b    !   :;:: 
Barbadoes,  135,939,  and  Trinidi 

Jamaica  lies  to  the  southward  of  Cuba. 
surfa  Ktremely  dh  ami  only  a 

small  part  is  level  ground.     The'  principal  n 
■  of  mountains   extends  through  the  centre  of  the 
1 :  in  the  eastern  part  they  are  called  the 
Blue  Mts..  the  highest  summits  of  whi<  h  are  m 
than  7,000  ft.  above  sea-level.  The  declivities  arc 
ed   with   heavy  forests.     The    intersecting 
ys  are  generally  very  narrow  :  and  the  1 
extensive  open  tract,  viz  :  the  Plain  of  Ligui 
is  a'ong  the  south  coast.   The  whole  island  is  • 
watered,  but  the  rivers  are  small,  and  chiefly  on 
the  south  side;  and  these  are  na  only  by 

small  boats.     The  coasts  afford  numerous  safe  and 
llent  harbors.    About  half  of  the  BUrface  may 
be  cultivated,  and   though  the  soil  is  less  f. 
than  on  many  islands,  most  of  the  products  of  the 
West  Indies  are  readily  raised. 

.More  than  t hive-fourths  of  the  population  are 
negroes,  and  the  remainder  chiefly  mulatto 

Kingston  is  the  largest  place,  and  carries  on 
of  the  trade.  It  stands  on  a  gentle  slope, 
fronting  a  line  harbor  upon  the  south  coast.  The 
population  i3  about  30, 000,  or  perhaps  .■>•">. 000. 
Upon  a  tongue  of  land  at  the  entrance  of  the 
harbor  are  the  remains  of  Port  Royal,  form 
a  splendid  town,  but  almost  entirely  d 
by  earthquaki 

Spanish  Town,  (or  Santiago  de  la  Vega,)  the 
seat  of  government,  is  situated  in  a  pleasant  val- 


204 


THE     WEST    INDIA     ISLANDS 


ley,  10  ra.  W.  of  Kingston.  Its  population  is 
about  5,000.    Except  as  the  official  residence  of 

the  governor,  and  the  seat  of  the  superior  courts 
of  the  island,  it  is  not  of  much  importance. 

The  other  towns  are  of  small  size,  but  several 
of  them  have  considerable  trade. 

Trinidad,  the  largest  of  the  Little  Antilles,  is 
separated  by  the  Gulf  of  Paria  from  the  main- 
land of  South  America.  Its  formation  is  vol- 
canic, and  in  many  places  the  volcanic  action  is 
still  going  on.  Its  interior  is  for  the  most  part 
level.  Near  its  south-west  extremity  is  a  remark- 
able tract,  called  the  Pitch  Lake,  which  is  an  ex- 
tensive plain,  covered  with  bitumen.  (This  sub- 
stance is  found  in  other  parts,  and  has  been  largely 
exported  of  late  years.)  There  are  several  mud 
volcanoes  in  the  same  region  ;  the  largest,  150  ft. 
in  diameter,  has  boiling  mud  constantly  bubbling, 
though  not  overflowing.  The  south  side  of  the 
island  is  remarkable  for  its  magnificent  scenery. 

Port-of-Spain,  the  capital,  is  on  the  western 
coast ;  it  is  one  of  the  handsomest  towns  in  the 
West  Indies,  being  built  wholly  of  stone  or  brick, 
with  wide  streets ;  in  1851  its  population  was 
11,693. 

Barbadoes  forms,  next  to  Jamaica,  the  most 
valuable  of  the  British  possessions  in  this  part  of 
the  world.  It  lies  eastward  of  the  general  range 
of  the  Antilles,  has  an  area  of  163  sq.  m.,  and  its 
population  in  June,  1851,  was  135,939.  With 
the  exception  of  Malta,  the  population  is  believed 
to  be  more  dense  than  in  any  other  part  of  the 
world. 


The  French  possessions  are  Guadeloupe  and  its 
dependencies,  and  Martinique.  Population  of  the 
islands  in  1851:  Guadeloupe,  129,050;  Marie 
Galante,  12,749;   Les  Saiutcs,  1,100 ;   Dcsirade, 


2,568  ;  St.  Martin,  (French  part,)  3, "773  ;  Martin- 
ique, 121,478  ;  total,  268,718.  These  islands  are 
in  a  very  prosperous  condition.  The  chief  pro- 
duct is  sugar.  Basse-Terre  is  the  capital  of  the 
Guadeloupe  colony,  and  has  about  6,000  inhabit- 
ants. Fort  Royal  is  the  capital  of  Martinique, 
and  has  11,300  inhabitants. 


The  Dutch  possessions  and  their  population  on 
Dec.  31,  1854,  are  thus  stated  :  Curacoa,  16,830  ; 
Buen  Ayre,  2,939  ;  Oruba,  3,201  ;  Saba,  1,709  ; 
St.  Martin,  (Dutch  part,)  2,918  ;  St.  Eustatius, 
1,856  ;  total,  28,854. 


Danish  West  Indies  and  their  population  in  1851 : 
Santa  Cruz,  or  Saint  Croix,  25,720 ;  St.  Thomas, 
13,666  ;  St.  John,  2,228 ;  total,  39,614.  Two- 
fifths  of  Santa  Cruz  are  in  sugar-cane  plantations, 
sugar  and  rum  being  the  chief  products. 


The  Swedish  possession  is  confined  to  the  island 
of  St.  Bartholomew,  which  has  an  area  of  30  sq. 
m.  and  10,000  inhabitants,  two-thirds  of  whom  are 
negroes,  formerly  slaves,  but  emancipated  in  1847. 


Hayti  (the  island)  is  divided  into  two  distinct 
governments — the  eastern,  or  former  Spanish  por- 
tion, constituting  the  Dominican  Republic,  and 
the  western,  or  former  French  portion,  forming 
the  so-called  Empire  of  Hayti. 

The  Dominican  Republic  has  been  recognized 
as  an  independent  State  by  France,  Denmark,  and 
Great  Britain.  Its  capital  and  chief  port  is  San 
Domingo,  on  the  south  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Ozama ;  population,  10,000. 

The  Empire  of  Hayti  was  organized  in  1849. 
Its  capital  and  chief  seaport  is  Port-au-Prince,  at 
the  head  of  the  Bay  of  Gonaives;  pop'n.,  15,000. 


:r.~ 


(iTt'CllWltlL 


M 


Troi lie  of  C.ijTi-ieuYn 


i 


/■</!.<.     f 
,,\  "i'iVV'r  bO"*«*S" 

I     #?&  '7~SCIIHHi 


-_>/,.,•,;;„/ 


»"/; 


'     'Mf-  Oibuitureor 

" -a    f»5l*v0      'j..    .<H 

*— -J^lV.V.i/iul/*'      Conlmrt 


If; 


~Jr,„„„, 
V' 

■ITtjipC 


»• 


v., M-^  £r&*b0&L$ 

,,,7  1  e*>.?.V.j«o   «w,S.\ST^.  V.  < 

"        v^    //Jf       - vvA  /VV!""-;,,, 


,W'4.l/(. 


'a 


-7V- 


J:, ,„,-'■ 


tocef 


,,, 


-/ 


I.,..       W.      ^jfrom.    "Wufcli     .,111- 


i..i»,i..    -7A«o*r»/»irtSs 


- 


(La 

\  ■■.'-/ 


> 


^ 


^ 


!  >  '( Vi  I  kl.mTI 
I'oi-yj.uii,* 


riiii',-1  ill  I  Flu'iio 


SOUTH 
AMERICA 

Scale      o£     JMUcs^  " 


SOUTH     A  m  i;  It  I  C  A 


2o:> 


THE    OONTIXKXT    OF     SOUTH     AMERICA. 


B A  '■  t  i : i : 1 1 •  \ .  in   respect  to  its  position  as  one 

of  the  grand  divisions  of  the  globe,  is  the  mo  I 
widely  »  parated  and  insulated  of  all.  It-  general 
outline,  like  that  of  North  America,  is  nearly 
triangular,  tapering  towards  its  southern 
tremity.  Its  extreme  length,  X.  and  S.,  from 
Point  Gallinas  in  lat.  12  30'  X.  to  Cane  Horn 
in  lat.  55°  58'  40"  S.,  is  about  4,800  miles.  Its 
great<  t  breadth,  E.  and  \\\,  from  Cape  Saint 
Roquc  in  long.  35°  16'  "W.  to  Cape  Blanco  in 
long.  81  W.,  is  about 3,230 miles.  Itsaggri 
area  is  estimated  at  aboul  6,958,000  square  miles, 
three-fourths  of  which  lie  b<  tween  the  tropics,  and 
tli''  remainder  in  the  south  temperate  zone.  Its 
coast-lines  have  very  few  important  indentations, 
and  these  are  mainly  in  the  southern  part,  where 
considerable  inequalities  occur  on  both  the  east 
and  west  shores.  At  the  southern  extremity  there 
is  a  group  of  mountainous  islands,  forming  the 
Archipelago  of  Terra  del  PuegO,  which  are  pene- 
trated in  every  direction  by  bays  and  narrow 
inlets,  ending  often  in  glaciers  formed  from  the 
summits  of  mountains  6,000  feet  high.  The  west 
;  of  Patagonia  is  bordered  by  a  great  number 
of  islands,  many  of  which  are  of  large  size;  the 
most  northern  group  is  called  the  Archipelago  of 
Chiloe,  and  forms  the  most  important  part  of  the 
insular  province  of  Chile  ;  the  main  island  is  L25 
miles  long  and  50  wide  in  its  widest  part.  Along 
the  coast  of  Venezuela  there  is  a  lengthy  group 
of  islands,  which  are  Frequently  considered  as  part 
of  the  "West  Indian  Archipelago.  Excepting 
these  groups,  then-  are  do  islands  of  any  import- 
ance adjoining  the  main-land.  The  Falkland 
Islands,  situated  about  250  m.  N.  E.  of  Terra  Ae\ 


Fuego,  comprise  altogether  all  nit  200  islands,  with 
•  •  area  of  about  6,300  square  miles  ;  two  of 
the  islands  are  of  considerable  e  first  b 

85  miles  long  and  52  wide,  with  area  of  '■'■  ■ 
square  miles,  and  the  second  80  miles  long  and  40 
wide,  with  area  of  2,000  square  miles  ;  but  1  . 

of  the  others  are  small 

The  outlines  of  the  structure  of  South  America 
are  easily  stated,  since  the  main  features  oi 
general  physical  aspect   arc  comprised  in  a  few 

es,  and  these  have  quite  uniform  charact 
tics.     The  most  prominent  and  influential  feature 
is  the  immense  chain  of  the  And      Mount  ' 
which  extends  close  along  the  entire  west  c 
There  arc  also  ranges  of  mountains  in  Venezuela 
and  Brazil,  but  their  influence  is  only  sectional,  in 
rating  the  great  river-basins,  in  directing  the 
courses  of  the   smaller  rivers,  and. in  determining 
the  character  of  the  surface  of  their  respective 
vicinities.     There  are  three  principal  river-basins, 
Orinoco,  Amazon,  and  La  Plata,  with  some  others 
of  less  extent.  Vet  the  greater  part  of  the  surface 
of  this  continent  consists  of  vast  plain-. 

The  Andes  system  of  mountains  extend-  parallel 
with  and  at  a  short  distance  from  the  whole  v. 
coast,  having  a  total  length  of  about  4.400  m 
if  measured  along  its  highest  parts,  or  about  4,200 
miles,  if  measured  in  direct  line.     It  is  commonly 
called    the   great    Cordillera  of  the   Andes,  being 

considered  as  a  continuous  and  homogeneous  - 
1 1-111.  although  there    is    considerable  difference 
between  particular  sections  of  the  system, 
names  most  frequently  used  lor  the  divisions  of 
the   system  arc  derived   from   the  name-   of  the 
(  countries  through  which  the  system  pis-  ■-.  as — 


206 


SOUTH     AMERICA 


Ancles  of  Patagonia,  Andes  of  Chile,  etc.     In  the 
northern  and  central  portions  of  the  system  there 
are  two,  or  sometimes  three,  parallel  branches  of 
the  range,  and  in  many  places  there  are  shori 
branch  chains  an  1  numerous  spurs.     The  loftiest 
summit  of  the  whole  Cordillera  is  said  to  be  Acon- 
cagua,  23,944  ft.,  but  there  are  many  summits  of 
Dearly  equal  elevation;  and,  with  the  exception 
of  certain  summits  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains, 
this  range  is  the  highest  in  the  world.   On  the  sides 
of  some  of  these  lofty  mountains  and  in  their  ele- 
vated table-lands  are  the  most  elevated  cities  on  the 
globe,  as  Fotosi,  La  Paz  d'Ayacucho,  etc.     The 
general  breadth  of  the  system  is  from  200  to  250 
miles :  the  broadest  part  lies  between  20°  and  25° 
S.  [at.,  where  the  breadth  extends  to  400  miles. 
Most    of  the   high   summits    of  the   Andes   arc 
covered  with  perpetual  snow,  and,  even  under  the 
equator,  snow  is  always  found  at  the  height  of. 
16,000  feet  above  the  sea.     Further  particulars 
o.'*  the  divisions  of  the  Andes,  and  accounts  of  the 
other  ranges,  are  given  in  the  following  pages. 

The  volcanoes  of  South  America  all  belong  to 
the  Andes,  and  no  system  of  mountains  contains 
more  active  volcanoes  than  this.  These  are  said 
to  be  over  30  in  number,  and  are  comprised  in 
three  distinct  series,  viz  :  of  Quito,  of  Peru  and 
Bolivia,  and  of  Chile  and  Patagonia.  Several  of 
the  highest  summits  of  the  Andes  are  volcanoes, 
or  of  volcanic  character.  The  country  along  the 
western  base  of  the  Chilean  Andes  is  more  subject 
to  earthquakes  than  any  other  part  of  the  world, 
and  its  towns  have  been  repeatedly  destroyed. 

The  Amazon,  or  Maranon,  is  not  only  the  chief 
river  of  South  America,  but  it  is  the  largest  of  the 
globe,  and  many  of  its  tributaries  arc  also  of  im- 
mense length  and  volume.  It  has  a  course  ,<f 
about  4,000  m.,  and  is  navigable  for  about  3,000 


i  m.  from  the  sea  by  vessels  of  5  or  6  ft.  draught  at 
low  water,  and  to  less  distance  by  larger  vessels  ; 
during  the  latter  part  of  its  course  it  is  3  or  4  m. 
wide,  and,  as  it  approaches  its  termination,  has 
rather  the  appearance  of  a  wide  arm  of  the  sea 
than  of  a  river.     The  Rio  de  la  Plata  is,  properly 
speaking,  an  estuary,   (formed  by  the  confluence 
of  the  Parana  and  Uruguay,)" about  185  m.  long, 
which,  as  it  approaches  the  ocean,  increases  from 
25  to  170  m.  in  width  ;  its  waters  are  so  muddy 
that  they  affect  the  ocean  for  more  than  200  m. 
from  its  mouth.     The  Orinoco  is  said  to  be  about 
1,350  m.  long,  and  has  numerous  large  affluents  ; 
through  one  of  these,  called  the  Rio  Negro,  it  is 
connected  with  the  Amazon  by  a  natural  canal, 
called  the  Casiquiare.     There  are  several  other 
main  rivers  of  much  importance.     The  water  in 
some  of  the  rivers  is  clear  ;  in  others  it  has  a  dark 
green  color,  or  an  otherwise  peculiar  appearance. 
The  streams  flowing  from  the  eastern  declivity  of 
the  Andes   of    Chile,  appear  not  to  reach  the 
ocean,  but  to  discharge  themselves  into  a  multi- 
tude of  lakes,  communicating  with  one  another  by 
different  channels.     The  best  known  of  these  lakes 
is  the  Cuanacache,  or  the  most  northern,  which 
communicates    with    Lake    Silverio ;    and    this, 
again,  sends  its  waters  by  the  Desaguadero  into 
the  Lakes  Bevedero,  and  through  the  latter  by 
the  Salado  into  Lake  Urre-lauquen.     The  soil  of 
this  region  is  incrusted  with  saline  matter,  and 
the  water  of  the  lakes  is  said  to  be  salt,  although 
the  rivers  generally  have  fresh  water.     There  is 
but  one  continental  river-basin  in  South  America, 
viz  :  in  the  Bolivian  Andes  plateau,  where  the 
Rio  Desaguadero  flows  from  Lake  Titicaca,  and 
after  a  S.  S.  E.  course  of  130  m.  is  lost  in  the 
Laguna   of    Aullagas.      Besides   Lake  Titicaca, 
which  is  the  largest  body  of  water  of  that  kind 


SOUTH      A  M  Kit  I  C  A 


201 


on  the  continent,  there  are  other  lakes  in  the  table- 
lands and  high  valleys  of  the  Andes,  though  gen- 
erally of  . -mall  size.  Temporary  laki  are  antra- 
ally  formed  in  llic  level  sections,  and,  when  flooded, 
cover  vast  tract*  the  Xarayos,  on 

both  sides  of  the  Paraguay,  which  lom  stimes  ex- 
tends over  36,000  sq.  ra. 
The  greal  plains  of  South  America  are  variously 
vnated,  according  to  their  position  and  charac- 
teristics, as  the  Llanos  of  the  co  and  Vene- 
zuela, the 'Sylvas  of  the  Amazons,  the  Pampas  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  and  the  Deserts  of  Patagonia. 
Each  of  these  classes  are  specifically  described 
with  their  respective  countrii 

Nearlyevery  stratified  and  unstratified  rock  on 
the  globe,  from  the  oldest  to  the  newest,  from 
granite  to  lava,  and  from  gneiss  to  alluvium,  are 
developed  in  this  continent  on  a  magnificent  scale. 
The  basis  of  the  Andes  is  composed  essentially  of 
ud  granite,  hut  these  arc  usually  COVi  red 
by  immen  e  deposits  of  ancient  volcanic  rocks. 
Granite  rocks  are  found  in  great  abundance  in 
Terra  del  Fuego  and  in  the  Patagonian  Andes; 
and  in  Brazil,  it  frequently  abounds  in  the  lower 
parts  of  the  country,  as  well  as  in  the  mountains. 
where  it  is  associated  with   nearly  every  other  | 


stratified  and  unstratified  rock  <>f  the  primary 
group.  Over  the  whole  Andes  range  porphyry 
abounds,  while  most  of  the  great  dome-shaped 
mountain-  are  formed  of  trachyte,  and  quartz  rock 
1.  sometimes  mixed  with  mica  or 
and  containing  m  re  1  iron.    Its  cle- 

i  tabli  -I  in  1   an  I  in  a  m  -..  rare  by  fos- 

siliferous  limestone,  which  occurs  from  9,000  to 
14,000  ft.  above  th         an,  and  by  new  red  sand- 
stone, embracing  ores  of  copper  ai  m.  The 
lower  table-land  is  covered  by  diluvial  detrl 
i  mbracing  gold. 

The  great  metalliferous  riches  of  South  America 
are  mainly  in  Peru,  which  is  perhaps  the  i: 
remarkable  region  on  the  globe  for  the  preei 
metal-:.  The  annual  product  is  much  less  than 
formerly,  on  account  of  the  imperfect  manner  in 
which  the  mines  are  wrought,  and  the  disturbed 
state  of  the  country.     Brazil  is  i  1  for  its 

gems,  especially  its  diamonds.     Chile  contait 
great  number  of  very  valuable  copper-mines,  be- 
sides  mines  of  many  other  metals. 

The  vegetation  of  this  continent  is  most  distin- 
guished by  its  prodigious  f  i  iiich  cover  about 
two-thirds  of  its  surface,  and  otherwise  by  luxuri- 
ance and  beauty,  especially  within  the  Torrid  Zone. 


THE    COLO  M  B  1  A  N    R  E  PUBLICS. 


In  the  year  1819,  the  Republic  of  Colombia  was 
formed,  under  the  leader-hip  of  Gen.  Bolivar,  by 
the  union  of  Venezuela  and  New  Granada;  in 
1821.  Ecuador  was  added  totheconfedi  ration,  and 
in  L823,  Panama;  in  1831,  the  formal  dissolution 
of  the  Republic  was  agreed  upon  ;  and  the.  three 
separate  republican   governments  of  Venezuela, 


New  Granada,  and  Ecuador,  were  again  establish 
ed  (with  their  present  li.  pledged  by  trea- 

ties of  mutual  protection,  and  of  free  commerce 
among  themselves.  For  several  reasons,  independ- 
ent of  their  blended  history  and  intimate  relations. 
these  countries  may  properly  be  treated  of  under 
the  same  general  head.      The  project  of  re-organ- 


203 


SOUTH      AMERI C A 


izing  the  former  confederation  has  to  some  extent 
been  considered  in  each  country,  and  it  is  not  im- 
probable that  this  may  at  some  time  be  consum- 
mated. 


NEW    GRANADA. 

New  Granada  occupies  the  north-west  part  of 
South  America,  and  also  includes  most  of  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama  or  Darien.  Its  coast  along 
the  Caribbean  Sea  extends  eastward  to  Cape 
Chicibacoa,  long.  72  24'  W.  From  that  point 
the  boundary  line  separating  from  Venezeuela 
extends  irregularly  southward,  and  is  determined 
chiefly  by  the  junctions  and  courses  of  rivers,  its 
whole  length  being  about  1,100  m.  The  south 
boundary  is  more  regular.  The  aggregate  area  is 
estimated  at  about  522,000  sq.  m.  Full  half  of 
the  area  is  occupied  by  the  Andes  Mountains  and 
their  table-lands,  and  the  remainder  consists  chiefly 
of  low  plains,  drained  by  tributaries  of  the  Orinoco 
River.  Along  the  Pacific  coast  there  is  a  low 
tract  of  country,  covered  with  dense  forests,  and 
unhealthy  from  its  moisture  and  intense  heat.  The 
western  mountain  range,  or  coast  chain,  or  Chain 
of  Clioco,  extends  north  to  the  Bay  of  Panama  ; 
it  is  of  comparatively  little  elevation,  but  so  steep 
as  to  render  it  difficult  for  travelers  to  pass  ;  near 
the  Isthmus,  the  surface  is  nearly  level,  and  only 
at  a  very  trifling  elevation  above  the  sea.  The 
middle  range,  called  the  Chain  of  Quindiu,  extends 
north  to  the  Province  of  Antioquia  ;  its  chief  sum- 
mit is  the  Peak  of  Tolima,  18,420  ft.  in  elevation, 
the  highest  point  of  the  Andes  north  of  the  equa- 
tor. The  eastern  chain  is  called  Suma  Paz,  or  the 
Cordillera  of  New  Granada,  which  stretches  in 
north-east  direction  to  the  Sierra  de  Merida,  and 
then  northward  into  Venezuela.     These   three 


ranges  unite  in  the  group  of  las  Papas,  near  lat 
23  N.  The  table-land.-'  between  these  ranges  are 
elevated  from  G,000  to  9,000  ft,,  above  the  sea, 
and  occasionally  extend  higher  upwards,  even  upon 
the  summits  of  the  mountains.  The  principal 
river  is  the  Magdalena,  Avhich  is  navigable  from 
Barranca  as  far  as  Honda,  or  more  than  700  m. ; 
its  chief  tributary  is  the  Cauca,  which  is  navigable 
about  100  m.  The  valleys  of  these  streams  com- 
prise some  of  the  best  portions  of  the  country ; 
from  the  rich  alluvial  banks,  there  is  a  succession 
of  fertile  table-lands  up  to  the  spurs  of  the  Andes. 
The  plains,  or  llanos,  in  the  east  and  south-east 
divisions,  extending  to  the  Orinoco,  are  alternately 
swamps  or  sun-burnt  deserts.  Considered  altogeth- 
er, the  area  of  New  Granada  is  the  most  equally 
diversified  in  soil  and  climate  of  all  the  South 
American  countries. 

The  total  population  in  1851  was  reported  at 
2,363,054,  consisting  as  follows  :  Caucasian  whites, 
450,003  ;  white  mixed — quadroons,  30,054  ;  and 
mestizoes,  998,997;  American  Indian  races — 
civilized,  301,000,  and  savage,  120,000  ;  Ethiopian 
negro,  80,000  ;  colored  mixed — mulattoes,  283,000 
and  zambocs,  100,000. 

The  productive  industry  of  New  Granada  has 
never  been  of  sufficient  importance  to  entitle  the 
country  to  a  high  rank,  though,  with  the  exception 
of  fine  manufactured  articles,  it  appears  that  the 
actual  products  have  satisfied  the  demands  of  the 
people.  Within  a  very  few  years,  however,  owing 
to  (he  travel  through  Panama  and  other  causes, 
all  branches  of  business  have  been  increased. 

The  northern  provinces,  situated  east  of  the 
River  Magdalena,  are  extensively  engaged  in  the 
cultivation  of  coffee,  sugar,  and  cotton.  In  the 
southern  part  of  the  Magdalena  Valley,  great 
quantities  of  tobacco,  of  the  best  quality,  are  now 


•  V- 

■■ 

* 

Pi 

■                  * 

THE     COLOMBIAN     REPUBLICS. 


raised.  In  the  llanos,  towards  the  Orinoco,  the 
people,  who  are  mostly  Creoles,  are  occupied  wholly 
with  the  rearing  of  cattle  and  horses.  Generally, 
agriculture  is  best  prosecuted  by  the  converted 

I  adians,  who  evince  a  decided  predilection  for  these 
tranquil  labors. 

The  manufactures  are  chiefly  of  a  rough  charac- 
ter, and  the  fine  goods  are  imported  from  European 
countries  and  the  United  States. 

The  mineral  productions  of  the  country  are 
varied  and  abundant.  The  celebrated  gold  and 
platina  region  is  on  the  western  declivity  of  the 
coast  range  of  mountains,  comprising  an  alluvial 
zone  of  from  30  to  40  m.  broad.  The  gold-fi>  M 
of  the  Provinces  of  Antioquia  and  of  Ocana  are 
very  rich,  but  their  yield  is  much  le.«s  than  would 
be  produced  under  proper  management. 

The  internal  improvements  consist  of  the 
Panama  Railroad  and  the  Magdalena  Canal.  The 
former  is  of  the  highest  importance,  since  it  is  now 
the  main  thoroughfare  between  the  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  Oceans.  The  Panama  R.  R.  Company 
was  fully  organized  in  1849,  and  made  partial  sur- 
veys for  the  railroad  in  the  early  part  of  1850. 
The  work  was  commenced  in  December,  1850,  and 
was  steadily  prosecuted  until  its  completion  in 
January,  1855.  The  entire  route  of  49  m.  was 
first  passed  over  on  28th  January,  1855,  and 
shortly  afterward  a  great  celebration  was  held  in 
commemoration  of  the  event.  To  the  time  of 
opening,  the  road  had  cost  about  §7,000,000,  and 
it  is  continually  subject  to  heavy  expenses  for 
repairs.  A  telegraph  line  along  this  route  was 
opened  on  12th  August,  1855.  The  Magdalena 
Canal  consists  of  the  old  Spanish  Diquc,  or  Canal, 
through  a  series  of  lakes,  to  the  Magdalena  River 
at  Galamar,  a  little  below  Barranca,  which  has 

recently  been  improved  bv  New  York  capitalists. 
14 


By  the  improvements  just  mentioned,  the  iMdi 
red  foreign  commerce  of  New  Granada  ! 
greatly  extended.    During  Ik".,  tin-  number 
vessels  which  entered  tin-  ports  of  Aspinwall  and 

Panama  was  as  follows  :  At  Aspinwall,  125 

of  82,2G3  tonnage;  at  Panama,  32 
of  49,200  tonnage  ;  total,  157  vessels,  of  131,463 

tonnage. 

The  City  of  Bogota,  or  Santa  Fe  de  I  the 

capital,  is  situated  on  an  elevated  plan 
above  the  sea,  and  at  the  foot  of  two  lofty  mountr 
ains.    Its  plan  is  regular ;   it 
though  narrow  and  dirty  ;   and  its  public  sqt 
are  numerous,  spacious,  and  ornamented  with  fount- 
ains.    Its  churches  are  relatively  very  numer 
and  are  gorgeously  adorned,  and  there  are  9  mon- 
asteries and  3  nunneries,  which  are  exceedr 
wealthy.     The  academies  and  other  literary  i: 
tutions  are  of  considerable  importance.   Since  the 
city  is  liable'  to  earthquakes,  the  houses  are  low, 
and  strongly  built  of  sun-dried  brick.     The  en- 
virons are  highly  interesting.   The  city  is  travel 
by  the  Rio  Francisco,  which  unites  with  the  Rio 
Bogota  in  the  centre  of  the  plain,  and  the  united 
stream  descends  in  south-west  direction,  through  a 
ravine  about  40  m.  long  ;  its  cataract  of  Tequen- 
dama  falls  900  ft.  at  a  cleft  in  the  rocks  only  30  ft. 
wide.     Estimated  population,  42,000. 

Carthagena  is  the  principal  seaport,  and  has  an 
excellent  land-locked  harbor.  It  is  built  on  a 
small  sandy  peninsula  or  island,  connected  with  the 
continent  by  an  artificial  neck  of  land.  Its  suburb, 
called  Xiximaui.  which  is  almost  as  large  as  the 
city  itself,  occupies  an  island,  and  is  connected  by 
a  wooden  bridge.  Both  are  surrounded  by  strong 
fortifications, built  in  the  modern  style,  and  there 
is  a  fort  on  the  main  land,  upon  a  hill  150  ft.  high, 
which  commands  both  fortifications.     To  the  i 


210 


COLOMBIAN     REPUBLICS, 


of  this  hill  there  are  several  more  elevated  sum- 
mits, which  terminate  in  a  mountainous  elevation 
that  is  crowned  by  the  buildings  of  a  monastery. 
The  climate  is  not  healthy,  and  during  the  rainy 
season  is  excessively  hot.  The  population  of  the 
city  and  suburbs  is  probably  25,000. 

Popayan  is  situated  in  a  fertile  plain,  near 
( lauca  River,  and  was  founded  in  1537.  It  once 
had  a  large  trade  in  the  precious  metals,  but  now 
its  trade  is  chiefly  in  rural  produce;  its  inhabit- 
ants are  mostly  mulattoes  and  other  mixed  races. 

Panama  is  situated  on  a  peninsular  tongue  of 
land,  across  which  the  streets  extend  from  sea  to 
sea.  The  bay  is  studded  with  islands,  and  among 
these,  at  a  distance  of  some  two  or  three  leagues 
from  the  city,  is  the  road  where  ships  may  anchor 
in  safety.  This  bay  is  famous  for  the  pearl-oyster, 
and  the  shoals  near  its  islands  formerly  produced 
pearls  as  fine  as  could  be  procured  in  any  part  of 
the  world.  The  city  as  it  now  stands  dates  from 
the  rebuilding  in  1784,  having  been  nearly  de- 
stroyed in  that  year  by  fire,  as  also  at  several 
times  previous.  The  cathedral  is  a  handsome 
edifice  of  stone,  as  are  the  churches,  various  con- 
vents, etc.  Except  in  its  relations  to  the  railroad, 
the  business  of  the  city  is  not  of  much  importance. 

Aspinwall  is  the  eastern  terminus  of  the  Pana- 
ma R.  R.,  and  has  been  built  up  since  1850.  Its 
harbor  is  very  spacious,  and  of  sufficient  depth  for 
the  largest  vessels.  The  railroad  track  extends 
down  upon  the  wharf  at  which  the  steamships 
land,  but  the  principal  depot  is  at  the  centre  of 
the  town. 


VENEZUELA 

Extends  from  the  shores  of  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
between  New  Granada  on  the  west  and  British 


Guiana  on  the  east,  southward  to  the  chain  of 
the  Parime  Mountains ;  but  none  of  these  bounda- 
ries are  definitely  marked.  Its  whole  area  is  com- 
puted, according  to  the  best  authorities,  at  about 
426,700  sq.  m.  The  greater  part  of  the  country, 
and  nearly  two-thirds,  consists  of  the  llanos  or 
grassy  plains  watered  by  the  River  Orinoco  and 
its  branches.  These  plains  are  generally  barren 
in  the  dry  season,  but  after  the  rains,  they  are  cov- 
ered with  a  rich  carpet  of  grass  ;  near  the  streams 
they  are  frequently  bordered  by  dense  forests,  but 
elsewhere  they  are  nearly  destitute  of  trees.  The 
levelness'of  these  plains  is  wonderful,  and  it  is  well 
established  that,  in  many  sections,  there  is  not  an 
eminence  a  foot  high  in  the  course  of  a  hundred 
miles.  The  Orinoco  crosses  Venezuela  nearly 
through  its  centre ;  it  is  a  very  large  river,  and  has 
many  large  tributaries  ;  during  the  rainy  season 
it  completely  inundates  the  plains  through  which 
it  flows,  presenting  in  some  places  an  expanse  of 
water  from  80  to  90  m.  wide.  The  mountainous 
sections  do  not  at  most  embrace  more  than  one- 
third  of  Venezuela.  The  main  range,  called  the 
Coast  Chain  of  Venezuela,  is  a  continuation  of  the 
chain  of  Suma  Paz ;  which  extends  over  the  Sierra 
de  Merida,  and  terminates  in  an  elevated  table- 
land, on  which  the  towns  of  Tocuyo  and  Barquis- 
imeto  are  situated,  at  a  height  of  from  1,900  to 
2,200  ft.  above  sea-level.  The  mountain  knot  of 
Barquisimeto  forms  the  eastern  wall  of  o  great  cir- 
cular depression,  of  which  the  Lake  of  Maracaybo 
is  the  centre.  Silla  de  Caracas,  in  the  northern 
chain,  attains  an  elevation  of  8,600  ft.,  and  is  the 
culminating  point  not  only  of  the  system  of  Vene- 
zuela, but  of  all  the  mountains  east  of  the  Andes. 
The  Parime  system  comprises  eight  or  nine  ranges, 
the  most  northern  of  which  are  within  the  Vene- 
zuelan Province  of  Guiana. 


REPUBLIC     OF     VENEZUELA 


211 


The  total  population  was  reported  in  1 83-1  at 
945,408,  and  in  1847  at  1,267,092.  The  people 
of  European  descent  an1  not  m<»re  than  one-fourth 
of  the  whole,  the  colored  mixed  races  are  more 
than  one-third,  and  the  domesticated  Indians  are 
about  one  sixth.  The  independent  Indians  are 
said  to  number  50,000,  and  to  be  divided  into  at 
least  100  different  tribes. 

Agriculture  is  almost  the  exclusive  employment 
of  the  people,  but  not  more  than  one-third  of  the 
fertile  territory  ha  b  len  brought  under  cultivation. 
The  soil  is  generally  rich,  yielding  in  abundance 
all  the  products  of  the  Wesl  Indies,  besides  many 
others.  Cotton,  coffee,  sugar,  and  indigo  are  ex- 
tensively raised,  and,  with  cocoa,  form  the  chief 
articles  of  export.  The  cacao-tree  is  now  culti- 
vated to  a  less  extent  than  formerly  ;  for  quite  a 
long  period  this  was  one  of  the  regions  most  noted 
for  its  production ;  and  in  the  early  Spanish 
American  colonies,  chocolate  was  considered  not 
as  a  luxury,  but  as  a  necessary  article  of  suste- 
nance. The  plantain  supplies  the  staple  food  of 
the  majority  of  the  population ;  the  species  arc 
numerous,  and  some  of  them  thrive  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  5,000  ft. ;  but  lower  down,  the  tree  is  more 
prolific.  The  shrub  yuca  is  cultivated  by  the 
Indians ;  this  yields  a  considerable  quantity  of 
farina,  which  is  almost  the  only  kind  of  meal  used 
by  them.  Cattle  are  reared  in  great  numbers,  and 
a  large  proportion  of  the  exports  consists  of  hides, 
tallow,  horns,  etc. 

The  manufactures  are  unimportant,  and  the  im- 
ports consist  chiefly  of  cotton  and  linen  goods, 
with  hardware,  wine-,  flour,  and  provisions. 

The  chief  minerals  are  copper,  coal,  and  salt. 
The  principal  copper  mines  are  situated  in  the 
hills  of  San  Felipe,  about  70  m.  west  of  Pto. 
Cabcllo,  and  are  very  productive.     Coal  occurs  in 


many  of  the  coast  districts,  but  chiefly  in  Coro 
and  on  the  margin  of  the  Barcelona  I  Im- 

mense salt  deposits  exist  in  the  neighborhood  of 
La  Guayra,  and  the  peninsula  of  Ara 
north  of  Cnmana,  has  always  been  o  1  for 

its  salt-works.  The  early  Spanish  a  Wen  derived 
considerable  wealth  from  the  gold-mines  of  Apa 
and  Carapa,  near  the  Tuy  River,  but  these  were 
rapidly  exhausted.  Rich  ores  of  silver  are  said 
to  exist  in  the  Sierra  Merida.  The  p  sari  li-hery 
near  the  Island  of  Margarita  has  always  been  prof- 
itable, and  formerly  constituted  the  principal  oc- 
cupation of  its  inhabitants. 

I  'aracas  is  the  capital  and  metropolis,  and  for- 
merly gave  name  to  the  whole  country.  It  is  situ- 
ated 11  m.  S.  S.  E.  of  the  port  of  La  Guayra,  and 
between  these  towns  there  is  a  mountainous  ridge, 
which  has  an  elevation  in  its  highest  part  of  5,1C0 
ft.  Caracas  is  2,903  ft.  above  sea-level,  and  is 
built  at  the  commencement  of  a  fine  plain  or  val- 
ley, though  its  site  is  an  uneven  ground  with  steep 
slope.  Most  of  the  city  is  well  built ;  its  streets 
are  regular  and  paved  ;  the  houses  are  construct- 
ed of  brick  or  earth,  faced  with  stucco,  often 
handsomely  decorated,  with  terraced  roofs  ;  and 
there  are  several  public  squares.  The  cathedral 
is  an  extensive  and  costly  edifice.  During  the 
greater  part  of  the  year  the  climate  is  delightful 
Earthquake  shocks  are  frequent  ;  by  that  of  1812, 
the  earth  was  upheaved,  most  of  the  houses  were 
oyed  and  between  10,000  and  12,000  persona 
were  swallowed  up,  or  perished  amid  the  ruins. 
The  population  has  much  increased  within  a  few 
years,  and  is  now  estimated  at  60,000. 

La  Guayra  is  the  port  of  Caracas  and  the  prin- 
cipal port  of  the  republic,  and  hence  carries  on  an 
naive  trade.    The  harbor  is  not  good,  and  is 
rather  a  roadstead  than  a  haven.     The  town  is 


212 


COLOMBIAN     REPUBLICS. 


built  on  a  Cat  space,  only  900  ft,  wide,  and  is 
closely  surrounded  by  abrupt  precipices;  on  the  sea- 
side it  is  defended  by  a  fort  and  several  batteries. 
This  is  one  of  the  hottest  places  in  the  world,  and 
is  yearly  ravaged  by  the  yellow  fever.  The  popula- 
tion is  generally  about  8,000. 

Valencia  is  finely  situated  on  a  fertile  and  beau- 
tiful plain,  and  covers  a  large  area.  Its  position 
is  peculiarly  favorable  for  trade,  and  thi3  forms 
the  chief  feature  of  its  general  business.  Its  port 
is  Puerto  Cabello,  20  m.  distant,  and  most  of  the 
goods  landed  there  and  destined  for  the  interior 
pass  through  the  city.  Puerto  Cabello  stands 
on  an  island,  connected  with  the  main-land  by  a 
bridge  ;  it  is  unhealthy,  but  has  a  good  harbor. 
Estimated  population  of  Valencia,  18,000  ;  of 
Puerto  Cabello,  4,000. 

Maracaybo  is  a  fortified  city  and  sea-port,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  Lake  Maracaybo, 
from  the  gulf  of  the  same  name.  Its  site  is  a 
sandy  tract,  its  houses  are  meanly  built,  its  harbor 
is  deep,  but  obstructed  by  a  bar,  and  its  trade  with 
the  interior  is  active.  The  population  is  much 
less  than  formerly,  but  probably  amounts  to  14,000. 


ECUADOR 

Extends  from  the  Pacific  to  the  meridian  of 
70°  W.,  between  the  southern  boundary  of  New 
Granada  and  the  upper  course  of  the  Amazon 
River.  Its  general  length,  E.  and  W.,  is  about 
800  miles ;  its  mean  breadth  is  about  300  miles, 
and  its  aggregate  area  is  computed  at  287,870 
square  miles.  The  western  part  is  traversed  by 
the  A.nde3,  and  for  the  most  part  in  two  ridges  of 
colossal  peaks,  from  25  to  50  miles  apart.  North 
from  the  knot  of  Loxa,  lat.  3°  30'  S.,  the  system 


divides  into  two  branches,  enclosing  the  longitu- 
dinal valley  of  Cuenca,  and  again  unites  in  the 
mountain-knot  of  Assuay,  a  trachytic  group,  15,500 
feet  high,  reaching  nearly  to  the  snow  line.  Farther 
north,  the  system  again  divides  into  two  branches, 
which  are  not  re-united  within  the  limits  of  Ecua- 
dor ;  both  chains  are  remarkable  for  their  lofty 
summits,  several  of  which  are  volcanoes ;  in  the 
eastern,  Cotopaxi,  18,880  feet  high,  Antisana, 
19,137,  Cayambe,  19,617  ;  in  the  western,  Chim- 
borazo,  21,420  feet  high,  Pichincha  and  Coto- 
cache,  15,930  ;  and  besides  these  are  many  others 
of  great  elevation,  so  that  nowhere  in  the  entire 
Cordillera  of  the  Andes  are  there  so  many  giant 
mountains  assembled  together.  Between  these 
ranges  lies  the  Valley  of  Quito,  200  miles  long  by 
30  wide,  and  10,000  feet  above  sea-level.  On  both 
sides  of  the  Andes  the  surface  is  low  and  some- 
times level.  The  climate  of  the  lofty  table-lands 
is  generally  uniform  and  pleasant,  while  the  low 
plains  suffer  from  excess  of  both  heat  and  moisture. 

The  actual  number  of  the  population  has  never 
been  ascertained,  and  is  variously  estimated  at 
from  600,000  to  900,000.  The  aboriginal  red  race 
form  more  than  half  of  the  whole  ;  the  whites  are 
comparatively  few  ;  and  the  rest  are  mixed  races 
and  negroes. 

All  branches  of  industry  are  in  a  low  condition, 
and  are  mainly  carried  on  by  the  Indians.  Wheat 
is  the  principal  crop,  though  other  grains  are 
raised,  with  sugar-cane,  cotton,  and  tobacco. 
Some  of  the  manufactures  of  cotton  are  said  to  be 
very  excellent.  The  only  mines  worked  are  those 
of  iron  and  copper.  Guayaquil  is  the  only  port, 
and  this  has  considerable  commerce  ;  but  other- 
wise the  trade  of  Ecuador  is  not  of  much  im- 
portance. 

Quito,  the  capital,  is  also  much  the  largest  city 


DIVISIONS     OF     GUIANA 


213 


of  Ecuador,  aud  is  said  to  contain  70,000  inhabit- 
ants. It  is  situated  in  a  ravine,  east  of  Mount 
Pichiocha,  i~  well  built,  and  has  several  handsome 
squares.  Some  of  its  public  buildings  are  hand- 
some and  of  costly  const  nut  ion. 

Cuenca  ranks  next  to  Quito  in  population,  and 
has  about  25,000  inhabitants;  it  stands  in  a  wide 
plain,  aud  is  regularly  laid  out,  though  not  well 


built ;  its  vicinity  contaias  much  mii 

and  is  noted  for  its  many   i  if   Pern 

antiqoitii 

Guayaquil  is  Bituated  at  the  head  of  Hie  gulf 
of  the  same  name,  and  has  Ucnt  barber, 

which  is  well  defended,  but  its  climate  is  ■ 
warm,  and  the  marshes  in  its  neighborhood  render 
it  quite  unhealthy. 


COLONIAL    DIVISIONS    OF    QUIA  N  A 


Guiana    comprises    the    territory   between    the 

Orinoco  and  Amazon  Rivers,  and  as  far  inland  as 
the  Casiquiare  River  or  natural  canal.  It  is 
divided  into  Brazilian  Guiana,  Venezuelan  Guiana, 
and  Colonial  Guiana,  but  the  first  and  second 
divisions  constitute  provinces  of  their  respective 
countries,  and  the  name  of  Guiana  is  now  only 
applied  to  the  third  division.  This  consists  of  three 
colonial  territories,  viz:  1.  British  Guiana, 
called  Demerara,  from  its  most  populous  district ; 
2.  Dutch  Guiana,  or  Surinam;  and  .'!.  French 
Guiana, or  Cayenne.  These  colonies  lie  contiguous 
in  the  order  in  which  they  are  here  described,  and 
the  order  also  corresponds  to  their  relative  area 
and  population. 


BRITISH    GUIANA 

Is  the  most  important  division,  and  has  an  area 
of  101,8%  square  miles.  Al<  ng  the  coast  and 
from  10  to  40  mile-  inland  the  surface  is  hut  little 
elevated  above  the  sea.  and  hence  this  section 
been  rendered  cultivable  only  by  dykes,  dams,  and 
sluices.  Between  the  Demerara  and  the  Corentyn 
River  the  country  mainly  consists  of  flat  alluvial 


soil,  formed  by  the  detritus  of  rivers.    These  flat 
sections  are  terminated  by  a  range  of  low  Band- 
hills,  the  highest  noi  exceeding  200  feet.    Behind 
these  hills  the  elevated  land  stretches  out  into 
level  or  undulating  plains,  amid  which  are  some 
considerable  eminences  ;  and  farther  to  the  v 
and  south  are  low  mountainous  ranges,  which 
densely  wooded.   Along  the  course  of  the  Berbice 
River  savannahs  extend  nearly  to  the  sea-shore; 
o.ad  the  course  of  this  river  is  generally  indicated 
by  rows  of  trees,  with  here  and  there  isolated 
groups  like  verdant  islands,  or  oases  in  the  mi 
of  the  desert,  which  in  other  | 
with  grass.     This  is  believed  to  be  the  site  of  the 
celebrated  Lake  of  Parime  and  the  fabulous  ••  El 
Dorado,"  the  description  of  which  form-;  so  con- 
spicuous an  item  in  bh  yof  the  New  World. 

The    population  on  31st    March,   1851,   was 
1 :!  t,695,  exclusive  of  1 .200  Boldi<  rs,  •  tc,,o 
of  30,141    urban   population   and   97,554    rural 
population.    Th<  cl  ti  n  as  to  origin  wa 

European,  11,558;  mixed,  1-1.7"  1:  East  Indian, 
7,670;  Indian.  0.0(13;  African,  91,710. 

The  chief  products  are  sugar,  molasses,  rum, 

i,  potal  ies,  plantains,  banal  I    'ton 

was  once  cultivated  to  a  great  extent,  but  this  has 


214 


DIVISIONS    OF    GUIANA. 


been  abandoned.  Forests  cover  a  large  proportion 
of  the  surface,  and  among  these  various  dyeing 
woods  and  other  vegetable  productions  are  found. 
The  mira-tree  grows  to  an  immense  size,  and  its 
timber  is  said  to  be  equal  to  the  teak  of  the  East 
Indies.  Manufactures  are  almost  unknown,  sup- 
plies of  all  kinds  being  brought  from  England. 

Georgetown,  the  capital  and  chief  city,  is  built 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Demerara  River,  on  a  low, 
swampy,  and  unhealthy  site.  The  streets  are 
broad,  and  intersect  at  right  angles ;  most  of 
them  have  canals  in  their  centre,  communicating 
with  each  other  and  the  river,  and  crossed  by  a 
multitude  of  bridges.  The  houses  are  built  on 
piles,  several  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  ground. 
Population  in  March,  1851,  25,508. 


Paramaribo,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  Surinam  River,  about  eight  miles 
from  its  entrance  into  the  ocean.  Its  plan  is  regu- 
lar, and  its  streets  are  ornamented  with  rows  of 
tamarind  and  orange  trees.  Fort  Zeelandia,  a 
little  north  of  the  town,  is  the  residence  of  the 
Governor,  and  contains  most  of  the  Government 
establishments.  The  population  is  estimated  at 
20,000,  consisting  chiefly  of  blacks. 


DUTCH    GUIANA 

Comprises  the  country  between  the  Corentyn 
and  Maroni  Rivers,  which  is  about  300  m.  long, 
and  from  230  to  280  wide,  embracing  an  area  of 
59,614  sq.  m.  The  general  aspect  of  the  country 
resembles  that  of  British  Guiana,  its  surface  being 
flat  and  swampy  on  the  coast,  and  rising  towards 
the  south  ;  its  soil  generally  fertile,  and  its  climate 
warm  and  moist. 

The  population  in  1853  amounted  to  51,838, 
of  which  not  more  than  one-eighth  were  whites, 
and  the  rest  chiefly  negroes.  Classification  by 
religion — Moravians,  19,419,  Catholics,  7,340; 
Protestants,  5,400;  Israelites,  G84;  Pagans,18,995. 

The  staple  product  is  sugar,  and  the  exports  of 
this  article  exceed  all  the  rest  combined.  Other 
exports  are  molasses,  cotton,  and  coffee.  The 
trade  is  chiefly  with  Holland,  though  a  consider- 
able share  is  with  the  United  States. 


FRENCH    GUIANA 

Occupies  the  most  easterly  portion  of  Guiana,  its 
coast  extending  from  the  Maroni  River  on  the 
west  to  the  Oyapok  River  on  the  east.  The 
greatest  length  of  this  territory  is  about  280  m. ; 
its  greatest  breadth  about  220  ;  and  its  entire  area 
has  been  computed  at  38,685  sq.  m.  The  colony 
is  divided  into  two  districts — Cayenne  and  Sinni- 
mari.  The  former  comprises  the  Island  of  Cay- 
enne, 30  m.  in  circumference,  upon  which  is  the 
town  of  the  same  name  and  the  capital  of  the 
colony.  The  continental  portion  has  a  general 
resemblance  to  the  other  divisions  of  Guiana. 
The  coast  is  low,  consisting  of  a  flat  alluvial  tract, 
of  great  fertility,  in  some  places  marshy  and 
covered  with  thick  forests  of  mangroves.  The 
highlands  in  the  interior  are  also  fertile,  their  soil 
consisting  of  clay  mixed  with  granitic  sand.  The 
principal  streams  are  the  Mana,  Sinnimari,  and 
Ouya  or  Oyak,  and  besides  these  there  are  several 
others  of  large  volume. 

The  population  is  estimated  at  not  far  from 
20,000.  In  1852,  it  was  somewhat  increased 
by  the  transportation  from  France  of  a  large 
number  of  persons  who  had  fallen  under  the  dis- 
pleasure of  Louis  N.  Bonaparte. 


ti* 


T-nng.      0  0    ^\>st        iinm.        5' 5       Gtcpuvj-uTi  5)0 


'S..\inia /  f  .l.t„,         ji 

y 


3C 


/  I  i'f,i/fiT>, 

-■.    .is,!   n,?,.   ia|ii.!\i   j/„« 


i  Tret 


•    ft       <K -^ChilirttD  -  I  V'i         \^ 


/as 


>  S.ltafurh 


V   HAND'S    ^Jff.% 


Scale  of  miles 

|0      70  17.'.  3,".o/ 


^4 


con  .."<.7t>7;  '"V.„„,lr.,      "\>0fe,^f  FwT«f._/7  -^C.S.^r 


JlACKl-t^,'" 


BRAZIL 
BOLIVIA 
~IA   PLATA- 
PA  R  A  G  U  A  Y 
URUGUAY 
C   H   I  X    I 

AMD    PART    OF 

PERU 


I 


1  I.riii;£.T.asr     xi 


30 


3S 


10 


■J,V       from  2?"Washiiii;fon..2|7 


5,2 


EMPIRE     OF     BRAZIL. 


215 


The  trade  is  mainly  with  France,  and  consists    and  the  new,  between  which  is  a  large  open  sp 
in  exporting  the  products  of  Bugar,  cotton,  coffee,    planted   with  orange-trees,  and  both  are  built 
and  fruits,  and  in  importing  manufactured  goods.  I  chiefly  of  wood.  The  amount  of  ■  urly 


The  town  of  Cayenne  contains  about  3,000  in- 
habitants    It  is  divided  into  two  parts,  the  old 


is  about  84,000,000,  and  that  of  its  imports  about 
the  same. 


THE    EMPIRE    OF    BRAZIL 


Brazil  comprises  nearly  one-half  of  the  entire  con- 
tinent. Its  outline  is  extremely  irregular  ;  its  ex- 
treme length,  E.  and  "W.,  is  computed  at  2,030 
m.  ;  its  extreme  breadth,  X.  and  S.,  at  2,540  m. ; 
and  its  entire  area  at  3,131.154  sq.  m.  The  sur- 
face is  divided  Into  upland  and  lowland  in  nearly 
equal  portions.  The  upland  region  comprises  the 
mountainous  districts  and  table-lands,  embracing 
the  eastern  part  of  the  empire.  The  mountains 
consist  of  a  series  of  chains,  nearly  parallel,  with  a 
mean  elevation  of  3,837  ft.,  extending  from  north 
to  south,  and  communicating  with  each  other  in 
various  localities.  The  coast  chain  is  continuous, 
but  its  S.  \V.  half  is  culled  the  Serro  do  Mar,  or 
Coast  Range,  and  the  X.  E.  half  is  called  Serra 
dos  Orga  !  or  Organ  Mountains,  from  the 
resemblance  of  its  peaks  to  the  tubes  of  an  organ  : 
the  former  has  a  mean  elevation  of  3,200  ft.,  while 
the  latter,  though  not  generally  higher,  has  a  cul- 
minating  point,  Morrodos  Canudos,4,47G  ft.  high. 
The  Serro  do  Bspinhaqo  is  connected  with  the 
coast  chain  by  means  of  a  lateral  ridge,  and  ex- 
tends n  nrth  ird,  parallel  to  the  coast,  and  at  a 
distance  of  I  60  m.  from  it,  nearly  to  the  parallel 
of  Bahia;  this  comprises  the  highest  summits  in 
Brazil,  whi  '<  are  situated  to  the  north  of  Villa 
Rica  (or  Onto  Preto),  viz:  Itambe.  5,960  ft.: 
(this,  however,  is  a  Bomewhal  isolated  peak);  Serra 
de  Piedade,  5,830;  [tacolumi, 5,750 ;  Teak  of  Ita- 
bira,  5. 180;  and  the  Serras  of  Caraca,  Ibilipoca, 


and  Popagayo,  form  the  BO-called  Backbone  Ridge, 
which  is  the  highest  part  of  the  Bystem,  and  forms 
an  important  natural  division.  The  great  cl 
of  the  interior  appear  to  be  connected,  and  form  a 
ridge  between  the  parallels  of  15  and  20  ,  the 
chief  direction  of  which  is  from  east  to  west, 
dividing  the  tributaries  of  the  Parana  and  Para- 
guay Rivers  which  flow  southward,  from  those  of 
the  long  rivers  flowing  northward. 

The  Sertuo,  or  table-land  of  Brazil,  commences 
immediately  within  the  coast  range,  and  exti 
westward  through  the  whole  country.     Its  mean 
height  may  be  reckoned  at  2,600  ft.     From  tl.i- 
elevation  it  sinks  gradually  in  the  we*  tern 
towards  the  River  Madeira,  where  it  termini 
in  low  marshy  plains.     The  greater  part  i 
table-lands  are  covered  with  dense  forests,  not  only 
along  the  banks  of  rivers,  but  also  along  their 
limiting  mountain  chain-:  and  ti 
so  dense  that  the  country,  in  many  pli 
only  be  penetrated  by  -ailing  on  the  rivi 
it  is  owing  to  this  fact  that  the  immei 
th  ■  Amazon,  the  Mad  ara,  and  the 
have  Dot  yet  been  thoroughly  explored.     A 
ing  to  Baron    Eumboldt,   the  Boil,  enriched  for 

by  the  spoils  of  ii 
riches!  mould.    The  heal  .tinir  in 

and  dark  recesses  of  these  prin  and 

the  damp  is  so  e  that  at  tames  the  wl 

country  is  enveloped  in  dark-blue  mist. 


216 


EMPIRE     OP     BRAZIL. 


The  aspect  of  the  coast  is  very  different  in  differ- 
ent sections.  The  tract  lying  north  and  west  of  the 
mouth  of  the  Amazon  consists  principally  of  sandy 
plains  of  inconsiderable  elevation.  Below  the 
Amazon  the  surface  is  very  low  and  marshy,  to 
about  lat.  4°  N.,  or  near  Cape  St.  Roque.  From 
this  point  to  Bahia,  or  about  400  m.,  the  coast  is  of 
moderate  height,  nowhere  rising  above  30  ft.,  and 
is  also  destitute  of  harbors,  excepting  those  formed 
by  the  mouths  of  the  rivers.  From  Bahia,  to  about 
Sao  Joao  de  Parahyba,or  lat.  21°  45'  S.,  650  m., 
the  coast  is  generally  low  and  level,  with  hardly 
any  indentations.  From  lat.  21°  45'  to  lat.  27° 
30'  S.,  TOO  m.,  the  coast  is  elevated,  and  in  part 
formed  by  the  declivity  of  the  coast  range  of 
mountains  ;  at  a  distance  it  appears  rugged  and 
mountainous,  but  when  more  nearly  approached, 
becomes  highly  picturesque,  its  hills  being  clothed 
with  thick  woods,  and  its  valleys  with  perennial 
verdure.  This  part  of  the  coast,  the  most  rocky 
portion  of  which  is  between  the  granite  promon- 
tory of  Cape  Frio  and  the  Town  of  Santos,  may 
be  seen  from  sea  at  a  distance  of  55  m.  From  the 
Island  of  Santa  Catharina  to  the  River  Tahim, 
400  m.,  the  coast  is  low,  sandy,  and  intersected  by 
the  outlets  of  numerous  lakes  or  lagoons,  which 
skirt  the  shores  throughout  this  whole  extent.  The 
entire  coast-line  is  upwards  of  3,700  m.,  and  com- 
prises few  great  indentations.  The  principal  bays 
on  the  N.  and  X.  E.  coast  arc,  Oyapok,  Pinzon, 
St.  Jose,  and  St.  Marcus,  and  those  on  the  S.  E. 
coast  are,  All  Saints  or  San  Salvador,  Rio  Janeiro, 
and  Pha  Grande.  In  other  parts,  smaller  harbors 
are  pretty  numerous,  many  of"  them  are  good,  and 
they  are  generally  surrounded  by  flats. 

The  Amazon  and  its  tributaries  are  estimated 
to  drain  an  area  of  2,275,000  sq.  m.  This  river 
rises  from  several  sources  among  the  Andes,  in  the 


interior  of  Peru,  and,  passing  within  the  bounda- 
ries of  Brazil,  flows  in  quite  direct  course,  in  slightly 
N.  E.  direction,  to  its  entrance  into  the  ocean, 
which  is  almost  directly  under  the  equator.  It  is 
generally  considered  that  the  most  western  branch 
is  the  parent  stream,  or  first  principal  source  ;  this 
is  called  the  Upper  or  New  Maranon,  or  Tun 
guragua  ;  it  rises  in  Lake  Lauricocha,  in  lat.  10° 
30'  S.,  and  long.  76°  25'  W.,  flows  N.  W.  to  near 
lat.  6°  S.,  and  long.  79°  W.;  then  bends  to  the 
N.  E.,  and  continues  in  easterly  course,  until  it 
unites  with  the  Ucayali,  or  Old  Maranon.  This 
latter  stream  is  regarded  by  many  as  the  parent 
Amazon  ;  it  is  formed  in  lat.  9°  15'  S.,  and  long. 
72°  30'  W.,  by  the  Apurimac,  (which  rises  in  a 
small  lake,  in  lat.  15°  38'  S.,  nearly  5°  farther 
south  than  the  other  sources  of  the  Amazon,)  and 
by  the  Ueay,  or  Yilcamayu.  The  confluence  of 
these  two  head-streams — Tunguragua  and  Ucayali 
—is  near  lat.  4°  25'  S.,  and  long.  72°  30'  W. ; 
and  from  this  point  there  is  no  dispute  about  the 
Amazon.  However,  the  river  is  frequently  called 
the  Solimoes,  until  it  receives  the  Rio  Negro,  but 
not  afterwards.  The  total  length  of  the  river, 
reckoning  either  or  all  of  its  head  streams  to  a 
reasonable  distance,  is  not  far  from  4,000  m. 
According  to  Lieut.  Herndon,  of  the  U.  S.  Navy, 
who  explored  the  Amazon  in  1852  by  order  of  the 
U.  S.  Government,  the  river  is  navigable  on  the 
main  stream  to  San  Borja,  about  3,000  m.,  for 
vessels  of  5  or  6  ft.  draught  at  low-water,  on  the 
Ucayali  branch  for  3,360  m.  at  high-water,  and 
on  the  Huallaga  branch,  2,815  m.  Its  breadth 
and  volume  steadily  increases  in  its  course,  though 
its  breadth  somewhat  varies  in  particular  locali- 
ties ;  at  the  mouth  of  the  Jabary  it  is  1 J  m.  wide  ; 
opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Japura  it  is  from  4  to 
5  m. ;   above  Coary,  1  m. ;  at  Gurupa,  10  m.  ; 


EMPIRE     OF     BRAZIL. 


217 


and  after  receiving  the  Xingu.  it  has  rather  the 
appearance  of  a  wide  arm  of  the     a,  ihan  of  a 
rinr.     It  enters  the  Atlantic  by  two  months,  en- 
closing the  large  Island  of  Marajo,  or  Joannes ; 
the  northern  channel  is  usually  called  tin-  Amazon, 
and  is  96  m.  wide  at  its  mouth  ;  the  southern  is 
called  the  Para  (or  Para  River)  and  is  40  m.  wide. 
So  great  is  the  volume  and  impetus  of  this  mighty 
river,  that  its  muddy  waters  affect  the  appearance 
of  the  sea  for  hundreds  of  miles.     The  rapidity  of 
the  current  varies  from  1  to  3-7  m.  per  hour,  with 
a  general  average  of  about  2|  ra.      The  depth 
varies  from  42  ft.,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Huallaga, 
to  312  ft.  in  the  Para  branch.     Tides  affect  the 
Amazon  as  far  as  Obidos,  400  m.  from  its  mouth. 
During  the  rainy  season  the  river  overflows  its 
banks,  and  submerges  the  country  for  hundreds  of 
miles.     The  regions  on  cither  side   are   covered 
with  dense  and  lofty  forests,  and  Humboldt  says 
"  if  the  name  of  primeval  forest  can  be  given  to 
any  forest  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  none  can  claim 
it  perhaps  so  strictly  as  those  that   fill   the    con- 
nected basin  of  the  Orinoco  and  the  Amazon.'' 
The  great  tributaries    of  the  Amazon  are  —the 
Madeira,  with  a  course  of  about  2,000  m.,  Rio 
Negro,  1,500,  and  the  Tocantins,  Xingn,  Tapajos, 
Japura  or  Caqueta,  and  Ucayali,  each  of  1,000  or 
1,200  m.,  besides  many  others,  which  would 
where  be  considered  as  great  rivers,  numbering  in 
all  perhaps  200.    Exclusive  of  the  Amazon  Basin, 
there  are  numerous  streams  of  much  importance, 
of  which  three  deserve  special  allusion.    The  Par- 
anahyba  is  some  BOO  m.  long;  it  is  little  inter- 
rupted by  rapids,  is  aavi  far  as  its  con- 
flu. -nee  with  the  Rio  Balsas, and  enters  the  sea  by 
five  shallow  mouths.    The  S  to  Francisco  is  1,250 
m.  long;   its  navigation  is  impeded  by  the  Fall  of 
Paulo  Affonzo,  a  series  of  magnificent  cataracts, 


1  GO  m.  from  it-  mouth  ;  but  above  this  it  is  navi- 
gable 900  m.  to  the  influx  of  the  Bio  da    Wlhas. 
The  Parana  drains  a  Large  pari  of  Southern  Bra- 
zil, receiving  tram  ibutaries  on  both  sides. 
The  total   population   of  Brazil   is  estimated 
according  to  the  most  r<  c  snl  and  reliable-  returns 
at  0,073,000.     About  one-half  ai  defly 
negroes,  but  including  mixed            one-sixth 
mulattoes  and  free  meet  iz<                 ixth  Portuguese 
and   Creoles;  one-twelfth   converted   Indians,  and 
the  remainder   Europeans,  independent    Indi 
etc.    In  this  empire,  unlike  the  Spanish  and  1 
lish  colonies,  there  is  hardly  any  political  drvi 
of  castes,  and  very  few  of  those  galling  and  de- 
grading distinctions  which  have  been  made  by  all 
other  nations  in  the  management  of  their  people. 
The  mildness  of  the  laws  affecting   the  colored 
population  is  remarkable ;  amalgamation  is  toler- 
ated, and  is  not  at  all  unfrequent.     The  native 
Brazilians  are  reputed  to  be  an  inactive    I 
while  the  mulattoes  are  ingenious,  and  evince  an 
aptitude   for   the   mechanical   arts.     Persons  of 

id  blood  of  whites  and  Indians,  who  B 
where  generally  called  11  tizoes,"  . 

called    "  mamalucocs ;"     don  1     Indians, 

"  caboclos,"  and  savage  Indians  "  tape  The 

latter   are   of  a   copper   color,  robust,  and  well 
made,  but  of  short  stature ;   they  generally 
naked,  paint  their  skins,  and  are  fond  of  ornam 
mg  their  heads  with  feathers.     The  slave  popula- 
tion c  to  a  large  extent  of  native  Afrii 
though  it  is  probable  that  more  than  half  of  the 
negroes  were  born  in  Brazil,  and  1 
there  are  many  slave  mulat  I  slave  m 
Brazil  was  formerly  the  most  noted  slave-market 
in   the   world.     In    September,   1850,  the   Gov- 
ernment   paE  v  1    a  law  declaring  the  slave-trade 
to  be  piracy,  and  the  effect  of  this  course  was 


218 


EMPIRE     OF     BRAZIL. 


quickly  evident.     Portugal   nominally  abolished 
this  trade  in  1818,  but  its  law  was  not  carried 
into  effect  in  Brazil  (then  under  its  rule),  and  the 
trade  was  considered  legal  until  February,  1 830. 
At  that  date,  under  the  treaty  with  Great  Britain, 
it  was  prohibited,  but  was  conducted  clandestinely 
until  1850,  when  the  Government  decided  to  com- 
pletely annihilate  it.     Between  1840  and  1847, 
the  number  of  slaves  brought  into   Brazil  was 
149,300  ;  in  1846  and  1847,  about  50,000  in  each 
year;  in  1848,  60,000  ;  in  1849,  54,000  ;  in  1850, 
the  number  fell  to  23,000  ;  in  1851  the  number 
was  only  3,287,  of  which  1,006  were  captured  by 
the  Brazilian  cruisers,  and  declared  free  ;  and  in 
1852,  it  is  said  that  only  one  slave  vessel  landed 
on  the  coast  of  Brazil.    The  value  of  slaves  has 
consequently  been  steadily  increasing  for  many 
years.     Prior  to  1830  slaves  were  sold   at   120 
milreas,  or  about  $66  of  American  currency ;  from 
1830  to  1850  they  advanced  to  400  milreas,  or 
$220  ;  and  from  1850  they  gradually  advanced, 
aided  by  the  decimation  of  5  per  cent,  yearly,  to 
1,100  milreas,  or  £605,  in  1853.     Since  then  it  is 
estimated  that  one-tenth  have  died  (chiefly  from 
cholera) ,  as  appears  by  a  recent  statement  of  the 
Minister  of  the  Empire,  and  they  are  now  re- 
ported to  be  worth  1,500  milreas,  or  $825  each. 
It  was  the  low  price  of  slaves  prior  to  1830  which 
stimulated  the  production  of  coffee,  and  caused 
prices  to  rule  so  low,  which  were  from  1835  to 
1840  not  much  more  than  half  of  the  present 
prices. 

The  civilized  population  is  limited  to  the  sec- 
tions of  country  bordering  the  coast,  and  thus 
only  a  very  small  fraction  of  the  surface  of  the 
empire  lias  been  brought  under  cultivation.  The 
soil  of  this  region  is  generally  very  fertile  and 
;!iarly  adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  coffee  and 


sugar,  in  addition  to  numerous  other  products  that 
require  a  warm  climate.  A  great  variety  of  food- 
plants  grow  spontaneously.  In  the  northern  part 
of  the  empire  the  farina  of  the  manioc  is  almost 
the  only  kind  of  meal  used.  An  acre  of  this  plant 
is  said  to  yield  as  much  nutriment  as  six  acres  of 
wheat.  It  is  a  shrub  of  the  family  of  the  Euphor- 
biacse  ;  its  fleshy  roots  yield  a  considerable  quan- 
tity of  farina,  called  manioc  or  cassava,  and  it 
grows  among  the  mountains  at  an  elevation  of 
3,200  feet. 

Coffee  is  the  great  staple,  and  for  several  years 
the  quantity  raised  in  Brazil  of  this  plant  has  been 
fully  one-half  (sometimes  a  larger  proportion)  of 
the  total  production  in  the  world.  The  coffee-tree 
was  first  cultivated  in  Brazil  in  1774  by  a  Fran- 
ciscan friar,  who  raised  a  single  tree  in  the  garden 
of  his  convent.  Its  fruits  were  distributed  among 
the  chief  planters  of  the  vicinity,  but  they  took 
little  pains  to  cultivate  it,  and  hence  its  progress 
was  very  slow.  In  1808  the  annual  crop  did  not 
exceed  50,000  bags  of  160  lbs.  each,  or  8,000,000 
lbs.  In  1820,  the  crop  had  increased  to  about 
100,000  bags.  The  decrease  of  supply  in  the 
great  markets  of  the  world,  by  the  desolation  of 
St.  Domingo,  brought  the  price  of  coffee  in  Lon- 
don in  the  years  1817  and  1821  up  to  148s.  per 
cwt.,  or  nearly  37£c.  per  lb.  This  great  price 
stimulated  the  production  in  Brazil ;  in  1830,  the 
crop  had  increased  to  400,000  bags ;  in  1840,  to 
1,060,898  ;  and  in  1854,  reached  the  astonishing 
amount  of  2,500,000  bags,  or  400,000,000  lbs. 
The  production  of  all  other  countries  in  the  same 
year  was  estimated  at  316.000,000  lbs.,  making 
the  total  production  of  the  world,  716,000,000  lbs. 
The  production  of  1855  was  less,  amounting  in 
Brazil  to  320,000,000 ;  in  other  countries,  to 
287,000,000,   or   in  all,   607,000,000  lbs.     The 


EMPIRE      OF     BR  A  ZIL. 


219 


climate  of  Brazil  is  highly  favorable  to  the  culti- 
vation of  coffee,  the  trees  yielding  nearly  doable 
tli".1-;!  of  the  West   Indies.    The  coffee-growing 
districts    of   Brazil    are    divided    into    the   Serra 
Abaixo    (or  below   the   mountains)    and    Sena 
Acima  (above  the  mountains).     The  product  of 
the  former  is  about  one-sixth  of  the  whole  crop  in 
good  years,  but  is  much  more  uncertain  than  the 
Serra  Acima,  being  more  liable  to  injury  from 
drought,  which  is  said  of  late  year-  to  have  been 
frequent.     The  quality  is  also  inferior,  and  Beldam 
shipped  to  the  United  States.    The  trees  of  Serra 
Acima  bloom  later  than  the  former,  and  the  crop 
is  more  uniform,  enabling  plauters  to  gather  a 
crop  at  a  single  picking,  which  is  a  great  saving 
of  labor.     From   this   district    cargoes  are   not 
generally  obtained  until  August  and  September. 
Usually,  the  supplies  remaining  over  of  the  old  crop 
are  sent  to  market  before  the  planters  clean  out 
the  new,  and  hence  it  is  often  as  late  as  October 
and  November  lief., re  the  bulk  of  the  new  crop  is 
in  market.     It  takes  four  or  five  years  to  mature 
coffee-trees  after  planting  them  before  they  will 
yield  a  crop  of  berrii  s ;  hence,  the  sudden  rise  or 
fall  in  prices  cannot  so  suddenly  influence  produc- 
tion, as  is  the  case  with  annual  crops  from  new 
plantations  of  cotton  and  sugar.    At  the  present 
time,   owing   to  the  high  price  of  slaves,  new 
estates  are  not  formed.     The  first  importation  of 
Brazil  coffee  into  the  United  States  was  made  in 
1800.  and  consisted  of  a  large  cargo  landed  at 
Salem.     During  the  fiscal  year  1  >.'>.>  the  amount 
of  coffee  imported  into  the  United   States  from 
Brazil  wa  -3 lbs.,  valued  at  $11 ,8 1 5,fi  1  B; 

while  the  amount  imported  from  all  other  coun- 
tries was  55,394,876  lbs.,  valued  at  $4,948,441. 
In  the  fiscal  year  1856,  the  quantity  imported 
larger,  and  as   prices   ruled  high,  the  value  was 


greater.     It   is  estimated  that  the  United  States 
line  one-fourth  of  all  the  coif.!    brought  into 
the  markets  of  the  world. 

Since  the  cultivation  of  coffee  monopolizes  near- 
ly all  agricultural  labor,  few  other  products  are 
raised  extensively.  The  sugar-cane  was  formerly 
grown  more  widely  than  any  other  staple,  and  its 
production  at  the  present  time  appears  to  be  not 
only  sufficient  for  the  home  consumption,  but  a 
considerable  quantity  is  exported,  t,  !arge 

quantities  of  rum,  etc.  Other  crop-  of  some  im- 
portance are,  cotton,  tobacco,  rice,  beans,  and 
maize,  and  various  fruits.  Attempts  have  been 
made  to  cultivate  the  tea-plant,  with  the  assistance 
of  Chinese  growers,  and  have  resulted  in  producing 
a  small  quantity  of  fair  quality;  but  the  exp 
of  cultivation  is  so  great,  that  it  cannot  be  prose- 
eiiti  d  with  advantage. 

The  vegetation  throughout  Brazil  is  character- 
ized generally  by  the  abundance  of  palms,  and  not 
less  than  a  hundred  specie-  of  thi  Be  ai  -  to 

the  country.     The  cocoa-nut  palm  attain-  a  g 
size  on  ti  the   palms,  the 

comprise  a  variety  of  trees,  and 
are  filled  up  with  innum  Table  sp  ci  a  of  climl 
plants,  and  dense  undergrowth  of  reeds  and 
Some  of  the  trees  an  wn  for  exportati 

particularly  the  rose-wood.     Others  are  valuable 
as  dye-woods,  and  for  medicinal  and  chemical  i 

The  pastures  on  the  open  plains  are  frequently 

of  vat  extent,  and  immense  herds  of  wild  cattle 

upon  them.    The-,- are  hunted  to  some  extent 

for  their  hides  and  horn-,  which  form  part  of  the 

exports  of  the  country. 

Many  varieties  offish  are  caught  in  great  num- 
bers in  the   Amazon  and  other  rivers,  and  ti 
constitute  a  principal  part  of  the  subsistence  of 
the  inhabitants  of  all  clae 


220 


EMPIRE     OF     BRAZIL. 


The  manufactures  are  not  of  much  importance. 
Cotton,  woolen,  linen,  silk,  and  other  goods  are 
obtained  from  the  United  States,  Great  Britain, 
France,  etc.,  in  exchange  for  coffee.  Immense 
quantities  of  provisions,  particularly  flour,  codfish, 
wines,  ale,  butter,  are  imported ;  also,  the  coals, 
cordage,  candles,  etc.,  etc.  Within  a  few  years, 
something  has  been  done  by  the  government  in 
attempting  to  build  up  domestic  manufactures. 

The  mineral  wealth  of  Brazil  was  formerly  of 
more  account  than  it  is  at  present.  Among  the 
earliest  discovered  regions  was  that  of  Jaragua, 
which  in  1731,  and  afterwards,  yielded  rich  gold- 
washings  ;  but  this  had  been  nearly  exhausted 
when  it  was  found  that  gold  was  obtained  more 
readily  and  abundantly  from  the  auriferous  sands. 
These  sands  have  also  been  generally  exhausted, 
though  gold  is  yet  sought  in  them  with  some  suc- 
cess. But  Brazil  is  most  celebrated  for  its  gems, 
especially  its  diamonds  ;  which  are  chiefly  explor- 
ed iu  the  beds  of  rivers  by  washing  the  soil.  Upon 
their  first  discovery,  a  thousand  ounces  of  diamonds 
were  obtained,  which  powerfully  affected  the  mar- 
ket. The  largest  known  diamond  was  found  in 
1791,  and  weighed  138^  carats ;  another,  valued 
at  $200,000,  was  found  in  1847.  The  topazes 
and  emeralds  ai-e  very  fine,  as  well  as  the  chryso- 
beryl,  amethyst  and  quartz  crystals.  The  mount- 
ains and  the  coast  abouud  with  granite,  which  pre- 
vails throughout  an  extent  of  2,000  miles.  The 
base  of  much  of  the  table-land  is  formed  of  syenite, 
with  granite,  sandstone,  clayslate,  and  limestone. 
The  Province  of  Minas  Geraes  (which  occupies 
the  highest  table-land,  and  is  the  most  populous 
of  the  provinces,)  is  more  celebrated  for  its  mineral 
products  than  any  other.  Its  capital,  Ouro  Preto, 
(or  Villa  Rica,  so  called  until  1822,  on  account  of 
the  rich  gold-mines  in  its  vicinity)  is  the  chief  seat 


of  the  mining  industry,  and  it  is  reported  that 
valuable  deposits  have  recently  been  discovered 
there.  The  gold  mines  are  worked  by  English 
companies.  Iron  works  have  been  erected  in  the 
neighborhood,  and  furnish  many  of  the  large  cast- 
ings used  in  the  sugar-houses.  Copper  ores  are 
stated  to  be  abundant  in  some  sections,  and  de- 
posits of  common  salt  and  nitre  occur. 

The  annual  amount  of  the  foreign  commerce  has 
been  about  the  same  in  each  year  since  1850 ; 
and  the  nominal  value  of  the  imports  is  stated  to 
exceed  that  of  the  exports.  This  may  arise  from 
unequal  valuation.  The  United  States  imported 
from  Brazil  during  the  year  ended  June  30th, 
1855,  coffee  valued  at  $11,815,818,  and  other 
Brazilian  products  valued  at  $3,403,117 — total, 
$15,218,935 ;  while  its  exports  to  Brazil  were 
valued  at  $4,261,273,  showing  a  balance  against 
this  country  of  $10,957,662  ;  and  there  was  about 
the  same  balance  annually  for  several  years. 
Great  Britain's  exports  to  Brazil,  during  1854, 
amounted  to  $12,210,733  ;  but  there  is  less  coffee 
sent  to  Great  Britain  than  to  the  United  States. 

In  1853,  the  number  and  tonnage  of  vessels  that 
entered  the  principal  ports  of  Brazil  were — Bra- 
zilian vessels,  2,078,  of  222,360  tonnage  ;  foreign 
vessels,  976,  of  306,342  tonnage— total,  3,054 
vessels,  of  528,702  tonnage.  The  statistics  of 
clearances  are  about  the  same. 

As  yet  there  are  but  few  internal  improvements 
that  deserve  particular  description.  However, 
there  are  a  good  many  local  public  works  of  much 
importance  in  the  principal  cities.  The  first 
railroad  was  constructed  in  1852,  between  Maua, 
opposite  Rio  Janeiro,  and  the  suburb  of  Petropolis 
(containing  residences  of  the  Emperor  and  court), 
a  distance  of  10  miles.  About  the  same  time  the 
building  of  another  railroad  was  undertaken  at 


EMPIRE     OF     BRAZIL 


221 


Pernambuco,designed  to  extend  southward  through 
that  section.  The  Government's  Naval  force  is 
steadily  increasing.  Steamers  ply  from  Rio  Ja- 
neiro to  Liverpool  and  Southampton,  to  Buenos 
Ayres,  etc. 

Brazil  contains  two  great  cities,  ten  cities  that 
have  from  10,000  to  16,000  inhabitants,  and  many 
populous  villages. 

Rio  de  Janeiro  is  the  largest  and  most  import- 
ant city  in  South  America,  and  has  been  the  cap- 
ital of  Brazil  since  the  year  1808.  It  is  situated 
on  the  west  side  of  Rio  Janeiro  Bay,  which  is  ex- 
ceedingly magnificent,  being  surrounded  with  high 
hills  and  mountains,  and  studded  with  beautiful 
islands.  On  approaching  the  coast,  the  first  con- 
spicuous object  is  the  Pao  d'Assucar,  or  Sugar- 
Loaf  Mln..  which  rises  1,000  ft.  above  sea-level. 
Mt.  Coreovado,  3£  m.  W.  by  S.  from  the  city, 
is  3,000  ft.  high.  Farther  to  the  south-west,  and 
about  10  m.  from  the  city,  is  the  Gavia.  a  more 
remarkable  mountain,  with  a  flat  summit ;  the 
English  call  it  Table  Mountain,  and  the  Portu- 
guese call  it  Square  Topsail,  since  it  greatly  resem- 
bles that  article  of  rigging.  Toward  the  north 
the  view  is  terminated  by  the  Organ  Mts.  The 
vicinity  of  no  other  city  in  the  world  surpasses 
this  in  the  combination  of  grand  and  beautiful 
scenery,  and  at  the  same  time  possessing  such  com- 
mercial advantages.  The  city  is  built  mainly  on 
an  oblong  and  elevated  tongue  of  land,  just  within 
the  narrow  opening  of  the  harbor,  while  the  newer 
part  is  situated  in  the  rear,  on  and  between  sev- 
eral hills.  In  both  divisions  the  streets  are  narrow, 
poorly  paved,  and  generally  intersect  at  right 
angles.  There  an-  several  public  squares,  one  of 
which  separates  the  old  and  new  parts  of  the  city. 
The  buildings  used  for  government  purposes  are 
spacious  structures,  built  of  brick,  in  plain  style. 


The  public  hospital,  near  the  <  ntrancc  of  the  bay, 
is  mora  noteworthy.    There  are  about  fifty  church- 
es, none  of  which  are  remarkable  for  their  external 
architecture,  bul  they  arc  all  splendidly  ornament- 
ed in  their  interior.     There  are  several  convi 
and  other  religion    establishments.     The  hospitals 
are  generally  creditable  to  the  city.     Some  of  the 
literary  institutions  are  of  hi;rli  reputation.     The 
national   library   contains    80,000    volumes,   and 
many   valuable  manuscripts  ;  and  the   principal 
museum  has  excellent  cabinets,  illustrating  natural 
history.     The  city  is  supplied  with  water  from 
springs  of  Mt.  Coreovado  by  a  grand  aqueduct. 
Since  1853,  the  city  has  been  lighted  with  gas. 
The  pop.  is  about  300,000.  and  two-fifths  are  slaves. 
Bahia,  or  Sao  Salvador,  the  second   city  of 
Brazil,  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance 
of  All  Saints  Bay,  immediately  within  Cape  Fan 
Salvador,  and  about  800  m.  N.  N.  E.  of  Rio  Ja- 
neiro.    Its  site  is  elevated  and   hilly,  and   its 
appearance,  when  seen  at  a  short  distance  from 
off  the  sea.  is  magnificent;  one  part  towers  above 
the  other,  and  the  whitened  houses,  with  their  red- 
tiled  roofs,  contrast  finely  with  the  rich  foliage 
interspersed   between.     It   is   composed  of  two 
parts,  the  upper  and  lower.     The  lower,  or  shore 
town,  consists  of  one  narrow,  badly-paved  and 
dirty  street,  following  the  sinuosities  of  the  shore, 
and  in  all  about  4  m.  long  ;  its  buildings  are  built 
of  stone,  and  high,  and  those  nearest  the  shore 
project  into  the  sea.     The  upper  town  is  larger 
and  more  agreeable,  though  of  antique   aspect, 
and  contains  the  chief  public  buildings.     Bahia  ia 
the  seat  of  the  only  archbishopric  in  Brazil,  and 
it  is  noted  for  the  number  and  excellence  of  its 
churches,  and  for  its  convents.    The  suburbs  are 
remarkably  beautiful.      The   population    is  i   I 
mated  at  120,000. 


222 


OTHER     NATIONAL    DIVISIONS 


Maranhao  is  situated  on  the  island  of  the 
same  name,  290  m.  E.  by  S.  of  Para.  It  is  sur- 
rounded on  the  east  by  mountains,  whieh  form 
a  kind  of  natural  fortress,  being  crossed  only 
by  narrow  passes ;  while  on  the  north  and  south 
it  is  encircled  by  streams.  Its  site  is  uneven,  but 
its  plan  is  regular,  and  its  area  is  extensive,  since 


the  houses  are  generally  surrounded  by  gardens. 
The  principal  edifices  are  the  Cathedral  and 
Episcopal  Palace,  which  are  magnificent,  and 
were  built  by  the  Jesuits.  The  trade  with 
the  interior  and  with  foreign  countries  is  very 
extensive.  The  population  is  between  30,000  and 
35,000. 


OTHER    NATIONAL    DIVISIONS 


Peru  extends  from  lat,  3°35'to  21°48'S.,  between 
Ecuador  and  Chile,  with  irregular  breadth.  The 
double  Cordillera  of  the  Audes  traverses  the 
country  in  N.  E.  and  S.W.  directions,  forming 
three  regions  of  the  most  diverse  aspect.  1.  The 
region  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  Andes 
is  from  50  to  100  m.  wide ;  part  of  it  is  a  low, 
sandy,  barren  plain,  but  the  greater  part  is  rug- 
ged, consisting  of  rocky  hills,  some  of  which  are 
lofty.  The  only  sections  of  this  region  that  are 
available  for  cultivation  are  the  transverse  valleys. 
These  are  generally  from  15  to  20  m.  apart, 
though  not  more  than  12  m.  on  the  most  favored 
portion  of  the  coast.  Towards  the  north,  they  are 
situated  at  greater  distances  from  each  other,  and 
between  Lambayeque  and  Sehura  there  is  a  desert 
90  m.  long.  2.  The  mountain  region  comprises 
nearly  half  of  the  territory  of  Peru,  and  includes 
some  of  the  highest  elevations  of  the  Andes.  The 
mountain  ridges  are  mainly  parallel,  enclosing 
very  elevated  and  extensive  table-laud  districts, 
called  Las  Sierras.  In  the  northern  part  of  Peru 
the  Andes  are  divided  into  three  chains ;  in  the 
southern  part,  into  two  chains ;  the  former  are 
called  the  "  Andes  of  Peru,"  since  they  are  wholly 
within  this  country ;  the  latter  are  called  the 
"  Peru-Bolivian  Andes,"  from  their  being  situated 


in  both  these  republics.  The  "  Andes  of  Peru  " 
extend  from  lat.  5°  to  15°  S.,  and,  as  just  men- 
tioned, in  three  chains.  The  western  chain  is  the 
highest,  and  extends  nearly  parallel  with  the  coast 
line ;  between  lat.  7°  30'  and  9°  S.  it  presents 
the  three  high  peaks  of  Huaylillas,  Moyopata,  and 
Pelagotos ;  the  former  is  the  only  mountain  along 
the  whole  coast,  from  Chimborazo,  a  distance  of 
about  400  m.,  that  reaches  the  line  of  perpetual 
snow.  The  central  chain  has  a  mean  elevation  of 
10,000  ft.;  in  its  lower  part  towards  Piscuayana, 
it  sends  out  two  branches,  one  of  which  forms  the 
celebrated  Pongo  (or  waterfall)  of  Mauseriche. 
The  eastern  chain  does  not  apparently  originate 
with  the  other  two,  hut  rises  from  lat.  5°  30'  S., 
and  then  extends  parallel  with  the  others,  until  in 
its  lower  part  it  curves  S.  S.E.  to  join  them  in  the 
knots  of  Huanuco  and  Pasco.  The  plateau  from 
which  these  mountain  knots  rise  is  more  than 
11,000  ft.  above  sea-level ;  and  their  highest  sum- 
mit is  Nevado  de  laViuda,  16,000  ft.  above  sea- 
level.  On  their  north  and  south  sides  are  the 
Alpine  lakes  of  Lauricocha  and  Chinchacocha,  in 
which  one  of  the  highest  branches  of  the  Amazon 
and  the  Rio  Jauja  originate.  Below  them  the 
Andes  are  divided  into  two  chains,  which  enclose 
a  plateau  about  one-half  less  extensive  than  that 


REPUBLIC     OF     PERU 


223 


of  Bolivia,  and  extend  to  the  knot  of  Vilcanota, 

or  Cuzco.  This  is  the  greatest  mountain  knot  in 
the  whole  chain  of  the  Amies;  it  is  covered  by 
perpetual  snow  al  an  elevation  of  15,800  ft.,  and 
its  summit  is  L 7,825  ft.  above  Bea-leveL  The 
table-land  of  Cuzco  is  about  150  m.  long  and  100 
wide;  it  is  rather  a  wide  longitudinal  valley,  sink- 
ing rapidly  towards  the  north.  The  western 
chain  of  the  "  Pern-Bolivian  And'  .-"  lies  chiefly 
within  IVrii.  It  is  called  the  Cordillera  of  the 
i-t,  and  the  eastern  chain  is  called  the  Cordil- 
lera Real.  On  an  average,  it  is  nearly  100  m. 
broad.  Many  of  it  p  eaks  are  very  lofty,  and  since 
■  are  on  the  Bide  nearest  the  sea.  their  western 
declivities  are  extremely  shelving  and  steep,  so 
that  the  traveler,  in  the  course  of  a  few  hour3, 
passes  from  the  fruitful  valleys  on  the  shores  of 
the  Pacific  to  the  desert  regions  of  the  Cordillera, 
at  a  height  of  more  than  15,000  ft.  On  the  east 
side  of  •  -t  Cordillera,  the  declivity  i 

steep,  since  here  it  sinks  into  a  valley,  which  is 
elevated  L3,000  ft.,  and  hence,  from  the  highest 
passes,  the  descent  is  only  4,000  ft.  to  reach  the 
valley  of  the  Desaqnadero,  or  the  shores  of  Lake 
Titicaca.  In  the  vicinity  of  Arequipa  there  are 
several  grand  peaks  ;  the  colossal  nevado  of  Chu- 
quibamba  is  an  immense  trachytic  dome,  21,000 
ft.  high ;  below  this  are  the  nevados  of  Ambato 
and  Corpuna  :  and  Arequipa  is  overshadowed  by 
three  snow-capped  summits  of  nearly  equal  height, 
or  20,300  ft.  These  are  called  Pichu-pichu.  the 
volcano  of  Arequipa  or  Guagua-patina.  and  Cha- 
cani.  The  first  and  third  of  these  mountains  form 
two  elongated  serrated  ridges,  while  the  second 
presents  a  very  regular  volcanic  cone,  truncated 
at  its  summit.  Between  the  parallels  of  lb  »  and 
19°  20'  the  Coast  Cordillera  attains  a  great  ele- 
vation, and  presents  several  snow-capped  peak-. 


well  known  to  n  m  sailing  from  Ariea  t., 

1  oljija.     The  most  northern  group  of  these  peaks 
consists  of  lour  niaj  ado.,  which  maybe 

Been  from  the  valley  of  the  Desaquadero  on  the 
one  side,  and  from  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  on  the 
other;  the  highest  IS  Bahama,  with  an  elevation 
of  22,350  ft.;  the  second  is  Gualatieri  21,960. 
•Other  groups  of  this  range  present  similar  inter- 
og  features.  3.  That  region  of  Peru  which 
of  the  Andes  is  estimated  to  embrace 
more  than  one-third  of  the  area  of  the  whole 
country ;  it  is  part  of  the  Basin  of  the  Amazon, 
and  is  believed  to  consist  of  vast  plains,  inter- 
spersed with  impenetrable  forests.  It  has  no 
general  name,  but  is  sometimes  called  LaTierra  de 
los  Indios  Bravos  (or  land  of  the  fierce  Indians). 

The  principal  rivers  of  Peru  are  the  head- 
streams  of  the  Amazon,  and  these  rise  at  no  great 
distance  apart,  on  the  table-land  of  Pasco.  The 
Maranon  issues  from  Lake  Lauricocha ;  during 
the  first  part  of  its  course,  or  for  lf>n  in.,  it  flows 
in  a  narrow  rocky  valley,  and  descends  10,000  ft.: 
thence  it  flows  about  250  m.  with  a  descent  of 
1,800  ft,  to  the  Pongo  of  Rentema,  and  within 
this  distance  it  is  navigable  by  canoes  and  balsas 
(floats);  from  Rentema  it  floats  X. E.  and  then 
E.  for  150  m.  uutil  it  descends  the  rapids.  T  m. 
long,  at  the  Pongo  of  Man-eriche ;  and  below  that 
point  it  is  navigable  by  small  vessels.  The  Ilual- 
laga  rises  in  Lake  (,'hiquiaboca;  it  first  drains  the 
highland  between  the  middle  and  eastern  mount- 
ain ranges ;  in  the  latter  part  of  its  course,  it 
winds  through  marshy  plains,  and  then  unites 
with  the  Maranon.  The  Y>  ayah'  is  formed  by 
several  large  streams,  and  i-  larger  than  the  Ma- 
ranon. at  the  point  of  their  confluence:  ir.  is 
navigable  for  a  greater  distance  than  either  the 
Maranon  or  Huallasra.  and  its  tributaries  are  also 


224 


REPUBLIC     OF     PERU. 


believed  to  be  navigable.  Lake  Titicaca  is  partly 
iu  Peru  and  partly  in  Bolivia.  The  streams 
along  the  Pacific  coast  are  only  of  importance 
during  the  raiuy  season. 

The  total  population  of  Peru  in  1852  was  report- 
ed at  2.179,165.  About  one-fourth  of  the  inhab- 
itauts  are  white  persons  or  Creoles ;  one-half,  In- 
dians ;  and  the  rest  are  colored  people  of  mixed 
breeds.  The  Indians  descended  from  the  Incas  are 
chiefly  iu  the  highlands,  and  in  some  districts  there 
are  no  other  inhabitants.  The  negroes  are  mainly 
on  the  coast,  and  are  less  numerous  than  formerly. 

Agriculture  is  in  a  low  condition,  and  is  chiefly 
attended  to  by  the  Indians.  Maize  is  the  common 
diet,  potatoes  are  generally  cultivated,  and  fruits 
are  everywhere  abundant.  The  coast  districts 
produce  sugar  for  exportation,  and  wine  for  the 
manufacture  of  brandy.  Excellent  tobacco  is  now 
generally  cultivated,  and  a  considerable  amount  of 
cotton  is  raised.  Cattle  and  horses  are  reared 
only  in  the  mountainous  districts. 

The  mineral  resources  of  Peru  are  of  the  highest 
celebrity.  Silver,  the  staple  product,  is  very 
widely  distributed,  and  small  mines  of  it  are 
worked  secretly  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  The 
ehief  mines  are  those  of  Hualgayoc,  near  Micui- 
pampa,  Hualanca  in  Huamalies,  Cerro  de  Pasco, 
Lucanas,  and  Huantajaya.  The  treasures  con- 
tained in  the  Cerro  de  San  Fernando,  at  Hual- 
gayoc, were  first  discovered  in  1771  ;  there  are 
now  1,400  bocaminas  or  pits  opened  in  the  hill, 
through  which  veins  of  silver  extend  in  all  direc- 
tions. Cerro  de  Pasco  is  hardly  inferior  to  Potosi 
iu  mineral  wealth.  The  town  stands  at  the  height 
of  13,673  ft.  above  the  sea  ;  and  the  hill  on  which  it 
is  built  is  hollowed  oat  so  that  a  violent  earthquake 
would  quickly  reduce  it  to  a  heap  of  ruins.  Most 
of  the  bocaminas  or  moutli3  of  the  mines  are  within 


the  houses  of  the  miners  in  the  town  itself ;  and 
they  are  generally  so  shallow  that  not  above  500 
out  of  some  thousand  openings  deserve  the  name 
of  shafts.  There  are  two  very  remarkable  veins, 
which  are  about  400  ft.  wide,  and  intersect  at  an 
angle  of  nearly  23  degrees  ;  the  one  is  stated  to  be 
1  1-4  m.  long,  the  other,  1  3-4  m.  Mining  is  in  a 
low  state,  for  several  reasons  :  because  of  the  great 
height  at  which  the  mines  are  situated,  the  im- 
possibility of  conveying  machinery  to  them  on 
the  backs  of  mules,  the  want  of  timber,  the  scarcity 
of  provisions,  etc.  The  actual  product  of  silver  is 
unknown  ;  in  1846,  the  silver  coinage  of  Peru  was 
$4,842,821.  The  richest  gold-mines  are  about 
Huaylas  and  Tarma,  but  gold  is  found  throughout 
the  mountain  passes,  and  nearly  all  the  rivers  from 
the  Andes  bring  down  auriferous  sands.  The 
sands  are  washed  by  the  Indians,  and  the  annual 
product  cannot  be  ascertained.  In  1846,  the  gold 
coinage  of  Peru  was  $465,806.  Quicksilver  is 
abundant,  and  particularly  at  Huancavelica.  Cop- 
per, lead,  and  iron  are  found  in  various  localities. 
In  the  neighborhood  of  Iquique  there  are  exten- 
sive deposits  of  salt,  nitre,  and  nitrate  of  soda. 
The  exports  of  the  last  named  from  Iquique,  dur- 
ing 1830-50  amounted  to  239,860  tons. 

Communication  with  the  interior  is  chiefly 
effected  on  the  backs  of  mules  through  the  passes 
in  the  Andes.  Many  of  these  are  at  great  eleva- 
tions ;  most  of  them  are  narrow,  rugged,  steep, 
and  sometimes  slippery  and  dangerous,  passing 
through  gorges,  across  yawning  chasms,  and  up 
almost  perpendicular  rocks  ;  in  many  places  wind 
ing  along  the  brinks  nf  enormous  precipices,  where 
the  pathway  is  so  limited  that  it  frequently  be- 
comes  necessary  to  re-adjust  the  burden  on  the 
mule's  back,  lest  the  animal  should  lose  its  balance, 
and  be  precipitated  into  the  chasm  below. 


11  EI'CBLIC     OF     BO  LI  V  I  A. 


A  railroad,  7  m.  long,  connects  Lima  with 
Callao,  it  port  :  and  another  line,  from  Arica  to 
Tacna,  40  m.  long,  is  approacl  ing  completion. 

A  large  trade  is  carried  on  with  the  Brazilian 
provinces  on  the  Amazon,  by  means  of  the  llual- 
laga  River. 

Bitherto,  about  two-thirds  of  the  foreign 
merce  has  been  carried  on  with  Great  Britain. 
The  mosl  importanl  article  of  export  is  Bpecie. 
Next  to  this  is  the  Bhipment  of  guano  from  the 
Chincha  Islands.  The  total  imports  in  1851 
amoipted  to  $12,000,000. 

Lima,  (lie  capital,  is  situated  about  7  m.  from 
its  port,  Callao,  ou  both  banks  of  the  Bimac, 
which  divide  it  into  unequal  portions.  The  larger 
division  of  the  city  is  on  the  south  bank,  and  is 
enclosed  on  all  sides  (except  the  river  side)  by  a 
brick  wall,  20  ft.  high,  having  9  gates. 
smaller  division,  or  suburb  of  San  Lazaro,  on  the 
opposite  bank,  is  backed  by  hills,  having  only  two 
openings  through"  them.  These  divisions  are  con- 
nected by  a  handsome  stone  bridge  of  six  arches 
and  530  ft.  I<»ng.  which  form-  a  favorite  resort  in 
the  afternoon,  at  which  time  the  mountain  breezes 
are  peculiarly  agreeable.  The  plan  of  the  city  is 
regular  ;  its  streets  average  31  ft.  in  width.  The 
business  section  is  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plaza 
Mayor,  or  grand  square  ;  each  side  of  this  square 
is  510  ft.  long,  and  its  centre  contain-  a  magnifi- 
cent bronze  fountain ;  two  sides  are  occupied  by 
the  Portales  or  Piazzas,  the  most  attractive  places 
in  Limn  for  a  stranger.  On  the  north  aide  are  the 
Palaces  and  Offices  of  the  Government;  on  the 
side,  the  Bishop's  Palace  and  the  Cathedral ; 
on  the  west,  the  Senate  House  and  Town  Hall. 
The  cathedral  is  richly  decorated  within,  and 
beneath*  its  grand  altar  lie  the  remains  of  Fran- 
cisco Pizarro.   The  largest  monastic  establishment 


is  the  Convent  of  San  Francisco ;  this  occn 
nearly  seven  acres,  and  is  an  el        I    structure, 
though  "ut  of  repair.    There  an-  about  To  pi 
of  worship,  including  those  of  th 
The  Ohi  the  first  established  seal  of 

education  in  the  New  World:  it  contain-  the 
national  library  of  20,000  volumes,  and  the 
museum,  in  which  are  collections  of  national 
antiquities  and  ol  f  natural  history.     Lima 

was  founded  in  1535  by  Pizarro:  its  population 
in  1850  was  100,000. 


BOLIVIA 

Is  hounded  N.  W.  and  N.  by  Peru,  N.  E.and  E. 
by  Brazil,  and  S.  by  the  A>_  ! -ration 

and    Chile.     Only   a   very   small   portion    ol 

rn  frontier  is  bounded  by  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
the  sea-coast  measuring  only  250  miles,  and  this 
maritime  tract  (which  is  wholly  sterile,  and  forms 
part  of  the  Desert  of  Atacama)  is  divided  from  the 
rest  of  the  country  by  the  stupendous  Cordill 
The  entire  area  of  Boliria  is  about  475,81(5  sq.  m. 
The  Peru-Bolivian  Andes,  between  hit.  15  and 
21  S.,  are  divided  into  two  chains,  of  which  the 
western  chain,  called  the  Cordillera  of  the   I 

■  hiefly  within  Peru,  and  has  already  been  de- 
scribed.    The  eastern  chain,  called  the  Cordi 
Real,  lying    chiefly  in    B  livia,  comprises    the 
loftiest   summits  on   tfa  tinenl     From   the 

p  Ant  of  junction  of  t1  ins  at  1 

mountain  group  of  Vilcanota  and  the  knot  of 
Cuzco  to  Mt.  Illimani  (or  from  hit.  14  30'  to 
16  39' S.)  the  Bolivian  Cordillera  may  be  £ 
to  form  an  almost  continuous  line  of  snowy  mount- 
ains. When  seen  from  its  western  declivity,  this 
Bolivian  Cordillera  present-  a  suca  ssion  o 
rugged  peaks,  and  serrated  ridge-- ;  a  configural 


226 


REPUBLIC    OF    BOLIVIA 


which  contrasts  with  the  conical  and  bell-shaped 
summits  of  the  Cordillera  of  the  ( 'oast,  and  results 
from  their  different  geological  composition.  In 
lat.  15  51'  30"  rises  the  Nevado  de  Sorata,  or 
Ancohuma  of  the  aborigines,  towering  over  the 
Indian  town  of  the  same  name  ;  it  is  the  most 
elevated  of  all  this  snow-capped  range,  being 
21.2S6  ft.  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  In  lat. 
16c  30'  is  the  Nevado  of  La  Mesada,  19,536  ft., 
towering  over  the  Indian  hamlet  of  Totoropampa  ; 
this  is  separated  from  Illimani  by  the  deep  valley 
of  Totoropampa  and  Totoral,  which  forms  one  of 
the  most  frequented  routes  between  La  Paz  and 
the  province  of  Yungas,  celebrated  for  its  rich 
plantations  of  coca.  The  Nevado  of  Illimani  is 
situated  in  lat.  16°  39';  its  form  is  that  of  a  ser- 
rated ridge,  elongated  in  the  direction  of  the  axis 
of  the  chain  upon  which  it  rises,  offering  four 
principal  peaks  to  the  observer,  when  seen  from 
its  western  side.  From  the  City  of  La  Paz, 
distant  about  25  miles,  it  presents  the  imposing 
grandeur  of  Mont  Blanc.  The  elevation  of  this 
giant  of  the  Bolivian  Cordillera  is  21,150  ft.,  and 
the  lowest  glaciers  on  its  northern  declivity  do  not 
descend  below  16,500  ft. 

The  Cordillera  sends  off  to  the  east  many  lateral 
ridges,  the  most  important  of  which  is  the  Sierra 
Nevada  de  Cochabamba,  between  the  parallels  of 
lat.  17-  30'  and  22^  S.  The  range,  which  has 
an  elevation  of  about  17,300  ft.,  leaves  the  princi- 
pal chain  in  about  lat.  17°  30'  ;  after  bounding  a 
rich  valley  of  the  same  name,  to  the  north,  it 
forms  the  water-shed  between  the  tributaries  of 
the  Rio  Beni  and  the  Mamore,  and  terminates 
near  to  the  town  of  Santa  Cruz  de  la  Sierra. 

The  passes  which  traverse  the  Bolivian  Cordil- 
lera, south  of  Illimani,  are  situated  at  elevations 
not  exceeding  13,500  ft.    In  this  portion  of  the 


chain,  no  part  descends  below  this  level,  and  the 
rivers  that  rise  on  its  western  side  consequently 
empty  themselves  into  the  Desaguadero.  Arrived, 
however,  at  the  snowy  portion  of  the  range,  a 
change  takes  place,  and  the  torrents  which  there 
descend  from  either  declivity  empty  themselves 
invariably  into  the  affluents  of  the  Amazon — 
those  on  the  west  side  crossing  the  chain  of  the 
Bolivian  Cordillera — hence  the  snowy  Cordillera 
is  traversed  by  many  deep  valleys,  and  offers  many 
passes  at  elevations  greatly  inferior  to  what 
might,  at  first  view,  be  expected  from  the  exces- 
sive mean  elevation  of  its  highest  summits. 

The  plateau  of  Bolivia,  as  the  great  longitudinal 
valley  of  Titacaca  and  Desaguadero  may  be  called, 
is  intersected  by  a  series  of  detached  elevations, 
in  a  direction  from  N.  W.  to  S.  E.,  connecting 
the  western  with  the  eastern  Cordillera.  This 
valley,  bounded  by  the  two  ranges  of  the  Andes, 
with  their  smoking  cones  and  serrated  ridges,  is 
remarkable,  not  only  for  its  magnificent  scenery, 
but  also  for  its  great  size  and  extraordinary 
height.  The  existence  of  a  table-land,  with  an 
area  of  over  21,000  sq.  m.,  and  of  which  one- 
fourth  or  one-fifth  is  occupied  by  a  lake,  situated 
12,846  ft.  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  is  a  remark- 
able geological  phenomenon.  The  interest  is 
further  increased  by  the  fact,  that  this  plateau  is 
occupied  by  many  rich  cities  with  dense  and  civil- 
ized populations.  Lake  Titacaca  probably  has 
an  area  of  4,000  sq.  m.,  but  less  than  half  belongs 
to  Bolivia.  Its  islands  and  shores  still  exhibit 
monuments  of  ancient  art — the  ruined  habitations 
and  temples  of  a  people  long  since  perished. 

The  total  population  is  unknown,  but  is 
variously  estimated  at  from  1,000,000  to  1,600,000. 
Two-thirds  belong  to  the  aboriginal  races,  or  else 
are  white-mixed  races ;  and  these  are  divided  into 


B  K  Pi;  I!  1.  I  0    OF    BOLIVIA. 


choloa  (in  other  countries  called  mestizoes),  uniting 
European  and  Indian  blood,  and  zamboes,  oniting 
European  and  Ethiopian  blood.  Many  of  the 
native  tribes  are  inteUigenl  and  industrious  ;  Bome 
of  them  are  engaged  in  pastoral  occupations,  and 
others  in  rude  agriculture.  The  indigenous  inhab- 
itants of  the  Bolivian  highlands,  neaijLake  Titi- 
i.  an-  the  Aymaru  ;  while  to  the  north  and 
dwell  the  Quichua,  with  whom  the  former 
were  united  under  the  Ineas.  These  two  nation- 
speak  distinct  though  cognate  languages. 

The  wonderful  diversity  in  the  elevation  of  the 
surface  and  in  the  character  of  the  various  soils. 
nee  SBarily  results  in  a  corresponding  diversity  of 
productions.  The  valleys  occupied  by  the  Spanish 
settlers  on  the  eastern  dope  of  the  Bolivian  high- 
Is  produce  abundantly  all  the  grains  and  fruits 
of  Europe.  One  of  the  peculiar  products  is  the 
shrub,  or  tree,  coca,  which  -rrows  on  the  eastern 
declivities  of  the  Andes,  both  of  Bolivia  and  Peru, 
and  is  to  the  natives  of  both  these  countries  what 
opium  and  hotel  are  to  the  natives  of  Southern 
Asia.     Its  leaves  fa  an  effect  in  allaying 

hunger  and  thirst,  that  those  who  nse  them  can 
subsist  for  several  days  without  any  other  nourish- 
ment The  Indians  are  generally  accustomed  to 
the  constant  use  of  these  leaves,  and  the  miners  of 
P  ru  also  use  them  extensively.  When  taken  in 
-s  they  bring  about  deleterious  effects,  as 
opium  dot         C  1  to  some  extent,  and 

is  of  excellent  quality.  The  slopes  of  the  Bolivian 
iillera  spread  out  into  immense  plains,  which 
belontr  to  the  basins  of  the  Amazon  and  the  Para- 
guay. Their  vegetation  i-  luxuriant,  hut  in  great 
part  consists  of  immense  forests ;  tmt  the  mate. 
or  Paraguay  tea-plant,  is  extensively  spread  over 
them.  and.  with  other  products,  the  Indians  find 
all  their  natural  wants  supplied. 


Other  industrial  pu  «  nearly  the  £ 

in  Peru.    Some  con  n  and  wooli  a  i 

are  madi        \         I  deal  of  leathi  r  is  prep 
the  num.  ron-  sheep  and  other  anh 

abundant  materials. 

The  minerals  of  the  country  include  gold,  ail 
mercury,  tin.  and  copper.    Gold  is  found  in  many 
of  the  streams  that  fall  down  the 
the  Cordillera,  and  in  several  places  the  ' 
of  the   gold  Bands  is  still  carried  on  with  pi 
The  silver  region  surrounding  !'■  f  world- 

wide celebrity,  but   its  mines  are 
with  The  tin  mines  of  Guanuni,  in 

department  of  Orura,  are  said  to  be  very  rich. 
Copper  is  found  nearly  pure  al  C  nd  IIu- 

allamarca,  both  in  the  same  department,  though 
120  miles  asunder.    Yet  these  mineral  resom 
avail  but  little  in  a  country  so  ill  circumstance 
Bolivia  in  respect  to  means  of  communication  ;  for 
neither   the   tin   nor  the  copper,  however  easily 
obtained,  can  defray  the  expense  of  their  can- 
to the  coast.     Even  the  precious  metals  will 
in  all  cases  bear  the  cost  of  the  laborious  bra 
across  the  mountains  upon  the  backs  of  mult 
other  beasts  of  burden,  and  wheeled  vehicle?  are 
unknown. 

The  trade  of  Bolivia  is  nearly  all  internal  a  I 
of  small  amount,  since  it  labors  under  great 
advantages,  owing  to  the  mountainous  nature  of 
the  country  and  the  difficulty  of  communication 
between  the  sea-coast  and  the  interior.  Most  of 
the  foreign   trad  -   through   the  port   of 

Arica.  on  the  coast  of  Peru.  Cobijo,  or  Port  La 
Mar.  is  the  only  accessible  and  legal  sea-port  ol 
Bolivia,  but  it  is  a  place  of  very  little  imp 

Several  of  the  cities  are  of  lai 

i  Ihuquisiaca,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  a  small 
plateau  above  the  banks  of  a  small  stream  I 


228 


RETUBLIC     OF     CHILE, 


into  the  Cachimayo.  and  contains  about  12,000 
inhabitants,  It  presents  a  very  agreeable  appear- 
.  cbtrtaining  many  handsome  edifices,  with 
ious  and  regular  streets.  Its  prosperity  is 
mainly  owing  to  its  being  the  seat  of  government. 
The  houses  are  generally  of  two  stories  and  well 
built.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  arc  Indians,  who 
speak  the  Quichua  language.  At  this  point  im- 
mense treasures  were  formerly  carried  across  the 
river  on  their  way  to  Cuzco,  the  town  of  the  Incas  ; 
hence  from  the  terms  Choque  saca  (z.  e.  "  bridge  of 
gold,")  in  the  Quichua,  the  town  is  supposed  to 
have  derived  its  name. 

La  Paz  (d'Ayacucho)  is  the  largest  and  the 
most  commercial  city  of  the  Republic.  It  is 
situated  at  a  short  distance  from  the  S.  E.  shore 
of  Lake  Titicaca.  having  the  Nevado  of  Illimani 
to  the  E.  S.  E.  and  the  magnificent  Sorata  to  the 
N.  The  extent  of  its  trade  is  mainly  owing  to  its 
position  between  Yungas  and  Arica.  The  most 
important  business  is  in  cinchona  bark.  The 
population  is  between  30.000  and  40,000.  In  the 
lake  there  is  a  small  island  of  great  celebrity  in 
Indian  tradition,  since  it  is  said  to  be  the  spot 
where  Manco  Capac,  the  first  sovereign  of  Peru 
and  the  divinely-appointed  lawgiver  of  the 
Peruvian  race,  was  first  entrusted  with  his  sacred 
mission. 

Potosi  stands  on  the  declivity  of  a  mountain 
long  celebrated  for  its  silver  mines,  about  70  m. 
S.  W.  of  Chuquisiaca.  It  is  said  to  be  the  highest 
city  in  the  world,  being  elevated  13,350  ft.  above 
level.  Early  in  the  seventeenth  century  it  is 
said  to  have  had  from  100.000  to  150,000  inhab- 
itants, but  the  mines  are  now  of  little  value,  and 
the  population  is  reduced  to  about  14,000. 


C  II I  L  E 

Is  a  long  and  narrow  country,  situated  on  the 
west  side  of  the  Andes,  south  of  the  Desert  of 
Atacama,  which  forms  the  most  southern  part  of 
Bolivia.  The  southern  limit  of  Chile  is  now 
commonly  represented  £to  extend  to  Cape  Horn, 
since  the  government  has  claimed  that  portion  of 
Patagonia  west  of  the  Andes.  The  government 
has  already  planted  colonies  within  this  territory, 
which  has  been  constituted  as  part  of  the  province 
of  Chiloe.  Including  this  region,  the  entire  area 
of  Chile  is  computed  at  249,949  sq.  m.  A  large 
portion  of  the  surface  is  embraced  in  the  slopes 
descending  from  the  base  of  the  Andes  to  the  sea- 
shore. Some  parts  are  ridges  of  hills,  which  di- 
verge from  the  Andes  and  diminish  in  height  and 
size  as  they  approach  the  Pacific.  There  are  also 
three  ranges  of  hills,  which,  with  varying  height, 
extend  parallel  to  the  great  Cordillera,  thus  form- 
ing extended  valleys,  which  are  more  or  less  inter- 
sected by  the  ridges  mentioned  in  the  preceding 
sentence.  The  central  or  Andine  valley  is  the 
widest  and  most  fertile  of  all,  and  forms  the  fairest 
portion  of  the  Republic.  The  rivers  have  short 
courses,  but  some  of  them  are  of  considerable 
value,  being  navigable  by  small  vessels.  The 
Biobio,  the  largest  of  all,  is  about  200  m.  long, 
and  may  be  ascended  by  small  craft  for  100  m., 
but  it  is  too  shallow  for  large  vessels  to  enter. 
The  Maule  is  navigable  about  20  m.  for  barges, 
and  may  be  entered  by  vessels  of  7  ft.  draught. 
The  lakes  are  few  and  small ;  the  principal  ones 
of  fresh  water  are,  Villarica,  Ranco,  and  Aculeo  ; 
and  of  salt  water,  Bucalemu,  Cahuil,  Buchuquen, 
and  Bolleruca.  Most  of  the  bays  on  the  coast 
are  small,  and  commerce  suffers  much  from  want 
of  good  harbors.     Conception  Bay  is   about   5 


KKPUBIJC     OF     C  11  |  I.  E. 


mil  .  and  has  an  entrance  on  either  Bide  of 

Quiriquino  Island ;  it  r<  the  Biobio  River, 

and  generally  affords  good  anchorage;  and  its 
principal  port,  Talcahnano,  is  one  of  the  besl  in 
chile  Valparaiso  is  the  chief  porl  of  the  conn- 
try,  lint  its  harbor  is  open  to  the  northern  winds, 
and  is  ansafe. 

The  Audi-  of  Chile  extend  in  a  single  chain, 
and  near  due  N.  and  S.  ;  their  mean  elevation  is 
abuut  12,000  ft.,  bu1  the  highesl  summits,  which 
arc  jagged  peaks,  rise  to  -  iuch  gn  at<  r  elevations, 
fnlat,  32  3'J'.  and  seen  from  Valparaiso,  is  the 
Peak  of  Aconcagua,  which  i  ling  to  Capt. 

Beechey's  observations,  the  loftiest  peak  in  Smith 
America,  mrpassing  Sorata  and  Dlimani.  Tow- 
ering te  City  of  Santiago  is  the  Nevado  of 
Tupungato.  Although  every  snowy  peak  has 
been  called  a  volcano,  it  appears,  from  the  mosl 
that  there  are  not  more  than 
three  active  volcanic  vents  in  the  southern  pro- 
longation of  the  Chilean  Andes— viz:  thevolca- 
ofMaypu,  Antuco,  and  Osorno.  Peteroa  is 
memorable  for  its  eruption  in  1762. 

The  Patagoniao  And"-  rise  to  a  height  of 
from  3,000  to  8.000  ft.  above  sea-level.  They 
are  thickly  wooded,  and  their  precipitous  summits 
are  covered  with  perpetual  snow,  from  which 
glaciers  di  scend  almost  to  the  sea-shore.  Among 
the  chief  of  these  snowy  mountains  are  the  Neva- 
of  Maea.  in  !at.  45  S. ;  Melimoyu,  7,100  ft. 
high;  Yanteles,  8,030  ft.;  Corcobado,  7,510; 
Minchinmadom,  8,000  ;  and  Vate.  or  Llebecan, 
in  lat.  II  15'.  The  coat  between  the  base  of 
the  mountains  and  the  Pacific  is  studded  with  a 
succession  of  islands  or  archipelagoes,  covered 
with  dense  forests,  and  separated  from  each  other 
by  narrow  gulfs,  similar  to  the  fiords  of  Norway. 

The   population  Of  Chile    in  April,  1854.    ac- 


cording   to    the    enumeration     then    made, 
19,120,  consisting  of  712,932  males,  and  721 
females.     It  is  estimated,  however,  that  the  whole 
population  ig  really  not  1,600  000,  do 

good    census    hiving    ever    been    made,   becai 
among  other  reasons,  thai   the  old  people  and 

pie  Of  the  interior  fear  that  they  are  intc 
to  e  new  and    direct    ta.xe.s.  .pic 

are,  for  the  mosl  part,  of  Spanish,  or  of  mixed 
Spanish  and   Indian,  desot  ut     The  whites  are 

more  intelligent  and  enterprising  than  the  same 
class  of  people  of  Spanish  descent  in  the  other 
South  American  States,  as  is  evinced  by  the 
ter  material  prosperity  of  Chile,  and  the  less 
frequenl    political    revolutions.     The    Indian 

blood  are  not  numerous,  and  are  only  found 
to  the  southward  of  the  Biobio  River,  whi 
form   the   sole   inhabitants  of    the  province  of 
Arauco.    The  Araucanians  are  a  bold  and  war- 
race,  and  have  maintained  their  indq 
of  Spanish  rule:  although  their  province  is  nomi- 
nally under   Chilean  sway,  yet   they  are  under  a 
government  of  their  own.     They  excel  in  \. 
in  making  pottery,  and  they  are  every  way  more 
civilized   than    the  wandering    Indians.      - 
was  abolished  in  Chile  in  1818. 

The  most  productive  districts  arc  in  the  south. 
In  the  northern  districts  maize  is  extensively 
raised,  and  this  is  the  staple  grain  crop.  The 
south  is  more  favorable  to  wheat  and  barley. 
Potatoes  are  raised  in  greal  quantities,  particu- 
larly in  the  north.  Many  varieties  of  beans  are 
gr<  iwn  abundantly,  and  furnish  the  laboring  ela  • 
with  wholesome,  cheap  food,  preferred  by  them  to 
Fruits  are  easily  raised.  On  the  large 
farms  there  are  great  herds  of  black  cattle.  Fish 
and  shell-fish  abound  in  the  waters  and  on  the 
shore-  of  <  hiloe. 


230 


REPUBLIC    OF     CHILE, 


The  manufactures  are  not  of  great  importance, 
and  advancement  in  this  respect  in  restrained  by 
the  immense  importation  of  manufactured  goods 
from  Great  Britain  and  other  countries.  The 
principal  classes  of  articles  that  are  made,  consist 
of  earthenware  jars,  hempen  cloths,  cordage,  soap, 
leather,  and  brandy. 

Chile  is  rich  in  minerals,  particularly  its  north- 
ern portion.  On  the  southern  boundary  of  the 
Desert  of  Atacama,  are  found  in  every  direction 
the  purest  veins  of  silver  ore,  besides  copper,  lead, 
iron,  bismuth,  cobalt,  antimony,  and  quicksilver. 
The  two  great  mining  districts  are  Los  Tres 
Pantos,  90  m.  X.  N.  E.  of  Copiapo,  and  Chafiar- 
cillo,  48  m.  S.  of  the  same  town.  In  1851,  the 
exports  of  silver  in  bars  and  ingots  from  Caldera, 
the  port  of  Copiapo,  amounted  to  3,030,874  oz., 
and  in  ores  of  different  degrees  of  purity  from  8 
to  73  per  cent,,  2,312,839  lbs.  The  export  of 
metals  of  all  kinds  from  the  Copiapo  district,  in 
1853,  was  estimated  to  be  of  the  value  of 
.$10,000,000.  The  metals  are,  for  the  most  part, 
sported  in  their  ores,  because  there  is  not  suffi- 
cient fuel  to  melt  them.  Copper  is  the  most 
abundant  ore,  and  this  is  frequently  combined  with 
silver  and  gold.  There  are  large  deposits  of 
bituminous  coal  near  Talcahuano,  but  it  is  sul- 
phurous, and  has  not  been  extensively  mined, 
though  it  is  used  by  the  British  and  other  steamers 
when  their  supply  is  short. 

The  foreign  commerce  is  superior  in  amount  to 
that  of  any  other  country  on  the  west  coast  of 
South  America,  and  is  rapidly  increasing.  Besides 
the  silver  and  copper,  the  principal  articles  ex- 
ported are  hides,  wheat,  wool,  and  hemp.  The 
metals  and  hides  are  chiefly  sent  to  Europe, 
especially  to  Great  Britain,  from  which  Chile 
imports  cotton  and  woolen  goods,  hardware,  etc. 


Wheat,  flour,  jerked  beef,  and  fruits  are  exported 
to  Peru,  Ecuador,  etc. 

Santiago  is  the  capital  and  largest  city,  contain- 
ing more  than  80,000  inhabitants.  It  is  situated 
in  a  delightful  valley,  near  the  base  of  the  Andes, 
at  an  elevation  of  about  2,000  ft.  above  sea-level. 
The  Mapacho,  a  rapid  stream  issuing  from  the 
mountains,  divides  it  into  unequal  parts,  connected 
by  a  substantial  stone  bridge,  the  principal  part 
being  on  its  north  or  right  bank.  It  has  many 
handsome  buildings,  though  most  of  them  are  but 
one  story  high,  as  a  precaution  against  earth- 
quakes. The  Moneda.  or  Mint,  is  the  finest 
edifice,  and  higher  than  any  otker;  it  is  of  very 
large  size,  of  a  quadrangular  form,  and  was  built 
at  immense  cost  at  an  early  period  ;  part  of  it  is 
now  used  as  a  palace  for  the  President,  and  con- 
tains the  offices  of  the  departments  of  the  govern- 
ment. The  Archiepiscopal  Cathedral,bailt  entirely 
of  stone,  a  coarse  kind  of  porphyry,  is  a  capacious 
edifice,  somewhat  injured  by  earthquakes.  There 
are  numerous  churches  and  convents  of  friars  and 
nuns.  Education  receives  the  general  attention 
of  the  people,  and  especially  of  the  wealthy  citizens. 
The  National  Library  contains  upwards  of  21,000 
vols.,  besides  numerous  ancient  and  valuable 
manuscripts.  The  people  are  remarkably  kind 
and  hospitable  to  strangers.  There  are  but  two 
hotels  in  the  city,  and  these  inferior.  Travelers 
are  lodged  and  entertained  at  their  friends'  houses. 
There  are  several  delightful  public  walks,  which 
are  favorite  resorts  of  the  inhabitants.  The 
vicinity  is  very  well  cultivated,  and  is  chiefly 
made  up  of  small  farms  belonging  to  the  wealthy, 
who  resort  thither  during  the  summer  months. 

Valparaiso  is  the  chief  sea-port  of  Chile  and 
the  most  important  on  the  whole  western  coast 
of  South  America.     Its  bay  is  of  semi-circular 


KMPUBLIC    OF     PABA6U  A  V 


231 


form,  sheltered  on  each  side,  except  the  north,  and 
thus  the  shipping,  during  the  prevalence  of  north- 
ern winds  in  the  winter  season,  frequent!;  receives 
much  damage.  The  city  extends  around  the  bay, 
and  covers  a  large  area.  Few  of  the  houses  are 
handsome,  and  none  of  the  public  buildi 
worthy  of  comment,  except  the  Costom  Bouse, 
which  has  an  extensive  facade  surmounted  b 
tower  of  eleganl  design.  The  theatre  is  one  of 
the  be8l  in  South  America,  and  is  generally  well 
attended.  There  is  no  public  library  or  scientific 
institution,  nor  are  the  inhabitants  much  giv<  d  to 
reading  or  Btndy.  The  foreigners  are  numerous 
and  influential,  since  they  have  the  principal 
of  business.  -Many  of  the  artisans  are 
1  oropean.  The  English  are  the  most  numerous, 
then  the  Germans,  French,  and  Americans.  The 
railroad  from  Valparaiso  to  Santiago  is  a  work 
of  gnat  magnitude,  destined  to  be  of  the  highest 
benefit  to  the  city  and  the  region  through  which 
it  passes. 


PARAGUAY. 

Paraguay  is  comprised  between  the  Rivers 
Paraguay  and  Parana,  from  their  junction  in  lat. 
27  to  an  undefined  boundary  in  about  lat.  17°  S. 
According  to  the  best  maps,  the  dividing  water- 
shed approaches  much  nearer  to  the  Parana  than 
to  the  Paraguay,  being  represented  as  extending 
nearly  coincident  with  the  meridian  of  long.  56' 
W.  In  i'~  general  aspect,  the  surface  has  been 
compared  to  a  chess-board,  from  its  being  so 
checkered  here  and  there  with  beautiful  pastures 
and  magnificent  forests.  The  country  is  inter- 
sected by  many  streams,  flowing  to  the  Paraguay, 
all  of  which  are  navigable  from  10  to  50  leagues. 
The  River  Tibicuari,  in  the  south,  is  the  most 


important  :  it  is  navigable  for  steamboats  oflight 
draughl  for  80  leagues,  and  its  banks  are  thickly 
populated   throughout    its  who!  The 

River  Parag  of  great  volume,  quite  widi 

and  is  one  of  the  most  perfect  for  navigable  pur- 
poses of  any  in  the  world.      Proi 
in  lat.  13    S.,  it  increases  rapidly  and  majestical- 
ly.    It-  position  and  navigable  facilities  are  of  the 
utmost  importance  in  reference    to  the  different 
countries  which  are  situated  on  cith 
bank-.     The  Parana  rises  in  the  western  slop   0 
the  highlands  near  the  sea-board.  N".  W.  of  Rio 
de  Janeiro.    Its  navigation  is  said  to  be  inter- 
rupted in  only  one  place,  viz  :  at  lat.  23    40'  NT. 
I  [ere,  according  to  rumor,  for  the  locality  has  not 
been  visited  by  white  men,  the  river  (lows  for  36 
leagues  through   a  narrow  gorge,  which  it  has 
burst  through  the  chain  of  mountains  called  Sierra 
de  Blaracay. 

The  population  is  variously  estimated  at  from 
600,000  to  1.200.000.  The  principal  class  of 
inhabitants  are  chiefly  the  descendants  of  t! 
who  originally  came  from  the  north  of  Spain. 
The  upper  classes  have  ever  been  more  regardful 
of  their  blood  than  in  any  other  part  of  Spanish 
or  Portuguese  America.  They  are  brave,  stout, 
and  healthy,  hospitable  and  simple-hearted  in  the 
ordinary  relations  of  life,  and  very  intelligent  and 
keen  in  business  affairs.  Caste  is  here  can 
great  extent,  and  the  whites  maintain  a  very 
strong  aversion  to  the  natives.  Of  the  aboriginal 
tribes,  the  most  numerous  are  the  Guaranis.  who 
inhabit  the  plains  of  Kl  Gran  Ohaco,  on  the  west 
side  of  the  Paraguay. 

The  objects  of  agriculture  include  the  greater 
part  of  the  most  valuable  products  of  both  the 
tropical  and  temperate  zones.  Upon  the  fertile 
alluvial  banks  of  so  many  large  streams,  sugar- 


232 


REPUBLIC     OF     PARAGUAY 


cane,  cotton,  tobacco  of  a  superior  quality,  rice, 
mandioca,  Indian  corn,  and  a  thousand  other  pro- 
ductions vegetate  with  profusion.  Upon  the 
hills,  the  celebrated  "  verba  matte,"  or  Paraguay 
tea,  which  is  the  exclusive  beverage  of  one-half  of 
the  people  on  the  continent .  has  only  to  be  gath- 
ered. The  plant  grows  to  the  height  of  about  1$ 
ft.,  and  has  slender  branches,  with  leaves  resem- 
bling those  of  senna.  The  large  plains  feed  im- 
mense herds  of  cattle,  which  are  slaughtered  chiefly 
for  their  tallow,  hides,  and  horns,  as  articles  of 
export  ;  and  great  quantities  of  these  are  lost  on 
the  plains  for  want  of  transportation. 

The  vegetable  kingdom  presents  the  richest  at- 
tractions, not  only  to  the  professional  botanist, 
but  also  to  the  class  engaged  in  gathering  its  pro- 
ducts as  articles  of  merchandise.  Medicinal  herbs 
abound  in  the  greatest  profusion.  Of  dye-stuffs 
there  is  an  immense  variety.  Many  of  the  forest 
trees  yield  valuable  gum,  not  yet  familiar  to  com- 
merce or  medicine,  and  they  comprise  some  of  the 
most  delicious  perfumes  and  incense  that  can  be 
imagined.  The  seringa,  or  rubber-tree,  the  pro- 
duct of  which  is  now  almost  a  monopoly  with 
Para,  and  also  the  palo  santo,  which  produces  the 
gum  guiacum,  crowd  the  forests.  The  varieties 
of  trees,  furnishing  timber,  are  about  sixty  in 
number. 

Foreign  commerce  was  almost  unknown,  until 
very  recently,    From  1812  to  1840,  the  country 


was  ruled  by  Jose  G.  R.  Francia,  the  dictator' 
and  was  firmly  closed  against  all  foreigners. 
Upon  his  death,  in  1840,  the  plan  of  the  govern- 
ment was  changed,  with  the  view  of  having  ex- 
tended commercial  intercourse.  This  project, 
however,  was  defeated  by  Rosas,  the  dictator  of 
the  Argentine  Republic,  who  refused  to  allow  the 
Paraguayan  vessels  to  pass  to  the  ocean  by  way 
of  the  Parana  River,  their  only  natural  highway. 
After  the  defeat  of  Rosas,  a  more  liberal  policy 
prevailed,  and  in  Oct.,  1852,  the  navigation  of  the 
La  Plata,  Parana,  and  Uruguay  was  declared  free 
to  all  foreign  vessels  under  120  tons  register. 

Assumption,  (Asuncion,)  the  capital,  is  situated 
on  the  River  Paraguay,  nearly  opposite  the 
mouth  of  the  Pilcomayo.  It  was  founded  in  1835 
by  a  colony  of  Spaniards,  and  from  its  advantage- 
ous position  it  became  in  a  few  years  a  city  of 
some  importance.  Its  appearance  was  much  im- 
proved during  the  rule  of  the  dictator  Francia. 
The  houses  are  generally  built  of  brick,  one  story 
high,  and  covered  with  tiles.  The  population  is 
about  12,000. 

The  number  of  Indian  villages  and  missions  is 
large.  The  number  of  inhabitants  in  each  is 
seldom  less  than  600,  and  often  exceeds  2,000. 
The  villages  generally  consist  of  stone  or  mud 
houses,  covered  with  tiles,  and  have  a  large  square 
in  the  centre,  in  which  is  the  priest's  house  and  a 
church. 


REPUBLIC     OF     URUGU  A  V 


233 


URUGUAY 

Is  Bitaated  easl  of  the  Uruguay  River,  between 
the  north  bant  of  the  La  Plata  and  the  Brazilian 
frontier,  compri  ing  a  compact  territory  of  aboul 
104  in.    The  surface  is  for  the  most  part 

a  vast  undulating  plain, generally  flat  towards  the 
Uruguay,  th<    La  Plata,  and  th  t,  but 

broken  in  the  interior  by  Beveral  ridges  of  mod- 
erate elevations.  The  Uruguay  River,  in  forming 
the  western  boundary,  has  a  course  of  about  400 
miles  in  the  direction  of  S.  by  W.  In  lat.  34° 
S.  it  unit  with  the  Parana  in  forming  the  Eio 
dc  la  Plata.  Its  whole  course  is  aboul  800  miles. 
It  is  oavigated  by  sailing  harks  up  to  a  great  {all, 
■10  in.  below  the  Ibicui  ;  after  the  fall  is  passed, 
large  cano<  a  ascend  as  far  as  the  confluence  of  the 
Pelotas,  and  small  canoes  almost  to  the  sources 
both  of  this  affluent  and  of  the  main  stream.  Its 
largesl  tributary  from  the  Republic  of  Uruguay  is 
the  Rio  Negro,  which,  rising  on  the  N.  E.  fron- 
tier in  the  Sierra  Tecla,  (lows  S.  \\r.  to  its  con- 
fluence with  the  great  river,  at  a  point  50  m. 
above  the  mouth  of  the  latter.  Other  large  tri- 
butaries are,  the  Queguay,  Dayman,  Arroyo, 
Arap  y.  and  Ouareim  ;  and  besides  these  are  very 
many  small  affluents.  The  San  Lucia  and  San 
Jose  unite  their  streams  and  empty  into  the  Rio 
dc  la  Plata,  west  of  Montevideo.  The  large 
Lake  of  Mcrim.  situated  in  the  N.  E.  part  of  the 
Atlantic  coast  section  and  partly  in  Brazil,  forms 
the  most  important  hydrographieal  feature  of  the 
country,  after  the  rivers.  Its  principal  feeders 
are  the  River  Cebollati  with  its  numerous  afflu- 
ents, and  the  River  Yaguaron. 

The  population  is  estimated  at  250,000. 

Agriculture  is  in  the  lowest  condition,  and  no 
more  produce  is  raised  than  is  required  for  home 


consumption.     Wheat,  maize,  beans,  and  melons 
are  produced,  and  tie-  country  i  the 

culture  of  mosl  "!'  the  fruit-  of  the  temperate  cli- 
mates.    Natural   pa-tui 

luxuriant.     The  extensive  plain  d  with 

rich  turf,  and  almost  destitute  of  '  ad- 

mirably adapted  !.i  agriculture,  but    remain  for 
the  most  part  in  .  of  nature,  and  are  roamed 

over  by   immense  herds  of  horses    and 
These    form   the  ources  of  wealth  to  the 

inhabitants,  supplying  large  exports  of  hid 
hair,  horns,  jerked  b«   f,  and  tallow.    The  banks 
of  the  River  Uruguay  are  fertile,  but  ill  cultivated  ; 
the  principal  products  are  cotton  and  mate,  and 
iderable  numbers  of  cattle  are  reared. 
The  mineral  re  have  not  yet  been  found 

to  be  of  much  importance.     The  elevated  rid 
which    form  the  wat  of    the    important 

streams,  are  said  to  be  composed  of  clay.  date. 
gneiss,  and  granite. 

The  foreign  trade  is  wholly  carried  on  from 
Montevideo.  In  1848  the  value  of  exp 
amounted  to  $5, 573, 218,  of  which  hides  stood  for 
$4,124,203.  In  1854  the  exports  to  the  United 
States  were  valued  at  8457,179,  and  the  imports 
from  the  United  Sta1  ?512,957.    The  open- 

iug  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  to  the  commerce  of  the 
world  will  materially  increase  the  prosperity  of 
the  country. 

Montevideo,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  a  penin- 
sula on  the  north  shore  of  the  La  Plata.  It 
stands  upon  a  gentle  elevation,  and  is  surrounded 
by  a  strong  wall,  mounted  with  guns,  and  further 
defended  by  a  citadel  or  castle,  of  indifferent  con- 
struction, witli  bulwarks  and  batteri  ■-.  It-  har- 
bor forms  a  circular  basin,  which  O]  the 
south-west,  and  on  its  opposite  side  is  a  hill  or 
mountain  from  which  the  city  derives  its  nam?. 


23-1 


REPUBLIC"  OF  BUENOS  AYRES, 


It  is  pretty  regularly  built,  iu  the  form  of  au 
amphitheatre,  but  has  no  buildings  of  importance, 
except  a  cathedral,  castle,  and  the  governor's  resi- 
dence. It  is  ill  supplied  with  water.  The  heat 
<  if  summer  is  oppressive,  and  storms  are  frequent. 
The  climate  is  generally  damp. 


BUENOS     AYRES. 

This   Republic  was  formerly  the  chief  of  the 
provinces  composing   the  Argentine   Confedera- 
tion, but  in  the  year  1853  it  separated  itself  from 
them,  and  this  separation  was  confirmed  by  treaty 
in  Dec.,  1854.    Though  not  well  defined,  it  is 
commonly  understood  that  the  southern  boundary 
is  formed  by  the  Rio  Negro.  The  western  bound- 
ary has  a  general  parallelism  with  the  coast-line, 
commencing  at  Fort  Encarnacjon,  in  lat.  39°  S. 
and  long.  66°  W.,  and  extending  towards  the 
north-east.    The  country  consists  generally  of  one 
vast  expanse  of  level  or  slightly  undulating  sur- 
face, known  as  the  Pampas  of  Buenos  Ayres,  a 
large  portion  of  which  has  a  fertile  soil  for  culture 
or  pasturage.   Real  cultivation  is  almost  unknown. 
Grain,  vegetables,  and  fruit  are  every  way  adapted 
to  the  soil  and  climate,  and  with  proper  industry 
might  be  produced  in  great  abundance.    The  rich 
pastures  of  the  pampas  are  covered  with  long, 
tufted,  luxuriant  grass,  intermixed  with  brilliant 
flowers,  affording  an  inexhaustible  subsistence  to 
immense  herds  of  cattle  and  horses.    The  pampas 
are,  for  the  most  part,  elevated  and  dry,  though 
traversed  by  many  sluggish  rivers ;    they    are 
skirted  by  immense  forests,  which  give  shelter  to 
numerous  species  of  wild  animals,  and  they  are 
inhabited  by  the  Guachos  and  other  scattered  In- 
dian tribes,  who,  possessed  of  abundance  of  wild 
horses  and  horned  cattle,  roam  over  the  country 


in  a  state  of  savage  independence.  The  southern 
and  less  favored  parta  are  sandy,  with  patches  of 
saline  plants,  stunted  trees,  and  numerous  salines. 
There  are  many  salt  pools  and  lakes,  of  various 
dimensions,  scattered  over  the  country ;  in  these 
salt  is  formed  with  extraordinary  rapidity  in  dry 
weather,  and  is  beautifully  white  and  finely  crys- 
talizcd,  requiring  little  or  no  purification  before 
being  carried  to  market.  The  south  part  contains 
some  elevated  ridges,  which  are  sometimes  called 
mountainous,  as  the  Sierra  del  Vulcan  and  Sierra 
Ventana,  which  are  the  highest.  Iu  the  north 
part  the  climate  is  warm,  the  mean  summer  heat 
being  90°  Fahr.,  and  in  the  colder  season  ice  is 
very  seldom  formed.  The  north  winds  prevailing 
here  have  the  character  of  the  Sirocco  of  Italy  ; 
the  south-west  winds,  or  pamperos,  are  hurricanes 
accompanied  with  thunder.  In  the  southern 
region  the  climate  is  colder  and  probably  more 
healthy.  Throughout  both  districts  there  is  gen- 
erally sufficient  rain,  but  occasionally  there  are 
years  of  excessive  and  destructive  droughts. 

The  population  is  unknown,  and  is  variously 
estimated  from  200,000  to  400,0000. 

Agriculture  is  in  a  low  condition,  but  there  has 
been  some  improvement  within  the  last  generation. 
Formerly,  the  cultivation  of  the  soil  was  so 
neglected  that  grain  was  required  from  abroad ; 
but,  at  present,  wheat  is  exported  to  some  extent. 
Cattle  and  their  produce  are  the  chief  sources  of 
wealth  and  the  principal  exports. 

The  trade  of  the  State  is  mainly  carried  on 
through  the  City  of  Buenos  Ayres.  This  is  much 
less  than  it  would  be  if  that  port  was  possessed  of 
a  safe  and  commodious  harbor.  Large  vessels, 
drawing  above  12  ft.  of  water,  cannot  come  nearer 
than  5  or  6  miles  ;  vessels  of  less  draught  generally 
go  into  the  inner  roads,  and  anchor  about  1|  miles 


ARQKN'TIXE     CONPEDERATKi  N 


235 


from  the  city.  The  surf  on  the  beach  is  very 
heavy  when  the  wind  blows  from  the  south-east, 
another  danger  arises  from  the  pamperos,  sadden 
and  violent  gusts  of  wind,  which  sweep  across  the 
pampas  from  the  Andes  with  tremendous  fury. 

The  Cityof  Buenos  Ayres  is  situated  aboul  150 
miles  from  the  open  ocean.  It  cover.-'  an  area 
about  :!  miles  long  by  2\  miles  wide,  and  is  very 
regularly  laid  out.  The  Btreets  are  commonly 
paved  with  granite.  Almosl  all  the  houses  are 
but  one  3tory  in  height,  Bat-roofed,  and  built 
around  court-yards.  The  windows  of  the  houses 
towards  the  streets  are  generally  but  two  in  num- 
ber, having  an  iron  grating,  called  reja,  which 
gives  them  a  gloomy  and  prison-like  appearance. 
The  houses  erected  by  the  foreign  residents  are 
built   in  the  European  style,  and  are  often  three 

high.  The  city  is  laid  out  in  squan 
150  yds.  each,  and  each  mauzana,  or  district  of 
four  squares,  is  under  the  jurisdiction  of  an  alcalde. 
The  principal  square,  or  Plaza  de  la  Victoria, 
contains  the  public  military  offices,  and  a  monu- 
ment erected  in  honor  of  South  American  Inde- 
pendence :  it  is  surrounded  by  numerous  handsome 
buildings,  among  which  are  the  Cathedral,  a  very 
large  and  rich  edifice,  the  Bishop's  Palace,  the 
TIall  of  Justice,  Police  Office,  etc  There  are  4 
convents,  L5  parish  churches,  and  several  churches 
for  foreigners.  The  city  is  poorly  supplied  with 
water  and  fuel,  but  food  is  very  cheap.  The 
environs  of  the  city  for  about  three  miles  are  very 
beautiful,  comprising  well-cultivated  fields  and 
numerous  country  residences,  which  are  sur- 
rounded by  gardens.  The  population  in  1854 
was  about  85.000,  of  which  one-fifth  were  foreign- 
ers, chiefly  English,  French,  and  American. 


ARGENTINE    CONFEDERATION. 

Tins  association   I       -  .  or  rather  of  pro- 

vinces, constitute'-  a  general  confederacy,  but  the 
Is  of  union  are  little  more  than  nominal.  The 
Confederation  is  bounded  N.  by  Bolivia;  E.  by 
Paraguay,  Brazil,  Uruguay,  and  Bui  A 
S.  by  Buenos  Ayres  and  Patagonia;  and  W.  by 
I  lordillera  of  the  Andes.  Mosl  of  the  surface 
is  an  immense  plain,  covered  with  forests  and  open 
sloping  gently  in  8.  E.  direction  toward 
the  Atlantic  Ocean.  However,  there  are  several 
secondary  mountain  chains,  which  leave  the  great 
Cordillera  of  the  Andes,  and  extend  for  30' » 
400  miles  into  the  plains.  The  mosl  important 
of  these  are,  the  Sierra  tie  Cordova,  between  lat. 
31°  33'  S.,  extending  in  the  direction  of  the 
Pampas  to  long.  02  55'  \\\.  and  the  Sierra  de 
Salta  and  Jujuy.  which  attain-  idth 

under  lat.  24  S..  and  extends  gradually  from  the 
valley  of  Catamarca  and  Han  Miguel  del  Tucu- 
man,  towards  the  Rio  Vcrmejo.  in  long.  62 
W.  The  southern  part  of  this  vast  region  in- 
cludes the  vast  levels  of  the  Pampas,  which  hi 
already  been  describe,].  In  the  central  southern 
part  there  is  an  extensive  tract,  known  as  the 
Desert  of  Las  Salinas,  in  which  the  soil  is  sandy. 
and  covered  with  a  saline  efflorescence  ;  the 
rivers  have  here  no  outlets,  and  lose  themselves  in 
salt-water  lakes  or  marshes.  The  large  salt  lake 
called  Orre  Lauquen,  ("bitter  lake.)"  is  aboul 
miles  long  and  15  broad.  It  is  situated  about 
450  miles  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Buenos  Ayr,-,  and 
that  city  formerly  obtained  from  this  lake  its  an- 
nual supplies  of  salt  before  its  port  was  thrown 
open  to  foreigners. 


236 


ISLANDS     OF     THE    WESTERN     HEMISPHERE. 


ISLANDS    OF    THE    WESTERN    HEMISPHERE 


It  cannot  be  expected  that  the  numerous  islands 
which  might  be  literally  classed  tinder  this  head, 
will  all  be  noticed  :  only  those  regarded  as  of  the 
greatest  importance,  geographically  and  commer- 
cially, will  claim  our  at  ton!  ion. 

Azores,  or  Western  [sles,  a  group  of  nine 
islands  in  the  N.  Atlantic  Ocean,  between  lat. 
36°  57'  and  39°  45'  N.  and  long.  24°  55'  and 
31°  15'  W.  They  were  discovered  in  1-139  by 
Vanderberg,  a  merchant  of  Bruges,  (receiving 
their  name  from  the  number  of  hawks  found 
among  them,)  and  were  colonized  by  the  Euro- 
peans in  the  15th  century.  They  range  from 
E.  to  W.,  and  consist  of  Fayal,  Flores,  Corvo, 
Graciosa,  St.  George,  St.  Mary,  St.  Michael, 
Pico,  and  Terceira.  The  climate  is  generally 
healthful  and  temperate,  and  the  soil  fertile, 
abounding  in  corn,  grapes,  oranges,  lemons,  and 
other  fruits.  Cattle,  sheep,  and  hogs  are  raised 
in  abundance,  but  no  poisonous  animal  is  to  be 
found  in  the  islands.  They  form  a  colonial  gov- 
ernment, of  which  Angra,  in  Terceira,  is  the  cap- 
ital, but  not  the  largest  town.  The  inhabitants 
are  mostly  a  mixture  of  Portuguese  and  negroes. 
Fayal  is  in  lat,  38°  30'  12"  N.  and  long.  28=  41' 
W.,  and  has  an  area  of  about  37  sq.  m.,  with  a 
population  of  22,000.  On  its  S.  E.  side  is  a  fine 
bay,  which  makes  it  more  frequented  than  any 
of  the  group,  except  St.  Michael ;  and  in  its  centre 
is  a  mountain  3,000  ft.  high. — Corvo,  the  most 
northern  and  smallest,  (about  0  m.  long  and  3 
broad,)  is  in  lat.  39°  41 '  4l "  N.  There  is  a  high 
mountain  at  each  extremity  and  a  hollow  in  the 
centre,  which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  a  saddle. 
The  climate  is  highly  salubrious,  and  the  soil  very 


fertile,  but  the  inhabitants  (about  900)  are  idle 
and  ignorant,  and  of  course  poor. — Graciosa  is  20 
m.  long  and  6  broad,  with  a  population  of  3,000. 
Corn,  wine,  flax,  hemp,  and  fruits  are  successfully 
cultivated.  Principal  town,  Santa  Cruz.- — St. 
Michael,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  in  lat.  37°  44' 
N.,  long.  25°  30'  W.,  and  has  an  area  of  224 
sq.  m.  Its  surface  is  mostly  mountainous,  the 
Agoa  del  Pao,  in  its  centre,  being  3,060  ft. ;  but 
the  soil,  although  volcanic,  is  productive,  and 
maize,  wheat,  beans,  wine,  and  oranges  yield  plen- 
tifully— particularly  the  latter,  of  which  from 
90,000  to  100,000  boxes  are  exported  annually. 
Manufactures  are  confined  to  druggets  and  coarse 
pottery — articles  of  clothing  being  principally  im- 
ported from  Great  Britain.  The  coast  is  studded 
with  towns  and  villages,  of  which  the  chief  are 
Ponta  del  Gada,  Alagoa,  Villa  Franca,  and 
Morro  das  Capellas.  Population  about  81,000. — 
Flores,  the  most  W.,  is  in  lat.  39°  25'  N.,  long. 
31°  12'  W.,  and  has  a  mountainous,  but  fertile 
surface,  with  a  population  of  9,000.  The  products 
comprise  wheat,  rye,  yams,  fruits,  cedar-wood, 
archil,  and  some  manufactured  woolen  goods. 
Principal  towns,  Santa  Cruz  and  Lagens. — Ter- 
ceira is  in  lat.  38°  30'  N.,  long.  27°  10'  W.,  and 
is  70  m.  long,  with  an  average  breadth  of  13  m. 
The  soil,  consisting  of  decomposed  lava  and  other 
volcanic  matters,  possesses  the  greatest  natural 
fertility,  and  heavy  crops  of  yams,  grain,  and 
pulse  of  all  sorts  are  raised.  Fruit  of  exquisite 
flavor  is  very  abundant,  and  one-fifth  of  the  lemons 
and  oranges  exported  from  the  Azores  are  here 
produced.  Neither  the  minerals  nor  the  manu- 
factures are  worthy  of  notice,  and  the  inhabitants 


I  S  L  A  N  I*  S    "  V    T  II  E     W  K  S  T  B  RN     II  E  M  [  S  P  H  I.  l:  I 


(aboul  40,000)  are  remarkable  for  little  else  than 
licentiousness.  The  capital  is  Angra,  which 
gives  it-  name  to  a  departmenl  including  the 
islands  of  Terceira,  St.  George,  and  Gracidsa. — 
St.  George  is  in  hit.  of  S.  E.  poinl  3£  32'  5" 
V.  long.  27  46'  W.,  aboul  29  m.  long,  and  5 
broad.    Soil  fertile,  affording  good  pastures  and 

extensivew Is.    Pop.  -1,000.    Principal   town. 

Villa  de  Velhas, — Pico  has  a  volcanic  peak  7,613 
feel  high  in  lat.  38^  28'  N.,  long.  28°  25'  W., 
and  an  area  of  254  sq.  m.  Pop.  36,000.  The 
surface  is  covered  with  lava:  the  cultivation  of 
the  vine  and  fishing  are  the  chief  branches  of  in- 
dustry, provisions  being  mo  tly  imported.  Princi- 
pal towns,  Lagos, Magdalena, and  SanRoco. — St. 
Mary  is  an  island  of  no  consequence,  and  of  which 
luil  little  is  known. 


Behmi'das  (or  !•  i  lands  are  a  group  in 

the   X.   Atlantic,   belonging  to   Great   Britain, 

ited  between  lat.  32  11'  and  32  25'  N., 
and  long.  64°  38'  and  64°  52'  W.  Although 
365  in  number,  they  occupy  a  space  of  only  18  m. 
by  C.  In  climate,  elevation,  and  general  aspect, 
they  much  resemble  the  West  India  Islands,  but 
the  soil  is  not  so  fertile,  being  now  much  ex- 
hausted, yet  fruits,  vegetables,  and  arrow-root  are 

'need  in  abundance.    The  la  harbor  is 

that  of  St.  George's,  a  beautiful  bay,  but  of  diffi- 
cult ingress  and  egress,  from  the  narrowness  of  its 
entrance.  It  is  strongly  fortified,  and  generally 
garrisoned.  The  governmenl  consists  of  a  legisla- 
tive assembly,  council,  and  governor.  Hamilton, 
on  Bermuda  or  Long  Island,  is  the  capital.  In 
the  islands   there  arc    9    churches.  5  chapels  for 

inters,  24  public  or  free  r  and  25  pri- 

The  population  is  estimated  at  from 


10.000  to  12.000,  whose  principal  employmen 
building  generally  of  cedar— small,  swift, 

and  durable.     An  i  itablishment  for  Las 

hed  here  by  the  British  government, 
and  in   L848,  their  number  amounted  to  IT 
ther  springs  nor  fresh  water  streams  have  h 
found  in  the  islands,  and  of  the  f<  w  wells  whii  b 
have  I  .  the  water  is  very  bracl 


Cape  Verdi:  Islands,  discovered  by  the  Por- 
tuguese in  1!  it;,  and  still  retained  by  them,  are 
329  in.  W.  of  the  Cape,  between  lat.  11  45'  and 
IT  i:r  N.,  and  Ion.  22  45'  and  25  25' W. 
They  are  16  in  number,  but  f  them 

barren  rocks,  and  are  chiefly  noted  for  their  fa 
in  salt  and  leather.    St.  Jago,  the  principa 
about  160  m.  in  circumference.     The  climal 
hot  and  unhealthy, though  somewhat  tempered  by 
the  sea-breeze,  and  the  -oil  is  extremely  varied, 
but  mostly  fertile.     The  sulfa  rally  moun- 

tainous, and  the  volcano  of  Fogo  is  9,157  ft.  in 
height.  Cattle  are  extensively  reared,  and  dried 
and  salted  provisions  form  a  considerable  export 
trade.  The  inhabitants  (numbering  86,738  in 
1850)  are  quiet  and  docile,  but  very  indolent  and 
ignorant — there  being  bul  one  Bchool  in  existence, 
previous  to  1810.  The.se  islands,  together  with 
P  ions  on  t]  tinenl  of 

Africa,  near   C.  Roxo,  constitute  the  "prov.  of 
Cape  Verde,"  the  capital  of  which  i-  Mindella,  in 
the  island  of  St.  Vincent,  and  the  whole  is  under 
•vernor-general,  who  i  th  civil  and 

military  power.    The  group  embraces  10  islands, 
viz:  Sal.  Boavista,  Mayo,  Santiago,  (St.  .la- 
the largest),  Forgo,  Brava,  Grande,  Rombo 
Nicolao,  and  S.  Luzia;  and  1  islets,  viz:   Bran- 
,  co,  Razo,  S.  Vic  n1  ■.  and  S.  Ant 


238 


ISLANDS     OF    THE    WESTERN    HEMISPHERE. 


The  "Western  Hemisphere  comprises  much  the 
largest  portion,  and  probably  four-fifths   of  the 
area  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  according  to  the  limits 
usually  assigned   to    it.      The    term    Polynesia, 
meaning-  ••  many  islands,"  is  used  to  designate  the 
whole  multitude  of  islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
The  term    Ocean ica,  or  Oceania,  is  also  used  by 
some  writers  as  embracing  the  same  islands  and 
region — a    designation   usually  adopted    by  the 
French  and  other  geographers  of  Europe.     The 
islands   are   distributed   into  groups,  irregularly 
ttered  over  the  ocean,  though  by  far  the  larger 
number  of  them  are  situated  within  its  southern 
half,  and  especially  between  lat,  10°  S.  and  23°  S. 
The  largest  of  these  groups,  or  Polynesian  Archi- 
pelagoes, is  the  New  Zealand  group,  and  this  is 
the  only  one  of  any  considerable  magnitude.     All 
the  remainder  consist  of  groups  of  small  size,  the 
dimensions  of  which  are  insignificant,  compared 
with  the  vast  area  over  which  they  are  dispersed. 
The  geological  formation  of  New  Zealand  is  alto- 
gether volcanic.     The  smaller  islands  are  physic- 
ally divided  into  two  classes  :     1.    The  moun- 
aous  islands  are  mostly  of  volcanic  origin,  and 
this   class   comprises  the  Sandwich   Islands,  the 
Society    Islands,    and    the    Marquesas    Islands, 
together  with  some  of  the  Feejce,  Friendlys,  Navi- 
gators', and  Cook's  Islands :  also  the  Ladrone,  or 
Marianne,  Islands.     2.  The  coral  islands  are  low 
reefe,  raised  only  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea ;    this  class  includes  the  greater  number  of 
islands,  though  they  are  for  the  most  part  of  ex- 
ceedingly   small    dimensions.      The    Polynesian 
Islands    are    mainly    comprehended   within    ten 
groups.     Of  these,  three  are  north  of  the  equator, 
viz  :    the  Sandwich  Islands,  the  Caroline  Islands, 
and  the  Ladrone  Islands.     Seven  are  south  of  the 
'.:  :  th  i  !"'•  sjee  Mauds,  the  Navigators' 


Islands,  the  Friendly  Islands,  Cook's  or  Hervey's 
Islands,  the  Society  Islands,  the  Low  Archipela- 
go, and  the  Marquesas  Islands. 

The  native  inhabitants  of  the  Polynesian 
Islands  all  belong  to  the  Malay  division  of  the 
human  family.  (In  New  Guinea,  and  the  adja- 
cent islands,  the  natives  belong  to  the  Papuan 
race — a  branch  of  the  Negro  variety  of  mankind  ; 
and  in  some  of  the  Polynesian  Islands,  this  race 
has  intermixed  with  the  other,  though  not  east- 
ward  of  the  Feejee  Islands.)  A.11  the  various  dia- 
lects which  they  speak  bear  a  general  resemblance 
sufficient  to  indicate  their  common  parentage,  and 
to  exhibit  their  Malay  origin — an  inference  con- 
firmed by  numerous  coincidences  of  manners,  cus- 
toms, and  usages,  which  prevail  through  the  whole 
extent  of  Polynesia. 

The  total  population  of  Polynesia  at  the  pre- 
sent time  is  unknown.  However,  it  is  certain 
that  the  population  of  all  the  islands  with  which 
European  nations  have  had  intercourse,  has  de- 
creased, as  is  most  clearly  illustrated  in  the  Sand- 
wich and  Society  groups.  On  the  other  hand, 
causes  of  this  decrease  were  in  operation  for  a 
long  period  previous  to  the  time  of  contact  with 
the  Europeans,  viz  :  the  frequent  wars  among 
the  natives,  the  prevalence  of  infanticide  among 
the  women,  and  the  extensive  use  of  human  sacri- 
fices in  the  rites  of  their  barbarous  idolatry. 


The  Sandwich  Islands,  or  Hawaii  Group, 
form  the  most  important  of  all  the  groups,  and 
have  acquired  additional  interest  since  the  late 
rapid  settlement  of  California.  Their  position  is 
on  the  direct  line  of  commercial  intercourse  be- 
tween the  western  coasts  of  North  America  and 
the  eastern  countries  of  the  Old  World.  They 
also  form  a  common  centre  to    the    principal 


ISLANDS    OF    THE    WESTERN'     BEMI8PHEBB-. 


239 


whaling  grounds  in  the    North    Pacific.    The 
group  ci insists  of  13  islands,  Bituated  '"'tween  lat. 
is     55'  and  '-"J     20'   X.,  and  between  long. 
I  .'I     50'  and  160     40'  W.    They  extend  in  a 
curved  line,  from  north-west  to  sooth-east,  fur  a 
length  of  400  miles.    Six  of  them  are  mere  islets  ; 
the  other  seven  are  inhabited.    The  aggregate 
area  of  the  group  is  estimated  at  from  6,100  to 
6,500  sq.  in.    The  largest  island  is  Hawaii,  at  the 
south-eastern  extremity  of  the  group,  which  has 
an  area  of  about  4,200  Bq.  m.     All  of  the  islands 
are  of  vulcanic  formation  ;    and  they  are  high, 
steep,  and  mountainous,  with  many  lofty  summits. 
At  the  first  aspect  they  exhibit  to  view  (especially 
if  approached  from  the  westward  or  leeward 
nothing  bul   bare  and  blackened  rocks  of  lava, 
with  steep  vulcanic  ridges  and  irregular  truncated 
cones,  which  descend   to   the  sea  in  abrupt  and 
jagged  precipices.    The  climate  is  distinguished 
for  its  uniformity.    The  temperature  is  generally 
warm,  averaging  about  7.">  .  and  the  difference 
between  the  warmer  and  cooler  seasons  does  riot 
exceed  6°.     It  seldom  rains  on  the  leeward 
of  these  islands,  and  upon  the  western  shores  of 
Hawaii  not  a  single  brook  is  discharged  into  the 
sea  for  more  than  a  hundred  miles  of  coast.     But 
on  the  opposite  or  windward  side  there  is  frequent 
rain,  and  numerous  cataracts  are  seen  to  leap  down 
the  sides  of  the  hills.    The  soil  in  the  upland-  is 
better  adapted  for  grazing  than  agriculture:  fine 
wheat  is.   however,    raised   here,  and   the   valleys 
produce  sugar,  coffee,  cotton,  tobacco,  arrow-root. 


mulberries,  yam  taro,  and  ca 

Poultry  and  hogs  are  wry  oumerous.    Sandal 

rmerly  an  important  product,  bu' 
for  i  hav(  been  rapidly  thinnod,  and  litti 
now  produced. 

The  population  of  these  islands  ha  I 

very  greatly   and  rapid1  they   W( 

covered.  Winn  rapt.  Cook  first  visited  them  in 
177-  imated  the  number  of  inhabitants  at 

400,000.  but  probably  300,000  would  have  been 
more  correct.  In  1823,  or  in  45  years,  the  num- 
ber had  diminished  to  about  140,000.     An  actual 

is  in  1832,  reported  only  130,315;  another 
in  1836,  reported  108,579 ;  and  that  in  January. 
1849,  reported  80,641.  The  last  census,  taken  in 
December,  1853,  reported  the  native  population 
at  71,108,  consisting  of  37,169  mi  d  :;:;.939 

females.     At  the  same  time,  there  were  1.120 
foreigners  on  the  island-,  making  the  agg     - 
number  73,228.    This  decrease  has  tl         mtinued 
without  interruption  since  the  group  wa- 
ered,  and  will,  ere  many  years,  entirely  destroy  the 
native  race.    The  chief  causes  of  the  mor 
depopulation  appear  to  have  been  the  3of 

measles,  whooping-cough,  and  small-pox.  About 
10,000  died  of  measles  and  whooping-cough  in 
1847-8  ;  nearly  the  same  number  died  in  I 
from  the  prevalence  of  small-pox,  and  in  1 
about  7,000  were  carried  off  by  the  last-mentioned 
disease.  Another  cause  of  decrease  is  the  num- 
ber of  young  men  who  leave  the  elands  inwhali 

Is,  and  never  return. 


THE  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Lv       <   N3ELES 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


JUN  9     1950 
KAR-2  7  1951-4 

OEG  1 7  1951 1 
JjEC  1  9  1952 
****** 


ID-: 

URL    0CT15M64 

sxTt 

Id 


- 


Form  L9 — 15m-10,'48(B1039)444 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


I 


PLEA**:   DO    NOT    REMOVE 
THIS    BOOK  CARD 


^•LIBRARYtf/ 


\o  mo 


University  Research  Library 


I 


AA    000  618  464    2 


